TEST BANK for Seeley's Anatomy & Physiology 13th Edition by Cinnamon VanPutte, Jennifer Regan, Andre

Page 1


CHAPTER 1 1)

Which technique creates a three-dimensional dynamic image of blood vessels? A) Digital subtraction angiography B) Magnetic resonance imaging C) Dynamic spatial reconstruction D) Positron emission tomography

2)

Magnetic resonance imaging is based on the movement of A) electrons in a magnetic field. B) carbons in a magnetic field. C) protons in a magnetic field. D) cells in a magnetic field.

3) The delivery of a radioactive compound to the body to study the metabolism of tissues is called_________blank. A) MRI B) PET C) DSA D) DSR

4)

An anatomical image created from sound waves is a/an_________blank.

Version 1

1


A) radiograph B) CT scan C) MRI D) sonogram

5)

A major limitation of radiographs is that they A) can only visualize bone. B) give only a flat, two-dimensional image of the body. C) are old technology that do not give good results. D) have very few applications.

6)

The study of the body's organization by areas is_________blank. A) systemic anatomy B) regional anatomy C) molecular biology D) microbiology E) surface anatomy

7) The study of the external form of the body and its relationship to deeper structures is_________blank. A) systemic anatomy B) regional anatomy C) molecular biology D) microbiology E) surface anatomy

Version 1

2


8)

The study of tissues is_________blank. A) cytology B) histology C) molecular biology D) microbiology E) surface anatomy

9)

Anatomy is A) the study of function. B) a branch of physiology. C) the study of structure. D) the study of living organisms. E) the study of homeostasis.

10)

The study of the structural features and functions of the cell is_________blank. A) cytology B) histology C) molecular biology D) microbiology E) surface anatomy

11) Microscopic examination of a frozen tissue specimen is an application of which of the following disciplines?

Version 1

3


A) Histology B) Physiology C) Gross anatomy D) Radiology E) Regional anatomy

12)

Which subdivision of anatomy involves the study of organs that function together? A) Regional B) Developmental C) Systemic D) Histology E) Surface anatomy

13) An investigator who conducts an experiment to determine how changes in pH affect the function of enzymes on digestion is most likely to be a/an_________blank. A) neurologist B) anatomist C) engineer D) physiologist E) histologist

14)

An organelle is

Version 1

4


A) a small structure within a cell. B) a structure composed of several tissue types. C) the basic structural unit of all living organisms. D) a group of organs with a common set of functions. E) a group of cells with similar structure and function.

15)

An organ is A) a small structure within a cell. B) a structure composed of several tissue types. C) the basic structural unit of all living organisms. D) a group ofmolecules with a common set of functions. E) a group of cells with similar structure and function.

16)

A cell is A) a small structurewithin a molecule. B) a structure composed of several tissue types. C) the basic structural unit of living organisms. D) a group of organs with a common set of functions. E) a group of atomswith similar structure and function.

17)

A tissue is a A) structure contained within a cell. B) lower level of organization than a cell. C) group of organs that performs specific functions. D) group of cells with similar structure and function. E) structure that contains a group of organs.

Version 1

5


18)

An organ system is A) a small structure within a cell. B) a structure composed of several tissue types. C) the basic structural unit of all living organisms. D) a group of organs with a common set of functions. E) a group of cells with similar structure and function.

19) Which of the following systems carries necessary compounds like oxygen and nutrients throughout the body? A) Nervous B) Cardiovascular C) Urinary D) Lymphatic E) Respiratory

20)

Which organ system is the location of blood cell production? A) Cardiovascular B) Skeletal C) Digestive D) Nervous E) Endocrine

21)

Which body system would be affected by degeneration of cartilage in joints?

Version 1

6


A) Muscular B) Nervous C) Cardiovascular D) Skeletal E) Lymphatic

22)

The gallbladder, liver, and stomach are all part of the_________blank system. A) endocrine B) cardiovascular C) skeletal D) respiratory E) digestive

23)

The integumentary system A) regulates body temperature. B) breaks down food into small particles for absorption. C) controls intellectual functions. D) produces body movements. E) coordinates and integrates body function.

24) Which system removes nitrogenous waste products from the blood and regulates blood pH, ion balance, and water balance?

Version 1

7


A) Respiratory B) Lymphatic C) Cardiovascular D) Immune E) Urinary

25)

An organism's ability to use energy in order to swim is an example of_________blank. A) metabolism B) responsiveness C) organization D) maturation E) development

26)

The changes an organism undergoes through time is called_________blank. A) organization B) metabolism C) reproduction D) growth E) development

27) Nerve cells generate electrical signals in response to changes in the environment. This is an example of_________blank.

Version 1

8


A) respiration B) digestion C) movement D) filtration E) responsiveness

28)

An increase in the number of cells is_________blank. A) reproduction B) growth C) differentiation D) metabolism E) organization

29)

Which of the following is most consistent with homeostasis?

A) As blood pressure falls, blood flow to cardiac (heart) muscle decreases. B) As the mean blood pressure gradually increases in aging people, the blood vessel walls become thinner. C) People working in a hot environment drink large quantities of water, and their urine volume increases. D) As body temperature decreases, blood vessels in the periphery dilate. E) Elevated blood glucose levels cause insulin secretion to increase, which in turn, causes cells to take up glucose.

30)

Which of the following is consistent with homeostasis?

Version 1

9


A) As body temperature rises, sweating occurs to cool the body. B) When a person drinks large quantities of water, urine output decreases to raise blood volume. C) Elevated blood glucose levels cause insulin secretion to decline. D) Decreases in blood pressure cause a corresponding decrease in heart rate. E) As blood pressure falls, blood flow to the heart decreases.

31)

In a negative feedback mechanism, the response of the effector A) reverses the original stimulus. B) enhances the original stimulus. C) has no effect on the original stimulus. D) is usually damaging to the body. E) creates a cycle that leads away from homeostasis.

32) A researcher discovered a sensory receptor that detects decreasing oxygen concentrations in the blood. According to the principles of negative feedback, it is likely that stimulation of this sensory receptor will produce which of the following types of responses? A) A decrease in heart rate B) An increase in the respiratory rate C) An increase in physical activity D) Unconsciousness E) Both a decrease in heart rate and an increase in the respiratory rate will occur.

33)

Which of the following is NOT a component of a negative feedback mechanism?

Version 1

10


A) Effector B) Stabilizer C) Control center D) Receptor

34)

The anatomical term that means "away from the midline of the body" is_________blank. A) medial B) proximal C) distal D) lateral E) superficial

35)

The thumb is_________blank to the fifth digit (little finger). A) distal B) lateral C) medial D) proximal E) superficial

36)

Which of the following describes the position of the nose? A) Inferior to the chin B) Superior to the forehead C) Posterior to the ears D) Lateral to the eyes E) Superior to the mouth

Version 1

11


37)

The shoulder is_________blank to the elbow. A) lateral B) dorsal C) distal D) ventral E) proximal

38)

A term that means "toward the attached end of a limb" is_________blank. A) medial B) lateral C) superficial D) distal E) proximal

39)

Which of the following is most inferior in location? A) Pelvic cavity B) Mediastinum C) Diaphragm D) Pleural cavity E) Pericardial cavity

40) While Stacy is in the process of passing over the bar during a pole vault, her hips are considered to be

Version 1

12


A) anterior to her shoulders. B) posterior to her shoulders. C) inferior to her shoulders. D) superior to her shoulders. E) cephalic to her shoulders.

41)

Cephalic means A) toward the middleor midline of the body. B) away from the surface. C) closer to the head. D) closer than another structure to the point of attachment to the trunk. E) toward the back of the body.

42)

Posterior means A) toward the middle or midline of the body. B) away from the surface. C) closer to the head. D) closer than another structure to the point of attachment to the trunk. E) toward the back of the body.

43)

Medial means A) toward the middle or midline of the body. B) away from the surface. C) closer to the head. D) closer than another structure to the point of attachment to the trunk. E) toward the back of the body.

Version 1

13


44)

Proximal means A) toward the middle or midline of the body. B) away from the surface. C) closer to the head. D) closer than another structure to the point of attachment to the trunk. E) toward the back of the body.

45)

Deep means A) toward the middle or midline of the body. B) away from the surface. C) closer to the head. D) closer than another structure to the point of attachment to the trunk. E) toward the back of the body.

46) In the expression "Let your fingers do the walking," which of the following anatomical terms could be substituted for "fingers?" A) Tarsals B) Manuals C) Digits D) Carpals E) Metatarsals

47)

The anatomical arm refers to the part of the upper limb from the

Version 1

14


A) shoulder to the wrist. B) elbow to the wrist. C) shoulder to the elbow. D) elbow to the fingers. E) shoulder to the fingers.

48)

The lumbar region is the A) area in front of the elbow. B) chest area. C) lower back. D) bottom of foot. E) forearm.

49)

The antecubital region is the A) area in front of the elbow. B) chest area. C) lower back. D) bottom of foot. E) forearm.

50)

The antebrachial region is the A) area in front of the elbow. B) chest area. C) lower back. D) bottom of foot. E) forearm.

Version 1

15


51)

The pectoral region is the A) area in front of the elbow. B) chest area. C) lower back. D) bottom of foot. E) forearm.

52)

The plantar surface is the A) area in front of the elbow. B) chest area. C) lower back. D) bottom of foot. E) forearm.

53)

The brachial region is commonly known as the_________blank. A) groin B) buttock C) breastbone D) upper arm E) naval

54)

The inguinal region is commonly known as the_________blank.

Version 1

16


A) groin B) buttock C) breastbone D) upper arm E) naval

55)

The gluteal region is commonly known as the_________blank. A) groin B) buttock C) breastbone D) upper arm E) naval

56)

The sternal region is commonly known as the_________blank. A) groin B) buttock C) breastbone D) upper arm E) naval

57)

The umbilical region is commonly known as the_________blank. A) groin B) buttock C) breastbone D) upper arm E) naval

Version 1

17


58)

The cervical region is the_________blank. A) calf B) armpit C) hollow behind the knee D) neck E) thigh

59)

The popliteal region is the_________blank. A) calf B) armpit C) hollow behind the knee D) neck E) thigh

60)

The sural region is the_________blank. A) calf B) armpit C) hollow behind the knee D) neck E) thigh

61)

The femoral region is the_________blank.

Version 1

18


A) calf B) armpit C) hollow behind the knee D) neck E) thigh

62)

The axillary region is the_________blank. A) calf B) armpit C) hollow behind the knee D) neck E) thigh

63) A vertical plane that separates the body into right and left portions is called a_________blank plane. A) sagittal B) transverse C) frontal D) horizontal E) coronal

64)

"Cutting off your nose" would be a section in the_________blank plane.

Version 1

19


A) coronal B) nasal C) median D) transverse E) sagittal

65) The cavity of the body immediately inferior to the diaphragm is the_________blank cavity. A) pleural B) thoracic C) inguinal D) pelvic E) abdominal

66) The suffix "-itis" means inflammation. Which of the following terms means inflammation of the membrane lining the body cavity that contains the liver? A) Pericarditis B) Peritonitis C) Pleurisy D) Colitis E) Hepatitis

67)

The wall of the abdominopelvic cavity is lined by a serous membrane called the

Version 1

20


A) visceral pleural membrane. B) parietal peritoneum. C) visceral mediastinal membrane. D) visceral peritoneum. E) epicardium.

68)

The visceral pleura is

A) a double-layered serous membrane that anchors some of the abdominal organs to the body wall. B) the serous membrane that covers the lungs. C) the serous membrane that lines the abdominal and pelvic cavities. D) the space located between the visceral and parietal pleura. E) the membrane that lines the pericardial sac.

69)

The parietal peritoneum is

A) a double-layered serous membrane that anchors some of the abdominal organs to the body wall. B) the serous membrane that covers the lungs. C) the serous membrane that lines the abdominal and pelvic cavities. D) the space located between the visceral and parietal pleura. E) the membrane that lines the pericardial sac.

70)

The mesentery is

Version 1

21


A) a double-layered serous membrane that anchors some of the abdominal organs to the body wall. B) the serous membrane that covers the lungs. C) the serous membrane that lines the abdominal and pelvic cavities. D) the space located between the visceral and parietal pleura. E) the membrane that lines the pericardial sac.

71)

The pleural cavity is

A) a double-layered serous membrane that anchors some of the abdominal organs to the body wall. B) the serous membrane that covers the lungs. C) the serous membrane that lines the abdominal and pelvic cavities. D) the space located between the visceral and parietal pleura. E) the membrane that lines the pericardial sac.

72)

The parietal pericardium is

A) a double-layered serous membrane that anchors some of the abdominal organs to the body wall. B) the serous membrane that covers the lungs. C) the serous membrane that lines the abdominal and pelvic cavities. D) the space located between the visceral and parietal pleura. E) the membrane that lines the pericardial sac.

73)

Which branch of physiology would study the effects of sunbathing on the skin?

Version 1

22


A) Cell physiology B) Systemic physiology C) Regional physiology D) Organ physiology

74) Which of the following is not a function of the control center within a feedback mechanism? A) Receives and processes information B) Controls effectors C) Establishes a set point D) Detects a change in the value of a variable

75) the

In reference to the body temperature in living organisms, the set point can be defined as

A) ideal normal value. B) current specific value. C) amount of change that must occur for a condition to return to ideal normal value.

76)

Which of the following is not a characteristic of homeostatic variables? A) Their values can change. B) They must remain within a narrow change. C) They always remain at a fixed value.

Version 1

23


77) Imagine the following scernerio: Blood pressure decreases below normal levels.→ Blood flow to the heart decreases → Heart is unable to pump as much blood.→ Blood pressure decreases even more. This is an example of _________blank feedback.

A) positive B) negative

78) This figure illustrates changes in blood pressure when _________blank feedback mechanisms are in control.

A) positive B) negative

79) Imagine the following scenario: Platelets adhere to a damaged blood vessel → Platelets secrete various substances → Platelets adhere to a damaged blood vessel This is an example of _________blank feedback.

Version 1

24


A) positive B) negative

80) True or False? Positive feedback mechanisms are more commonly seen in _________blank individuals. A) healthy B) unhealthy

81)

A person lying with his/her face down is said to be in what position? A) Supine B) Prone C) Anatomical D) Reverse

82) Which of the following is not a term that describes a cut that separates the body into left and right portions? A) Sagittal B) Median C) Parasagittal D) Coronal

83) The plane that cuts the body lengthwise and separates the body into anterior and posterior portions is called _________blank.

Version 1

25


A) Transverse B) Frontal C) Sagittal

84)

A cut through the long axis of an organ is a/an _________blank section. A) longitudinal B) oblique C) transverse

85)

An example of a structure contained by the mediastinum is the _________blank. A) brain B) stomach C) esophagus D) sternum E) lung

86) There are more microbial cells than human cells in your body, and the health of this microbiota clearly influences human well-being. How many microbes are there? A) For every cell in your body, there are ten microbial cells. B) For every cell in your body, there are one hundred microbial cells. C) For every cell in your body, there are one thousand microbial cells. D) For every cell in your body, there are ten thousand microbial cells.

87) A molecular biologist discovers that if a specific drug effectively treats obesity in mice, what can researchers conclude?

Version 1

26


A) If the drug was effective in a large number of mice, it will therefore be effective in humans. B) If the drug was effective in a small proportion of mice, it will be effective in a small proportion of humans. C) The mice have provided a positive control in this experiment that proves the drug is effective in humans. D) The drug is effective in the mouse model; it must still be tested in humans. E) The effect of the drug on mice has no bearing on the effect of the drug on humans.

88) With regard to the validity of biomedical research in physiological studies, which statement is correct? A) Although the general homeostatic mechanisms may be the same in some animal species, the individual variables are often very different. B) Although the individual variables may be the same in some animal species, the general homeostatic mechanisms are often very different.

89)

Which of the following statements is TRUE?

A) The coordinated activity of the organ systems is necessary for normal function. B) Because organ systems are so interrelated, dysfunction in one organ system can have profound effects on other systems. C) An organism is any living thing considered as a whole, whether composed of one cell, such as a bacteria, or trillions of cells, such as a human. D) Living things are highly organized, and disruption of this organized state can lead to loss of function and death. E) All of these statements are true.

90) Which of the following lists examples of body structures from the simplest to the most complex?

Version 1

27


A) Mitochondrion,connective tissue, protein, stomach, adipocyte (fat cell) B) Protein,mitochondrion, adipocyte (fat cell), connective tissue, stomach C) Mitochondrion,connective tissue, stomach, protein, adipocyte (fat cell) D) Protein,adipocyte (fat cell), stomach, connective tissue, mitochondrion E) Protein, stomach,connective tissue, adipocyte (fat cell), mitochondrion

91) The fact that most of us have five lumbar vertebrae, but some people have six and some have four, is an example of_________blank variation among organisms. A) cellular B) holistic C) physiological D) anatomical E) reductionist

92) During exercise, one generates excess heat and the body temperature rises. As a response, blood vessels dilate in the skin, warm blood flows closer to the body surface, and heat is lost. This is an example of_________blank. A) negativefeedback B) positivefeedback C) dynamicequilibrium D) integrationcontrol E) set pointadjustment

93) When a woman is giving birth, the head of the baby pushes against her cervix and stimulates the release of the hormone oxytocin. Oxytocin travels in the blood and stimulates the uterus to contract. Labor contractions become more and more intense until the baby is expelled. This is an example of_________blank.

Version 1

28


A) negativefeedback B) positivefeedback C) dynamicequilibrium D) integrationcontrol E) set pointadjustment

94) Blood glucose concentration rises after a meal and stimulates the pancreas to release the hormone insulin. Insulin travels in the blood and stimulates the uptake of glucose by body cells from the bloodstream, thus reducing blood glucose concentration. This is an example of_________blank. A) negativefeedback B) positivefeedback C) dynamicequilibrium D) integrationcontrol E) set pointadjustment

95) The change in size of the bone marrow (where blood cells are produced) as an infant matures is an example of_________blank, whereas the transformation of blood stem cells into white blood cells is an example of_________blank. A) development;differentiation B) growth;development C) growth;differentiation D) differentiation;growth E) differentiation;development

96) Which of the following statements provides an accurate description of cellular physiology involving structures of the digestive system?

Version 1

29


A) Hepatocytes (liver cells) produce bile to aid in the breakdown of ingested lipids. B) Hemocytoblasts (blood stem cells) are located in the red bone marrow. C) Cardiac muscle cells contract to generate pressure that moves the blood through blood vessels. D) The epidermis, the superficial layer of the skin, is composed of multiple layers of cells.

97) If the thoracic cavity was cut along the midsaggital plane, which of the following descriptions of the two halves would be accurate? A) The midsaggital cut would create an anterior half that contained portions of the lungs and heart and a posterior half that contained the spinal cord. B) The midsagittal plane would produce a medial half and a lateral half, each containing a lung. C) The midsagittal plane would produce a right half that contained one lung and a left half that contained a lung and most of the heart. D) The midsagittal plane would produce an inferior half that contained portions of the heart and portions of both lungs and a superior half that contained portions of the lungs and the thymus.

98) Aldosterone is a hormone that increase the level of Na+ in the blood. Considering negative-feedback regulation of blood Na+ levels, which of the following events would most likely be an effect of aldosterone on the body in blood Na+ levels decreased? A) Aldosterone would cause a decrease in the amount of Na+ that was excreted as part of urine. B) Aldosterone would cause an increase in the amount of Na+ that was excreted as part of urine. C) Aldosterone would reduce activity in the brain that stimulated salty food cravings. D) Aldosterone would decrease the amount of Na+ that is absorbed at the small intestine.

Version 1

30


99)

Which structure is located inferior and lateral to the heart? A) Liver B) Brain C) Urinary bladder D) Lung

100) Which of the following structures is located in the right-lower quadrant but NOT in the right iliac region? A) Urinary bladder B) Appendix C) Large intestine D) All of the listed organs are in both the right-lower quadrant and the right iliac region.

101) A construction worker was injured when a metal rod penetrated the abdominal wall inferior to the umbilicus and in the hypogastric region. The rod passed through to the lumbar region. Which of the following structures was most likely damaged? A) Urinary bladder B) Stomach C) Kidney D) Liver

102) Parathyroid hormone functions to increase calcium ion levels in blood. If its secretion is regulated through negative feedback, under which conditions would this hormone normally be released?

Version 1

31


A) Parathyroid hormone secretion occurs when blood calcium levels are too low. B) Parathyroid hormone secretion occurs when blood calcium levels are too high. C) Parathyroid secretion is constant to maintain blood calcium levels. D) Parathyroid hormone secretion increases in the morning and decreases in the afternoon.

103)

Which of the following statements provides an example of responsiveness?

A) Sandra began to shiver while she walked from her lab to her dorm room, through the freezing rain. B) James finally saw the results of working out as the sleeves on his t-shirt were tighter around his biceps. C) Jarrod was happy to see that the wound he received from falling on the sidewalk was almost completely healed. D) None of the choices are correct.

104)

Which of the following would indicate dysfunction of the respiratory system? A) Change in blood pH B) Increase in blood glucose levels C) Increased blood pressure D) All of the choices are correct.

105) Which of the following statements best describes reseach focused on the physiology of the lymphatic system?

Version 1

32


A) Dr. Ali studies the signaling that occurs between defense cells and abnormal cells of the body. B) Dr. Johnson's research focuses on the factors that regulate blood pH. C) Dr. Salak is interested in the chemical signaling that maintains normal blood glucose levels. D) Dr. Woods is interested in the development of cell communication junctions associated with memory.

106) If the esophagus were cut from superior to inferior, as it occurs in the thoracic cavity, this would be considered a_________blank section. A) longitudinal B) transverse C) oblique D) cross

107) A cut along which plane would result in the anterior perspective of the body appearing normal, with no evident cuts? A) Frontal B) Midsaggital C) Parasagittal D) Transverse

108) Which of the following structures is most like the receptor of a homeostatic control mechanism?

Version 1

33


A) The mechanism that detects a decrease in tire pressure on an automobile B) The mechanism that opens the automatic door at the local grocery store C) The heating element of a hot water heater D) All of the choices are correct.

109)

Version 1

34


109.1) Here is a figure showing major body cavities and other structures. What does "A" represent? A) Diaphragm B) Mediastinum C) Pelvic cavity D) Thoracic cavity E) Abdominal cavity

109.2) Here is a figure showing major body cavities and other structures. What does "B" represent? A) Diaphragm B) Mediastinum C) Pelvic cavity D) Thoracic cavity E) Abdominal cavity

109.3) Here is a figure showing major body cavities and other structures. What does "C" represent? A) Diaphragm B) Mediastinum C) Pelvic cavity D) Thoracic cavity E) Abdominal cavity

Version 1

35


109.4) Here is a figure showing major body cavities and other structures. What does "D" represent? A) Diaphragm B) Mediastinum C) Pelvic cavity D) Thoracic cavity E) Abdominal cavity

109.5) Here is a figure showing major body cavities and other structures. What does "E" represent? A) Diaphragm B) Mediastinum C) Pelvic cavity D) Thoracic cavity E) Abdominal cavity

Version 1

36


110)

110.1) Directional terms are important in the study of anatomy. What does "A" represent?

Version 1

37


A) Median B) Right C) Left D) Inferior E) Lateral

110.2) Directional terms are important in the study of anatomy. What does "B" represent? A) Median B) Right C) Left D) Inferior E) Lateral

110.3) Directional terms are important in the study of anatomy. What does "C" represent? A) Median B) Right C) Left D) Inferior E) Lateral

110.4) Directional terms are important in the study of anatomy. What does "D" represent?

Version 1

38


A) Median B) Right C) Left D) Inferior E) Lateral

110.5) Directional terms are important in the study of anatomy. What does "E" represent? A) Median B) Right C) Left D) Inferior E) Lateral

Version 1

39


111)

111.1) This is a sagittal section through the abdominopelvic cavity. What structure does "A" represent? A) Visceral peritoneum (covers organs) B) Mesentery C) Parietal peritoneum (lines cavity) D) Retroperitoneal organs E) Peritoneal cavity

Version 1

40


111.2) This is a sagittal section through the abdominopelvic cavity. What serous membrane does "B" represent? A) Visceral peritoneum (covers organs) B) Mesentery C) Parietal peritoneum (lines cavity) D) Retroperitoneal organs E) Peritoneal cavity

111.3) This is a sagittal section through the abdominopelvic cavity. What serous membrane does "C" represent? A) Visceral peritoneum (covers organs) B) Mesentery C) Parietal peritoneum (lines cavity) D) Retroperitoneal organs E) Peritoneal cavity

111.4) This is a sagittal section through the abdominopelvic cavity. What cavity does "D" represent? A) Visceral peritoneum (covers organs) B) Mesentery C) Parietal peritoneum (lines cavity) D) Retroperitoneal organs E) Peritoneal cavity

111.5) This is a sagittal section through the abdominopelvic cavity. What structures does "E" represent? Version 1

41


A) Visceral peritoneum (covers organs) B) Mesentery C) Parietal peritoneum (lines cavity) D) Retroperitoneal organs E) Peritoneal cavity

112)

True or False? A CT scan allows for a three-dimensional image to be generated. ⊚ ⊚

113)

true false

True or False? Positive-feedback mechanisms are always damaging to the body. ⊚ ⊚

true false

114) True or False? The part of the feedback mechanism that processes information, relates it to other information, and makes a decision of action is the receptor. ⊚ true ⊚ false

115) True or False? The control center compares input from a receptor with the ideal normal value for a condition called a set point. ⊚ true ⊚ false

116) True or False? Positive feedback mechanisms are less common in healthy individuals than negative feedback mechanisms.

Version 1

42


⊚ ⊚

true false

117) True or False? Whereas a 'plane' describes an imaginary flat surface, a 'section' describes a way to cut an organ. ⊚ true ⊚ false

118) True or False? The thoracic cavity is divided into right and left parts by a median partition called the sternum. ⊚ true ⊚ false

119) True or False? Both the spleen and the urinary bladder are contained within the pelvic cavity subdivision of the abdominopelvic cavity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

120) True or False? The kidneys are contained within the pelvic cavity subdivision of the abdominopelvic cavity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

121) True or False? Scientists believe that any significant change in the composition of the microbiome of the human integumentary system may increase a person’s susceptibility to autoimmune diseases. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

43


122) True or False? It has been suggested by some scientists that early exposure to antibiotics that significantly change the makeup of the microbes in the human intestines may increase a person’s susceptibility to autoimmune diseases like Crohn's disease and asthma. ⊚ true ⊚ false

123) True or False? Many undergraduate anatomy programs study cats and rats in laboratory settings. Use of these animals is ideal because they are inexpensive, and although they are physically smaller, the internal structures are identical to humans. ⊚ true ⊚ false

124) True or False? With regard to biomedical research, because rats, pigs, apes, and other mammals share over 90% of the same genes as humans, these animals are always good predictors for how humans will respond to a specific drug therapy. ⊚ true ⊚ false

125) True or False? With regard to biomedical research, it has been found that drugs that are toxic to one mammal species will be toxic to another mammal species. ⊚ true ⊚ false

126)

True or False? Rats and humans share over 90% of the same genes. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

44


127)

True or False? A molecule of water is more complex than a mitochondrion (organelle). ⊚ ⊚

true false

128) True or False? Homeostasis and occupying space are both unique characteristics of living things. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

45


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 01_13e_ VanPutte 1) A 2) C 3) B 4) D 5) B 6) B 7) E 8) B 9) C 10) A 11) A 12) C 13) D 14) A 15) B 16) C 17) D 18) D 19) B 20) B 21) D 22) E 23) A 24) E 25) A 26) E Version 1

46


27) E 28) B 29) E 30) A 31) A 32) B 33) B 34) D 35) B 36) E 37) E 38) E 39) A 40) C 41) C 42) E 43) A 44) D 45) B 46) C 47) C 48) C 49) A 50) E 51) B 52) D 53) D 54) A 55) B 56) C Version 1

47


57) E 58) D 59) C 60) A 61) E 62) B 63) A 64) A 65) E 66) B 67) B 68) B 69) C 70) A 71) D 72) E 73) D 74) D 75) A 76) C 77) A 78) A 79) A 80) B 81) B 82) D 83) B 84) A 85) C 86) A Version 1

48


87) D 88) A 89) E 90) B 91) D 92) A 93) B 94) A 95) C 96) A 97) C 98) A 99) A 100) A 101) A 102) A 103) A 104) A 105) A 106) A 107) A 108) A 109) Section Break 109.1) B 109.2) A 109.3) D 109.4) E 109.5) C 110) Section Break 110.1) B Version 1

49


110.2) C 110.3) A 110.4) E 110.5) D 111) Section Break 111.1) B 111.2) C 111.3) A 111.4) E 111.5) D 112) TRUE 113) FALSE 114) FALSE 115) TRUE 116) TRUE 117) TRUE 118) FALSE 119) FALSE 120) FALSE 121) FALSE 122) TRUE 123) FALSE 124) FALSE 125) FALSE 126) TRUE 127) FALSE 128) FALSE

Version 1

50


CHAPTER 2 1)

The amount of matter in an object is its_________blank. A) mass B) weight C) atomic number D) element E) ionic charge

2)

The three forms of matter are A) air, water, andsolids. B) solids, liquids,and gases. C) blood, bone, andair. D) vapor, water, andsolid.

3)

The four most abundant elements in the human body are A) carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and iron. B) carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen. C) calcium, hydrogen, sodium, and potassium. D) carbon, oxygen, magnesium, and zinc. E) carbon, sulfur, calcium, and potassium.

4) The smallest particle of an element that still exhibits the chemical characteristics of that element is a/an_________blank.

Version 1

1


A) electron B) atom C) chemical bond D) orbital E) proton

5)

Subatomic particles located around the nucleus of an atom are_________blank. A) protons B) electrons C) neutrons D) neutrinos E) photons

6)

Electrons A) comprise the majority of the mass of an atom. B) are located in the nucleus of an atom. C) have a positive charge of one. D) are the subatomic particles most involved in bonding behavior of atoms. E) do not participate in the bonding of atoms.

7)

X-rays can be used to view bones because A) x-rays pass through bone. B) x-rays react with bone. C) x-rays cannot pass through bone. D) bones are less dense than soft tissue.

Version 1

2


8)

Which of the following is not a use of x-ray imaging? A) Breast cancer screening in mammography B) Upper digestive tract abnormalities following barium ingestion C) Brain tumor progression D) Vertebrae fractures

9) In an x-ray film of the skeletal system, the dense tissue areas appear _________blank because they _________blank the x-rays; the less dense tissues appear _________blank because they _________blank the x-rays. A) light; absorb; dark; do not absorb B) dark; absorb; light; do not absorb C) light; do not absorb; dark; absorb D) dark; do not absorb; light; absorb

10)

A neutral atom contains A) more protons than electrons. B) more electrons than protons. C) the same number of electrons and protons. D) only neutrons. E) None of the choices are correct.

11)

Which of the following best describes a proton?

Version 1

3


A) One negative charge, no mass, found in orbitals B) No charge, mass of one, found in nucleus C) One positive charge, mass of one, found in nucleus D) Subatomic particle with no electric charge E) None of the choices are correct.

12)

The mass number of an atom is the number of A) protons in the atom. B) neutrons in the atom. C) protons pluselectrons in the atom. D) electrons plusneutrons in the atom. E) neutrons plusprotons in the atom.

13) An atom has an atomic number of 19 and a mass number of 39. This atom will have_________blank neutrons. A) 19 B) 20 C) 39 D) 58 E) 30

14) An atom of chlorine has 17 protons and 18 neutrons. Which of the following statements is true?

Version 1

4


A) Chlorine atoms have 18 electrons. B) Chlorine has a mass number of 35. C) Chlorine has an atomic number of 18. D) Chlorine has 35 electrons. E) Chlorine has an atomic number of 35.

15)

Isotopes of the same element have A) the same number of neutrons but different numbers of protons. B) different numbers of protons and electrons. C) the same mass number. D) the same atomic number but differ in their mass numbers. E) no mass number.

16)

The number of atoms in exactly 12 grams of carbon-12 is called_________blank number. A) Dalton's B) Socrates's C) Avogadro's D) Pasteur's E) Le Chatelier's

17)

A neutral atom will become a cation if it A) gains electrons. B) gains protons. C) loses electrons. D) loses protons. E) gains neutrons.

Version 1

5


18)

In ionic bonding, A) only non-polar molecules are involved. B) a "sea of electrons" forms. C) electrons are transferred from one atom to another. D) two hydrogen atoms share one pair of electrons. E) the charge of the ion does not play a role in the bond.

19)

Covalent bonds form when A) atomic nuclei fuse. B) molecules become ionized. C) neutrons are transferred from one atom to another. D) protons are lost from atoms. E) electrons are shared between two atoms.

20)

When ionic compounds dissolve in water, their ions A) cling tightly together. B) dissociate or separate from one another. C) lose their charge. D) get lost in the solvent. E) settle to the bottom of the container.

21) Molecules that form when electrons are shared unequally between atoms are called_________blank molecules.

Version 1

6


A) salt B) polar C) nonpolar D) lopsided E) None of the choices are correct.

22)

A substance composed of two or more different types of atoms is a/an_________blank. A) compound B) element C) ion D) molecule E) Both compound and molecule are correct.

23)

Sodium chloride is considered a/an_________blank. A) molecule B) compound C) Both molecule and compound are correct. D) element E) ion

24)

A molecule is A) a combination of atoms held together by chemical bonds. B) a positively charged ion. C) a negatively charged ion. D) a substance that conducts electricity when placed in solution. E) an alteration inthe three-dimensional structure of a protein.

Version 1

7


25)

Carbon dioxide is considered a/an_________blank. A) molecule B) compound C) Both molecule and compound are correct. D) element E) ion

26) When the hydrogen bonds that maintain a protein's three-dimensional shape are broken, the protein becomes nonfunctional, and is said to be_________blank. A) essential B) denatured C) structural D) unsaturated E) saturated

27) Hydrogen bonds form between molecules containing_________blank bonds; the hydrogen bond is between a hydrogen atom of one molecule and a partially_________blank charged atom of another. A) polar covalent;negatively B) polar covalent;positively C) nonpolar covalent;positively D) nonpolar covalent;negatively E) ionic; positively

28)

An individual hydrogen bond in a sample of water would be described as

Version 1

8


A) strong andintramolecular. B) strong andintermolecular. C) weak andintramolecular. D) weak andintermolecular.

29)

Cations and anions that dissociate in water are sometimes called A) nonelectrolytes, because they do not conduct an electrical current. B) molecules. C) electrolytes, because they can conduct an electrical current. D) nonelectrolytes and solutes. E) molecules andelectrolytes.

30)

Electrolytes are substances that A) form covalent bonds with water. B) conductelectricity when dissolved in water. C) cannot conduct electricity in solution. D) are NOT found in the human body in any appreciable amounts. E) are NOT charged particles.

31) Chemical substances that dissolve in water or react with water to release ions are known as_________blank. A) buffers B) enzymes C) bases D) inorganic compounds E) electrolytes

Version 1

9


32)

Intermolecular forces A) form dissociated ions. B) are electrostatic attractions between different molecules. C) evenly distribute electrical charge among all atoms in a sample. D) separate atoms and ions from one another. E) are found within molecules.

33)

A cation is A) a combination of atoms held together by chemical bonds. B) a positively charged ion. C) a negatively charged ion. D) a molecule thatconducts electricity when placed in solution. E) an alteration inthe three-dimensional structure of a protein.

34)

An anion is A) a combination of atoms held together by chemical bonds. B) a positively charged ion. C) a negatively charged ion. D) amolecule that conducts electricity when placed in solution. E) an alteration inthe three-dimensional structure of a protein.

35)

An electrolyte is

Version 1

10


A) a combination of atoms held together by chemical bonds. B) a positively charged ion. C) a negatively charged ion. D) a substance that conducts electricity when placed in solution. E) the alteration in the three-dimensional structure of a protein.

36)

Solubility refers to the ability of one substance to_________blank in another. A) react B) dissolve C) precipitate D) conduct E) None of the choices are correct.

37)

All of the synthesis reactions in the body are called_________blank. A) catabolism B) hydrolysis C) oxidation-reduction D) anabolism E) dissociation

38)

Which of the following is a synthesis reaction?

Version 1

11


A) Two amino acids are bonded together to form a dipeptide. B) Sucrose is chemically separated to form one molecule of glucose and one molecule of fructose. C) Sodium chloride is dissolved in water. D) Several dipeptide chains are formed from digestion of a long polypeptide chain. E) ATP is converted to ADP.

39)

Which of the following pairs is mismatched? A) Synthesis reaction - two reactants combine to form a larger product B) Decomposition reaction - large reactant broken into smaller products C) Oxidation - gain of electrons D) Dehydration reaction - water is a product of the reaction E) Hydrolysis - water is used in decomposition reaction

40) In the reversible reaction, CO2 + H2O ↔ H2CO3 ↔ H+ + HCO3- , a decrease in respiration rate will increase the concentration of CO2 in the blood. What will this do to the amount of H+ in the blood? A) H+ willincrease. B) H+ willdecrease. C) H+ willbe unchanged.

41)

Reactions that use water to split molecules apart are called_________blank reactions.

Version 1

12


A) dehydration B) synthesis C) hydrolysis D) reversible E) oxidation

42) In a reversible reaction, when the rate of product formation is equal to the rate of reactant formation, the reaction is A) stopped. B) at equilibrium. C) in danger of exploding. D) a net decomposition reaction. E) a net synthesis reaction.

43) Chemical reactions with the property of being able to proceed from reactants to products and from products to reactants are called_________blank reactions. A) exchange B) synthesis C) decomposition D) reversible E) mirrored

44)

Why are cyanide compounds lethal to humans?

Version 1

13


A) They interfere with protein synthesis. B) They interfere with nerve impulses. C) They interfere with the production of ATP. D) They interfere with muscle contraction. E) All of the choices are correct.

45)

Potential energy stored in bonds of molecules is _________blank energy. A) mechanical B) thermal C) chemical D) molecular E) None of the choices are correct.

46)

Chemical energy A) moves matter. B) results from the position or movement of objects. C) is a form of potential energy within chemical bonds. D) comes from the sun. E) is not important in physiological processes.

47) If the potential energy in the chemical bonds of the reactants is greater than the potential energy in the chemical bonds of the product,

Version 1

14


A) energy must be supplied for the reaction to occur. B) energy is released by the reaction. C) the chemical reaction equalizes the potential energy levels. D) energy has not been gained or lost. E) energy is not a factor in the reaction.

48)

The energy stored in ATP is a form of_________blank energy. A) mechanical B) chemical C) kinetic D) heat E) electrical

49)

Potential energy is A) the form of energy that actually does work. B) movement of ions or electrons. C) energy that flows between objects with different temperatures. D) stored energy that could do work but is not doing so. E) energy that moves in waves.

50)

Kinetic energy is A) the form of energy that actually does work. B) movement of ions or electrons. C) energy that flows between objects with different temperatures. D) stored energy that could do work but is not doing so. E) energy that moves in waves.

Version 1

15


51)

Heat energy is A) the form of energy that actually does work. B) movement of ions or electrons. C) energy that flows between objects with different temperatures. D) stored energy that could do work but is not doing so. E) energy that moves in waves.

52) The minimum amount of energy that reactants must have to start a chemical reaction is called_________blankenergy. A) kinetic B) mechanical C) activation D) electromagnetic E) potential

53) The conversion between different states of energy (e.g. potential energy to kinetic energy) A) is not 100% efficient. B) is 100% efficient. C) typically generates heat. D) is not possible; energy cannot change its state. E) is not 100% efficient and typically generates heat.

54)

If the products of a chemical reaction contain less potential energy than the reactants,

Version 1

16


A) energy has been stored in the molecular bonds of the product. B) energy has been released by the breaking of molecular bonds. C) the reaction will be reversible without additional energy input. D) a synthesis reaction is likely to have occurred. E) All of the choices are correct.

55)

Enzymes are proteins that increase the rate of chemical reactions by A) increasing theactivation energy of the reaction. B) decreasing theactivation energy of the reaction. C) adjusting thetemperature of the reaction. D) increasing theconcentration of the reactants.

56) A substance that will increase the rate of a chemical reaction without being permanently changed is called a/an_________blank. A) solute B) catalyst C) oxidator D) reducing agent

57)

For most chemical reactions, an increase in temperature will cause the reaction rate to A) increase. B) decrease. C) remainunchanged.

Version 1

17


58)

Which of the following factors will influence the rate of chemical reactions? A) Temperature B) Concentration of reactants C) Presence of catalysts D) Presence of enzymes E) All of these factors will influence the rate of chemical reactions.

59)

Which of the following is an organic compound? A) Hydrochloric acid (HCl) B) Salt (NaCl) C) Sucrose (C12H22O11) D) Water (H2O) E) None of the choices are correct.

60) The hydrogen and oxygen atoms in a molecule of water are held together by_________blank bonds. A) ionic B) peptide C) savings D) polar covalent E) nonpolar covalent

61)

A group of water molecules are held together by_________blank bonds.

Version 1

18


A) savings B) hydrogen C) ionic D) nonpolar covalent E) polar covalent

62)

The molecular formula H2O means A) 1 hydrogen atom and 2 oxygen atoms. B) 1 hydrogen atom and 1 oxygen atom. C) 2 hydrogen atoms and 1 oxygen atom. D) 2 hydrogen atoms and 2 oxygen atoms. E) None of the choices are correct.

63)

The presence of water in our bodies allows us to A) cool the body with sweat. B) maintain a fairly constant body temperature. C) provide an environment for chemical reactions. D) keep tissues moist and reduce friction. E) All of the choices are correct.

64)

Which of the following statements is false? A) Water allows the body to resist sudden temperature changes. B) Water transports nutrients in the body. C) Water serves as an effective lubricant in our bodies. D) Water evaporation cools the body. E) Water evaporation heats the body.

Version 1

19


65)

Substances dissolved in the liquid portion of a solution are called_________blank. A) solutes B) solvents C) catalysts D) osmoles E) insoluble

66)

A solution that contains one osmole of solute in one kilogram (kg) of water is called a A) 1% solution. B) 1 molar solution. C) 10% solution. D) 1 osmolal solution. E) None of the choices are correct.

67)

Two solutions, A and B, have the same osmolality. What does that mean? A) Solution A has more solute particles than solution B. B) Solution B has more solute particles than solution A. C) Both solutions have the same number of solute particles. D) Solution A is water and sugar; solution B is water and salt. E) Solution A is pure water, and solution B is water and salt.

68)

Why is water involved in most metabolic reactions in the human body?

Version 1

20


A) It can dissolve many chemical compounds. B) It can absorb and release heat without changing temperature very much. C) It has a high surface tension. D) Its bonds are nonpolar. E) It is a solute.

69) Hyperventilation causes the loss of large amounts of CO2 from the body, decreasing the amount of H+ in solution. As a result, A) the pH of body fluids will rise. B) the pH of body fluids will fall. C) the pH of body fluids will become neutral. D) the pH of body fluids will not be affected. E) None of these choices are correct.

70)

A base is a proton_________blank. A) donor B) converter C) acceptor D) creator E) Both acceptor and creator are correct.

71)

Which of the following is a proton donor?

Version 1

21


A) An acid B) A base C) A salt D) Glucose E) A neutral substance

72)

Sam adjusts solution A to increase its acidity. This means that the A) solution is closer to neutrality. B) pH of the solution has increased. C) solution will now accept more protons. D) number of hydrogen ions in the solution has decreased. E) number of hydrogen ions in the solution has increased.

73)

The pH value A) increases with acidity. B) is measured on a scale from 0 to 10. C) is determined by the concentration of H+ in a solution. D) reflects the Na+ content of body fluids. E) decreases with alkalinity.

74)

What particle is formed when an acid loses a proton (H+)? A) Buffer B) Conjugate acid C) Salt D) Conjugate base

Version 1

22


75) Solution A has a pH of 10, and solution B has a pH of 2. Which of the following statements about these solutions is true? A) Solution A and solution B are both basic. B) Solution B is basic. C) Solution A is acidic. D) Solution B has a higher H+ concentration than solution A. E) Solution A has a higher H+ concentration than solution B.

76)

A buffer will A) enhance changes in the pH of the solutions. B) resist drastic changes in the pH of the solutions. C) have no effect on the pH of the solutions. D) make a solution more acidic. E) make a solution more basic.

77)

Normal blood pH is maintained within a range of A) 7.35 - 8.5. B) 7.35 - 7.45. C) 4.5 - 5.5. D) 1.0 - 14.0. E) 6.5 - 9.5.

78)

Normal pH range for blood is 7.35 to 7.45. If blood pH falls below 7.35,

Version 1

23


A) an imbalance called alkalosis results. B) nothing happens as this is an acceptable deviation. C) an imbalance called acidosis results. D) the blood becomes saltier. E) the number of red blood cells decreases.

79)

Normal pH for blood is 7.35 to 7.45. Maintenance of the pH in this range is A) critical because enzymes work best within narrow ranges of pH. B) not critical because extreme pH values do not affect enzyme function. C) called denaturation. D) not required. E) None of the choices are correct.

80)

Which molecule is produced as a waste product of the metabolism of glucose by cells? A) Water B) Oxygen C) Carbon dioxide D) Carbon monoxide E) Nitrogen

81)

Large carbohydrates are formed from smaller units called_________blank. A) phosphate groups B) monosaccharides C) amino acids D) steroids E) lipids

Version 1

24


82)

Which of the following is a carbohydrate? A) Triglyceride B) Hemoglobin C) Cholesterol D) Animal fat E) Sucrose

83)

Polysaccharides A) are formed when sucrose and glucose combine. B) are the smallest carbohydrates. C) contain carbon, hydrogen, and phosphate atoms. D) contain long chains of monosaccharides. E) are not found in plants.

84)

Consider the following five terms. Which term does not belong with the other four terms? A) Disaccharide B) Sucrose C) Lactose D) Maltose E) Glucose

85) Which of the following lists includes only monosaccharides that are isomers of one another?

Version 1

25


A) Glycogen, glucose, sucrose B) Starch, glycogen, cellulose C) Glucose, fructose, galactose D) Ribose, glycogen, glucose E) Deoxyribose, glycogen, starch

86) The molecule used most frequently by cells as a fuel belongs to which of the following groups? A) Prostaglandins B) Carbohydrates C) Nucleic acids D) Steroids E) Phospholipids

87)

Glucose is the A) storage carbohydrate in animals. B) storage carbohydrate in plants. C) nondigestible plant polysaccharide. D) major nutrient for most body cells. E) sugar found in RNA.

88)

Glycogen is the

Version 1

26


A) storage carbohydrate in animals. B) storage carbohydrate in plants. C) nondigestible plant polysaccharide. D) major nutrient for most body cells. E) sugar found in RNA.

89)

Ribose is the A) storage carbohydrate in animals. B) storage carbohydrate in plants. C) nondigestible plant polysaccharide. D) major nutrient for most body cells. E) sugar found in RNA and ATP.

90)

Starch is the A) storage carbohydrate in animals. B) storagecarbohydrate in plants. C) nondigestible plant polysaccharide. D) major nutrient for most body cells. E) sugar found in RNA.

91)

Cellulose is the A) storage carbohydrate in animals. B) storage carbohydrate in plants. C) nondigestible plant polysaccharide. D) major nutrient for most body cells. E) sugar found in RNA.

Version 1

27


92)

Deoxyribose is a sugar found in_________blank. A) glycogen B) starch C) DNA D) RNA E) ATP

93)

Which of the following is NOT a function of carbohydrates in the body? A) Structural component of DNA B) Protection C) Bulk in feces D) Energy E) Structural component of RNA

94)

Which of the following statements accurately describes lipids? A) Lipids are the building blocks of carbohydrates. B) Lipids serve as buffers. C) Lipids are an important component of plasma membranes. D) Lipids tend to be water soluble. E) Lipids tend to be polarized.

95)

Triglycerides are composed of

Version 1

28


A) monosaccharides. B) amino acids. C) nucleotides. D) glycerol and fatty acids. E) None of the choices are correct.

96) Fatty acid A has 10 double covalent bonds scattered throughout its carbon chain while fatty acid B has only single covalent bonds between the carbons in its chain. A) Fatty acid A is saturated. B) Fatty acid B is unsaturated. C) Both fatty acids are saturated. D) Both fatty acids are unsaturated. E) Fatty acid B is saturated.

97)

Which of the following would be classified as a lipid? A) Cholesterol – a steroid B) Alanine – an amino acid C) Starch – a polysaccharide D) Catalase – an enzyme E) Sucrose – a disaccharide

98)

All of the following terms relate to lipids. Which does not belong with the other four?

Version 1

29


A) Cholesterol B) Estrogen C) Steroid D) Triglyceride E) Bile salts

99)

Phospholipids A) contain subunits called amino acids. B) are water-soluble. C) are a type of steroid. D) are fat-soluble vitamins. E) are found in plasma membranes.

100)

Lipids A) can insulate and help prevent heat loss. B) yield little energy per unit of weight. C) function as enzymes. D) are all water soluble. E) comprise the genetic material of cells.

101)

Eicosanoids A) are structural proteins. B) are fat-soluble vitamins. C) are components of the plasma membrane. D) comprise the genetic material. E) play a role in the response of tissues to injuries.

Version 1

30


102)

An example of a fat-soluble vitamin is A) vitamin C. B) vitamin D. C) vitamin B. D) vitamin F. E) vitamin H.

103)

Which of the following molecules is NOT made from cholesterol? A) Estrogen B) Bile salts C) Testosterone D) Prostaglandins E) Progesterone

104)

Phospholipids have a hydrophilic end which is A) polar and not water soluble. B) polar and water soluble. C) nonpolar and not water soluble. D) nonpolar and water soluble.

105)

Which function of proteins is NOT correctly matched with the example?

Version 1

31


A) Transport – hemoglobin B) Structure – collagen and keratin C) Regulation – enzymes and hormones D) Protection – packing around organs and glands E) Contraction – actin and myosin in muscles

106) An organic molecule consists of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; the molecule is probably A) carbon dioxide. B) an amino acid. C) a triglyceride (fat). D) a monosaccharide. E) a phospholipid.

107)

The building blocks of proteins are_________blank. A) triglycerides B) phospholipids C) amino acids D) monosaccharides E) eicosanoids

108)

Proteins

Version 1

32


A) are the body's source of immediate energy. B) are the building blocks of nucleotides. C) provide much of the structure of body cells and tissues. D) contain the genetic information of the cell. E) insulate and cushion the body.

109)

Adjacent amino acids in a polypeptide chain are held together by_________blank bonds. A) hydrogen B) ionic C) Van der Waals D) peptide E) high energy

110)

Which of the following is a source of nitrogen for the body? A) Carbohydrates B) Water C) Proteins D) Glucose E) Lipids

111)

The primary structure of a protein is A) the number of polypeptide chains in the molecule. B) the sequence of amino acids in the polypeptide chain. C) the folded, helical nature of the molecule. D) represented by multiple polypeptide chains. E) the hydrogen bonds between amino acids.

Version 1

33


112)

Denaturation is A) a combination of atoms held together by chemical bonds. B) a positively charged ion. C) a negatively charged ion. D) a substance that conducts electricity when placed in solution. E) a change in thethree-dimensional structure of a protein.

113)

Which of the following is the correct sequence from smallest to largest? A) Amino acid, cell, protein, atom B) Amino acid, atom, cell, protein C) Cell, protein, amino acid, atom D) Atom, amino acid, protein, cell E) Protein, cell, amino acid, atom

114) Which of the following is determined by the sequence of amino acids bound by peptide bonds? A) Amino acid B) Peptide bond C) Primary structure of protein D) Secondary structure of protein E) Denaturation

115)

Which of the following means a change in shape of a protein?

Version 1

34


A) Amino acid B) Peptide bond C) Primary structure of protein D) Secondary structure of protein E) Denaturation

116) What type of covalent bond is formed between amino acid molecules during protein synthesis? A) Amino bond B) Peptide bond C) Primary bond D) Hydrogen bond E) Electrovalent bond

117)

What is the building block molecule of a protein? A) Amino acid B) Nucleic acid C) Monosaccharide D) Glycerol E) Fatty acid

118) Which protein structure results from folding or coiling of a polypeptide chain caused by hydrogen bonds between amino acids?

Version 1

35


A) Quaternary structure B) Tertiary structure C) Secondary structure D) Primary structure E) Peptide structure

119)

Which of the following is mismatched? A) Ribose – RNA B) Enzyme – protein C) Cholesterol – nucleic acid D) Triglyceride – fat E) Eicosanoid – prostaglandin

120)

To which of the following organic groups does an enzyme belong? A) Carbohydrate B) Protein C) Lipid D) Nucleic acid E) Vitamin

121)

To which of the following organic groups does DNA belong?

Version 1

36


A) Carbohydrate B) Protein C) Lipid D) Nucleic acid E) Vitamin

122)

To which of the following organic groups does lactose belong? A) Carbohydrate B) Protein C) Lipid D) Nucleic acid E) Vitamin

123)

To which of the following organic groups does a steroid belong? A) Carbohydrate B) Protein C) Lipid D) Nucleic acid E) Vitamin

124)

To which of the following organic groups does hemoglobin belong? A) Carbohydrate B) Protein C) Lipid D) Nucleic acid E) Vitamin

Version 1

37


125) An organic molecule such as a vitamin that makes an enzyme functional is called a/an_________blank. A) buffer B) coactivator C) catalyst D) coenzyme

126)

The minimum energy required to start a chemical reaction A) moves in energy surges. B) results from random molecular movement. C) comes from ionic energy motion. D) is elevated by a catalyst. E) can be lowered by enzymes.

127)

An enzyme A) has a two-dimensional shape. B) is permanently changed in a chemical reaction. C) increases the activation energy needed in a chemical reaction. D) is a protein catalyst. E) cannot be denatured.

128)

Which of the following is NOT true of enzymes?

Version 1

38


A) They arecatalysts that increase the rate of a reaction. B) One enzyme can have many reactions. C) They may need a cofactor to be functional. D) The active site has a specific shape to match the reactant(s). E) A slight change in shape can affect function.

129)

The model that helps explain how an enzyme works is the_________blank model. A) activation B) lock-and-key C) three-dimensional D) denaturation

130)

Nucleotides A) are part of DNA molecules but not RNA molecules. B) hold the nucleus together. C) are the buildingblocks of nucleic acids. D) are proteins that function as enzymes. E) have nothing to do with the genetic information in the nucleus.

131)

Which of the following is a component of a nucleotide? A) Adenine – a nitrogen base B) Glucose – a monosaccharide C) Cholesterol – a steroid D) Calcium ions E) ATP

Version 1

39


132)

DNA A) must travel to ribosomes to function. B) contains the sugar deoxyribose. C) is a single-stranded molecule. D) is one of several amino acids. E) assembles amino acids to make proteins.

133)

Which of the following nitrogen bases is found in RNA but not DNA? A) Adenine B) Guanine C) Thymine D) Uracil E) Cytosine

134) Arrange the following from largest to smallest: (1) Nucleus (2) DNA molecule (3) Skin cell (4) Chicken eggs A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 4, 3, 1, 2 C) 3, 4, 2, 1 D) 2, 3, 1, 4 E) 4, 2, 3, 1

135)

Which of the following statements best describes RNA?

Version 1

40


A) RNA is found outside a cell. B) RNA contains the base thymine. C) RNA is a single-stranded molecule. D) RNA molecules areantiparallel. E) RNA is a double helix.

136)

Which of the following lists the components of a nucleotide? A) Phosphate, lipid, nitrogenous base B) Monosaccharide, nitrogenous base, sucrose C) Phosphate, monosaccharide, nitrogenous base D) Phosphate, sucrose, amino acid E) Monosaccharide, amino acid, phosphate

137)

Which of the following is the correct complementary strand to CATGTC? A) GTACAG B) CATGTC C) GUACAG D) AGCACA E) TCGTAT

138)

ATP A) is a nucleotide found in DNA. B) stores genetic information. C) is a sugar found in transfer RNA. D) serves as the energy currency of the cell. E) can store, but cannot release energy in the cell.

Version 1

41


139)

Which of the following statements correctly describes ATP? A) Can be synthesized from ADP B) Stores and releases energy in the cell C) Is associated with a reversible reaction D) Is associated with anabolism and catabolism E) All of the choices are correct.

140)

Which of the following chemical reactions best represents the decomposition of ATP? A) ATP + ADP → ATP B) ADP + ADP + ADP → ATP C) ATP + energy → ADP + H2O D) ADP + Pi + energy → ATP + H2O E) ATP + H2O → ADP + Pi + energy

141)

Which of the following chemical reactions best represents the synthesis of ATP? A) ATP + H2O → ADP + Pi + energy B) ADP + Pi + energy → ATP + H2O C) ADP + ADP + ADP →ATP + energy D) ATP + energy → ADP + H2O E) ATP + ADP → ATP

Version 1

42


142)

The sodium chloride molecule breaks apart in water. What does "D" represent?

A) Chloride ion B) Dissociation C) Water molecule D) Sodium ion E) Salt crystal

143) The mass of a chemical equal to its molecular weight in grams, containing 6.023 x 1023 molecules is a/an _________blank. A) mole B) molarity C) ion D) atomic mass unit

144)

Intermolecular forces are weak electrostatic attractions that exist between

Version 1

43


A) two molecules. B) two atoms. C) two protons.

145)

Hydrogen bonds are important for all of the following except A) producing surface tension in water. B) helping hold a protein structure together. C) helping hold DNA strands together. D) helping atoms give up or receive electrons.

146)

In an oxidation-reduction reaction, _________blank are transferred between molecules. A) electrons B) charges C) neutrons D) protons

147) Sucrose is formed when the simple sugars fructose and glucose are covalently bonded. This reaction releases water. What type of reaction is this? A) Catabolic B) Hydrolysis C) Dehydration D) Monomeric

148)

If the ratio of products and reactants are stable, the system is in _________blank.

Version 1

44


A) equilibrium B) steady state C) activation

149) Identify the material that would NOT be considered an important inorganic substances in our bodies. A) Glucose B) Oxygen C) Calcium D) Iron

150)

From the following list, select the one organic substance found in the human body. A) Oxygen B) Water C) Glucose D) Calcium

151) Inorganic chemists study substances _________blank carbon, while organic chemists study substances _________blank carbon. A) lacking; containing B) containing; lacking C) containing more than 1 mole of; with less than a mole of

152) In order to get energy (ATP) from food molecules in the final stage of respiration, humans require _________blank.

Version 1

45


A) oxygen B) sodium C) carbon dioxide D) ribose

153)

How does a buffer help a solution maintain pH? A) A buffer can act like a base if pH is acidic, and it can act like an acid if pH is basic. B) A buffer releases a base to neutralize an acid. C) A buffer forms both cations and anions to counteract acids. D) A buffer releases acid to maintain proper pH.

154) Sodium has an atomic number of 11 and an atomic mass of 23. Sodium has_________blank. A) 12 neutrons and 11protons B) 12 protons and 11neutrons C) 12 electrons and11 neutrons D) 12 protons and 11electrons E) 12 electrons and11 protons

155) Na (atomic no. 11) reacts with Cl (atomic no. 17) to become stable. In the reaction, Na will_________blank, while Cl will_________blank. A) accept one electron; give up one electron B) give up one proton; accept one proton C) share one electron with chlorine; share one electron with sodium D) become an anion; become a cation E) give up one electron; accept one electron

Version 1

46


156) Oxygen has an atomic number of 8 and an atomic mass of 16. How many valence electrons does it have? A) 2 B) 4 C) 6 D) 8 E) 16

157) Oxygen has an atomic number of eight. When two oxygen atoms come together, they form a/an_________blank bond. A) hydrogen B) nonpolar covalent C) polar covalent D) ionic E) Van der Waals

158) When jumping into water, you notice resistance. This resistance is caused by water's_________blank. A) adhesiveness B) cohesiveness C) hydrophobic tension D) hydrophilic tension E) osmotic equilibrium

159)

Which of these is hydrophobic?

Version 1

47


A) Glucose B) K+ C) ClD) Water E) Lipid

160) Blood contains NaCl, protein, and cells. The NaCl is in a/an_________blank, the protein is in a/an_________blank, and the cells are in a_________blank. A) emulsion; solution; suspension B) solvent; emulsion; colloid C) colloid; suspension; solution D) suspension; colloid; solution E) solution; colloid; suspension

161)

Which of these has the highest H+ concentration? A) Lemon juice, pH =2.3 B) Red wine, pH =3.2 C) Tomato juice, pH= 4.7 D) Saliva, pH =6.6 E) Householdammonia, pH = 10.8

162) The breakdown of glucose to yield carbon dioxide, oxygen, and ATP can be described as_________blank.

Version 1

48


A) anabolic andendergonic B) catabolic andexergonic C) anabolic andexergonic D) catabolic andendergonic E) anabolic andexothermic

163)

Which of the following terms encompasses all of the other ones? A) Catabolism B) Anabolism C) Metabolism D) Oxidationreactions E) Reductionreactions

164)

Which of the following is not an organic compound? A) C16H18N3ClS B) Na2HPO3(H2O)5 C) CH4 D) C3H7O2N

165)

_________blank is a monosaccharide, whereas_________blank is a polysaccharide. A) Fructose; sucrose B) Galactose; maltose C) Lactose; glycogen D) Glucose; starch E) Cellulose; glucose

Version 1

49


166)

Which of these molecules is hydrophobic? A) Glucose B) Cholesterol C) Amino acid D) Protein E) Disaccharide

167)

_________blank is the substrate of_________blank. A) Glucose; lactose B) Lactase; glucose C) Lactose; lactase D) Galactose; lactose E) Sucrase; sucrose

168)

Most enzymes are_________blank. A) cofactors B) proteins C) lipids D) carbohydrates E) nucleic acids

169)

An atom with 12 electrons, 13 neutrons, and 11 protons is a/an _________blank.

Version 1

50


A) anion B) cation C) free radical D) isotope E) both an anion and an isotope F) both an anion and a free radical

170)

In the following reaction, what is/are the product(s)? CO2 + H2O ---> H2CO3 A) H2CO3 B) CO2 and H2O C) CO2 and H2CO3 D) H2O and H2CO3

171)

Which of the following will increase the rate of a chemical reaction? A) An increase inreactant concentration B) An increase inproduct concentration C) A decreasedtemperature D) Enzymeinhibition

172) Metabolic water refers to the water molecules produced during normal cellular metabolism. Which types of metabolic reactions are important for the production of metabolic water? A) Dehydration reactions B) Hydrolysis reactions C) Catabolic reactions D) Reversible reactions

Version 1

51


173)

Which of the following scenarios appropriately represents kinetic energy? A) A student marking an answer on a exam paper B) A swinging door propped open C) A large truck parked at the top of a steep hill D) All of the choices are correct.

174) Considering the following analogy, determine which component represents ATP's role in the cells of the body. As the river flows past the old mill, it turns the water wheel, which in turns powers the movement of the millstone that grinds the wheat. A) Water wheel B) River C) Millstone D) Wheat

175) A student's science fair project examined changes in chemical reaction rate by mixing vinegar and baking soda together and observing the formation of carbon dioxide gas. The student noticed that as the volume of vinegar_________blank, there was a noticeable_________blank in bubbling in the beaker. A) increased; increase B) decreased; decrease C) increased; decrease D) decreased; increase

176) Which of the following isnot an example of an important inorganic substance necessary for normal human physiology?

Version 1

52


A) Iodide ions are important components of certain hormones in the body. B) The sugar-phosphate backbone of DNA form from covalent bonds between nucleotides. C) Calcium ions are important components of cellular communication. D) Oxygen is the final electron acceptor in cellular respiration, the process that generates much of the ATP in cells.

177) Substance A is added to a solution, resulting in a decrease in the pH of the solution. Substance A_________blank the H+ concentration; therefore, it is considered a/an_________blank. A) increased; acid B) increased; base C) decreased; acid D) decreased; base

178) Proteins in cells can act as important buffer systems. If intracellular pH rises, certain_________blank of proteins can_________blank H+ to return pH to normal conditions. A) amino acids; donate B) nucleotides; donate C) amino acids; accept D) nucleotides; accept

179) When someone eats a cookie, what happens to the carbon atoms in the sugar molecules after the cookie is ingested?

Version 1

53


A) The carbon atoms combine with hydrogen ions to buffer the stomach acids. B) The carbon atoms are released as part of carbon dioxide, which later is excreted as part of the urine. C) The carbon atoms are released as part of carbon dioxide, which later is excreted as part of exhaled air. D) The carbon atoms are stored in bones until they are needed for some other cellular process.

180) A weak acid was introduced to a solution. Which of the following accurately describes the condition of the solution after adding the weak acid? A) The solution would have an increase in H+ with some of the weak acid molecules still intact. B) The solution would have a decrease in H+ with some of the weak acid molecules still intact. C) The solution would have an increase in H+ with none of the weak acid molecules still intact. D) The solution would have a decrease in H+ with none of the weak acid molecules still intact.

181) Viruses are composed primarily of proteins and nucleic acids. Which of the following elements could be used to track the fate of viral proteins to determine if they entered the cell? A) Phosphate because proteins contain phosphate, but nucleic acids do not B) Sulfur because proteins contain sulfur, but nucleic acids do not C) Nitrogen because proteins contain nitrogen, but nucleic acids do not D) Oxygen because proteins contain oxygen, but nucleic acids do not

Version 1

54


182) An unknown molecule was detected in a tissue sample. The molecule is composed of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen; appears to be a branching polymer; and is hydrophilic. This molecule is most likely a_________blank. A) carbohydrate B) lipid C) protein D) nucleic acid

183) Prions are pathogenic proteins that are linked to different neurodegenerative diseases. Investigations of some have indicated that normal cellular proteins and prions have the same amino acid sequence. How is this possible? A) Though the primary structure is the same between the prion and the normal cellular protein, differences at higher levels (secondary or tertiary) alter protein activity. B) The amino acid sequence is not important to the function of the protein because protein function is completely determined by the pH of the environment. C) The double helix structure of proteins is easily altered by separating the nitrogenous bases holding the strands together, allowing for a protein to act as a prion. D) The amino acids of the prion must have more hydrophilic sections, causing it to interact with the lipids of the plasma membrane and disrupting cell activity.

184) During the first step of gene expression, an RNA copy of a gene is made. Which of the following represents the correct sequence produced from a gene segment with the following sequence: GAACTAAGC? A) CUUGAUUCG B) GAACUAAGC C) CTTGATTCG D) GUUCTUUGC

Version 1

55


185) A research group is monitoring a series of reactions and have determined it is most likely a hydrolysis reaction because the number of_________blank. A) water molecules decreased B) water molecules increased C) oxygen molecules increased D) oxygen molecules decreased

186) Which of the following subatomic particles can be changed in number without affecting the element identity of the atom? A) Electrons B) Protons C) Neutrons D) Both "electrons" and "neutrons" are correct.

187) A polar covalent bond forms between Atom 1 and Atom 2. The Atom 1 side of the bond is slightly negative, and the Atom 2 side of the bond is slightly positive. Which atom has the higher electronegativity? A) Atom 1 B) Atom 2 C) Atom 1 and Atom 2 have equal electronegativity.

188) pH?

Which of the following best describes the effect that holding your breath has on blood

Version 1

56


A) Holding your breath increases blood pH by increasing the amount of carbon dioxide in the blood. B) Holding your breath decreases blood pH by increasing the amount of carbon dioxide in the blood. C) Holding your breath increases blood pH by decreasing the amount of carbon dioxide in the blood. D) Holding your breath decreases blood pH by decreasing the amount of carbon dioxide in the blood.

189) If water accumulates between two sheets of glass, it is very difficult to separate them. Which of the following explanations best explains this situation? A) The cohesive property of water holds the two sheets of glass together. B) The adhesive property of water holds the sheets of glass together. C) The nonpolar covalent bonds in the class are attracted to the polar covalent bonds of the water, holding the two sheets of glass together.

190) If you were able to sort nucleotides into DNA nucleotides and RNA nucleotides, which component of the nucleotide would you use to do so? A) Pentose sugar B) Phosphate group C) Nitrogenous bases

Version 1

57


191)

191.1) Water accounts for 50% of the weight of a young adult female and 60% of a young adult male. What kind of bond is found at "A"? A) Hydrogen bond B) Water molecule C) Oxygen atom D) Hydrogen atom E) Polar covalent bond

191.2) Water accounts for 50% of the weight of a young adult female and 60% of a young adult male. What kind of bond is found at "B"?

Version 1

58


A) Hydrogen bond B) Water molecule C) Oxygen atom D) Hydrogen atom E) Polar covalent bond

191.3) Water accounts for 50% of the weight of a young adult female and 60% of a young adult male. What kind of atom is found at "C"? A) Hydrogen bond B) Water molecule C) Oxygen atom D) Hydrogen atom E) Polar covalent bond

191.4) Water accounts for 50% of the weight of a young adult female and 60% of a young adult male. What kind of atom is found at "D"? A) Hydrogen bond B) Water molecule C) Oxygen atom D) Hydrogen atom E) Polar covalent bond

191.5) Water accounts for 50% of the weight of a young adult female and 60% of a young adult male. What kind of molecule is found at "E"?

Version 1

59


A) Hydrogen bond B) Water molecule C) Oxygen atom D) Hydrogen atom E) Polar covalent bond

192)

192.1)

The sodium chloride molecule breaks apart in water. What does "A" represent?

A) Chloride ion B) Dissociation C) Water molecule D) Sodium ion E) Salt crystal

192.2) Version 1

The sodium chloride molecule breaks apart in water. What does "B" represent? 60


A) Chloride ion B) Dissociation C) Water molecule D) Sodium ion E) Salt crystal

192.3)

The sodium chloride molecule breaks apart in water. What does "C" represent?

A) Chloride ion B) Dissociation C) Water molecule D) Sodium ion E) Salt crystal

192.4) The sodium chloride molecule breaks apart in water. What does "E" represent (the process)? A) Chloride ion B) Dissociation C) Water molecule D) Sodium ion E) Salt crystal

Version 1

61


193)

193.1) Phospholipids are important components of the plasma membrane. What does "A" represent on the diagram? A) Phosphorus B) Oxygen C) Nitrogen D) Polar (hydrophilic) region E) Nonpolar (hydrophobic) region

193.2) Phospholipids are important components of the plasma membrane. What does "B" represent on the diagram? A) Phosphorus B) Oxygen C) Nitrogen D) Polar (hydrophilic) region E) Nonpolar (hydrophobic) region

193.3) Phospholipids are important components of the plasma membrane. What does "C" represent on the diagram?

Version 1

62


A) Phosphorus B) Oxygen C) Nitrogen D) Polar (hydrophilic) region E) Nonpolar (hydrophobic) region

193.4) Phospholipids are important components of the plasma membrane. What does "D" represent on the diagram? A) Phosphorus B) Oxygen C) Nitrogen D) Polar (hydrophilic) region E) Nonpolar (hydrophobic) region

193.5) Phospholipids are important components of the plasma membrane. What does "E" represent on the diagram? A) Phosphorus B) Oxygen C) Nitrogen D) Polar (hydrophilic) region E) Nonpolar (hydrophobic) region

194) True or False? The term mass describes the material that makes up all living and nonliving things. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

63


195)

True or False? Synthesis reactions are also called catabolic reactions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

196) True or False? The importance of O2 in the human body is to extract energy (ATP) from food molecules. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

64


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 02_13e_ VanPutte 1) A 2) B 3) B 4) B 5) B 6) D 7) C 8) C 9) A 10) C 11) C 12) E 13) B 14) B 15) D 16) C 17) C 18) C 19) E 20) B 21) B 22) E 23) B 24) A 25) C 26) B Version 1

65


27) A 28) D 29) C 30) B 31) E 32) B 33) B 34) C 35) D 36) B 37) D 38) A 39) C 40) A 41) C 42) B 43) D 44) C 45) C 46) C 47) B 48) B 49) D 50) A 51) C 52) C 53) E 54) B 55) B 56) B Version 1

66


57) A 58) E 59) C 60) D 61) B 62) C 63) E 64) E 65) A 66) D 67) C 68) A 69) A 70) C 71) A 72) E 73) C 74) D 75) D 76) B 77) B 78) C 79) A 80) C 81) B 82) E 83) D 84) E 85) C 86) B Version 1

67


87) D 88) A 89) E 90) B 91) C 92) C 93) B 94) C 95) D 96) E 97) A 98) D 99) E 100) A 101) E 102) B 103) D 104) B 105) D 106) B 107) C 108) C 109) D 110) C 111) B 112) E 113) D 114) C 115) E 116) B Version 1

68


117) A 118) C 119) C 120) B 121) D 122) A 123) C 124) B 125) D 126) E 127) D 128) B 129) B 130) C 131) A 132) B 133) D 134) B 135) C 136) C 137) A 138) D 139) E 140) E 141) B 142) C 143) A 144) A 145) D 146) A Version 1

69


147) C 148) A 149) A 150) C 151) A 152) A 153) A 154) A 155) E 156) C 157) B 158) B 159) E 160) E 161) A 162) B 163) C 164) B 165) D 166) B 167) C 168) B 169) E 170) A 171) A 172) A 173) A 174) A 175) A 176) B Version 1

70


177) A 178) A 179) C 180) A 181) B 182) A 183) A 184) A 185) A 186) D 187) A 188) A 189) B 190) A 191) Section Break 191.1) E 191.2) A 191.3) D 191.4) C 191.5) B 192) Section Break 192.1) E 192.2) D 192.3) A 192.4) B 193) Section Break 193.1) D 193.2) E 193.3) C 193.4) A Version 1

71


193.5) B 194) FALSE 195) FALSE 196) TRUE

Version 1

72


CHAPTER 3 1) In intestinal epithelial cells, Na+ is in higher concentrations outside of the cells. This gradient provides the energy for the symport of glucose into the cells. Which of the following explain how this transport mechanism works. (Check all that apply.) A) Active transport of sodium out of the cell B) Active transport of sodium into the cell C) Carrier mediated transport of glucose into the cells D) Carrier mediated transport of sodium into the cell E) Active transport of potassium out of the cell

2)

Check all of the major hypotheses of aging. A) Damage to mitochondria B) Damage to the DNA from free radicals C) Damage to lysosomes D) Presence of a "cell death clock" E) Presence of "death genes"

3)

Check all that occur at the cellular level as a result of aging. A) Cells experienceincreased metabolic functions. B) Cells experience adecreased ability to maintain homeostasis. C) The process ofcell division becomes faulty, resulting in a greater risk for cancer. D) The risk for unsuccessful completion of sex cell division and maturation decreases.

4)

The structural and functional unit of all living organisms is the_________blank.

Version 1

1


A) ribosome B) cell C) organ D) organelle E) plasma membrane

5)

All of the chemical reactions within a cell are known as cell_________blank. A) reproduction B) metabolism C) communication D) inheritance E) movement

6) Cells produce and respond to chemical and electrical signals as a means of_________blank. A) communicating B) metabolizing C) reproducing D) synthesizing E) using energy

7)

The lower limit of resolution of a light microscope is_________blank.

Version 1

2


A) 100μm B) 0.1μm C) 10μm D) 0.01μm E) 1.0μm

8)

Which of the following could be used to study general features of cells? A) A magnifying glass B) Scanning electron microscope C) Transmission electron microscope D) Binoculars E) Light microscope

9)

Which of the following is NOT true of a transmission electron microscope (TEM)? A) The limit of resolution is about 0.1μm. B) Electrons are passed through the specimen. C) It gives the clearest three-dimensional images. D) The specimen must be fixed in plastic. E) The electron beam is focused with electromagnets.

10)

In order to study in detail the anatomy of internal cell parts, it would be best to use

Version 1

3


A) x-rays. B) flashlights. C) a transmission electron microscope (TEM). D) tissue cultures. E) a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

11)

Which of the following activities is a function of the plasma membrane? A) Digestion of unneeded cell organelles B) Recognition of bacterial cells by the immune system C) Transport of products from the nucleus to the endoplasmic reticulum D) Cell metabolism E) Detoxification

12)

The plasma membrane A) separates the nucleus from the rest of the cell. B) is a rigid protein membrane. C) is not permeable. D) has a single layer of phospholipids. E) regulates movement of materials into and out of the cell.

13) The environment outside the plasma membrane is most appropriately referred to as_________blank.

Version 1

4


A) intracellular B) extracellular C) multicellular D) centrocellular E) None of the choices are correct.

14)

Glycolipids would contain both lipids and_________blank. A) carbohydrates B) proteins C) electrolytes D) cholesterol E) amino acids

15)

The main components of the plasma membrane are A) carbohydrates,ions, and lipids. B) lipids andions. C) proteins and carbohydrates. D) proteins, lipids,and carbohydrates. E) ions,lipids, and proteins.

16) The collection of carbohydrates, glycolipids, and glycoproteins of the plasma membrane is called the_________blank.

Version 1

5


A) fluid mosaic B) extracellular membrane C) intercellular fluid D) phospholipid E) glycocalyx

17) When a sperm cell comes into contact with an egg cell, there is a change in the electrical charge across the plasma membrane and various channel proteins close. These channels would be called_________blank channels. A) open-gated B) voltage-gated C) chemical-gated D) ligand-gated E) nongated ion

18)

Plasma membrane phospholipids A) have polar (charged) tails. B) are arranged in a single layer. C) have tails that face the exterior of the membrane. D) are 95% cholesterol. E) have a hydrophilic head and hydrophobic tails.

19)

Plasma membrane phospholipids

Version 1

6


A) have nonpolar fatty acid tails. B) form a bilayer. C) have polar phosphate heads. D) create a selectively permeable barrier. E) All of the choices are correct.

20)

The second most abundant of the lipids in the plasma membrane is/are_________blank. A) glycolipids B) saturated fats C) cholesterol D) phospholipids E) triglycerides

21)

The predominant lipid in the cell membrane is a_________blank. A) phospholipid B) glycolipid C) cholesterol D) prostaglandin E) triglyceride

22)

The fluid-mosaic model of the plasma membrane suggests that A) cholesterol forms the outermost layer of the membrane. B) proteins form a "liquid" sea in the membrane. C) phospholipids form a single lipid layer in the center of the membrane. D) the membrane isneither rigid nor static in structure. E) proteins are not a part of the membrane.

Version 1

7


23)

According to the most current model of the plasma membrane, A) cholesterol forms the innermost layer of the membrane. B) proteins are freeto move about within a double layer of phospholipids. C) phospholipids and cholesterol form a single lipid bilayer. D) the membrane is a rigid unchanging structure. E) the membrane is impermeable to all other molecules.

24)

Membrane proteins that extend into the lipid bilayer are called_________blank. A) peripheral proteins B) extrinsic proteins C) integral proteins D) glycoproteins E) lipoproteins

25)

Channel proteins A) are binding sites for other molecules. B) utilize the G protein complex to function. C) are found only on endoplasmic reticulum. D) allow cells to recognize one another. E) provide a tunnelthrough which ions or molecules can enter or leave the cell.

26) Molecules that serve as chemical signals to open or close gated ion channels are_________blank.

Version 1

8


A) isotopes B) ligands C) responders D) communicators E) membrane potentials

27)

Cells that respond to ligands A) possess receptor sites for specific ligands. B) generally produce the ligands. C) have lysosomes that destroy the ligands. D) are using electrical signals in cellular communication. E) are not functional.

28) Communication between cells occurs when chemical messengers from one cell bind to_________blank on another cell. A) channel proteins B) receptorproteins C) marker molecules D) second messengers E) integrins

29)

Membrane-bound receptors

Version 1

9


A) are small, lipid soluble molecules. B) have their receptor sites on the outer surface of the plasma membrane. C) can interact with DNA in the nucleus. D) do not exhibit specificity. E) have no effect on the cell.

30) Communication between cells is essential to coordinate the activity of the trillions of cells that make up the human body. Which of the following is/are directly involved in carrying out communication between cells? A) Lipid bilayer of the plasma membrane B) Receptor proteins of the plasma membrane C) Chemical signal molecules released by cells D) Mitochondria E) Both "Receptor proteins of the plasma membrane" and "Chemical signal molecules released by cells" are correct.

31) Which type of membrane proteins have an exposed site on the outer cell surface that can attach to a ligand? A) Marker molecules B) Channel protein C) Receptor proteins D) Enzymes E) Carrier proteins

32) Which type of membrane proteins are integral proteins that move ions or molecules across plasma membrane?

Version 1

10


A) Marker molecules B) Channel protein C) Receptor proteins D) Enzymes E) Carrier proteins

33)

Which type of membrane proteins form a passageway through the plasma membrane? A) Marker molecules B) Channel protein C) Receptor proteins D) Enzymes E) Carrier proteins

34)

Which type of membrane proteins allow cells to identify one another? A) Marker molecules B) Channel protein C) Receptor proteins D) Enzymes E) Carrier proteins

35) Which type of membrane proteins can catalyze chemical reactions on the inner or outer surfaces of the plasma membrane?

Version 1

11


A) Marker molecules B) Channel protein C) Receptor proteins D) Enzymes E) Carrier proteins

36)

Which type of attachment proteins attach cells to extracellular molecules? A) Ligands B) Integrins C) Adherins D) Cadherins

37)

Which of the following is NOT a G-protein complex protein? A) Delta B) Gamma C) Alpha D) Beta E) None of the choices are correct.

38)

Which of the following is NOT true of G-protein complex action? A) Stimulates a cell by means of extracellular chemical signals B) Stimulates a cell by opening ion channels in the plasma membrane C) Stimulates a cell by means of intracellular chemical signals D) Stimulates a cell by activating enzymes associated with the plasma membrane E) Acts as an intermediate between a receptor and other cellular proteins

Version 1

12


39)

Which of the following is CORRECTLY matched with its function? A) Channel proteins – are part of an intercellular communication system B) Marker molecules – are primarily steroids C) Receptor proteins – attach to ligand molecules D) Peripheral proteins – penetrate the lipid bilayer from one surface to the other E) Nongated ion channels – are always closed

40)

Which of the following is CORRECTLY matched with its description?

A) Channel proteins – catalyze chemical reactions inside the cell B) Cell identity molecules – are primarily steroids C) Receptor proteins – move specific ions or molecules using ATP D) Peripheral proteins – penetrate the lipid bilayer from one surface to the other E) Carrier proteins – move bound ions or molecules from one side of the membrane to the other

41) Which type of transport proteins use cell energy to move molecules across the plasma membrane? A) Cadherins B) Ligand-gated ion channels C) ATP-poweredpumps D) Leak-ion channels

42)

A symporter will transport_________blank across the plasma membrane.

Version 1

13


A) two different ions or molecules in opposite directions B) two different ions or molecules in the same direction C) two of the same ions or molecules in the same direction D) one specific ion or molecule E) two of the same ions or molecules in opposite directions

43)

In_________blank, ions or molecules move in opposite directions. A) symport B) uniport C) antiport D) comport E) ionport

44) In general, water-soluble molecules diffuse through the_________blank; and lipidsoluble molecules diffuse through the_________blank. A) membrane channels; membrane channels B) membrane channels; lipid bilayer C) lipid bilayer; membrane channels D) lipid bilayer; lipid bilayer E) None of the choices are correct.

45)

The plasma membrane is selectively permeable. This means

Version 1

14


A) only gases and water can pass through it. B) substances need permission to pass through it. C) only certain substances can pass through it. D) substances need carrier molecules to pass through it. E) ATP is always needed to move molecules across the plasma membrane.

46)

Vitamin A, a fat-soluble vitamin, would move across the plasma membrane into the cell A) in vesicles. B) through vitamin membrane channels. C) by dissolving in the lipid bilayer. D) by transport with carrier molecules. E) by active transport.

47) Which of the following statements concerning membrane transport across the plasma membrane is true? A) Polar molecules are transported more easily than nonpolar molecules. B) Lipid-soluble substances pass through the membrane by dissolving in the lipid bilayer. C) Water cannot move through the membrane. D) Generally, cations pass through the membrane more easily than anions. E) All molecules are moved across by active transport.

48) A group of cells was treated with a proteolytic (protein-digesting) enzyme. Which of the following processes would be least affected by this treatment?

Version 1

15


A) Diffusion of Na+ through membrane channels B) Diffusion of lipid-soluble molecules through the plasma membrane C) Use of carrier molecules in facilitated diffusion D) Sodium-potassium exchange pump E) Secondary active transport

49) The aroma of cookies baking in the kitchen reaches you in the living room. The distribution of this odor throughout the house is an example of_________blank. A) active transport B) dialysis C) osmosis D) filtration E) diffusion

50)

In the process of diffusion, net movement of substances is always from a region A) outside the cell to a region inside the cell. B) inside the cell to a region outside the cell. C) of lower concentration to a region of higher concentration. D) of higher concentration to a region of lower concentration. E) None of the choices are correct.

51)

Which of the following will increase the rate of diffusion?

Version 1

16


A) An increase in the viscosity of the solvent B) An increase in the temperature C) An increase in the molecular weight of the diffusing particles D) An increase in the distance the molecules have to travel E) All of the choices are correct.

52) The movement of a substance from an area of high concentration to an area of lower concentration is called_________blank. A) active transport B) diffusion C) endocytosis D) facilitated diffusion E) osmosis

53) Salt was added to a beaker of distilled water (the water was not stirred). A sample taken from the bottom of the beaker was found to be 20% salt. At the same time, a sample taken from the top of the beaker was found to be 2% salt. After 24 hours A) the difference in the percentage of salt between the top and bottom samples would increase. B) the percentage of salt in the top and bottom samples would be approximately equal. C) the samples would still be 2% and 20% respectively. D) the salt would float to the top. E) None of the choices are correct.

54) The movement of oxygen from the alveoli of the lungs into the bloodstream is an example of_________blank.

Version 1

17


A) diffusion B) osmosis C) active transport D) bulk transport E) facilitated diffusion

55)

Osmosis is the diffusion of_________blank across a selectively permeable membrane. A) urea B) oxygen C) water D) sodium E) sugar

56) Solution A contains 5 grams of sugar per liter while solution B contains 2 grams of sugar per liter. The solutions are separated by a selectively permeable membrane. If the solvent in both solutions is water, predict in which direction most of the water molecules will move. A) Most of the water will move by simple diffusion from solution A to solution B. B) Most of the water will move by osmosis from solution B to solution A. C) Most of the water will move by active transport from solution B to solution A. D) Most of the water will move by filtration from solution A to solution B. E) There will be no movement of water.

57)

The greater the concentration of a solution, the greater the

Version 1

18


A) tendency for water to diffuse from the solution. B) osmotic pressure of the solution. C) number of carrier molecules present. D) amount of solvent. E) rate of facilitated diffusion.

58)

A red blood cell that is placed in a hypertonic solution A) loses water. B) gains water. C) floats. D) ruptures. E) neither gains nor loses water.

59)

If 0.9% NaCl (saline) solution is isotonic to a cell, then a 0.5% saline solution A) is hypertonic to the cell. B) will cause crenation of the cell. C) is hypotonic to the cell. D) will shrink the cell. E) will not affect the cell.

60) be

If a 0.9% NaCl (saline) solution is isotonic to a cell, then a solution of 3.5% NaCl would

Version 1

19


A) hypertonic to the cell. B) isotonic to the cell. C) hypotonic to the cell. D) catatonic to the cell. E) All of the choices are correct.

61) A patient in a burn center is monitored carefully for systemic dehydration. This is because extensive skin damage results in evaporation of fluid from the surface of burned areas. As a result of the evaporation process, cells will tend to_________blank. A) shrink. B) swell. C) rupture. D) first swell and then resume their original shape. E) remain unchanged.

62) A runner produced hypotonic sweat while running a marathon in hot weather then, after the race, drank large volumes of water. As a result of this water intake, body cells will_________blank. A) shrink. B) swell. C) crenate. D) shrivel. E) not change.

63) The movement of water through a selectively permeable membrane is called_________blank.

Version 1

20


A) active transport B) diffusion C) endocytosis D) facilitated diffusion E) osmosis

64) _________blank pressure is the force required to prevent the movement of water by osmosis across a selectively permeable membrane. A) Hydration B) Hydrolic C) Osmotic D) Fluid E) Filtration

65)

Which of the following would increase the rate of mediated transport? A) Increase the number of available carrier molecules B) Change the shape of the binding site on the carrier molecule C) Increase the number of competitive molecules D) Fill all binding sites on carrier molecules E) Remove the binding site on the carrier molecule

66) A particular membrane transport process exhibits saturation, uses carrier molecules, but does NOT require ATP. The process is probably_________blank.

Version 1

21


A) active transport B) facilitated diffusion C) osmosis D) pinocytosis E) phagocytosis

67) Which of the following are consistent with facilitated diffusion? (1) Movement is against a concentration gradient (2) Movement is with a concentration gradient (3) Involves a carrier molecule (4) Involves cotransport (5) Involves counter transport (6) Exhibits competition and saturation A) 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 B) 2, 3, 6 C) 2, 3, 5, 6 D) 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 E) 2, 3, 4, 6

68)

Which of the following would increase the maximum rate of facilitated diffusion? A) Increase the concentration gradient of the transported molecule to the saturation point B) Decrease the concentration gradient of the transported molecule C) Increase the concentration of the competitive molecules D) Increase ATP synthesis E) None of the choices are correct.

69)

Active transport

Version 1

22


A) follows osmotic pressure gradients. B) can move substances along their concentration gradient. C) does not require metabolic energy (ATP). D) involves vesicle formation. E) requires ATP.

70)

Which of the following is NOT consistent with active transport? A) Movement is against a concentration gradient B) Movement is with a concentration gradient C) Involves a carrier D) Exhibits competition and saturation E) Uses cell energy

71)

Which transport process requires a carrier molecule but does not use cellular energy? A) Active transport B) Diffusion C) Endocytosis D) Facilitated diffusion E) Osmosis

72) The movement of molecules against their concentration gradient is called_________blank.

Version 1

23


A) active transport B) diffusion C) endocytosis D) facilitated diffusion E) osmosis

73) Cyanide stops the production of ATP. Which of the following processes would be affected? A) Simple diffusion B) Osmosis C) Active transport D) Facilitated diffusion E) Filtration

74)

The sodium-potassium pump located in the plasma membrane A) actively transports potassium into cells. B) osmotically moves sodium into cells. C) actively transports water out of cells. D) moves chlorine out of cells. E) actively transports sodium into cells.

75)

Which of the following events occurs in the secondary active transport of glucose?

Version 1

24


A) Na+ ionsand glucose are cotransported by the same carrier molecule. B) The Na+-K+ pump maintains a Na+ concentration gradient across the plasma membrane. C) Energy comes fromdiffusion of Na+ down their concentration gradient. D) Glucose is movedagainst its concentration gradient into the cell. E) All of the choices are correct.

76) Certain cells in the liver ingest bacteria and debris from damaged cells by a process called_________blank. A) pinocytosis B) phagocytosis C) biocytosis D) diffusion E) exocytosis

77)

Pinocytosis A) is a form of exocytosis. B) involves ingestion of liquids rather than particles. C) does not require ATP. D) forms vesicles only when large amounts of material are being transported. E) does not require the formation of vesicles.

78)

Endocytosis

Version 1

25


A) is movement of water through a selectively permeable membrane. B) is a process that requires a carrier molecule but does not use cellular energy. C) is the bulk uptake of material through the plasma membrane by vesicle formation. D) moves material out of the cell. E) ends cell functions.

79)

White blood cells engulf foreign particles by means of_________blank. A) macrocytosis B) pinocytosis C) exocytosis D) phagocytosis E) prestocytosis

80) All of the following processes can move substances out of a cell EXCEPT_________blank. A) exocytosis B) osmosis C) active transport D) phagocytosis E) diffusion

81) Arrange the following events of exocytosis in the correct sequence: (1) Vesicle membrane fuses with plasma membrane (2) Secretory vesicles migrate to plasma membrane (3) Vesicle contents are expelled from cell (4) Secretions accumulate within secretory vesicles

Version 1

26


A) 2, 1, 4, 3 B) 1, 4, 2, 3 C) 3, 1, 4, 2 D) 4, 2, 1, 3 E) 1, 2, 3, 4

82)

Receptor-mediated endocytosis A) does not need ATP; the receptors supply the energy. B) exhibits specificity. C) occurs if oxygen is available. D) is a type of passive transport. E) moves materials out of the cell.

83)

The bulk uptake of material by the formation of a vesicle is called_________blank. A) active transport B) diffusion C) endocytosis D) facilitated diffusion E) osmosis

84)

Cytoplasm is found A) in thenucleus. B) outside the nucleus but inside the plasma membrane. C) in the cisternae of the endoplasmic reticulum. D) on the cristae of the mitochondria. E) between the phospholipids in the plasma membrane.

Version 1

27


85)

The cytoplasm is made up of_________blank. A) cytosol B) cytogel C) organelles D) Both "cytosol" and "organelles" are correct. E) Both "cytogel" and "organelles" are correct.

86)

Which of the following cell structures is CORRECTLY matched with its function? A) Nucleolus – contains the genetic material of the cell B) Microtubules – cell support C) Mitochondria – protein synthesis D) Smooth ER – ATP production E) Ribosome – energy production

87)

The cytoskeleton consists of A) lipochromes, microfilaments, and microtubules. B) actin filaments, mitochondria, and intermediate filaments. C) microfilaments, mitochondria, and lipochromes. D) microtubules, actin filaments, and intermediate filaments. E) ribosomes, the nucleus, and the Golgi apparatus.

88)

Absence of a cytoskeleton might affect

Version 1

28


A) cell shape. B) the number of channel proteins in the plasma membrane. C) the ability of the cell to generate energy. D) vesicle formation. E) membrane transport.

89)

Microtubules A) are the smallest components of the cytoskeleton. B) contain the protein myosin. C) provide structure and support to the cytoplasm. D) are solid, supporting rods of protein. E) are a component of mitochondria.

90)

Which of the following is NOT an example of a cytoplasmic inclusion? A) Lipochrome B) Hemoglobin C) Actin filaments D) Melanin E) Lipid droplets

91)

Of the organelles listed, which one does NOT contain microtubules? A) Cilia B) Flagella C) Centrioles D) Microvilli E) All of the choices contain microtubules.

Version 1

29


92)

Organelles A) are extracellular structures. B) are unspecialized portions of a cell. C) generally lack membranes. D) vary in number and type depending on cell function. E) are structural, but not functional parts of the cell.

93)

The "control center" of the cell is the_________blank. A) nucleus B) ribosome C) mitochondrion D) plasma membrane E) endoplasmic reticulum

94)

Which of the following events occurs in the nucleus? A) ATP synthesis B) Ribosomal proteins formed C) Chromatin condenses to form chromosomes D) Production of phospholipids E) None of the choices are correct.

95)

Which of the following structures is found in the nucleus?

Version 1

30


A) Cristae B) Cytosol C) Cisternae D) Chromosome E) Flattened membrane sacs

96)

Which organelle contains chromosomes? A) Nucleus B) Ribosomes C) Lysosomes D) Smooth ER E) Centrioles

97)

Which mature cells do not have a nucleus? A) Columnar cells of upper respiratory tract B) Sperm cells C) Columnar cells of small intestines D) Red blood cells E) Macrophages (large, mobile white blood cells)

98)

The nucleus of a cell functions to A) digest lipids. B) produce ATP. C) produce secretory vesicles. D) control and coordinate cellular activities. E) synthesize proteins.

Version 1

31


99)

In the nucleus, DNA is wrapped with proteins. This complex is called_________blank. A) chromatin B) cytoplasmic organelles C) DNA particles D) nucleoli E) a DNA wrap

100)

In which structure are subunits of ribosomes manufactured? A) Endoplasmic reticulum B) Golgi apparatus C) Nucleolus D) Peroxisomes E) Flagellum

101)

Nucleoli A) are located in the cytoplasm. B) produce ribosomal subunits. C) have a distinct membrane. D) are important for the formation of the Golgi apparatus. E) regulate movement of materials into the nucleus.

102)

Which of the following correctly matches a nuclear structure with its function?

Version 1

32


A) Chromosomes – contains RNA and histones B) Nuclear envelope – contains the nucleolar organizer C) Nuclear pores – allow molecules to move between the nucleus and cytoplasm D) Chromatin – fluid portion of the nucleus E) Nucleolus – DNA synthesis

103)

The_________blank contains the genetic information of the cell. A) nucleolus B) ribosome C) nucleoplasm D) nucleus E) nucleosome

104) If a toxic drug inhibited mRNA synthesis, which of the following would be most directly affected? A) Protein synthesis B) Intracellular digestion C) Microtubule production D) Secretion of glycoproteins and lipoproteins E) Active transport

105)

Ribosomes are organelles responsible for

Version 1

33


A) protein synthesis. B) manufacturing lipids. C) cell movement and cell shape. D) packaging "cell products" for export. E) energy production.

106)

Which type of cell has abundant ribosomes? A) White blood cell, a phagocyte B) Red blood cell (transports oxygen) C) Liver cells that detoxify hydrogen peroxide D) Cardiac muscle cells (require large amounts of ATP) E) Fibroblast (makes protein fibers)

107)

Cells that lack ribosomes cannot A) produce energy. B) eliminate wastes. C) engage in protein synthesis. D) package cellular products. E) ingest and phagocytize bacteria.

108)

Which organelles are the sites of protein synthesis? A) Nucleus B) Ribosomes C) Lysosomes D) Mitochondria E) Centrioles

Version 1

34


109) Skeletal muscle cells need large numbers of_________blank to make the many proteins they contain. A) centrosomes B) peroxisomes C) liposomes D) ribosomes E) lysosomes

110) The organelle that protects cells from the damaging effects of medications and toxins is the_________blank. A) ribosome B) microtubule C) secretory vesicle D) smooth endoplasmic reticulum E) mitochondria

111)

Which of the following pairs of terms is mismatched? A) Mitochondria – cristae B) Golgi apparatus – cisternae C) Lysosomes – hydrolytic enzymes D) Smooth endoplasmic reticulum – chromatin E) Cilia – basal bodies

112)

Which of the following organelles may or may not have ribosomes attached?

Version 1

35


A) Endoplasmic reticulum B) Golgi apparatus C) Nucleolus D) Peroxisomes E) Flagellum

113)

Endoplasmic reticulum with ribosomes attached to it is called_________blank ER. A) smooth B) dendritic C) nodular D) bumpy E) rough

114)

A cell that produces many proteins for secretion would have large numbers of A) rough ER and Golgi apparatus. B) lysosomes and Golgi apparatus. C) Golgi apparatus and microvilli. D) ribosomes and centrioles. E) mitochondria and cilia.

115) Arrange the following in correct sequence: (1) Protein moves through ER and then carried in vesicles to Golgi apparatus (2) Vesicle pinches off from the Golgi apparatus and carries product to plasma membrane (3) Golgi apparatus modifies protein and then packages them into vesicles (4) Protein made by ribosomes on rough ER

Version 1

36


A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 4, 1, 3, 2 C) 2, 3, 1, 4 D) 3, 2, 4, 1 E) 4, 3, 2, 1

116) If you compare a cell with a manufacturing plant that exports goods, the cell's_________blank could be compared to the manufacturing plant's shipping department. A) nucleus B) lysosome C) Golgi apparatus D) endoplasmic reticulum E) ribosome

117)

Which organelle packages materials for secretion from the cell? A) Endoplasmic reticulum B) Golgi apparatus C) Nucleolus D) Peroxisomes E) Flagellum

118)

The function of the Golgi apparatus is

Version 1

37


A) packaging and distribution of proteins and lipids. B) production of microtubules. C) excretion of excess salt. D) DNA replication. E) energy production.

119)

A toxic drug destroyed the Golgi apparatus. This would affect A) ribosomal RNA synthesis. B) intracellular digestion. C) energy production. D) microtubule production. E) packaging of glycoproteins and lipoproteins.

120)

Which cell type would have many Golgi apparatuses? A) White blood cell, a phagocyte B) Mucus cell (secretes mucus) C) Liver cells that detoxify hydrogen peroxide D) Cardiac muscle cells (require large amounts of ATP) E) Fibroblast (makes protein fibers)

121)

Which type of cell would have an abundance of lysosomes? A) White blood cell, a phagocyte B) Mucus cell (secretes mucus) C) Liver cells that detoxify hydrogen peroxide D) Cardiac muscle cells (require large amounts of ATP) E) Fibroblast (makes protein fibers)

Version 1

38


122)

Which type of cell would have an abundance of peroxisomes? A) White blood cell, a phagocyte B) Mucus cell (secretes mucus) C) Liver cells that detoxify hydrogen peroxide D) Cardiac muscle cells (require large amounts of ATP) E) Fibroblast (makes protein fibers)

123) Which of the following organelles function in the destruction of nonfunctional organelles? A) Endoplasmic reticulum B) Centrioles C) Basal bodies D) Lysosomes E) Mitochondria

124)

The intracellular digestive organelle of a cell is the_________blank. A) lysosome B) microtubule C) lipochrome D) rough endoplasmic reticulum E) smooth endoplasmic reticulum

125)

Which organelle is a small vesicle containing oxidative enzymes?

Version 1

39


A) Endoplasmic reticulum B) Golgi apparatus C) Nucleolus D) Peroxisome E) Flagellum

126)

White blood cells digest other cells and so would be expected to A) have large numbers of lysosomes. B) possess cilia on their surfaces so they can move quickly. C) excrete excess salt as a result of all this eating. D) expel their nuclei to make room for all of the cells they eat. E) have mitochondriato energize them.

127)

Which of the following activities is associated with lysosomes? A) Exocytosis B) Intracellular support C) Destruction of nonfunctional organelles D) Energy production E) Endocytosis

128)

What is a large, active phagocytic cell? A) Columnar cells of upper respiratory tract B) Sperm cell C) Columnar cells of small intestines D) Red blood cells E) Macrophage (large, mobile white blood cell)

Version 1

40


129) You are looking at a cell with the electron microscope and you notice the following characteristics: presence of many mitochondria and lysosomes; few, if any, Golgi apparatus; and many ribosomes. Which of the following is the most likely function of that cell? A) Secretion of lipids B) Intracellular digestion C) DNA replication D) Modification of protein E) Absorption of nutrients

130)

The vesicles containing hydrolytic enzymes are called_________blank. A) nucleus B) ribosomes C) lysosomes D) mitochondria E) centrioles

131)

A cell with abundant peroxisomes would most likely be involved in A) secretion. B) storage of glycogen. C) detoxificationactivities. D) cellular communication. E) protein synthesis.

132) A cell that breaks down and recycles proteins would have large numbers of_________blank.

Version 1

41


A) rough ER B) lysosomes C) peroxisomes D) secretory vesicles E) proteosomes

133)

Which type of cell has abundant mitochondria? A) White blood cell, a phagocyte B) Mucus cell (secretes mucus) C) Liver cells that detoxify hydrogen peroxide D) Cardiac muscle cells (require large amounts of ATP) E) Fibroblast (makes protein fibers)

134)

True or False? A mitochondrial disease is passed to offspring via the father. A) True B) False

135) A cell's ability to replenish ATP is reduced by a metabolic poison. Which organelle is being affected? A) Nucleus B) Centriole C) Microtubule D) Mitochondrion E) Ribosome

Version 1

42


136)

Experimental manipulation to increase the energy output of the cell might include A) rupturing the lysosomes in the cell. B) increasing the number of mitochondria. C) decreasing nuclear size. D) removing some of the ribosomes. E) increasing protein synthesis.

137)

Which of the following terms does NOT relate to the mitochondrion? A) Cristae B) Self-replicating C) Outer and inner membranes D) ATP E) Vitamin A storage

138) Olympic marathon runners train for several years. This endurance training causes which of the following organelles to increase in number in their muscle cells? A) Rough endoplasmic reticulum B) Enzymes for glycolysis C) Basal bodies D) Lysosomes E) Mitochondria

139)

Mitochondria

Version 1

43


A) contains DNA. B) have inner and outer membranes. C) have inner folds called cristae. D) are the cell's power plants. E) All of the choices are correct.

140)

Which organelle produces most of the cell's energy? A) Nucleus B) Ribosome C) Lysosome D) Mitochondrion E) Centriole

141)

A cell can meet increased energy demands by an increase in A) its overall size so it has more room to generate energy. B) the number of mitochondria. C) lysosomal enzyme and ribosome activity within the cell. D) nuclear DNA activity. E) ribosomal subunits.

142)

A cell uses centrioles in the process of A) cell division. B) energy generation. C) protein synthesis. D) RNA replication. E) nuclear centering.

Version 1

44


143)

The organelles involved with organization of the spindle fibers are the_________blank. A) nuclei B) ribosomes C) lysosomes D) mitochondria E) centrioles

144) The centrioles are found in a zone of cytoplasm close to the nucleus called the_________blank. A) cytogel B) cytosol C) vacuole D) centrosome E) proteasome

145)

Which type of cells are covered with microvilli for increased absorption? A) Columnar cells of upper respiratory tract B) Sperm cells C) Columnar cells of small intestines D) Red blood cells E) Macrophage (large, mobile white blood cell)

146)

At the base of each cilium is a structure called the_________blank.

Version 1

45


A) kinetochore B) basal body C) dynein arm D) centrosome E) None of the choices are correct.

147) The shaft of a flagellum contains_________blank microtubule doublets around its periphery. A) 2 B) 2 + 9 C) 9 D) 2+7 E) 7

148)

Cilia and flagella are distinguished from each other on the basis of A) width and numbers. B) length and numbers. C) depth and numbers. D) length and width. E) None of the choices are correct.

149)

Which of the following cell structures do not contain microtubules?

Version 1

46


A) Cilia B) Flagella C) Spindle fibers D) Centrioles E) All of the choices contain microtubules.

150)

Microvilli A) are extensions of the lysosomal membrane. B) function to make the cell mobile. C) are supported by microtubules. D) move the cell. E) increase the surface area of the cell.

151) Cells of the small intestine and kidney tubules have extensions called_________blank, which increase their surface area. A) cilia B) hairs C) rugae D) microvilli E) flagella

152)

Which of the following is an organelle of locomotion?

Version 1

47


A) Endoplasmic reticulum B) Golgi apparatus C) Nucleolus D) Peroxisomes E) Flagellum

153)

What is the only human cell with a flagellum? A) Columnar cell of upper respiratory tract B) Sperm cell C) Columnar cell of small intestine D) Red blood cell E) Macrophage (large, mobile white blood cell)

154)

Which of the following are ciliated cells? A) Columnar cells of upper respiratory tract B) Sperm cells C) Columnar cells of small intestine D) Red blood cells E) Macrophage (large, mobile white blood cell)

155) The transfer of information from DNA to messenger RNA (mRNA) is known as_________blank.

Version 1

48


A) transduction B) translocation C) translation D) transcription E) transmutation

156)

Which of the following sequences is correct? A) Translation → protein synthesis → transcription B) Transcription → translation → protein synthesis C) Transcription → protein synthesis → translation D) Translation → transcription → protein synthesis E) Protein synthesis → translation → transcription

157)

Which molecule(s) cause(s) a portion of a DNA molecule to unwind for transcription? A) RNA ploymerase B) Transcription factors C) Spliceosomes D) Poly—A tail E) 7—methylguanosine cap

158)

Transcription

Version 1

49


A) requires three types of RNA. B) synthesizes RNA from DNA. C) occurs at the ribosomes. D) copies information from mRNA to tRNA. E) synthesizes DNA from RNA.

159)

Translation A) requires three types of DNA. B) requires the pairing of codons on mRNA with anticodons on tRNA. C) involves synthesis of RNA from DNA molecules. D) takes place in the nucleus. E) requires replication of DNA.

160) A DNA base sequence is A T G C C G. The sequence of bases in a strand of mRNA transcribed from this sequence of bases in DNA would be A) T A C G G C. B) U T C G G U. C) U A C G G C. D) A U G C C G. E) T A G G G G.

161)

Messenger RNA

Version 1

50


A) is synthesized when a portion of a DNA molecule is transcribed. B) directs the synthesis of DNA. C) determines the sequence of nucleotides in the anticodons of tRNA. D) directs the synthesis of centrioles in the cytoplasm. E) is not involved in the synthesis of proteins.

162)

Which of the following molecules contains the anticodon? A) mRNA B) rRNA C) tRNA D) DNA E) None of the choices are correct.

163)

The anticodon sequence GUA pairs with which of the following codons? A) CAT B) GUA C) CTU D) CAU E) CTT

164)

The structural RNA of ribosomes is a A) pre-mRNA. B) proenzyme. C) gene. D) ribosomal RNA (rRNA). E) codon.

Version 1

51


165)

A mRNA containing introns is a_________blank. A) pre-mRNA B) proenzyme C) gene D) ribosomal RNA (rRNA) E) codon

166) If the amino acid coding region of an mRNA molecule is 1800 nucleotides (bases) in length, this molecule will contain_________blank codons. A) 400 B) 600 C) 800 D) 900 E) 1200

167)

Which of the following is NOT true of a gene? A) It is all the triplets needed to make a functional RNA or protein. B) It is a segmentof a DNA molecule. C) Each chromosome contains one gene. D) It is the functional unit of heredity. E) All of the choices are true.

168) The sequence of nucleotides in a messenger RNA molecule is needed to determine the sequence of

Version 1

52


A) nucleotides in a gene. B) amino acids in a protein. C) nucleotides in the anticodons of tRNA. D) codons in DNA. E) amino acids in DNA.

169)

All triplets required to code for synthesis of a protein are a_________blank. A) pre-mRNA B) proenzyme C) gene D) ribosomal RNA (rRNA) E) codon

170)

Three adjacent nucleotides in mRNA are called a_________blank. A) pre-mRNA B) proenzyme C) gene D) ribosomal RNA (rRNA) E) codon

171)

Posttranscriptional processing is the modification of A) proteins to form pro-proteins. B) mRNA to form tRNA. C) pre-mRNA to formfunctional mRNA. D) exons to form introns. E) DNA.

Version 1

53


172)

Which of the following is NOT posttranslational processing? A) Adding polysaccharide side chains to proteins B) Joining 2 or more amino acid chains C) Conversion of a pro-protein to a functional protein D) Removal of introns from pre-mRNA E) Conversion of a pro-enzyme to a functional enzyme

173) Portions of pre-mRNA that do NOT code for parts of a protein are called_________blank. A) introns B) start codons C) exons D) stop codons E) Introns, start codons, and stop codons code for parts of a protein.

174) A DNA nucleotide sequence that signals the beginning of a gene is called a_________blank. A) transcription factor B) promoter C) triplet D) terminator E) RNA polymerase

Version 1

54


175) Determine the sequence of the following events in a cell after exposure of the cell to a chemical signal. (1) Increased synthesis of a protein (2) The chemical signal combined with a cytoplasmic receptor (3) An increase in the nuclear concentration of the chemical (4) An increase in mRNA synthesis (5) Genes are activated A) 2, 1, 3, 5, 4 B) 2, 4, 5, 3, 2 C) 2, 3, 5, 4, 1 D) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 E) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

176)

A protein that is converted to an active enzyme is a_________blank. A) pre-mRNA B) proenzyme C) gene D) ribosomal RNA (rRNA) E) codon

177)

Which of the following is NOT associated with interphase? A) The centrioles duplicate. B) The cell grows. C) The cell does what it is designed to do. D) The cell does nothing but rest. E) The DNA replicates.

178)

DNA replication occurs during

Version 1

55


A) the G1 phase of interphase. B) telophase. C) the S phase of interphase. D) anaphase. E) metaphase.

179)

DNA replication results in two new DNA molecules. Each of these new molecules

A) has two newly synthesized strands of nucleotides. B) has one strand of nucleotides from the parent DNA and one newly synthesized strand of nucleotides. C) has two strands of nucleotides from the parent. D) has a single strand of nucleotides. E) are incomplete copies of the original.

180)

In DNA replication, A) the leading strand is formed as a continuous strand. B) new nucleotides are added at the 5' end of the growing DNA strand. C) DNA polymerase splices the short segments of the lagging strand together. D) only introns are replicated. E) the two existing strands are not used as templates.

181)

The leading strand of DNA is formed as

Version 1

56


A) short segments called Okazaki fragments. B) a continuous strand, adding to the 3´ end. C) a continuous strand, adding to the 5´ end. D) a template. E) soon as the lagging strand is formed.

182)

As cell division begins, DNA in the nucleus condenses to form_________blank. A) RNA B) cytosol C) genes D) chromosomes E) chromatin

183)

Mitosis forms A) two daughter cells with half the DNA of the parent cell. B) two daughter cells with the same amount of DNA as the parent cell. C) daughter cells called gametes. D) two daughter cells with twice the amount of DNA as the parent cell. E) one daughter cell and another incomplete cell.

184)

In prophase, A) the chromosomes condense, shorten, and thicken. B) the spindle fibers disappear. C) the chromosomes replicate. D) cytokinesis occurs. E) DNA is synthesized.

Version 1

57


185)

Which of the following events occurs during anaphase? A) Chromatin strands condense to form chromosomes. B) Chromosomes migrate to opposite poles of the cell. C) Spindle fibers are formed. D) The nuclear envelope degenerates. E) Cytokinesiscompletes.

186)

In which part of the cell cycle do chromosomes align along the equator? A) Interphase B) Prophase C) Metaphase D) Anaphase E) Telophase

187)

Cytokinesis is completed at the end of this phase. A) Interphase B) Prophase C) Metaphase D) Anaphase E) Telophase

188)

The time between cell divisions is called_________blank.

Version 1

58


A) interphase B) prophase C) metaphase D) anaphase E) telophase

189)

Chromatin condenses and nucleoli disappear during_________blank. A) interphase B) prophase C) metaphase D) anaphase E) telophase

190)

Chromosomes begin migrating towards poles of the cell during_________blank. A) interphase B) prophase C) metaphase D) anaphase E) telophase

191) Red blood cells (RBCs) have been placed in three different solutions: hypotonic, hypertonic, isotonic. What is solution "B" relative to the RBC?

A) Hypotonic solution B) Hypertonic solution C) Isotonic solution

Version 1

59


192)

What is membrane potential?

A) The electrical charge difference across the plasma membrane resulting from differences in ion concentrations inside and outside the cell B) The ability of a membrane to actively transport carbohydrates out of the cytoplasm C) The rate of ATP production and transport by mitochondria D) The ability of molecules to pass through the nuclear envelope

193) Ion movement across the plasma membrane creates an electrical charge difference known as _________blank. A) membrane potential B) extracellular glycocalyx C) respiration D) transcription E) osmosis

194)

Which molecule determines the fluidity of the plasma membrane? A) Cholesterol B) Phospholipid C) Protein

195) Large molecules move across the plasma membrane with the help or assistance of protein carriers. This type of transport is generally called _________blank.

Version 1

60


A) Mediated transport B) Active transport C) Passive transport D) Vesicular transport

196)

What is mediated transport? A) The movement of molecules across a plasma membrane by means of a protein carrier B) The movement of vesicles by intermediate filaments C) The process of peptide synthesis on the surface of the ribosome D) The ability of molecules to pass through the nuclear envelope

197) In one form of endocytosis a molecule binds to a specific protein on the cell surface and triggers vesicle formation and endocytosis. What type of transport is this? A) Receptor-mediated endocytosis B) Pinocytosis C) Facilitated diffusion D) Active exocytosis

198) Internal structures of a cell that carry out specialized metabolic tasks are called _________blank. A) organelles B) ribosomes C) enzymes D) cytoskeletal elements

Version 1

61


199) Which term describes a small generic membrane-bound structure that transports substances to the plasma membrane for release by exocytosis? A) Secretory vesicle B) Centrosome C) Chromatid D) Proteosome granule E) Organelle

200)

The process by which there is programmed cellular death is _________blank. A) apoptosis B) differentiation C) mitosis D) cleavage

201) The presence of a cellular clock, presence of "death genes," and damage to DNA or mitochondria are all hypotheses of _________blank. A) aging B) death C) differentiation D) cleavage

202)

Which of these cells would most likely have the largest number of mitochondria? A) Bone cells B) Skeletal muscle cells C) Adipocytes D) Red blood cells E) Skin cells

Version 1

62


203) The RNA molecule that is synthesized in the nucleus from a DNA template is_________blank. A) tRNA B) mRNA C) rRNA D) All of the choices are correct.

204) In_________blank, carrier molecules move a substance against (up) its concentration gradient. A) simple diffusion B) exocytosis C) facilitated diffusion D) active transport E) endocytosis

205) Which of these molecules is correctly matched with its method of movement through the plasma membrane? A) Lipid-soluble molecules – pass through membrane channels B) Small, water-soluble molecules (ions) – dissolve in double phospholipid layer C) Large, water-soluble molecules – transported by carrier-mediated processes D) Glucose and amino acid molecules – pass through membrane channels E) All of the choices are correctly paired.

206) If all of the peroxisomes in a cell were suddenly removed, how would this affect the cell's function?

Version 1

63


A) The cell would no longer be able to break down glucose. B) The cell would be unable to produce proteins. C) The cell would be unable to perform transcription. D) The cell would no longer be able to break down fatty acids, hydrogen peroxide, and amino acids. E) The cell would no longer be able to break down proteins and nucleic acids.

207) Some cancer cells have mutations in the p53 gene, often called the guardian of the genome. It normally functions to help repair damaged DNA or cause the elimination of severely altered cells. Which of the following functions is likely regulated by p53? A) Anaerobic respiration B) Translation C) Apoptosis D) Both "anaerobic respiration" and "translation" are correct.

208) An abnormal cell appears to generate too many proteins, many of which are not necessary, except in the early stages of the cell's life cycle. Which structures are most likely not functioning properly in this cell? A) Proteosomes B) Peroxisomes C) Mitochondria D) Centrioles

209) Which organelle's function would be most affected if a cell was not able to carry out exocytosis?

Version 1

64


A) Secretory vesicle B) Lysosome C) Proteosome D) Peroxisome

210) Which of the following membrane proteins must be an integral protein to carry out its function? A) Ion channel B) Receptor protein C) Enzyme D) Marker molecule

211) Protein A is composed of 312 amino acids. Based on this information, which of the following statements is correct? A) The gene coding for Protein A is composed of at least 936 DNA nucleotides. B) The mRNA coding for Protein A is composed of at least 936 DNA nucleotides. C) The gene coding for Protein A is composed of at least 316 RNA nucleotides. D) Both "The gene coding for Protein A is composed of at least 936 DNA nucleotides" and "The mRNA coding for Protein A is composed of at least 936 DNA nucleotides" are correct.

Version 1

65


212)

212.1) The cell is the basic unit of life. All cellular structures exhibit special functions. Match the structure with its function. What is the function of "A"?

A) Directs cellular activities, contains DNA B) Contains digestive enzymes C) Outer boundary of cell, controls entry and exit of substances D) Major site of ATP synthesis when oxygen is available E) Site of protein synthesis

212.2) The cell is the basic unit of life. All cellular structures exhibit special functions. Match the structure with its function. What is the function of "B"?

Version 1

66


A) Directs cellular activities, contains DNA B) Contains digestive enzymes C) Outer boundary of cell, controls entry and exit of substances D) Major site of ATP synthesis when oxygen is available E) Site of protein synthesis

212.3) The cell is the basic unit of life. All cellular structures exhibit special functions. Match the structure with its function. What is the function of "C"?

A) Directs cellular activities, contains DNA B) Contains digestive enzymes C) Outer boundary of cell, controls entry and exit of substances D) Major site of ATP synthesis when oxygen is available E) Site of protein synthesis

212.4) The cell is the basic unit of life. All cellular structures exhibit special functions. Match the structure with its function. What is the function of "D"?

A) Directs cellular activities, contains DNA B) Contains digestive enzymes C) Outer boundary of cell, controls entry and exit of substances D) Major site of ATP synthesis when oxygen is available E) Site of protein synthesis

212.5) The cell is the basic unit of life. All cellular structures exhibit special functions. Match the structure with its function. What is the function of "E"?

Version 1

67


A) Directs cellular activities, contains DNA B) Contains digestive enzymes C) Outer boundary of cell, controls entry and exit of substances D) Major site of ATP synthesis when oxygen is available E) Site of protein synthesis

213)

213.1)

What structure does "A" represent on the diagram of the plasma membrane?

A) Membrane channel protein B) Phospholipid bilayer C) Internal membrane surface D) Peripheral protein E) Integral protein

213.2) Version 1

What structure does "B" represent on the diagram of the plasma membrane? 68


A) Membrane channel protein B) Phospholipid bilayer C) Internal membrane surface D) Peripheral protein E) Integral protein

213.3)

What structure does "C" represent on the diagram of the plasma membrane?

A) Membrane channel protein B) Phospholipid bilayer C) Internal membrane surface D) Peripheral protein E) Integral protein

213.4)

What structure does "D" represent on the diagram of the plasma membrane?

A) Membrane channel protein B) Phospholipid bilayer C) Internal membrane surface D) Peripheral protein E) Integral protein

213.5)

What structure does "E" represent on the diagram of the plasma membrane?

A) Membrane channel protein B) Phospholipid bilayer C) Internal membrane surface D) Peripheral protein E) Receptor protein

Version 1

69


214)

214.1) Red blood cells (RBCs) have been placed in three different solutions: hypotonic, hypertonic, isotonic. What is solution "C" relative to the RBC? A) Hypotonic solution B) Hypertonic solution C) Isotonic solution

214.2) Red blood cells (RBCs) have been placed in three different solutions: hypotonic, hypertonic, isotonic. What is the condition of the RBC in solution "C"? A) Phagocytized B) Normal C) Coagulated D) Hemolyzed E) Crenated

Version 1

70


214.3) Red blood cells (RBCs) have been placed in three different solutions: hypotonic, hypertonic, isotonic. What is the condition of the RBC in solution "B"?

A) Phagocytized B) Normal C) Coagulated D) Hemolyzed E) Crenated

Version 1

71


214.4) Red blood cells (RBCs) have been placed in three different solutions: hypotonic, hypertonic, isotonic. What is solution "A" relative to the RBC?

A) Hypotonic solution B) Hypertonic solution C) Isotonic solution

Version 1

72


215)

215.1)

Answer these questions about chromosome structure. What does "A" represent?

A) Chromatid B) Proteins C) Chromosome D) Centromere E) Chromatin

Version 1

73


215.2)

Answer these questions about chromosome structure. What does "B" represent?

A) Chromatid B) Proteins C) Chromosome D) Centromere E) Chromatin

215.3)

Answer these questions about chromosome structure. What does "C" represent?

A) Chromatid B) Proteins C) Chromosome D) Centromere E) Chromatin

215.4)

Answer these questions about chromosome structure. What does "D" represent?

A) Chromatid B) Proteins C) Chromosome D) Centromere E) Chromatin

Version 1

74


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 03_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, C, D] 2) [A, B, D, E] 3) [B, C] 4) B 5) B 6) A 7) B 8) E 9) C 10) C 11) B 12) E 13) B 14) A 15) D 16) E 17) B 18) E 19) E 20) C 21) A 22) D 23) B 24) C 25) E 26) B Version 1

75


27) A 28) B 29) B 30) E 31) C 32) E 33) B 34) A 35) D 36) B 37) A 38) A 39) C 40) E 41) C 42) B 43) C 44) B 45) C 46) C 47) B 48) B 49) E 50) D 51) B 52) B 53) B 54) A 55) C 56) B Version 1

76


57) B 58) A 59) C 60) A 61) A 62) B 63) E 64) C 65) A 66) B 67) B 68) A 69) E 70) B 71) D 72) A 73) C 74) A 75) E 76) B 77) B 78) C 79) D 80) D 81) D 82) B 83) C 84) B 85) D 86) B Version 1

77


87) D 88) A 89) C 90) C 91) D 92) D 93) A 94) C 95) D 96) A 97) D 98) D 99) A 100) C 101) B 102) C 103) D 104) A 105) A 106) E 107) C 108) B 109) D 110) D 111) D 112) A 113) E 114) A 115) B 116) C Version 1

78


117) B 118) A 119) E 120) B 121) A 122) C 123) D 124) A 125) D 126) A 127) C 128) E 129) B 130) C 131) C 132) E 133) D 134) B 135) D 136) B 137) E 138) E 139) E 140) D 141) B 142) A 143) E 144) D 145) C 146) B Version 1

79


147) C 148) B 149) E 150) E 151) D 152) E 153) B 154) A 155) D 156) B 157) A 158) B 159) B 160) C 161) A 162) C 163) D 164) D 165) A 166) B 167) C 168) B 169) C 170) E 171) C 172) D 173) E 174) B 175) C 176) B Version 1

80


177) D 178) C 179) B 180) A 181) B 182) D 183) B 184) A 185) B 186) C 187) E 188) A 189) B 190) D 191) B 192) A 193) A 194) A 195) A 196) A 197) A 198) A 199) A 200) A 201) A 202) B 203) D 204) D 205) C 206) D Version 1

81


207) C 208) A 209) A 210) A 211) A 212) Section Break 212.1) C 212.2) D 212.3) E 212.4) A 212.5) B 213) Section Break 213.1) B 213.2) A 213.3) E 213.4) D 213.5) C 214) Section Break 214.1) A 214.2) D 214.3) E 214.4) C 215) Section Break 215.1) C 215.2) E 215.3) D 215.4) A

Version 1

82


CHAPTER 4 1)

Identify the embryonic germ layers. (Check all that apply.) A) Ectodem B) Endoderm C) Epiderm D) Exoderm E) Mesoderm

2)

Indicate the functions that apply to epithelial tissue. (Check all that apply.) A) Acting as a barrier B) Connecting tissue to each other C) Contraction in response to stimulation D) Secretion of substances

3)

Which of the following represent functions of connective tissue? (Check all the apply.) A) Communication B) Contraction C) Cushioning D) Secretion of substances E) Enclosing organs F) Insulating G) Movement of body parts

4)

Select all of the characteristics of connective tissue. (Check all that apply.)

Version 1

1


A) Bind other tissues and organs together B) Create new cells from other tissues C) Involved in delivering nutrients to the tissue D) Separate tissues from each other

5) Select all examples that demonstrate how inflammation protects the body. (Check all that apply.) A) Blood vessels become more permeable and allow white blood cells to move into damaged tissue more easily. B) Clotting that occurs helps to isolate injurious agents. C) During inflammation, blood vessels dilate, increasing the delivery of white blood cells to the area. D) Inflammation allows for the formation of antibodies that will help fight infectious agents.

6) Which of the following are considered major manifestations of inflammation? (Check all that apply.) A) Edema B) Heat C) Hemorrhage D) Pain E) Redness

7)

Select the processes that result in the repair of injured tissue. (Check all that apply.)

Version 1

2


A) Atrophy B) Clotting C) Edema D) Necrosis E) Regeneration F) Replacement

8) Granulation tissue is a delicate, granular-appearing connective tissue that consists of which of the following? (Check all that apply.) A) Fibroblasts B) Collagen C) Capillaries D) Epithelial tissue

9) Which of the following occur due to changes in the cells, extracellular materials, and tissues in older adults? (Check all that apply.) A) Loss of elasticity of connective tissue B) Loss of flexibility of connective tissue C) Increase of neurons D) Increase of muscle cells E) Increase in collagen fibers

10)

Which of the following statements isnot true of mucous connective tissue?

Version 1

3


A) It is a type of embryonic connective tissue that gives rise to most adult connective tissue types. B) It is an important component of the umbilical cord. C) It can be an important source for stem cells. D) It is an embryonic connective tissue that supports the vascular connection between the mother and the fetus.

11)

The extracellular material of tissues is called_________blank. A) plasma B) lymph C) matrix D) fibroblast E) cytoplasm

12)

What is a collection of similar cells and surrounding substances? A) Organ B) Tissue C) Organ system D) Extracellular matrix E) Intracellular matrix

13)

What is the microscopic study of tissues?

Version 1

4


A) Anatomy B) Physiology C) Pathology D) Histology E) Embryology

14)

Which type of tissue forms linings or coverings? A) Epithelial tissue B) Connective tissue C) Muscle tissue D) Nervous tissue

15)

Which type of tissue contains cells called neurons? A) Epithelial tissue B) Connective tissue C) Muscle tissue D) Nervous tissue

16)

Which type of tissue is contractile? A) Epithelial tissue B) Connective tissue C) Muscle tissue D) Nervous tissue

Version 1

5


17)

Which type of tissue possesses an abundant extracellular matrix? A) Epithelial tissue B) Connective tissue C) Muscle tissue D) Nervous tissue

18)

The four primary tissue types are A) epithelial, cartilage, muscle, and brain. B) connective,epithelial, skin, and blood. C) epithelial, connective, muscle, and nervous. D) glands, bone, lungs, and kidney. E) bone, skin, blood, and muscle.

19) What is the examination of a dead body to determine the cause of death or to study the changes caused by a disease? A) Autopsy B) Biopsy C) Histology D) Embryology E) All of the choices are correct.

20) What is the removal of a tissue sample from patients via surgery or needle to diagnose disease?

Version 1

6


A) Autopsy B) Biopsy C) Histology D) Postmortem exam E) All of the choices are correct.

21)

Which of the following pairs is mismatched? A) Endoderm – bone B) Mesoderm – muscle C) Ectoderm – skin D) Neuroectoderm – nervous system E) Neural crest cells – peripheral nervous system, skin pigment, tissues of the face

22) The embryonic germ layer that is the source of connective tissue and muscle is_________blank. A) mesoderm B) endoderm C) ectoderm D) exoderm E) neuroectoderm

23)

Epithelial tissue is characterized by

Version 1

7


A) tightly packed cells. B) absence of any basement membrane. C) extensive extracellular matrix. D) a rich blood supply. E) Both "tightly packed cells" and "a rich blood supply" are correct.

24)

Which of the following is a function of epithelial tissue? A) Conduction of action potentials B) Secretion and absorption of molecules C) Support of other tissue types D) Contraction E) Shock absorption

25) Which of the following characteristics is NOT consistent with simple squamous epithelial tissue? A) Little extracellular material B) Rest on a basement membrane C) Has good blood supply within it D) The cells are thin and flat (not thick) E) Acts as a permeability barrier

26)

The various types of epithelium are classified by

Version 1

8


A) the size and shape of cells. B) the shape of cells and number of cell layers. C) the number of cell layers and size of the cells. D) the size and location of cells. E) function and size of cells.

27)

Which of the following categories of epithelium is based on cell shape? A) Columnar B) Keratinized C) Stratified D) Transitional E) Simple

28)

Stratified epithelium consists of A) multiple layers of cells. B) a single layer of cells. C) a single layer of cells that changes shape when the tissue is stretched. D) a multiple layer of cells that appears to change shape when the tissue is stretched. E) None of the choices are correct.

29) An epithelial tissue has multiple layers, flat and irregular cell shape, dead outer layers of cells, and keratin present in some cells. This is

Version 1

9


A) pseudostratified keratinized squamous epithelium. B) simple cuboidal epithelium. C) simple transitional epithelium. D) moist stratified squamous epithelium. E) stratified keratinized squamous epithelium.

30) To determine that a type of epithelium is squamous, which of the following is most important? A) The number of cell layers B) The shape of most of the epithelial cells C) The shape of the most superficial epithelial cells D) The shape of the basal epithelial cells E) The shape of the basement membrane

31)

The epidermis of the skin is composed of A) stratified cuboidal epithelium. B) simple squamous epithelium. C) stratified squamous epithelium. D) irregular dense fibrous connective tissue. E) stratified columnar epithelium.

32)

Which of the following epithelial types is mismatched with its function?

Version 1

10


A) Simple epithelium – diffusion B) Stratified epithelium – protection C) Squamous epithelium – stretching D) Cuboidal epithelium – absorption E) Columnar epithelium – secretion

33)

Which of the following statements concerning epithelial tissue is false?

A) Secretory epithelial cells are usually cuboidal or columnar in shape. B) The movement of materials through epithelium is enhanced by simple squamous epithelium. C) Stratified epithelium is adapted for a protective role. D) Columnar epithelial cells promote diffusion. E) Cuboidal epithelium is found in areas where absorption occurs.

34)

Epithelium that is primarily secretory in function would most likely be A) simple squamous. B) stratified squamous. C) keratinized columnar. D) transitional. E) simple cuboidal.

35)

Which type of epithelial tissue is found lining the trachea?

Version 1

11


A) Simple cuboidal epithelium B) Simple columnar epithelium C) Stratified squamous epithelium D) Pseudostratified ciliated columnar epithelium E) Transitional epithelium

36)

Which type of epithelial tissue is found in the mouth? A) Simple cuboidal epithelium B) Simple columnar epithelium C) Stratified squamous epithelium D) Pseudostratified ciliated columnar epithelium E) Transitional epithelium

37)

Which type of epithelial tissue is found in the stomach? A) Simple cuboidal epithelium B) Simple columnar epithelium C) Stratified squamous epithelium D) Pseudostratified ciliated columnar epithelium E) Transitional epithelium

38)

Which type of epithelial tissue are found in the kidney tubules? A) Simple cuboidal epithelium B) Simple columnar epithelium C) Stratified squamous epithelium D) Pseudostratified ciliated columnar epithelium E) Transitional epithelium

Version 1

12


39)

Which type of epithelial tissue is found in the urinary bladder? A) Simple cuboidal epithelium B) Simple columnar epithelium C) Stratified squamous epithelium D) Pseudostratified ciliated columnar epithelium E) Transitional epithelium

40) Which epithelial tissue can be described as "all cells attached to the basement membrane but not all cells reach free surfaces"? A) Stratified B) Transitional C) Columnar D) Simple E) Pseudostratified

41)

Which tissue type forms glands? A) Connective B) Epithelial C) Muscle D) Nervous E) Neuroectoderm

42)

Which of the following statements concerning epithelial cell surfaces is false?

Version 1

13


A) Smooth surfaces reduce friction. B) Epithelium with folded surfaces tends to be very rigid. C) Cilia propel materials along the surface of an epithelial cell. D) Epithelial cells with microvilli are involved in absorption. E) Epithelium with folded surfaces can change shape.

43) Which of the following cell structures would be most important in secretory epithelial cells? A) Cilia B) Golgi apparatus C) Lysosomes D) Desmosomes E) Microtubules

44) If one of the functions of the capillaries is to supply body cells with oxygen and nutrients, you would expect the capillary walls to consist of A) connective tissue. B) keratinized epithelium. C) stratified squamous epithelium. D) simple columnar epithelium. E) simple squamous epithelium.

45)

Epithelial tissue that can stretch or is subjected to stress would have_________blank.

Version 1

14


A) desmosomes B) gap junctions C) tight junctions D) basement junctions E) intercalated discs

46)

The type of cell connection that serves as a permeability barrier is a_________blank. A) hemidesmosome B) desmosome C) gap junction D) intercalated disc E) tight junction

47)

An intercalated disc is an example location of_________blank. A) hemidesmosome B) an adhesion belt C) a striation D) gap junctions E) goblet cells

48)

Structures that function in intercellular communication include_________blank. A) desmosomes B) tight junctions C) hemidesmosomes D) gap junctions E) centrioles

Version 1

15


49) What is a small protein channel that allows the passage of ions and small molecules between cells? A) Hemidesmosomes B) Adhesion belt C) Tight junction D) Gap junction E) Desmosomes

50) What is a disc-shaped structure with especially adhesive glycoproteins around each cell that bind cells to one another? A) Hemidesmosomes B) Adhesion belt C) Tight junction D) Gap junction E) Desmosomes

51)

What is the girdle of glycoproteins just below the tight junction between epithelial cells? A) Hemidesmosomes B) Adhesion belt C) Intercalated disks D) Gap junction E) Desmosomes

52) What is the permeability barrier that joins the plasma membranes of adjacent cells to form a tight seal?

Version 1

16


A) Hemidesmosomes B) Adhesion belt C) Tight junction D) Gap junction E) Desmosomes

53)

What attaches epithelial cells to the basement membrane? A) Hemidesmosomes B) Adhesion belt C) Tight junction D) Gap junction E) Desmosomes

54) A tissue has the following characteristics: free surface, single layer of cells, cells are narrow and tall, microvilli, many mitochondria, goblet cells. Which of the following is most consistent with those observations? (1) Active transport (2) Epithelium (3) Simple epithelium (4) Columnar epithelium (5) Cuboidal epithelium (6) Squamous epithelium (7) Secretion by exocytosis (8) Movement of mucous across its surface A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 7 B) 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 C) 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 D) 2, 3, 4, 8 E) 2, 3, 4, 7

Version 1

17


55)

Unlike an exocrine gland, an endocrine gland A) is a secretory organ. B) sheds cells with its secretions. C) has no ducts. D) contains goblet cells. E) secretes to a surface.

56)

The secretions of endocrine glands are released directly A) onto the skin surface. B) into the bloodstream. C) into a gland duct. D) into the nervous tissue. E) into the lumen of a tube.

57)

Glands whose ducts have no branches are called_________blank. A) simple B) compound C) acinar D) alveolar E) branchless

58)

A gland with branching ducts that end in acini would be classified as

Version 1

18


A) simple acinar. B) compound acinar. C) simple branched tubular. D) multicellular. E) simple coiled tubular.

59)

A thick, sticky secretion produced by goblet cells is called_________blank. A) serous fluid B) synovial fluid C) plasma D) saliva E) mucus

60)

Which type of gland does not have ducts? A) Exocrine B) Endocrine C) Merocrine D) Apocrine E) Holocrine

61)

Which type of gland releases products by secretion into the blood? A) Exocrine B) Endocrine C) Merocrine D) Apocrine E) Holocrine

Version 1

19


62)

Which type of gland possesses ducts? A) Exocrine B) Endocrine C) Ectocrine D) Epicrine E) Hypocrine

63)

Which of the following is classified as a holocrine gland? A) Sweat gland B) Salivary gland C) Sebaceous gland D) Mammary gland E) Exocrine part of pancreas

64)

Which type of exocrine gland uses exocytosis to secrete its product? A) Merocrine B) Apocrine C) Holocrine D) Endocrine E) Solocrine

65) A gland produces a watery secretion that contains solutes. The secretion also contains a substantial amount of phospholipid. The type of secretory process for this gland is probably_________blank.

Version 1

20


A) merocrine B) holocrine C) apocrine D) endocrine E) a combination of merocrine and apocrine.

66) Which type of gland accumulates its secretion in the cytoplasm of the cell, the cell then ruptures and becomes part of the secretion? A) Merocrine B) Apocrine C) Holocrine

67)

Which type of gland discharges fragments of the gland's cells during secretion? A) Exocrine B) Endocrine C) Merocrine D) Apocrine E) Holocrine

68)

Which of the following is NOT a function of connective tissue? A) Transport B) Support C) Storage D) Contraction E) Insulation

Version 1

21


69)

A general characteristic of connective tissue is that it A) consists of cells with much extracellular material (matrix) between them. B) has no blood supply to the tissue. C) covers the outside of organs. D) is commonly found lining body cavities. E) contracts.

70)

A cell that forms fibrous connective tissue would be called a_________blank. A) fibroclast B) fibrocyte C) fibroblast D) fibroid E) fibromast

71)

Macrophages are cells specialized for_________blank. A) support B) absorption C) secretion D) phagocytosis E) transport

72)

Which type of cell has the potential to differentiate to form adult cell types?

Version 1

22


A) Mast cell B) Adipocyte C) Osteoclast D) Stem cell E) Macrophage

73) Which type of cell phagocytizes foreign or injured cells and plays a major role in providing protection against infections? A) Mast cell B) Adipocyte C) Osteoclast D) Stem cell E) Macrophage

74) Which type of cell releases chemicals in response to injury and plays an important role in inflammation? A) Mast cell B) Adipocyte C) Osteoclast D) Stem cell E) Macrophage

75)

Which type of cell contains large amounts of lipids?

Version 1

23


A) Mast cell B) Adipocyte C) Osteoclast D) Stem cell E) Macrophage

76)

Which type of cell breaks down bone tissue? A) Mast cell B) Adipocyte C) Osteoclast D) Stem cell E) Macrophage

77)

Blood cells are produced in hemopoietic tissue found in A) yellow bone marrow. B) brown bone marrow. C) red bone marrow. D) white bone marrow. E) compact bone.

78)

Which type of cell forms cartilage? A) Osteoblast B) Osteoclast C) Osteocyte D) Fibroblast E) Chondroblast

Version 1

24


79)

Cells that maintain bone are called_________blank. A) osteoblasts B) osteoclasts C) osteocytes D) fibroblasts E) chondroblasts

80)

Which type of cell forms protein fibers in connective tissue proper? A) Osteoblast B) Osteoclast C) Osteocyte D) Fibroblast E) Chondroblast

81)

Cells that break down bone are called_________blank. A) osteoblasts B) osteoclasts C) osteocytes D) fibroblasts E) chondroblasts

82)

Which type of cell forms bone?

Version 1

25


A) Osteoblast B) Osteoclast C) Osteocyte D) Fibroblast E) Chondroblast

83)

The three types of protein fibers found in connective tissue are A) hyaluronic acid, collagen, and reticular fibers. B) proteoglycan, elastin, and reticular fibers. C) collagen, elastin, and reticular fibers. D) proteoglycan, elastin, and hyaluronic acid. E) chondronectic, osteonectin, and fibronectin.

84) Collagen, elastin, and reticular fibers in connective tissues are all considered_________blank. A) phospholipids B) carbohydrates C) adipose tissue D) proteins E) triglycerides

85)

Which of the following statements concerning collagen is false?

Version 1

26


A) Collagen is a common protein in the body. B) Collagen is composed of collagen α-chains. C) Collagen is strong and flexible. D) Collagen is elastic and stretches. E) There are at least 20 different types of collagen in the body.

86)

A coiled fibrous protein in connective tissue that is stretchy is called_________blank. A) a reticular fiber B) proteoglycan C) elastin D) collagen E) hyaluronic acid

87)

The extracellular matrix of connective tissue contains_________blank. A) adipose B) plasma C) serous fluid D) synoval fluid E) proteoglycans

88) A long, unbranched polysaccharide found in the extracellular matrix of connective tissue is_________blank. A) proteoglycan B) tropocollagen C) hyaluronic acid D) chondronectin

Version 1

27


89) Which of the following is NOT an adhesive molecule found in the ground substance of connective tissue? A) Fibronectin B) Chondronectin C) Chondroitin sulfate D) Osteonectin

90)

Hyaluronic acid gives a very slippery quality to fluids that contain it. Hyaluronic acid A) resists stretching. B) functions as an insulator. C) is a good lubricant for joint cavities. D) promotes oxygen transport in the plasma. E) is a protein.

91)

Which of the following matrix molecules tends to trap large quantities of water? A) Collagen B) Proteoglycan C) Elastin D) Hyaluronic acid E) Reticular fibers

92) Proteoglycans trap large quantities of water, allowing them to assume their original shape after compression. Based on these characteristics, where are they most likely found in the body?

Version 1

28


A) Neurons B) Tendons C) Muscles D) Intervertebral discs E) Bones

93) Which of the following molecules consists of numerous polysaccharides attached to a protein core? A) Collagen B) Proteoglycan C) Elastin D) Reticulin E) Hyaluronic acid

94)

Which of the following type of connective tissue is mismatched with its matrix? A) Areolar – loosely packed matrix of protein fibers B) Bone – mineralized matrix C) Cartilage – highly vascular matrix D) Blood – fluid matrix E) Bone – highly vascular

95) An infant is born with a genetic defect that greatly reduces production of brown fat. Which of the following will most likely apply to this infant?

Version 1

29


A) The infant will have difficulty absorbing nutrients at the small intestine. B) The infant will have difficulty regulating his body temperature. C) The infant will have very stretchy tendons. D) The infant will have reduced bone mass. E) The infant will have difficulty breathing.

96)

Connective tissue is separated into subgroups based on the A) cell number. B) shape of the cells. C) number of cell layers. D) protein types. E) structure of the extracellular matrix.

97)

Connective tissue in tendons is A) dense regular collagenous tissue. B) dense regular elastic tissue. C) dense irregular collagenous tissue. D) dense irregular elastic tissue. E) reticular tissue.

98)

Which of the following statements concerning connective tissue is true? A) Areolar tissue is tightly packed. B) Dense connective tissue has a fluid matrix. C) Mast cells are found in abundance in dense connective tissue. D) Collagen fibers provide strength to dense connective tissue. E) Elastic tissue is flexible, but not stretchy.

Version 1

30


99)

Dense regular collagenous connective tissue would be found in A) a nerve. B) the brain. C) a ligament. D) a skull bone. E) a lymph node.

100) Which of the following structures is likely to consist of dense irregular collagenous connective tissue? A) Tendons B) Cartilage C) Elastic ligaments D) Bone E) Dermis of the skin

101) A tissue has the following characteristics: abundant extracellular matrix, abundant collagen fibers, collagen fibers mainly parallel to each other. Which of the following injuries results in damage to this kind of tissue? A) Broken femur bone B) Bullet penetrating the abdominal wall C) Broken nose D) Tear in the cartilage of the knee E) Tear in the tissue that attaches the gastrocnemius muscle to bone

102)

Reticular tissue is found in

Version 1

31


A) muscles. B) long bones. C) lymphatic organs. D) the intestinal lining. E) nervous tissue.

103)

Adipose tissue A) functions as an insulator and a site of energy storage. B) exists in three forms: yellow, red, and brown. C) contains large amounts of extracellular matrix. D) is composed of relatively small cells. E) does not contain lipids.

104) Intervertebral discs exhibit a great deal of strength because of the presence of thick bundles of_________blank. A) elastin B) proteoglycan C) collagen D) hydroxyapatite E) calcium

105)

Cartilage heals slowly after an injury because

Version 1

32


A) this tissue type is very complex. B) it contains so much proteoglycan. C) it has few, if any, blood vessels. D) it is a dead, rather than a living, tissue. E) it contains no fibroblasts.

106) The type of connective tissue that contains chondrocytes, a rigid matrix of collagen fibers and proteoglycan-hyaluronic acid aggregates and few, if any, blood vessels is_________blank. A) cartilage B) bone tissue C) adipose tissue D) fibrous connective tissue E) muscle tissue

107)

Which type of connective tissue is found in the external ears? A) Hyaline cartilage B) Fibrocartilage C) Elastic cartilage D) Dense irregular elastic tissue E) Dense regular collagenous tissue

108)

Which type of connective tissue is found between the vertebrae?

Version 1

33


A) Hyaline cartilage B) Fibrocartilage C) Elastic cartilage D) Dense irregular elastic tissue E) Dense regular collagenous tissue

109)

Which type of connective tissue forms most of the skeleton before it is replaced by bone? A) Hyaline cartilage B) Fibrocartilage C) Elastic cartilage D) Dense irregular elastic tissue E) Dense regular collagenous tissue

110)

Which type of connective tissue is found in tendons and ligaments? A) Hyaline cartilage B) Fibrocartilage C) Elastic cartilage D) Dense irregular elastic tissue E) Dense regular collagenous tissue

111)

Which type of connective tissue is found in the walls of large arteries? A) Hyaline cartilage B) Fibrocartilage C) Elastic cartilage D) Dense irregular elastic tissue E) Dense regular collagenous tissue

Version 1

34


112)

Bone A) contains dead cells. B) is not rigid. C) does not contain protein fibers. D) has a rich blood supply. E) is avascular.

113)

Lamellae are characteristic of A) compact bone tissue. B) cancellous bone tissue. C) spongy bone tissue. D) hyaline cartilage. E) fibrocartilage.

114)

Which of the following is found in spongy bone but not compact bone? A) Osteocytes in lacunae B) Hydroxyapatite C) Trabeculae D) Collagen E) Matrix

115)

A tissue that has a fluid matrix is_________blank.

Version 1

35


A) blood B) adipose tissue C) areolar tissue D) cartilage E) bone

116)

Muscle tissue is characterized by its A) strength. B) durability. C) contractility. D) rigidity. E) avascularity.

117) A muscle that is not consciously controlled and has a banded appearance would be described as A) striated voluntary. B) striated involuntary. C) nonstriated voluntary. D) nonstriated involuntary. E) smooth voluntary.

118) Movement of food through the digestive tract results from the action of_________blank muscle.

Version 1

36


A) cardiac B) smooth C) skeletal D) striated E) voluntary

119)

Which type of muscle is found in the wall of the digestive tract? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle

120)

Which type of muscle is attached to bones? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle

121)

Which type of muscle is found in the wall of the heart? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle

122)

The type of muscle found in the walls of blood vessels is_________blank muscle.

Version 1

37


A) cardiac B) smooth C) striated D) voluntary E) skeletal

123)

Which of the following is associated with nervous tissue? A) Axon B) Desmosome C) Intercalated disc D) Lacuna E) Osteocyte

124)

A pseudo-unipolar neuron is characterized by the presence of A) one dendrite. B) two dendrites. C) three dendrites. D) four dendrites. E) no dendrites.

125)

Which of the following is correctly matched with its description?

Version 1

38


A) Neurons – supportive cells of the nervous system B) Axons – conduct action potentials away from the cell body C) Glia – the conducting cell of the nervous system D) Dendrite – rapidly dividing cell E) Axon – carry action potentials toward the cell body

126)

The support and protection of neurons are provided by_________blank. A) dendrites B) ligaments C) glia D) neurons E) axons

127)

What type of process conducts nerve impulses toward the cell body? A) Mesodermal process B) Glial process C) Membranous process D) Dendrite E) Axon

128)

Support cells of the brain and spinal cord are called_________blank.

Version 1

39


A) mesoderm B) glia C) neurons D) fibroblasts E) acinar

129)

A thin layer of tissue that covers an organ or lines a cavity is a_________blank. A) tendon B) lamella C) membrane D) dendrite E) mesentery

130)

The type of membrane that lines freely movable joints is a_________blank membrane. A) serous B) synovial C) mucous D) visceral E) pleural

131) The type of membrane that protects internal organs from friction is a_________blank membrane.

Version 1

40


A) serous B) synovial C) mucous D) partial E) plasma

132) Which type of membrane does not open to the exterior, does not contain glands, but does secrete fluid? A) Serous B) Mucous C) Synovial D) Gobletal E) Cutaneous

133) Which type of membrane lines cavities that open to the outside and often contains mucous glands? A) Serous B) Mucous C) Synovial D) Gobletal E) Cutaneous

134)

Which type of membrane lines joint cavities?

Version 1

41


A) Serous B) Mucous C) Synovial D) Gobletal E) Cutaneous

135)

In the inflammatory response, clotting proteins form a clot. This action A) stimulates pain receptors. B) increases the permeability of blood vessels. C) walls off foreign particles and microbes. D) produces edema. E) phagocytizes microbes.

136) Which of the following occurs when the permeability of blood vessels increases during inflammation? A) Removal of foreign material from the blood B) Increased blood flow to the area C) Redness and heat at the injury site D) Migration of white blood cells to the site of injury E) No change in osmotic balance between blood and tissues

137) Which of the following tissue change occurs when the permeability of blood vessels increases during inflammation?

Version 1

42


A) Removal of foreign material from the blood B) Increased blood flow to the area C) Redness and heat at the injury site D) No change in osmotic balance between blood and tissues E) Edema

138) Which of the following occur as a result of inhibiting the release of chemical mediators of inflammation shortly after injury in a tissue? (1) Stimulation of pain receptors (2) Reduced stimulation of pain receptors (3) Increased permeability of blood vessels (4) Reduced permeability of blood vessels (5) Edema (6) Reduced redness A) 1, 3, 5, 6 B) 2, 4, 5, 6 C) 1, 2, 5, 6 D) 2, 4, 6 E) 1, 2, 5

139) When someone steps on a sharp object like a nail, inflammation and infection can be severe but localized. Which of the following functions limited the size of the injured area to the greatest degree? A) Swelling B) Coagulation of plasma proteins C) Vasodilation D) Increased temperature E) Loss of function

Version 1

43


140)

Which of the following are symptoms of inflammation? A) Swelling, bleeding, and numbness B) Heat, swelling, and blistering C) Blistering, pain, and swelling D) Pain, redness, and bleeding E) Redness, heat, and pain

141)

Which of the following statements concerning the process of tissue repair is false?

A) In regeneration, destroyed cells are replaced by the same type of cells. B) In replacement, a new type of tissue develops that eventually results in scar production. C) Labile cells cannot be replaced by the process of regeneration. D) Stable cells do not actively replicate after growth but retain the ability to regenerate. E) Permanent cells have a limited ability to replicate.

142)

In the process of tissue repair, which of the events listed below occurs last? A) The wound fills with blood and a clot forms. B) Granulation tissue develops. C) A scab forms to seal the wound. D) An inflammatory response occurs. E) Fibroblasts migrate to the area.

143)

Suturing a large wound

Version 1

44


A) allows healing by secondary union. B) reduces risk of infection and helps to heal faster. C) increases scar formation. D) leads to wound contracture. E) prevents scarring.

144)

Which type of cell ingests bacteria? A) Fibroblast B) Chondrocyte C) Neutrophil D) Red blood cell E) Mast cell

145)

What is formed from granulation tissue? A) Edema B) Secondary union C) Epithelial tissue D) Scar

146)

An accumulation of fluid in the tissue spaces is called_________blank. A) edema B) secondary union C) a scab D) granulation tissue E) a scar

Version 1

45


147)

What occurs when wound edges are far apart? A) Edema B) Secondary union C) Neutrophil inactivation D) Granulation tissue

148) A delicate connective tissue composed of fibroblasts, collagen, and capillaries is called_________blank. A) simple squamous epithelium B) scab C) injury seal D) granulation tissue E) scar

149)

Which of the following is not characteristic of aging at the tissue level? A) Arterial walls become less elastic. B) Injuries heal rapidly and more completely in older people. C) Connective tissue experience reduced flexibility and elasticity. D) Atherosclerosis develops. E) Rate of red blood cell synthesis declines.

150)

Marfan syndrome is a genetic disorder associated with_________blank tissue.

Version 1

46


A) epithelial B) connective C) muscular D) nervous E) All choices are correct.

151)

What is a malignant tumor derived from epithelial tissue? A) Sarcoma B) Lymphoma C) Carcinoma D) Melanoma E) Both "Carcinoma" and "Sarcoma" are correct.

152)

What is a malignant tumor derived from connective tissue? A) Melanoma B) Lymphoma C) Sarcoma D) Carcinoma E) Both "Carcinoma" and "Sarcoma" are correct.

153) An aggregation of cells and extracellular materials which performs a discrete function is known as a/an _________blank. A) organ B) organelle C) tissue D) cell

Version 1

47


154) A collection of specialized cells and extra-cellular substances around them is known as a/an _________blank. A) organ B) organelle C) tissue D) organism

155)

The extracellular material of a tissue is called the _________blank. A) connective tissue B) matrix C) ectoderm D) cytoplasm

156)

Which of the following terms correctly identifies the name of an embryonic germ layer? A) Ectoderm B) Exoderm C) Epiderm

157) Because it forms covering and lining layers for body structures, _________blank tissue has very little extracellular matrix. A) epithelial B) connective C) muscle D) nervous

Version 1

48


158) Which type of tissue has little extracellular matrix because it forms covering and lining layers for body structures? A) Epithelial B) Connective C) Muscle D) Nervous

159) Indicate the class of tissue that is capable of regeneration, is avascular, and consists of cells that are bound to each other via specialized junctions. A) Epithelial tissue B) Connective tissue C) Muscle tissue D) Nervous tissue

160)

What is the function of the basement membrane? A) Adhere epithelial tissue to underlying connective tissue B) Attach skin to underlying muscle tissue C) Secrete mucus D) House stem cells for new cell production

161) Support, attachment of tissues, cushioning and protection are examples of functions for _________blank tissue. A) epithelial B) connective C) muscle D) nervous

Version 1

49


162) This type of tissue is composed of closely packed adipocytes and forms a protective cushion around organs, insulate the body, and serves as an energy reserve. A) Adipose tissue B) Areolar tissue C) Loose connective tissue D) Epidermal tissue

163) Which type of tissue attaches to the underlying muscles and supports the framework for body organs? A) Adipose tissue B) Areolar tissue C) Reticular tissue D) Epidermal tissue

164) Of the four primary classes of tissues, the tissue that consists of elongated fibers that are specialized to contract in response to stimulation is _________blank. A) Epithelial tissue B) Connective tissue C) Muscle tissue D) Nervous tissue

165)

Muscular tissue consists of which type of cells or fibers? A) Elongated fibers (cells) that are specialized to contract B) Cells with multiple processes that are specialized to send electrical signals C) Elongated fibers (cells) surrounded by abundant matrix D) Spherical cells designed for storage

Version 1

50


166) A swollen, painful area of the skin that is also hot and red are symptoms that accompany which process? A) Circulatory shock B) Edema C) Fever D) Inflammation

167)

Which two processes function in the repair of injured tissue? A) Edema and clotting B) Necrosis and atrophy C) Regeneration and replacement D) Edema and regeneration E) Necrosis and replacement

168)

In _________blank, the new cells are the same type as those that were destroyed. A) Regeneration B) Replacement C) Necrosis

169)

What is a scar?

A) A large amount of granulation tissue converted to dense irregular collagenous connective tissue during tissue repair B) The product of the drying out of a blood clot that occurs during primary union C) Necrotic tissue that is avascular and consists of a mixture of dead cells and fluid

Version 1

51


170)

The connective tissue of _________blank adults is less elastic and less flexible. A) younger B) older

171) _________blank epithelium is the most widespread epithelium in the body, whereas_________blank epithelium is rare. A) Simple columnar; stratified columnar B) Stratified squamous; stratified columnar C) Pseudostratified; stratified squamous D) Simple cuboidal; stratified squamous E) Stratified squamous; simple squamous

172) _________blank epithelium is associated with rapid transport of substances through a membrane, whereas_________blank epithelium is associated with resistance to abrasion. A) Simple columnar; transitional B) Simple squamous; stratified squamous C) Simple cuboidal; pseudostratified D) Pseudostratified; simple squamous E) Pseudostratified; simple cuboidal

173) Which of the following is not a feature that almost all connective tissues have in common?

Version 1

52


A) Most cells arenot in direct contact with each other. B) Ground substanceis so scarce that it is not visible with a light microscope. C) Cells usuallyoccupy less space than the extracellular material. D) Protein fibersare usually present in the ground substance. E) Most connectivetissues are highly vascular.

174) An example of a highly vascular tissue is_________blank tissue. An example of a tissue that is not highly vascular is_________blank. A) epithelial;cartilage B) muscular; osseoustissue C) dense regularconnective; dense irregular connective tissue D) areolar;cartilage E) nervous; osseoustissue

175)

Which of the following is not a feature that connective tissues have in common? A) Very conspicuousfibers B) The presence offibroblasts C) The presence ofcollagen D) Ground substancewith a gelatinous to rubbery consistency E) A calcifiedmatrix

176) Marfan syndrome is a hereditary defect of elastin fibers. People with this syndrome have_________blank.

Version 1

53


A) hyperextensiblejoints B) a smallcranium C) elastic bones D) stronger bones E) viscous blood

177) Which of the following does not account for the gelatinous consistency of connective tissue ground substance? A) Glycosaminoglycans B) Proteoglycans C) Chondroitinsulfate D) Hyaluronicacid E) Collagen

178)

Collagenous fibers are very abundant in_________blank. A) blood and hyalinecartilage B) blood, adiposetissue, and osseous tissue C) ligaments, bones,and the most superficial portion of the skin D) tendons,ligaments, and the deeper portion of the skin E) areolar tissue,tongue, and bones

179) Fibroblasts and protein fibers are associated with both_________blank and_________blank.

Version 1

54


A) dense regular;dense irregular connective tissues B) plasma; formedelements C) elasticcartilage; hyaline cartilage D) spongy bone;compact (dense) bone E) adipose tissue;reticular tissue

180) _________blank exhibits a lot of apparently empty space, and is found in many serous membranes. A) Blood B) Areolar tissue C) Osseous tissue D) Dense irregular connective tissue E) Adipose tissue

181)

Astronauts in zero gravity are able to move food through their digestive tracts because

A) smooth muscle produces waves of contractions that propel material through the digestive tract. B) skeletal muscle puts pressure on the digestive tract. C) cardiac muscle maintains a high pressure that moves material through the digestive tract. D) striated muscle creates a pressure gradient that forces material from one end of the digestive tract to the other. E) skeletal muscle sphincters contract and allow materials to move through the digestive tract.

182) A connective tissue fiber refers to a(n)_________blank and a muscle fiber refers to a/an_________blank.

Version 1

55


A) entire cell; tissue B) entire cell; part of a cell C) entire cell; complex of macromolecules D) complex of macromolecules; part of a cell E) complex of macromolecules; entire cell

183) In the intestine,_________blank ensure(s) that most digested nutrients pass through the epithelial cells and not between them. A) the plasmamembrane B) desmosomes C) tight junctions D) gap (communicating) junctions E) ground substance

184) The membrane that lines the digestive, respiratory, urinary, and reproductive tracts consists of A) simple squamousepithelium and dense irregular connective tissue B) areolar and denseirregular connective tissue C) epithelium andlamina propria D) areolar tissueand lamina propria E) simple squamousepithelium and areolar tissue

185) The pseudostratified columnar epithelium of the bronchi in smokers may transform into stratified squamous epithelium. This is an example of_________blank.

Version 1

56


A) regeneration B) replacement C) atrophy D) differentiation E) hyperplasia

186) If mesenchymal cells experience mutation during development, which of the following structures is most likely affected by the mutation? A) Bones B) Cartilage C) Tendons D) All of the choices are correct.

187) A tissue sample has the following components: calcified matrix, collagen, and fibroblasts. Sandy has identified it as bone, but her instructor stated that was incorrect. Which statements below should her instructor use to explain the error? A) Bone tissue would have osteoblasts, osteoclasts, and osteocytes present. B) Bone tissue has elastin fibers, not collagen fibers. C) Fibroblasts are only present in cartilage tissue. D) Calcified matrix is a characteristic of cartilage not bone tissue.

188)

Which of the following statements accurately represents labile cells?

Version 1

57


A) Labile cells are important to the body, providing a source for new cells to replace those that are damaged. B) Labile cells, such as neurons, have a very limited ability to divide. C) Labile cells are only found in the hemopoietic tissue of red bone marrow. D) Labile cells are eliminated from the body after birth of the fetus.

189) The liver is able to regenerate after a portion of it is surgically removed. How is this possible? A) Stabile cells of the liver are able to divide and replace the removed liver tissue. B) Permanent cells of the liver are able to divide and replace the removed liver tissue. C) New cells are not formed; the remaining tissue just spreads out, filling the newly formed space. D) Neurons associated with the liver differentiate into liver cells to replace the missing tissue.

190) Three students were asked to identify the type of muscle tissue that makes up the arrector pili, a structure that moves the hair relative to the skin. Which of the following answers correctly identifies the muscle tissue type? A) Student 1 stated that it is smooth muscle, eliminating cardiac muscle because the tissue is not located in the heart and skeletal muscle because it is not under voluntary control. B) Student 2 stated that it is cardiac muscle, eliminating smooth muscle because it is not associated with blood vessels and skeletal muscle because it is not attached to bones. C) Student 3 stated that it is skeletal muscle, eliminating cardiac muscle because it is not located in the heart and smooth muscle because it is not part of blood vessels.

191) A tissue functions to provide protection for an exposed surface. This tissue is most likely_________blank.

Version 1

58


A) simple squamous epithelial tissue B) stratified squamous epithelial tissue C) fibrous connective tissue D) transitional epithelial tissue

192) A tissue sample has the following characteristics: large cells with many processes, one which is very long; smaller cells scattered amongst the larger cells. Which of the following statements accurately identifies the tissue? A) The tissue is nervous tissue. The large cells are neurons with dendrites and a long axon, and the smaller cells are glia. B) The tissue is dense irregular connective elastic tissue. The large cells are fibroblasts with attached collagen fibers, and the smaller cells are glia. C) The tissue is nervous tissue. The large cells are fibroblasts with dendrites and collagen fibers, and the smaller cells are squamous cells. D) The tissue is dense regular connective tissue. The large cells are neurons with dendrites and a long axon, and the smaller cells are fibroblasts.

193) A patient has been diagnosed with a condition resulting from inflammation of tissue associated with the lungs. Which statement best clarifies the condition? A) There is inflammation of the pleura, the serous membranes associated with the lungs. B) There is inflammation of the mucous membranes associated with the lungs. C) There is inflammation of the peritoneum, the synovial membrane associated with the lungs. D) There is inflammation of the cutaneous membrane associated with the lungs.

194) A glandular secretion has been analyzed and indicates the presence of cytoplasmic components that include DNA and nuclear proteins. This indicates_________blank mode of secretion.

Version 1

59


A) holocrine B) merocrine C) autocrine D) eccrine

195)

Which of the following is an example of labile cells?

A) Hemocytoblasts are cells that divide and give rise to multiple types of blood cells. B) Liver cells have the ability to divide and give rise to other liver cells. C) Skeletal muscle fibers increase in size by adding more cytoplasmic components. D) Both "hemocytoblasts are cells that divide and give rise to multiple types of blood cells" and "liver cells have the ability to divide and give rise to other liver cells" are correct.

196)

<p>

Version 1

60


196.1)

This is a diagram of a multipolar neuron. What does "A" represent?

A) Nucleus of neuron B) Dendrite C) Cell body of neuron D) Axon E) Glia cells

196.2)

This is a diagram of a multipolar neuron. What does "B" represent?

A) Nucleus of neuron B) Dendrite C) Cell body of neuron D) Axon E) Glia cells

196.3)

This is a diagram of a multipolar neuron. What does "C" represent?

A) Nucleus of neuron B) Dendrite C) Cell body of neuron D) Axon E) Glia cells

196.4)

Version 1

This is a diagram of a multipolar neuron. What does "D" represent?

61


A) Nucleus of neuron B) Dendrite C) Cell body of neuron D) Axon E) Glia cells

196.5)

This is a diagram of a multipolar neuron. What does "E" represent?

A) Nucleus of neuron B) Dendrite C) Cell body of neuron D) Axon E) Glia cells

197)

Version 1

62


197.1)

This is a figure of a skin wound. What does "A" represent?

A) Dermis B) Subcutaneous adipose tissue C) Epidermis D) Blood vessel E) Blood clot

197.2)

This is a figure of a skin wound. What does "B" represent?

A) Dermis B) Subcutaneous adipose tissue C) Epidermis D) Blood vessel E) Blood clot

197.3)

This is a figure of a skin wound. What does "C" represent?

A) Dermis B) Subcutaneous adipose tissue C) Epidermis D) Blood vessel E) Blood clot

197.4)

Version 1

This is a figure of a skin wound. What does "D" represent?

63


A) Dermis B) Subcutaneous adipose tissue C) Epidermis D) Blood vessel E) Blood clot

197.5)

This is a figure of a skin wound. What does "E" represent?

A) Dermis B) Subcutaneous adipose tissue C) Epidermis D) Blood vessel E) Blood clot

198) True or False? The basal lamina is only one portion of the basement membrane, and it does not anchor the epithelium to the tissue below it. ⊚ true ⊚ false

199)

True or False? Because epithelial tissue is highly vascular, it heals well. ⊚ true ⊚ false

200) True or False? Dense irregular collagenous connective tissue that forms during tissue repair is called granulation tissue. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

64


201) True or False? Plasma cells produce the ground substance that forms the matrix of connective tissues. ⊚ ⊚

true false

202) True or False? The duct of an endocrine gland leads into the bloodstream rather than onto an epithelial surface. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

65


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 04_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, B, E] 2) [A, D] 3) [C, F] 4) [A, C, D] 5) [A, B, C] 6) [A, B, D, E] 7) [E, F] 8) [A, B, C] 9) [A, B, E] 10) A 11) C 12) B 13) D 14) A 15) D 16) C 17) B 18) C 19) A 20) B 21) A 22) A 23) A 24) B 25) C 26) B Version 1

66


27) A 28) A 29) E 30) C 31) C 32) C 33) D 34) E 35) D 36) C 37) B 38) A 39) E 40) E 41) B 42) B 43) B 44) E 45) A 46) E 47) D 48) D 49) D 50) E 51) B 52) C 53) A 54) A 55) C 56) B Version 1

67


57) A 58) B 59) E 60) B 61) B 62) A 63) C 64) A 65) E 66) C 67) D 68) D 69) A 70) C 71) D 72) D 73) E 74) A 75) B 76) C 77) C 78) E 79) C 80) D 81) B 82) A 83) C 84) D 85) D 86) C Version 1

68


87) E 88) C 89) C 90) C 91) B 92) D 93) B 94) C 95) B 96) E 97) A 98) D 99) C 100) E 101) E 102) C 103) A 104) C 105) C 106) A 107) C 108) B 109) A 110) E 111) D 112) D 113) A 114) C 115) A 116) C Version 1

69


117) B 118) B 119) B 120) A 121) C 122) B 123) A 124) E 125) B 126) C 127) D 128) B 129) C 130) B 131) A 132) A 133) B 134) C 135) C 136) D 137) E 138) D 139) B 140) E 141) C 142) B 143) B 144) C 145) D 146) A Version 1

70


147) B 148) D 149) B 150) B 151) C 152) C 153) C 154) C 155) B 156) A 157) A 158) A 159) A 160) A 161) B 162) A 163) B 164) C 165) A 166) D 167) C 168) A 169) A 170) B 171) B 172) B 173) B 174) D 175) E 176) A Version 1

71


177) E 178) D 179) A 180) B 181) A 182) E 183) C 184) C 185) B 186) D 187) A 188) A 189) A 190) A 191) B 192) A 193) A 194) A 195) A 196) Section Break 196.1) B 196.2) C 196.3) A 196.4) E 196.5) D 197) Section Break 197.1) E 197.2) C 197.3) D 197.4) A Version 1

72


197.5) B 198) TRUE 199) FALSE 200) FALSE 201) FALSE 202) FALSE

Version 1

73


CHAPTER 5 1)

Identify the functions of the integumentary system. (Check all that apply.) A) Blood cell production B) Resistance to infection C) Sensation of environmental stimuli D) Thermoregulation E) Vitamin E synthesis

2)

Indicate the statements that describe erythema. (Check all that apply.)

A) It can be caused by emotions such as anger. B) It occurs during pregnancy when estrogen and melanocyte-stimulating hormone levels have increased. C) It may occur in response to exposure to the cold. D) It results from an inflammatory response. E) It can be caused by emotions such as embarrassment.

3) Which of the following factors do NOT directly determine the amount nor rate of melanin production in an individual? A) Exposure to light B) Genetic factors C) Hormones levels D) Ingestion of dark, leafy vegetables E) Physical fitness

4)

Select the regions that are composed of loose connective tissue. (Check all that apply.)

Version 1

1


A) Epidermis of the skin B) Papillary layer of dermis C) Reticular layer of the dermis D) Subcutaneous tissue or hypodermis

5)

Indicate the statements that apply to the arrector pili. (Check all that apply.) A) They consist of smooth muscle tissue. B) They are associated with hair follicles. C) They extend from the dermal root sheath to the papillary layer of the dermis. D) They extend from the root sheath to the basement membrane of the epidermis.

6) The dermis contains receptors that detect which of the following sensations? (Check all that apply.) A) Changes in pressure B) pH differences C) Pain D) Touch E) Variations in temperature

7) Indicate the statements that correctly describe partial thickness burns. (Check all that apply.) A) They are subdivided into first- and second-degree burns. B) They may involve only the epidermis. C) They are also called third degree burns. D) They involve the complete destruction of the epidermis and dermis.

Version 1

2


8) Antibiotics are often used to treat acne by reducing the number of bacteria on the skin. Knowing there are both ‘good’ and ‘bad’ forms of Propionibacterium acnes, which of the following statements about using antibiotics is true? (Check all that apply.) A) Some “good” bacteria are reduced. B) Some “bad” bacteria are reduced. C) Only “bad” bacteria are reduced. D) Some new bacterial infections can begin. E) Some new bacterial infections can be prevented. F) Only old infections can be controlled. G) Some “good” bacteria can become resistant and therefore lead to more infections. H) Some “bad” bacteria can become resistant and therefore lead to more infections.

9)

Which factors are believed to be responsible for acne? (Check all that apply.) A) Overproduction of sweat by eccrine glands B) Bacteria, including Propionibacterium acnes C) Hormone levels D) Viruses, including Herpes virus E) Sugary and fried food F) Overproduction of sebum by sebaceous glands G) Abnormal production of cells

10) Accutane (Isotretinoin) is a prescriptive drug used to treat severe acne by reducing sebum production. What would be the side effects of decreased sebum production for the integumentary system? (Check all that apply.) A) Increased infections B) Brittle hair C) Oily skin D) Increased water loss from skin E) Cracked skin

Version 1

3


11)

Which of the following functions is associated with the skin? A) Lipid production B) Vitamin C production C) Regulation of body pH D) Protection against ultraviolet radiation of the sun E) Vitamin A production

12)

The integumentary system has many functions, one of which is A) destruction of cancer cells. B) production of Vitamin E. C) detection of heatand touch. D) regulation of acid-base balance. E) prevention of albinism.

13)

The superficial layer of epithelium of the skin is called the __________. A) dermis B) epidermis C) hypodermis D) mesodermis E) papillary layer

14) This condition is characterized by a thicker-than-normal stratus corneum producing large silvery scales.

Version 1

4


A) Psoriasis B) Decubitus ulcer C) Bullae D) Vitiligo E) Eczema

15)

Which type of skin cancer is the most common? A) Basal cell carcinoma B) Squamous cell carcinoma C) Melanoma D) Kaposi sarcoma E) Psoriasis

16) Melanoma can be detected early and treated with the application of a special rule. Which of the following is NOT a test used to determine if a mole is cancerous? A) Color B) Border C) Asymmetry D) Freckles E) Diameter

17)

Which type of skin cancer is the most deadly?

Version 1

5


A) Basal cell carcinoma B) Squamous cell carcinoma C) Melanoma D) Kaposi sarcoma E) Psoriasis

18)

Which of the following statements concerning the epidermis is true? A) The dermis issuperficial to the epidermis. B) The epidermis contains numerous blood vessels. C) The most numerous cells in the epidermis are the melanocytes. D) The epidermis is nourished by blood vessels located in the dermis. E) The epidermis is very permeable to water-soluble molecules.

19)

The epidermis A) is thicker than the dermis. B) contains no blood vessels. C) is composed of loose connective tissue. D) is made up mostly of melanocytes. E) is composed of the reticular and papillary layers.

20)

Which cells of the epidermis are part of the immune system? A) Keratinocytes B) Melanocytes C) Langerhanscells D) Merkel cells E) Fibroblasts

Version 1

6


21) Friction ridges of the hands and feet are produced by projections into the epidermis called __________. A) dermal striae B) cleavage lines C) reticular lines D) melanocytes E) dermal papillae

22)

Parallel curving ridges of dermis that shape the overlying epidermis into friction ridges A) are associated with thin skin. B) improve the grip of the hands. C) decrease friction on surfaces where they are located. D) are caused by the pattern of the reticular layer of the dermis. E) tend to make the surface smooth.

23)

Keratinocytes A) produce skin pigments in cell organelles called melanosomes. B) are found in both the dermal and the epidermal layers of the skin. C) are special cells of the immune system. D) are responsible for the reduction of water loss from the skin. E) determine thickness of the skin.

24)

Keratinization

Version 1

7


A) occurs in the dermis. B) results in the formation of new epidermal cells. C) produces a layer of cells that resist abrasion. D) determines skin color. E) does not affect permeability characteristics of the epidermis.

25) As skin cells move toward the surface of the body, they produce a protein that reduces water loss. This process is called __________. A) pollination B) keratinization C) melaninization D) germination E) desquamation

26) A malfunction of the process of keratinization results in the condition known as __________. A) psoriasis B) cyanosis C) jaundice D) impetigo E) acne

27) The layer of epidermis that undergoes mitosis and forms new epidermal cells is the __________.

Version 1

8


A) stratum basale B) stratum granulosum C) stratum lucidum D) stratum corneum E) stratum dermum

28)

The stratum basale A) is easily shed when you rub your hands together. B) has a mixture of living and dead cells—mostly dead. C) contains many blood vessels that nourish the epidermis. D) contains cells that undergo mitosis to form new epidermal cells. E) contains cells that undergo meiosis to form new epidermal cells.

29)

The term "stratum germinativum" is sometimes used to refer to the __________. A) stratum basale B) stratum corneum C) stratum spinosum D) stratum granulosum E) stratum lucidum

30)

In which layer of the epidermis are lamellar bodies formed inside keratinocytes? A) Stratum basale B) Stratum spinosum C) Stratum granulosum D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum corneum

Version 1

9


31)

In which layer of the epidermis are granules of keratohyalin formed? A) Stratum basale B) Stratum spinosum C) Stratum granulosum D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum corneum

32)

Which layer of the epidermis is found in only a few areas of the body? A) Stratum basale B) Stratum spinosum C) Stratum granulosum D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum corneum

33)

This layer of skin is composed of keratinocytes. A) Epidermis B) Reticular layer C) Papillary layer D) Dermis E) Subcutaneous layer

34)

Excessive shedding of this layer of the epidermis of the scalp is responsible for dandruff.

Version 1

10


A) Stratum basale B) Stratum spinosum C) Stratum granulosum D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum corneum

35) Which of the following represents the correct order of the layers of the epidermis from the deepest to the most superficial? A) Stratum basale, stratum granulosum, stratum lucidum, stratum spinosum, and stratum corneum B) Stratum basale, stratum spinosum, stratum granulosum, stratum lucidum, and stratum corneum C) Stratum lucidum, stratum granulosum, stratum corneum, stratum basale, and stratum spinosum D) Stratum spinosum, stratum basale, stratum lucidum, stratum corneum, and stratum granulosum E) Stratum corneum, stratum lucidum, stratum granulosum, stratum spinosum, stratum basale

36)

This stratum contains many layers of dead squamous cells. A) Stratum basale B) Stratum spinosum C) Stratum granulosum D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum corneum

37) The layer of the epidermis in which there is the greatest amount of mitotic activity is the __________.

Version 1

11


A) stratum basale B) stratum spinosum C) stratum granulosum D) stratum lucidum E) stratum corneum

38) The epidermal stratum that is composed of several layers of living cells held together by desmosomes is the __________. A) stratum basale B) stratum spinosum C) stratum granulosum D) stratum lucidum E) stratum corneum

39)

Which durable protein is found in the nails, hair, and epidermis? A) Melanin B) Keratin C) Carotene D) Elastin E) Collagen

40)

The epidermal layer found only in thick skin is __________.

Version 1

12


A) stratum basale B) stratum spinosum C) stratum granulosum D) stratum lucidum E) stratum corneum

41)

Thick skin A) has three different epidermal strata. B) has fewer layers of cells in the stratum corneum than thin skin. C) is found covering most of the body. D) is found in areas subject to pressure or friction, such as the palms. E) is determined by the thickness of the dermis.

42)

Thin skin has only four epithelial strata. It lacks which of the following? A) Stratum spinosum B) Stratum granulosum C) Stratum lucidum D) Stratum corneum E) Stratum basale

43)

What will develop when the skin is subjected to excess friction or pressure? A) Carcinoma B) Melanoma C) Papillae D) Stretch marks E) Callus

Version 1

13


44)

Skin color is the result of the A) quantity of melanin in the skin. B) number of keratinocytes in the skin. C) amount of adipose in the subcutaneous layer. D) thickness of the stratum basale. E) number of melanocytes in the skin.

45)

Melanin production can be influenced by A) genetics. B) hormones. C) exposure to sunlight. D) pregnancy. E) All of the choices are correct.

46)

Melanin A) is transferred to other cells by osmosis. B) is increased with exposure to infrared light. C) is absent in individuals with albinism. D) is a pigment produced by cells in the stratum corneum. E) makes the skin lighter.

47)

Which of the following statements regarding melanin is true?

Version 1

14


A) During pregnancy, melanin production is increased. B) Both melanocytes and keratinocytes produce melanin. C) In Addison disease, less melanin is produced. D) Men produce more melanin than women. E) Melanin is a white pigment.

48)

Individuals with lighter skin have which of the following? A) More melanocytes than individuals with darker skins B) Fewer melanocytes than individuals with darker skins C) Approximately the same number of melanocytes as individuals with darker skins D) More melanin in their skin E) A different kind of melanin in their skin

49)

The blue color of superficial blood vessels results from which of the following? A) A lack of melanin in the area B) The light-scattering properties of collagen C) The superficial location of skin pigments D) An increase in arterial blood circulating in the area E) A lack of oxygen in the blood

50)

The bluish tinge of skin due to a reduction of oxygen in the blood is called __________. A) hemolysis B) desquamation C) cyanosis D) carotenosis E) albinism

Version 1

15


51) Exposure to ultraviolet light causes the skin to darken by stimulating which of the following? A) Breakdown of carotene B) Breakdown of melanin C) Buildup of bilirubin D) Activity of the enzyme tyrosinase E) Activity of the keratinocytes

52) The condition involving the development of white patches on the skin caused by the loss of melanocytes is __________. A) psoriasis B) decubitus ulcer C) bullae D) vitiligo E) eczema

53) A yellow pigment derived from plants that can impart a yellow color to the skin is __________. A) melanin B) keratin C) collagen D) carotene E) elastin

54)

A genetic disease characterized by the inability to produce melanin is __________.

Version 1

16


A) psoriasis B) albinism C) dermatitis D) melanoma E) cyanosis

55)

The vesicles that contain melanin are __________. A) melanosomes B) lamellar bodies C) keratohyaline D) carotenoids E) lysosomes

56)

Melanin is produced only by __________. A) keratinocytes B) basal cells C) Langerhans cells D) melanocytes E) Merkel cells

57) A victim of an automobile accident goes into shock, which results in decreased blood flow. The victim's skin will

Version 1

17


A) become pale. B) have a reddish hue. C) develop a yellow tint. D) become bright red. E) not change color.

58)

The skin discoloration most likely to result from liver disease is __________. A) pallor B) erythema C) hematoma D) jaundice E) cyanosis

59) A cut bleeds, but does not penetrate to the subcutaneous layer. The deepest layer of skin penetrated was the_________blank. A) stratum spinosum B) stratum granulosum C) stratum basale D) stratum corneum E) papillary layer of the dermis

60)

Inflammation of the skin is called dermatitis or __________.

Version 1

18


A) psoriasis B) decubitus ulcer C) bullae D) vitiligo E) eczema

61) Stretch marks develop on the abdomen of pregnant women because of stretching and rupture of the __________. A) dermis B) epidermis C) melanocytes D) stratum corneum E) subcutaneous tissue

62)

Which of the following is an inflammatory condition of the skin? A) Melanoma B) Albinism C) Dermatitis D) Cyanosis E) All of the choices are correct.

63)

Which statement is true about the dermis?

Version 1

19


A) It contains no blood vessels. B) It functions as padding and insulation. C) It is divided into three distinct layers. D) It is responsible for most of the skin's structural strength. E) It does not contain connective tissue.

64) Vitamin C is essential for normal collagen synthesis. If a child suffered from a vitamin C deficiency, which layer of the skin would be most affected? A) Reticular layer of dermis B) Stratum corneum C) Stratum granulosum D) Epidermis E) Stratum basale

65)

Rupturing the dermis may cause __________ to develop. A) Moles B) Freckles C) Calluses D) Stretch marks E) Cleavage lines

66)

The dermal layer closest to the epidermis is the __________.

Version 1

20


A) stratum basale B) reticular layer C) papillary layer D) stratum lucidum E) subcutaneous tissue

67)

The main fibrous layer of the dermis is the __________. A) epidermis B) reticular layer C) papillary layer D) subcutaneous layer E) hypodermis

68)

Which of the following statements is true about the dermis and the subcutaneous tissue? A) The dermis has more adipocytes than the subcutaneous layer. B) The dermis is a more vascular tissue than the subcutaneous layer. C) The dermis is divided into two layers; the subcutaneous layer is not. D) The dermis contains melanocytes; the subcutaneous layer does not. E) Neither the dermis nor the subcutaneous layer contain collagen.

69)

If you accidentally cut your arm and see adipose tissue, which layer(s) was/were cut? A) Stratum corneum B) Stratum basale C) Dermis D) Subcutaneous layer E) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

21


70)

A subcutaneous injection delivers medication into the __________. A) epidermis B) dermis C) subcutaneous layer D) muscle E) joint

71)

What is the function of adipose tissue in the subcutaneous layer? A) It serves as a storage site for lipids, which can be used for energy. B) It helps to lower body temperature. C) It provides protection against infection. D) It is a sign of maturity since it is absent in infants. E) It creates mechanical connection between the dermis and the epidermis.

72)

Which of the following statements concerning the subcutaneous layer is false?

A) The subcutaneous layer can also be referred to as the hypodermis. B) The subcutaneous layer is composed of dense connective tissue with collagen and elastin fibers. C) The main cell types of the subcutaneous layer are fibroblasts, adipocytes, and macrophages. D) The subcutaneous layer attaches the skin to underlying bone and muscle. E) The subcutaneous layer is a site of lipid storage.

73)

The __________ is a major site of lipid storage in the body.

Version 1

22


A) epidermis B) reticular layer C) papillary layer D) dermis E) subcutaneous layer

74) Delicate unpigmented hairs that cover the fetus in early development are called __________ hairs. A) terminal B) primary C) lanugo D) vellus E) secondary

75) At birth the hairs of the scalp, eyelids, and eyebrows are replaced by coarser pigmented hairs called __________ hairs. A) terminal B) primary C) lanugo D) vellus E) pubic

76)

Which of the following statements concerning hair is true?

Version 1

23


A) In males, the hairs of the beard are vellus hairs. B) Both vellus and terminal hairs are pigmented. C) The majority of hair on the chest is vellus hair. D) At puberty, much of the vellus hair is replaced with terminal hair. E) Hair in the axillary region is vellus hair after puberty.

77)

The portion of a hair that protrudes above the surface of the skin is the __________. A) hair bulb B) hair root C) hair shaft D) hair follicle E) dermal papilla

78)

Which of the following statements concerning hair structure is true? A) Both the hair root and hair shaft contain living cells. B) Undamaged hair follicles can help regenerate damaged epithelium. C) The hair follicle has a hypodermal root sheath. D) The matrix forms the hair surface. E) The hair follicle is not associated with sebaceous glands.

79)

What determines hair length? A) The size of the hair bulb. B) The angle of the hair root. C) The rate of hair growth. D) The length of the resting stage. E) The age of the person.

Version 1

24


80)

Which statement about baldness is true? A) Baldness occurs only in men. B) Baldness is related to estrogen levels. C) Baldness is related to levels of growth hormone. D) Baldness is not genetic. E) Baldness is more common in men than in women.

81) All of the following statements concerning hair are true except one. Identify the exception. A) The growth rate of all types of hair is the same. B) Hair growth occurs in cycles, with growth and resting stages. C) In pattern baldness, those hair follicles present begin to produce vellus hair. D) Some loss of hair is normal and indicates old hairs are being pushed out by new hairs. E) Genetic factors and testosterone cause pattern baldness.

82)

The outer surface of the hair is called the __________. A) shaft B) cuticle C) hair bulb D) medulla E) root

83)

The central axis of the hair is the __________.

Version 1

25


A) shaft B) cuticle C) hair bulb D) medulla E) root

84)

An expanded knob at the base of the hair root is the __________. A) shaft B) cuticle C) hair bulb D) medulla E) root

85)

The portion of the hair below the surface of the skin is the __________. A) shaft B) cuticle C) hair bulb D) medulla E) root

86)

The portion of the hair that extends above the surface of the skin is the __________. A) shaft B) cuticle C) hair bulb D) medulla E) root

Version 1

26


87)

Which of the following hair colors is the result of a decrease in melanin? A) Black B) Brown C) Red D) White E) Auburn

88)

Lead poisoning can be detected by doing an analysis of __________. A) sweat B) skin folds C) nails D) hair E) skin

89) Bob was completely bald on the top of his head by the time he was 35 years of age. Bob noticed he produced abundant sweat on his head when he exercised. He also noticed that his scalp was no longer oily. Which of the following changes account for the observations? (1) He has fewer functional hair follicles now. (2) He has fewer functional sebaceous glands now. (3) He has fewer merocrine sweat glands now. (4) He has fewer apocrine sweat glands now. A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 1, 2, 3 C) 1, 2, 4 D) 1, 3, 4 E) 1, 2

Version 1

27


90)

What happens when the arrector pili muscles contract?

A) The body is able to lose heat. B) "Goose bumps" form on the skin. C) The hair on your arms and legs begins to curl. D) The sweat glands empty their contents onto the surface of the skin. E) Nothing. These muscles are vestigial, and when they contract, no change is noted on the skin surface.

91)

Which of the following statements concerning sebaceous glands is false?

A) Most sebaceous glands are connected by a duct to the upper portion of the hair follicle. B) Secretions from sebaceous glands provide protection against bacteria. C) Secretions from sebaceous glands oil the hair and skin. D) Sebaceous glands are an example of apocrine glands. E) Sebaceous secretions are lipid soluble.

92)

Which of the following can be a result of apocrine sweat gland activity? A) Production of cerumen B) Body odor C) Thicker skin D) Sweat on the palm of the hand E) Secretion of an oily substance

93)

Eccrine sweat glands do which of the following?

Version 1

28


A) Aid in cooling the body B) Serve as "anchors" for the arrector pili muscles C) Produce a secretion that oils the hair and skin D) Produce a secretion that protects the body from growth of bacteria E) Produce hormones after puberty

94)

Which of the following statements is true about sweat? A) It is a hypertonic fluid. B) It is produced by a merocrine or apocrine gland. C) It consists only of water. D) It reaches the body only through the hair follicles. E) It is not associated with emotions.

95)

Which of the following is not considered a type of skin gland? A) Sebaceous glands B) Salivary glands C) Ceruminous glands D) Mammary glands E) Sweat glands

96)

Body odor results from secretions from the __________ sweat glands. A) apocrine B) merocrine C) ceruminous D) sebaceous E) eccrine

Version 1

29


97)

Which of the following statements about nails is true? A) Their appearance can be valuable in medical diagnosis. B) They alternate between growing and resting stages. C) They grow from their free edges. D) They are part of the dermis. E) They are made of soft keratin.

98)

The nail root and the nail body attach to the __________. A) lunula B) nail bed C) nail groove D) hyponychium E) subcutaneous tissue

99)

The epidermal layer that is present in the nail bed and the nail matrix is the __________. A) stratum corneum B) stratum lucidum C) stratum basale D) stratum spinosum E) stratum granulosum

100)

Nail cells are produced by the __________.

Version 1

30


A) lunula B) cuticle C) nail body D) nail matrix E) nail groove

101)

The nail is composed of cells of the __________. A) stratum corneum B) stratum lucidum C) stratum basale D) stratum spinosum E) All of the choices are correct.

102)

The stratum corneum beneath the free edge of the nail is the __________. A) nail root B) nail body C) nail fold D) eponychium E) hyponychium

103)

The skin that covers the lateral and proximal edges of the nail is the __________. A) nail root B) nail body C) nail fold D) eponychium E) hyponychium

Version 1

31


104)

The proximal portion of the nail is the __________. A) nail root B) nail body C) nail fold D) eponychium E) hyponychium

105)

The distal portion of the nail is the __________. A) nail root B) nail body C) nail fold D) eponychium E) hyponychium

106)

Which term is synonymous with the cuticle of the nail? A) Nail root B) Nail body C) Nail fold D) Eponychium E) Hyponychium

107) One type of experimental contraceptive device is a skin patch that contains a chemical absorbed through the skin. Which of the following substances might be the type of chemical involved?

Version 1

32


A) Proteins B) Water-soluble substances C) Lipid-soluble substances D) Carbohydrates E) Amino acids

108)

Impetigo is caused by the bacterium __________. A) Propionibacterium B) Staphylococcus C) Streptococcus D) Herpes E) Luteus

109)

Ringworm is an infection of the skin, hair, and nails caused by a/an __________. A) bacterium B) virus C) parasite D) fungus E) inflammation

110)

Another name for a bedsore is __________. A) psoriasis B) decubitus ulcer C) bullae D) vitiligo E) eczema

Version 1

33


111)

How does intact skin provide protection? A) It forms a physical barrier against the entry of microbes. B) Its secretions keep the skin slightly alkaline. C) The skin contains components of the excretory system. D) The skin enhances water loss from the body. E) Macrophages roam in the epidermis.

112) By covering the whole body surface, the skin acts as a protective barrier and plays a role in __________. A) excretion B) immunity C) circulation D) respiration E) digestion

113)

An abrasion of the skin results in which of the following? A) Fluid retention by the kidney B) Increased melanin production C) Portal of entry for microorganisms D) Loss of cell regeneration ability E) Irreversible damage to the epidermis

114) Contraction of smooth muscle in the walls of the dermal blood vessels will cause which of the following?

Version 1

34


A) Dilation of blood vessels B) Conservation of body heat C) More blood entering into the heart D) A localized drop in body temperature E) Increased blood flow to the skin

115)

Increased body temperature causes which of the following? A) Sweating B) Constriction of arterioles in the dermis C) Contraction of arrector pili muscles D) Increased keratinization of the skin E) Increased melanin production

116)

Which of the following will help cool the body? A) Absorption of ultraviolet light rays by the skin B) Evaporation of sweat from the skin's surface C) Contraction of the arrector pili muscles D) Decreased blood flow to the skin E) Absorption of excess sweat

117) this?

On coming inside from the cold, students notice that their cheeks are red. What causes

Version 1

35


A) Constriction of the blood vessels in the epidermis of the cheeks B) Dilation of the blood vessels in the dermis of the cheeks C) Damage to the epidermis by the cold D) Constriction of the sweat glands in the cheeks E) Increased permeability of superficial vessels

118) By reducing body temperature during hot weather, skin helps to maintain_________blank. A) homeostasis B) body structure C) blood volume D) brain activity E) blood pH

119) Which vitamin begins its synthesis in the skin when the skin is exposed to ultraviolet light? A) Vitamin A B) Vitamin B C) Vitamin C D) Vitamin D E) Vitamin E

120)

Which of the following statements concerning vitamin D is false?

Version 1

36


A) Vitamin D begins its synthesis in the skin when the skin is exposed to ultraviolet light. B) Vitamin D causes the kidney to excrete calcium. C) Vitamin D is necessary for the uptake of calcium from the intestine. D) Vitamin D is necessary for the formation of bones and teeth. E) Vitamin D is important for calcium homeostasis.

121) People who live in Arctic regions often have limited exposure to ultraviolet light during the winter months, but do not suffer from vitamin D deficiency. What is one possible explanation for this? A) Extreme cold lowers the rate of vitamin D metabolism, so very little is needed in the winter. B) Enough vitamin D can be stored in the skin each summer to last for a year or more. C) They get enough vitamin D from their diet. D) Sunlight is not required for vitamin D formation. E) Excess vitamin C can be converted into vitamin D.

122)

A painful and blistered burn would be classified as which of the following? A) First degree B) Second degree C) Third degree D) Fourth degree E) Fifth degree

123)

Which of the following is NOT a type of burn?

Version 1

37


A) Primary burn B) Partial-thickness burn C) Second-degree burn D) Third-degree burn E) Full-thickness burn

124)

The amount of body area involved with a burn is determined by which of the following? A) The color of the skin surrounding the burned area B) The amount of pain C) The rule of nines D) The cause of the burn E) The ABCDE rule

125)

Which of the following is NOT a complication of a major burn? A) Local edema B) Shock C) Increased immunity D) Decreased heart pumping ability E) Venous thrombosis

126)

All of the following are complication of a major burnexcept_________blank. A) fever. B) electrolyte imbalance. C) hypermetabolic state. D) weight loss. E) decreased protein demand.

Version 1

38


127)

Which type of burn appears white or black with no immediate pain? A) First-degree B) Second-degree C) Third-degree D) Fourth-degree E) Partial-thickness

128)

Which type of burn involves damage to the epidermis, dermis, and subcutaneous tissue? A) First-degree B) Second-degree C) Partial-thickness D) Full-thickness E) Total-dermal-thickness

129)

A slight sunburn is an example of a __________ burn. A) first-degree B) second-degree C) third-degree D) fourth-degree E) partial-thickness

130)

Which of the following skin changes is usually associated with aging?

Version 1

39


A) Skin becomes thicker. B) There is an increase in the number of elastic fibers in the skin. C) Loss of subcutaneous tissue contributes to sagging of the skin. D) Localized increase in sebaceous glands leads to dry skin. E) The amount of collagen in the dermis increases.

131) With aging, individuals tend to feel colder and usually need the thermostat in their home set higher in the winter to feel warm enough. What might explain this? A) Decreased hot flashes at night B) Decreased melanin production C) Thinning of the subcutaneous layer D) Less blood flow to the skin E) Increased shedding of stratum corneum cells

132)

Acne is caused by_________blank. A) testosterone. B) sebum. C) abnormal keratinization of hair follicles. D) Propionibacterium. E) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

40


133)

The figure illustrates the layers of the epidermis. Which layer of the epidermis is "C"?

Version 1

41


A) Stratum spinosum B) Stratum corneum C) Stratum basale D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum granulosum

134)

The diagram illustrates accessory structures of the skin. What does "B" represent?

Version 1

42


A) Sebaceous gland B) Eccrine sweat gland C) Duct of eccrine sweat gland D) Sweat pore E) Hair follicle

135)

Melanin is found in which cells? A) Only melanocytes B) Both melanocytes and keratinocytes C) Only keratinocytes D) Both melanocytes and Langerhans cells

136)

Describe the movement of melanin in the skin. A) Melanin is transferred from melanocytes to keratinocytes. B) Melanocytes carry melanin with them as they migrate toward the skin surface. C) Melanin is transferred from keratinocytes to melanocytes. D) Melanin is transferred from melanocytes to Merkel cells.

137)

The vesicles that contain melanin are called __________. A) melanosomes B) melanocytes C) keratinocytes D) Golgi apparatus

138)

Describe the effect of exposure to UV rays on the skin.

Version 1

43


A) Decreased cancer risk B) Increased melanin synthesis C) Improved skin tone D) Increased vitamin B production

139) When the skin develops a reddish color due to a temporary increase in blood flow, the condition is called __________. A) erythema B) cyanosis C) jaundice D) albinism

140) A parent of a baby visits the pediatrician because the baby's skin is turning orange. Fortunately, the baby's lab tests indicate no abnormality. What could be causing the orange coloration? A) The baby was in the sun too long. B) The parent has been feeding the baby orange soda. C) The baby’s diet consists of mostly sweet potatoes and carrots. D) There is no logical explanation for this coloration change.

141)

Subcutaneous tissue contains of all of the following EXCEPT __________. A) collagen and elastin fibers B) macrophages C) loose connective tissue D) fibroblasts and adipocytes E) stratified squamous epithelial tissue

Version 1

44


142)

Contraction of the arrector pili does which of the following? A) It pulls the follicle into a more perpendicular position in relation to the skin surface. B) It pulls the follicle into a more oblique angle in relation to the skin surface. C) It does not affect the position of the hair relative to the epidermis.

143)

Name the layer from which fingernails and toenails are derived. A) Dermis B) Epidermis C) Subcutaneous tissue

144)

Fingernails are comprised of which of the following? A) Epithelial and collagen fibers produced in the dermis B) Thin, dead scaly cells C) Collagen deposited by the lunula and the matrix D) Proteins secreted by the nail groove from the matrix

145)

Which region of the nail contains the stratum basale layer? A) The matrix B) The free edge C) The hyponychium D) The cuticle

146)

Touch receptors are NOT located in which of the following skin areas?

Version 1

45


A) Papillary dermis B) Epidermis C) Reticular dermis D) Around the base of the hair follicle E) Within the hair shaft

147)

A burn classified as partial thickness could be which of the following? A) First or second degree B) Second or third degree C) Epidermal or dermal D) Thin or deep

148)

Which of the following is NOT an effect of aging on the skin? A) Thinner epidermis B) Reduction in collagen C) Loss of adipose from the subcutaneous tissue D) Increased sebaceous gland activity E) Reduction in elastin

149)

Which of the following is the most common form of skin cancer? A) Melanoma B) Basal cell carcinoma C) Squamous cell carcinoma D) Small cell carcinoma

150)

Which of the following people would have the greatest risk of developing skin cancer?

Version 1

46


A) A 31-year old dark-skinned male B) A 68-year old male with blond hair and blue eyes C) A 23-year old female with blond hair and hazel eyes D) A 55-year old male with brown hair and brown eyes

151) There are three unique strains of Propionibacterium acnes. Two strains are more prevalent in people with acne. However, one of these two strains appears not to be pathogenic to humans and is more prevalent in people with ‘clear’ skin. Additionally, the strain of P. acnes found in healthy skin kills invading bacteria, including the pathogenic P. acnes. Which of the following statements about the targeted removal of ‘bad’ P. acnes and addition of 'good' P. acnes is INCORRECT? A) After “bad” P. acnes is removed, the applications of "good" P. acnes should be able to grow and kill invasive bacteria. B) Once removed, the invading pathogenic P. acnes cannot regrow on the skin.

152) Some acne drugs include peroxides that increase ‘peeling’ or shedding of skin. The main side effects include drying of the skin, redness, rashes, bleaching and possible hair loss at contact areas. Do these drugs have an effect on sebum-production? A) Yes, the effect is on the dermis and the sebaceous glands are located there. B) No, the effect is on the epidermis and the sebaceous glands are located there. C) No, the effect is on the dermis and the sebaceous glands are located there. D) Yes, the effect is on the epidermis and the sebaceous glands are located there.

153) Which of the following statements explains why decubitus ulcers are of concern in elderly patients?

Version 1

47


A) Elderly individuals have higher amounts of collagen in the skin that increases the likelihood of bacterial infection. B) Elderly individuals have more fragile skin due to loss of collagen fibers in the dermis, increasing the likelihood of tissue damage. C) Elderly individuals are more likely to fall and experience abrasions due to loss of balance. D) Elderly individuals have increased sebum secretion that provides more nutrients to the bacteria that cause decubitus ulcers.

154)

Which of the following is an example of sensation function of the integumentary system?

A) Temperature receptors detecting a warm cloth placed on the skin B) The secretion of sweat to increase evaporative cooling when an individual's body temperature begins to rise C) The development of a callus due to continuous abrasion at a particular site on the epidermis D) The release of urea and uric acid in sweat

155) Which factors can be used to differentiate between eccrine sweat glands and apocrine sweat glands? A) Location in the body B) Substance secreted C) Life stage of function D) All of the choices are correct.

156)

Damage to which portion of a hair follicle will most affect hair growth?

Version 1

48


A) Hair shaft B) Dermal root sheath C) Hair bulb D) All of the choices are correct.

157)

Which of the following conditions may cause low active Vitamin D levels?

A) Melanin production has increased due to sun exposure, reducing Vitamin D activation. B) Liver dysfunction has reduced the conversion of cholecalciferol to the intermediate for calcitriol production. C) An increase in Vitamin D absorption at the intestines has overwhelmed the homeostasis of vitamin production at the kidneys.

158) A skin cell in the stratum granulosum has experienced a mutation that altered its ability to produce keratin. Should this be a health concern for the individual? A) No, because cells of the stratum granulosum are dying cells that do not reproduce, so the mutation will be isolated to the one cell. B) Yes, because cells of the stratum granulosum divide by mitosis to produce keratin to protect the skin. C) No, cells of the stratum granulosum only produce the waterproofing material in the skin. D) Yes, without normal cell function in the stratum granulosum, the skin will lose color due to lack of melanin production.

Version 1

49


159)

Version 1

50


159.1)

What does structure "A" represent on the diagram?

A) Hair follicle B) Arrector pili C) Epidermis and dermis D) Subcutaneous tissue E) Sebaceous gland

Version 1

51


159.2)

What does structure "B" represent on the diagram?

A) Hair follicle B) Arrector pili C) Epidermis and dermis D) Subcutaneous tissue E) Sebaceous gland

Version 1

52


159.3)

What does structure "C" represent on the diagram?

A) Hair follicle B) Arrector pili C) Epidermis and dermis D) Subcutaneous tissue E) Sebaceous gland

Version 1

53


159.4)

What does structure "D" represent on the diagram?

A) Hair follicle B) Arrector pili C) Epidermis and dermis D) Subcutaneous tissue E) Sebaceous gland

Version 1

54


159.5)

What does structure "E" represent on the diagram?

A) Hair follicle B) Arrector pili C) Epidermis and dermis D) Subcutaneous tissue E) Sebaceous gland

Version 1

55


160)

Version 1

56


Version 1

57


160.1) "A"?

Version 1

The figure illustrates the layers of the epidermis. Which layer of the epidermis is

58


Version 1

59


A) Stratum spinosum B) Stratum corneum C) Stratum basale D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum granulosum

Version 1

60


160.2) "B"?

Version 1

The figure illustrates the layers of the epidermis. Which layer of the epidermis is

61


.

Version 1

62


A) Stratum spinosum B) Stratum corneum C) Stratum basale D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum granulosum

Version 1

63


160.3) "D"?

Version 1

The figure illustrates the layers of the epidermis. Which layer of the epidermis is

64


Version 1

65


A) Stratum spinosum B) Stratum corneum C) Stratum basale D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum granulosum

Version 1

66


160.4) "E"?

Version 1

The figure illustrates the layers of the epidermis. Which layer of the epidermis is

67


Version 1

68


A) Stratum spinosum B) Stratum corneum C) Stratum basale D) Stratum lucidum E) Stratum granulosum

161)

Version 1

69


161.1)

The diagram illustrates accessory structures of the skin. What does "A" represent?

A) Sebaceous gland B) Eccrine sweat gland C) Duct of eccrine sweat gland D) Sweat pore E) Hair follicle

Version 1

70


161.2)

The diagram illustrates accessory structures of the skin. What does "C" represent?

A) Sebaceous gland B) Eccrine sweat gland C) Duct of eccrine sweat gland D) Sweat pore E) Hair follicle

Version 1

71


161.3)

The diagram illustrates accessory structures of the skin. What does "D" represent?

A) Sebaceous gland B) Eccrine sweat gland C) Duct of eccrine sweat gland D) Sweat pore E) Hair follicle

Version 1

72


161.4)

The diagram illustrates accessory structures of the skin. What does "E" represent?

A) Sebaceous gland B) Eccrine sweat gland C) Duct of eccrine sweat gland D) Sweat pore E) Hair follicle

162)

True or False? The subcutaneous tissue is part of the skin and the integumentary system. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

73


163) True or False? The acne-associated bacterium Propionibacterium acnes are found in sebum-rich areas of the skin, such as the arms, palms, and axillary regions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

164) Scientists, studying skin microbes, have identified three unique strains of the bacterium P. acnes., all of which are found on the skin. These bacteria break down lipids, resulting in a low skin pH. This low pH is alkaline in nature and makes the environment unfavorable to invading bacteria. ⊚ true ⊚ false

165) True or False? Papercuts do not bleed because the cuts do not damaged the durable blood vessels of the stratum spinosum. ⊚ ⊚

true false

166) True or False? Sun exposure increases the production of keratin by skin cells, resulting in an orange hue to the skin. ⊚ ⊚

true false

167) True or False? A mutation that alters collagen production could render the dermis less effective at maintaining the strength of the skin. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

74


Version 1

75


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 05_13e_ VanPutte 1) [B, C, D] 2) [A, C, D, E] 3) [E] 4) [B, D] 5) [A, B, C] 6) [A, C, D, E] 7) [A, B] 8) [A, B, D, E, G, H] 9) [B, C, F, G] 10) [A, B, D, E] 11) D 12) C 13) B 14) A 15) A 16) D 17) C 18) D 19) B 20) C 21) E 22) B 23) D 24) C 25) B 26) A Version 1

76


27) A 28) D 29) A 30) B 31) C 32) D 33) A 34) E 35) B 36) E 37) A 38) B 39) B 40) D 41) D 42) C 43) E 44) A 45) E 46) C 47) A 48) C 49) B 50) C 51) D 52) D 53) D 54) B 55) A 56) D Version 1

77


57) A 58) D 59) E 60) E 61) A 62) C 63) D 64) A 65) D 66) C 67) B 68) C 69) E 70) C 71) A 72) B 73) E 74) C 75) A 76) D 77) C 78) B 79) C 80) E 81) A 82) B 83) D 84) C 85) E 86) A Version 1

78


87) D 88) D 89) E 90) B 91) D 92) B 93) A 94) B 95) B 96) A 97) A 98) B 99) C 100) D 101) A 102) E 103) C 104) A 105) B 106) D 107) C 108) B 109) D 110) B 111) A 112) B 113) C 114) B 115) A 116) B Version 1

79


117) B 118) A 119) D 120) B 121) C 122) B 123) A 124) C 125) C 126) E 127) C 128) D 129) A 130) C 131) C 132) E 133) E 134) A 135) B 136) A 137) A 138) B 139) A 140) C 141) E 142) A 143) B 144) B 145) A 146) E Version 1

80


147) A 148) D 149) B 150) B 151) B 152) A 153) B 154) A 155) D 156) C 157) B 158) A 159) Section Break 159.1) E 159.2) C 159.3) D 159.4) B 159.5) A 160) Section Break 160.1) B 160.2) D 160.3) A 160.4) C 161) Section Break 161.1) D 161.2) B 161.3) C 161.4) E 162) FALSE 163) FALSE Version 1

81


164) FALSE 165) FALSE 166) FALSE 167) TRUE

Version 1

82


CHAPTER 6 1)

Identify the components of the skeletal system. (Check all that apply.) A) Bones B) Cartilage C) Ligaments D) Muscles E) Tendons

2)

Select the functions of the skeletal system. (Check all that apply.) A) Production of blood cells and platelets B) Protection of internal organs C) Storage of glycogen D) Storage of minerals

3)

Which of the following is true of the condition osteomyelitis? (Check all that apply.)

A) It is caused by the normal skin bacterium, Staphylococcus aureus. B) The condition involves inflammation of the bone, which is stimulated by osteoblasts releasing the chemical RANKL. C) Osteoclasts are inhibited by the bacterium that causes the condition. D) Prognosis for those affected is poor, even with excellent medical care.

4)

A band of connective tissue that attaches a muscle to a bone is a/an __________.

Version 1

1


A) aponeurosis B) ligament C) bursa D) epimysium E) tendon

5)

Ligaments attach A) muscle to muscle. B) bone to bone. C) muscle to bone. D) nerve to bone. E) nerve to muscle.

6)

Important functions of the skeletal system include A) protection of the brain and soft organs. B) storage of water. C) production of Vitamin E. D) regulation of acid-base balance. E) integration of other systems.

7)

Which of the following is NOT a function of bone? A) Support B) Movement C) Immunity D) Calcium storage E) Blood cell formation

Version 1

2


8)

Chondroblasts produce A) ligaments. B) cartilage matrix. C) bone tissue. D) blood cells. E) synovial fluid.

9)

The connective tissue sheath of cartilage is called the __________. A) matrix B) chondrocyte C) ligamentous cord D) lacuna E) perichondrium

10)

The type of cartilage associated with bone function and development is __________. A) elastic cartilage B) fibrocartilage C) hyaline cartilage D) interstitial cartilage E) osteocartilage

11)

Cartilage

Version 1

3


A) is composed of osteons. B) is surrounded by a membrane called the periosteum. C) contains chondrocytes located in lacunae. D) does not need nutrients and oxygen, so it has no blood vessels. E) is well vascularized.

12)

A connective tissue sheath around cartilage is the __________. A) endosteum B) perichondrium C) periosteum D) epiphyseal line E) ligament

13)

Proteoglycan molecules in the matrix of cartilage A) replace collagen fibers in the matrix. B) give cartilage its resilient nature. C) fill the lacunae. D) make the perichondrium very stretchable. E) make cartilage hard and compact.

14) Which of the following matrix molecules in cartilage tends to trap large quantities of water?

Version 1

4


A) Collagen B) Proteoglycan C) Hyaluronic acid D) Elastin E) Chondrocytes

15)

In appositional growth of cartilage, A) chondroblasts within the tissue proliferate and add more matrix from the inside. B) new chondrocytes and new matrix are added on the outside of the tissue. C) osteoblasts replace the chondroblasts. D) the tissue becomes vascularized in order to grow. E) the cartilage is replaced with another kind of connective tissue.

16)

Collagen and calcium hydroxyapatite are the primary constituents of __________. A) bone matrix B) hyaline cartilage C) fibrocartilage D) ligaments E) blood

17) The compression (weight-bearing) strength of bone matrix is due to the presence of __________.

Version 1

5


A) elastin fibers B) collagenase C) hydroxyapatite crystals D) collagen fibers E) bone marrow

18)

Osteogenesis imperfecta can be caused by abnormally formed __________. A) proteoglycans B) hydroxyapatite C) calcium D) collagen E) osteoblasts

19)

Rickets is A) bone inflammation that often results from bacterial infection. B) a disease in adults, especially women, characterized by a reduced amount of bone

matrix. C) a disease in adults characterized by softening of bones resulting from calcium depletion. D) a disease in children characterized by soft, bowed, and swollen bones. E) a group of genetic disorders producing very brittle bones that are easily fractured; this occurs because of insufficient collagen development.

20)

Brittle bone disorder is another name for __________.

Version 1

6


A) osteoporosis B) osteogenesis imperfecta C) osteomalacia D) scurvy E) osteomyelitis

21)

Which of the following occurs in the formation of mineralized bone matrix? A) Hydrogen ions form an acid environment in bone matrix. B) Osteoblasts form collagen and proteoglycans. C) The protein components of bone matrix are digested. D) Ca2+ isactively transported from bone matrix to the blood. E) Blood calcium is elevated.

22)

The primary mineral in bone is __________. A) sodium B) oxygen C) calcium D) potassium E) iron

23)

The proportion of collagen to hydroxyapatite in bone determines the A) thickness of the bone. B) length of the bone. C) strength of the bone. D) ability of the bone to heal. E) growth rate of bone.

Version 1

7


24) The cell type that is responsible for maintaining bone once it has been formed is the __________. A) osteoclast B) osteoblast C) chondrocyte D) osteocyte E) chondroblast

25)

Which of the following cell types is responsible for breaking down bone matrix? A) Chondroclast B) Osteoclast C) Chondroblast D) Fibroblast E) Osteocyte

26)

Which of the following are the maintenance cells in bone tissue? A) Osteocytes B) Osteoblasts C) Osteoclasts D) Chondrocytes E) Osteochondral progenitor cells

27)

The primary function of osteoblasts is to

Version 1

8


A) prevent osteocytes from forming. B) resorb bone along the epiphyseal plate. C) inhibit the growth of bone. D) stimulate bone growth. E) lay down bone matrix.

28)

Which of the following is correctly matched? A) Osteocyte - functions in bone remodeling B) Osteoclast - responsible for reabsorption C) Osteoblast - breaks down bone tissue D) Endosteum - lines central canal of the osteon E) Periosteum - lines the medullary cavity

29)

Which type of bone cell incorporates calcium and phosphate ions into bone tissue? A) Osteochondral progenitor cell B) Osteoblast C) Osteocyte D) Osteoclast

30) Which type of bone cell combines hydroxyapatite and collagen to form extracellular bone matrix? A) Osteochondral progenitor cell B) Osteoblast C) Osteocyte D) Osteoclast

Version 1

9


31)

Which type of bone cell gives rise to osteoblasts? A) Osteochondral progenitor cell B) Osteoblast C) Osteocyte D) Osteoclast

32)

Which type of bone cell has a ruffled border and secretes acids? A) Osteochondral progenitor cell B) Osteoblast C) Osteocyte D) Osteoclast

33)

Which type of bone cell is a large cell that forms from fusion of several precursor cells? A) Osteochondral progenitor cell B) Osteoblast C) Osteocyte D) Osteoclast

34)

Which type of bone cell possesses extensive ER and ribosomes? A) Osteochondral progenitor cell B) Osteoblast C) Osteocyte D) Osteoclast

Version 1

10


35)

Which type of bone cell lies in a lacuna? A) Osteochondral progenitor cell B) Osteoblast C) Osteocyte D) Osteoclast

36)

Which type of bone cell has processes that lie in canaliculi? A) Osteochondral progenitor cell B) Osteoblast C) Osteocyte D) Osteoclast

37)

Which of the following is associated with osteoclast reabsorption of bone? A) Hydrogen ions form an acid environment in bone matrix. B) Osteoblasts form collagen and proteoglycans. C) The proteincomponents of bone matrix are synthesized. D) Calcium ions are actively transported from blood to bone matrix. E) Blood calcium is decreased.

38)

Osteoclasts have projections called __________ that cause bone reabsorption.

Version 1

11


A) canaliculi B) lacunae C) ruffled borders D) lamellae E) crossroads

39)

The stem cells of osteoblasts and chondroblasts are __________. A) osteocytes B) osteoclasts C) chondrocytes D) the same cells that give rise to monocytes E) osteochondral progenitor cells

40)

The stem cells of osteoclasts are __________. A) osteocytes B) osteoclasts C) chondrocytes D) the same cells that give rise to monocytes E) osteochondral progenitor cells

41)

Lamellar bone A) has its collagen fibers randomly oriented. B) has a porous appearance. C) is organized intothin sheets of tissue. D) is very light in weight. E) is not easily restructured.

Version 1

12


42)

Woven bone A) has its collagen fibers randomly oriented. B) has a porous appearance. C) is organized into thin sheets of tissue. D) is very light in weight. E) is not easily restructured.

43)

Spongy bone tissue A) is very dense. B) contains concentric lamellae. C) contains interconnecting plates called trabeculae. D) has many spaces and lacks osteocytes. E) is the primary component of compact bone.

44)

Osteons or haversian systems A) are found in spongy bone tissue. B) lack concentric lamellae. C) are the basic units in compact bone tissue. D) do not contain osteocytes. E) are avascular.

45)

A passageway connecting neighboring osteocytes in an osteon is a __________.

Version 1

13


A) central canal B) lamella C) canaliculus D) lacuna E) osteocanal

46)

The type of lamellae found in osteons (Haversian systems) is_________blank. A) circumferential B) concentric C) interstitial D) appositional E) oppositional

47)

You would look for concentric lamellae A) around the central canal of an osteon. B) in between osteons. C) on the outer surface of compact bone tissues. D) as components of the cartilage. E) in the bone marrow.

48)

The type of lamellae found between osteons (haversian systems) is __________. A) circumferential B) concentric C) interstitial D) appositional E) oppositional

Version 1

14


49)

The type of lamellae that forms the outside surface of compact bone is __________. A) circumferential B) concentric C) interstitial D) appositional E) oppositional

50)

Small channels extending through the bone matrix are __________. A) lamellae B) lacunae C) canaliculi D) periosteum E) trabeculae

51)

Interconnecting rods of bone are ___________. A) lamellae B) lacunae C) canaliculi D) periosteum E) trabeculae

52)

Thin sheets of bone matrix are __________.

Version 1

15


A) lamellae B) lacunae C) canaliculi D) periosteum E) trabeculae

53)

The covering of the outer surface of bone is the __________. A) lamellae B) lacunae C) canaliculi D) periosteum E) trabeculae

54)

Spaces in the bone matrix that are occupied by osteocytes are __________. A) lamellae B) lacunae C) periosteum D) trabeculae

55) __________ run perpendicular to the long axis of the bone and contain blood vessels that carry blood from the medullary cavity and periosteum to the osteon. A) Haversian canals B) Perforating canals C) Lamellar canals D) Osteochondral canals E) Canaliculi

Version 1

16


56)

In which type of bone tissue are osteons present? A) Spongy bone B) Compact bone C) Both "spongy bone" and "compact bone" are correct.

57)

In which type of bone tissue are trabeculae present? A) Spongy bone B) Compact bone C) Both "spongy bone" and "compact bone" are correct.

58)

Which type of bone tissue is considered dense bone? A) Spongy bone B) Compact bone C) Both "spongy bone" and "compact bone" are correct.

59)

In which type of bone tissue are osteoblasts and osteoclasts present? A) Spongy bone B) Compact bone C) Both "spongy bone" and "compact bone" are correct.

60)

Which type of bone tissue has concentric lamellae?

Version 1

17


A) Spongy bone B) Compact bone C) Both "spongy bone" and "compact bone" are correct.

61)

Which type of bone tissue appears porous? A) Spongy bone B) Compact bone C) Both "spongy bone" and "compact bone" are correct.

62)

Canaliculi are found in this type of bone tissue. A) Spongy bone B) Compact bone C) Both "spongy bone" and "compact bone" are correct.

63)

Which of the following correctly matches the bone type with an example? A) Short bone - carpal bone B) Long bone - vertebra C) Irregular bone - femur D) Flat bone - phalanges of the toes E) Short bone - humerus

64)

An example of a long bone would be __________.

Version 1

18


A) the sternum B) a rib C) a carpal bone D) the tibia E) the clavicle

65) An x-ray determines that a patient has fractured the shaft of the humerus. The break is in the_________blank of the bone. A) epiphysis B) epiphyseal line C) diaphysis D) growth plate E) articular surface

66)

Which of the following membranes covers the surface of a mature bone? A) Perimysium B) Perichondrium C) Peritendineum D) Peritoneum E) Periosteum

67) Some marrow of long bones is termed "yellow" marrow under normal conditions. The function of yellow marrow is to

Version 1

19


A) manufacture blood cells. B) manufacture tissue cells for the skin. C) store adipose tissue. D) store bone-forming cells. E) make vitamin D.

68)

Some marrow of long bones is termed "red" marrow. The function of red marrow is to A) manufacture blood cells. B) manufacture tissue cells for the skin. C) store adipose tissue. D) store bone-forming cells. E) make vitamin D.

69)

What is the membrane that lines the medullary cavity? A) Epiphysis B) Fibers C) Growth plate D) Medullary cavity E) Endosteum

70)

What is the area where marrow is located? A) Periosteum B) Sharpeyfibers C) Growth plate D) Medullary cavity E) Endosteum

Version 1

20


71)

What is the site of longitudinal growth in long bones? A) Epiphysis B) Sharpey's fibers C) Epiphyseal plate D) Medullary cavity E) Endosteum

72)

What strengthens the attachment of the tendons or ligaments to bone? A) Epiphysis B) Sharpey fibers C) Growth plate D) Medullary cavity E) Endosteum

73)

What is the end of a long bone? A) Epiphysis B) Sharpey's fibers C) Growth plate D) Medullary cavity E) Endosteum

74)

The medullary cavity is

Version 1

21


A) empty in adult bones. B) the site where osteoblasts are found. C) lined withendosteum. D) filled with fibrocartilage and elastin fibers. E) dead space in the bone.

75) These collagen fibers help to connect ligaments and tendons to the periosteum of the bone. A) Endosteal fibers B) Sharpey fibers C) Golgi fibers D) Haversian fibers E) Purkinje fibers

76)

Which type of tissue covers the ends of long bones? A) Articular cartilage B) Periosteum C) Elastic cartilage D) Spongy bone E) Fibrocartilage

77)

Some flat and irregular bones of the skull have air-filled spaces called __________.

Version 1

22


A) epiphyseal spaces B) medullary cavities C) lacunae D) sinuses E) trabeculae

78)

The flat bones of the skull develop from __________. A) hyaline cartilage B) areolar tissue C) compact bone D) fibrous connective tissue E) fibrocartilage

79)

Intramembranous ossification A) forms the bones of the roof of the skull. B) is the process that produces most of the skeletal system. C) occurs when bones develop from cartilage models. D) occurs when osteoblasts invade the spaces left by dying cartilage cells. E) occurs on the outer surface of the membrane.

80)

Which of the following events occurs last in intramembranous ossification? A) Osteoprogenitor cells become osteoblasts. B) A membrane of delicate collagen fibers develops. C) Spongy bone is formed. D) Periosteum is formed. E) Many tiny trabeculae of woven bone develop.

Version 1

23


81)

The locations where ossification begin in intramembranous ossification are known as A) secondary ossification centers. B) membranous ossification centers. C) centers of ossification. D) medullary cavity ossification centers. E) epiphyseal ossification centers.

82)

The spaces between developing skull bones that have not ossified are called __________. A) epiphyseal plates B) articular cartilages C) fontanels D) bone collars E) medullary cavities

83) The processes of intramembranous and endochondral ossification are similar in several respects. Which of the following statements applies to both intramembranous ossification and endochondral ossification? A) Both processesform woven bone. B) Both processes require a precursor of connective tissue membranes. C) In both processes, bone replaces cartilage. D) Both only form flat bones. E) Chondrocytes participate in both processes.

84)

Ossification that involves replacing cartilage with bone is __________.

Version 1

24


A) intramembranous B) endochondral C) interstitial D) appositional E) osteomalacia

85) Arrange the following events of endochondral ossification in the proper sequence: (1) Cartilage matrix is calcified and chondrocytes die. (2) Chondrocytes hypertrophy. (3) Cartilage model is formed. (4) Osteoblasts deposit bone on the surface of the calcified cartilage of the primary ossification center. (5) Blood vessels from the periosteum invade calcified cartilage bringing in osteoblasts and osteoclasts. A) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4 B) 3, 2, 5, 4, 1 C) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4 D) 3, 5, 2, 4, 1 E) 1, 3, 4, 5, 2

86)

Which of the following events of endochondral ossification occurs last? A) Blood vessels grow into the primary ossification center. B) Cartilage is calcified in the cartilage model. C) A cartilage model is formed by chondroblasts. D) Osteoblasts produce trabeculae and lamellae on the surface of calcified cartilage. E) Secondary ossification centers appear in the epiphyses.

87)

Osteoblasts involved in bone growth in length come primarily from

Version 1

25


A) chondrocytes. B) endothelium of blood vessels. C) osteocytes. D) periosteum. E) connective tissue surrounding blood vessels of the endosteum.

88)

Which of the following statements about bone growth is TRUE? A) Most growth in long bones results from interstitial growth. B) Appositional bone growth results in increased bone length. C) Endochondral growth in long bones occurs at the epiphyseal plate. D) In the epiphyseal plate, osteoblasts degenerate to form chondrocytes. E) Bones cannot grow by appositional growth.

89)

The sequence of events that produces growth at the epiphyseal plate is A) hypertrophy, proliferation, calcification, ossification, and remodeling. B) proliferation, hypertrophy, cell death, calcification, ossification, and remodeling. C) hypertrophy, calcification, proliferation, cell death, ossification, and remodeling. D) calcification, hypertrophy, proliferation, ossification, cell death, and remodeling. E) proliferation, hypertrophy, calcification, cell death, ossification, and remodeling.

90)

Appositional growth deposits a new layer of bone tissue A) on the surface of the bone. B) in the epiphyseal plate of long bones. C) in the secondary ossification center of the epiphyses. D) in interstitial areas. E) on spongy bone, but not compact bone.

Version 1

26


91)

If an x-ray shows a black area in the region of the epiphyseal plate, A) the bone is fractured. B) growth of the bone is complete. C) marrow is forming in the spongy bone. D) the epiphyseal plate has not completely ossified. E) the cartilage is absent.

92)

Long bones grow in length at the __________. A) epiphyseal plate B) articular cartilage C) center of the shaft D) endosteum-periosteum junction E) center of the epiphysis

93)

The longitudinal growth of long bones ceases when A) chondroblasts take over mitosis of osteoblasts. B) the epiphyseal plate is completely replaced with bone tissue. C) the epiphysis becomes separated from the diaphysis. D) the bone marrow forms. E) the periosteum is completed.

94)

Increase in epiphysis size is the result of bone growth at the __________.

Version 1

27


A) articular cartilage B) joint cavity C) perichondrium D) epiphyseal plate E) diaphysis

95)

Bone growth at the articular cartilage is responsible for bone growth of __________. A) short bones B) long bones C) flat bones D) irregular bones E) only the cartilage

96) When blood vessels become surrounded by concentric lamella forming osteons, the bone will grow in __________. A) length B) diameter C) the epiphyseal plate D) the articular cartilage E) All of the choices are correct.

97) Normal bone growth requires adequate amounts of certain substance from the diet. Which of the following list three of the dietary needs for normal bone growth?

Version 1

28


A) Sodium, calcium, and vitamin E B) Potassium, calcium, and vitamin D C) Calcium, phosphate, and vitamin D D) Vitamin D, phosphate, and chloride E) Vitamin E, vitamin B, and vitamin A

98)

Which of the following substance is mismatched with its role in the body? A) Vitamin D - aids calcium absorption B) Vitamin C - necessary for collagen synthesis C) Vitamin D - obtained by synthesis or ingestion D) Sex hormones - cause spurt of growth at puberty E) Parathyroid hormone - increases calcium loss in the kidneys

99)

The growth spurt seen in puberty is triggered by __________. A) parathyroid hormone B) sex hormones C) growth hormone D) thyroid hormone E) calcitonin

100) A young boy (10 years old) exhibited the following symptoms: advanced development of secondary sexual characteristics and rapid growth. Which of the following likely caused his condition?

Version 1

29


A) Hypersecretion of growth hormone B) Hypersecretion of testosterone C) Hypersecretion of estrogen D) Hyposecretion of estrogen E) Hypersecretion of vitamin D

101) A twelve-year old girl has not yet experienced a bone growth spurt. Which particular chemicals must her body produce before this can occur? A) Growth hormone B) Sex hormones C) Parathyroid hormone D) Calcitonin E) Vitamin D

102) A boy grew rapidly and reached a height of 6'2" by the time he was 13. He had normal body proportions and sexual development but had below normal mental cognition. Which of the following likely caused his condition? A) An adrenal tumor that secretes androgens B) Hypersecretion of testosterone C) Elevated vitamin D synthesis D) Hypersecretion of growth hormone E) Hyposecretion of growth hormone

103)

Which chemical stimulates interstitial cartilage and appositional bone growth?

Version 1

30


A) Growth hormone B) Sex hormones C) Parathyroid hormone D) Calcitonin E) Vitamin D

104) Which chemical, ingested or synthesized by the body, is necessary for calcium absorption from the intestines? A) Growth hormone B) Sex hormones C) Parathyroid hormone D) Calcitonin E) Vitamin D

105)

Which of the following statements about bone remodeling and repair is correct? A) Bone remodeling involves removal of old bone by osteoblasts. B) As a long bone increases in diameter, the size of the marrow cavity decreases. C) The rate of bone remodeling increases in the elderly. D) Exposure of a bone to increased mechanical stress can lead to bone remodeling. E) Bone remodeling does not involve the activity of the osteoclasts and the osteoblasts.

106)

The remodeling of bone tissue is a function of

Version 1

31


A) osteoblast and osteoclast activity. B) osteoclast and osteocyte activity. C) chondroblast and osteoclast activity. D) chondrocyte and osteocyte activity. E) fibroblast and chondroblast activity.

107)

Bone remodeling may occur A) as bones grow. B) as bones adjust to stress. C) as fractures heal. D) constantly during a person's lifetime. E) All of the choices are correct.

108)

Osteoclasts are most active in the_________blank of a growing bone. A) epiphysis B) epiphyseal plate C) medullary cavity D) articular cartilage E) perichondrium

109)

The proper sequence of events in bone repair is A) callus formation, hematoma formation, callus ossification, remodeling of bone. B) remodeling of bone, callus ossification, hematoma formation, callus formation. C) hematoma formation, callus formation, callus ossification, remodeling of bone. D) callus ossification, callus formation, remodeling of bone, hematoma formation. E) hematoma formation, callus ossification, callus formation, remodeling of bone.

Version 1

32


110)

Which structure forms between the ends of a broken bone as well as the marrow cavity? A) Hematoma B) Internal callus C) External callus D) Compact bone

111)

An incomplete bone fracture generally found in children is a/an __________. A) complicated fracture B) hairline fracture C) spiral fracture D) avulsion fracture E) greenstick fracture

112) Miguel fell out of a tree and broke his fall by putting his arm out, fracturing his radius and ulna. The bones were still aligned at the fracture site. Which specific type of bone fracture is Miguel most likely to have? A) Stress fracture fracture B) Nondisplaced fracture C) Spiral fracture D) Avulsion fracture E) None of the choices are correct.

113)

A fracture that has not penetrated the skin is a/an _________blank fracture.

Version 1

33


A) open B) closed C) displaced D) composite E) irregular

114) A bone fracture in which the two bone sections do not separate is a/an __________ fracture. A) open B) closed C) avulsion D) complete E) nondisplaced

115) The collar that forms around the opposing ends of bone fragments is called a/an __________. A) osteon B) external callus C) hematoma D) epiphysis E) internal callus

116) When a fracture begins to heal, one type of bone cell moves into the fracture site and tears down the damaged bone tissue. Which of the following does this?

Version 1

34


A) Osteoclasts B) Osteoblasts C) Osteons D) Matrix cells E) Osteocytes

117)

Low blood calcium levels cause which of the following? A) Increased osteoclast activity B) Increased calcitonin secretion C) Reduced calcium absorption D) Increased production of bone tissue E) Increased osteoblast activity

118) An older man has been diagnosed with osteoporosis, and his blood calcium levels are above normal. Cancer cells that oversecrete_________blank may be causing his symptoms. A) vitamin D B) parathyroid hormone C) calcitonin D) thyroid hormone E) growth hormone

119)

Osteoclast activity is increased by __________.

Version 1

35


A) parathyroid hormone B) vitamin D C) calcitonin D) growth hormone E) vitamin C

120)

Osteoclast activity decreases when_________blank levels are elevated. A) parathyroid hormone B) vitamin D C) calcitonin D) growth hormone E) vitamin C

121)

Which of the following statements regarding calcium homeostasis is true? A) Parathyroid hormone inhibits osteoclast activity. B) When blood calcium levels are too low, osteoclast activity increases. C) Increased osteoblast activity increases blood calcium levels. D) Parathyroid hormone increases calcium loss from the kidney. E) Calcitonin elevates blood calcium levels.

122)

Parathyroid hormone (PTH) causes A) increased RANKL and increased OPG. B) increased RANKL and decreased OPG. C) decreased RANKL and increased OPG. D) decreased RANKL and decreased OPG. E) PTH has no effect on RANKL and OPG.

Version 1

36


123)

Which of the following is NOT a direct effect of parathyroid hormone (PTH)? A) Increased Ca2+ uptake by the small intestine B) Increased vitamin D formation in the kidneys C) Increased Ca2+ reabsorption by the kidneys D) Decreased Ca2+ loss by the kidneys E) All of the choices are direct effects of PTH.

124)

Which of the following statements regarding PTH (parathyroid hormone) is true? A) PTH causesdecreased uptake of Ca2+ from the small intestine. B) PTH causes decreased vitamin D formation in the kidneys. C) PTH causesincreased reabsorption of Ca2+ in the kidneys. D) PTH causesincreased loss of Ca2+ from the kidneys. E) PTH causesincreased Na+ reabsorption in the kidneys.

125)

Calcitonin A) decreases osteoblast activity. B) decreases osteocyte activity. C) decreases osteochondral progenitor cell activity. D) is associated with decreased osteoclast activity. E) has no effect on bone cells.

126) Sally has elevated blood calcium levels. Which substance would you expect to find in high levels in response to this condition?

Version 1

37


A) Growth hormone B) Sex hormones C) Parathyroid hormone D) Calcitonin E) Vitamin D

127)

Which substance causes an increase in the blood calcium level? A) Growth hormone B) Sex hormones C) Parathyroid hormone D) Calcitonin E) Vitamin D

128)

One effect of aging on the skeletal system is A) decreased bone matrix. B) increased bone density. C) decreased collagen fibers. D) increased elastic fibers. E) Both "decreased bone matrix" and "decreased collagen fibers" are correct.

129) The most common bone disease is osteoporosis. The most common consequence of this disease is

Version 1

38


A) fractures. B) bone thickening. C) luxations and subluxations. D) fusion of bones. E) remodeling of bone.

130)

Osteomyelitis is A) bone inflammation that often results from bacterial infection. B) a disease in adults, especially women, characterized by a reduced amount of bone

matrix. C) a disease in adults characterized by softening of bones resulting from calcium depletion. D) a disease in children characterized by soft, bowed, and swollen bones. E) a group of genetic disorders producing very brittle bones that are easily fractured; occurs because of insufficient collagen development.

131)

Osteomalacia is A) bone inflammation that often results from bacterial infection. B) a disease in adults, especially women, characterized by a reduced amount of bone

matrix. C) a disease in adults characterized by softening of bones resulting from calcium depletion. D) a disease in children characterized by soft, bowed, and swollen bones. E) a group of genetic disorders producing very brittle bones that are easily fractured; this occurs because of insufficient collagen development.

132)

Osteoporosis is

Version 1

39


A) bone inflammation that often results from bacterial infection. B) a disease in adults, especially women, characterized by a reduced amount of bone matrix. C) a disease in adults characterized by softening of bones resulting from calcium depletion. D) a disease in children characterized by soft, bowed, and swollen bones. E) a group of genetic disorders producing very brittle bones that are easily fractured; this occurs because of insufficient collagen development.

133)

How does the muscular system contribute to osteoporosis? A) It is impacted by inadequate amounts of calcium and vitamin D in the diet. B) Lack of exercise reduces muscle stress on bone. C) Pain following injury helps prevent further injury. D) Blood clotting starts repair process. E) Calcitonin is used to treat osteoporosis.

134)

Which of the following is an example of how the endocrine system affects osteoporosis? A) It is impacted by inadequate amounts of calcium and vitamin D in the diet. B) Lack of exercise reduces muscle stress on bone. C) Pain following injury helps prevent further injury. D) Blood clotting starts repair process. E) Calcitonin is used to treat osteoporosis.

135)

How does the digestive system contribute to osteoporosis?

Version 1

40


A) It is impacted by inadequate amounts of calcium and vitamin D in the diet. B) Lack of exercise reduces muscle stress on bone. C) Pain following injury helps prevent further injury. D) Blood clotting starts repair process. E) Calcitonin is used to treat osteoporosis.

136) Which of the following is an example of how the cardiovascular system works to counteract the effects of osteoporosis? A) Improve the absorption of calcium and vitamin D in the diet. B) Increase exercise to increase muscle stress on bone. C) Reduce pain following injury. D) Blood clotting starts repair process. E) Calcitonin is used to treat osteoporosis.

137) How does the nervous system contribute to homeostasis in individuals suffering from osteoporosis? A) Address inadequate amounts of calcium and vitamin D in the diet. B) Stimulate exercise to reduce muscle stress on bone. C) The sense of pain following injury helps prevent further injury. D) Inhibit blood clotting to halt the repair process. E) Reduce calcitonin secretion.

138) Which of the following involves respiratory system activity that contributes to osteoporosis?

Version 1

41


A) Lack of oxygen reduces vitamin D production and decreases calcium absorption. B) Mucosal cells of the respiratory tract release chemicals that inhibit tissue repair. C) Excessive smoking lowers estrogen levels, which increases bone loss. D) Calcium ions released from the bones are excreted through exhaled air. E) Decreased oxygen levels contribute to the disease.

139)

How does the reproductive system contribute to osteoporosis?

A) Lack of sex hormone production reduces vitamin D production and decreases calcium absorption. B) Immune cells decrease in number after puberty and reduce bone repair. C) Excessive smoking lowers estrogen levels, which increases bone loss. D) Calcium ions released from the bones are necessary for gamete production. E) Decreased estrogen levels following menopause contribute to the disease.

140)

How do the lymphatic and immune systems contribute to osteoporosis? A) Macrophages in the skin destroy the precursor to vitamin D. B) Immune cells resist infections and release chemicals that promote tissue repair. C) Excessive smoking stimulate immune cells to attack bones, which increases bone loss. D) Calcium ions are excreted by immune cells at the lymph nodes. E) Decreased estrogen levels following a viral infection contribute to the disease.

141)

How does the integumentary system contribute to osteoporosis?

Version 1

42


A) Lack of exposure to sunlight reduces vitamin D production and decreases calcium absorption. B) Lack of exposure to sunlight increases calcitonin secretion leading to reduced calcium storage in the bones. C) Estrogen produced in the dermis reduces calcium excretion in the kidneys. D) Calcium ions released from the bones are excreted through sweat. E) Decreased estrogen levels following menopause contribute to the disease.

142)

How does the urinary system contribute to osteoporosis?

A) Lack of exposure to sunlight increases vitamin D production at the kidneys and decreases calcium absorption. B) Immune cells of the kidneys absorb excess calcium under the direction of PTH. C) Excessive smoking lowers calcitriol levels, which decreases bone loss. D) Calcium ions released from the bones are excreted as part of urine. E) Decreased estrogen levels following menopause contribute to the disease.

143)

Osteogenesis imperfecta is A) bone inflammation that often results from bacterial infection. B) a disease in adults, especially women, characterized by a reduced amount of bone

matrix. C) a disease in adults characterized by softening of bones resulting from calcium depletion. D) a disease in children characterized by soft, bowed, and swollen bones. E) a group of genetic disorders producing very brittle bones that are easily fractured; this occurs because of insufficient collagen development.

144)

Bones that are thin and have a broad curved shape are classified as ______ bones.

Version 1

43


A) flat B) irregular C) long D) short

145) Bones are classified as one of four types, based on their shapes. The bones of the cranium are examples of ______ bones. A) flat B) irregular C) long D) short

146) Bones that are longer than they are wide and generally have enlarged ends for articulations are classified as ______ bones. A) flat B) irregular C) long D) short

147) Name the air-filled spaces lined by mucous membranes found within flat and irregular bones. A) Foramina B) Medullary cavities C) Sinuses D) Short bone

Version 1

44


148) During development, some bones arise from thick connective tissue membranes in a process known as __________ ossification, and other bones arise from a hyaline cartilage model in a process known as __________ ossification. A) endochondral; intramembranous B) intramembranous; endochondral

149) Bone formation associated with cartilage is called __________ ossification while bone formed in connective tissue membranes is called ___________ ossification. A) endochondral; intramembranous B) intramembranous; endochondral C) woven, spongy D) spongy, woven

150)

What is the type of ossification that forms the flat bones of the skull? A) Endochondral ossification B) Intramembranous ossification

151)

The epiphysis of the clavicle is formed by __________ ossification. A) endochondral B) intramembranous

152)

The inferior portion of the occipital bone is formed by __________ ossification. A) endochondral B) intramembranous

Version 1

45


153)

The parietal bone is formed by __________ ossification. A) endochondral B) intramembranous

154)

The ethmoid and sphenoid bones are formed by __________ ossification. A) endochondral B) intramembranous

155) The process of __________ is important to change shapes of bones, adjust to bone stress, replace old bone matrix and to facilitate repair of broken bones. A) bone remodeling B) endochondral ossification C) intramembranous ossification D) appositional bone growth

156) Name the process that changes the shapes of bones to adjust to bone stress, replaces old bone matrix and facilitates the repair of broken bones. A) Bone remodeling B) Bone reabsorption C) Osteomalacia D) Appositional bone growth

157)

The term basic multicellular unit (BMU) refers to

Version 1

46


A) group of osteoblasts and osteoclasts that work together during bone remodeling. B) the osteoblasts found in the deepest layer of the periosteum, which are involved in appositional growth. C) the clusters of chondrocytes within the metaphysis that will be converted to bone.

158) Osteoclasts and osteoblasts that travel through or across the bone surface removing and replacing old bone matrix are collectively called a(n) __________. A) basic multicellular unit B) osteogenic repair unit C) bone reformation unit D) callus multicellular unit E) osteon

159)

Which effect can be attributed to increased pressure on a bone? A) Increased osteoblast activity B) Increased osteoclast activity

160)

The zygomatic bone is an example of a(n) __________ bone. A) long B) flat C) short D) irregular

161) It is possible to determine if a child's long bone is growing by examining a radiograph of the __________.

Version 1

47


A) diaphysis B) medullary cavity C) epiphyseal plate D) articular cartilage

162) A 65 year old man has knee replacement surgery which requires a thin section of his distal femur to be removed. Which of the following statements is true? A) Due to the invasive nature of the surgical procedure, he is at risk for osteomyelitis, a bacterial infection of bone. B) He has no risk of osteomyelitis because he tests negative for Staphylococcus aureus when given a skin swab. C) The health care team informs him that he is at high risk for osteomyelitis due to his age. D) As long as the surgery has minimal bleeding, he will have no risk for developing osteomyelitis.

163)

Osteomyelitis causes destruction of bone tissue primarily by A) promoting inflammation and overstimulation of osteoclast activity. B) inhibiting bone marrow production of osteoclasts. C) suppressing the production of RANKL by osteoblasts. D) stimulating apoptosis in osteoclast cells.

Version 1

48


164)

164.1)

Version 1

What does structure "A" represent on the bone diagram?

49


A) Spongy bone B) Diaphysis C) Epiphyseal lines D) Articular cartilage E) Epiphysis

164.2)

What does structure "B" represent on the bone diagram?

A) Spongy bone B) Diaphysis C) Epiphyseal lines D) Articular cartilage E) Epiphysis

164.3)

What does structure "C" represent on the bone diagram?

A) Spongy bone B) Diaphysis C) Epiphyseal lines D) Articular cartilage E) Epiphysis

164.4)

What does structure "D" represent on the bone diagram?

A) Spongy bone B) Diaphysis C) Epiphyseal lines D) Articular cartilage E) Epiphysis

Version 1

50


164.5)

What does structure "E" represent on the bone diagram?

A) Spongy bone B) Diaphysis C) Epiphyseal lines D) Articular cartilage E) Epiphysis

165)

<p>

Version 1

51


165.1) This figure illustrates bone growth in length at the epiphyseal plate. Zone "A" represents A) bone tissue of the diaphysis. B) the zone of calcification. C) the zone of hypertrophy. D) the zone of proliferation. E) the zone of resting cartilage.

165.2) This figure illustrates bone growth in length at the epiphyseal plate. Zone "B" represents A) bone tissue of the diaphysis. B) zone of calcification. C) zone of hypertrophy. D) zone of proliferation. E) zone of resting cartilage.

165.3) This figure illustrates bone growth in length at the epiphyseal plate. Zone "C" represents A) bone tissue of the diaphysis. B) zone of calcification. C) zone of hypertrophy. D) zone of proliferation. E) zone of resting cartilage.

165.4) This figure illustrates bone growth in length at the epiphyseal plate. Zone "D" represents

Version 1

52


A) bone tissue of the diaphysis. B) zone of calcification. C) zone of hypertrophy. D) zone of proliferation. E) zone of resting cartilage.

165.5) This figure illustrates bone growth in length at the epiphyseal plate. Zone "E" represents A) bone tissue of the diaphysis. B) zone of calcification. C) zone of hypertrophy. D) zone of proliferation. E) zone of resting cartilage.

166) True or False? The two types of bone development formation include endochondral and endosteal bone. ⊚ true ⊚ false

167)

True or False? Bone remodeling stops during puberty. ⊚ true ⊚ false

168) True or False? The application of small electrical charges to broken bones are sometimes used to enhance healing. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

53


169) True or False? The application of pressure creates a slight electrical charge on osteoblasts. ⊚ true ⊚ false

170) A young woman is in a car accident. When she regains consciousness, she notices a sharp pain in her left arm. Looking down, she sees a bone sticking out. This is a open (compound) fracture. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

54


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 06_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, B, C, E] 2) [A, B, D] 3) [A, B] 4) E 5) B 6) A 7) C 8) B 9) E 10) C 11) C 12) B 13) B 14) B 15) B 16) A 17) C 18) D 19) D 20) B 21) B 22) C 23) C 24) D 25) B 26) A Version 1

55


27) E 28) B 29) B 30) B 31) A 32) D 33) D 34) B 35) C 36) C 37) A 38) C 39) E 40) D 41) C 42) A 43) C 44) C 45) C 46) B 47) A 48) C 49) A 50) C 51) E 52) A 53) D 54) B 55) B 56) B Version 1

56


57) A 58) B 59) C 60) B 61) A 62) C 63) A 64) D 65) C 66) E 67) C 68) A 69) E 70) D 71) C 72) B 73) A 74) C 75) B 76) A 77) D 78) D 79) A 80) C 81) C 82) C 83) A 84) B 85) A 86) E Version 1

57


87) E 88) C 89) E 90) A 91) D 92) A 93) B 94) A 95) A 96) B 97) C 98) E 99) B 100) B 101) B 102) D 103) A 104) E 105) D 106) A 107) E 108) C 109) C 110) B 111) E 112) B 113) B 114) E 115) B 116) A Version 1

58


117) A 118) B 119) A 120) C 121) B 122) B 123) A 124) C 125) D 126) D 127) C 128) E 129) A 130) A 131) C 132) B 133) B 134) E 135) A 136) D 137) C 138) C 139) E 140) B 141) A 142) D 143) E 144) A 145) A 146) C Version 1

59


147) C 148) B 149) A 150) B 151) A 152) A 153) B 154) A 155) A 156) A 157) A 158) A 159) A 160) D 161) C 162) A 163) A 164) Section Break 164.1) D 164.2) E 164.3) C 164.4) A 164.5) B 165) Section Break 165.1) E 165.2) D 165.3) C 165.4) B 165.5) A 166) FALSE Version 1

60


167) FALSE 168) TRUE 169) TRUE 170) TRUE

Version 1

61


CHAPTER 7 1) Which of the following statements explain why the number of bones vary with age? (Check all that apply.) A) Bones are lost due to deterioration of calcium salts. B) Sesamoid bones form within tendons in response to stress. C) Some bones fuse together with age.

2)

Which of the following bones is part of the axial skeleton? A) Rib B) Radius C) Clavicle D) Scapula E) Hipbone

3)

The appendicular skeleton consists of the A) skull and appendages. B) rib cage and the pelvis. C) limbs and their girdles. D) rib cage and limb girdles. E) vertebral column.

4) Which of the following anatomical features of bones is correctly matched with its function?

Version 1

1


A) Tubercle - lining of a joint B) Body - attachment point for a tendon or ligament C) Foramen - a hole for a blood vessel D) Sinus - a tunnel in a bone E) Foramen - a depression in a bone

5)

Which anatomical term is correctly matched with its description? A) Condyle - a small, rounded bump B) Spine - a low ridge C) Tuberosity - a flat, tongue-shaped process D) Meatus - a tunnel E) Fossa - a ridge extending along the long axis of the bone

6)

Which of the following bones is part of the cranium? A) Vomer B) Nasal bone C) Palatine bone D) Occipital bone E) Mandible

7)

Which of the following bones is paired? A) Vomer B) Temporal C) Sphenoid D) Mandible E) Occipital

Version 1

2


8) Andrew is in a car accident and fractures his maxilla. To which group of bones does this belong? A) Face B) Chest cavity C) Cervical vertebrae D) Pectoral girdle E) Cranium

9)

Which of the following facial bones is correctly matched with its function? A) Maxilla - possesses sockets for teeth B) Vomer - forms the hard palate C) Inferior nasal conchae - contain nasolacrimal canals D) Zygomatic - provides attachment point for temporalis muscle E) Temporal - is part of the orbit

10) A person who gets hit on the back of the head might suffer injury to which of these bones? A) Temporal B) Occipital C) Sphenoid D) Zygomatic E) Nasal

11)

The sagittal suture is located between the

Version 1

3


A) two parietal bones. B) frontal and parietal bones. C) parietal and temporal bones. D) parietal and occipital bones. E) frontal and temporal bones.

12)

The lambdoidal suture is located between the A) frontal and parietal bones. B) parietal and temporal bones. C) temporal and occipital bones. D) parietal and occipital bones. E) two parietal bones.

13)

The ligamentum nuchae A) protects the brain. B) is a part of the nose. C) moves the eye. D) supports the jaw. E) helps keep the head erect.

14) A person who has cerebrospinal fluid draining from the ear probably has a fracture of the __________ bone.

Version 1

4


A) frontal B) temporal C) zygomatic D) parietal E) occipital

15)

The mastoid process A) is part of the zygomatic arch. B) is located anterior to the external auditory meatus. C) contains mastoid air cells. D) is the point of attachment of the temporalis muscle. E) is a sinus.

16)

Getting a kiss on the cheek means the __________ bone is involved. A) frontal B) zygomatic C) maxilla D) sphenoid E) ethmoid

17) Which of the following is found inferior to the maxilla and has a posterior articulation with the temporal bone? A) Zygomatic B) Sphenoid C) Parietal D) Mandible E) Palatine bone

Version 1

5


18)

The maxilla forms the A) roof of the orbit. B) floor of the orbit. C) lateral wall of the orbit. D) medial wall of the orbit. E) posterior wall of the orbit.

19)

Which of the following bones forms part of the lateral wall of the nasal cavity? A) Vomer B) Sphenoid C) Inferior nasal conchae D) Frontal E) Nasal

20)

Which of the following bones form the nasal septum? A) Inferior nasal conchae and lacrimal bones B) Vomer and ethmoid C) Maxilla and vomer D) Ethmoid and sphenoid E) Nasal and vomer

21)

Which of the following bones contains a sinus?

Version 1

6


A) Maxilla B) Nasal bone C) Occipital bone D) Zygomatic bone E) Temporal

22) A patient is diagnosed with a pituitary tumor. This means that the tumor is in the _________blank. A) crista galli B) cribriform plate C) sella turcica D) pterygoid canal E) foramen magnum

23) A boxer is informed after a fight that she has a broken ethmoid bone. Due to its location she may have difficulty with which of these special senses? A) Equilibrium B) Hearing C) Vision D) Smell

24) A three-year old child is admitted to the hospital with stenosis (narrowing) of the foramen magnum. This condition directly affects which of these structures? A) Optic nerve B) Carotid arteries C) Internal jugular veins D) Facial and vestibulocochlear nerves E) Spinal cord

Version 1

7


25)

Which of the following bony features is mismatched with its description? A) Crista galli - point of attachment of one of the meninges B) Occipital condyles - articulation points between the skull and vertebral column C) Alveolar process - ridge containing the teeth D) Styloid process - point of articulation of mandible with skull E) Mandibular fossa - point of articulation of mandible with skull

26)

A tumor discovered in the posterior orbit would most likely impact __________. A) speech B) vision C) olfaction D) memory

27) Failure of the palatine processes of the maxilla to fuse properly during development results in a __________. A) cleft lip B) cleft chin C) cleft palate D) deviated septum E) clogged sinus

28)

Which of the following statements concerning the maxilla is false?

Version 1

8


A) The maxilla contains a large sinus. B) The maxilla forms part of the orbit. C) The maxilla forms part of the hard palate. D) The maxilla articulates with the mastoid process. E) The maxilla forms the upper jaw.

29)

A person with a fractured mandible has a broken __________. A) back B) neck C) rib D) upper jaw E) lower jaw

30)

Which of the following bony features is not associated with the skull? A) Foramen rotundum B) Pterygoid canal C) Obturator foramen D) Stylomastoid foramen E) Cribriform plate

31)

Which skull canal contains blood vessels that drain blood from the skull? A) Carotid canal B) External auditory meatus C) Jugular foramen D) Nasolacrimal canal E) Foramen ovale

Version 1

9


32)

Which skull canal conveys sound waves to the eardrum? A) Carotid canal B) External auditory canal C) Jugular foramen D) Nasolacrimal canal E) Foramen ovale

33)

Which skull canal contains branches of the trigeminal nerve? A) Carotid canal B) External auditory canal C) Jugular foramen D) Nasolacrimal canal E) Foramen ovale

34)

Which skull canal does the internal carotid artery pass through? A) Carotid canal B) External auditory canal C) Jugular foramen D) Nasolacrimal canal E) Foramen ovale

35)

What canal conveys tears from the eyes to the nasal cavity?

Version 1

10


A) Carotid canal B) External auditory canal C) Jugular foramen D) Nasolacrimal canal E) Foramen ovale

36)

Which cranial bone forms the bony eyebrow ridges and roofs of the orbits? A) Maxilla B) Zygomatic C) Frontal D) Sphenoid E) Temporal

37) The bone that forms the chin is also the only bone connected to the skull by a freely moveable joint. This bone is the __________. A) mental bone B) maxilla C) hyoid D) vomer E) mandible

38) Anatomy students are viewing a specific bone and identifying the sella turcica, pterygoid processes, foramen ovale, foramen spinosum, and the foramen rotundum. Which bone are they studying?

Version 1

11


A) Sphenoid bone B) Ethmoid bone C) Occipital bone D) Vomer E) Palatine bone

39) A coroner determines the cause of death to be strangulation because this delicate bone is fractured. Which bone is this? A) Clavicle B) C2 C) Sphenoid D) Vomer E) Hyoid

40)

The __________ region of the vertebral column is located in the neck. A) sacral B) cervical C) lumbar D) thoracic E) coccygeal

41)

Which of the following statements concerning the vertebral column is true?

Version 1

12


A) The cervical curve develops before birth. B) The adult vertebral column has three curvatures. C) Scoliosis is the term applied to normal curvature of the spine. D) An exaggerated thoracic curvature of the vertebral column is called kyphosis. E) Lordosis is an exaggeration of the cervical curvature.

42) Traumatic hyperextension of the head can occur when someone is rear-ended in a car accident. This can cause A) whiplash. B) a fracture. C) scoliosis. D) a herniated disc. E) spina bifida.

43)

Which of the following is a function of the vertebral column? A) It supports the weight of the body. B) It allows spinal nerves to exit the spinal cord. C) It serves as a passageway for the cranial nerves. D) It contains numerous foramina for the passageway of blood vessels. E) It protects the brain.

44)

Which of the following statements concerning the vertebrae is true?

Version 1

13


A) The first cervical vertebra is called the axis. B) The spinal cord protects the vertebral column. C) Thoracic vertebrae have long, thin spinous processes. D) The sacral vertebrae are superior to the lumbar vertebrae. E) Lumbar vertebrae are generally smaller than thoracic vertebrae.

45)

The coccyx is A) absent in humans. B) also called the hipbone. C) located in the upper lumbar region. D) the most inferior portion of the vertebral column. E) the bottom of the spinal cord.

46)

A fractured dens or odontoid process involves damage to which specific bone? A) C1 B) C2 C) T1 D) C7 E) S2

47)

Transverse foramina are found in __________ vertebrae. A) cervical B) thoracic C) lumbar D) sacral E) antebrachial

Version 1

14


48)

Articular facets on the transverse processes are characteristic of __________ vertebrae. A) cervical B) thoracic C) lumbar D) sacral E) coccygeal

49) A patient is told that they have fractured the most anterior part of their vertebra. Which part is most likely affected? A) Body B) Lamina C) Spinous process D) Transverse process E) Vertebral arch

50)

The loss of height that occurs with aging is due to compression of the A) pelvic girdle. B) vertebral arches. C) vertebral bodies. D) vertebral foramen. E) intervertebral discs.

51)

The ribs articulate with the __________ vertebrae.

Version 1

15


A) sacral B) lumbar C) thoracic D) cervical E) coccygeal

52)

The first cervical vertebrae is the __________. A) occipital B) axis C) clavicle D) atlas E) mastoid

53) Classify a vertebra with the following characteristics: (1) Superior articular processes face posteriorly (2) Circular vertebral foramen (3) Long spinous processes A) Cervical B) Thoracic C) Lumbar D) Sacral E) Coccygeal

54)

A herniated disc occurs when

Version 1

16


A) the body of a vertebra is fractured. B) the covering of the spinal cord is torn. C) there is a fracture of the vertebral arch. D) there is protrusion of the nucleus pulposus. E) spinal nerves are cut.

55) An eighty-year old woman has a bent-over stance with a noticeable hump back. Along with osteoporosis, which condition is indicated? A) Lordosis B) Kyphosis C) Scoliosis D) Spina bifida E) Herniated disk

56)

What results from damage to annulus fibrosus and release of nucleus pulposus? A) Lordosis B) Kyphosis C) Scoliosis D) Spina bifida E) Herniated disk

57)

Which condition results from failure of vertebral laminae to fuse?

Version 1

17


A) Lordosis B) Kyphosis C) Scoliosis D) Spina bifida E) Herniated disk

58)

An exaggerated curvature of the lumbar region is __________. A) lordosis B) kyphosis C) scoliosis D) spina bifida E) herniated disk

59)

An abnormal lateral curvature of the spine is __________. A) lordosis B) kyphosis C) scoliosis D) spina bifida E) herniated disk

60)

The posterior part of the vertebral arch is the __________. A) intervertebral disk B) vertebral foramen C) lamina D) intervertebral foramen E) spinous process

Version 1

18


61)

The fibrocartilage located between the bodies of adjacent vertebrae is the __________. A) intervertebral disk B) vertebral foramen C) lamina D) intervertebral foramen E) spinous process

62)

The site where spinal nerves exit the vertebral column is the __________. A) intervertebral disk B) vertebral foramen C) lamina D) intervertebral foramen E) spinous process

63)

The opening in vertebrae for the spinal cord is the __________. A) intervertebral disk B) vertebral foramen C) lamina D) intervertebral foramen E) spinous process

64)

The posterior, inferior projection from vertebrae is the __________.

Version 1

19


A) intervertebral disk B) vertebral foramen C) lamina D) intervertebral foramen E) spinous process

65)

The anterior boundary of the "rib cage" is/are the __________. A) ribs B) sternum C) costal cartilages D) thoracic vertebrae E) skin

66)

Which of the following parts of a rib articulates with the body of a vertebra? A) Head B) Neck C) Body D) Groove E) Sternal end

67)

Those ribs that attach directly to the sternum are referred to as __________ ribs. A) false B) vertebral C) true D) vertebrochondral E) floating

Version 1

20


68)

Ribs that do not attach directly to the sternum are called __________ ribs. A) false B) vertebral C) vertebrosternal D) vertebrochondral E) floating

69)

Which of the following ribs attaches to the sternum at the sternal angle? A) The first B) The second C) The seventh D) The twelfth E) The third

70)

Manubrium, body, and xiphoid process are all parts of the __________. A) pelvis B) scapula C) clavicle D) sternum E) sacrum

71) The upper limb and its girdle are attached rather loosely to the rest of the body. This arrangement

Version 1

21


A) results in a disjointed appearance. B) limits fine coordination of the hands. C) allows a wide range of movements. D) restricts the amount of weight the upper limb can support. E) results in a limited range of motion.

72)

The collar bone is the __________. A) sternum B) clavicle C) scapula D) humerus E) atlas

73)

Another name for the shoulder blade is the __________. A) sternum B) clavicle C) scapula D) acromion E) xiphoid process

74)

The glenoid cavity is where the A) clavicle articulates with the scapula. B) clavicle articulates with the sternum. C) humerus articulates with the clavicle. D) humerus articulates with the scapula. E) radius articulateswith humerus.

Version 1

22


75)

The acromion process A) is part of the clavicle. B) articulates with the coracoid process. C) forms the most inferior part of the glenoid fossa. D) has no function. E) has an articulation with the clavicle.

76)

A dislocated shoulder involves separation of the ____________ from the scapula. A) radius B) clavicle C) humerus D) manubrium E) sternum

77)

Which of the following is most distal in location on the humerus? A) Trochlea B) Greater tubercle C) Deltoid tuberosity D) Medial epicondyle E) Anatomical neck

78)

The humerus articulates with the ulna at the

Version 1

23


A) medial epicondyle. B) lateral epicondyle. C) capitulum. D) radial fossa. E) trochlea.

79)

The humerus articulates with the radius at the A) medial epicondyle. B) lateral epicondyle. C) capitulum. D) radial fossa. E) trochlea.

80)

If you break the lateral bone of your forearm, you have fractured your __________. A) ulna B) radius C) humerus D) olecranon E) carpals

81)

The point of the elbow is the __________. A) trochlea B) capitulum C) olecranon fossa D) styloid process E) olecranon process

Version 1

24


82)

The olecranon process is found on the __________. A) ulna B) radius C) scapula D) humerus E) clavicle

83) A patient's arm was severed midway between the wrist and the elbow. Which of the following bones was severed? A) Radius B) Humerus C) Clavicle D) Ulna E) Both "radius" and "ulna" are correct.

84)

The wrist is composed of eight bones called __________. A) tarsal bones B) carpal bones C) metacarpal bones D) metatarsal bones E) digits

85)

Which of the following is not a carpal?

Version 1

25


A) Scaphoid B) Hamate C) Navicular D) Pisiform E) Trapezium

86)

The knuckles of the hand are formed by the distal ends of the __________. A) carpals B) metacarpals C) phalanges D) tarsals E) metatarsals

87)

A woman pinched her phalanx. She hurt her __________. A) ear B) toe C) cheek D) finger E) Both "toe" and "finger" are correct.

88)

Which of the following statements concerning the upper limb is false? A) The wrist is the region between the forearm and the hand. B) The olecranon process is located on the distal end of the ulna. C) The distal end of the radius articulates with the ulna and the carpals. D) Tendons and nerves pass through the carpal tunnel to enter the hand. E) The radius is the most commonly fractured bone in people over 50.

Version 1

26


89)

The bone that articulates with the acetabulum is the __________. A) femur B) tibia C) fibula D) humerus E) pubis

90)

The obturator foramen is found in the __________. A) skull B) scapula C) sacrum D) hipbone E) vertebrae

91)

The greater sciatic notch is found on the A) inferior edge of the pubis. B) posterior side of the ilium. C) superior edge of the ischium. D) ventral surface of the sacrum. E) inferior edge of the ischium.

92)

A patient with a fractured ischium has a broken _________blank.

Version 1

27


A) arm B) wrist C) knee D) pelvis E) ankle

93)

Which part of the pelvis does a person sit on? A) iliac fossae. B) pelvic brim. C) pubis symphyses. D) ischial tuberosities. E) obturator foramen.

94)

Which of the following situations could interfere with normal child birth? A) Small ischial spines B) A small pelvic outlet C) An enlarged iliac crest D) A wide, circular pelvic inlet E) Widely spaced ischial spines

95)

Which of the following is not a hipbone? A) Ischium B) Femur C) Ilium D) Pubic

Version 1

28


96)

The largest and most superior region of the hipbone is the __________. A) ischium B) femur C) ilium D) pubic E) coccyx

97) A patient is experiencing pain and discomfort in the posterior hip region. Which specific joint may be the problem? A) Proximal radio-ulnar joint B) Sacroiliac joint C) Symphysis pubis D) Knee joint E) Glenohumeral joint

98)

The portion of hipbone a person sits on is the A) anterior superior iliac spine. B) sacroiliac joint. C) symphysis pubis. D) iliac fossa. E) ischial tuberosity.

99)

The large depression on the medial side of the ilium is the

Version 1

29


A) anterior superior iliac spine. B) sacroiliac joint. C) symphysis pubis. D) iliac fossa. E) ischial tuberosity.

100)

The junction of two pubic bones is the A) anterior superior iliac spine. B) sacroiliac joint. C) symphysis pubis. D) iliac fossa. E) ischial tuberosity.

101)

The anterior end of the iliac crest is the A) anterior superior iliac spine. B) sacroiliac joint. C) symphysis pubis. D) iliac fossa. E) ischial tuberosity.

102)

The large bone in the thigh is the __________. A) tibia B) femur C) fibula D) ischium E) hipbone

Version 1

30


103) When comparing the female pelvis with the male pelvis, which of the following statements is false? A) The female pelvis is heavier. B) The ilium is more flared in the female pelvis. C) The ischial spines are further apart in the female pelvis. D) The subpubic angle is 90 degrees or greater in the female pelvis. E) The female pelvis is broader.

104)

Which of the following statements about the femur is TRUE? A) The head of the femur articulates with the tibia. B) The medial condyle articulates with the acetabulum. C) Both the greater and lesser trochanters are attachment sites for muscles. D) The distal end of the tibia articulates with the femur. E) The proximal end of the femur articulates with the tibia.

105) Which of the following structures of the lower limb is correctly matched to its description? A) Greater trochanter - distal shaft of femur B) Lateral malleolus - distal end of tibia C) Patella - bone within tendon of quadriceps D) Tibial tuberosity - superior to the patella E) Medial malleolus - proximal end of the tibia

106)

The medial malleolus

Version 1

31


A) is the proximal portion of the tibia. B) forms the medial side of the ankle joint. C) articulates with the calcaneus. D) is part of the arch of the foot. E) is on the lateral side of the leg.

107)

The tarsal bone that articulates with the tibia and the fibula is the __________. A) talus B) cuboid C) navicular D) calcaneus E) patella

108)

The heel of the foot is formed by the __________. A) talus B) patella C) cuboid bone D) navicular bone E) calcaneus

109) A patient in a skiing accident is told that the lateral side of the ankle joint has been crushed. The bone that has been injured is the __________.

Version 1

32


A) femur B) tibia C) fibula D) calcaneus E) talus

110)

The foot contains A) carpals. B) a patella. C) metacarpals. D) metatarsals. E) the lateral malleolus.

111)

The thumb and big toe are similar in that A) both contain carpal bones. B) each have three metatarsals. C) both are composed of sesamoid bones. D) both have two rather than three phalanges. E) both have three rather than two phalanges.

112)

Which bone is in the foot? A) Vomer B) Pisiform C) Lunate D) Cuneiform E) Metacarpal

Version 1

33


113)

The common name for the patella is the __________. A) zygomatic bone B) finger bones C) kneecap D) breastbone E) shinbone

114)

A patient suffers a concussion. Which bone has possibly been traumatized? A) Temporal bone B) Phalanges C) Patella D) Sternum E) Talus

115)

The common name for the sternum is the __________. A) zygomatic bone B) finger bones C) kneecap D) breastbone E) shinbone

116)

The common name of the tibia is the __________.

Version 1

34


A) zygomatic bone B) finger bones C) kneecap D) breastbone E) shinbone

117)

The common name for the phalanges is the __________. A) zygomatic bone B) finger bones C) kneecap D) breastbone E) shinbone

118)

The coracoid process is found on the __________. A) fibula B) scapula C) humerus D) ulna E) femur

119)

The deltoid tuberosity is found on the __________. A) fibula B) scapula C) humerus D) ulna E) femur

Version 1

35


120)

A styloid process is found on the __________. A) fibula B) scapula C) humerus D) ulna E) femur

121)

An avid runner experiences pain on the greater trochanter. Where is this pain located? A) Distal fibula B) Posterior scapula C) Posterior knee D) Heel E) Lateral femur

122)

The lateral malleolus is part of the __________. A) fibula B) scapula C) humerus D) ulna E) femur

123)

The olecranon process of the ulna is commonly known as the __________.

Version 1

36


A) collar bone B) elbow C) tail bone D) hipbone E) forehead

124)

The frontal bone is known as the __________. A) collar bone B) elbow C) tail bone D) hipbone E) forehead

125)

The coccyx is also called the __________. A) collar bone B) elbow C) tail bone D) hipbone E) forehead

126)

The hyoid bone is part of the __________ skeleton. A) axial B) appendicular

Version 1

37


127)

The pelvic girdle and lower limb are part of the __________ skeleton. A) axial B) appendicular

128)

The vertebral column is part of the __________ skeleton. A) axial B) appendicular

129)

The clavicle is part of the __________ skeleton. A) axial B) appendicular

130)

The sternum is part of the __________ skeleton. A) axial B) appendicular

131)

The auditory ossicles are part of the __________ skeleton. A) axial B) appendicular

Version 1

38


132)

A cleft palate results from incomplete development of the __________. A) palatine bones B) maxillae C) mandible D) vomer bone E) frontal bone

133)

Which condition is caused by the failure of vertebral laminae to fuse? A) Lordosis B) Kyphosis C) Scoliosis D) Spina bifida E) Herniated disk

134) In a herniated ("ruptured" or "slipped") disc, the ring of fibrocartilage called the ___________ cracks and the _____________ oozes out. A) nucleus pulposus; anulus fibrosus B) lamina; nucleus pulposus C) anulus fibrosus; nucleus pulposus D) anulus fibrosus; body E) nucleus pulposus; lamina

135)

Which condition is also known as "hump back"?

Version 1

39


A) Lordosis B) Kyphosis C) Scoliosis D) Spina bifida E) Herniated disk

136) Which of the following results from damage to the annulus fibrosus and release of the nucleus pulposus? A) Lordosis B) Kyphosis C) Scoliosis D) Spina bifida E) Herniated disk

137) A blow to the shoulder often breaks the clavicle, but very seldom breaks the scapula. Which of the following statements best explains why this is so? A) The scapula is larger than the clavicle. B) The clavicle provides the only bony attachment of the pectoral girdle to the body. C) The scapula is more protected by muscle. D) When the body is moving forward, the clavicle is more likely to be struck than the scapula. E) All of the choices are correct.

138) John was running downfield with the football. As he tried to avoid a tackle, he stepped in a hole and his foot was twisted under him with great force. The X-ray shows a "broken ankle." The structure that is most likely broken is

Version 1

40


A) the calcaneus bone. B) the patella. C) a bone in the second metatarsal. D) the lateral malleolus. E) the medial cuneiform.

139) A patient was in a car accident during which a flat bone in the anterior thorax was fractured. Which bone is most likely the one that was fractured? A) Sternum B) Thoracic vertebra C) Clavicle D) Scapula

140) A patient was brought to the hospital after being hit in the face with a baseball. Which bone was most likely fractured? A) Zygomatic bone B) Temporal bone C) Occipital bone D) Hyoid E) Cancaneus

141) A patient was diagnosed with sinus polyps in the sinus associated with a flat bone that forms from fetal structures that fuse after birth. Which sinus is affected?

Version 1

41


A) Frontal sinus B) Spenoidal sinus C) Ethmoidal sinus D) Maxillary sinus

142) Which of the following paranasal sinuses would most likely result in discomfort around the eyes? A) Ethmoidal B) Sphenoidal C) Frontal D) Maxillary

143) Which of the following paranasal sinuses would most likely result in discomfort of the ears? A) Sphenoidal sinus B) Frontal sinus C) Ethmoidal sinus D) Maxillary sinus

144)

A damaged hyoid bone may disrupt which of the following actions? Select all that apply. A) Swallowing B) Talking C) Turning the head from side to side D) Blinking E) Hearing

Version 1

42


145)

145.1)

Which of the following is represented by "A"?

A) Frontal bone B) Occipital bone C) Parietal bone D) Sphenoid bone E) Temporal bone

145.2)

Version 1

Which of the following is represented by "B"?

43


A) Frontal bone B) Occipital bone C) Parietal bone D) Sphenoid bone E) Temporal bone

145.3)

Which of the following is represented by "C"?

A) Frontal bone B) Occipital bone C) Parietal bone D) Sphenoid bone E) Temporal bone

145.4)

Which of the following is represented by "D"?

A) Frontal bone B) Occipital bone C) Parietal bone D) Sphenoid bone E) Temporal bone

145.5)

Which of the following is represented by "E"?

A) Frontal bone B) Occipital bone C) Parietal bone D) Sphenoid bone E) Temporal bone

Version 1

44


Version 1

45


Version 1

46


146.1)

What does structure "A" represent?

A) Atlas B) Axis C) Body of vertebra D) Intervertebral disk E) Thoracic region or curve

146.2)

What does structure "B" represent?

A) Atlas B) Axis C) Body of vertebra D) Intervertebral disk E) Thoracic region or curve

146.3)

What does structure "C" represent?

A) Atlas B) Axis C) Body of vertebra D) Intervertebral disk E) Thoracic region or curve

146.4)

Version 1

What does structure "D" represent?

47


A) Atlas B) Axis C) Body of vertebra D) Intervertebral disk E) Thoracic region or curve

146.5)

What does structure "E" represent?

A) Atlas B) Axis C) Body of vertebra D) Intervertebral disk E) Thoracic region or curve

147)

<p>

Version 1

48


147.1)

The figure shows the bones of the right orbit. What bone does "A" represent?

A) Frontal B) Maxilla C) Zygomatic D) Lacrimal E) Ethmoid

147.2)

The figure shows the bones of the right orbit. What bone does "B" represent?

A) Frontal B) Maxilla C) Zygomatic D) Lacrimal E) Ethmoid

147.3)

The figure shows the bones of the right orbit. What bone does "C" represent?

A) Frontal B) Maxilla C) Zygomatic D) Lacrimal E) Ethmoid

147.4)

Version 1

The figure shows the bones of the right orbit. What bone does "D" represent?

49


A) Frontal B) Maxilla C) Zygomatic D) Lacrimal E) Ethmoid

147.5)

The figure shows the bones of the right orbit. What bone does "E" represent?

A) Frontal B) Maxilla C) Zygomatic D) Lacrimal E) Ethmoid

Version 1

50


148)

148.1)

Version 1

The figure illustrates the sacrum. What structure does "A" represent?

51


A) Coccyx B) Sacral hiatus C) Superior articular facet D) Median sacral crest E) Posterior sacral foramina

148.2)

The figure illustrates the sacrum. What structure does "B" represent?

A) Coccyx B) Sacral hiatus C) Superior articular facet D) Median sacral crest E) Posterior sacral foramina

148.3)

The figure illustrates the sacrum. What structure does "C" represent?

A) Coccyx B) Sacral hiatus C) Superior articular facet D) Median sacral crest E) Posterior sacral foramina

148.4)

The figure illustrates the sacrum. What structure does "D" represent?

A) Coccyx B) Sacral hiatus C) Superior articular facet D) Median sacral crest E) Posterior sacral foramina

Version 1

52


148.5)

The figure illustrates the sacrum. What structure does "E" represent?

A) Coccyx B) Sacral hiatus C) Superior articular facet D) Median sacral crest E) Posterior sacral foramina

Version 1

53


149)

149.1)

The figure illustrates bones of the right upper limb. What does "A" represent?

A) Radius B) Carpals C) Phalanges D) Metacarpals E) Ulna

Version 1

54


149.2)

The figure illustrates bones of the right upper limb. What does "B" represent?

A) Radius B) Carpals C) Phalanges D) Metacarpals E) Ulna

149.3)

The figure illustrates bones of the right upper limb. What does "C" represent?

A) Radius B) Carpals C) Phalanges D) Metacarpals E) Ulna

149.4)

The figure illustrates bones of the right upper limb. What does "D" represent?

A) Radius B) Carpals C) Phalanges D) Metacarpals E) Ulna

149.5)

Version 1

The figure illustrates bones of the right upper limb. What does "E" represent?

55


A) Radius B) Carpals C) Phalanges D) Metacarpals E) Ulna

Version 1

56


Version 1

57


150.1)

The figure illustrates bones of the right lower limb. What does "A" represent?

A) Femur B) Fibula C) Tarsals D) Tibia E) Patella

150.2)

The figure illustrates bones of the right lower limb. What does "B" represent?

A) Femur B) Fibula C) Tarsals D) Tibia E) Patella

150.3)

The figure illustrates bones of the right lower limb. What does "C" represent?

A) Femur B) Fibula C) Tarsals D) Tibia E) Patella

150.4)

Version 1

The figure illustrates bones of the right lower limb. What does "D" represent?

58


A) Femur B) Fibula C) Tarsals D) Tibia E) Patella

150.5)

The figure illustrates bones of the right lower limb. What does "E" represent?

A) Femur B) Fibula C) Tarsals D) Tibia E) Patella

151)

151.1) The figure illustrates a medial view of bones of the right foot. What does "A" represent?

Version 1

59


A) Calcaneus B) Fibula C) Metatarsals D) Tibia E) Talus

151.2) The figure illustrates a medial view of bones of the right foot. What does "B" represent? A) Calcaneus B) Fibula C) Metatarsals D) Tibia E) Talus

151.3) The figure illustrates a medial view of bones of the right foot. What does "C" represent? A) Calcaneus B) Fibula C) Metatarsals D) Tibia E) Talus

151.4) The figure illustrates a medial view of bones of the right foot. What does "D" represent?

Version 1

60


A) Calcaneus B) Fibula C) Metatarsals D) Tibia E) Talus

151.5) The figure illustrates a medial view of bones of the right foot. What does "E" represent? A) Calcaneus B) Fibula C) Metatarsals D) Tibia E) Talus

Version 1

61


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 07_13e_ VanPutte 1) [B, C] 2) A 3) C 4) C 5) D 6) D 7) B 8) A 9) A 10) B 11) A 12) D 13) E 14) B 15) C 16) B 17) D 18) B 19) C 20) B 21) A 22) C 23) D 24) E 25) D 26) B Version 1

62


27) C 28) D 29) E 30) C 31) C 32) B 33) E 34) A 35) D 36) C 37) E 38) A 39) E 40) B 41) D 42) A 43) B 44) C 45) D 46) B 47) A 48) B 49) A 50) E 51) C 52) D 53) B 54) D 55) B 56) E Version 1

63


57) D 58) A 59) C 60) C 61) A 62) D 63) B 64) E 65) B 66) A 67) C 68) A 69) B 70) D 71) C 72) B 73) C 74) D 75) E 76) C 77) A 78) E 79) C 80) B 81) E 82) A 83) E 84) B 85) C 86) B Version 1

64


87) E 88) B 89) A 90) D 91) B 92) D 93) D 94) B 95) B 96) C 97) B 98) E 99) D 100) C 101) A 102) B 103) A 104) C 105) C 106) B 107) A 108) E 109) C 110) D 111) D 112) D 113) C 114) A 115) D 116) E Version 1

65


117) B 118) B 119) C 120) D 121) E 122) A 123) B 124) E 125) C 126) A 127) B 128) A 129) B 130) A 131) A 132) B 133) D 134) C 135) B 136) E 137) E 138) D 139) A 140) A 141) A 142) A 143) A 144) B 145) Section Break 145.1) C Version 1

66


145.2) E 145.3) B 145.4) A 145.5) D 146) Section Break 146.1) A 146.2) B 146.3) E 146.4) D 146.5) C 147) Section Break 147.1) C 147.2) A 147.3) E 147.4) D 147.5) B 148) Section Break 148.1) E 148.2) C 148.3) D 148.4) B 148.5) A 149) Section Break 149.1) E 149.2) A 149.3) B 149.4) D 149.5) C 150) Section Break 150.1) A Version 1

67


150.2) E 150.3) D 150.4) B 150.5) C 151) Section Break 151.1) B 151.2) D 151.3) E 151.4) A 151.5) C

Version 1

68


CHAPTER 8 1)

Places in the skeleton where bones meet are called __________. (Check all that apply.) A) anastomoses B) aponeurosis C) articulations D) cartilaginous discs E) joints

2)

Select the types of angular movements allowed at synovial joints. (Check all that apply.) A) Abduction B) Extension C) Flexion D) Pronation E) Rotation F) Supination

3)

Select the types of circular movements allowed at synovial joints. (Check all that apply.) A) Circumduction B) Flexion C) Pronation D) Rotation

4) The displacement of a bone from its normal position is called __________. (Check all that apply.)

Version 1

1


A) adduction B) disarticulation C) dislocation D) fracture E) luxation

5) Select all of the movements allowed at the temporomandibular joint. (Check all that apply.) A) Abduction and adduction B) Depression and elevation C) Flexion and extension D) Medial and lateral rotation E) Protraction and retraction

6) Which of the following are effective ways to prevent effects of aging on the joints? (Check all that apply.) A) Strengthen muscles B) Stretching routines C) Take aspirin daily D) Use them regularly E) Use them sparingly

7) Jasmine trips and tries to break her fall by putting her hand to the ground. The doctor informs her she has injured the __________ joints in her wrist.

Version 1

2


A) costocarpal B) intermetacarpal C) metacarpophalangeal D) intercarpal

8)

Which term refers to a place where two or more bones come together? A) Cavity B) Foramen C) Contusion D) Articulation E) Diaphysis

9)

The sagittal suture is between the __________. A) sacrum and hipbone. B) two pubic bones. C) atlas and axis. D) alveolar process and tooth. E) two parietal bones.

10)

Where is the dentoalveolar joint? A) Between the sacrum and hipbone B) At the symphysis pubis C) In the cervical region between the atlas and axis D) Between a tooth socket and a tooth E) At the suture between the two parietal bones

Version 1

3


11)

Which joint can be injured by closing a hand in a car door at the knuckles? A) Radiocarpal joint B) Metacarpophalangeal joint C) Atlantoaxial joint D) Metatarsophalangeal joint

12)

Which of these joints would be most likely to cause problems with the spinal cord? A) Cubital joint B) Glenohumeral joint C) Atlantoaxial joint D) Sternoclavicular joint E) Talocrural joint

13)

A patient is experiencing sacroiliac joint pain. In what region of the body is the pain? A) Posterior pelvic region B) Anterior pelvic region C) Cervical region D) Lumbar region E) Thoracic region

14)

Joints are classified according to the

Version 1

4


A) bones that are united at the joint. B) structure of the joint. C) size of the joint. D) shape of the joint. E) type of fluid in the joint.

15) A joint that has no joint cavity and exhibits little or no movement would be classified as a __________ joint. A) fibrous B) synovial C) complex D) cartilaginous E) partial

16)

Which of the following statements concerning sutures is false? A) They may become completely immovable in adults. B) The opposing bones in the joint interdigitate for stability. C) The tissue between the bones is hyaline cartilage. D) The periosteum of adjacent bones is continuous over the joint. E) Membranes, called fontanels, are present in some sutures at birth.

17) When two bones grow together across a joint to form a single bone, this is called a __________.

Version 1

5


A) suture B) syndesmosis C) gomphosis D) synostosis E) symphysis

18)

In a syndesmosis A) there is an osseous union between the bones of the joint. B) the bones are held together by ligaments called interosseous membranes. C) it is not unusual to find discs of cartilage. D) no movement occurs. E) there is a great range of motion.

19)

The joint between a tooth and the mandibular alveolus is an example of a __________. A) suture B) syndesmosis C) gomphosis D) synostosis E) symphysis

20)

Cartilaginous joints A) are common in the skull. B) unite two bones by means of fibrocartilage or hyaline cartilage. C) allow the most movement between bones. D) are found in the lower leg. E) are not found in the pelvic region.

Version 1

6


21)

A synchondrosis A) is a type of gomphosis. B) is freely movable. C) may be temporary. D) is found in the arm. E) is not found in a growing long bone.

22) The epiphyseal plate of a growing bone is actually a temporary joint called a __________. A) synchondrosis B) synostosis C) syndesmosis D) symphysis E) suture

23)

A synchondrosis contains __________ cartilage. A) synchronous B) fibrous C) elastic D) reticular E) hyaline

24)

An example of a symphysis is the __________.

Version 1

7


A) elbow joint B) temporomandibular joint C) costovertebral joint D) intervertebral joint E) sacroiliac joint

25)

Which of the following is NOT a cartilaginous joint? A) Epiphyseal plates B) Intervertebral disks C) Fontanelles D) Sternocostal joint E) Manubriosternal joint

26)

Most of the joints in the appendicular skeleton are __________ joints. A) fibrous B) immovable C) synovial D) cartilaginous E) inarticulate

27) Synovial joints are different from both fibrous and cartilaginous joints because synovial joints

Version 1

8


A) use fibrous connective tissue to hold the bones in the joint together. B) are enclosed by a joint capsule. C) are only temporary; they are replaced in the adult. D) generally have both bones in the joint fused together. E) are not freely moveable.

28)

Hyaluronic acid A) contributes to the rigidity of a joint. B) is found in the synovial membrane. C) is responsible for the lubricating properties of synovial fluid. D) makes up most of the matrix of hyaline cartilage. E) makes surfaces rough.

29)

Synovial fluid A) lacks cells. B) is found between all bony junctions. C) increases friction between bones. D) is produced by articular cartilage. E) decreases friction between bones.

30)

The inability to produce the fluid that keeps most joints moist indicates a disorder of the A) cruciate ligament. B) synovial membrane. C) articular cartilage. D) bursae. E) mucus membrane.

Version 1

9


31)

Which of the following joints is most movable? A) Suture B) Syndesmosis C) Symphysis D) Synovial E) Synchondrosis

32)

Which of the following is a synovial joint? A) Atlantooccipital B) Epiphyseal plate C) Costosternal joint D) Tibiofibular joint E) Intervertebral disk

33)

Articular cartilage A) attaches tendons to bones. B) produces red blood cells. C) forms bursal fluid. D) covers the ends of bones in synovial joints. E) is formed at the epiphyseal plate.

34)

The function of a bursa is to

Version 1

10


A) provide support for a weak joint. B) provide afluid-filled cushion that reduces friction. C) increase the articulating surface at a joint. D) bind ligaments to bones. E) produce fluid.

35)

Which of the following statements concerning bursae is true? A) They are filled with air. B) They are a cellular cushion. C) They carry blood vessels to joints. D) They are formed by an extension of the synovial membrane. E) They bind tendons to ligaments.

36)

Pain in a synovial joint such as the hip can occur because of irritation of the nerves in the A) fibrous capsule of the joint. B) articular cartilage of the femur. C) synovial fluid. D) joint cavity. E) bone.

37) A sharp object penetrated a synovial joint. From the following list of structures, select the order in which they were penetrated. (1) Tendon or muscle (2) Ligament (3) Fibrous capsule (4) Skin (5) Synovial membrane

Version 1

11


A) 4, 1, 2, 5, 3 B) 4, 5, 1, 2, 3 C) 4, 3, 2, 5, 1 D) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5 E) 4, 2, 1, 5, 3

38)

Articular cartilage A) is a double layer of tissue that encloses a joint. B) is a thin lubricating film covering the surface of a joint. C) provides a smooth surface where bones meet. D) is a layer of tissue that is continuous with the periosteum. E) lines the joint everywhere except over the articular cartilage.

39)

The joint capsule A) is a double layer of tissue that encloses a joint. B) is a thin lubricating film covering the surface of a joint. C) provides a smooth surface where bones meet. D) is a layer of tissue that is continuous with the periosteum. E) lines the joint everywhere except over the articular cartilage.

40)

The synovial membrane A) is a double layer of tissue that encloses a joint. B) is a thin lubricating film covering the surface of a joint. C) provides a smooth surface where bones meet. D) is a layer of tissue that is continuous with the periosteum. E) lines the joint everywhere except over the articular cartilage.

Version 1

12


41)

The fibrous capsule A) is a double layer of tissue that encloses a joint. B) is a thin lubricating film covering the surface of a joint. C) provides a smooth surface where bones meet. D) is a layer of tissue that is continuous with the periosteum. E) lines the joint everywhere except over the articular cartilage.

42)

Synovial fluid A) is a double layer of tissue that encloses a joint. B) is a thin lubricating film covering the surface of a joint. C) provides a smooth surface where bones meet. D) is a layer of tissue that is continuous with the periosteum. E) lines the joint everywhere except over the articular cartilage.

43)

Which of the following types of joints is mismatched with its location? A) Saddle – thumb B) Ball and socket – between humerus and scapula C) Ellipsoid – between femur and tibia D) Plane – between carpal bones E) Hinge – cubital

44)

A pivot joint

Version 1

13


A) is a modified ball and socket joint. B) restricts movement to rotation. C) is a biaxial joint. D) allows gliding movement. E) is between the atlas and the occipital bone.

45) A joint that consists of two opposing flat surfaces of approximately equal size is a/an __________ joint. A) plane B) saddle C) hinge D) pivot E) ellipsoid

46)

A __________ is a type of joint that is multiaxial allowing a wide range of movement. A) saddle B) hinge C) pivot D) plane E) ball and socket

47)

A biaxial joint has movement

Version 1

14


A) around one axis. B) around two axes at right angles to one another. C) about several axes. D) as long as there is articular cartilage present. E) that always rotates.

48)

Ellipsoid joints A) are multiaxial joints. B) are found between adjacent vertebra. C) are actually modified ball and socket joints. D) allow free rotation. E) are modified pivot joints.

49)

The joint between the articular processes of adjacent vertebrae is a __________ joint. A) plane B) saddle C) hinge D) pivot E) ball and socket

50)

An example of a saddle joint is the __________ joint. A) shoulder B) elbow C) atlanto-occipital D) carpometacarpal E) atlantoaxial

Version 1

15


51)

The cubital or elbow joint is an example of a __________ joint.

A) saddle B) hinge C) ball and socket D) plane

52) The joint between the head of the radius and the proximal end of the ulna is a __________ joint. A) plane B) saddle C) hinge D) pivot E) ball and socket

53)

Which of the following joints is most movable? A) Plane B) Saddle C) Hinge D) Pivot E) Ball and socket

54)

The type of movement between carpal bones is described as __________.

Version 1

16


A) pivot B) adduction C) extension D) flexion E) gliding

55)

Bowing the head is an example of __________. A) rotation B) pronation C) flexion D) lateral excursion E) hyperextension

56)

Which of the following movements is an example of extension? A) Bending forward at the waist B) Kneeling C) Raising your arm laterally D) Using your finger to point out an area on a map E) Shrugging your shoulders

57) Which type of movement would you use to reach the bowls on a top shelf, which are slightly out of reach?

Version 1

17


A) Dorsiflexion B) Plantar flexion C) Inversion D) Eversion E) Circumduction

58) A yoga instructor tells the class to stretch the muscles of the side of the trunk by instructing them to perform _________blank. A) opposition B) adduction C) lateral flexion D) extension E) elevation

59)

Abnormal forced extension beyond normal range of motion is called __________. A) circumduction B) rotation C) hyperextension D) supination E) pronation

60) A movement through 360 degrees that combines flexion, extension, abduction, and adduction is called __________.

Version 1

18


A) circumduction B) rotation C) hyperextension D) supination E) pronation

61)

Rotating the forearm so that the palm faces posteriorly is called __________. A) circumduction B) rotation C) hyperextension D) supination E) pronation

62)

Rotating the forearm so that the palm faces anteriorly is called __________. A) circumduction B) rotation C) hyperextension D) supination E) pronation

63)

Turning a structure around its longitudinal axis is called __________. A) circumduction B) rotation C) hyperextension D) supination E) pronation

Version 1

19


64)

Which of the following pairs of terms are opposites? A) Plantar flexion – dorsiflexion B) Abduction – extension C) Inversion – retraction D) Pronation – rotation E) Elevation – protraction

65) Which of the following describes someone shrugging their shoulders as if to say "I don't know?" A) Elevation of the clavicles and scapulae B) Hyperextension of the back C) Pronation of the forearm D) Flexion of the forearm E) Lateral flexion of the trunk

66)

The opposite of depression is __________. A) inversion B) protraction C) elevation D) pronation E) flexion

67)

The opposite of supination is __________.

Version 1

20


A) inversion B) protraction C) elevation D) pronation E) flexion

68)

The opposite of extension is __________. A) inversion B) protraction C) elevation D) pronation E) flexion

69)

The opposite of eversion is __________. A) inversion B) protraction C) elevation D) pronation E) flexion

70)

The opposite of retraction is __________. A) inversion B) protraction C) elevation D) pronation E) flexion

Version 1

21


71)

Moving the mandible to the side as when grinding the teeth is __________. A) lateral flexion B) lateral excursion C) elevation D) inversion

72) Returning the thumb to the anatomical position after touching the little finger is __________. A) reposition B) opposition C) medial excursion D) supination

73) If you put your shoulders back to avoid slouching and improve your posture, you are doing which of the following? A) Laterally rotating the humerus B) Medially rotating the humerus C) Depressing the scapulae D) Retracting the scapulae E) Flexing the trunk

74)

Turning the ankle so that the plantar surface faces laterally is __________.

Version 1

22


A) eversion B) inversion C) supination D) retraction

75)

Which of the following influence the range of motion of a joint? A) The shape of the articular surfaces of the bones B) The amount and shape of cartilage at the joint C) The amount of fluid in and around the joint D) The strength and location of tendons and ligaments E) All of these influence range of motion.

76) Which of the following statements regarding the temporomandibular (TMJ) joint is correct? A) The joint is divided into lateral and medial cavities by an articular disc of cartilage. B) The joint has a cartilage capsule. C) The joint is a combination plane and ellipsoidal joint. D) The joint allows rotation. E) The joint is located between the maxilla and the mandible.

77)

In the TMJ joint, the mandible articulates with the __________. A) temporal bone B) maxilla C) zygomatic bone D) tympanic bone E) parietal bone

Version 1

23


78)

A tennis player with a torn rotator cuf has an injured_________blank. A) neck B) shoulder C) hip D) knee E) elbow

79) The muscles that hold the humeral head within the glenoid cavity are collectively called the __________. A) sunacromial bursae B) rotator cuff C) glenoid labrum D) coracohumeral ligament E) deltoid muscle

80)

What is the most commonly dislocated joint in the body? A) Glenohumeral joint B) Temporomandibular joint C) Humeroulnar joint D) Hip joint E) Knee joint

81)

The subscapular and subacromial bursa are associated with the __________ joint.

Version 1

24


A) elbow B) knee C) shoulder D) hip E) wrist

82) The glenoid labrum is part of the __________ joint, while the acetabular labrum is part of the __________ joint. A) elbow; knee B) shoulder; hip C) shoulder; knee D) elbow; hip E) shoulder; elbow

83)

Which of the following movements is possible at the hip joint? A) Rotation B) Flexion C) Adduction D) Circumduction E) All of the choices are correct.

84)

The ligament at the head of the femur is the __________.

Version 1

25


A) ligamentum femoris B) ligamentum teres C) ligamentum acetabulum D) ligamentum ilium E) ligamentum primis

85)

The anterior cruciate ligament prevents __________ displacement of the tibia. A) anterior B) posterior C) lateral D) medial E) radial

86)

Which of the following movements does not occur at the knee joint? A) Flexion B) Rotation C) Abduction D) Extension E) All of the choices are correct.

87)

The medial meniscus is in the __________. A) neck B) shoulder C) hip D) knee E) elbow

Version 1

26


88)

The knee joint is an example of a __________ joint. A) plane B) saddle C) pivot D) ball and socket E) complex ellipsoid

89)

The thick fibrocartilage disks found in the knee joint are called __________. A) bursae B) ligaments C) tendon sheaths D) menisci E) intraknee disks

90)

If you stepped in a hole in the yard and sprained your ankle, you have A) fractured the fibula. B) fractured the tibia. C) torn a ligament of the ankle. D) torn cartilage on the talus bone. E) fractured the calcaneous.

91)

Which of the following statements concerning the ankle joint is true?

Version 1

27


A) The calcaneus articulates with the tibia to form this joint. B) Most common injuries to this joint occur because of a forceful inversion of the foot. C) A capsule of hyaline cartilage surrounds the joint. D) The lateral collateral ligament helps to stabilize this joint. E) It is a pivot joint.

92)

The three arches of the foot A) transfer weight from the tibia to the femur. B) distribute the weight of the body during standing and walking. C) form a hinge joint. D) are highest on the lateral side of the foot. E) form after birth.

93)

Which of the following is mismatched? A) Shoulder joint – coracohumeral ligament B) Elbow joint – radial collateral ligaments C) Hip joint – cruciate ligaments D) Knee joint – patellar ligaments E) Ankle – calcaneofibular ligament

94)

Which of the following is NOT an effect of aging on the joints?

Version 1

28


A) Decreased range of motion B) Decreased flexibility and elasticity C) Increased production of synovial fluid D) Weakening of muscles E) Decreased tissue repair

95)

Arthritis is A) a bacterial infection transmitted by ticks. B) an inflammation of any joint. C) a metabolic disorder caused by increased uric acid in blood. D) a condition that may involve an autoimmune disease. E) the most common type of arthritis.

96)

Lyme disease is A) a bacterial infection transmitted by ticks. B) an inflammation of any joint. C) a metabolic disorder caused by increased uric acid in blood. D) a condition that may involve an autoimmune disease. E) the most common type of arthritis.

97)

Osteoarthritis is A) a bacterial infection transmitted by ticks. B) an inflammation of any joint. C) a metabolic disorder caused by increased uric acid in blood. D) a condition that may involve an autoimmune disease. E) the most common type of arthritis.

Version 1

29


98)

Rheumatoid arthritis is A) a bacterial infection transmitted by ticks. B) an inflammation of any joint. C) a metabolic disorder caused by increased uric acid in blood. D) a condition that may involve an autoimmune disease. E) the most common type of arthritis.

99)

Gout is A) a bacterial infection transmitted by ticks. B) an inflammation of any joint. C) a metabolic disorder caused by increased uric acid in blood. D) a condition that may involve an autoimmune disease. E) the most common type of arthritis.

100)

Osteoarthritis usually is caused by A) wear and tear of the joint. B) increased uric acid in the blood. C) an autoimmune disorder. D) a bacterial infection in the joint. E) bursitis.

101)

The figure illustrates the joints and bones of the rib cage. What does "C" represent?

Version 1

30


A) Costochondral joint B) Sternum C) Manubrium D) Sternal symphyses E) Sternocostal synchrondrosis

102)

Cartilaginous joints unite two bones by means of __________. A) cartilage B) collagen fibers C) capsules D) synovial membranes

103)

The simplest types of movement at a synovial joint are ______ movements. A) angular B) circular C) fibrous D) gliding E) special

104) The type of movements where one linear part of the body bends relative to another part would be ______ movements. A) angular B) circular C) gliding D) linear

Version 1

31


105) Joints joined together by hyaline cartilage or fibrocartilage would be classified as __________ joints. A) cartilaginous B) fibrous C) synovial D) diarthrotic

106)

Unlike other joints, a __________ does not join two bones to one another. A) suture B) syndesmosis C) gomphosis D) cartilaginous joint E) bony joint

107)

The least movable joints are __________ joints. A) symphysis B) synchondrosis C) syndesmosis D) gomphosis E) synostosis

108)

The most movable joints are __________ joints.

Version 1

32


A) symphysis B) synovial C) syndesmosis D) gomphosis E) synchondrosis

109)

The __________ joint is an example of a multiaxial joint. A) proximalradioulnar B) metatarsophalangeal C) humeroulnar D) humeroscapular E) atlantoaxial

110) When you walk up the stairs, your hip and knee joints __________ to lift your body weight. A) rotate B) abduct C) adduct D) flex E) extend

111) When you hold out your hands with the palms up, __________ your wrists will tip your palms toward you.

Version 1

33


A) hyperextending B) circumducting C) rotating D) flexing E) abducting

112) Raising an arm to one side of the body to stop a taxi, is an example of __________ of the shoulder. A) abduction B) adduction C) circumduction D) rotation E) protraction

113) Suppose you cup your hands to hold some water. To limit the amount of leaking through your hands, this action would most likely require __________. A) pronation of the forearm B) circumduction of the wrists C) opposition of the thumb D) abduction of the fingers E) adduction of the fingers

114)

While standing, looking up at the stars requires __________.

Version 1

34


A) elevation of the mandible B) extension of the neck C) hyperextension of the neck D) abduction of the neck E) dorsiflexion of the neck

115) If you stand on tiptoes to reach something high, you are performing __________ at the ankle. A) plantar flexion B) abduction C) opposition D) dorsiflexion E) eversion

116) With the elbow and wrist extended, painting a circle on a canvas requires __________ of the shoulder. A) rotation B) circumduction C) extension D) flexion E) elevation

117)

When doing a pushup, your shoulders __________ as your body is pushed upward.

Version 1

35


A) protract B) retract C) supinate D) hyperextend E) elevate

118) Raising your hand and placing it on the shoulder of a person standing in front of you, requires __________ of the shoulder. A) abduction B) adduction C) extension D) flexion E) elevation

119)

Showing your palm to someone who is in front of you, as if to tell them "Stop," requires A) dorsiflexion of the hand. B) hyperextension of the wrist. C) abduction of the wrist. D) flexion of the wrist. E) hyperextension of the metacarpophalangeal joints.

120) Rotating the ankles so that the bottoms of the feet face each other medially is called __________.

Version 1

36


A) dorsiflexion B) inversion C) medial excursion D) opposition E) retraction

121)

Which of the following structures prevents knee hyperextension? A) The anteriorcruciate ligament (ACL) B) The posteriorcruciate ligament (PCL) C) The fibular(lateral) collateral ligament D) The medialmeniscus E) The lateralmeniscus

122) A patient has shoulder pain due to ligament damage. Which of the following symptoms will most likely accompany the pain? A) Reduction of range of motion B) Increased range of motion C) Damage to the anterior cruciate ligament D) Tear in the lateral ligament

123) A patient is experiencing pain on the bottom of his feet due to ligament damage. Which structure is most likely involved? A) Plantar calcaneonavicular ligament B) Transverse acetabular ligament C) Interosseous membrane D) Lateral collateral ligaments

Version 1

37


124)

<p>

124.1)

Version 1

What does structure "A" represent on the diagram?

38


A) Tendon B) Articular cartilage C) Bursa D) Fibrous capsule E) Synovial membrane

124.2)

What does structure "B" represent on the diagram?

A) Tendon B) Articular cartilage C) Bursa D) Fibrous capsule E) Synovial membrane

124.3)

What does structure "C" represent on the diagram?

A) Tendon B) Articular cartilage C) Bursa D) Fibrous capsule E) Synovial membrane

124.4)

What does structure "D" represent on the diagram?

A) Tendon B) Articular cartilage C) Bursa D) Fibrous capsule E) Synovial membrane

Version 1

39


124.5)

What does structure "E" represent on the diagram?

A) Tendon B) Articular cartilage C) Bursa D) Fibrous capsule E) Synovial membrane

125)

125.1) The figure illustrates bones, fontanels, and sutures on the fetal skull. What does "A" represent? A) Anterior fontanel B) Posterior fontanel C) Parietal bone D) Sagittal suture E) Occipital bone

Version 1

40


125.2) The figure illustrates bones, fontanels, and sutures on the fetal skull. What does "B" represent? A) Anterior fontanel B) Posterior fontanel C) Parietal bone D) Sagittal suture E) Occipital bone

125.3) The figure illustrates bones, fontanels, and sutures on the fetal skull. What does "C" represent? A) Anterior fontanel B) Posterior fontanel C) Parietal bone D) Sagittal suture E) Occipital bone

125.4) The figure illustrates bones, fontanels, and sutures on the fetal skull. What does "D" represent? A) Anterior fontanel B) Posterior fontanel C) Parietal bone D) Sagittal suture E) Occipital bone

125.5) The figure illustrates bones, fontanels, and sutures on the fetal skull. What does "E" represent?

Version 1

41


A) Anterior fontanel B) Posterior fontanel C) Parietal bone D) Sagittal suture E) Occipital bone

126)

126.1) The figure illustrates the joints and bones of the rib cage. What does "A" represent? A) Costochondral joint B) Sternum C) Manubrium D) Sternal symphyses E) Sternocostal synchrondrosis

126.2) The figure illustrates the joints and bones of the rib cage. What does "B" represent?

Version 1

42


A) Costochondral joint B) Sternum C) Manubrium D) Sternal symphyses E) Sternocostal synchrondrosis

126.3) The figure illustrates the joints and bones of the rib cage. What does "D" represent? A) Costochondral joint B) Sternum C) Manubrium D) Sternal symphyses E) Sternocostal synchrondrosis

126.4) The figure illustrates the joints and bones of the rib cage. What does "E" represent? A) Costochondral joint B) Sternum C) Manubrium D) Sternal symphyses E) Sternocostal synchrondrosis

Version 1

43


127)

<p>

127.1) The figure illustrates structures in the right temporomandibular joint (lateral view). What does "A" represent? A) Lateral ligament B) Mandible C) Zygomatic arch D) Styloid process E) Stylomandibular ligament

127.2) The figure illustrates structures in the right temporomandibular joint (lateral view). What does "B" represent?

Version 1

44


A) Lateral ligament B) Mandible C) Zygomatic arch D) Styloid process E) Stylomandibular ligament

127.3) The figure illustrates structures in the right temporomandibular joint (lateral view). What does "C" represent? A) Lateral ligament B) Mandible C) Zygomatic arch D) Styloid process E) Stylomandibular ligament

127.4) The figure illustrates structures in the right temporomandibular joint (lateral view). What does "D" represent? A) Lateral ligament B) Mandible C) Zygomatic arch D) Styloid process E) Stylomandibular ligament

127.5) The figure illustrates structures in the right temporomandibular joint (lateral view). What does "E" represent?

Version 1

45


A) Lateral ligament B) Mandible C) Zygomatic arch D) Styloid process E) Stylomandibular ligament

Version 1

46


128)

<p>

128.1) The figure illustrates a posterior view of the right knee joint. What does "A" represent?

Version 1

47


A) Medial (tibial) collateral ligament (MCL) B) Posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) C) Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) D) Lateral (fibular) collateral ligament (LCL) E) Lateral meniscus

128.2) The figure illustrates a posterior view of the right knee joint. What does "B" represent? A) Medial (tibial) collateral ligament (MCL) B) Posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) C) Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) D) Lateral (fibular) collateral ligament (LCL) E) Lateral meniscus

128.3) The figure illustrates a posterior view of the right knee joint. What does "C" represent? A) Medial (tibial) collateral ligament (MCL) B) Posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) C) Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) D) Lateral (fibular) collateral ligament (LCL) E) Lateral meniscus

128.4) The figure illustrates a posterior view of the right knee joint. What does "D" represent?

Version 1

48


A) Medial (tibial) collateral ligament (MCL) B) Posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) C) Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) D) Lateral (fibular) collateral ligament (LCL) E) Lateral meniscus

128.5) The figure illustrates a posterior view of the right knee joint. What does "E" represent? A) Medial (tibial) collateral ligament (MCL) B) Posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) C) Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) D) Lateral (fibular) collateral ligament (LCL) E) Lateral meniscus

129) True or False? The tightness of the ligaments at each joint is the only limiting factor of movement at that joint. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

49


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 08_13e_ VanPutte 1) [D, E] 2) [A, B, C] 3) [A, C, D] 4) [B, E] 5) [B, E] 6) [A, B, D] 7) A 8) D 9) E 10) D 11) B 12) C 13) A 14) B 15) A 16) C 17) D 18) B 19) C 20) B 21) C 22) A 23) E 24) D 25) C 26) C Version 1

50


27) B 28) C 29) E 30) B 31) D 32) A 33) D 34) B 35) D 36) A 37) D 38) C 39) A 40) E 41) D 42) B 43) C 44) B 45) A 46) E 47) B 48) C 49) A 50) D 51) B 52) D 53) E 54) E 55) C 56) D Version 1

51


57) B 58) C 59) C 60) A 61) E 62) D 63) B 64) A 65) A 66) C 67) D 68) E 69) A 70) B 71) B 72) A 73) D 74) A 75) E 76) C 77) A 78) B 79) B 80) A 81) C 82) B 83) E 84) B 85) A 86) C Version 1

52


87) D 88) E 89) D 90) C 91) B 92) B 93) C 94) C 95) B 96) A 97) E 98) D 99) C 100) A 101) E 102) A 103) D 104) A 105) A 106) C 107) E 108) B 109) D 110) E 111) D 112) A 113) E 114) C 115) A 116) B Version 1

53


117) A 118) D 119) B 120) B 121) A 122) A 123) A 124) Section Break 124.1) C 124.2) B 124.3) A 124.4) E 124.5) D 125) Section Break 125.1) C 125.2) A 125.3) D 125.4) B 125.5) E 126) Section Break 126.1) D 126.2) A 126.3) C 126.4) B 127) Section Break 127.1) C 127.2) A 127.3) D 127.4) E 127.5) B Version 1

54


128) Section Break 128.1) C 128.2) A 128.3) D 128.4) E 128.5) B 129) FALSE

Version 1

55


CHAPTER 9 1) During a muscle fiber contraction, which of the following decreases in size? Check all that apply.

A) A band B) Entire sarcomere C) H zone D) I band

2) Which of the following are reasons that shivering raises body temperature? (Check all that apply.) A) Shivering decreases warm blood flow to the core while increasing flow to the muscles. B) Shivering depresses metabolism. C) Shivering increases heat production up to 18 times that of resting levels. D) The process of muscle contraction produces heat.

3) Which of the following describes titin's roles in muscle contraction? (Check all that apply.) A) Accounts for muscle’s excitability B) Accounts for muscle's extensibility and elasticity C) Allows the sarcomere to recoil and stretch D) Helps to hold the actin myofilaments in position

4) If all of the Ca2+ within a muscle fiber was removed, which of the following could still occur?

Version 1

1


A) The heads of the myosin myofilaments would bind to G-actin to form cross-bridges. B) An action potential that was produced at the neuromuscular junction would be propagated along the sarcolemma. C) The troponin molecules bound to G actin molecules would be released, causing tropomyosin to move. D) The heads of the myosin molecules would return to their resting position, and the recovery stroke would occur.

5)

Which of the following is NOT a function of skeletal muscle? A) Body movement B) Maintenance of posture C) Respiration D) Constriction of organs E) Production of heat

6)

Which of the following actions is caused by contraction of skeletal muscle? A) Contraction of the heart B) Moving your feet in walking C) Movement of food through the digestive tract D) Emptying of the urinary bladder E) Vasoconstriction

7)

Smooth muscle and cardiac muscle are similar in that they both

Version 1

2


A) are under involuntary control. B) are striated. C) are widely distributed in the body. D) have multiple nuclei. E) are under voluntary control.

8)

The capacity of a muscle cell to shorten forcefully is known as A) contractility. B) excitability. C) extensibility. D) elasticity. E) flexibility.

9)

Muscles exhibit the property of excitability. This means that the muscle A) shortens its length. B) recoils to its original resting length. C) stretches beyond its normal length. D) responds to stimulation by the nervous system. E) excites itself.

10)

Identify the statement concerning general functional characteristics of muscle that is true. A) Muscle tissue shortens forcefully but lengthens passively. B) Muscle tissue shortens passively but lengthens forcefully. C) Muscle tissue can get shorter, but cannot get longer. D) Muscle tissue can get longer, but cannot get shorter. E) None of thesestatements are true.

Version 1

3


11)

Identify the statement concerning skeletal muscle that is true. A) It comprises about 20% of the body's weight. B) It propels urine through the urinary tract. C) Its function is largely under involuntary control. D) It is a kind of connective tissue. E) It is responsible for locomotion.

12)

Which of the following statements about muscle tissue is true? A) Skeletal muscle is capable of spontaneous contraction. B) Smooth muscle is found in the walls of hollow organs. C) Cardiac muscle cells have multiple nuclei. D) Smooth muscle cells are long and cylindrical. E) There is a small amount of smooth muscle in the heart.

13)

Skeletal muscle fibers A) possess striations. B) can contract but are not extensible or excitable. C) do not require nerve innervation to contract. D) increase dramatically in number after birth. E) are found in the walls of the stomach.

14)

Which type of muscle tissue has spindle-shaped cells?

Version 1

4


A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle D) Both skeletal and cardiac muscle are correct. E) Both cardiac and smooth muscle are correct.

15)

Which type of muscle tissue possesses striations? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle D) Both skeletal and cardiac muscle are correct. E) Both cardiac and smooth muscle are correct.

16)

Which type of muscle tissue is autorhythmic? A) Only skeletal muscle B) Only smooth muscle C) Only cardiac muscle D) Both skeletal and cardiac muscle are correct. E) Both cardiac and smooth muscle are correct.

17)

Which type of muscle tissue is multinucleated? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle D) Both skeletal and cardiac muscle are correct. E) Both cardiac and smooth muscle are correct.

Version 1

5


18)

Which type of muscle tissue has cells that branch? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle D) Both skeletal and cardiac muscle are correct. E) Both cardiac and smooth muscle are correct.

19)

Which type of muscle tissue would cause flexion and extension of the arm? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle

20)

Which type of muscle tissue causes contraction of the heart? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle

21)

Which type of muscle tissue causes vasoconstriction? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle

Version 1

6


22)

Which type of muscle tissue causes peristalsis? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle

23)

Which type of muscle tissue is under voluntary neural control? A) Skeletal muscle B) Smooth muscle C) Cardiac muscle

24)

Hypertrophy of skeletal muscles from weight lifting is caused by an increase in the A) number of muscle fibers. B) size of muscle fibers. C) number of striations. D) number of nuclei within the muscle fibers. E) number of muscle cells.

25)

Skeletal muscle develops from cells called A) fascicles. B) myoblasts. C) myofibrils. D) myotomes. E) fasciculi.

Version 1

7


26)

A fascicle A) is a bundle of reticular fibers. B) is surrounded by perimysium. C) is only found in smooth muscle. D) possesses an external lamina. E) is a bundle of collagen fibers.

27)

Epimysium A) surrounds individual muscles. B) separates muscle fibers. C) connects muscles to bone. D) is a type of muscle tissue. E) is a type of nerve tissue.

28)

Endomysium is a delicate network of loose connective tissue that A) surrounds each muscle fiber. B) forms a sheath around a fascicle. C) is composed of elastic fibers. D) separates individual muscles. E) penetrates muscle fibers.

29)

Which of the following connective tissue layers is outside all the others?

Version 1

8


A) Perimysium B) Endomysium C) Epimysium D) Paramysium E) Sarcolemma

30)

Which of the following is true about skeletal muscle? A) Sensory neurons stimulate muscles to contract. B) There are very few blood vessels in skeletal muscle. C) Every muscle fiber receives a branch of an axon from the nerve. D) There are very few nerve fibers in a muscle. E) All of the choices are true.

31) List the following structures in order from smallest to largest. (1) Muscle fiber (2) Myofilament (3) Myofibril (4) Muscle fascicle A) 4, 2, 3, 1 B) 2, 1, 4, 3 C) 3, 1, 4, 2 D) 2, 3, 1, 4 E) 1, 2, 3, 4

32)

Muscle myofibrils

Version 1

9


A) are found in the sarcolemma. B) extend from the sarcolemma to the T-tubule. C) contain myosin and actin myofilaments. D) hold muscle fibers together. E) do not appear striated.

33)

Myosin is also known as the A) thick myofilament. B) thin myofilament. C) intermediate myofilament. D) short myofilament. E) sarcomere.

34)

Actin myofilaments A) resemble bundles of minute golf clubs. B) contain both myosin and tropomyosin. C) are held in place by the M line. D) contain strands of fibrous actin. E) are the thickest proteins in muscle.

35)

Which of the following is part of a thin myofilament? A) ATP-binding site B) Globular (G) actin C) Calcium D) Myosin E) Sarcolemma

Version 1

10


36)

Troponin A) has two subunits. B) is part of the myosin myofilament. C) is a long, flexible protein. D) has a calcium-binding site. E) binds to ATP.

37)

Which of the following is composed of myosin molecules? A) Thick myofilaments B) I bands C) Z disks D) Sarcolemma E) Tropomyosin

38)

The active sites to which cross-bridges attach are found on the A) sarcoplasmic reticulum. B) actin myofilaments. C) Z disks. D) T tubules. E) myosin myofilaments.

39)

ATPase is found in

Version 1

11


A) F-actin strands. B) G-actin globular units. C) myosin heads. D) tropomyosin grooves. E) troponin molecules.

40)

Which of the following is NOT a property of the myosin head? A) They form cross-bridges with the active sites of actin. B) They have a hinge region to bend and straighten. C) They bind to troponin. D) They have ATPase activity. E) They bind to ATP.

41) the

The region of the sarcomere that contains both actin and myosin myofilaments is called

A) I band. B) A band. C) Z disk. D) H zone. E) M line.

42)

A sarcomere extends from

Version 1

12


A) one Z disk to an adjacent Z disk. B) one T tubule to the next T tubule. C) the middle of the I band to the middle of the A band. D) the H zone to the I band. E) the M line to the next M line.

43)

Which of the following is mismatched? A) I band – contains only actin B) M line – middle of the H zone C) Z disk – structure between adjacent sarcomeres D) Myosin myofilaments – thin myofilaments E) Actin myofilaments – thin myofilaments

44)

A sarcomere is the A) plasma membrane of a muscle fiber. B) cytoplasm of a muscle fiber. C) structural and functional unit of the skeletal muscle fiber. D) contractile thread that extends the length of the muscle fiber. E) protein strand composed of actin or myosin.

45)

Sarcoplasm is the

Version 1

13


A) plasma membrane of a muscle fiber. B) cytoplasm of a muscle fiber. C) structural and functional unit of the skeletal muscle fiber. D) contractile thread that extends the length of the muscle fiber. E) protein strand composed of actin or myosin.

46)

A myofilament is the A) plasma membrane of a muscle fiber. B) cytoplasm of a muscle fiber. C) structural and functional unit of the skeletal muscle fiber. D) contractile thread that extends the length of the muscle fiber. E) protein strand composed of actin or myosin.

47)

The sarcolemma is the A) plasma membrane of a muscle fiber. B) cytoplasm of a muscle fiber. C) structural and functional unit of the skeletal muscle fiber. D) contractile thread that extends the length of the muscle fiber. E) protein strand composed of actin.

48)

A myofibril is the A) plasma membrane of a muscle fiber. B) cytoplasm of a muscle fiber. C) structural and functional unit of the skeletal muscle fiber. D) contractile thread that extends the length of the muscle fiber. E) protein strand composed of actin.

Version 1

14


49)

Which of the following statements regarding the sliding filament model is false? A) Actin and myosin do not shorten during contraction. B) Both actin and myosin myofilaments shorten during contraction. C) The sarcomere shortens. D) The I band and H zones become narrower during contraction. E) The A band remains constant in length.

50)

The length of the resting sarcomere is A) longer than the length of a contracted sarcomere. B) shorter than the length of a contracted sarcomere. C) the same length as a contracted sarcomere. D) the same length as the muscle fiber. E) the same length as the myofibril.

51)

The model that describes the contraction of the muscle is called the A) contraction cycle. B) power stroke. C) sliding filament model. D) slipping fibril mechanism. E) paddle model.

52)

The electrical properties of cells are the result of

Version 1

15


A) ion concentration differences across the plasma membrane. B) receptor sites that are present on the plasma membrane. C) phosphorylation reactions within the cytoplasm. D) phospholipids in the plasma membrane. E) None of these choices are correct.

53) Which of the following causes an unequal ion concentration across the resting plasma membrane? A) The functioning of the sodium-chloride pump B) Negatively charged proteins not readily diffusing across the plasma membrane C) The attraction of chloride ions to other intracellular anions D) The repulsion of potassium ions by the intracellular anions E) The attraction of sodium ions to chloride ions

54)

Which of the following is true during the resting membrane potential? A) Sodium ion concentration is greater inside cells. B) Negatively charged proteins are more concentrated outside the cell. C) A greater concentration of calcium ions is found inside the cell. D) Potassium is concentrated primarily inside the cell. E) None of these choices reflect what occurs during the resting membrane potential.

55)

At rest, the inside of the sarcolemma is_________blank relative to the outside.

Version 1

16


A) positively charged B) negatively charged C) electrically neutral D) recharged E) None of these choices are correct.

56)

The plasma membrane of an excitable cell is more permeable to K+ because A) of its positive electrical charge. B) there are more leak ion channels for K+ than Na+. C) protein molecules cannot exit through the plasma membrane. D) calcium ions block Na+ and Cl- channels. E) there are more gated channels for K+.

57)

In which of the following situations does a resting membrane potential exist? A) A relaxed muscle fiber B) A conducting neuron C) A stimulated sensory receptor in the skin D) A contracting cardiac muscle cell E) The eye seeing an image

58) Channels that open or close in response to changes in the electrical charge or voltage across the plasma membrane are called

Version 1

17


A) ligand-gated ion channels. B) leak ion channels. C) relegated ion channels. D) voltage-gated ion channels. E) obligated ion channels.

59) Which of the following changes would have the most dramatic effect on the membrane potential? A) Increased permeability of the membrane to Na+ B) Increased extracellular concentration of Na+ C) Decreased permeability of the membrane to Ca+2 D) Increased permeability of the membrane to K+ E) Increased extracellular concentration of Ca+2

60)

Which of the following situations occurs in electrically excitable cells? A) When Na+ ion channels open, K+ ion channels close. B) The sodium-potassium pump moves sodium into the cell. C) Depolarization causes voltage-gated sodium ion channels to open. D) Sodium ion channels are opened by high extracellular calcium levels. E) The opening and closing of ligand-gated channels cause depolarization.

61)

Depolarization of the plasma membrane occurs when there is a rapid influx (inflow) of

Version 1

18


A) potassium ions. B) chloride ions. C) calcium ions. D) sodium ions. E) amino acids.

62)

An action potential A) occurs when the local potential reaches threshold level. B) is not propagated. C) has no repolarization phase. D) is an example of negative feedback. E) can be of varying strengths depending on strength of the stimulus.

63)

A stimulus either causes an action potential or it doesn't. This is called A) an all-or-none response. B) a graded response. C) a latent period response. D) a relative refractory response. E) an arbitrary response.

64)

When repolarization of the plasma membrane is complete, the A) cell dies. B) cell regenerates. C) cell no longer has a potential difference across its membrane. D) cell is no longer responsive. E) original polarity of the cell is restored.

Version 1

19


65) A muscle fiber will respond to a stimulus when that stimulus reaches the __________ level. A) threshold B) relaxation C) rigor mortis D) recruitment E) resting

66) The sites where a chemical substance is transmitted from the presynaptic terminal of an axon to the postsynaptic membrane of a muscle fiber are called A) neuromuscular junctions. B) sarcomeres. C) myofilaments. D) Z disks. E) cell bodies of neurons.

67)

Synaptic vesicles in the neuromuscular junction contain A) calcium. B) ATP. C) acetylcholine. D) acetylcholinesterase. E) sodium.

68)

Which of the following structures contains the other four items listed?

Version 1

20


A) Postsynaptic membrane B) Presynaptic terminal C) Synaptic cleft D) Neuromuscular junction E) Receptors on postsynaptic membrane

69) Acetylcholine binds to a membrane bound receptor and causes ligand-gated sodium channels to open and results in A) hyperpolarization. B) depolarization. C) hypoplarization. D) no change in membrane potential. E) There is not enough information to predict the outcome.

70)

When an action potential reaches the presynaptic terminal, A) calcium ions diffuse into the presynaptic terminal through voltage-gated ion channels. B) acetylcholine moves into the presynaptic terminal. C) a local potential is generated in the presynaptic terminal. D) ligand-gated ion channels in the presynaptic terminal are opened. E) nothing else happens.

71)

Lack of acetylcholinesterase in the synaptic cleft would result in

Version 1

21


A) a decrease in acetylcholine production by the motor neuron. B) continuous stimulation of the postsynaptic membrane. C) rapid degradation of acetylcholine. D) relaxation of the muscle. E) continuous stimulation of the presynaptic membrane.

72)

Acetylcholine is released from the presynaptic terminal by the process of A) exocytosis. B) diffusion. C) phagocytosis. D) active transport. E) endocytosis.

73)

Too much acetylcholinesterase causes A) continuous stimulation of the muscle fiber. B) rapid degradation of acetycholine. C) voltage-gated Ca2+ channels opening in the presynaptic terminal. D) an increase in Na+ uptake by the muscle fiber. E) exocytosis of synaptic vesicles.

74)

Which of the following events occurs on the postsynaptic membrane? A) Acetylcholine production B) Rapid degradation of acetylcholine C) Release of neurotransmitter D) Neurotransmitter combines with a receptor molecule E) Release of Ca2+

Version 1

22


75)

If Na+ cannot enter a muscle fiber in response to a stimulus, A) contraction cannot occur. B) relaxation cannot occur. C) Na+ will be released from the sarcoplasmic reticulum instead. D) the active sites are left exposed. E) the action potential travels into the muscle anyway.

76)

T tubules are invaginations of the A) sarcoplasmic reticulum. B) sarcomere. C) myofibril. D) sarcoplasm. E) sarcolemma.

77)

T tubules A) provide nutrients to the muscle fiber. B) generate new muscle fibers. C) conduct action potentials deep into the muscle fiber. D) release acetylcholine. E) store calcium ions.

78)

The sarcoplasmic reticulum

Version 1

23


A) stores Ca2+. B) shortens during muscle contraction. C) transmits nerve impulses to the myofibrils. D) connects adjacent sarcomeres. E) covers the muscle fiber.

79)

Arrange these structures as they participate in excitation-contraction. A) T tubules, sarcolemma, Ca2+, sarcoplasmic reticulum B) Ca2+, T tubules, sarcolemma, sarcoplasmic reticulum C) Sarcolemma, T tubules, sarcoplasmic reticulum, Ca2+ D) Sarcoplasmic reticulum, Ca2+, T tubules, sarcolemma E) Sarcolemma, sarcoplasmic reticulum, Ca2+, T tubules

80) Arrange the following list of biochemical events in the correct sequence. (1) An action potential is conducted deep into the muscle fiber by the T tubule. (2) Calcium ions bind to troponin. (3) The membranes of the sarcoplasmic reticulum become more permeable to calcium ions. (4) Calcium ions diffuse into the sarcoplasm around the myofibril. (5) The troponin-tropomyosin complex moves exposing active sites. A) 1, 5, 2, 3, 4 B) 1, 3, 4, 2, 5 C) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 D) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4 E) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5

81)

In excitation-contraction coupling,

Version 1

24


A) Ca2+ must bind with myosin to expose active sites on actin. B) myosin heads bind to exposed active sites on actin. C) cross-bridges form between myosin heads and Ca2+. D) movement of the troponin-tropomyosin complex causes actin myofilaments to slide. E) ATP binds to actin myofilaments.

82) When the myosin head flexes into a bend, pulling the actin filament along with it, this is called the A) action reaction. B) power stroke. C) recovery stroke. D) muscle tone. E) action potential.

83)

One ATP molecule is required for

A) formation of the cross-bridge. B) movement of the cross-bridge. C) release of the cross-bridge. D) formation of the cross-bridge and for movement of the cross-bridge. E) formation of the cross-bridge, for movement of the cross-bridge, and for release of the cross-bridge.

84)

In order for muscle relaxation to occur,

Version 1

25


A) Ca2+ must be transported to troponin. B) power strokes slow down. C) the active sites on actin must be blocked. D) Na+ must be actively transported to troponin. E) the active sites on myosin must be uncovered.

85) A drug that interferes with the active transport of Ca2+ from the sarcoplasm back into the sarcoplasmic reticulum would result in A) relaxation of the muscle fiber. B) contraction with no relaxation. C) muscle hypertrophy. D) fibrosis of the muscle. E) an imbalance of blood calcium.

86)

After contraction has occurred, the Ca2+ are A) destroyed by cholinesterase. B) chemically bound to the cross bridges. C) secreted by the Golgi apparatus to the outside of the cell. D) released from troponin. E) returned to the sarcolemma.

87)

During the contraction phase of a muscle twitch,

Version 1

26


A) acetylcholine stimulates the pre-synaptic terminal. B) Na+ diffuse into the muscle fiber. C) actin-myosin cross-bridges form. D) Ca2+ are transported back to the sarcoplasmic reticulum. E) the action potential travels down the T tubule.

88)

Which of the following events occurs during the lag phase of a muscle twitch? A) Muscle fibers shorten. B) Cross-bridges form, move, release, and reform many times. C) The actionpotential is propagated from presynaptic to postsynaptic membrane. D) Ca2+ are pumped back into the sarcoplasmic reticulum. E) All of these events occur in the lag phase.

89) The time between application of the stimulus to a motor neuron and the beginning of contraction is called the __________ phase. A) contraction B) relaxation C) latent or lag D) refractory E) threshold

90)

Which of the following would occur as a result of a single muscle contraction?

Version 1

27


A) Tetanus B) Tone C) Treppe D) Twitch E) Paralysis

91) Which of the following will respond to a threshold stimulus with an all-or-none contraction? A) A single muscle fiber B) A single motor unit C) A whole muscle D) Both a single muscle fiber and a single motor unit are correct. E) A single muscle fiber, a single motor unit, and a whole muscle are all correct.

92)

Which of the following is true? A) Muscle fatigue has no influence on the force of contractions. B) A threshold stimulus will cause contraction of a muscle fiber. C) A subthreshold stimulus causes a muscle contraction. D) Motor units do not obey the "all or none" law. E) A threshold stimulus will not affect motor units.

93)

Whole muscles can respond in a graded fashion to stimuli by varying

Version 1

28


A) the force of contraction of individual muscle fibers. B) the number of motor units recruited. C) the amplitude of the action potential. D) the frequency of stimulus. E) thresholds.

94)

A sustained muscle contraction is known as __________. A) tetanus B) tone C) treppe D) twitch E) paralysis

95)

Tetanus of a muscle is thought to be caused by A) high Ca2+ concentrations in the sarcoplasm. B) the rapid movement of Na+ back into the sarcoplasmic reticulum. C) an increase in stimulus strength. D) increased temperature in the active muscle. E) decreased amounts of Ca2+ in muscle tissue.

96) Which of the following helps explain the increased tension seen in multiple wave summation?

Version 1

29


A) Increased motor unit recruitment B) Increased concentration of Ca2+ around the myofibrils C) Exposure of more active sites on myosin myofilaments D) The breakdown of elastic elements in the cell E) Decreased stimulus frequency

97) A condition in which stimuli occur so rapidly that there are no intervening relaxations between contractions is called A) complete tetanus. B) incomplete tetanus. C) involuntary paralysis. D) all or none tetanus. E) treppe.

98)

Treppe A) can contribute to improved muscle efficiency. B) may be due to an increase in the level of Ca2+ around the myofibril. C) is an example of a graded response. D) is achieved during warm-up exercises. E) All of these choices are correct.

99)

The stretch of elastic components of a muscle adds to the increased tension during

Version 1

30


A) incomplete tetanus. B) twitch. C) multiple wave summation. D) all-or-none response. E) None of the choices are correct.

100)

Incomplete tetanus

A) is the time during which the tissue cannot respond again. B) results in complete and incomplete tetanus. C) is the condition in which the muscle fiber only partially relaxes between contractions. D) is the condition in which stimuli occur so rapidly that there are no intervening relaxations. E) is the constant tension produced by muscles for long periods of time.

101)

Muscle tone

A) is a time during which the tissue cannot respond again. B) results in complete and incomplete tetanus. C) is a condition in which the muscle fiber only partially relaxes between contractions. D) is a condition in which stimuli occur so rapidly that there are no intervening relaxations. E) is a constant tension produced by muscles for long periods of time.

102)

The refractory period

Version 1

31


A) is the time during which the tissue cannot respond again. B) results in complete and incomplete tetanus. C) is the condition in which the muscle fiber only partially relaxes between contractions. D) is the condition in which stimuli occur so rapidly that there are no intervening relaxations. E) is the constant tension produced by muscles for long periods of time.

103)

Multiple wave summation

A) is a time during which the tissue cannot respond again. B) results in complete and incomplete tetanus. C) is a condition in which the muscle fiber only partially relaxes between contractions. D) is a condition in which stimuli occur so rapidly that there are no intervening relaxations. E) is a constant tension produced by muscles for long periods of time.

104)

Complete tetanus

A) is the time during which the tissue cannot respond again. B) results in complete and incomplete tetanus. C) is the condition in which the muscle fiber only partially relaxes between contractions. D) is the condition in which stimuli occur so rapidly that there are no intervening relaxations. E) is the constant tension produced by muscles for long periods of time.

105)

A proper definition of muscle tone is

Version 1

32


A) constant tension produced by muscles for long periods of time. B) a feeling of well-being following exercise. C) the ability of a muscle to maintain a contraction against an outside force. D) muscles contracting together. E) warm-up of muscle tissue.

106)

Movements of the body are usually smooth and occur at differing rates because A) they are a mixture of isotonic and isometric contractions. B) motor units contract out of phase at their own particular rates. C) most muscle contractions closely resemble individual muscle twitches. D) muscles of different sizes contract at different rates. E) of the all-or-none principle.

107)

Which of the following statements concerning types of muscle contractions is false?

A) In isometric contractions, the amount of tension produced by the muscle is constant. B) In isotonic contractions, the muscle fibers shorten. C) The contractile processes in isometric and isotonic contractions are the same. D) Most skeletal muscle contractions are a combination of isometric and isotonic contractions. E) In isotonic contractions, the amount of tension produced by the muscle fibers is constant during the contraction.

108)

Concentric contractions occur when

Version 1

33


A) the muscle produces increasing tension as it shortens. B) the tension and length of the muscle remain constant during a contraction. C) tension in a muscle is maintained while the muscle increases in length. D) the muscle produces tension while the length of the muscle increases. E) isometric contractions occur.

109)

An isotonic contraction is described as A) action potential frequency is high enough that no relaxation of muscle fibers occurs. B) a muscle produces constant tension during contraction. C) a muscle produces an increasing tension during contraction. D) a muscle produces increasing tension as it shortens. E) a muscle produces tension, but the length of the muscle is increasing.

110)

Tetanus of muscles is described as A) action potential frequency is high enough that no relaxation of muscle fibers occurs. B) a muscle produces constant tension during contraction. C) a muscle produces an increasing tension during contraction. D) a muscle produces increasing tension as it shortens. E) a muscle produces tension, but the length of the muscle is increasing.

111)

An eccentric contraction is described as A) action potential frequency is high enough that no relaxation of muscle fibers occurs. B) a muscle produces constant tension during contraction. C) a muscle produces an increasing tension during contraction. D) a muscle produces increasing tension as it shortens. E) a muscle produces tension, but the length of the muscle is increasing.

Version 1

34


112)

An isometric contraction is described as A) action potential frequency is high enough that no relaxation of muscle fibers occurs. B) a muscle produces constant tension during contraction. C) a muscle producesan increasing tension as the length remains constant. D) a muscle produces increasing tension as it shortens. E) a muscle produces tension, but the length of the muscle is increasing.

113)

A concentric contraction is described as A) action potential frequency is high enough that no relaxation of muscle fibers occurs. B) a muscle produces constant tension during contraction. C) a muscle produces an increasing tension during contraction. D) a muscle produces increasing tension as it shortens. E) a muscle produces tension, but the length of the muscle is increasing.

114)

Which of the following is true? A) The greater the overlap of actin and myosin, the stronger the contraction. B) Overstretching a muscle will increase its tension. C) Optimal actin and myosin overlap will produce maximal contraction. D) The greatest amount of tension is achieved when actin and myosin do not overlap. E) Tension is great when actin and myosin overlap as much as they can.

115)

Which of the following conditions in muscle fibers would contribute to muscle fatigue?

Version 1

35


A) The emotional state of an individual B) Depletion of ATP reserves C) Inability of the motor neuron to produce sufficient quantities of acetylcholine D) Depletion of neurotransmitter E) Blocked receptors in the postsynaptic membrane

116)

The type of muscle fatigue known as "psychological fatigue" is the result of A) depleted ATP reserves. B) increased Ca2+ concentration in the sarcoplasm. C) decreased levels of acetylcholine. D) the emotional state of an individual. E) None of these choices are correct.

117)

Physiological contracture A) occurs when muscles are resting. B) is a condition in which cross-bridges cannot release. C) is caused by an abundance of ATP in muscle fibers. D) results when muscles are well exercised. E) results when the neurotransmitter remains in the receptor.

118)

Rigor mortis occurs after death because A) cross-bridges form but can't release. B) Ca2+ is actively transported back to the sarcoplasmic reticulum. C) anaerobic respiration is occurring. D) myosin levels decline at death. E) cross-bridges never form.

Version 1

36


119)

During resting conditions, _________ is synthesized to store energy. A) Ca2+ B) creatine phosphate C) creatinine D) lactate E) pyruvate

120) You are hired to work in a laboratory to measure the rate of human muscle contraction. Which of the following might decrease in quantity in muscle fibers undergoing contractions? A) ATP B) Carbon dioxide C) Water D) Lactate E) Na+

121)

A by-product of anaerobic respiration in muscle fibers is A) uric acid. B) hydrochloric acid. C) lactate. D) oxygen. E) pyruvate.

122) Alex is participating in a 50-meter dash. Predict the most important chemical process his muscles will rely on during this race.

Version 1

37


A) Aerobic respiration B) Anaerobic respiration C) Creatine phosphate breakdown D) Nuclear reactions E) Both anaerobic respiration and creatine phosphate breakdown are correct.

123)

Aerobic respiration A) produces ATP molecules faster than anaerobic respiration. B) yields as many as 36 ATP per glucose molecule metabolized. C) occurs whether oxygen is present or not. D) occurs entirely in the cytoplasm. E) occurs in the ribosomes.

124) A lack of glycolytic enzymes within skeletal muscle fibers would impair which type of ATP-yielding process? A) Anaerobic respiration B) Aerobic respiration C) Both anaerobic respiration and aerobic respiration are correct.

125) A lack of mitochondria within skeletal muscle fibers would impair which ATP-yielding chemical process? A) Anaerobic respiration B) Aerobic respiration C) Both anaerobic respiration and aerobic respiration are correct.

Version 1

38


126)

Which chemical pathway do your muscles depend on while you are watching a movie? A) Anaerobic respiration B) Aerobic respiration C) Both anaerobic respiration and aerobic respiration are correct.

127)

Which metabolic pathway do skeletal muscles rely on when someone is lifting weights? A) Anaerobic respiration B) Aerobic respiration C) Both anaerobic respiration and aerobic respiration are correct.

128)

Which type of respiration rapidly produces ATP for short time periods? A) Anaerobic respiration B) Aerobic respiration C) Both anaerobic respiration and aerobic respiration are correct.

129) When skeletal muscle is producing CO2 and water while making ATP, which chemical processes could be active at this time? A) Anaerobic respiration B) Aerobic respiration C) Both anaerobic respiration and aerobic respiration are correct.

130)

Oxygen deficit represents

Version 1

39


A) the amount anaerobic metabolism must increase after exercise. B) the amount of O2 converted to lactate during exercise. C) the amount of CO2 that cells need to eliminate. D) conversion of pyruvate to lactate. E) the amount of O2 that cells need to replenish ATP supplies after exercise.

131) The elevated oxygen consumption relative to activity level after exercise has ended is called A) oxygen deficit. B) oxygen debt. C) oxygen repayment. D) excess post-exercise oxygen consumption. E) anaerobic recovery.

132)

What is a cross-bridge? A) A protein found along the groove of the F-actin double helix B) A T tubule and two adjacent terminal cisternae C) The combination of myosin heads with active sites on actin molecules D) The movement of myosin head while attached to actin myofilament E) After exercise, the O2 taken in that exceeds the O2 required for resting metabolism

133)

What is the power stroke?

Version 1

40


A) A protein found along the groove of the F-actin double helix B) A T tubule and two adjacent terminal cisternae C) The combination of myosin heads with active sites on actin molecules D) The movement of myosin head while attached to actin myofilament E) After exercise, the O2 taken in that exceeds the O2 required for resting metabolism

134)

What is tropomyosin? A) A protein found along the groove of the F-actin double helix B) A T tubule and two adjacent terminal cisternae C) The combination of myosin heads with active sites on actin molecules D) The movement of myosin head while attached to actin myofilament E) After exercise, the O2 taken in that exceeds the O2 required for resting metabolism

135)

What is a triad? A) A protein found along the groove of the F-actin double helix B) A T tubule and two adjacent terminal cisternae C) The combination of myosin heads with active sites on actin molecules D) The movement of myosin head while attached to actin myofilament E) After exercise, the O2 taken in that exceeds the O2 required for resting metabolism

136)

What is an oxygen deficit? A) A protein found along the groove of the F-actin double helix B) A T tubule and two adjacent terminal cisternae C) The combination of myosin heads with active sites on actin molecules D) The movement of myosin head while attached to actin myofilament E) After exercise, the O2 taken in that exceeds the O2 required for resting metabolism

Version 1

41


137)

Which of the following correctly describes myoglobin's special function in muscle tissue? A) Breaks down glycogen B) Synthesizes ATP C) Acts as a reservoir for O2 D) Produces action potentials E) Stores glucose

138) Consider the following four phrases and select the one that does not belong with the others. A) Anaerobic metabolism B) Lactate production C) Fast twitch fibers D) Fuels runner in a marathon E) Muscle fibers split ATP rapidly

139)

Which of the following statements concerning fast-twitch muscle fibers is true? A) They split ATP rapidly. B) They have large deposits of myoglobin. C) They are well adapted to aerobic metabolism. D) They have a well-developed blood supply. E) They have many mitochondria.

140)

Intense exercise that results in a great deal of anaerobic activity

Version 1

42


A) converts some slow-twitch fibers into fast-twitch fibers. B) increases muscular strength and mass. C) enlarges slow-twitch fibers. D) decreases the efficiency of fast-twitch fibers. E) decreases muscle strength and mass.

141)

Aerobic exercise A) increases vascularity of muscle. B) develops fatigue-resistant fast-twitch fibers. C) can increase the efficiency of slow-twitch fibers. D) can increase the number of mitochondria in muscle fibers. E) All of these choices are correct.

142)

Muscle hypertrophy results from increased numbers of A) myofibrils and sarcomeres. B) muscle fibers. C) motor units. D) muscles. E) muscle cells.

143)

Increased strength of a trained muscle is due to A) an increased number of muscle fibers. B) the nervous system's ability to recruit a large number of motor units simultaneously. C) elimination of unnecessary enzymes and metabolic pathways. D) elimination of all adipose tissue. E) elimination of unnecessary connective tissue.

Version 1

43


144) A patient has a broken arm and must wear a cast for a prolonged period of time. Which of the following is mostly likely to be true when the cast is removed? A) The patient's arm muscles will look the same as they did before the break. B) The patient's arm muscles will have undergone atrophy. C) The patient's arm muscles will have undergone hypertrophy.

145)

Select the phrase that does not belong with the others. A) Muscle atrophy B) Immobilization C) Decrease in number of myofibrils D) Loss of nerve stimulation E) Increased vascularity

146) Susan slipped on the ice and was unable to be fully mobile for several days. What disruption to homeostasis would you predict she experienced during her immobile period in terms of her muscular system? A) Susan's metabolic rate was raised, and it initiated sweating. B) Susan was more cold than usual because her inactivity prevented her muscles from helping to regulate her body temperature. C) Susan's uninjured muscles overcompensate for the inactive ones by contracting spontaneously.

147)

Maureen is hiking in the cold, and to maintain homeostasis her body begins to

Version 1

44


A) increase heat loss from the skin. B) release chemicals to initiate a high fever. C) shiver. D) reduce her blood pressure. E) vasodilate vessels in her head and neck.

148) true?

When comparing smooth and skeletal muscle cells, which of the following statements is

A) Smooth muscle cells have striations. B) The myofilaments in smooth muscle do not form sarcomeres. C) Smooth muscle cells are larger than skeletal muscle cells. D) Smooth muscle has a lot of actin and myosin. E) Smooth muscle cells are multinucleated.

149)

Which of the following statements concerning smooth muscle is true? A) It contains many sarcomeres. B) Caveolae seem to take the place of the myofibrils. C) A calcium-calmodulin complex initiates cross-bridge formation. D) The cells are large and multinuclear. E) It has a well-developed sarcoplasmic reticulum.

150)

In smooth muscle, most of the Ca2+ needed for muscle contraction

Version 1

45


A) is in the dense bodies. B) enters from extracellular fluid. C) is attached to the intermediate filaments. D) must be activated by myosin kinase. E) is stored in the sarcoplasmic reticulum.

151)

In smooth muscle, cross-bridging occurs due to A) Ca2+ binding to troponin. B) Ca2+ binding to calmodulin. C) myosin kinase adding a phosphate to myosin heads. D) both Ca2+ binding to troponin and calmodulin. E) both Ca2+ binding to calmodulin and myosin kinase adding a phosphate to myosin

heads.

152)

Which of the following is NOT true of the latch state of smooth muscle contraction? A) Myosin phosphatase removes the phosphate group from myosin. B) It explains why smooth muscle can sustain tension for long periods of time. C) It occurs when the phosphate is removed while the cross-bridges are attached to actin. D) It occurs when the phosphate is removed while the cross-bridges are not attached to

actin. E) It allows contraction without a large energy expenditure.

153)

Myosin phosphatase

Version 1

46


A) activates myosin kinase. B) forms the cross-bridge. C) removes phosphate from myosin. D) binds to calcium-calmodulin complex. E) opens Ca2+-channels.

154)

Visceral smooth muscle A) may contain groups of cells that function as an independent unit. B) occurs in sheets and exhibits numerous gap junctions. C) contracts only when stimulated. D) does not function as a unit. E) All of these choices are correct.

155)

Multiunit smooth muscle is located in the A) gastrocnemius. B) wall of the GI tract. C) wall of blood vessels. D) wall of the heart. E) reproductive system.

156)

Smooth muscle A) responds in an all-or-none fashion. B) depolarizes when both Na+ and Ca2+ diffuse into the cell. C) has fast waves of depolarization. D) has fast waves of repolarization. E) has a resting membrane potential that is more negative than skeletal muscle fibers.

Version 1

47


157)

Functionally, smooth muscle A) is well adapted to anaerobic metabolism. B) exhibits autorhythmic contractions. C) contracts in response to slow increases in length. D) is unable to maintain tone. E) rapidly develops an oxygen deficit.

158) In a laboratory experiment, the resting membrane potential of a muscle is measured and is found to be more negative. Which of the following has occurred? A) Hyperpolarization B) Repolarization C) Depolarization D) Isopolarization E) Hypopolarization

159)

Smooth muscle is regulated by all of the following except A) the autonomic nervous system. B) neurotransmitters. C) the somatic nervous system. D) hormones. E) prostaglandins.

160) An antibody test on smooth muscle reveals fewer dense bodies and intermediate filaments in a patient with a colon disorder. What is the purpose of these structures?

Version 1

48


A) They allow for rapidly developing action potentials in smooth muscle cells. B) They are shallow invaginations of plasma membrane. C) They maintain relatively constant tension in smooth muscle for a period of time. D) They are part of the intracellular cytoskeleton. E) They act as enzymes that remove phosphate from myosin.

161)

What are caveolae? A) Ion channels that allow for rapidly developing action potentials B) Shallow invaginations of plasma membrane C) Structures that allow for relatively constant tension maintained for a period of time D) Parts of the intracellular cytoskeleton E) Enzymes that removes phosphate from myosin

162)

What is the role of myosin phosphatase? A) To aid in rapidly developing action potentials B) To form shallow invaginations of the plasma membrane C) To maintain relatively constant tension for a period of time D) To function as the intracellular cytoskeleton E) To serve as an enzyme that removes phosphate from myosin

163)

What is the role of pacemaker cells? A) They rapidly develop action potentials. B) They are shallow invaginations of the plasma membrane. C) They maintain relatively constant tension for a period of time. D) They are part of the intracellular cytoskeleton. E) They are enzymes that remove phosphate from myosin.

Version 1

49


164) A cancer patient is told by their physician that their colon is lacking smooth muscle tone. What does this mean? A) The colon is developing action potentials too rapidly. B) The colon has too many shallow invaginations of plasma membranes. C) The colon is unable to maintain constant tension for sustained periods of time. D) The intracellular cytoskeleton is overactive.

165)

Cardiac muscle cells are like skeletal muscle cells in that they both A) have striations. B) depolarize as a result of Na+ and Ca2+ influxes. C) possess intercalated disks. D) lack sarcomeres. E) are multinucleated.

166)

Which of the following is NOT an age-related change in skeletal muscle? A) Loss of muscle strength B) Loss of synapse surface area C) Loss of fast-twitch fibers D) Decreased recovery time E) Decrease in motor units

167)

Curare blocks acetylcholine receptors at the motor end plate. This would result in

Version 1

50


A) increased stimulation of the muscle. B) more acetylcholinesterase production. C) lack of Ca2+ uptake by the muscle fiber. D) inability of the muscle fiber to respond to nervous stimulation. E) sustained contraction of the muscle.

168) A child ingested an organophosphate poison used to kill insects. Soon the child's muscles began spastic contractions. Predict what occurred at the synaptic cleft. A) Decreased release of acetylcholine from presynaptic neurons B) Increased accumulation of acetylcholine in the synapse C) Binding of the poison to acetylcholine receptors leading to inhibition of stimulation D) Increased breakdown of acetylcholine in the synaptic cleft E) Both increased accumulation of acetylcholine in the synapse and increased breakdown of acetylcholine in the synaptic cleft are correct.

169)

One cause of spastic paralysis might be A) inhibition of acetylcholine molecules. B) blockage of acetylcholine receptors. C) inhibition of acetylcholinesterase. D) destruction of synaptic vesicles. E) increase in the amount of acetylcholinesterase.

170)

Which of the following occurs during recovery from oxygen deficit?

Version 1

51


A) An elevated level of anaerobic metabolism B) Depletion of reserves of creatine phosphate C) Conversion of excess lactate to glucose D) Glycogen degradation to provide creatine E) Depressed level of aerobic respiration

171)

Anabolic steroids can do all of the following except A) increase muscle size and strength. B) cause testicular atrophy. C) cause cardiovascular disease. D) increase the number of muscle fibers. E) increase total muscle mass.

172)

The condition of painful, spasmodic contractions of muscles is referred to as A) cramps. B) fibrositis. C) fibromyalgia. D) muscular dystrophy. E) paralysis.

173)

Inflammation of the fibrous connective tissue resulting in stiffness and soreness is A) cramps. B) fibrositis. C) fibrosis. D) muscular dystrophy. E) paralysis.

Version 1

52


174)

Muscular dystrophy is characterized by A) chronic muscle pain. B) decreased size of muscle fibers. C) spastic contractions of muscles. D) replacement of muscle tissue by connective tissue. E) hypertrophy of muscle tissue.

175)

Which of the following is NOT true of muscular atrophy? A) It is irreversible. B) It can be caused by disuse. C) It can be caused by denervation. D) Transcutaneous stimulation can help prevent it. E) Muscle fibers are replaced by connective tissue.

176) Which of the following is NOT a known effect of illegal use of anabolic steroids in large dosages? A) Increased muscle size B) Kidney damage C) Diminished testosterone secretion D) Increased cardiovascular fitness E) Sterility

177)

What would result from a lack of extracellular Ca2+ at the neuromuscular junction?

Version 1

53


A) Excessive synaptic vesicles would fuse and release too much ACh, overstimulating the myofiber. B) Synaptic vesicles would fail to fuse and ACh would not be released. C) Nothing would happen because extracellular Ca2+ does not play a role in muscle stimulation. D) The neuron must use its intracellular Ca2+ to make the vesicles fuse. E) Potassium ions are used in place of Ca2+ to ensure the vesicles fuse.

178) Consider a chemical that blocks the action of acetylcholinesterase. What effect does this have on muscles? A) It would cause paralysis. B) It would cause action potentials to be inhibited, thereby rendering the muscle useless. C) The body would increase its production of acetylcholine to compensate. D) The axons of the motor neurons would atrophy, and the muscle would weaken. E) The muscle would have no way to relax, and spastic contractions would result.

179) A toxin released by the anaerobic bacterium Clostridium botulinum causes the foodborne illness known as botulism, which inhibits the release of ACh at the neuromuscular junction. What effect does this have on a person infected with the bacterium? A) It causes flaccid paralysis, and if it affects the respiratory muscles, can result in death. B) It disrupts the balance between ACh and acetylcholinesterase, leading to spastic contractions. C) The brain compensates by producing more ACh, limiting the illness to only a few hours. D) The jaws are most affected, and it results in "lockjaw." E) Problems only result when the individual has low immunity.

180) Atrophy at the neuromuscular junction that naturally occurs with age would have what effect on muscles?

Version 1

54


A) It would stimulate the nervous system to increase the speed in which it sends action potentials to the muscle fiber. B) It would stimulate muscle cramps. C) It would decrease the number of action potentials sent to the muscle fiber. D) It would cause an increase in the amount of ACh released by the neurons to compensate. E) It would have no effect on the muscles.

181)

Why does muscle activity affect the temperature of the body?

A) The rate of chemical reactions increases in muscle fibers during contraction, so the rate of heat production also increases. B) Muscle contraction generates pyrogens which reset the body's internal thermostat to a higher temperature. C) Muscle activity directs more warm blood to the muscles away from the central core causing a cooling effect on your internal organs. D) Increased muscle activity causes a rise in adipose stores which increases the insulation value of the body.

182)

As muscle activity increases, the body temperature __________. A) decreases B) increases

183) Each __________ includes a Z disc and extends from each side of the Z disc to the ends of the myosin myofilaments. A) anisotropic band or A band B) isotropic band or I band C) muscle fiber D) sarcomere

Version 1

55


184)

The H zone A) contains only myosin myofilaments. B) contains only actin myofilaments. C) contains both myosin and actin myofilaments.

185)

Excitation-contraction coupling begins with A) the depolarization at the T tubules. B) the production of an action potential in the sarcolemma. C) the release of Ca2+ from the sarcoplasmic reticulum. D) the release of the cross-bridge.

186) In order for excitation-contraction coupling to occur, the production of an action potential must occur within the __________ of a muscle fiber. A) contraction B) junction C) sarcolemma

187) If one nerve stimulus arrives at a muscle fiber so soon that the fiber does NOT relax at all from the previous twitch, the most likely result will be __________. A) fatigue B) spasm C) incompletetetanus D) completetetanus E) wave summation

Version 1

56


188)

Which muscle(s) can contract without the need for nervous stimulation? A) Skeletal muscleonly B) Smooth muscleonly C) Cardiac muscleonly D) Smooth and cardiacmuscle E) Skeletal, smooth, and cardiac muscle

189)

Which fibers are primarily responsible for producing lactate? A) Slow fibers B) Type IIA fast fibers C) Type IIB fast fibers D) Type I slow-twitch fibers E) Red fibers

190) Michael Jordan was arguably the best player in professional basketball history. Scientifically, one would expect him to have highly developed __________ fibers. A) red B) white C) intermediate D) fast twitch E) slow oxidative

191) Why is the contraction strength of smooth muscle relatively independent of its resting length?

Version 1

57


A) It gets nearly allof its Ca2+ from the extracellular fluid. B) It does not haveintercalated discs. C) It does not havesarcomeres. D) It is regulated bya length-tension relationship. E) It is involuntarymuscle.

192) If one nerve stimulus arrives at a muscle fiber so soon that the fiber has only partially relaxed from the previous twitch, the most likely result will be __________. A) fatigue B) spasm C) incompletetetanus D) completetetanus E) flaccidparalysis

193)

Which of the following is true concerning isotonic eccentric contraction? A) The muscle shortens, but tension remains constant. B) The muscle lengthens, but tension remains constant. C) The muscle tenses and shortens. D) The muscle tenses, but length remains unchanged. E) The muscle lengthens, and tension declines.

194)

Which of the following is true concerning isotonic concentric contraction?

Version 1

58


A) The muscle shortens, but tension remains constant. B) The muscle lengthens, but tension remains constant. C) The muscle tenses and shortens. D) The muscle tenses, but length remains unchanged. E) The muscle lengthens, and tension declines.

195) Athletes who train at high altitudes increase their red blood cell count, which increases their oxygen supply during exercise. Increased oxygen supply results in A) increased glycolysis. B) increased use of myokinase. C) longer aerobic respiration. D) longer anaerobic respiration. E) reduced ATP consumption.

196)

Which of the following would be caused by a contraction of smooth muscle? A) Goose bumps B) Blood leaving theleft ventricle of the heart C) Elevating theeyebrows D) Blinking theeyelids E) Deepinspiration

197) As you are lifting a box, someone places extra weight on top of it. For your muscle to continue contracting and lifting the box, the muscle must

Version 1

59


A) recruit more muscle fibers. B) lower its threshold. C) reduce its wave summation. D) shift from isometric to isotonic contraction. E) shift from slow-twitch to fast-twitch mode.

198) Drugs called calcium channel blockers may be used to lower blood pressure by causing arteries to vasodilate. How do you suppose these drugs work? A) They preventcalcium from entering the sarcoplasmic reticulum of smooth muscle. B) They stimulate thecalcium pump in smooth muscle, thus removing calcium from the calmodulin. C) They preventcalcium from exiting the sarcoplasmic reticulum in skeletal muscle. D) They preventcalcium from entering cardiac muscle, thus slowing down the heart rate. E) They preventcalcium from entering smooth muscle, thus allowing the muscle to relax.

199) Which of the following individuals would have more mitochondria in her skeletal muscle? A) A 50-year-oldsedentary computer programmer B) A 22-year-oldsoccer player C) A long-termhospice patient D) A model on areduced-calorie diet E) A newborn

200)

A skeletal muscle generates the greatest tension when it is

Version 1

60


A) greatly stretched before being stimulated. B) partially stretched before being stimulated. C) fully relaxed before being stimulated. D) well-rested and low in creatine phosphate. E) high in lactate concentration.

201) A volleyball player depends on the gastrocnemius muscles for plantar flexion, whereas a marathon runner depends more on the soleus muscles for the same action. What characteristic of the soleus muscles makes this so? A) Theyhave smaller mitochondria. B) They have moreglycogen in them. C) They don't haveas many blood capillaries per gram of tissue. D) They make moreuse of aerobic respiration. E) They break ATPdown to ADP and Pi faster.

202)

The training regimen of a competitive weight lifter is designed partly to

A) convert certain muscles with parallel muscle fascicles into muscles with non-parallel muscle fascicles. B) increase the average number of myofibrils per muscle fiber. C) convert fast muscle fibers to slow muscle fibers. D) increase the size of his motor units. E) lower the threshold for muscle stimulation.

203)

Which of the following statements best distinguishes between tetanus and treppe?

Version 1

61


A) Tetanus is due to repeated stimulation of the muscle; treppe is the result of a single long stimulation of the muscle. B) Tetanus occurs when stimulation of muscle occurs frequently with little to no relaxation between stimuli; treppe occurs when stimulation of muscle occurs frequently, but complete relaxation occurs between stimuli. C) Tetanus only occurs in laboratory settings, but treppe occurs all the time in normal muscle activity. D) Tetanus involves increasing the number of motor units stimulated simultaneously; whereas, treppe involves the repeated stimulation of a single muscle fiber.

204)

Due to the pattern of innervation of skeletal muscle, one would expect that A) there are fewer motor neurons than skeletal muscle fibers. B) there are fewer muscle fibers than motor neurons. C) the number of muscle fibers and motor neurons is equal.

205) Substance A is found to be a competitor with acetylcholine. Which step of muscle contraction physiology would be directly affected by this substance? A) Exposure of the active sites on G actin B) Release of acetylcholine from the presynaptic terminal C) Generation of an action potential at the sarcolemma D) Release of the myosin head following the power stroke

206) Whales are air-breathing aquatic mammals, and some species can remain underwater for long periods of time. Which type of skeletal muscle fibers are most likely dominant in these deep diving whales?

Version 1

62


A) Slow fibers B) Fast (type IIa) fibers C) Fast (IIb) fibers D) White fibers

207) Which of the following descriptions best represents the appearance of the sarcomere during peak contraction? A) The H zone is eliminated, and the I bands are very thin. B) The width of the A band is slightly less than the width of the I band. C) The H zone is equivalent to one-third of the length of the A band. D) The I bands and A bands are of equal widths.

208) Which of the following statements best predicts the effect of a substance that blocks creatine kinase activity? A) ATP production from creatine phosphate would decrease. B) ATP production from creatine phosphate would increase. C) ADP production from creatine phosphate would decrease. D) ADP production from creatine phosphate would increase.

209)

Calcium ion blocking agents would most likely affect A) action potential propogation along the transverse tubules. B) release of Ca2+ from the sarcoplasmic reticulum. C) movement of the tropomyosin molecule. D) release of the myosin head from the G actin molecule.

Version 1

63


210) Myastensia gravis results from the destruction of acetylcholine receptors at the neuromuscular junction, but treatment involves medications that reduce acetylcholinesterase activity. Which statement best explains the effectiveness of these medications? A) The antibodies destroy some but not all of the acetylcholine receptors, so reducing acetylcholinesterase activity increases the likelihood that acetylcholine will bind to the remaining receptors. B) Acetylcholinesterase is the substance that destroys the receptors as well, so reducing its activity increases the number of acetylcholine receptors. C) Acetylcholinesterase breaks down the acetylcholine to a substance that can bind to the damaged receptors. D) The antibodies that destroy the acetylcholine receptors are less likely to work if acetylcholinesterase is present.

211) Diseases that affect the ability of skeletal muscle to contract are considered life threatening because A) the movement of blood through the blood vessels of the body depends solely on skeletal muscle contractions. B) respiratory movements depend on skeletal muscle contractions. C) movement of food through the digestive tract depends on skeletal muscle contractions. D) All of the choices are correct.

212) Which of the following is not an important function of calcium ions in skeletal muscle activity? A) Depolarization of the sarcolemma B) Release of acetylcholine from the presynaptic terminal C) Exposure of the active sites on G actin D) All of these are important functions of calcium ions in skeletal muscle contraction.

Version 1

64


213) Which of the following statementsdoes not accurately describe factors that determine the amount of force generated during a muscle contraction? A) The number of cross-bridges that can form is higher in a short muscle fiber compared to longer fibers. B) Muscle fibers that have larger diameters have more myofibrils and therefore can form more cross-bridges. C) Increasing stimulation of a muscle fiber results in increased formation of crossbridges. D) Muscle fibers that are stretched to the optimal length will provide higher numbers of cross-bridges.

214)

214.1)

Version 1

What does "A" represent on the diagram?

65


A) Myosin myofilament B) Actin myofilament C) Sarcomere D) Z disk E) Cross-bridge

214.2)

What does "B" represent on the diagram?

A) Myosin myofilament B) Actin myofilament C) Sarcomere D) Z disk E) Cross-bridge

214.3)

What does "C" represent on the diagram?

A) Myosin myofilament B) Actin myofilament C) Sarcomere D) Z disk E) Cross-bridge

214.4)

What does "D" represent on the diagram?

A) Myosin myofilament B) Actin myofilament C) Sarcomere D) Z disk E) Cross-bridge

Version 1

66


214.5)

What does "E" represent on the diagram?

A) Myosin myofilament B) Actin myofilament C) Sarcomere D) Z disk E) Cross-bridge

215)

215.1)

Version 1

What does "A" represent on the diagram?

67


A) Threshold B) Depolarization C) Depolarization phase of action potential D) Repolarization phase of action potential

215.2)

What does "B" represent on the diagram?

A) Threshold B) Depolarization C) Depolarization phase of action potential D) Repolarization phase of action potential

215.3)

What does "C" represent on the diagram?

A) Threshold B) Depolarization C) Depolarization phase of action potential D) Repolarization phase of action potential

215.4)

What does "D" represent on the diagram?

A) Threshold B) Depolarization C) Depolarization phase of action potential D) Repolarization phase of action potential

Version 1

68


216)

<p>

216.1) The figure illustrates a detailed drawing of the neuromuscular junction. What does "B" represent? A) Synaptic vesicles B) Synaptic cleft C) Sarcolemma D) Presynaptic terminal E) Postsynaptic membrane

216.2) The figure illustrates a detailed drawing of the neuromuscular junction. What does "A" represent?

Version 1

69


A) Synaptic vesicles B) Synaptic cleft C) Sarcolemma D) Presynaptic terminal E) Postsynaptic membrane

216.3) The figure illustrates a detailed drawing of the neuromuscular junction. What does "C" represent? A) Synaptic vesicles B) Synaptic cleft C) Sarcolemma D) Presynaptic terminal E) Postsynaptic membrane

216.4) The figure illustrates a detailed drawing of the neuromuscular junction. What does "D" represent? A) Synaptic vesicles B) Synaptic cleft C) Sarcolemma D) Presynaptic terminal E) Postsynaptic membrane

216.5) The figure illustrates a detailed drawing of the neuromuscular junction. What does "E" represent?

Version 1

70


A) Synaptic vesicles B) Synaptic cleft C) Sarcolemma D) Presynaptic terminal E) Postsynaptic membrane

217) The type of neurotransmitter or hormone that binds to receptors on smooth muscle plasma membranes determines the response of the muscle. ⊚ ⊚

true false

218) The diffusion of Ca2+ into a smooth muscle cell does not depolarize the membrane so no action potential occurs. ⊚ ⊚

true false

219) In a contracted muscle, the A bands narrow because the length of the myosin myofilaments changes. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

71


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 09_13e_ VanPutte 1) [B, C, D] 2) [C, D] 3) [B, C] 4) [D] 5) D 6) B 7) A 8) A 9) D 10) A 11) E 12) B 13) A 14) B 15) D 16) E 17) A 18) C 19) A 20) C 21) B 22) B 23) A 24) B 25) B 26) B Version 1

72


27) A 28) A 29) C 30) C 31) D 32) C 33) A 34) D 35) B 36) D 37) A 38) B 39) C 40) C 41) B 42) A 43) D 44) C 45) B 46) E 47) A 48) D 49) B 50) A 51) C 52) A 53) B 54) D 55) B 56) B Version 1

73


57) A 58) D 59) A 60) C 61) D 62) A 63) A 64) E 65) A 66) A 67) C 68) D 69) B 70) A 71) B 72) A 73) B 74) D 75) A 76) E 77) C 78) A 79) C 80) B 81) B 82) B 83) E 84) C 85) B 86) D Version 1

74


87) C 88) C 89) C 90) D 91) D 92) B 93) B 94) A 95) A 96) B 97) A 98) E 99) C 100) C 101) E 102) A 103) B 104) D 105) A 106) B 107) A 108) A 109) B 110) A 111) E 112) C 113) D 114) C 115) B 116) D Version 1

75


117) B 118) A 119) B 120) A 121) C 122) E 123) B 124) C 125) B 126) B 127) A 128) A 129) B 130) E 131) D 132) C 133) D 134) A 135) B 136) E 137) C 138) D 139) A 140) B 141) E 142) A 143) B 144) B 145) E 146) B Version 1

76


147) C 148) B 149) C 150) B 151) E 152) D 153) C 154) B 155) C 156) B 157) B 158) A 159) C 160) D 161) B 162) E 163) A 164) C 165) A 166) D 167) D 168) B 169) C 170) C 171) D 172) A 173) B 174) D 175) A 176) D Version 1

77


177) B 178) E 179) A 180) C 181) A 182) B 183) B 184) A 185) B 186) C 187) D 188) D 189) C 190) B 191) C 192) C 193) B 194) A 195) C 196) A 197) A 198) E 199) B 200) B 201) D 202) B 203) B 204) A 205) A 206) A Version 1

78


207) A 208) A 209) C 210) A 211) B 212) A 213) A 214) Section Break 214.1) B 214.2) A 214.3) E 214.4) D 214.5) C 215) Section Break 215.1) B 215.2) C 215.3) D 215.4) A 216) Section Break 216.1) D 216.2) C 216.3) A 216.4) B 216.5) E 217) FALSE 218) TRUE 219) FALSE

Version 1

79


CHAPTER 10 1)

Which of the following muscles are named based on their shape? (Check all that apply.) A) Deltoid B) Orbicularis oris C) Pectoralis major D) Superior rectus E) Teres major

2)

Which of the following are components of the pelvic diaphragm? (Check all that apply.) A) Bulbospongiosus B) Coccygeus C) External anal sphincter D) Inferior oblique E) Levator ani

3) The lateral and posterior neck muscles are involved in which types of head movements? (Check all that apply.) A) Abduction B) Adduction C) Extension D) Lateral flexion E) Rotation

4)

The lateral leg muscles have which actions on the foot? (Check all that apply.)

Version 1

1


A) Dorsiflexion B) Eversion C) Inversion D) Plantar flexion

5)

Which thoracic muscles are involved in expiration? (Check all that apply.) A) External intercostals B) Internal intercostals C) Scalene muscles D) Transversus thoracis

6) Which muscles insert upon the scapula and attach the scapula to the thorax? (Check all that apply.) A) Deltoid B) Levator scapulae C) Pectoralis major D) Pectoralis minor E) Rhomboideus muscles F) Serratus anterior G) Trapezius

7) The sternocleidomastoid muscle extends from the mastoid process of the temporal bone to the sternum and medial clavicle. When both sternocleidomastoid muscles contract, the head is flexed. The end of the muscle that connects to the sternum is the __________.

Version 1

2


A) origin B) belly C) body D) insertion E) fixator

8) When a skeletal muscle contracts to cause a given movement, the more movable end of attachment of the muscle is called its __________. A) origin B) insertion C) antagonist D) synergist E) fixator

9) When you "pull your tummy in" and compress your abdomen, you use the rectus abdominis, external abdominal oblique, internal abdominal oblique, and transversus abdominis muscles. This is an example of muscles working as __________. A) fixators B) synergists C) antagonists D) prime movers E) cooperatives

10)

The insertion is

Version 1

3


A) a muscle working in opposition to another muscle. B) the end of the muscle where the action occurs. C) the muscle that does most of the movement. D) the stationary end of the muscle. E) a group of muscles that work together to cause movement.

11)

The origin is A) a muscle working in opposition to another muscle. B) the end of the muscle where the action occurs. C) the muscle that does most of the movement. D) the stationary end of the muscle. E) a group of muscles that work together to cause movement.

12)

A synergist is A) a muscle working in opposition to another muscle. B) the end of the muscle where the action occurs. C) the muscle that does most of the movement. D) the stationary end of the muscle. E) a group of muscles that work together to cause movement.

13)

The prime mover is A) a muscle working in opposition to another muscle. B) the end of the muscle where the action occurs. C) the muscle that does most of the movement. D) the stationary end of the muscle. E) a group of muscles that work together to cause movement.

Version 1

4


14)

An antagonist is A) a muscle working in opposition to another muscle. B) the end of the muscle where the action occurs. C) the muscle that does most of the movement. D) the stationary end of the muscle. E) a group of muscles that work together to cause movement.

15) Muscles that have their fasciculi arranged like barbs of a feather along a common tendon are called __________. A) pennate B) straight C) orbicular D) rhombohedral E) divergent

16)

The muscle shape that has the capacity to shorten to the greatest degree is __________. A) pennate B) straight C) orbicular D) unipennate E) multipennate

17)

The type of muscle that functions as a sphincter is __________.

Version 1

5


A) pennate B) straight C) orbicular D) rhombohedral E) unipennate

18)

The type of muscle that can contract with the greatest force is the __________. A) straight B) orbicular C) triangular D) rhomboidal E) pennate

19)

The adductor longus is named for its __________. A) function and orientation B) origin and insertion C) location and size D) type and shape E) function and size

20)

The brachioradialis is named for its __________. A) function and orientation B) origin and insertion C) location and size D) function and size E) type and shape

Version 1

6


21)

Which of the following muscles is named for its shape? A) Pectoralis major B) Adductor pollicis C) Vastus lateralis D) Trapezius E) Pectoralis minor

22)

Which of the following muscles is named for its location? A) Rhomboideus major B) Quadriceps femoris C) Trapezius D) Deltoid E) Teres major

23)

In the body's lever systems, the A) joint represents the fulcrum point. B) force or pull is applied by the bone. C) fulcrum is the part being moved. D) weight is the muscle mass. E) lever is a pivot point.

24)

Which of the following represents a class I lever system?

Version 1

7


A) Crossing your legs B) Hyperextension of the head C) Standing on your tiptoes D) Flexion of the elbow to elevate the hand E) Lifting weight with your arm

25)

The flexion of the elbow represents a __________ lever system. A) class I B) class II C) class III D) class IV

26)

Contracting the right sternocleidomastoid muscle would A) raise the head. B) lower the head. C) rotate the head toward the right. D) rotate the head toward the left. E) hyperextend the head.

27)

Contracting the trapezius muscle would A) extend the neck. B) flex the neck. C) laterally flex the neck. D) rotate the head toward the left. E) extend and laterally flex the neck.

Version 1

8


28)

Which of the following muscles does NOT extend the neck? A) Trapezius B) Semispinalis capitis C) Longissimus capitis D) Longus capitis E) Splenius capitis

29)

Of the following muscles of the head, which one wraps around the orbits? A) Nasalis B) Temporalis C) Orbicularis oculi D) Masseter E) Orbicularis oris

30)

Raising the eyebrows is the action of the __________ muscle. A) auricular B) procerus C) occipitofrontalis D) levator palpebrae superioris E) temporalis

31)

Well-developed mentalis muscles result in __________.

Version 1

9


A) a dimple in the chin B) crow's feet wrinkles C) a wonderful smile D) chubby cheeks E) creases in the cheeks

32)

Closing or puckering the lips is the action of the __________ muscle. A) auricularis B) orbicularis oris C) orbicularis oculi D) levator anguli oris E) zygomaticus

33)

Facial muscles are unusual in that they A) represent a combination of first-class and second-class lever systems. B) insert and sometimes originate on skin and connective tissue. C) are smooth muscles rather than skeletal muscles. D) are not involved in movement. E) are not involved in facial expression.

34)

Which of the following muscles is involved in chewing gum? A) Masseter B) Splenius capitus C) Orbicularis oris D) Zygomaticus major E) Orbicularis oculi

Version 1

10


35)

The orbicularis oculi muscle A) puckers the mouth for kissing. B) contributes to pouting. C) contributes to laughing and smiling. D) causes crow's feet wrinkles. E) raises the eyelid.

36)

The orbicularis oris muscle A) puckers the mouth for kissing. B) contributes to pouting. C) contributes to laughing and smiling. D) causes crow's feet wrinkles. E) raises the eyelid.

37)

The zygomaticus major muscle A) puckers the mouth for kissing. B) contributes to pouting. C) contributes to laughing and smiling. D) causes crow's feet wrinkles. E) raises the eyelid.

38)

The levator palpebrae superioris muscle

Version 1

11


A) puckers the mouth for kissing. B) contributes to pouting. C) contributes to laughing and smiling. D) causes crow's feet wrinkles. E) raises the eyelid.

39)

The depressor anguli oris muscle A) puckers the mouth for kissing. B) contributes to pouting. C) contributes to laughing and smiling. D) causes crow's feet wrinkles. E) raises the eyelid.

40)

Muscles that elevate the jaw and close the mouth include the __________. A) stylohyoid and procerus B) temporalis and digastric C) sternothyroid and buccinator D) masseter and medial pterygoid E) zygomaticus and buccinator

41)

The digastric muscle is involved in __________. A) stomach contractions B) opening the mouth C) facial expression D) tummy tucks E) swallowing

Version 1

12


42)

When you say "ah" and stick out your tongue, which muscle do you use? A) Genioglossus B) Hyoglossus C) Styloglossus D) Palatoglossus E) Stylohyoid

43)

Muscles that change the shape of the tongue are called __________ muscles. A) extrinsic B) deglutition C) masseter D) intrinsic E) suprahyoid

44) In order to stabilize the hyoid so that the larynx can be elevated in swallowing, the __________ muscle group is used. A) pterygoid B) infrahyoid C) auricularis D) suprahyoid E) hyoglossus

45)

Which of the following muscles is involved in swallowing?

Version 1

13


A) Sternocleidomastoid B) Palatopharyngeus C) Temporalis D) Vocalis E) Masseter

46)

Contraction of the inferior rectus muscle directs the pupil to look __________. A) up B) obliquely C) to the side D) to the nose E) down

47) In order for both eyes to direct their gaze to the right, which of the following muscles are used? (1) Right lateral rectus (2) Right medial rectus (3) Left lateral rectus (4) Left medial rectus A) 1 and 3 B) 2 and 4 C) 2 and 3 D) 1 and 4 E) 1, 2, 3

48)

In humans

Version 1

14


A) back muscles are strong to maintain erect posture. B) deep back muscles extend from the vertebrae to the ribs. C) most of the muscle mass in the lower back is from the spinalis muscle. D) back muscles are not very strong. E) back muscles are similar in strength to the back muscles of cattle.

49)

Which back muscle originates on the vertebral spinous processes? A) Erector spinae B) Longissimus capitis C) Interspinales D) Multifidus E) Psoas minor

50)

Which back muscle extends the head? A) Erector spinae B) Longissimus capitis C) Interspinales D) Multifidus E) Psoas minor

51)

Which back muscle inserts on the ribs and vertebrae? A) Erector spinae B) Longissimus capitis C) Interspinales D) Multifidus E) Psoas minor

Version 1

15


52)

Which back muscle extends and rotates the vertebral column? A) Erector spinae B) Longissimus capitis C) Interspinales D) Multifidus E) Psoas minor

53)

Which muscle flexes the vertebral column? A) Erector spinae B) Longissimus capitis C) Interspinales D) Multifidus E) Psoas minor

54) The major movement produced during quiet breathing is accomplished by the __________. A) scalenes B) diaphragm C) external intercostals D) internal intercostals E) transverses thoracis

55)

Which of the following muscles contracts during forced expiration?

Version 1

16


A) Scalenes B) Diaphragm C) Linea alba D) Internal intercostals E) External intercostals

56) If abdominal muscles are contracted while the vertebral column is fixed, this will aid in __________. A) vomiting B) childbirth C) urination D) defecation E) All of the choices are correct.

57) The abdominal muscle that has its origin at the pubic crest and symphysis pubis is the __________. A) rectus abdominis B) transversus abdominis C) external abdominal oblique D) internal abdominal oblique E) linea alba

58)

Which abdominal wall muscle inserts on the xiphoid process and the linea alba?

Version 1

17


A) Rectus abdominis B) External abdominal oblique C) Internal abdominal oblique D) Transversus abdominis E) Quadratus lumborum

59) Which abdominal wall muscle originates on the iliac crest and the lower lumbar vertebrae? A) Rectus abdominis B) External abdominal oblique C) Internal abdominal oblique D) Transversus abdominis E) Quadratus lumborum

60)

Which abdominal wall muscle is the most superficial of the oblique muscles? A) Rectus abdominis B) External abdominal oblique C) Internal abdominal oblique D) Transversus abdominis E) Quadratus lumborum

61)

Which abdominal wall muscle inserts on the 10th to 12th ribs and rectus sheath?

Version 1

18


A) Rectus abdominis B) External abdominal oblique C) Internal abdominal oblique D) Transversus abdominis E) Quadratus lumborum

62)

Damage to the muscle called the levator ani would result in A) difficult urination. B) difficult defecation. C) inability of a male to have an erection. D) decreased support for the pelvic viscera. E) Both "difficult defecation" and "decreased support for the pelvic viscera" are correct.

63)

The pelvic diaphragm is formed by the A) levator ani only. B) deep transverse perineum muscle. C) levator ani and coccygeus muscles. D) sphincter urethrae and sphincter ani muscles. E) coccygeus only.

64)

Which of the following muscles moves the scapula? A) Trapezius B) Biceps brachii C) Latissimus dorsi D) Pectoralis major E) Triceps brachii

Version 1

19


65)

Which muscle will elevate the scapula? A) Levator scapulae B) Serratus anterior C) Pectoralis minor D) Subclavius E) Rhomboideus major

66)

Which muscle rotates and protracts the scapula, and elevates the ribs? A) Levator scapulae B) Serratus anterior C) Pectoralis minor D) Subclavius E) Rhomboideus major

67)

Which muscle retracts, rotates, and fixes the scapula? A) Levator scapulae B) Serratus anterior C) Pectoralis minor D) Subclavius E) Rhomboideus major

68)

Which muscle fixes the clavicle or elevates the first rib?

Version 1

20


A) Levator scapulae B) Serratus anterior C) Pectoralis minor D) Subclavius E) Rhomboideus major

69)

Which muscle will depress the scapula or elevate the ribs? A) Levator scapulae B) Serratus anterior C) Pectoralis minor D) Subclavius E) Rhomboideus major

70)

Which of the following muscles of the chest has its insertion on the humerus? A) Pectoralis major B) Pectoralis minor C) Serratus anterior D) Subclavius E) Internal intercostals

71)

The arm is attached to the thorax by the __________. A) pectoralis major and teres major B) supraspinatus and latissimus dorsi C) pectoralis minor and pectoralis major D) latissimus dorsi and pectoralis major E) biceps brachii and triceps brachii

Version 1

21


72)

Which of the following muscles is part of the rotator cuff? A) Deltoid B) Teres major C) Infraspinatus D) Coracobrachialis E) Trapezius

73)

The rotator cuff muscles A) fix the scapula in place. B) attach the arm to the thorax. C) attach the clavicle to the humerus. D) hold the head of the humerus in the glenoid fossa of the scapula. E) attach at the distal end of the humerus.

74) A tennis player complains of severe pain in the shoulder when serving or returning an overhead volley. Which of the rotator cuff muscles is probably damaged? A) Infraspinatus B) Subscapularis C) Supraspinatus D) Teres major E) Deltoid

75)

The infraspinatus __________.

Version 1

22


A) laterally rotates the arm B) adducts and laterally rotates the arm C) medially rotates the arm D) abducts the arm E) flexes the shoulder

76)

Raising your arm to shoulder level is accomplished almost entirely by the __________. A) pectoralis major B) biceps brachii C) trapezius D) deltoid E) triceps brachii

77)

The teres major and teres minor are not involved in A) extension of the arm. B) adduction of the arm. C) medial rotation of the arm. D) lateral rotation of the arm. E) flexion and abduction of the arm.

78)

All of the following muscles are rotators of the arm. Which is a lateral rotator of the arm? A) Pectoralis major B) Latissimus dorsi C) Teres major D) Deltoid E) Coracobrachialis

Version 1

23


79) If a man exercises by doing push-ups every day, he would strengthen or enlarge which of the following muscles? A) Supraspinatus B) Gastrocnemius C) Thenar muscles D) Triceps brachii E) Biceps brachii

80)

The anconeus works with the triceps brachii to __________. A) supinate the forearm B) extend the forearm C) pronate the forearm D) flex the forearm E) rotate the forearm

81)

Which of the following muscles extends the forearm and has its insertion on the ulna? A) Deltoid B) Biceps brachii C) Triceps brachii D) Brachialis E) Coracobrachialis

82)

Supination of the forearm and hand is accomplished by the __________.

Version 1

24


A) brachioradialis and anconeus B) biceps brachii and supinator C) triceps brachii and supinator D) anconeus and supinator E) supinator and brachialis

83)

Which of the following is found in the posterior group of forearm muscles? A) Palmaris longus B) Flexor carpi radialis C) Abductor pollicis longus D) Flexor digitorum profundus E) Flexor digitorum superficialis

84)

The muscles of the anterior group of forearm muscles are primarily __________. A) flexors B) extensors C) abductors D) adductors E) supinators

85)

Which of the following muscles flexes the wrist? A) Anconeus B) Coracobrachialis C) Flexor pollicis brevis D) Extensor carpi radialis brevis E) Flexor carpi radialis

Version 1

25


86)

A muscle that extends both the wrist and the index finger is the __________. A) extensor indicis B) extensor carpi ulnaris C) extensor pollicis longus D) extensor carpi radialis longus E) extensor digiti minimi

87) Of the following muscles of the forearm, which one rotates the forearm to turn the palm upwards? A) Supinator B) Triceps brachii C) Brachialis D) Pronator quadratus E) Brachioradialis

88)

The radial pulse can be felt just lateral to the tendon of the __________. A) flexor carpi ulnaris B) flexor carpi radialis C) extensor carpi radialis brevis D) extensor carpi radialis longus E) brachioradialis

89)

The extensor pollicis brevis moves the __________.

Version 1

26


A) forearm B) fingers C) thumb D) retinaculum E) palm

90) The thenar muscles are involved in controlling the __________; the hypothenar muscles control the __________. A) index finger; little finger B) thumb; little finger C) ring finger; thumb D) thumb; index finger E) index finger; thumb

91) In order to put on a glove, the fingers are abducted by hand muscles called the __________. A) retinacula B) lumbricals C) opponens pollicis D) dorsal interossei E) abductor pollicis brevis

92) If a person drums their fingers on the table, they would be using which of the following muscles?

Version 1

27


A) Interossei palmaris B) Flexor carpi ulnaris C) Flexor carpi radialis D) Flexor digitorum profundus E) Extensor carpi radialis longus

93)

Flexion of the hip is a movement produced by the __________. A) gluteus medius and gluteus maximus B) gluteus maximus and vastus lateralis C) psoas major and iliacus D) sartorius and rectus femoris E) piriformis and quadratus femoris

94)

The gluteus maximus A) does most of the work in "sit-ups." B) accounts for a sprinter's stance. C) allows one to sit cross-legged. D) is used in the knee-jerk reflex. E) is a common site for injections.

95)

The largest buttocks muscle is the __________. A) iliopsoas B) psoas major C) gluteus maximus D) tensor fascia latae E) piriformis

Version 1

28


96)

A common site on the lower limb for injections is the __________. A) biceps femoris B) gluteus medius C) vastus lateralis D) gluteus maximus E) psoas major

97) When an intramuscular injection is given in the anterior aspect of the thigh, the injection is in the __________. A) soleus B) gastrocnemius C) rectus femoris D) gluteus minimus E) biceps femoris

98)

Which of the following is a part of the quadriceps femoris muscle group? A) Pectineus B) Sartorius C) Vastus lateralis D) Tensor fasciae latae E) Iliotibial tract

99)

The biceps femoris is part of the __________.

Version 1

29


A) hamstring muscles B) quadriceps group C) anterior thigh compartment D) medial thigh compartment E) thigh and hip adductors

100)

The muscle that is used to cross the legs is __________. A) sartorius B) gastrocnemius C) vastus lateralis D) gluteus maximus E) biceps femoris

101)

Which of the following muscles would be considered an antagonist to the rectus femoris? A) Sartorius B) Biceps femoris C) Vastus intermedius D) Gracilis E) Vastus lateralis

102)

Of the following muscles of the thigh, which one is on the posterior side? A) Rectus femoris B) Sartorius C) Adductor magnus D) Biceps femoris E) Gracilis

Version 1

30


103)

Of the following muscles of the thigh, which one is NOT part of the quadriceps group? A) Biceps femoris B) Rectus femoris C) Vastus lateralis D) Vastus medialis E) Vastus intermedius

104)

Of the following muscles of the thigh, which one does NOT pull the leg forward? A) Biceps femoris B) Rectus femoris C) Vastus lateralis D) Vastus medialis E) Vastus intermedius

105)

Of the following muscles of the leg, which one is on the anterior side of the leg? A) Gastrocnemius B) Soleus C) Tibialis anterior D) Tibialis posterior E) Peroneus longus

106)

The term "shin splints" is applied to

Version 1

31


A) injuries resulting from excessive stress on the tibialis posterior. B) stress fractures of the fibula 2 to 5 cm distal to the knee. C) inflammation of the gastrocnemius. D) posterior compartment syndrome. E) blood accumulation around the gastrocnemius.

107)

The bulge of the calf is caused by the __________ and __________ muscles. A) sartorius; piriformis B) gastrocnemius; soleus C) peroneus longus; plantaris D) extensor hallucis longus; flexor hallucis longus E) calcaneal; peroneal

108)

Which of the following muscles is used when walking on your tiptoes? A) Gastrocnemius B) Tibialis anterior C) Peroneus tertius D) Extensor digitorum longus E) Calcaneal tendon

109)

Which of the following muscles is found in the lateral compartment of the leg? A) Plantaris B) Tibialis anterior C) Fibularis longus D) Extensor digitorum longus E) Soleus

Version 1

32


110)

Which of the following is inserted on the calcaneus by the Achilles tendon? A) Tibialis posterior B) Peroneus longus C) Peroneus brevis D) Extensor digitorum longus E) Gastrocnemius

111)

Which of the following is a posterior thigh muscle? A) Quadriceps femoris B) Sartorius C) Biceps femoris D) Tensor fasciae latae E) Gracilis

112)

Which thigh muscle adducts the thigh and flexes the knee? A) Quadriceps femoris B) Sartorius C) Biceps femoris D) Tensor fasciae latae E) Gracilis

113)

Which of the following is a group of four muscles in the anterior thigh?

Version 1

33


A) Quadriceps femoris B) Sartorius C) Biceps femoris D) Tensor fasciae latae E) Gracilis

114)

Which of the following is the longest muscle in the body? A) Quadriceps femoris B) Sartorius C) Biceps femoris D) Tensor fasciae latae E) Gracilis

115)

Which muscle abducts and flexes the thigh? A) Quadriceps femoris B) Sartorius C) Biceps femoris D) Tensor fasciae latae E) Gracilis

116)

Which muscle extends the four lateral toes? A) Tibialis anterior B) Soleus C) Extensor digitorum longus D) Extensor hallicus longus E) Fibularis brevis

Version 1

34


117)

Which muscle everts and plantar flexes the foot? A) Tibialis anterior B) Soleus C) Extensor digitorum longus D) Extensor hallicus longus E) Fibularis brevis

118)

Which muscle extends the big toe? A) Tibialis anterior B) Soleus C) Extensor digitorum longus D) Extensor hallicus longus E) Fibularis brevis

119)

Which muscle dorsiflexes and inverts the foot? A) Tibialis anterior B) Soleus C) Extensor digitorum longus D) Extensor hallicus longus E) Fibularis brevis

120)

Which muscle plantar flexes the foot?

Version 1

35


A) Tibialis anterior B) Soleus C) Extensor digitorum longus D) Extensor hallicus longus E) Fibularis brevis

121) Muscles can be classified based on their shape and fascicle orientation. Which shape has muscle fibers that run the length of the muscle and taper at each end? A) Circular B) Fusiform C) Multipennate D) Pennate

122) Choosing from the lateral neck muscles, which muscle is the prime mover for flexion of the head at the neck? A) Anterior scalene B) Pectoralis major C) Splenius capitis D) Sternocleidomastoid E) Thyrohyoid F) Trapezius

123) Eversion and plantar flexion is accomplished by muscles in the __________ compartment. A) lateral B) anterior C) posterior

Version 1

36


124)

Triangular muscles, like the pectoralis major are also called __________ muscles. A) bipennate B) circular C) convergent D) parallel

125) Which of the following correctly lists the arrangement of components found in a thirdclass lever? A) Weight–fulcrum–pull B) Fulcrum–pull–weight C) Fulcrum–weight–pull

126)

The rectus femoris is an example of which muscle shape? A) Fusiform B) Parallel C) Triangular D) Elongated E) Pennate

127)

Which term below best describes the deltoid?

Version 1

37


A) Fusiform B) Intrinsic C) Involuntary D) Extrinsic E) Parallel

128)

Which of the following muscles of facial expression is not innervated by the facial nerve? A) Orbicularisoculi B) Zygomaticusmajor C) Corrugatorsupercilii D) Levator palpebraesuperioris E) Buccinator

129)

Which of these muscles helps to open the mouth? A) Zygomaticusmajor B) Digastric C) Sternohyoid D) Depressor angulioris E) Hyoglossus

130)

Which of the following muscles is not externally visible on the trunk of the body? A) Transverseabdominal B) Latissimusdorsi C) Trapezius D) Pectoralismajor E) Externalabdominal oblique

Version 1

38


131) In lifting a heavy weight from the floor, one should use the power of the __________ in order to avoid straining the lower back. A) biceps brachii andbrachialis B) gastrocnemius andsoleus C) external andinternal abdominal obliques D) knee and hipextensors E) trapezius andlatissimus dorsi

132) Which of the following correctly states the proximal and distal attachments of the sternocleidomastoid? A) Sternal manubriumand lateral one-third of clavicle; mastoid process and lateral half of superiornuchal line B) Sternal manubriumand medial half of clavicle; mastoid process and medial one-third of superiornuchal line C) Sternal manubriumand medial one-third of clavicle; mastoid process and lateral half of superiornuchal line D) Sternal manubriumand lateral half of clavicle; mastoid process and lateral one-third of superiornuchal line E) Mastoid processand lateral half of superior nuchal line; sternal manubrium, medial one-thirdof clavicle

133) The muscles that laterally rotate and depress the scapula, as in shrugging and lowering the shoulders, are the __________.

Version 1

39


A) trapezius andserratus anterior B) pectoralis minorand serratus anterior C) levator scapulaeand rhomboideus D) trapezius andrhomboideus E) trapezius andlatissimus dorsi

134) After taking their wedding vows, a bride and groom often ceremonially use which of the following muscles before walking away from the altar? A) Depressor angulioris B) Orbicularisoris C) Levator labiisuperioris D) Platysma E) Quadricepsfemoris

135)

Some people suffer involuntary urination due to incompetence of which muscle? A) External urethralsphincter B) Bulbospongiosus C) Compressorurethrae D) Ischiocavernosus E) Levator ani

136) A baseball pitcher who injures one of his SITS muscles most commonly sustains tears to the tendon of which muscle?

Version 1

40


A) Supraspinatus B) Infraspinatus C) Teres minor D) Subscapularis E) Deltoid

137)

Which of the following is true regarding the levator scapula muscle? A) It is innervated by the phrenic nerve. B) It elevates the scapula if the scapula is fixed. C) It rotates the scapula and depresses the apex of the shoulder. D) It laterally flexes the neck if the scapula is fixed. E) It protracts the scapula if the humerus is fixed.

138)

Which muscle acting on the arm assists in deep inspiration? A) Pectoralismajor B) Trapezius C) Teres minor D) Diaphragm E) Deltoid

139)

A butcher who cuts the distal portion of his fingers may cut the __________ tendon. A) flexor pollicislongus B) flexor carpiulnaris C) palmarislongus D) adductorpollicis E) flexor digitorumprofundus

Version 1

41


140) When a nurse draws blood, it is not uncommon for the needle to penetrate which muscle near the cubital region? A) Pronatorquadratus B) Semimembranosus C) Pronator teres D) Buccinator E) Supinator

141)

Which of the following best describes the insertion of the extensor digitorum? A) It indirectly inserts on all digits of the hand. B) It indirectlyinserts on all digits of the hand except the thumb. C) It directly inserts on all digits of the hand. D) It directly inserts on all digits of the hand except the thumb. E) It directly inserts on the index finger only.

142) Carpal tunnel pressure is sometimes relieved by surgically excising part or all of which structure? A) Palmaraponeurosis B) Extensorretinaculum C) Flexorretinaculum D) Extensoraponeurosis E) Median nerve

143)

Which of the following muscles attaches on the head of the fibula?

Version 1

42


A) Extensor digitorum longus B) Tibialis anterior C) Popliteus D) Biceps femoris E) Semitendinosus

144) A male sustains a crushing injury to his foot. After weeks of care, he begins to notice that he cannot bend the little toe on his right foot. Which of the following would be a logical diagnosis? A) Atrophy of theflexor hallucis brevis B) Atrophy of thefibularis brevis C) Atrophy of thesoleus D) Atrophy of the flexor digiti minimi brevis E) Atrophy of theadductor hallucis

145) Jason was attempting a jump shot and fell to the ground in pain, grasping at the calf of his leg. There is an enormous bulge in his leg just below the popliteal fossa, and he can't plantar flex that foot. Most likely he has injured his __________. A) quadriceps tendon B) calcaneal tendon C) patellar ligament D) tibia E) hamstrings muscles

146) Alexandria, a sprinter, experienced thigh pain during the start of her last race. Within 48 hours of the race, she noticed extensive bruising on the back of her thigh extending into the back of the knee and has difficulty rising from a seated position and flexing her knee. Bending at the waist generates more pain. Which muscle is likely injured?

Version 1

43


A) Gluteusmaximus B) Popliteus C) Bicepsfemoris D) Gastrocnemius E) Iliopsoas

147) After childbirth, a woman begins experiencing tremendous pain in her groin, making it difficult for her to walk. An x-ray shows a fracture extending from her symphysis pubis to the inferior ramus of the pubis. As a result of the fracture, which group of muscles might be impaired? A) Hip flexors B) Thighabductors C) Hip extensors D) Lateralrotators E) Thighadductors

148) When someone says to "turn that frown upside down," they mean to relax your __________ and contract your __________. A) depressor anguli oris; levator anguli oris B) depressor labii inferioris; levator labii superioris C) levator anguli oris; depressor labii inferioris D) levator labii superioris; depressor labii inferioris

149) Joseph is exasperated at the request of his teacher to recite the extrinsic muscles of the eye and their function and rolls his eyes in frustration. Which muscles did Joseph use to carry out this movement?

Version 1

44


A) Inferior obliques B) Inferior rectus C) Lateral rectus D) Medial rectus

150) Hannah has damaged her left deltoid muscle. Which of the following actions would least likely be affected by the damage? A) Moving her arm medially B) Moving her laterally C) Rotating her arm at the shoulder D) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

45


151)

151.1) The figure illustrates a lateral view muscles of the head and neck. Which muscle is indicated by "A"? A) Orbicularis oculi B) Temporalis C) Trapezius D) Sternocleidomastoid E) Masseter

Version 1

46


151.2) The figure illustrates a lateral view muscles of the head and neck. Which muscle is indicated by "B"? A) Orbicularis oculi B) Temporalis C) Trapezius D) Sternocleidomastoid E) Masseter

151.3) The figure illustrates a lateral view muscles of the head and neck. Which muscle is indicated by "C"? A) Orbicularis oculi B) Temporalis C) Trapezius D) Sternocleidomastoid E) Masseter

151.4) The figure illustrates a lateral view muscles of the head and neck. Which muscle is indicated by "D"? A) Orbicularis oculi B) Temporalis C) Trapezius D) Sternocleidomastoid E) Masseter

151.5) The figure illustrates a lateral view muscles of the head and neck. Which muscle is indicated by "E"? Version 1

47


A) Orbicularis oculi B) Temporalis C) Trapezius D) Sternocleidomastoid E) Masseter

152)

152.1) The figure illustrates muscles of the thorax and abdomen. Which structure is indicated by "A"? A) Linea alba B) Serratus anterior C) Rectus abdominis D) External oblique E) Internal oblique

Version 1

48


152.2) The figure illustrates muscles of the thorax and abdomen. Which structure is indicated by "C"? A) Linea alba B) Serratus anterior C) Rectus abdominis D) External oblique E) Internal oblique

152.3) The figure illustrates muscles of the thorax and abdomen. Which structure is indicated by "D"? A) Linea alba B) Serratus anterior C) Rectus abdominis D) External oblique E) Internal oblique

152.4) The figure illustrates muscles of the thorax and abdomen. Which structure is indicated by "E"? A) Linea alba B) Serratus anterior C) Rectus abdominis D) External oblique E) Internal oblique

152.5) The figure illustrates muscles of the thorax and abdomen. Which structure is indicated by "B"? Version 1

49


A) Linea alba B) Serratus anterior C) Rectus abdominis D) External oblique E) Internal oblique

153)

153.1)

The figure illustrates a lateral view of the right eyeball. What does "A" represent?

A) Inferior oblique B) Lateral rectus C) Superior oblique D) Superior rectus E) Inferior rectus

153.2)

The figure illustrates a lateral view of the right eyeball. What does "B" represent?

A) Inferior oblique B) Lateral rectus C) Superior oblique D) Superior rectus E) Inferior rectus

Version 1

50


153.3)

The figure illustrates a lateral view of the right eyeball. What does "C" represent?

A) Inferior oblique B) Lateral rectus C) Superior oblique D) Superior rectus E) Inferior rectus

153.4)

The figure illustrates a lateral view of the right eyeball. What does "D" represent?

A) Inferior oblique B) Lateral rectus C) Superior oblique D) Superior rectus E) Inferior rectus

153.5)

The figure illustrates a lateral view of the right eyeball. What does "E" represent?

A) Inferior oblique B) Lateral rectus C) Superior oblique D) Superior rectus E) Inferior rectus

Version 1

51


154)

154.1) The figure illustrates muscles of the anterior surface of the body. What does "A" represent? A) Coracobrachialis B) Deltoid C) Pectoralis major D) Biceps brachii E) Serratus anterior

154.2) The figure illustrates muscles of the anterior surface of the body. What does "B" represent? A) Coracobrachialis B) Deltoid C) Pectoralis major D) Biceps brachii E) Serratus anterior

Version 1

52


154.3) The figure illustrates muscles of the anterior surface of the body. What does "C" represent? A) Coracobrachialis B) Deltoid C) Pectoralis major D) Biceps brachii E) Serratus anterior

154.4) The figure illustrates muscles of the anterior surface of the body. What does "D" represent? A) Coracobrachialis B) Deltoid C) Pectoralis major D) Biceps brachii E) Serratus anterior

154.5) The figure illustrates muscles of the anterior surface of the body. What does "E" represent? A) Coracobrachialis B) Deltoid C) Pectoralis major D) Biceps brachii E) Serratus anterior

Version 1

53


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 10_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, B, E] 2) [B, E] 3) [C, D, E] 4) [B, D] 5) [B, D] 6) [B, D, E, F, G] 7) A 8) B 9) B 10) B 11) D 12) E 13) C 14) A 15) A 16) B 17) C 18) E 19) E 20) B 21) D 22) B 23) A 24) B 25) C 26) D Version 1

54


27) E 28) D 29) C 30) C 31) A 32) B 33) B 34) A 35) D 36) A 37) C 38) E 39) B 40) D 41) B 42) A 43) D 44) D 45) B 46) E 47) D 48) A 49) C 50) B 51) A 52) D 53) E 54) B 55) D 56) E Version 1

55


57) A 58) D 59) E 60) B 61) C 62) E 63) C 64) A 65) A 66) B 67) E 68) D 69) C 70) A 71) D 72) C 73) D 74) C 75) A 76) D 77) E 78) D 79) D 80) B 81) C 82) B 83) C 84) A 85) E 86) A Version 1

56


87) A 88) B 89) C 90) B 91) D 92) D 93) C 94) B 95) C 96) B 97) C 98) C 99) A 100) A 101) B 102) D 103) A 104) A 105) C 106) B 107) B 108) A 109) C 110) E 111) C 112) E 113) A 114) B 115) D 116) C Version 1

57


117) E 118) D 119) A 120) B 121) B 122) D 123) A 124) C 125) B 126) E 127) D 128) D 129) B 130) A 131) D 132) C 133) A 134) B 135) A 136) A 137) D 138) A 139) E 140) C 141) B 142) C 143) D 144) D 145) B 146) C Version 1

58


147) E 148) A 149) A 150) A 151) Section Break 151.1) B 151.2) E 151.3) D 151.4) C 151.5) A 152) Section Break 152.1) B 152.2) D 152.3) C 152.4) E 152.5) A 153) Section Break 153.1) E 153.2) C 153.3) D 153.4) B 153.5) A 154) Section Break 154.1) B 154.2) C 154.3) E 154.4) A 154.5) D

Version 1

59


CHAPTER 11 1)

Identify the two functional subdivisions of the peripheral nervous system. A) Brain B) Motor division C) Parasympathetic division D) Sensory division E) Spinal cord F) sympathetic division

2)

Identify the phases of an action potential. (Check all that apply.) A) Afterpotential B) Depolarization C) Hyperpolarization D) Repolarization

3)

Identify the characteristics of action potentials. (Check all that apply.)

A) Multiple stimuli can create larger action potentials, and fewer stimuli can create smaller action potentials. B) The strength of the stimulus determines the frequency of the action potentials. C) The strength of the stimulus determines the magnitude of the action potential. D) They are all-or-none E) They are propagated in a non-decremental fashion.

4) Identify the mechanisms by which neuromodulators alter synaptic transmission. (Check all that apply.)

Version 1

1


A) Changing neurotransmitter receptor numbers B) Increasing amounts of neurotransmitter released C) Affecting breakdown of neurotransmitters D) Affecting the removal of neurotransmitters

5)

Identify the functions of the nervous system. (Check all that apply.) A) Controlling muscles and glands B) Controlling protein synthesis C) Integrating information D) Receiving sensory input E) Stimulating muscle growth

6) The nervous system has two subdivisions—the central nervous system and the ____________ nervous system.

7) ____________ are collections of neuron cell bodies located outside of the central nervous system.

8)

Nerve fibers are also called ____________.

9)

____________ are processes that conduct electric signals toward the cell body.

Version 1

2


10) A neuron with several dendrites and a single axon would be called a ____________ neuron.

11)

Most pseudo-unipolar neurons are ____________ neurons.

12)

____________ are glial cells that are macrophages.

13)

Cerebrospinal fluid is produced by ____________ cells.

14) Action potentials are conducted rapidly from one node of Ranvier to the next in a process called ____________ conduction.

15)

The nervous system A) monitors internal and external stimuli. B) transmits information in the form of action potentials. C) interprets or assesses information. D) maintains homeostasis. E) All of the choices are correct.

16)

Which of the following is responsible for problem-solving skills?

Version 1

3


A) Central nervous system B) Peripheral nervous system C) Somatic nervous system D) Autonomic nervous system E) None of the choices are correct.

17)

The central nervous system includes the __________. A) ganglia B) spinal cord C) spinal nerves D) cranial nerves E) sensory receptors

18)

The peripheral nervous system includes the __________. A) brain B) spinal cord C) cranial nerves D) blood-brain barrier E) cerebellum

19)

There are __________ pairs of cranial nerves and __________ pairs of spinal nerves. A) 10; 30 B) 31; 12 C) 12; 31 D) 30; 10 E) 12; 32

Version 1

4


20)

Cell bodies of the peripheral nervous system are located in A) ganglia. B) Schwann cells. C) the motor division. D) the sensory division. E) nerves.

21)

The sensory (afferent) division of the peripheral nervous system A) transmits action potentials to sensory organs. B) conveys action potentials to the CNS. C) stimulates glands to release hormones. D) stimulates muscle contractions. E) does not involve sensory receptors.

22)

The motor (efferent) division of the peripheral nervous system A) is a division of the CNS. B) detects presence of food in the stomach. C) transmits impulses from the CNS to effectors, such as skeletal muscle. D) has nerve cell bodies located in ganglia near the spinal cord and brain. E) detects a stimulus.

23)

The autonomic nervous system

Version 1

5


A) stimulates skeletal muscle contractions. B) has two sets of neurons in a series. C) is involved in problem solving. D) is under voluntary control. E) does not include the central nervous system.

24)

Digestion of food is regulated by the A) sensory division. B) sympathetic division of the ANS. C) parasympathetic division of the ANS. D) somatic nervous system. E) None of the choices are correct.

25)

The central nervous system A) is the site for processing information. B) initiates visual and auditory stimuli. C) consists of 43 pairs of nerves. D) is totally involuntary. E) does not interact with the peripheral nervous system.

26)

Which of the following is mismatched?

Version 1

6


A) Central nervous system – brain B) Autonomic nervous system – sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions C) Peripheral nervous system – spinal nerves D) Somatic nervous system – sensory division of PNS E) Peripheral nervous system – sensory and motor divisions

27)

The junction of a neuron with another cell is a/an __________. A) synapse B) ganglion C) receptor D) effector

28)

The enteric nervous system consists of plexuses within the walls of the __________. A) brain B) spinal cord C) digestive tract D) urinary bladder

29)

Protein synthesis in neurons occurs in __________. A) axons B) dendrites C) cell bodies or soma D) presynaptic terminals E) nodes of Ranvier

Version 1

7


30)

Nissl bodies are __________. A) part of a dendrite B) also called gemmules C) lipid droplets D) areas of rough endoplasmic reticulum E) part of the Golgi apparatus

31)

Dendrites A) are the input part of the neuron. B) conduct action potentials away from the cell body. C) are generally long and unbranched. D) form synapses with the microglia. E) contain the trigger zone.

32)

Axons A) contain the nucleus. B) are numerous extensions from each neuron. C) do not have a trigger zone. D) have a distalportion that branches to form the presynaptic terminals. E) do not have a resting membrane potential.

33)

Axons contain __________.

Version 1

8


A) the trigger zone B) foot processes C) Nissl bodies D) the soma E) the rough endoplasmic reticulum

34)

Synaptic vesicles contain neurotransmitters and are present in the __________. A) dendrites B) cell body C) axolemma D) presynaptic terminals E) trigger zone

35) A neuron within the central nervous system that carries action potentials from one neuron to another is called a/an ____________. A) motor neuron B) sensory neuron C) afferent neuron D) efferent neuron E) interneuron

36) A neuron that conducts pain sensations to the central nervous system would be classified as a/an __________.

Version 1

9


A) motor neuron B) sensory or afferent neuron C) efferent neuron D) association neuron E) interneuron

37)

The motor neurons responsible for making a fist are __________. A) tripolar B) bipolar C) multipolar D) pseudo-unipolar E) None of the choices are correct.

38)

Neurons that have a single axon and a single dendrite are __________. A) tripolar B) bipolar C) multipolar D) pseudo-unipolar

39)

Neurons in the skin that are responsible for detecting pain are __________. A) apolar B) pseudo-unipolar C) bipolar D) multipolar

Version 1

10


40)

Which of the following statements regarding glial cells is false? A) Glial cells serve as the major supporting tissue in the CNS. B) Glial cells form part of the blood-brain barrier. C) Glial cells produce action potentials for skeletal muscles. D) Glial cells form myelin sheaths around some axons. E) Glial cells produce cerebrospinal fluid.

41)

The blood-brain barrier

A) permits passage of foreign substances from the blood to the neurons. B) prohibits the transport of amino acids and glucose to the neurons. C) prohibits the removal of waste materials from the neurons. D) protects neuronsfrom toxic substances in the blood. E) does not prevent fluctuations in the composition of the blood from affecting the functions of the brain.

42) LouAnn is being treated for a neurological condition with a specific drug that target neurons deep within the brain. Which glial cell must be bypassed by this drug in order for it to be effective? A) Astrocyte B) Microglia C) Oligodendrocyte D) Ependymal cell E) Macrophage

Version 1

11


43) Hydrocephaly is a condition whereby cerebrospinal fluid accumulates around the brain. Which supportive cells continue CSF production despite it backing up in the subarachnoid space? A) Astrocytes B) Microglia C) Oligodendrocytes D) Macrophages E) Ependymal cells

44) Frank has a microbial infection attacking his brain. Which cell type would you expect to proliferate and be most active during this time? A) Astrocytes B) Microglia C) Oligodendrocytes D) Ependymal cells E) Schwann cells

45) Multiple sclerosis is a neurological disorder in which myelin sheaths in the CNS are destroyed. Which of the following neuroglial cells is being damaged in multiple sclerosis? A) Astrocyte B) Microglia C) Oligodendrocyte D) Ependymal cell E) Schwann cells

46)

Schwann cells differ from oligodendrocytes in which of the following ways?

Version 1

12


A) Schwann cells form myelin; oligodendrocytes do not. B) Oligodendrocytes are only found in the PNS; Schwann cells are only found in the CNS. C) Schwann cells form sheaths around several axons, while oligodendrocytes form sheaths around only one axon. D) Schwann cells forma myelin sheath around a portion of only one axon, while oligodendrocytes cansurround portions of several axons. E) None of the choices are correct.

47)

Which of the following descriptions of glial cells is mismatched? A) Microglia – provide support for the neuron cell body B) Astrocytes – blood-brain barrier C) Oligodendrocytes – form myelin sheaths D) Ependymal cells – produce cerebrospinal fluid E) Ependymal cells – choroid plexus

48)

Which of the following statements concerning myelination is true? A) Unmyelinated axons rest in invaginations of Schwann cells or oligodendrocytes. B) Myelination will not influence the speed of conduction of action potentials. C) The myelin sheath inhibits the flow of electrical charges at nodes. D) The myelin sheath is a protein wrapping. E) The myelin sheath does not electrically insulate the axons from one another.

49)

Gaps or interruptions in the myelin sheath are called __________.

Version 1

13


A) internodes B) tight junctions C) neurofilaments D) nodes of Ranvier E) gap junctions

50)

Which of the following is NOT true about astrocytes? A) They can wall offan injury site to prevent spread of inflammation. B) They can preventtoxic substances from entering brain tissue. C) They can releasechemicals that promote formation of synapses. D) They can aid inthe regeneration of injured neurons.

51)

Which of the following is NOT true of reactive astrocytosis? A) Injury site is blocked off B) Scars limit regeneration C) Causes the spread of inflammation D) Reduces injury to surrounding tissue

52)

Which of the following is NOT a glial cell of the CNS? A) Ependymal cells B) Satellite cells C) Oligodendrocytes D) Astrocytes

Version 1

14


53) What type of neuroglial cells provide support and nutrition to sensory ganglia in the PNS? A) Schwann cells B) Microglia C) Ependymal cells D) Satellite cells

54)

Action potentials are conducted more rapidly when transmission is A) from node to node on a myelinated axon. B) on a small diameter axon. C) on an unmyelinated axon. D) from internode to internode. E) from internode to node on a myelinated axon.

55)

White matter is composed of A) ganglial sheaths. B) bundles of myelinated axons. C) collections of nerve cell bodies. D) bundles containing both myelinated axons and nerve cell bodies. E) collections of unmyelinated axons.

56)

If you cut bundles of axons and their myelin sheaths in the PNS, you cut __________.

Version 1

15


A) ganglia B) nuclei C) nerves D) gray matter E) nerve tracts

57)

Clusters of gray matter deep within the brain are called __________. A) cortices B) nerves C) ganglia D) nuclei

58)

Gray matter on the surface of the brain is called __________. A) the cortex B) a nucleus C) a ganglion D) a tract

59)

The plasma membrane of a neuron is more permeable to K+ because A) of its positive electrical charge. B) there are more leak ion channels for K+ than Na+. C) protein molecules cannot exit through the plasma membrane. D) Ca2+ block Na+ and Cl− channels. E) there are more leak ion channels for Na+ than K+.

Version 1

16


60)

Which of the following statements concerning resting membrane potential is true?

A) The resting plasma membrane is more permeable to Na+ than K+. B) The resting membrane potential never reaches an equilibrium point. C) The resting membrane potential is proportional to the tendency for K+ to diffuse out of the cell. D) Negatively charged Cl− ions are attracted by negative charges in the cell. E) The purpose of the sodium-potassium pump is to create an equilibrium of ion concentrations.

61) Mr. Miller has been hospitalized for the flu. The flu virus increases membrane permeability to K+. You would expect his cells to __________. A) depolarize B) repolarize C) isopolarize D) hyperpolarize E) hypopolarize

62) in

For the resting membrane potential, increasing the Na+ concentration in the ECF results

A) hyperpolarization. B) depolarization. C) hypopolarization. D) little change in membrane potential. E) There is not enough information to determine the results.

Version 1

17


63) A change in the resting membrane potential has the following characteristics: nonpropagated, graded, can summate. This type of change can A) be a local potential. B) be an action potential. C) be a consequence of an increase in the permeability to Na+. D) result in repolarization. E) be a local potential and a consequence of an increase in the permeability to Na+.

64) Which of the following statements accurately describe events that occur as a result of a local potential reaching threshold? A) Activation gates of Na+ channels begin to close. B) Inactivation gates of Na+ channels begin to open. C) A positive feedback cycle develops in which depolarization causes activation gates of + Na channels to open. D) K+ channels begin to close. E) Both "Inactivation gates of Na+ channels begin to open" and "A positive feedback cycle develops in which depolarization causes activation gates of Na+ channels to open" are correct.

65)

Which of the following events will lead to depolarization? A) An increase in K+ in the extracellular fluid B) A decrease in K+ in the extracellular fluid C) An increase in the rate of diffusion of K+ from cells D) An increase in Na+ in the extracellular fluid E) None of the choices are correct.

66)

In hyperpolarization

Version 1

18


A) K+ tend to diffuse out of the cell. B) the plasma membrane's permeability to K+ decreases. C) the resting membrane potential moves closer to zero. D) Na+ enter the cell in large numbers. E) the resting membrane potential becomes more positive.

67)

If the charge difference across the plasma membrane is decreased, A) the potential difference across the plasma membrane does not change. B) the membrane potential is more positive. C) the change is called hyperpolarization. D) negative proteins can leave the cell. E) the membrane potential is more negative.

68)

Which of the following situations occurs in electrically excitable cells? A) When Na+ channels open, K+ channels close. B) The sodium-potassium pump moves Na+ into the cell. C) Depolarization causes voltage-gated Na+ channels to open. D) Ligand-gated Na+ channels are opened by high extracellular Ca2+ levels. E) Proteins tend to diffuse out of the cell.

69) Voltage-gated Na+ channels are sensitive to changes in the extracellular concentration of __________.

Version 1

19


A) K+ B) proteins C) Na+ D) Cl− E) Ca2+

70)

A local potential A) does not occur until threshold. B) transmits information from one cell to another. C) might be a depolarization event but cannot be a hyperpolarization event. D) increases or decreases in direct proportion to the stimulus strength. E) does not alter resting membrane potential.

71) A change in resting membrane potential confined to a small area is called a/an __________ potential. A) local B) action C) summated D) after E) resting membrane

72) Low levels of __________ can have dire consequences on the functioning of neurons because of its role in membrane repolarization.

Version 1

20


A) Na+ B) K+ C) Cl− D) H+

73) Depolarization of the nerve plasma membrane occurs when there is a rapid influx (inflow) of __________. A) K+ B) Cl− C) Ca2+ D) Na+ E) proteins

74)

An action potential A) occurs when the local potential reaches threshold level. B) propagates across the plasma membrane in a decremental fashion. C) has no repolarization phase. D) is an example of negative feedback. E) cannot transmit information.

75)

Which of the following events is NOT a characteristic of an action potential? A) The plasma membrane becomes highly permeable to Na+ and depolarization results. B) As Na+ enter, the inside of the plasma membrane becomes more negative. C) At the peak of depolarization, Na+ channels begin to close and K+ channels open. D) In repolarization, K+ flow out of the cell. E) Action potentials occur according to the all-or-none principle.

Version 1

21


76)

A stimulus either causes an action potential or it doesn't. This is called __________. A) an all-or-none response B) a graded response C) a latent period response D) a relative refractory response E) a local response

77)

In some cells, an afterpotential occurs because A) the Na+ continue to enter the cell after depolarization is finished. B) there is prolonged, elevated permeability to K+ during repolarization. C) the sodium-potassium pump is actively exchanging ions across the membrane. D) the extracellular Na+ concentration is reduced. E) the permeability to Na+ continues longer than necessary.

78)

When repolarization of a neuron is complete, the A) neuron dies. B) neuron regenerates. C) cell no longer has a potential difference across its membrane. D) original polarity of the neuron is restored. E) neuron is no longer excitable.

79)

The opening of more and more Na+ channels during depolarization

Version 1

22


A) is the result of the sodium-potassium exchange pump. B) is an example of a positive feedback cycle. C) is possible only if K+ channels remain closed. D) is the cause of the afterpotential. E) is an example of a negative feedback cycle.

80)

Which of the following statements regarding voltage-gated K+ channels is true? A) These channels have only one gate. B) These channels open more slowly than Na+ channels. C) Once open, these channels remain open until repolarization is complete. D) These channels are specific for K+. E) All of the choices are correct.

81)

During depolarization of the plasma membrane, A) Na+ moves rapidly into the cell. B) K+ moves rapidly out of the cell. C) membrane permeability to Na+ decreases. D) the outside of the cell becomes positively charged relative to the inside. E) Na+ moves rapidly out of the cell.

82) Each voltage-gated Na+ channel has two voltage sensitive gates: an activation gate and an inactivation gate. Which of the following would occur during depolarization?

Version 1

23


A) Activation gates are open; inactivation gates are closed. B) Activation gates are closed; inactivation gates are open. C) Both activation and inactivation gates are open. D) Both activation and inactivation gates are closed. E) None of the choices are correct.

83) If the extracellular fluid around a neuron is replaced with an isotonic saline solution that contains K+ and other solutes at concentrations very close to the extracellular fluid concentrations of a normal cell, the result is A) no resting membrane potential. B) hyperpolarized membrane. C) depolarized membrane. D) a resting membrane potential close to its normal value. E) None of the choices are correct.

84)

During the absolute refractory period, the cell A) generates many local potentials. B) is insensitive to further stimulation. C) responds to even weak stimuli. D) reverses the direction of the action potential. E) is very sensitive.

85)

The absolute refractory period assures

Version 1

24


A) prolonged depolarization during the action potential. B) completion of repolarization before another action potential. C) that no after-potential occurs. D) reversal of the direction of propagation of the action potential. E) that the stimulus is strong enough to elicit a response.

86)

The absolute refractory period ends when A) inactivation gates of voltage-gated Na+ channels reopen. B) activation gates of voltage-gated Na+ channels reopen. C) the sodium-potassium pump stops. D) voltage-gated K+ channels open. E) None of the choices are correct.

87) A series of local potentials causes the membrane potential to move to -80 mV. Predict the result. A) Threshold is reached. B) Depolarization occurs. C) The neuron is hyperpolarized. D) Information of frequency is needed to predict the result. E) The neuron releases neurotransmitter in response.

88)

A neuron is receiving a stimulus which gets stronger and stronger. The result is A) amplitude of the action potential increases. B) duration of the action potential increases. C) frequency of occurrence of action potentials increases. D) resonance of action potentials increases. E) height of the action potentials increases.

Version 1

25


89)

The strength of a stimulus is communicated through

A) changes in themagnitude of the action potential. B) the frequency of action potentials. C) the length of timeaction potentials are produced. D) Both "the frequency of action potentials" and "the length of time action potentials are produced" are correct.

90)

Continuous conduction of action potentials means that

A) once an action potential is created, it moves in both directions along the axon. B) the whole axondepolarizes at the same time. C) an action potential in one site generates local currents causing depolarization to threshold at the adjacent site. D) an actionpotential is conducted from one node of Ranvier to the next node.

91)

Saltatory conduction of an action potential means that

A) once one actionpotential is created, it moves down the axon. B) the whole axondepolarizes at the same time. C) one actionpotential stimulates the production of a new action potential at the adjacentsite. D) an actionpotential is conducted from one node of Ranvier to the next node.

92)

The speed of an action potential depends on

Version 1

26


A) whether an axon ismyelinated or not myelinated. B) thickness of themyelin sheath. C) the diameter ofthe axon. D) All of the choicesare correct.

93)

Local hyperpolarization in a synapse is called a/an __________. A) excitatory postsynaptic potential B) resting membrane potential C) inhibitory postsynaptic potential D) gap junction potential E) action potential

94)

Chemical synapses are characterized by A) the release of neurotransmitter by the presynaptic terminal. B) connexons thatconnect the pre- and postsynaptic cells. C) the presence of receptors for neurotransmitters on the presynaptic terminal. D) the absence of gap junctions. E) receptors located only on the presynaptic terminal.

95)

Gap junctions are functionally __________ synapses. A) chemical B) electrical C) potential D) intracellular E) neuromuscular

Version 1

27


96)

Arrange the events of synaptic transmission in correct sequence.

(1) Na+ diffuses into the cell and cause a local potential (2) Neurotransmitter binds with receptor on postsynaptic cell (3) Neurotransmitter diffuses across the synaptic cleft (4) Membrane permeability to Na+ on postsynaptic cell increases (5) Action potential causes release of neurotransmitter A) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 B) 5, 2, 3, 1, 4 C) 5, 3, 4, 1, 2 D) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 E) 5, 3, 2, 4, 1

97)

The junction between two neurons is a __________. A) ganglia B) synapse C) fascicle D) node of Ranvier E) neuromuscular junction

98)

Neurotransmitters are released from the __________. A) epineurium B) synaptic cleft C) presynaptic terminal D) postsynaptic membrane E) Ca2+ channels

Version 1

28


99)

Damage to a postsynaptic membrane would A) increase neurotransmitter release. B) decrease the release of neurotransmitter. C) increase neurotransmitter production. D) interfere with the ability to respond to neurotransmitter. E) destroy vesicles containing neurotransmitter.

100) Why isn't an action potential transmitted from a postsynaptic membrane to a presynaptic terminal? A) Presynaptic terminals have no acetylcholine receptors. B) Presynaptic neurons do not have a resting membrane potential. C) Acetylcholine can only diffuse in one direction across the synaptic cleft. D) Synaptic vesicles in the postsynaptic membrane are inactive. E) Acetylcholine is destroyed too quickly.

101)

Neurotransmitters A) stimulate presynaptic terminals. B) remain in the synaptic cleft for long periods of time. C) bind irreversibly to the receptor molecules of the postsynaptic membrane. D) cause the production of action potentials in the postsynaptic membrane. E) do not affect membrane channels in the postsynaptic membrane.

102)

A neurotransmitter is released at a synapse. Which of the following occurs last?

Version 1

29


A) Calcium ions enter the presynaptic terminal. B) Synaptic vesicles release neurotransmitter by exocytosis. C) An action potential is produced in the postsynaptic membrane. D) Neurotransmitter flows rapidly across the synaptic cleft. E) Neurotransmitter binds with the receptor on the postsynaptic membrane.

103)

Rapid removal or destruction of neurotransmitter in the synaptic cleft A) may affect the ability of the postsynaptic membrane to generate action potentials. B) generates local potentials in the presynaptic terminal. C) is necessary for synaptic transmission. D) may lead to action potentials. E) may stop exocytosis.

104)

Monamine oxidase inhibitors (MAO inhibitors) A) prevent synaptic transmission. B) enhance the breakdown of norepinephrine. C) enhance the binding of norepinephrine to its receptors. D) prevent the release of norepinephrine by the presynaptic terminal. E) have no effect on the action of norepinephrine.

105)

Receptor molecules in synapses A) tend to concentrate on presynaptic terminals. B) bind irreversibly with neurotransmitter. C) have a high degree of specificity. D) serve as channel proteins. E) can bind to any molecule in the synapse.

Version 1

30


106)

Receptor molecules A) are nonspecific. B) are always lipids. C) attach to the synaptic cleft. D) determine whether a neurotransmitter will be excitatory or inhibitory. E) are not attached to ligand-gated channels.

107)

A neuromodulator

A) acts as a neurotransmitter. B) inactivates neurotransmitters. C) is a receptor site for a neurotransmitter. D) has no influence on the amount of neurotransmitter released. E) is a substance released from neurons that influences the sensitivity of neurons to neurotransmitters.

108) When a neurotransmitter binds to its receptor and increases the permeability of the postsynaptic membrane to Na+, A) the membrane will be hyperpolarized. B) more Cl− will also diffuse into the cell. C) an excitatory postsynaptic potential (EPSP) will result. D) the membrane will become impermeable to K+. E) Na+ diffuses out of the cell.

109) The same neurotransmitter binds to a postsynaptic cell but produces a variety of different effects. What does this mean?

Version 1

31


A) The postsynaptic cell is expressing different types of receptors for the same neurotransmitter. B) The strength of the neurotransmitter varies. C) The amount of neurotransmitter released produces varying effects. D) The size of the postsynaptic cell makes a difference in neurotransmitter effects. E) The neuron must be dying.

110)

The function of acetylcholinesterase is to A) open voltage-gated Na+ channels. B) break down acetylcholine in the synapse. C) produce an IPSP onthe postsynaptic membrane. D) metabolizenorepinephrine.

111)

Action potentials at a chemical synapse A) travel from presynaptic terminal to presynaptic membrane. B) travel frompostsynaptic membrane to presynaptic terminal. C) travel back andforth from presynaptic terminal to postsynaptic membrane. D) travel from presynaptic terminal to postsynaptic membrane. E) stop at the presynaptic terminal and are blocked on the postsynaptic membrane.

112)

Which ion is necessary for the release of neurotransmitter from synaptic vesicles? A) Cl− B) Na+ C) K+ D) Ca2+

Version 1

32


113)

Which neurotransmitter is released at neuromuscular junctions? A) Serotonin B) Acetylcholine C) Dopamine D) Glutamate

114)

Which inhibitory neurotransmitter is blocked in strychnine poisoning? A) Glycine B) Acetylcholine C) Glutamate D) Adenosine

115) Viagra is used to treat erectile dysfunction by prolonging the effects of __________ on blood vessels. A) substance P B) dopamine C) GABA D) nitric oxide(NO)

116) A decrease in the number of voltage-gated Ca2+ ion channels in the presynaptic terminal would

Version 1

33


A) enhance transmission across the synapse. B) reduce or inhibit transmission across the synapse. C) have no effect on transmission across the synapse. D) alter receptors on the postsynaptic membrane. E) increase exocytosis.

117)

A person who has seizures might have a deficit of which of the following? A) GABA B) Dopamine C) Glutamate D) Serotonin E) Histamine

118)

In an EPSP (excitatory postsynaptic potential), there is a A) net movement of Na+ out of the cells. B) net movement of Cl− into the cells. C) decrease in action potential amplitude. D) local hyperpolarization. E) local depolarization.

119)

An inhibitory postsynaptic potential (IPSP) can result from the __________. A) influx of Ca2+ B) influx of Na+ C) influx of Cl− D) outflow of K+ E) Both "influx of Cl− and "outflow of K+" are correct.

Version 1

34


120) Enkephalins produce presynaptic inhibition in neurons transmitting pain signals. Increased levels of enkephalins will A) increase awareness of pain. B) decrease awareness of pain. C) increase amount of pain. D) decrease amount of pain. E) have no effect on awareness or amount of pain.

121) A local anesthetic such as Novocaine decreases membrane permeability to Na+. The use of this anesthetic will A) block sensory input into the CNS. B) enhance the development of EPSPs. C) cause membrane potential to move closer to threshold. D) cause Cl− to enter cells instead of Na+. E) depolarize the cell.

122)

An IPSP is inhibitory because it A) changes the threshold of the neuron. B) hyperpolarizes the postsynaptic membrane. C) preventsCa2+ entry into the presynaptic terminal. D) reduces the amount of neurotransmitter released by the presynaptic terminal. E) depolarizes the postsynaptic membrane.

123) When two action potentials arrive simultaneously at two different presynaptic terminals that synapse with the same postsynaptic neuron,

Version 1

35


A) the direction of the action potential is reversed. B) temporal summation occurs. C) spatial summation occurs. D) hyperpolarization occurs. E) threshold is never reached.

124) If five action potentials arrive at the same synapse in very close succession, which of the following would occur? A) The direction of the action potential is reversed. B) Temporal summation occurs. C) Spatial summation occurs. D) Hyperpolarization occurs. E) Depolarization always occurs.

125) Suppose both excitatory and inhibitory neurons synapse with a single postsynaptic neuron. What determines if an action potential is initiated in the postsynaptic neuron? A) The kind of neuron involved B) The size of the neuron involved C) Whether the neuron is myelinated or non-myelinated D) The number of EPSPs in relation to the number of IPSPs E) This situation is not possible in humans.

126) When two or more presynaptic neurons synapse with a single postsynaptic neuron in the CNS, a/an __________ pathway is formed.

Version 1

36


A) convergent B) divergent C) reverberating D) somatic E) sensory

127) Sensory neurons carrying action potentials from pain receptors synapse within the spinal cord with interneurons. These interneurons synapse with motor neurons leading back to an effector and ascending neurons that carry action potentials toward the brain. This is an example of a/an __________ pathway. A) convergent B) divergent C) reverberating D) sensory E) bifurcated

128)

Neurons arranged in a circular pathway form __________. A) neuromotor junctions B) temporal circuits C) reverberating circuits D) spatial pathways

129)

Identify the statement that best differentiates gray matter and white matter.

Version 1

37


A) Gray matter consists of cell bodies and dendrites, whereas white matter consists mostly of myelinated axons. B) Gray matter consists of all parts of neurons, and white matter is mostly glial cells. C) Gray matter consists of bundles of axons, and white matter consists of groups of cell bodies and dendrites.

130) The gray matter of the cerebrum is composed of neuron cell bodies and makes up both the __________ and the __________. A) cortex; deep cerebral nuclei B) cortex; white matter C) cerebral tracts; cortex

131) Nervous tissue of the CNS that is composed primarily of myelinated axons is often referred to as __________ matter. A) white B) gray C) dark D) light

132) In order for local potentials to trigger an action potential, the membrane must reach a level called the __________. A) threshold B) resting membrane potential C) spike potential D) maximum potential

Version 1

38


133) Identify the correct sequence of the structures as they are involved in activity at a chemical synapse. A) Postsynaptic membrane; synaptic cleft; presynaptic terminal B) Presynaptic terminal; synaptic cleft; postsynaptic membrane C) Synaptic cleft; presynaptic terminal; postsynaptic membrane D) Presynaptic terminal; postsynaptic membrane; synaptic cleft

134) Synapses in which gap junctions allow ions to diffuse quickly from cell to cell are called __________ synapses. A) electrical B) chemical

135) Compounds classified as __________ alter synaptic transmission by changing neurotransmitter receptor numbers or affecting the breakdown and/or removal of neurotransmitter. A) neuromodulators B) inhibitory neurotrasnmitters C) excitatory neurotransmitters D) neurohormones

136) When a neuron releases a neuromodulator that __________ the release of neurotransmitters from another neuron, this is called presynaptic facilitation. A) increases B) decreases

Version 1

39


137) The respiratory center of the brain (taking into account input from chemoreceptors, pulmonary stretch receptors, and higher centers of the brain to determine respiratory output) is an example of a __________ circuit. A) converging B) diverging C) parallel after-discharge D) reverberating

138) Which type of circuit is associated with complex neuronal processes, such as solving mathematical equations? A) Converging B) Diverging C) Parallel after-discharge D) Reverberating

139) Identify the type of synapse that includes a presynaptic cell, synaptic cleft, and postsynaptic cell. A) Chemical B) Electrical C) Direct D) Indirect E) Neurotransmitter

140) Groups of related nerve cell bodies located outside of the central nervous system are called __________.

Version 1

40


A) ganglia B) plexus C) tracts D) nerves

141)

Most metabolic and regulatory functions in a neuron happen where? A) The axon B) The cell body or soma C) The dendrites D) The axonhillock E) The Schwanncell

142)

A myelin sheath is composed primarily of __________. A) lipids B) carbohydrates C) glycoproteins D) proteins E) polysaccharides

143) Which of the following will cause the plasma membrane to hyperpolarize when at its resting membrane potential? A) An inflow of Na+ B) An inflow of K+ C) An inflow of Ca2+ D) An inflow of Cl− E) An outflow of Cl−

Version 1

41


144)

An inhibitory local potential causes which of the following? A) Depolarizationof the plasma membrane B) Hyperpolarizationof the plasma membrane C) Repolarization ofthe plasma membrane D) Neutralizationof the plasma membrane E) Driftingof the membrane potential towards the resting membrane potential

145)

What occurs during hyperpolarization of a neuron plasma membrane? A) Sodium ions are entering the cells. B) Sodium ions are leaving the cell. C) Potassium ions are entering the cell. D) Potassium ions are leaving the cell. E) Both sodium and potassium ions are leaving the cell.

146) When the voltage of a plasma membrane shifts from +35 mV towards 0 mV, the neuron is __________. A) depolarizing B) repolarizing C) hyperpolarizing D) reaching thethreshold E) exiting thethreshold

147)

All of the following are typical characteristics of neurotransmitters except

Version 1

42


A) they are synthesized by a presynaptic neuron. B) they are released in response to stimulation. C) they are released into the bloodstream before reaching the postsynaptic cell. D) they bind to specific receptors on the postsynaptic cell. E) they alter the physiology of the postsynaptic cell.

148)

Which of these happens first in a cholinergic synaptic transmission? A) Acetylcholine diffuses across the synaptic cleft. B) A postsynaptic potential is produced. C) Sodium ions enter the postsynaptic cell. D) The synaptic vesicles release acetylcholine. E) Acetylcholine binds to ligand-gated ion channels.

149) Which of these does not contribute to the cessation of the signal in a synaptic transmission? A) Synaptic vesiclessecrete neurotransmitter by exocytosis. B) Neurotransmitterescapes from the synapse into the nearby extracellular fluid. C) Neurotransmittersare no longer released. D) The axon terminal reabsorbs some neurotransmitters by endocytosis. E) Enzymes in thepostsynaptic cell break down some neurotransmitters.

150)

Inhibitory postsynaptic potentials (IPSPs) are associated with which of the following?

Version 1

43


A) Depolarization of the plasma membrane B) Repolarization of the plasma membrane C) Hyperpolarization of the plasma membrane D) No change in the membrane potential E) No change of thethreshold

151)

Which of these is an example of an EPSP in a typical neuron? A) A voltage change from 0 mV to +0.35 mV B) A voltage changefrom -70 mV to -69.5 mV C) A voltage changefrom -69.5 mV to -70 mV D) A voltage changefrom +35 mV to 0 mV E) A voltage changefrom -70 mV to -70.5 mV

152)

Which type of neural circuit is best for producing a prolonged output? A) A convergingcircuit B) A divergingcircuit C) A reverberatingcircuit D) A presynapticpool E) An autonomicpool

153) If a neuron is prevented from sending a neurotransmitter across a synapse to another cell, which neuron property is being inhibited? A) Secretion B) Excitability C) Conductivity D) Permeability

Version 1

44


154)

Which of the following statements is not true of reverberating circuits?

A) The number of action potentials decreases the farther along the circuit due to inhibitor effects of collateral axons. B) The number of action potentials in the circuit are increased due to the positive feedback of neurons synapsing with other neurons that occur earlier in the circuit. C) The effect of reverberating circuits is longer lasting due to the continuous generation of action potentials. D) All of the choices are correct.

155)

Which of the following analogies best represents a parallel after-discharge circuit?

A) An instructor instructs all students to solve the same problem. B) An instructor divides the class into four groups and assigns each group a different problem to solve.

156) A substance is found to have the same effect as acetylcholinesterase, but acts at a much faster rate. What effect would this substance have at a cholinergic synapse? A) It would greatly reduce synaptic communication by depleting ACh levels in the synaptic cleft. B) It would enhance synaptic communication by concentrating ACh in the synaptic cleft. C) It reduce synaptic communication by destroying ACh receptors on the post-synaptic membrane. D) It would enhance synaptic communication by increasing the post-synaptic cells' sensitivity to ACh.

157) Theresa has been diagnosed with a disease that demyelinates the somatic motor neurons. This disease is destroying the __________ associated with neurons that control __________. Version 1

45


A) Schwann cells; cardiac muscle B) Schwann cells; skeletal muscle C) oligodendrocytes; skeletal muscle D) oligodendrocytes; cardiac muscle

158) Which type of neuronal pathway allows for a stimulus to be transmitted to the most number of cells? A) Divergent B) Convergent C) Reverberating D) Both "Convergent" and "Reverberating" are correct.

Version 1

46


159)

Version 1

47


159.1)

Identify structure "A" on the neuron.

A) Schwann cell B) Node of Ranvier C) Neuron cell body (soma) D) Dendrites E) Axon

159.2)

Identify structure "B" on the neuron.

A) Schwann cell B) Node of Ranvier C) Neuron cell body (soma) D) Dendrites E) Axon

159.3)

Identify structure "C" on the neuron.

A) Schwann cell B) Node of Ranvier C) Neuron cell body (soma) D) Dendrites E) Axon

159.4)

Version 1

Identify structure "D" on the neuron.

48


A) Schwann cell B) Node of Ranvier C) Neuron cell body (soma) D) Dendrites E) Axon

159.5)

Identify structure "E" on the neuron.

A) Schwann cell B) Node of Ranvier C) Neuron cell body (soma) D) Dendrites E) Axon

160) Version 1

49


160.1) The figure illustrates changes in the membrane potential during an action potential. What does "A" represent? A) Repolarization B) Depolarization C) Local potential D) Threshold E) Afterpotential

160.2) The figure illustrates changes in the membrane potential during an action potential. What does "B" represent? A) Repolarization B) Depolarization C) Local potential D) Threshold E) Afterpotential

160.3) The figure illustrates changes in the membrane potential during an action potential. What does "C" represent? A) Repolarization B) Depolarization C) Local potential D) Threshold E) Afterpotential

160.4) The figure illustrates changes in the membrane potential during an action potential. What does "D" represent?

Version 1

50


A) Repolarization B) Depolarization C) Local potential D) Threshold E) Afterpotential

160.5) The figure illustrates changes in the membrane potential during an action potential. What does "E" represent? A) Repolarization B) Depolarization C) Local potential D) Threshold E) Afterpotential

161) Version 1

51


161.1)

The figure illustrates events at a chemical synapse. What does "A" represent?

A) Postsynaptic membrane B) Synaptic cleft C) Synaptic vesicle D) Voltage-gated Ca2+ channel E) Presynaptic terminal

161.2)

The figure illustrates events at a chemical synapse. What does "B" represent?

A) Postsynaptic membrane B) Synaptic cleft C) Synaptic vesicle D) Voltage-gated Ca2+ channel E) Presynaptic terminal

161.3)

The figure illustrates events at a chemical synapse. What does "C" represent?

A) Postsynaptic membrane B) Synaptic cleft C) Synaptic vesicle D) Voltage-gated Ca2+ channel E) Presynaptic terminal

161.4)

Version 1

The figure is a process figure of the chemical synapse. What does "D" represent?

52


A) Postsynaptic membrane B) Synaptic cleft C) Synaptic vesicle D) Voltage-gated Ca2+ channel E) Presynaptic terminal

161.5)

The figure is a process figure of the chemical synapse. What does "E" represent?

A) Postsynaptic membrane B) Synaptic cleft C) Synaptic vesicle D) Voltage-gated Ca2+ channel E) Presynaptic terminal

162)

Match the following concerning concentration differences across the plasma membrane.

A. Concentration of K+ B. Concentration of Na+ and Cl− C. Negatively charged proteins D. Sodium-potassium pump E. Plasma membrane is more permeable to this ion because of leak ion channels

162.1)

Large molecules trapped inside cell

162.2)

Requires ATP

162.3)

Higher concentration inside cell

Version 1

53


163)

162.4)

Higher concentration outside cell

162.5)

K+

Match the term with the correct definition.

A. Small change in the resting membrane potential confined to a small area B. Charge difference across the plasma membrane when the cell is in an unstimulated state C. Larger change in resting membrane potential that spreads over entire surface of a cell D. Membrane becomes more positive when Na+ diffuse into cell E. Return to the resting membrane potential

163.1)

Depolarization

163.2)

Resting membrane potential

163.3)

Action potential

163.4)

Repolarization

Version 1

54


163.5)

164)

Local potential

Match the glial cell with its function.

A. Influence function of blood–brain barrier B. Macrophages in CNS C. Produce cerebrospinal fluid D. Form myelin sheath around axons in CNS E. Form myelin sheath around part of the axon in the PNS

165)

164.1)

Microglia

164.2)

Schwann cell

164.3)

Oligodendrocyte

164.4)

Astrocytes

164.5)

Ependymal cells

Gray matter has little myelination, whereas white matter has abundant myelination.

Version 1

55


⊚ ⊚

166)

true false

Gray matter consists of bundles of myelinated axons. ⊚ ⊚

true false

167) True or False? The nervous system and the endocrine system are the major control systems of the body. ⊚ true ⊚ false

168) True or False? In a myelinated fiber, only the initial segment in the trigger zone has voltage-regulated channels. ⊚ ⊚

169)

true false

Any two EPSPs will override one IPSP. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

56


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 11_13e_ VanPutte 1) [B, D] 2) [B, C, D] 3) [B, D, E] 4) [A, C, D] 5) [A, C, D] 6) peripheral 7) Ganglia 8) axons 9) Dendrites 10) multipolar 11) sensory 12) Microglia 13) ependymal 14) saltatory 15) E 16) A 17) B 18) C 19) C 20) A 21) B 22) C 23) B 24) C 25) A 26) D Version 1

57


27) A 28) C 29) C 30) D 31) A 32) D 33) A 34) D 35) E 36) B 37) C 38) B 39) B 40) C 41) D 42) A 43) E 44) B 45) C 46) D 47) A 48) A 49) D 50) D 51) C 52) B 53) D 54) A 55) B 56) C Version 1

58


57) D 58) A 59) B 60) C 61) D 62) D 63) E 64) C 65) A 66) A 67) B 68) C 69) E 70) D 71) A 72) B 73) D 74) A 75) B 76) A 77) B 78) D 79) B 80) E 81) A 82) C 83) D 84) B 85) B 86) A Version 1

59


87) C 88) C 89) D 90) C 91) D 92) D 93) C 94) A 95) B 96) E 97) B 98) C 99) D 100) A 101) D 102) C 103) A 104) C 105) C 106) D 107) E 108) C 109) A 110) B 111) D 112) D 113) B 114) A 115) D 116) B Version 1

60


117) A 118) E 119) E 120) B 121) A 122) B 123) C 124) B 125) D 126) A 127) B 128) C 129) A 130) A 131) A 132) A 133) B 134) A 135) A 136) A 137) A 138) C 139) A 140) A 141) B 142) A 143) D 144) B 145) D 146) B Version 1

61


147) C 148) D 149) A 150) C 151) B 152) C 153) A 154) A 155) A 156) A 157) B 158) A 159) Section Break 159.1) D 159.2) C 159.3) E 159.4) A 159.5) B 160) Section Break 160.1) C 160.2) B 160.3) A 160.4) D 160.5) E 161) Section Break 161.1) D 161.2) C 161.3) E 161.4) B 161.5) A Version 1

62


162) Section Break 162.1) C 162.2) D 162.3) A 162.4) B 162.5) E 163) Section Break 163.1) D 163.2) B 163.3) C 163.4) E 163.5) A 164) Section Break 164.1) B 164.2) E 164.3) D 164.4) A 164.5) C 165) TRUE 166) FALSE 167) TRUE 168) FALSE 169) FALSE

Version 1

63


CHAPTER 12 1)

Nerves are held together by __________.

2)

Cutaneous sensory distribution of a spinal nerve can be mapped as a __________.

3)

The largest nerve in the body is the __________ nerve.

4) Branches of the pudendal nerve are anesthetized during childbirth before the doctor performs a/an __________.

5) The __________ is the basicfunctional unit of the nervous system and is capable of receiving a stimulus and producing a response.

6) There are __________ enlargements of the spinal cord where nerves supplying the extremities enter and leave. A) two B) three C) four D) five E) six

7)

The spinal cord

Version 1

1


A) controls the reticular activating system. B) stores reflexive memory. C) forms memory engrams. D) links the peripheral nervous system to the brain. E) is characterized by conscious activity.

8)

The spinal cord begins at the __________. A) cerebellum B) medulla oblongata C) foramen magnum D) conus medullaris E) 1st cervical vertebrae

9)

The conus medullaris A) anchors the spinal cord to the coccyx. B) is a tapered, cone like region immediately inferior to the lumbar enlargement. C) marks the exit of nerves to the upper extremity. D) is located adjacent to the foramen magnum. E) is inferior to the cauda equina.

10)

The spinal cord ends at the __________. A) sacrum B) coccyx C) 5th lumbar vertebrae D) 2nd lumbar vertebrae

Version 1

2


11)

The thickest of the meninges is the __________. A) pia mater B) arachnoid mater C) subdural space D) subarachnoid space E) dura mater

12)

The sac surrounding the spinal cord is the __________. A) dural sac B) meningeal sac C) thecal sac D) epidural sac

13)

The middle, thin, spider-like meninx is the __________. A) dura mater B) pia mater C) ecto mater D) arachnoid mater

14) What space, found between the vertebral wall and the dura mater, is the area for injecting anesthesia for childbirth?

Version 1

3


A) Subarachnoid space B) Subdural space C) Epidural space D) Epipial space

15) During a spinal tap, cerebrospinal fluid is obtained from which of the following locations? A) Dural sinus B) Epidural space C) Subarachnoid space D) Subdural space E) Sagittal sinus

16)

Which structure anchors the thecal sac and conus medullaris to the coccyx? A) Filum terminale B) Denticulate ligaments C) Pia mater D) Cauda equina

17)

Where is cerebrospinal fluid found around the spinal cord? A) Subdural space B) Epidural space C) Thecal sac D) Subarachnoid space

Version 1

4


18)

Which of the following statements concerning structures of the spinal cord is false?

A) The dorsal root of the spinal cord conveys sensory (afferent) nerve impulses to the spinal cord. B) The posterior horn of the cord contains the cell bodies of motor neurons. C) The ventral rootis formed by the axons of neurons in the lateral and anterior horns. D) The dorsal and ventral roots unite to form spinal nerves. E) The ventral root of the spinal cord conveys motor (efferent) nerve impulses away from the spinal cord.

19)

The ventral root of a spinal nerve contains __________. A) only sensory fibers B) only motor fibers C) only afferent fibers D) both sensory and motor fibers E) a ganglion

20)

The sensory root of a spinal nerve is also referred to as __________ root. A) anterior B) dorsal C) efferent D) ventral E) lateral

21)

The motor root of a spinal nerve is also referred to as the __________ root.

Version 1

5


A) afferent B) dorsal C) posterior D) ventral E) sensory

22)

The cross-sectional view of the spinal cord reveals white matter on the A) inside, graymatter on the outside, and a dorsal motor root. B) outside, graymatter on the inside, and a ventral motor root. C) inside, graymatter on the outside, and a dorsal sensory root. D) outside, graymatter on the inside, and a ventral sensory root.

23)

In the spinal cord, white matter is organized into A) horns and the graymatter into columns. B) horns and the graymatter into roots. C) columns and thegray matter into horns. D) columns and thegray matter into tracts.

24)

Which structure makes the dorsal root different from the ventral root? A) The dorsal roothas a ganglion. B) The dorsal roothas a tract. C) The dorsal roothas a nucleus. D) The dorsal rootappears the same as the ventral root.

Version 1

6


25)

What is found in the dorsal root ganglion? A) The cell bodies of multipolar motor neurons B) The cell bodies of pseudo-unipolar sensory neurons C) The cell bodies of multipolar interneurons D) The cell bodies of bipolar sensory neurons

26)

What is found in the lateral gray horns of the spinal cord? A) The cell bodies of somatic motor neurons B) The cell bodies of sensory neurons C) The cell bodies of autonomic motor neurons D) The cell bodies of somatic sensory neurons

27)

Structurally, the simplest reflex is the __________. A) stretch reflex B) Golgi tendon reflex C) reciprocal reflex D) alternating reflex E) withdrawal reflex

28)

Reflex arcs A) are capable of receiving a stimulus and yielding a response. B) are the basic structural units of the nervous system. C) occur primarily in the cerebral cortex of the brain. D) involve inhibitory neurons. E) do not involve the spinal cord.

Version 1

7


29) Which portion of a reflex arc is most likely to be locatedentirely within the central nervous system? A) Sensory neuron B) Motor neuron C) Effector D) Interneuron E) Sensory receptor

30)

Reflexes A) are homeostatic. B) are not homeostatic. C) are voluntaryconscious responses to a stimulus. D) are integrated in the spinal cord, but not the brain. E) are integrated in the brain, but not the spinal cord.

31)

Reflexes function in A) removing the body from painful stimuli. B) keeping the body from falling. C) maintaining blood pressure. D) maintaining blood CO2 levels. E) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

8


32) Place the following parts of a reflex arc in the correct order beginning with the sensory receptor. (1) Motor neuron (2) Interneuron (3) Effector (4) Sensory neuron (5) Sensory receptor A) 5, 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 5, 3, 2, 4, 1 C) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 D) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 E) 5, 4, 2, 1, 3

33)

The sensory receptor of the stretch reflex is the __________. A) Golgi tendon organ B) muscle spindle C) dorsal root ganglion D) collateral axon E) alpha motor neurons

34)

Stretch reflexes A) are learned voluntary responses. B) aid inmaintaining proper posture. C) prevent muscles from being damaged by excessive tension. D) cause the removal of limbs from painful stimuli. E) prevent falling.

Version 1

9


35)

Which of the following events in a stretch reflex occurs last? A) Alpha motor neurons transmit action potentials to muscle causing contraction. B) Muscle spindle detects stretch of muscle. C) Afferent neurons conduct action potentials to the spinal cord. D) Afferent neurons synapse with alpha motor neurons. E) Muscle is stretched.

36)

Muscle spindles A) are innervated by gamma motor neurons. B) originate in the spinal cord. C) are specialized nerve cells. D) are found encapsulated in nerve endings. E) are innervated by alpha motor neurons.

37) Muscles and glands that are capable of producing a response when stimulated by motor neurons are called __________. A) aponeuroses B) effectors C) neuromodulators D) receptors E) sensory organs

38)

The knee-jerk reflex involves which of the following?

Version 1

10


A) Sensory and motor neurons B) Sensory neuron, interneuron, and motor neuron C) Sensory neuron, motor neuron, and inhibitory interneurons D) Sensory neuron and interneuron E) The brain

39)

Gamma motor neurons A) are located in tendons. B) transmit action potentials to skeletal muscle. C) regulate the sensitivity of the muscle spindle. D) enable the brain to perceive that a muscle has been stretched. E) innervate the whole muscle.

40) The muscles of the back contract to straighten so that you sit at a more erect posture and subsequently the muscles are suddenly stretched as you nod off. Which of the following best represents the sequence of events when you start to nod off? (1) Muscles of the back are stretched. (2) The muscle spindle is stretched. (3) Action potentials in sensory neurons of the muscle spindles increase. (4) Action potentials in alpha motor neurons of skeletal muscle fibers increase. (5) Skeletal muscle of the back contract. A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 B) 1, 5, 2, 3, 4 C) 1, 5, 3, 2, 4 D) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 E) 4, 5, 3, 2, 1

Version 1

11


41) Doctor Johansson wants to test a patient's reflexes by briskly striking the patellar tendon with a reflex hammer. Which reflex is Dr. Johansson testing? A) Golgi tendon reflex B) Withdrawal reflex C) Knee-jerk reflex D) Crossed extensor reflex E) Reciprocal innervation

42)

The reflex that prevents excessive tension in a muscle is the __________ reflex. A) stretch B) withdrawal C) Golgi tendon D) reciprocal E) crossed extensor

43) Sam is curling very heavy weights and suddenly drops them. Which reflex forced this action by Sam to prevent tendon damage? A) Muscle spindle reflex B) Golgi tendon reflex C) Gamma motor reflex D) Withdrawal reflex E) Alpha motor neuron reflex

44) Stimulation of the Golgi tendon organs result in which of the following changes in the reflex arc?

Version 1

12


A) Stimulation of a stimulatory interneuron B) Stimulation of an inhibitory neuron C) Decreased action potentials in alpha motor neurons D) Contraction of skeletal muscle fibers E) Both "stimulation of an inhibitory neuron" and "decreased action potentials in alpha motor neurons" are correct.

45) A reflex that protects limbs by removing them from painful stimuli is the __________ reflex. A) stretch B) crossed extensor C) Golgi tendon D) alternating E) withdrawal

46)

Reciprocal innervation A) is associated with the Golgi tendon reflex. B) stimulates antagonistic muscles. C) results in reduced resistance to the reflex. D) reinforces the withdrawal reflex. E) inhibits thestretch reflex.

47)

Initiating the withdrawal reflex in both legs at the same time would cause one to

Version 1

13


A) maintain posture longer. B) fall. C) decrease muscle tension. D) develop resistance in one limb and reduce resistance in the other. E) hop.

48)

Because the stretch reflexes can be traced back along certain spinal nerve routes,

A) they are not used in diagnosis of brain potential brain damage. B) they are only useful for diagnosis if there has been damage to the spinal cord. C) they are helpful when determining at what level of the spinal cord damage may have occurred. D) they are only helpful when diagnosing problems in the extremities. E) they are only helpful if the patient is conscious.

49) to

The adaptive significance of the crossed extensor reflex when a person steps on a tack is

A) remove the foot from the tack. B) increase the rate at which withdrawal of the limb occurs. C) slow the rate of removal of the foot from the tack. D) reduce the pain sensations. E) prevent the person from falling down.

50)

The endoneurium

Version 1

14


A) surrounds nerve cell bodies. B) surrounds individual axons and their Schwann cells. C) bundles axons into fascicles. D) bundles fascicles into nerves. E) surrounds nerve tracts in the spinal cord.

51)

The epineurium A) surrounds nerve cell bodies. B) surrounds individual axons and their Schwann cells. C) bundles axons into fascicles. D) bundles fascicles into nerves. E) bundles fascicles into axons.

52)

The perineurium A) surrounds nerve cell bodies. B) surrounds individual axons and their Schwann cells. C) bundles axons into fascicles. D) bundles fascicles into nerves. E) bundles fascicles into axons.

53)

Which of the following statements concerning the structure of spinal nerves is true? A) The ventral root contains motor or efferent fibers. B) The ventral root has a prominent root ganglion. C) Rootlets from the surface of the spinal cord form the dorsal and ventral rami. D) Each spinal nerve is formed by the union of a cranial nerve and a spinal nerve. E) Spinal nerves do not have specific cutaneous distributions.

Version 1

15


54) Which of the following combinations indicates the correct distribution of spinal nerve pairs? A) 7 cervical - 12 thoracic - 6 lumbar - 5 sacral - 1 coccygeal B) 7 cervical - 12 thoracic - 5 lumbar - 6 sacral - 1 coccygeal C) 8 cervical - 12 thoracic - 6 lumbar - 4 sacral - 1 coccygeal D) 8 cervical - 12 thoracic - 5 lumbar - 5 sacral - 1 coccygeal E) 7 cervical - 13 thoracic - 6 lumbar - 5 sacral - 1 coccygeal

55) A collapsed intervertebral foramen could affect all of the following spinal nerves EXCEPT __________. A) C2-C8 B) T1-T12 C) L1-L5 D) C1

56)

There are ________ cervical spinal nerves. A) eight B) twelve C) six D) five E) fourteen

57) A man was in an accident during which his spinal cord was severed between C6 and C7. Which of the following would NOT be a consequence of this injury?

Version 1

16


A) Loss of sensation in the trunk below the shoulders, the lower limbs, and portions of the arms B) Loss of use of the phrenic nerves and paralysis of the diaphragm C) Loss of movement in the lower limbs D) Loss of the use of the intercostals nerves, and breathing would be affected because the intercostals muscles would be paralyzed E) Loss of touch sensation on the lower lumbar region.

58)

Damage to which of these nerves would be most life-threatening? A) Median nerves B) Phrenic nerves C) Lumbar nerves D) Sciatic nerves E) Radial nerves

59)

The brachial plexus supplies nerves that function to contract which of the following? A) The diaphragm B) Intercostal muscles C) Muscles of the arm and forearm D) Muscles of the lower limb E) Abdominal muscles

60)

Dermatomal maps are important clinically because they

Version 1

17


A) can be used to check for motor function. B) locate the position of cranial nerves. C) can be used to help locate nerve damage. D) indicate what muscles are innervated by each spinal nerve. E) can be used to detect cranial nerve damage.

61)

The cutaneous sensory distribution of a spinal nerve can be mapped as a __________. A) dermatome B) plexitome C) microtome D) myotome E) superdome

62)

Ventral rami of some spinal nerves join with each other to form a __________. A) ganglion B) dermatome C) cord D) plexus E) nerve

63) If the ventral root of a spinal nerve were cut, the regions innervated by that spinal nerve would experience complete loss of __________.

Version 1

18


A) sensation B) movement C) sensation and movement D) pain E) None of the choices are correct.

64) The branch of a spinal nerve that innervates deep muscles on the dorsal thorax is the __________. A) ramus communicans B) lateral ramus C) dorsal ramus D) ventral ramus E) medial ramus

65)

Intercostal nerves are formed from the A) thoracic plexus. B) ventral rami of thoracic spinal nerves. C) dorsal rami of thoracic spinal nerves. D) rami communicans of the thoracic spinal nerves. E) cervical plexus.

66) Which of the following nerves is a branch of both the cervical plexus and the brachial plexus?

Version 1

19


A) Axillary B) Femoral C) Phrenic D) Sciatic E) Splanchnic

67)

Damage to the phrenic nerve would result in A) the loss of motor activity in the arms. B) an increased heart rate. C) an inability to swallow. D) difficulty breathing. E) a decreased heart rate.

68)

Spinal nerves C5-T1 make up the __________ plexus. A) sacral B) lumbar C) brachial D) cervical E) radial

69)

Which of the following nerves is part of the brachial plexus? A) Peroneal B) Ansa cervicalis C) Sciatic D) Musculocutaneous E) Femoral

Version 1

20


70)

Improper use of crutches could cause compression of the __________ nerve. A) axillary B) radial C) musculocutaneous D) ulnar E) median

71) When a person hits their "funny bone," they cause temporary damage to the __________ nerve. A) axillary B) radial C) musculocutaneous D) ulnar E) median

72) An injury to the wrist that results in edema in the carpal tunnel would compress the __________ nerve. A) axillary B) radial C) musculocutaneous D) ulnar E) median

73) Using the biceps brachii to flex the forearm requires innervation by the __________ nerve.

Version 1

21


A) radial B) musculocutaneous C) ulnar D) median E) axillary

74)

When someone taps you on your shoulder, they stimulate the __________ nerve. A) axillary B) brachial C) radial D) musculocutaneous E) ulnar

75) If you pinch your index finger in a door, pain sensations are carried via the __________ nerve. A) radial B) median C) axillary D) musculocutaneous E) ulnar

76)

Which of the following nerves is associated with the lumbosacral plexus?

Version 1

22


A) Phrenic B) Median C) Musculocutaneous D) Ulnar E) Obturator

77) Spinal nerves exiting the spinal cord from the level of L4 to S4 form the __________ plexus. A) lumbar B) femoral C) sacral D) pelvic E) brachial

78)

The sciatic nerve is composed of the A) femoral nerve and the tibial nerve. B) tibial nerve and the common fibular nerve. C) femoral nerve and the obturator nerve. D) common fibular nerve and the pudendal nerve. E) superior gluteal and inferior gluteal.

79)

Which nerve is involved when a dancer points his/her toes?

Version 1

23


A) Tibial B) Femoral C) Obturator D) Pudendal E) Common fibular (peroneal)

80)

The gastrocnemius muscle is most likely to be innervated by the __________ nerve. A) obturator B) common fibular (peroneal) C) tibial D) femoral E) median

81) When a person sits on a hard surface for a period of time, his foot or leg may "go to sleep." This sensation is the result of compressing the __________ nerve. A) femoral B) sciatic C) obturator D) pudendal E) ulnar

82)

Adduction of the thigh involves the __________ nerve.

Version 1

24


A) peroneal B) femoral C) obturator D) pudendal E) tibial

83) If a person fell down the steps and then developed pain down his anterior thigh into the knee, which of the following spinal nerves was probably damaged? A) Obturator B) Femoral C) Tibial D) Common fibular (peroneal) E) Pudendal

84) Branches of the __________ nerve are anesthetized before a doctor performs an episiotomy for childbirth. A) genitofemoral B) gluteal C) cutaneous femoral D) pudendal E) common fibular (peroneal)

85)

Axillary nerve

Version 1

25


A) Provides motor innervation to the biceps brachii B) Innervates two forearm muscles plus most of the intrinsic hand muscles C) Innervates all but one of the flexor muscles of the forearm and most of the hand muscles near the thumb D) Innervates the deltoid and teres minor muscles E) Innervates the triceps brachii

86)

Which of the following sensory functions involves neurons in the dorsal root ganglion? A) Smell B) Hearing C) Touch D) Taste E) Vision

87)

Which of the following is not a function associated with the spinal cord?

A) Protect neuronsin both the ascending and descending tracts B) Mediate a reflex,such as the withdrawal of a hand from pain C) Conduct sensoryinformation up to the brain D) Conduct motorinformation down the cord E) Coordinate thealternating contraction of several muscle groups associated with locomotion

88) A patient with no sensation in the left thumb would most likley have nerve damage of the __________ spinal nerve.

Version 1

26


A) T1 B) T5 C) C5 D) C6 E) L3

89)

Which of the following is not a property of reflexes? A) Reflex responsesare very predictable. B) Reflexes areresponses to sensory inputs. C) Reflexes are quickresponses of the nervous system. D) Reflexes are notvoluntary. E) Reflexes do notrequire a stimulus.

90) You go to the movies after a long day and you begin to nod off as soon as the movie starts. Your head starts to lower a little, but a reflex causes your head to rise. This is called the __________ reflex. A) tendon B) crossedextension C) withdrawal D) stretch E) flexor (withdrawal)

91) In the patellar tendon reflex arc, the patellar ligament is stretched, which stretches the quadriceps femoris muscle of the thigh. This reflex will cause the quadriceps femoris to __________ and the hamstrings to __________.

Version 1

27


A) contract;relax B) contract; contract C) relax;contract D) relax; relax

92)

Which reflex shows the least synaptic delay? A) A polysynapticreflex B) The crossextension reflex C) The withdrawal reflex D) The flexorreflex E) The Golgi tendon reflex

93) A physician must administer an anesthesia directly to the CNS via the vertebral column. How many layers of the meninges must be punctured to do so? A) Two layers to introduce the anesthesia to the subarachnoid space B) None to introduce the anesthesia to the epidural space C) One layer to introduce the anesthesia to the subarachnoid space D) Three to introduce the anesthesia directly to the spinal cord

94) The cervical region of the spinal cord lacks associated autonomic nuclei. How will a cross section of the spinal cord in this region differ from a cross section of the thoracic region? A) Lateral gray horns are not present in the cervical region. B) Ventral gray horns are smaller in the cervical region due to fewer motor nuclei. C) Posterior gray horns are lacking in the cervical region. D) There should be no difference in the appearance from one region compared to other regions.

Version 1

28


95) Dennis has lost the ability to voluntarily raise his left arm due to damage to his spinal cord and associated nerves. Which of the following is a possible explanation for Dennis's symptom? A) One or more ventral roots in the cervical region of the spinal cord have been damaged. B) One or more dorsal roots in the cervical region of the spinal cord have been damaged. C) One or more ventral roots in the thoracic region of the spinal cord have been damaged. D) One or more dorsal roots in the thoracic region of the spinal cord have been damaged.

96) Which of the following would explain the loss of certain sensations from the skin of the posterior region of the upper limb? A) One or more ventral roots in the cervical region of the spinal cord have been damaged. B) One or more dorsal roots in the cervical region of the spinal cord have been damaged. C) One or more ventral roots in the thoracic region of the spinal cord have been damaged. D) One or more dorsal roots in the thoracic region of the spinal cord have been damaged.

97)

If reciprocal innervation failed during a stretch reflex, the consequence might be that

A) the overall movement would be diminished due to opposing muscles contracting simultaneously. B) the overall movement would be exaggerated due to the lack of regulation from opposing muscle contraction. C) the complete loss of movement due to lack of stimulation of the effector muscle.

98)

Which of the following best differentiates between the endoneurium and myelin?

Version 1

29


A) Endoneurium is more complex because it is composed of connective tissue; whereas myelin is composed of individual cells. B) Myelin is more complex as it is composed of multiple cells surrounding a neuron; whereas the endoneurium is simply connective tissue. C) Myelin and endoneurium are essentially the same thing, a connective tissue covering surrounding axons of neurons. D) Myelin is composed of epithelial tissue, while endoneurium is composed of connective tissue.

99) Glen is complaining of abnormal sensations, such as cold or hot sensations, along his left hip and anterior thigh. His physician suggests that certain nerves may be compressed, causing these sensations. Which of the following are most likely affected? A) L1 - L2 B) L3 - L4 C) T11 - T12 D) L5 - L6

Version 1

30


100)

100.1)

Label component "A" of the reflex arc.

A) Sensory receptor B) Effector organ C) Sensory neuron D) Motor neuron E) Interneuron

100.2)

Label component "B" of the reflex arc.

A) Sensory receptor B) Effector organ C) Sensory neuron D) Motor neuron E) Interneuron

Version 1

31


100.3)

Label component "C" of the reflex arc.

A) Sensory receptor B) Effector organ C) Sensory neuron D) Motor neuron E) Interneuron

100.4)

Label component "D" of the reflex arc.

A) Sensory receptor B) Effector organ C) Sensory neuron D) Motor neuron E) Interneuron

100.5)

Label component "E" of the reflex arc.

A) Sensory receptor B) Effector organ C) Sensory neuron D) Motor neuron E) Interneuron

Version 1

32


Version 1 101)

33


101.1)

What does "A" represent?

A) Spinal nerves B) Conus medullaris C) Cervical enlargement D) Filium terminale E) Cauda equina

101.2)

What does "B" represent?

A) Spinal nerves B) Conus medullaris C) Cervical enlargement D) Filium terminale E) Cauda equina

101.3)

What does "C" represent?

A) Spinal nerves B) Conus medullaris C) Cervical enlargement D) Filium terminale E) Cauda equina

101.4)

Version 1

What does "D" represent?

34


A) Spinal nerves B) Conus medullaris C) Cervical enlargement D) Filium terminale E) Cauda equina

101.5)

What does "E" represent?

A) Spinal nerves B) Conus medullaris C) Cervical enlargement D) Filium terminale E) Cauda equina

102)

Version 1

35


102.1) The figure illustrates a cross section of the spinal cord. Which structure is indicated by "A"? A) Central canal B) Ventral root C) Dorsal root ganglion D) Spinal nerve E) Dorsal root

102.2) The figure illustrates a cross section of the spinal cord. Which structure is indicated by "B"? A) Central canal B) Ventral root C) Dorsal root ganglion D) Spinal nerve E) Dorsal root

102.3) The figure illustrates a cross section of the spinal cord. Which structure is indicated by "C"? A) Central canal B) Ventral root C) Dorsal root ganglion D) Spinal nerve E) Dorsal root

Version 1

36


102.4) The figure illustrates a cross section of the spinal cord. Which structure is indicated by "D"? A) Central canal B) Ventral root C) Dorsal root ganglion D) Spinal nerve E) Dorsal root

102.5) The figure illustrates a cross section of the spinal cord. Which structure is indicated by "E"? A) Central canal B) Ventral root C) Dorsal root ganglion D) Spinal nerve E) Dorsal root

103)

Match the nerve to the correct function.

103.1)

Radial nerve

A) Provides motor innervation to the biceps brachii B) Innervates two forearm muscles plus most of the intrinsic hand muscles C) Innervates all but one of the flexor muscles of the forearm and most of the hand muscles near the thumb D) Innervates the deltoid and teres minor muscles E) Innervates the triceps brachii

Version 1

37


103.2)

Musculocutaneous nerve

A) Provides motor innervation to the biceps brachii B) Innervates two forearm muscles plus most of the intrinsic hand muscles C) Innervates all but one of the flexor muscles of the forearm and most of the hand muscles near the thumb D) Innervates the deltoid and teres minor muscles E) Innervates the triceps brachii

103.3)

Ulnar nerve

A) Provides motor innervation to the biceps brachii B) Innervates two forearm muscles plus most of the intrinsic hand muscles C) Innervates all but one of the flexor muscles of the forearm and most of the hand muscles near the thumb D) Innervates the deltoid and teres minor muscles E) Innervates the triceps brachii

103.4)

Median nerve

A) Provides motor innervation to the biceps brachii B) Innervates two forearm muscles plus most of the intrinsic hand muscles C) Innervates all but one of the flexor muscles of the forearm and most of the hand muscles near the thumb D) Innervates the deltoid and teres minor muscles E) Innervates the triceps brachii

104)

Match the disorder with its description.

104.1) Version 1

Anesthesia 38


A) Pain radiating down the back of the thigh and leg B) Stiffness in the neck and headache C) Inflammation of a nerve D) Pain along a nerve tract E) Loss of sensation

104.2)

Neuritis

A) Pain radiating down the back of the thigh and leg B) Stiffness in the neck and headache C) Inflammation of a nerve D) Pain along a nerve tract E) Loss of sensation

104.3)

Neuralgia

A) Pain radiating down the back of the thigh and leg B) Stiffness in the neck and headache C) Inflammation of a nerve D) Pain along a nerve tract E) Loss of sensation

104.4)

Sciatica

A) Pain radiating down the back of the thigh and leg B) Stiffness in the neck and headache C) Inflammation of a nerve D) Pain along a nerve tract E) Loss of sensation

Version 1

39


104.5)

Meningitis

A) Pain radiating down the back of the thigh and leg B) Stiffness in the neck and headache C) Inflammation of a nerve D) Pain along a nerve tract E) Loss of sensation

105)

Match the nerve or plexus with its appropriate description.

105.1)

Obturator nerve

A) Innervates the iliopsoas, sartorius, and quadriceps femoris B) Innervates muscles of the pelvic floor C) Innervates the muscles that adduct the thigh D) Innervates the anterior and lateral muscles of the leg E) Branches to form the medial and lateral plantar nerves

105.2)

Femoral nerve

A) Innervates the iliopsoas, sartorius, and quadriceps femoris B) Innervates muscles of the pelvic floor C) Innervates the muscles that adduct the thigh D) Innervates the anterior and lateral muscles of the leg E) Branches to form the medial and lateral plantar nerves

105.3)

Version 1

Tibial nerve

40


A) Innervates the iliopsoas, sartorius, and quadriceps femoris B) Innervates muscles of the pelvic floor C) Innervates the muscles that adduct the thigh D) Innervates the anterior and lateral muscles of the leg E) Branches to form the medial and lateral plantar nerves

105.4)

Common fibular nerve

A) Innervates the iliopsoas, sartorius, and quadriceps femoris B) Innervates muscles of the pelvic floor C) Innervates the muscles that adduct the thigh D) Innervates the anterior and lateral muscles of the leg E) Branches to form the medial and lateral plantar nerves

105.5)

Coccygeal plexus

A) Innervates the iliopsoas, sartorius, and quadriceps femoris B) Innervates muscles of the pelvic floor C) Innervates the muscles that adduct the thigh D) Innervates the anterior and lateral muscles of the leg E) Branches to form the medial and lateral plantar nerves

106)

Match the action with the specific reflex.

106.1)

Version 1

Removing hand from a hot iron

41


A) Stretch reflex B) Golgi tendon reflex C) Withdrawal reflex D) Crossed extensor reflex E) Reciprocal innervation

106.2)

A reflex that helps prevent falls

A) Stretch reflex B) Golgi tendon reflex C) Withdrawal reflex D) Crossed extensor reflex E) Reciprocal innervation

106.3) heavy

Partially responsible for a weight lifter suddenly dropping a weight that is too

A) Stretch reflex B) Golgi tendon reflex C) Withdrawal reflex D) Crossed extensor reflex E) Reciprocal innervation

106.4)

Allows for the coordinated contraction and relaxation of opposing muscle groups

A) Stretch reflex B) Golgi tendon reflex C) Withdrawal reflex D) Crossed extensor reflex E) Reciprocal innervation

Version 1

42


106.5)

Knee-jerk reflex

A) Stretch reflex B) Golgi tendon reflex C) Withdrawal reflex D) Crossed extensor reflex E) Reciprocal innervation

107)

Match the term with its correct definition.

107.1)

Pia mater

A) Functional unit of the nervous system B) Most superficial and thickest meninx C) The middle meninx D) The meninx bound tightly to brain and spinal cord E) Separates dura mater from periosteum

107.2)

Dura mater

A) Functional unit of the nervous system B) Most superficial and thickest meninx C) The middle meninx D) The meninx bound tightly to brain and spinal cord E) Separates dura mater from periosteum

107.3)

Version 1

Reflex arc

43


A) Functional unit of the nervous system B) Most superficial and thickest meninx C) The middle meninx D) The meninx bound tightly to brain and spinal cord E) Separates dura mater from periosteum

107.4)

Epidural space

A) Functional unit of the nervous system B) Most superficial and thickest meninx C) The middle meninx D) The meninx bound tightly to brain and spinal cord E) Separates dura mater from periosteum

107.5)

Arachnoid mater

A) Functional unit of the nervous system B) Most superficial and thickest meninx C) The middle meninx D) The meninx bound tightly to brain and spinal cord E) Separates dura mater from periosteum

108) True or False? An abnormal patellar reflex indicates damage of the T10 - T12 spinal segments. ⊚ ⊚

109)

true false

True or False? Myelin is essentially the endoneurium of myelinated axons.

Version 1

44


⊚ ⊚

true false

110) True or False? Damage to C5 and C6 spinal nerves would result in abnormal sensations along the anterior surface of the upper limb. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

45


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 12_13e_ VanPutte 1) epineurium 2) dermatome 3) sciatic 4) episiotomy 5) reflex arc 6) A 7) D 8) C 9) B 10) D 11) E 12) C 13) D 14) C 15) C 16) A 17) D 18) B 19) B 20) B 21) D 22) B 23) C 24) A 25) B 26) C Version 1

46


27) A 28) A 29) D 30) A 31) E 32) E 33) B 34) B 35) A 36) A 37) B 38) A 39) C 40) A 41) C 42) C 43) B 44) E 45) E 46) D 47) B 48) C 49) E 50) B 51) D 52) C 53) A 54) D 55) D 56) A Version 1

47


57) B 58) B 59) C 60) C 61) A 62) D 63) B 64) C 65) B 66) C 67) D 68) C 69) D 70) B 71) D 72) E 73) B 74) A 75) B 76) E 77) C 78) B 79) A 80) C 81) B 82) C 83) B 84) D 85) D 86) C Version 1

48


87) A 88) D 89) E 90) D 91) A 92) E 93) A 94) A 95) A 96) D 97) A 98) A 99) A 100) Section Break 100.1) D 100.2) C 100.3) E 100.4) A 100.5) B 101) Section Break 101.1) C 101.2) A 101.3) B 101.4) E 101.5) D 102) Section Break 102.1) E 102.2) C 102.3) D 102.4) B Version 1

49


102.5) A 103) Section Break 103.1) E 103.2) A 103.3) B 103.4) C 104) Section Break 104.1) E 104.2) C 104.3) D 104.4) A 104.5) B 105) Section Break 105.1) C 105.2) A 105.3) E 105.4) D 105.5) B 106) Section Break 106.1) C 106.2) D 106.3) B 106.4) E 106.5) A 107) Section Break 107.1) D 107.2) B 107.3) A 107.4) E 107.5) C Version 1

50


108) FALSE 109) TRUE 110) TRUE

Version 1

51


CHAPTER 13 1)

What are the three major regions of the cerebellum? (Check all that apply.) A) Flocculonodular lobe B) Infundibulum C) Lateral hemispheres D) Substantia nigra E) Vermis

2)

Where in the brain are basal nuclei located? (Check all that apply.) A) Cerebellum B) Cerebrum C) Diencephalon D) Medulla oblongata E) Midbrain

3)

Identify the structures that are part of the epithalamus. (Check all the apply.) A) Habenula B) Mammillary bodies C) Pineal gland D) Pituitary gland E) Thalamus

4)

Identify the blood vessels that supply blood to the brain. (Check all that apply.)

Version 1

1


A) Internal carotid arteries B) External carotid arteries C) Vertebral arteries

5) From the list, indicate three types of molecules that are permeable to the blood–brain barrier. (Check all that apply.) A) All drugs B) Caffeine C) Glucose D) Large proteins E) Oxygen

6) The central nervous system develops from a flat mass of tissue called the neural __________. A) groove B) tube C) plate D) crest E) fold

7)

The cerebrum develops from the embryonic region called the __________. A) telencephalon B) mesencephalon C) diencephalon D) metencephalon E) rhombencephalon

Version 1

2


8)

From which germ layer does the nervous system form? A) Endoderm B) Mesoderm C) Exoderm D) Ectoderm

9)

Which structures are formed from neural crest cells? A) Sensory, autonomic, and enteric neurons B) Pigmented body cells C) Adrenal medulla D) Facial bones E) All of the choices are correct.

10)

From which embryonic brain region does the cerebellum form? A) Telencephalon B) Diencephalon C) Mesencephalon D) Metencephalon E) Myelencephalon

11)

From which embryonic brain region does the medulla oblongata form?

Version 1

3


A) Telencephalon B) Diencephalon C) Mesencephalon D) Metencephalon E) Myelencephalon

12)

What do the cavities of the neural tube become in the adult brain? A) Subarachnoid space B) Ventricles C) Auricles D) Coelom

13)

Which of the following statements concerning the brainstem is true? A) The brainstem consists of the medulla, pons, and cerebellum. B) The brainstem is responsible for higher level thinking skills. C) Damage to the brainstem is usually fatal. D) All twelve cranial nerves enter or exit from the brainstem. E) The brainstem is a relay for sensory input only.

14)

In the CNS, clusters of gray matter containing cell bodies are called __________. A) nuclei B) pyramids C) tracts D) peduncles E) ganglia

Version 1

4


15) the

The fact that the right side of the brain controls the left side of the body is explained by

A) division of the cerebrum into two hemispheres. B) division of the cerebellum into two hemispheres. C) decussation of the pyramids in the medulla. D) need for contra-lateral control of body function. E) brainstem being below the midbrain.

16)

Which of the following is correctly associated with the medulla oblongata? A) It gives rise to conscious thoughts. B) It contains nuclei for regulation of heart rate and blood vessel diameter. C) It contains enlargements called cerebral peduncles. D) It is the most superior portion of the brainstem. E) It relays sensory information.

17)

The pyramids of the medulla contain __________. A) ascending motor tracts B) descending motor tracts C) ascending sensory tracts D) descending sensory tracts E) None of the choices are correct

18)

Walking a tightrope would activate which portion(s) of the medulla?

Version 1

5


A) The pyramids B) The superior colliculi C) The olives D) The pyramids and the superior colliculi E) The pyramids and the olives

19)

Consider the following five terms and determine which does not belong. A) Medulla oblongata B) Pons C) Cardiac center D) Pyramids E) Olives

20)

Which of the following terms does NOT belong with the others? A) Medulla oblongata B) Midbrain C) Pons D) Thalamus E) Reticular formation

21)

Which portion of the brainstem is continuous with the spinal cord? A) Medulla oblongata B) Midbrain C) Pons D) Thalamus E) Cerebral peduncles

Version 1

6


22) A patient with a traumatic head injury may exhibit vomiting as a result of irritation of nuclei in the __________. A) pons B) cerebellum C) medulla oblongata D) corpora quadrigemina E) midbrain

23) A small lesion in the brainstem which resulted in a rapid heart rate, intense vasoconstriction, and elevated blood pressure would probably be located in the __________. A) medulla oblongata B) pons C) cerebellum D) hypothalamus E) cerebrum

24)

The part of the brain that connects the medulla to the midbrain is the __________. A) cerebral peduncle B) pons C) cerebellum D) thalamus E) hypothalamus

25)

The nucleus for the facial nerve (cranial nerve VII) is located in the __________.

Version 1

7


A) pons B) medulla C) mesencephalon D) cerebrum E) cerebellum

26)

Damage to pontine nuclei might affect __________. A) vision B) talking C) blood pressure D) respiration E) heart rate

27)

Which area of the brain contains areas that initiates REM sleep? A) Medulla oblongata B) Pons C) Thalamus D) Midbrain E) Diencephalon

28)

Which two portions of the brain are involved in controlling respiration? A) Pons, hypothalamus B) Cerebrum, hypothalamus C) Pons, medulla oblongata D) Medulla oblongata, cerebral peduncles E) Pons, thalamus

Version 1

8


29)

The nuclei of cranial nerves III, IV, and V are located in the __________. A) pons B) medulla oblongata C) midbrain D) diencephalon E) cerebellum

30) The superior and inferior colliculi are located in which of the following portions of the midbrain? A) Tegmentum (floor) B) Cerebral peduncles C) Substantia nigra D) Red nucleus E) Tectum (roof)

31)

The inferior colliculi A) are an integral part of the cerebrum. B) are involved with auditory pathways in the CNS. C) interconnect directly with the eye. D) are a major CNS motor neurotransmitter group. E) are located in the pons.

32)

The superior colliculi receive input from the

Version 1

9


A) eyes, skin, cerebrum, and inferior colliculi. B) inferior colliculi, pyramids, skin, and red nucleus. C) skin, ears, pyramids, and cerebellum. D) cerebrum, cerebellum, thalamus, and inferior colliculi. E) nose, tongue, and inner ear.

33)

When you walk up behind someone and tap their right shoulder, they will reflexively A) raise their arms. B) hit you. C) turn their head toward the left. D) sneeze. E) turn their head toward the right.

34) A bird hits the windshield of your car, and you reflexively duck and close your eyes. Which of the following is responsible for this action? A) Medulla B) Superior colliculi C) Reticular formation D) Thalamus E) Cerebellum

35)

The substantia nigra interconnects with the __________.

Version 1

10


A) basal nuclei B) tegmentum C) red nuclei D) reticular nuclei E) tectum

36)

A lesion in the cerebral peduncles might affect __________. A) hearing B) movement C) sight D) heart rate E) taste

37)

Which part of the midbrain carries sensory tracts from the spinal cord? A) Tectum B) Cerebral peduncles C) Tegmentum D) Red nucleus

38)

What is the role of the red nuclei? A) Responding to loud noises and bright lights B) Part of the auditory pathways in the CNS C) Carries sensory information to the brain D) Unconscious regulation and coordination of motor activities

Version 1

11


39)

The sleep/wake cycle is influenced by the __________. A) basal nuclei B) reticular formation C) vermis D) thalamic nuclei E) cerebellum

40)

The reticular formation A) is composed of nuclei scattered throughout the cerebellum. B) coordinates fine motor movements. C) is composed ofnuclei scattered throughout the brain stem. D) is responsible for pain interpretation. E) is composed of nuclei scattered throughout the cerebrum.

41)

Which of the following activities would stimulate the reticular formation? A) A warm bath B) A clock radio coming on in the morning C) A long lecture in a darkened auditorium D) Eating a big meal E) Getting a back rub

42) During an autopsy the brainstem was separated from the rest of the brain by a cut between the __________ and __________.

Version 1

12


A) medulla oblongata; pons B) pons; midbrain C) midbrain; diencephalon D) thalamus; cerebrum E) medulla; spinal cord

43) The cerebellum communicates with other parts of the CNS by means of nerve tracts called the __________. A) vermis B) flocculonodular pathways C) cerebellar peduncles D) arbor vitae E) folia

44) The white matter of the cerebellum forms a branching network known as the __________. A) folia B) superior peduncle C) arbor vitae D) tentorium cerebelli E) vermis

45) The portion of the cerebellum that is involved in balance and eye movements is the __________.

Version 1

13


A) vermis B) flocculonodular lobe C) cerebellar peduncles D) arbor vitae E) lateral hemisphere

46) Smooth, flowing movements are the result of fine motor coordination in the __________ of the cerebellum. A) anterior vermis B) cerebellar peduncles C) lateral hemispheres D) flocculonodular lobe E) arbor vitae

47)

Which of the following is NOT a function of the cerebellum? A) Coordinate control of voluntary movements B) Help in the maintenance of muscle tone C) Control the heart rate D) Control skeletal muscles to maintain balance E) Control of posture, locomotion, and fine motor coordination

48) A person with a lesion in the brain exhibited the following manifestations: normal tension in skeletal muscle, disturbed fine motor control, exhibited tremors when reaching for objects. What part of the brain is most likely damaged?

Version 1

14


A) The prefrontal lobe of the cerebrum B) The frontal lobe of the cerebrum C) The basal ganglia D) The pyramids of the medulla oblongata E) The cerebellum

49)

Ridges of the cerebellar cortex are called __________. A) arbor vitae B) cerebellar peduncles C) the vermis D) folia

50)

The stalk that connects the hypothalamus to the pituitary gland is the __________. A) corpus callosum B) infundibulum C) insula D) intermediate mass E) Arbor vitae

51)

The interthalamic adhesion connects the two portions of the __________. A) thalamus B) epithalamus C) hypothalamus D) subthalamus E) corpus callosum

Version 1

15


52)

Which of the following thalamic nuclei is mismatched with its function? A) Lateral geniculate nucleus - visual impulses B) Medial geniculate nucleus - auditory impulses C) Ventral posterior nucleus - sensory impulses D) Dorsal tier of nuclei - taste impulses E) Ventral lateral nuclei - motor functions

53)

The habenula and pineal body are both found in the __________. A) thalamus B) epithalamus C) hypothalamus D) subthalamus E) hyperthalamus

54)

Which of the following statements concerning structures of the diencephalon is false? A) The thalamus projects sensory information to the cerebral cortex. B) The subthalamic nuclei are associated with the basal nuclei. C) The thalamus controls many endocrine functions. D) The pineal body may play a role in controlling the onset of puberty. E) The third ventricle separates the two large portions of the thalamus.

55) Most sensory input that ascends through the spinal cord and brainstem projects to the __________.

Version 1

16


A) pineal gland B) hypothalamus C) thalamus D) mammillary bodies E) subthalamus

56)

The mammillary bodies A) influence breast milk production. B) produce reproductive hormones. C) are involved in emotional responses to odors. D) are found in the thalamus. E) influence the onset of puberty.

57)

Injury to the thalamus would A) cause us to stop breathing. B) affect body temperature regulation. C) affect pHregulation. D) preventpuberty. E) affect sensoryprojection to the cerebral cortex.

58)

Afferent fibers terminating in the hypothalamus provide input from the A) visceral organs. B) taste receptors of the tongue. C) limbic system. D) the prefrontal cortex of the cerebrum. E) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

17


59) Anna has an eating disorder along with intense thirst and wildly varying body temperatures, which means she may have a dysfunction of the __________. A) pons B) medulla C) thalamus D) hypothalamus E) brainstem

60) Which of the following brain areas serves as the major control center of the autonomic nervous system and endocrine system? A) Hypothalamus B) Midbrain C) Pons D) Thalamus E) Brainstem

61) The "thermostat" or nucleus that monitors blood temperature is located in the __________. A) hypothalamus B) midbrain C) pons D) thalamus E) brainstem

Version 1

18


62) Thirteen year-old Austin exhibits retarded growth, reduced metabolism, lack of normal reproductive gland development, inability to regulate water intake or water elimination from the body, and an uncontrolled appetite. Which part of Austin's brain is most likely involved? A) Reticular formation B) Primary sensory cortex C) Medulla oblongata D) Thalamus E) Hypothalamus

63) Arrange the following in order from the diencephalon downward. (1) Spinal cord (2) Midbrain (3) Medulla (4) Pons A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 2, 4, 3, 1 C) 3, 2, 4, 1 D) 4, 2, 3, 1 E) 4, 1, 3, 2

64)

Which of the following feelings is NOT related to hypothalamic function? A) Fear of the unknown B) Sexual pleasure C) Feeling satiated after a meal D) Feeling rested after flying to England E) Road rage

65)

Which of the following is a function of the hypothalamus?

Version 1

19


A) Initiates voluntary movements B) Involved in psychosomatic illnesses C) Control of balance D) Unconscious swinging of the arms while walking E) Perception of sensation

66)

The pineal body A) connects the two cerebral hemispheres. B) modifies mood. C) causes hot and cold flashes. D) appears to play a role in controlling the onset of puberty. E) plays a role in the production of cerebrospinal fluid.

67)

The cerebral gyri increase A) memory assimilation time. B) the surface area of the cortex. C) the size of the thalamic nuclei. D) speech ability. E) volume of the brain.

68)

The central sulcus separates the __________. A) two parietal lobes B) frontal and parietal lobes C) occipital and temporal lobes D) temporal and frontal lobes E) parietal and occipital lobes

Version 1

20


69)

The lateral fissure separates the __________ from the rest of the cerebrum. A) frontal lobe B) parietal lobe C) occipital lobe D) temporal lobe E) cerebellum

70)

Which of the following is not a lobe of the cerebrum? A) Parietal B) Frontal C) Occipital D) Sphenoidal E) Temporal

71)

The gray matter on the outer surface of the cerebrum is called the __________. A) cortex B) pia mater C) reticular formation D) arbor vitae E) cerebral medulla

72) During brain surgery, the superior portion of the postcentral gyrus of a patient is stimulated. What do you expect the patient to do?

Version 1

21


A) Flex his fingers B) Talk to the surgeon C) Smile D) Feel pressure on his toes E) Move his hand

73)

If an animal has had its cerebrum removed, it cannot __________. A) see B) live C) breathe D) regulate body temperature E) regulate heart rate

74)

Association fibers connect A) the cerebrum with the spinal cord. B) one cerebral hemisphere to another. C) areas of the cerebral cortex within the same hemisphere. D) areas of the cerebral cortex with areas of the midbrain. E) areas of the cerebral cortex with areas of the spinal cord.

75) Tracts of white matter that connect the right and left hemispheres are composed of __________ fibers.

Version 1

22


A) decussation B) association C) commissural D) projection E) pyramidal

76) What is the large C-shaped mass of white matter that consists of nerve fibers that connect the two cerebral hemispheres? A) Corpus callosum B) Infundibulum C) Intermediate mass D) Vermis E) Gyrus

77)

The cerebral medulla A) has the same function as the medulla oblongata. B) is the gray matter on the cerebrum's surface. C) consists of many nerve tracts of white matter beneath the cerebral cortex. D) is another name for the basal nuclei. E) is the outer layer of the cerebrum.

78)

The primary somatic sensory or general sensory area is located in the __________.

Version 1

23


A) postcentral gyrus B) precentral gyrus C) prefrontal gyrus D) Wernicke gyrus E) prefrontal cortex

79)

Which of the following activities is NOT associated with the cerebrum? A) Interpreting smell and taste B) Controlling the autonomic nervous system C) Initiating voluntary movements D) Making moral judgments E) Writing poetry

80)

The corpus callosum

A) consists of a broad band of gray matter. B) is found at the base of the transverse fissure. C) is a band of commissural fibers that connects the right cerebral hemisphere to the left cerebral hemisphere. D) connects the frontal lobe to the occipital lobe. E) connects the frontal lobe to the parietal lobe.

81)

Which type of white fibers connect areas of the cerebral cortex in the same hemisphere? A) Basal fibers B) Commissural fibers C) Projection fibers D) Association fibers

Version 1

24


82)

Projection fibers will connect A) the cerebrum toother parts of the brain and the spinal cord. B) one cerebralhemisphere to the other hemisphere. C) parts of the samehemisphere. D) motor and sensoryareas of the cerebral cortex.

83)

Which of the following is a basal nucleus located in the cerebrum? A) Subthalamic nucleus B) Red nucleus C) Caudate nucleus D) Substantia nigra E) Habenula

84)

Lesions of the basal nuclei could cause A) loss of memory. B) uncontrolled rage. C) fluent but circular speech. D) a slight shaking of the hands or head. E) loss of the sense of smell.

85)

The corpus striatum is composed of the

Version 1

25


A) subthalamic and red nuclei. B) lentiform and caudate nuclei. C) caudate nucleus and substantia nigra. D) substantia nigra and hippocampus. E) subthalamic nuclei and pineal body.

86)

The basal nuclei function to A) produce stiff, exaggerated movements. B) assist the autonomic nervous system. C) inhibit unwanted muscular activity. D) control alertness. E) store memory.

87)

The limbic system involves various neural connections between __________. A) the medulla and pons B) the pons and cerebellum C) the cerebrum and diencephalon D) the diencephalon and midbrain E) the cerebrum and midbrain

88)

The limbic system A) has recently evolved. B) is associatedwith basic survival instincts of nutrition, memory, and reproduction. C) controls voluntary movements of the arms and legs. D) is a memory area in the midbrain. E) includes the brainstem.

Version 1

26


89)

Which of the following is NOT part of the limbic system? A) Lateral geniculate nucleus of the thalamus B) Cingulate gyrus of the cerebral cortex C) Dentate gyrus of the hippocampus D) Olfactory cortex

90)

The most superficial meningeal layer is the __________. A) pia mater B) arachnoid layer C) dura mater D) epidural sinus E) skull

91)

Cerebrospinal fluid fills the __________. A) subarachnoid space B) subdural space C) dural sinuses D) epidural space E) None of the choices are correct

92)

Which of the following pairs is mismatched?

Version 1

27


A) Falx cerebri – longitudinal fissure B) Tentorium cerebelli – base of brain C) Falx cerebelli – between the cerebellar hemispheres D) Pia mater – surface of the brain E) Dural venous sinus – collects blood that returns from the brain

93)

Cerebrospinal fluid is formed by tissue in the walls and roofs of the __________. A) subarachnoid space B) dural sinuses C) fissure of Sylvius D) ventricles of the brain E) subdural space

94) Cerebrospinal fluid is produced by the __________ and is reabsorbed by the __________. A) choroid plexus; arachnoid granulation B) arachnoid granulation; choroid plexus C) dural sinus; dura mater D) dura mater; dural sinus E) septa pellucida; cerebral aqueduct

95)

Sixteen-year-old Jake is diagnosed with hydrocephaly. What will this do if left untreated?

Version 1

28


A) The brain will shrink and shrivel. B) The excess fluid will exert pressure on his brain. C) The cerebral cortex will absorb the excess fluid and swell. D) The choroid plexus will enlarge. E) The arachnoid granulations will halt their function.

96)

The cerebral aqueduct connects A) the two lateralventricles. B) the thirdventricle to the fourth ventricle. C) the lateral ventricles to the third ventricle. D) the fourth ventricle to the subarachnoid space.

97)

Which ventricle is located between the two halves of the thalamus? A) First ventricle B) Second ventricle C) Third ventricle D) Fourth ventricle

98)

Which of the following is NOT a function of cerebrospinal fluid? A) Provides oxygen to CNS tissue B) Provides nutrients to CNS tissue C) Provides a protective cushion around the CNS D) Protects the brain from rapid, jarring head movements

Version 1

29


99)

The blockage of CSF inside the brain is a condition called __________. A) internal hydrocephalus B) ventricular hydrocephalus C) external hydrocephalus D) internal hematoma

100) Water-soluble molecules such as glucose and amino acids move across the blood-brain barrier by __________. A) diffusion B) endocytosis C) exocytosis D) mediated transport E) filtration

101)

Which of the following arteries supply blood to the brain? A) External carotid arteries B) Internal carotid arteries C) Vertebral arteries D) Both "Internal carotid arteries" and "Vertebral arteries" is correct.

102) Henry has a thrombus just beyond where the vertebral arteries join on the base of the pons. Which vessel is affected? A) Dural sinuses B) Basilar artery C) Cranial artery D) None of the choices are correct.

Version 1

30


103) What structural feature of the brain regulates the movement of materials from the blood into the brain? A) Myelin sheath B) Circle ofWillis C) Meninges D) Blood-brain barrier

104)

Cranial nerve functions include __________. A) somatic motor control B) sympathetic control C) cognitive skills D) regulation of emotions E) None of the choices are correct

105)

The Roman numeral assigned to each cranial nerve reflect A) the order of their discovery. B) the sequence from anterior to posterior in which they emerge from the brain. C) their importance, with highest numbers being the most important. D) the complexity of each nerve, with complex nerves having higher numbers. E) the sequence from posterior to anterior in which they emerge from the brain.

106)

Which of the following cranial nerves is exclusively sensory?

Version 1

31


A) Vestibulocochlear (VIII) B) Hypoglossal (XII) C) Trochlear (IV) D) Facial (VI) E) Trigeminal (V)

107)

The oculomotor nerve A) innervates all the muscles that move the eyeball. B) adjusts pupil size to the level of lighting. C) transmits action potentials from the retina. D) controls the organ of balance. E) innervates two of the six muscles that move the eyeball.

108)

Which of the following would help to determine if the oculomotor nerve was damaged? A) Have the patient distinguish between green and red colors B) Determine if the patient can see anything C) Have the patient look superiorly and inferiorly D) Have the patient cry E) Determine if the patient still has night vision

109) Ptosis (drooping of the upper eyelid) of the left eye would be caused by damage to the __________ nerve.

Version 1

32


A) facial B) abducens C) trochlear D) oculomotor E) optic

110)

The abducens nerves A) transmit pain impulses from the teeth. B) are involved in eye movement. C) dilate blood vessels in the skin. D) slow the heart rate. E) control size of the pupil.

111)

A kiss on the cheek would be perceived by impulses from the __________ nerve. A) trochlear B) abducens C) trigeminal D) vestibulocochlear E) facial

112) Maggie has her wisdom teeth removed, and later has difficulty with chewing and cannot feel sensations to the side of her face. This is likely caused by the numbing of the __________ nerve.

Version 1

33


A) vagus B) trochlear C) hypoglossal D) trigeminal E) vestibulocochlear

113) Dentists anesthetize a portion of the __________ nerve to stop pain impulses from the teeth. A) facial B) trigeminal C) hypoglossal D) glossopharyngeal E) abducens

114)

Which of the following cranial nerves innervates only one muscle of the eyeball? A) Optic nerve B) Facial nerve C) Trochlear nerve D) Trigeminal nerve E) Oculomotor nerve

115)

Facial expression is regulated by the __________ nerve.

Version 1

34


A) facial B) vagus C) abducens D) trigeminal E) accessory

116) Paralysis on the right side of the face could result from damage to the right __________ nerve. A) vagus B) facial C) accessory D) trigeminal E) None of the choices are correct.

117) A baseball player was hit on the left side of his skull in the parotid area. He cannot close his eye and the corner of his mouth droops. Which cranial nerve was damaged? A) Facial B) Glossopharyngeal C) Accessory D) Optic E) Oculomotor

118) A deer hunter lost the hearing in his right ear after his gun exploded when he tried firing it. His hearing loss is the result of damage to the __________ nerve.

Version 1

35


A) vagus B) hypoglossal C) glossopharyngeal D) trigeminal E) vestibulocochlear

119)

The glossopharyngeal nerve A) innervates the larynx. B) is involved in the sense of taste. C) innervates intrinsic tongue muscles. D) transmits sensory information from the abdominal viscera. E) controls facial expressions.

120)

The facial and glossopharyngeal nerves A) innervate the salivary glands. B) control movements of the tongue. C) are involved in the sense of smell. D) control the production of tears. E) carry pain from the teeth.

121) Motor control of the face is the function of the __________ nerve, while sensation from the face is determined by the __________ nerve.

Version 1

36


A) facial; trigeminal B) trochlear; facial C) facial; glossopharyngeal D) trigeminal; glossopharyngeal E) trigeminal; facial

122)

Damage to branches of the __________ nerve can interfere with normal speech. A) facial B) vagus C) trigeminal D) glossopharyngeal E) abducens

123)

Which nerve has branches that extend to the thoracic and abdominal viscera? A) Facial nerve B) Vagus nerve C) Trigeminal nerve D) Glossopharyngeal nerve E) Accessory nerve

124)

Damage to which of the following cranial nerves might result in death? A) Facial nerve B) Vagus nerve C) Trigeminal nerve D) Glossopharyngeal nerve E) Optic nerve

Version 1

37


125)

Which of the following cranial nerves does not innervate the tongue? A) Glossopharyngeal B) Hypoglossal C) Accessory D) Facial E) All of the choices are correct.

126) Unilateral damage to a cranial nerve is suspected because the tongue deviates to the right when it is protruded. Which cranial nerve is damaged? A) Right hypoglossal B) Left hypoglossal C) Right glossopharyngeal D) Left glossopharyngeal E) Left facial

127)

The accessory nerve A) has fibers that join the vagus nerve. B) has both a cranial and a spinal component. C) provides innervation to the trapezius and sternocleidomastoid muscles. D) is cranial nerve XI. E) All of the choices are correct.

128) Dysfunction of the sternocleidomastoid muscle could result from damage to the __________ nerve.

Version 1

38


A) vagus B) abducens C) accessory D) hypoglossal E) facial

129)

A fracture of the cribriform plate might injure the __________ cranial nerve. A) glossopharyngeal B) trigeminal C) olfactory D) facial E) optic

130) When you lick frosting off a knife with the tip of your tongue and find the frosting has an orange flavor to it, which cranial nerve is being used to determine the taste of the frosting? A) Facial B) Trigeminal C) Hypoglossal D) Glossopharyngeal E) Abducens

131)

Which of the following cranial nerves has a parasympathetic component?

Version 1

39


A) Facial B) Trochlear C) Trigeminal D) Hypoglossal E) Accessory

132) The embryonic structure that gives rise to the structures of the central nervous system is called the __________. A) brainstem B) neural plate C) notochord D) forebrain

133) Which part of the brainstem contains the cardiac center, vasomotor center, and respiratory center? A) Midbrain B) Pons C) Medulla oblongata D) Cerebellum

134) The portion of the midbrain involved in dealing with auditory pathways is the __________. A) cerebral aqueduct B) inferior colliculus C) superior colliculus D) tegmentum

Version 1

40


135) What is the group of loosely packed nuclei within the length of the brainstem that are involved in cyclic activities such as sleep-wake cycles? A) Reticular formation B) Diencephalon C) Limbic system D) Hypothalamus E) Basal nuclei

136) Which structures connect the cerebellum to the brainstem and allow communication between the cerebellum and other parts of the CNS? A) Peduncles B) Commissures C) Funiculi

137) Fibers connecting areas of the cerebral cortex within the same hemisphere are __________ fibers. A) association B) commissural C) projection

138) A group of functionally related nuclei within the cerebrum, diencephalon, and midbrain are called the __________.

Version 1

41


A) basal nuclei B) hypothalamic ganglia C) lateral ganglia D) limbic nuclei

139)

What is the group of structures in the brain that is involved with emotions and memory? A) Basal nuclei B) Limbic system C) Reticular formation

140)

What is the function of the arachnoid granulations? A) Reabsorb CSF into the blood of the dural sinuses B) Drain the CSF from the arachnoid mater C) Transfer CSF to the cerebral aqueducts

141) Which structure ultimately regulates the passage of materials from the blood into the cerebrospinal fluid and the brain? A) Arachnoid mater B) Dura mater C) Pia mater D) Cranium E) Meninges F) Blood–brain–barrier

Version 1

42


142)

Reflexes involved in maintaining homeostasis may involve the __________ nerve. A) facial B) optic C) trigeminal D) vagus

143) A patient is experiencing a high fever, stiff neck, drowsiness, and intense headaches. A spinal tap showed bacteria and white blood cells in the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). This individual most likely has what condition? A) Parkinsondisease B) Alzheimerdisease C) Meningitis D) Hydrocephalus E) A stroke

144) Degeneration of the neurons in which of the following structures leads to the muscle tremors associated with Parkinson disease? A) Cerebral cortex B) Tegmentum C) Pons D) Substantianigra E) Inferiorcolliculi

145) Loss of equilibrium and motor coordination would most likely be related to a lesion in which structure?

Version 1

43


A) Limbic system B) Pons C) Pituitarygland D) Medullaoblongata E) Cerebellum

146)

There are no cranial nerves associated with which part of the brain? A) Thalamus B) Medullaoblongata C) Midbrain D) Cerebellum E) Pons

147)

Which of the following is not associated with the pons? A) Sensoryinformation from the middle region of the face B) Sensoryinformation from the inferior region of the face C) Sensoryinformation from the superior region of the face D) Lateral eyemovements E) Neck movement

148)

Injury to the reticular formation can result in which of the following? A) Irreversible coma B) Hypertension C) Parkinson disease D) Alzheimer disease

Version 1

44


149) The blink reflex is initiated by contact with the cornea. Which cranial nerve could be assessed by initiating the blink reflex? A) Trigeminal B) Oculomotor C) Optic D) Olfactory

150) A patient exhibits an abnormal gag reflex in that the uvua is pulled to the left. This is a possible indication that one of the __________ nerves is damaged. A) glossopharyngeal B) abducens C) facial D) trigeminal

151) If abnormal development occurs in the myelencephalon, which of the following structures may be affected? A) Fourth ventricle B) Medulla oblongata C) Thalamus D) Both "Fourth ventricle" and "Medulla oblongata" are correct.

152) A physician is evaluating the cranial nerve function of a patient. To evaluate oculomotor nerve function, the physician should

Version 1

45


A) stand behind the patient and whisper words to see if the patient can repeat them. B) ask the patient to follow the movement of an object with her gaze. C) ask the patient to open her mouth and stick out her tongue. D) touch the surface of the patient's eyeball to initiate blinking.

153) A physician is evaluating the cranial nerve function of a patient. To evaluate vestibulocochlear nerve function, the physician should A) stand behind the patient and whisper words to see if the patient can repeat them. B) ask the patient to follow the movement of an object with her gaze. C) ask the patient to open her mouth and stick out her tongue. D) touch the surface of the patient's eyeball to initiate blinking.

154) A physician is evaluating the cranial nerve function of a patient. To evaluate trigeminal nerve function, the physician should A) stand behind the patient and whisper words to see if the patient can repeat them. B) ask the patient to follow the movement of an object with her gaze. C) ask the patient to open her mouth and stick out her tongue. D) touch the surface of the patient's eyeball to initiate blinking.

Version 1

46


155)

155.1) This is a midsagittal section of the right half of the brain. What does "A" represent? A) Cerebrum B) Cerebellum C) Corpus callosum D) Diencephalon E) Brainstem

155.2) This is a midsagittal section of the right half of the brain. What does "B" represent?

Version 1

47


A) Cerebrum B) Cerebellum C) Corpus callosum D) Diencephalon E) Brainstem

155.3) This is a midsagittal section of the right half of the brain. What does "C" represent? A) Cerebrum B) Cerebellum C) Corpus callosum D) Diencephalon E) Brainstem

155.4) This is a midsagittal section of the right half of the brain. What does "D" represent? A) Cerebrum B) Cerebellum C) Corpus callosum D) Diencephalon E) Brainstem

155.5) This is a midsagittal section of the right half of the brain. What does "E" represent?

Version 1

48


A) Cerebrum B) Cerebellum C) Corpus callosum D) Diencephalon E) Brainstem

156) © McGraw-Hill Education/Rebecca Gray, photographer.

156.1)

Version 1

This is a lateral view of the brain. What does "A" represent?

49


A) Temporal lobe B) Cerebellum C) Frontal lobe D) Occipital lobe E) Parietal lobe

156.2)

This is a lateral view of the brain. What does "B" represent?

A) Temporal lobe B) Cerebellum C) Frontal lobe D) Occipital lobe E) Parietal lobe

156.3)

This is a lateral view of the brain. What does "C" represent?

A) Temporal lobe B) Cerebellum C) Frontal lobe D) Occipital lobe E) Parietal lobe

156.4)

This is a lateral view of the brain. What does "D" represent?

A) Temporal lobe B) Cerebellum C) Frontal lobe D) Occipital lobe E) Parietal lobe

Version 1

50


156.5)

This is a lateral view of the brain. What does "E" represent?

A) Temporal lobe B) Cerebellum C) Frontal lobe D) Occipital lobe E) Parietal lobe

157)

157.1)

Version 1

What does "A" represent on the diagram of the skull and brain?

51


A) Subarachnoid space B) Dural venous sinus C) Pia mater D) Arachnoid mater E) Subdural space

157.2)

What does "B" represent on the diagram of the skull and brain?

A) Subarachnoid space B) Dural venous sinus C) Pia mater D) Arachnoid mater E) Subdural space

157.3)

What does "C" represent on the diagram of the skull and brain?

A) Subarachnoid space B) Dural venous sinus C) Pia mater D) Arachnoid mater E) Subdural space

157.4)

What does "D" represent on the diagram of the skull and brain?

A) Subarachnoid space B) Dural venous sinus C) Pia mater D) Arachnoid mater E) Subdural space

Version 1

52


157.5)

What does "E" represent on the diagram of the skull and brain?

A) Subarachnoid space B) Dural venous sinus C) Pia mater D) Arachnoid mater E) Subdural space

158)

Match the description with the correct lobe of the cerebrum.

A. Important in voluntary motor function B. Fifth lobe of the brain C. Plays an important role in memory D. Reception and integration of visual input E. Reception of most sensory input

158.1)

Occipital lobe

158.2)

Frontal lobe

158.3)

Insula

158.4)

Temporal lobe

Version 1

53


158.5)

159)

Parietal lobe

True or False? The pons is largely responsible for the control of skeletal muscle activity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

160) True or False? Damage to the trigeminal nerve would disrupt the normal blink reflex initiated by touch sensations of the eye. ⊚ ⊚

true false

161) True or False? Abnormal development in the telencephalon may also affect the development of the lateral ventricles. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

54


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 13_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, C, E] 2) [B, C, E] 3) [A, C] 4) [A, C] 5) [B, C, E] 6) C 7) A 8) D 9) E 10) D 11) E 12) B 13) C 14) A 15) C 16) B 17) B 18) E 19) B 20) D 21) A 22) C 23) A 24) B 25) A 26) D Version 1

55


27) B 28) C 29) C 30) E 31) B 32) A 33) E 34) B 35) A 36) B 37) C 38) D 39) B 40) C 41) B 42) C 43) C 44) C 45) B 46) C 47) C 48) E 49) D 50) B 51) A 52) D 53) B 54) C 55) C 56) C Version 1

56


57) E 58) E 59) D 60) A 61) A 62) E 63) B 64) D 65) B 66) D 67) B 68) B 69) D 70) D 71) A 72) D 73) A 74) C 75) C 76) A 77) C 78) A 79) B 80) C 81) D 82) A 83) C 84) D 85) B 86) C Version 1

57


87) C 88) B 89) A 90) C 91) A 92) B 93) D 94) A 95) B 96) B 97) C 98) A 99) A 100) D 101) D 102) B 103) D 104) A 105) B 106) A 107) B 108) C 109) D 110) B 111) C 112) D 113) B 114) C 115) A 116) B Version 1

58


117) A 118) E 119) B 120) A 121) A 122) B 123) B 124) B 125) C 126) A 127) E 128) C 129) C 130) A 131) A 132) B 133) C 134) B 135) A 136) A 137) A 138) A 139) B 140) A 141) F 142) D 143) C 144) D 145) E 146) D Version 1

59


147) E 148) A 149) A 150) A 151) D 152) B 153) A 154) D 155) Section Break 155.1) E 155.2) D 155.3) A 155.4) C 155.5) B 156) Section Break 156.1) A 156.2) C 156.3) E 156.4) D 156.5) B 157) Section Break 157.1) B 157.2) E 157.3) D 157.4) A 157.5) C 158) Section Break 158.1) D 158.2) A 158.3) B Version 1

60


158.4) C 158.5) E 159) FALSE 160) TRUE 161) TRUE

Version 1

61


CHAPTER 14 1)

Identify all of the examples of primary receptors. (Check all that apply.) A) Free nerve endings B) Hair cells in the ear C) Meissner corpuscle D) Pacinian corpuscle E) Taste cell

2)

Select which steps are part of the voluntary movement process. (Check all that apply.) A) Initiation begins in the brainstem. B) Initiation begins in the primary motor area of the cerebral cortex. C) Lower motor neurons receive messages from upper motor neurons. D) Smooth muscle in the skin is stimulated to contract. E) The cerebellum and basal nuclei coordinate the information for these movements. F) Upper motor neurons receive information from lower motor neurons.

3)

Select the statements that describe lower motor neurons. (Check all that apply.) A) Have axons extending into peripheral nerves B) Send signals to skeletal muscles C) Send signals to visceral smooth muscle

4)

Which tracts represent direct motor pathways? (Check all that apply.)

Version 1

1


A) Corticobulbar B) Corticospinal C) Reticulospinal D) Rubrospinal E) Tectospinal

5)

The brainstem receives sensory input from which cranial nerves? (Check all that apply.) A) Hypoglossal B) Oculomotor C) Optic D) Vagus E) Vestibulocochlear

6) Which of the following carry information to the reticular activating system? (Check all that apply.) A) Ascending motor axons from the skin B) Axons carrying tactile information C) Cerebral projections D) Cranial nerve II E) Cranial nerve V F) Cranial nerve X

7) Identify the situations that would stimulate the reticular activating system. (Check all that apply.)

Version 1

2


A) A darkened room B) Wearing a set of silencing headphones C) Smelling breakfast odors D) Exposure to smelling salts E) A ringing fire alarm

8)

Which of the following is a general sense? A) Smell B) Taste C) Touch D) Hearing E) Vision

9) If you feel someone touch you on the shoulder, the person has stimulated a/an __________ sense. A) special B) somatic C) visceral D) undifferentiated E) None of the choices are correct.

10) When people smoke cigarettes, they damage some of their taste buds. Which type of sense has been damaged by the smoking?

Version 1

3


A) Special B) Somatic C) Visceral D) Autonomic E) Nonspecialized

11)

Which of the following is a visceral sensation? A) Pain B) Touch C) Temperature D) Proprioception E) Balance

12)

The perception of position and movement of body parts is __________. A) sensation B) kinesthesia C) proprioception D) All of the choices are correct.

13)

Vision is dependent upon __________. A) chemoreceptors B) photoreceptors C) thermoreceptors D) mechanoreceptors E) nociceptors

Version 1

4


14)

Mechanoreceptors respond to A) compression of receptors. B) irritation of nerve endings. C) light striking the receptors. D) binding of molecules to membrane receptors. E) a change in temperature.

15) A state of conscious awareness of stimuli received by sensory receptors is called __________. A) adaptation B) projection C) translation D) perception E) inclination

16)

Which of the following term and description is mismatched? A) Visceroreceptors – associated with organs B) Adaptation – decreased sensitivity to continued stimulus C) Projection – sensation is perceived at the site of the stimulus D) Proprioceptors – information about body position E) Cutaneous receptors – associated with the viscera

17) The pain a person experiences with acute appendicitis results from stimulating nerve endings called __________.

Version 1

5


A) painreceptors B) internoreceptors C) visceroreceptors D) proprioceptors E) appendoreceptors

18)

Free nerve endings respond to A) temperature change and pain. B) pressure and vibration. C) light touch and two-point discrimination. D) temperature change and pressure. E) chemicals.

19) Changes in the blood concentration of glucose, oxygen, and hydrogen are detected by __________. A) baroreceptors B) chemoreceptors C) nociceptors D) proprioceptors E) thermoreceptors

20)

Which of these combinations of general senses depends on mechanoreceptors?

Version 1

6


A) Touch and temperature B) Pressure and temperature C) Pressure and proprioception D) Proprioception and temperature E) Taste and smell

21) When a person is exposed to temperature extremes, why is it difficult to distinguish hot from cold objects? A) Temperature perception requires more than one type of receptor. B) Temperatures above 37 degrees centigrade actually stimulate the cold receptors. C) At extremes, pain receptors are stimulated by both very hot and very cold objects. D) Most temperature receptors cannot differentiate hot from cold. E) Pain receptors are inhibited by both very hot and very cold objects.

22)

Which of the following receptor type is mismatched with its sensation? A) Merkel disks – light touch B) Pacinian corpuscles – vibration C) Meissner corpuscles – two–point discrimination D) Ruffini end organs – temperature E) Hair follicle receptors – slight bending of the hair

23)

Specialized muscle fibers associated with detection of muscle length are __________.

Version 1

7


A) muscle spindles B) Pacinian corpuscles C) Ruffini end organs D) Golgi tendon organs E) Merkel disks

24) Receptors that detect stretch of a tendon and are important for control of muscle contraction are __________. A) muscle spindles B) Pacinian corpuscles C) Ruffini end organs D) Golgi tendon organs E) Meissner corpuscles

25)

Pacinian corpuscles respond to A) an increase in tendon tension. B) deep cutaneous pressure and vibration. C) stretch and tension. D) temperature and pain. E) light touch.

26)

The ability to localize the position of body parts is called __________.

Version 1

8


A) two-point discrimination B) proprioception C) fine touch D) light touch E) perception

27) The __________ are distributed throughout the dermal papillae and are involved in __________ touch. A) Merkel disks; very deep B) Pacinian corpuscles; very light C) Muscle spindles; fine proprioceptive D) Golgi tendon organs; limited awareness E) Meissner corpuscles; two-point discrimination

28)

All of the following nerve endings are found in the skin EXCEPT __________. A) Pacinian corpuscles B) proprioceptors C) Ruffini end organs D) Merkel disks E) Meissner corpuscles

29)

Decreased sensitivity to a continued stimulus is called __________.

Version 1

9


A) adaptation B) projection C) translation D) conduction E) phantom pain

30)

Superficial pain is highly localized, but visceral pain is diffuse because A) the viscera has fewer pain receptors. B) the skin has more sensitive pain receptors. C) the viscera has fewer mechanoreceptors which give location information. D) visceral pain has less emotional involvement.

31) Slowly adapting proprioceptors that would let you know the position of your thumb without looking at it are known as __________ receptors. A) phasic B) primary C) secondary D) tonic

32) Rapidly adapting proprioceptors that provide information on the location of a moving hand are known as __________ receptors. A) phasic B) primary C) secondary D) tonic

Version 1

10


33) Receptors that in general produce an action potential in response to a receptor potential are __________ receptors. A) phasic B) primary C) secondary D) tonic

34) Receptors that in general do not produce an action potential, but can release neurotransmitters in response to a receptor potential are __________ receptors. A) phasic B) primary C) secondary D) tonic

35)

Which of the following is an ascending pathway in the spinal cord? A) Lateral spinothalamic tract B) Rubrospinal tract C) Lateral corticospinal tract D) Tectospinal tract E) Anterior corticospinal tract

36) Terrance is told by his physician that he has lesions on one side of his spinal cord, which cut the lateral spinothalamic tract. Therefore, Terrance will have an inability to perceive

Version 1

11


A) sensations of touch from both sides of his body below the level of injury. B) his sense of proprioception on the same side of his body below the level of the injury. C) cutaneous sensations on the opposite side of his body below the level of injury. D) sensations of vibration on the opposite side of his body at the level of the injury. E) sensations of tickle on the same side of his body below the level of injury.

37)

In an ascending pathway, axons of the secondary neuron travel from the A) receptor to the spinal cord. B) receptor to the brain. C) spinal cord through the brainstem to the thalamus. D) thalamus to the cerebral cortex. E) spinal cord to cerebellum.

38) The portion of the dorsal column/medial lemniscal tract that carries proprioceptive sensations from nerve endings in the feet and legs is the __________. A) nucleus gracilis B) nucleus cuneatus C) fasciculus gracilis D) fasciculus cuneatus E) fasciculus nucleus

39)

The fasciculus gracilis and fasciculus cuneatus would help us

Version 1

12


A) perceive pain. B) tell if an object is rough or smooth. C) sense temperature. D) move our arms and legs. E) write a sentence.

40)

Which of the following tract is mismatched with its description? A) Spinotectal tract – visual reflexes B) Fasciculus cuneatus – vibration from upper body half C) Spinoreticular tract – light touch D) Spinocerebellar tract – proprioception E) Spinocerebellar tract – comparator function

41) The gate control theory of pain says that pain impulses traveling through the lateral spinothalamic tract can be suppressed by increased activity of the A) anterior spinothalamic tract. B) tertiary neurons. C) extrapyramidal tracts. D) dorsal column/medial lemniscal system. E) spinocerebellar tracts.

42) Amputees frequently perceive pain in the amputated structure. This type of pain is called __________ pain.

Version 1

13


A) chronic B) phantom C) referred D) gate E) ghost

43) When the CNS responds to tissue damage by decreasing the pain threshold and increasing its sensitivity to pain, this is called __________. A) referred pain B) central sensitization C) peripheral sensitization D) cumulative sensitization E) phantom pain

44)

The primary somatic sensory or general sensory area is located in the A) postcentral gyrus. B) precentral gyrus. C) prefrontal gyrus. D) central sulcus. E) superior temporal gyrus.

45) The size of various regions of the primary somatic sensory cortex is proportional to the __________ sensory receptors in that area of the body.

Version 1

14


A) size of B) location of C) number of D) size of muscles in E) position of the

46) During brain surgery, the superior portion of the primary somatic sensory cortex of a patient is stimulated. The patient is most likely to A) flex his fingers. B) talk to the surgeon. C) smile. D) feel something touching his back. E) wiggle his toes.

47)

The primary somatosensory cortex is located in the __________ lobe. A) frontal B) temporal C) occipital D) parietal

48) Which of the following functions is most likely to be performed by the visual association area?

Version 1

15


A) Recognize the face of a close friend B) See the shape of the visual image C) Sense pain impulses D) Move the eyes E) See color

49) The conscious perception of cutaneous sensations occurs in the cerebral cortex, but these sensations are perceived as if they were on the surface of the body. This is called __________. A) association B) perception C) projection D) integration E) localization

50)

The taste area is located in the __________. A) insula B) parietal lobe C) frontal lobe D) temporal lobe

51)

The auditory cortex is located in the __________. A) insula B) temporal lobe C) parietal lobe D) frontal lobe

Version 1

16


52)

The primary motor area

A) contains sensory neurons for the face in its inferior portion. B) contains a smaller area for control of the hands than for control of the legs. C) contains neurons that control smooth muscle. D) contains more motor neurons for the thighs than the mouth. E) contains a larger area for control of the hand and fingers than for control of the arm and elbow.

53)

Upper motor neurons A) are found in the visual cortex. B) control skeletal muscles. C) are responsible for planning voluntary movements. D) are located in the prefrontal area. E) control smooth muscle.

54) If you decide to "snap your fingers," the first neurons to be stimulated are the __________ neurons. A) association B) premotor C) postmotor D) sensory

55)

Impulses that initiate motivation and forethought originate in the __________.

Version 1

17


A) postcentral gyrus B) precentral gyrus C) prefrontal area D) association area E) central sulcus

56) If a person decided to jump over a chair, which of the following areas organizes the motor functions needed to carry out this action? A) Visual cortex B) Premotor area C) Prefrontal area D) Auditory association area E) Visual association area

57) Which of the following statements concerning the descending pathways of the spinal cord is true? A) Most descending pathways control sensory functions. B) Many of the descending pathways decussate in the midbrain. C) Descending pathways consist of upper and lower motor neurons. D) Descending pathways must synapse in the thalamus. E) These pathways start in the spinal cord and end in the brain.

58)

Which of the following is a descending pathway in the spinal cord?

Version 1

18


A) Fasciculus gracilis B) Corticospinal tract C) Spinothalamic tract D) Spinoreticular tract E) Trigeminothalamic tract

59)

Which of the following pairs is mismatched? A) Corticospinal tract – movements, especially the hands B) Corticobulbar tract – movements in the head and face C) Rubrospinal tract – two–point discrimination D) Vestibulospinal tract – maintains upright posture E) Reticulospinal – posture adjustments and walking

60) A patient has suffered a cerebral hemorrhage that has damaged the primary motor area of his right cerebral cortex. As a result the A) patient cannot voluntarily move his right arm or leg. B) patient feels no sensations on the left side of his body. C) patient cannot voluntarily move his left eye. D) patient's heart stops beating. E) patient cannot voluntarily move his left arm or leg.

61)

Indicate the order of each of the following in a descending pathway.

(1) Cerebral cortex (2) Pyramids (3) Cerebral peduncles (4) Internal capsule

Version 1

19


A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 1, 3, 4, 2 C) 1, 3, 2, 4 D) 2, 4, 3, 1 E) 1, 4, 3, 2

62)

Two tracts found within the extrapyramidal system are the __________. A) rubrospinal and corticospinal B) spinothalamic and tectospinal C) vestibulospinal and rubrospinal D) corticobulbar and vestibulospinal E) corticospinal and corticobulbar

63)

The extrapyramidal system A) controls the speed of skilled movements. B) maintains control of unconscious movements. C) interprets cutaneous perception. D) projects sensory information from the medulla to the cerebrum. E) control facial expression, mastication, and tongue movements.

Version 1

20


64) Which of the following result when the spinal cord is hemitransected (cut) on the left side? (1) Loss of pain and thermal sensations below the injury on the left side (2) Loss of pain and thermal sensations below the injury on the right side (3) Loss of fine touch and pressure sensations below the injury on the left side (4) Loss of fine touch and pressure sensations below the injury on right side (5) Loss of fine motor control on the right side below the injury (6) Loss of fine motor control on the left side below the injury A) 1, 3, 5 B) 2, 4, 6 C) 2, 3, 6 D) 1, 3, 4, 6 E) 1, 4, 5, 6

65)

A lesion in the red nucleus results in __________ tremors. A) resting B) intention C) sleeping D) reflex

66)

Lesion of the basal nuclei could cause A) loss of memory. B) uncontrolled rage. C) fluent but circular speech. D) a slight shaking of the hands or head. E) loss of sensation.

Version 1

21


67)

The cerebellum functions as a comparator. This means that the cerebellum compares A) the incoming sensory stimuli with the outgoing sensory stimuli. B) intended movements with actual movements. C) spinal cord activity with the activity of the cerebrum. D) the right cerebellar hemisphere with the left cerebellar hemisphere. E) and coordinates rapid, complex movements like figure skating.

68)

A nurse is caring for a patient who exhibits the following symptoms:

(1) Inability to maintain balance while walking (2) Normal intelligence (3) Can initiate voluntary movements, although they are somewhat uncoordinated (4) Decreased tone in the skeletal muscles The patient is probably suffering from a condition that affected the __________. A) midbrain B) cerebellum C) basal ganglia D) cerebral cortex E) brainstem

69)

Which of the following would you observe in a patient with a tumor of the cerebellum? A) Loss of general sensation B) Balance impairment C) No heartbeat D) Increased sex drive E) No conscious thought

70)

A primary function of the cerebellum is to __________.

Version 1

22


A) interpret sound B) coordinate movement C) control body temperature D) regulate consciousness E) regulate sleep patterns

71)

Damage to the cerebellum is likely to cause A) decreased muscle tone. B) balance impairment. C) the tendency to overshoot when reaching for an object. D) an intention tremor. E) All of the choices are correct.

72)

Which of the following is NOT a function of the cerebellum? A) Learning to play the harp B) Keeping time with music C) Sleep-wake cycle D) Coordination of skeletal muscles

73)

Which neurotransmitter has been implicated in Parkinson's disease? A) Norepinephrine B) Dopamine C) Serotonin D) GABA E) Acetylcholine

Version 1

23


74)

The brainstem A) includes nuclei of cranial nerves II – XII. B) contains centers for several vital reflexes like heart rate and blood pressure. C) contains the reticular formation. D) contains nuclei for vomiting and sneezing reflexes. E) All of the choices are correct.

75)

Wernicke area is necessary for A) motivation. B) understanding and formulating coherent speech. C) initiating the muscular movements of speech. D) processing visual images. E) smiling.

76)

Damage to Wernicke area would result in A) facial paralysis. B) facial tics. C) aphasia. D) "seeing stars". E) apraxia.

77)

If the Broca area is damaged, the result is

Version 1

24


A) loss of memory. B) impairment in the movement of the right leg. C) blindness. D) hesitant and distorted speech. E) inability to think of things to say.

78) Various areas of the cortex form functional pathways to conduct action potentials necessary to perform specific functions. Arrange the areas below in proper sequence to accomplish reading a poem aloud. (1) Visual association area (2) Premotor area (3) Broca area (4) Primary motor area (5) Wernicke area (6) Visual cortex A) 1, 6, 5, 3, 4, 2 B) 6, 1, 5, 3, 2, 4 C) 6, 1, 3, 5, 4, 2 D) 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 3 E) 5, 4, 3, 6, 1, 2

79) Which of the cortical areas listed below is most likely to be stimulated first when repeating a word you just heard spoken? A) Auditory association area B) Broca area C) Primary motor area D) Primary auditory cortex E) Wernicke area

Version 1

25


80)

The right cerebral hemisphere A) receives sensory input from the left side of the body. B) is the dominant hemisphere for speech in most people. C) tends to be smaller than the left cerebral hemisphere. D) contains no association areas. E) is not connected to the left cerebral hemisphere.

81)

Which of the following pairs is mismatched? A) Left cerebral hemisphere – analytical hemisphere B) Left cerebral hemisphere – speech area for most of the population C) Right cerebral hemisphere – recognition of faces D) Left cerebral hemisphere – spatial perception E) Left cerebral hemisphere – mathematics

82) A person suffering a stroke in the right parietal lobe may lose the ability to recognize faces. This is called __________. A) aphasia B) apraxia C) athetosis D) amorphosynthesis E) incoherency

83) The type of brain waves observed in an individual who is awake but in a quiet resting state with eyes closed are __________ waves.

Version 1

26


A) alpha B) beta C) delta D) theta E) gamma

84) Brain waves associated with information processing or problem solving are __________ waves. A) alpha B) beta C) delta D) theta E) kappa

85)

In short-term memory, A) information is retained for less than a second. B) the frontal lobe plays the most important role. C) current information is lost when new information is presented. D) there is increased synaptic activity by long-term potentiation. E) there is consolidation of information.

86)

In working memory,

Version 1

27


A) information is retained for less than a second. B) the frontal lobe plays the most important role. C) current information is lost when new information is presented. D) there is increased synaptic activity by long-term potentiation. E) there is consolidation of information.

87)

Long-term memory may involve A) an influx of potassium ions into the neuron. B) activating substance P. C) a change in the shape of the neuron's cytoskeleton. D) forming a nerve plexus. E) rearranging neurons in the brain.

88) CREB activates gene transcription in neurons that results in the formation of __________. A) myelin sheath B) dendritic spines C) more receptors D) All of the choices are correct.

89) A series of neurons involved in long-term retention of a thought is called a/an __________.

Version 1

28


A) EEG B) brain wave C) memory engram D) short-term memory E) memory trace

90)

A patient with a lesion in the hippocampus may have decreased __________. A) sensory memory B) Pavlovian reflexes C) procedural memory D) declarative memory E) short term memory

91)

Procedural memory is stored primarily in the A) hippocampus and amygdala. B) central sulcus and Wernicke's area. C) cerebellum and premotor area of cerebral cortex. D) temporal lobe and frontal lobe. E) pons and midbrain.

92) A baseball pitcher was hit on the side of the head by a line drive. When he was revived, he could not remember how many balls and strikes the batter had. This was because

Version 1

29


A) short-term memory had not been converted to working memory. B) he lost both working and short-term memory. C) long-term memory had not been converted to working memory. D) he lost long-term memory. E) None of the choices are correct.

93)

Which of the following is an example of procedural or implicit memory? A) Remembering your name B) Performing a choreographed dance C) Locating Russia on a globe D) Being afraid of snakes E) Reciting a poem

94)

Lesions of the limbic system might result in A) a voracious appetite. B) enhanced fear and anger responses. C) decreased sexual activity. D) loss of coordination. E) loss of sensation.

95)

A major source of sensory input into the limbic system is the sense of __________. A) vision B) taste C) touch D) smell

Version 1

30


96)

As the nervous system ages A) reflexes become faster. B) cutaneous sensation becomes more acute. C) blood pressure decreases. D) reflexes become slower. E) size and weight of the brain increases.

97)

Which of the following is an example of adaptation of sensory receptors? A) Ignoring the presence of clothes B) Being aware of our body parts at all times C) Continual monitoring touch signals

98) Sensory __________ is the ability the brain has to prioritize the sensory input it receives and to ignore unimportant stimuli. A) adaptation B) perception C) sensation

99)

A decreased sensitivity to a continued stimulus defines the term __________. A) adaptation B) perception C) sensation D) conditioning

Version 1

31


100)

Select the structure considered a primary receptor. A) Pacinian corpuscle B) Balance receptor C) Hearing receptor D) Taste receptor

101) The senses of taste and smell both utilize receptor cells that are categorized as __________. A) primary receptors B) secondary receptors C) mechanoreceptors D) chemoreceptors

102)

The __________ tract and the __________ tract make up the pyramidal system. A) corticobulbar; spinocerebellar B) corticospinal; corticobulbar C) reticulospinal; spinothalamic D) rubrospinal; reticulospinal

103) Visual input is sent to the brainstem via the __________ nerve, whereas the __________ nerve sends facial sensation to the brainstem.

Version 1

32


A) facial; trochlear B) optic; facial C) optic; trigeminal D) trigeminal; accessory

104) The region of the limbic system that is involved in the feeling of satisfaction with sex and feeding behaviors is the ______. A) amygdala B) cingulate gyrus C) hippocampus D) thalamus

105)

What sense is a source of major input into the limbic system? A) Equilibrium B) Hearing C) Olfaction D) Soft touch E) Taste F) Vision

106) A patient has presented with an abnormal reflex response. In response to a flash of light, the patient will move his eyes towards the light but not turn his head. Which of the following may explain the condition?

Version 1

33


A) The patient has damage to the accessory nerve (XI), affecting his ability to reflexively turn his head. B) The patient has damage to the oculomotor nerve (III), affecting his ability to coordinate eye movement and head movement. C) The patient has damage to his trochlear nerve (IV), accentuating his ability to move his eyes and rendering the need to move the head unnecessary. D) The patient has damage to the occipital lobe of the cerebrum, causing him to be blind to the flash of light.

107)

Which of the following would indicate a possible lesion of the trigeminal nerve (V)?

A) Lack of chewing reflex when an item is placed in the oral cavity B) Lack of ability to move the head in response to a loud noise C) Delayed visual tracking of a moving object D) Both "lack of ability to move the head in response to a loud noise" and "delayed visual tracking of a moving object" are correct.

108)

Lack of a gag reflex would indicate dysfunction of the __________ nerve. A) glossopharyngeal B) trochlear C) trigeminal D) accessory

109) Trina, a 72-year-old retired nurse, presents with the following: difficulty swallowing, easily fatigued, impaired gag reflex. Which of the symptoms is most likely the result of aging?

Version 1

34


A) Easily fatigued B) Difficulty swallowing C) Impaired gag reflex D) None of the choices are correct.

110) Tyler has noticed lately that he doesn't feel pain in his left arm. Which of the following might explain his issue? A) Damage to the spinothalamic pathway B) Lack of decussation in the fasciculus gracilis tract of the dorsal column medial lemniscal pathway C) Damage to the anterior spinocerebellar pathway D) Damage to the tectospinal pathway

111) Abby is trying to focus on her A&P exam, but she feels something crawling along the back of her arm. Alarmed, she jumps up and brushes away a small spider. Which of the following does Abby have to thank for alerting her to this issue? A) Spinothalamic tract B) Fasciculus gracilis tract C) Spinocerebellar pathway D) Tectospinal tract

112) Gladys had a stroke that has left her unable to detect certain sensations of her face. Based on this information, which region of the brain is most likely affected?

Version 1

35


A) Parietal lobe, in middle region of the postcentral gyrus B) Parietal lobe, in the most inferior region of the postcentral gyrus C) Frontal lobe, in middle region of the precentral gyrus D) Frontal lobe, in most inferior region of the precentral gyrus

113) Alan has experienced several stokes over the past few months. He is unable to move his right arm and leg. In addition, he is having difficulty speaking. Which of the following areas is most likely affected? A) Left frontal lobe of the cerebrum B) Right frontal lobe of the cerebrum C) Left parietal lobe of the cerebrum D) Right parietal lobe of the cerebrum

114)

Version 1

36


114.1)

Label area "A" on the cerebral cortex.

A) Visual cortex B) Primary motor cortex C) Primary somatosensory cortex D) Motor speech area (Broca area) E) Sensory speech area (Wernicke area)

114.2)

Label area "B" on the cerebral cortex.

A) Visual cortex B) Primary motor cortex C) Primary somatosensory cortex D) Motor speech area (Broca area) E) Sensory speech area (Wernicke area)

114.3)

Label area "C" on the cerebral cortex.

A) Visual cortex B) Primary motor cortex C) Primary somatosensory cortex D) Motor speech area (Broca area) E) Sensory speech area (Wernicke area)

114.4)

Version 1

Label area "D" on the cerebral cortex.

37


A) Visual cortex B) Primary motor cortex C) Primary somatosensory cortex D) Motor speech area (Broca area) E) Sensory speech area (Wernicke area)

114.5)

Label area "E" on the cerebral cortex.

A) Visual cortex B) Primary motor cortex C) Primary somatosensory cortex D) Motor speech area (Broca'sarea) E) Sensory speech area (Wernicke area)

Version 1

38


115)

115.1) The diagram illustrates sensory receptors in the skin. What structure does "A" represent? A) Meissner corpuscles B) Free nerve endings C) Ruffini end organ D) Pacinian corpuscle E) Merkel disks

Version 1

39


115.2) The diagram illustrates sensory receptors in the skin. What structure does "B" represent? A) Meissner corpuscles B) Free nerve endings C) Ruffini end organ D) Pacinian corpuscle E) Merkel disks

115.3) The diagram illustrates sensory receptors in the skin. What structure does "C" represent? A) Meissner corpuscles B) Free nerve endings C) Ruffini end organ D) Pacinian corpuscle E) Merkel disks

115.4) The diagram illustrates sensory receptors in the skin. What structure does "D" represent? A) Meissner corpuscles B) Free nerve endings C) Ruffini end organ D) Pacinian corpuscle E) Merkel disks

115.5) The diagram illustrates sensory receptors in the skin. What structure does "E" represent? Version 1

40


A) Meissner corpuscles B) Free nerve endings C) Ruffini end organ D) Pacinian corpuscle E) Merkel disks

116)

116.1)

Version 1

What is the function of the sensory receptor of the skin labeled "A"?

41


A) Detects deep pressure, vibration, and proprioception B) Responds to painful stimuli and temperature C) Responds to light touch and superficial pressure D) Detects touch, involved in 2-point discrimination E) Detects continuous touch or pressure

116.2)

What is the function of the sensory receptor of the skin labeled "B"?

A) Detects deep pressure, vibration, and proprioception B) Responds to painful stimuli C) Responds to light touch and superficial pressure D) Detects touch, involved in 2-point discrimination E) Detects continuous touch or pressure

116.3)

What is the function of the sensory receptor of the skin labeled "C"?

A) Detects deep pressure, vibration, and proprioception B) Responds to painful stimuli C) Responds to light touch and superficial pressure D) Detects touch, involved in 2-point discrimination E) Detects continuous touch or pressure

116.4)

What is the function of the sensory receptor of the skin labeled "D"?

A) Detects deep pressure, vibration, and proprioception B) Responds to painful stimuli C) Responds to light touch and superficial pressure D) Detects touch, involved in 2-point discrimination E) Detects continuous touch or pressure

Version 1

42


116.5)

What is the function of the sensory receptor of the skin labeled "E"?

A) Detects deep pressure, vibration, and proprioception B) Responds to painful stimuli C) Responds to light touch and superficial pressure D) Detects touch, involved in 2-point discrimination E) Detects continuous touch or pressure

117)

Match the type of brain wave with its appropriate description.

A. Usually occur in children or in adults experiencing frustration B. Observed in a person who is awake, quiet, and resting, with eyes closed C. Occur in deep sleep, infancy, and patients with brain disorders D. Occur during intense mental activity

117.1)

Alpha waves

117.2)

Beta waves

117.3)

Theta waves

117.4)

Delta waves

Version 1

43


118)

Match the term with its definition.

A. The part of the brain involved in actual declarative memory B. The largest of the cerebral commissures C. A factor than activates gene transcription for formation of dendritic spines D. A series of neurons involved in long-term memory E. A part of the temporal lobe involved in adding emotional overtones to a memory

119)

118.1)

CREB

118.2)

Memory engram

118.3)

Hippocampus

118.4)

Amygdala

118.5)

Corpus callosum

Match the sensation with the appropriate receptor type.

A. Mechanoreceptors B. Thermoreceptors C. Nociceptors D. Chemoreceptors E. Photoreceptors

Version 1

44


120)

119.1)

Merkel disks

119.2)

Hair follicle receptors

119.3)

Pacinian corpuscles

119.4)

Meissner corpuscles

119.5)

Ruffini end organs

True or False? All aspects of a memory are stored together in the brain. ⊚ ⊚

true false

121) True or False? The conscious awareness of stimuli received by sensory receptors is called perception. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

45


122)

True or False? The sense of taste is an example of a general sense. ⊚ ⊚

true false

123) True or False? Visceroreceptors are receptors associated with joints, tendons, and other connective tissue. ⊚ ⊚

true false

124) True or False? The simplest and most common type of sensory nerve endings are free nerve endings. ⊚ ⊚

125)

true false

True or False? The sensory speech area is Broca area. ⊚ ⊚

true false

126) True or False? The ability to detect simultaneous stimulation at two points on the skin is called two-point discrimination. ⊚ ⊚

127)

true false

True or False? The EEG of a normal person exhibits mostly irregular patterns. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

46


Version 1

47


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 14_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, C] 2) [B, C, E] 3) [A, B] 4) [A, B] 5) [C, D, E] 6) [B, C, D, E] 7) [C, D, E] 8) C 9) B 10) A 11) A 12) C 13) B 14) A 15) D 16) E 17) C 18) A 19) B 20) C 21) C 22) D 23) A 24) D 25) B 26) B Version 1

48


27) E 28) B 29) A 30) C 31) D 32) A 33) B 34) C 35) A 36) C 37) C 38) C 39) B 40) C 41) D 42) B 43) B 44) A 45) C 46) D 47) D 48) A 49) C 50) A 51) B 52) E 53) B 54) B 55) C 56) B Version 1

49


57) C 58) B 59) C 60) E 61) E 62) C 63) B 64) C 65) B 66) D 67) B 68) B 69) B 70) B 71) E 72) C 73) B 74) E 75) B 76) C 77) D 78) B 79) D 80) A 81) D 82) D 83) A 84) B 85) D 86) C Version 1

50


87) C 88) B 89) C 90) D 91) C 92) B 93) B 94) A 95) D 96) D 97) A 98) A 99) A 100) A 101) D 102) B 103) C 104) B 105) C 106) A 107) A 108) A 109) A 110) A 111) A 112) A 113) A 114) Section Break 114.1) B 114.2) C Version 1

51


114.3) D 114.4) E 114.5) A 115) Section Break 115.1) B 115.2) E 115.3) A 115.4) C 115.5) D 116) Section Break 116.1) B 116.2) C 116.3) D 116.4) E 116.5) A 117) Section Break 117.1) B 117.2) D 117.3) A 117.4) C 118) Section Break 118.1) C 118.2) D 118.3) A 118.4) E 118.5) B 119) Section Break 119.1) E 119.2) D 119.3) C Version 1

52


119.4) B 119.5) A 120) FALSE 121) TRUE 122) FALSE 123) FALSE 124) TRUE 125) FALSE 126) TRUE 127) TRUE

Version 1

53


CHAPTER 15 1) Which of the following correctly differentiates endolymph and perilymph? (Check all that apply.) A) Endolymph has a high concentration of K+ and a low concentration of Na+ compared to perilymph. B) Endolymph has a low concentration of K+ and a high concentration of Na+ compared to perilymph. C) Endolymph is between the membranous labyrinth and the bony labyrinth, and perilymph is within the membranous labyrinth. D) Endolymph is within the membranous labyrinth, and perilymph is between the membranous labyrinth and the bony labyrinth.

2) Identify the structures that receive axons from the vestibular nucleus of medulla. (Check all that apply.) A) Cerebellum B) Extrinsic eye muscles C) Semicircular canals D) Thalamus

3)

Select components of the neuronal pathway for balance. (Check all that apply.) A) Facial nerve ganglion B) Thalamus C) Vestibular nucleus D) Vestibulocochlear nerve

Version 1

1


4) Arrange the following to reflect the correct sequence an action potential would follow to reach the olfactory cortex of the brain: (1) Olfactory bulb (2) Olfactory cortex (3) Olfactory epithelium (4) Olfactory tract A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 3, 4, 1, 2 C) 1, 4, 2, 3 D) 3, 1, 4, 2 E) 4, 3, 2, 1

5)

Why does inhaling deeply and slowly through the nose help to identify an odor? A) More air containing the odor is brought into contact with the olfactory epithelium. B) Impulses originate slowly in the olfactory epithelium. C) The tissue needs more time in contact with the odor. D) Threshold for odor detection is high. E) Receptors in the olfactory epithelium are highly specific.

6)

In order for a molecule to be detected by the olfactory neurons, it must A) be present in high concentrations. B) be one of the seven primary classes of odors. C) be dissolved in fluid covering the olfactory epithelium. D) interact with the mechanoreceptors of the olfactory hair membrane. E) enter the nose slowly.

Version 1

2


7) You are an airborne molecule that dissolves in the fluid covering the olfactory epithelium. Which of the following must you do in order to depolarize neurons in the olfactory epithelium? A) Stimulate mitral cells B) Release acetylcholine C) Cause proliferation of basal cells D) Bind to receptor molecules on the olfactory hair membrane E) Lower the threshold of the cell

8)

Secondary olfactory areas A) are involved in emotional reactions to odors. B) is the site of conscious perception of odors. C) generates action potentials in olfactory neurons. D) modulates the sense of olfaction within the olfactory bulb. E) is the area where chemicals bind to receptors.

9)

Which of the following statements concerning olfaction is true? A) Damaged olfactory neurons are replaced. B) Olfactory epithelial receptors are highly specific. C) Olfaction first goes to the thalamus and is then relayed to the cerebral cortex. D) Continued stimulation of olfactory neurons produces the same level of response. E) Replacement of neurons is a common phenomenon in the body.

10) Which of the following special senses is relayed directly to the cerebral cortex without going to the thalamus?

Version 1

3


A) Olfaction B) Taste C) Vision D) Hearing E) Touch

11)

For which of the following special senses are the receptor cells bipolar neurons? A) Equilibrium B) Hearing C) Olfaction D) Taste

12) Which of the special senses contains receptor neurons that are the only nerve cells in direct contact with the outside environment? A) Equilibrium B) Hearing C) Olfaction D) Taste E) Vision

13) Which molecule is activated from the binding of an odorant to transmembranous receptor molecules on olfactory hairs? A) cAMP B) Calmodulin C) Troponin D) G protein

Version 1

4


14)

Which ion causes depolarization in olfactory neurons? A) Na+ B) Ca2+ C) K+ D) Both Na+ and K+ are correct. E) Both Na+ and Ca2+ are correct.

15)

Which of the following is NOT a primary odor class? A) Umami B) Floral C) Putrid D) Pepperminty E) Ethereal

16)

The central olfactory cortex areas are located in the_________blank. A) frontal and temporal lobes B) frontal and parietal lobes C) parietal and temporal lobes D) temporal and occipital lobes

17)

Sensory structures that detect taste are_________blank.

Version 1

5


A) palates B) papillae C) taste buds D) ciliary membranes E) thermoreceptors

18)

Taste buds are not associated with_________blank papillae. A) foliate B) filiform C) fungiform D) vallate E) papilliform

19)

The most sensitive taste buds are found in_________blank papillae. A) formate B) filiform C) fungiform D) vallate E) foliate

20)

Taste buds A) can perceive seven basic tastes. B) are replaced approximately every 30 days. C) can only perceive taste if the molecules are in solution. D) can be found covering both the superior and inferior surfaces of the tongue. E) have axons and generate their own action potentials.

Version 1

6


21)

Which of the following statements concerning the sense of taste is false? A) Each taste bud is most sensitive to one of the five basic tastes. B) Sensitivity of taste buds for sweet taste is very high. C) Adaptation for taste is rapid. D) Olfaction influences taste. E) Sensitivities for sweet and salty tastes are the lowest.

22)

To which of the following substances would the taste buds be most sensitive? A) Syrup B) Vinegar C) Salt water D) Quinine (tonic) water E) Jelly

23) Following a stroke, Harriet has impaired sense of taste on one side of the tip of her tongue, indicating the part of her brain that was affected must communicate with the _________blank nerve. A) facial B) abducens C) trigeminal D) glossopharyngeal E) vagus

Version 1

7


24)

Arrange the following in correct sequence:

(1) Taste cell depolarizes. (2) Action potential stimulated in sensory neuron associated with taste cell. (3) Food substance dissolves in saliva. (4) Neurotransmitter released by taste cell. (5) Food substance enters taste pore and attaches to receptor on taste hair. A) 5, 4, 1, 2, 3 B) 3, 5, 1, 4, 2 C) 5, 3, 1, 4, 2 D) 3, 1, 4, 5, 2 E) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4

25) You taste a sauce with the "tip of your tongue." These taste sensations would be carried via the_________blank cranial nerve. A) facial (VII) B) vagus (X) C) trigeminal (V) D) glossopharyngeal (IX) E) hypoglossal (XII)

26)

The newest taste to be described is_________blank. A) bitter B) salty C) sweet D) umami E) sour

Version 1

8


27)

Which type of taste has the lowest threshold? A) Sweet B) Bitter C) Salty D) Sour E) Umami

28)

The sense of taste is called_________blank. A) olfaction B) perception C) gustation D) tastant E) mastication

29)

Which of the following is NOT a cell type found in taste buds? A) Mitral cells B) Supporting cells C) Basal cells D) Taste cells

30)

Which tastant is NOT correctly matched with its process of depolarization?

Version 1

9


A) Salty – Na+ B) Umami – G protein C) Bitter – K+ D) Sour – H+ E) Sweet – G protein

31)

The taste cortex is located in the_________blank. A) frontal lobe B) insula C) temporal lobe D) parietal lobe

32)

Which of the following structures is considered to be an accessory structure of the eye? A) Lens B) Retina C) Sclera D) Palpebrae E) Cornea

33)

Palpebrae is another name for the_________blank. A) eyes B) eyelids C) eyebrows D) eyelashes E) conjunctiva

Version 1

10


34) Some thyroid disorders are characterized by an increase in the width of the palpebral fissure. This would be an increase in the distance between the_________blank. A) eyebrows B) eyelashes C) eyelids D) eyes E) lacrimal glands

35)

The blink reflex functions to_________blank. A) maintain balance B) regulate pupil size C) provide clearer vision D) keep the eyes moist E) orient the eyes

36)

An inflammation of one of the ciliary glands of the eyelashes is called a_________blank. A) sty B) boil C) chalazion D) meibomian cyst E) pinkeye

37) The transparent mucous membrane that covers the anterior white surface of the eye is the_________blank.

Version 1

11


A) conjunctival fornix B) surface conjunctiva C) bulbar conjunctiva D) palpebral conjunctiva E) sclera

38)

Pinkeye is an acute inflammation of the_________blank. A) retina B) choroid C) sclera D) conjunctiva E) lacrimal gland

39)

The lacrimal glands A) cause a sty when inflamed. B) constantly produce a fluid called tears. C) are located in the superomedial corner of the orbit. D) are innervated by parasympathetic fibers from the oculomotor nerve. E) produce sebum.

40)

Tears A) are produced only when a person cries. B) wash foreign objects away from the eye. C) contain lysozyme to trap dust. D) are very acidic and kill microbes. E) contain little water.

Version 1

12


41)

Why does a person's nose run when he cries? A) Tears drain into the nasal cavity via the nasolacrimal duct. B) Parasympathetic nerve stimulation causes the nose to secrete mucus. C) Intense stimulation of the facial nerve as a result of crying increases nasal secretions. D) The lacrimal glands secrete tears directly into the nose. E) This stimulates fluid production in the nose.

42)

Which of the following cranial nerves does NOT innervate extrinsic eye muscles? A) Oculomotor B) Abducens C) Trochlear D) Optic

43)

The outermost tunic of the eyeball is the_________blank. A) iris B) sclera C) retina D) choroid E) conjunctiva

44)

The transparent anterior portion of the fibrous tunic is the_________blank.

Version 1

13


A) iris B) retina C) cornea D) choroid E) pupil

45)

Increased fluid accumulation in the cornea would result in A) a scattering of light rays. B) loss of pigment in the eye. C) a decrease in the strength of the tissue. D) an increase in the ability to transmit light to the retina. E) blockage of light rays.

46)

The cornea A) is highly vascular. B) maintains the shape of the eye. C) is white like the rest of the sclera. D) is part of the focusing system of the eye. E) does not contain connective tissue.

47)

The cornea is relatively easy to transplant because A) its proteoglycan content is high. B) it is easy to access and is avascular. C) it has anextensive blood supply. D) its highimmunological activity prevents infection. E) it is not attached to the eye.

Version 1

14


48)

Which of the following structures is part of the vascular tunic? A) Iris B) Retina C) Optic disc D) Fovea centralis E) Cornea

49)

The ciliary body A) contains rods and cones. B) is continuous with the sclera. C) consists of a ciliary ring and ciliary processes. D) produces vitreous humor. E) is photosensitive.

50)

The contractile structure that surrounds the pupil is the_________blank. A) iris B) ciliary ring C) sclera D) ciliary muscle E) retina

51) In bright sunlight, the diameter of the pupil_________blank due to contraction of the_________blank.

Version 1

15


A) decreases; ciliary muscles B) increases; dilator pupillae C) decreases; sphincter pupillae D) decreases; suspensory ligaments E) increases; ciliary ring

52)

Which of the following is NOT an intrinsic eye muscle? A) Ciliary muscles B) Inferior oblique muscle C) Sphincter pupillae muscle D) Dilator pupillae muscle

53)

Which of the following are associated with the retina? A) Lens and cones B) Ciliary muscles and iris C) Pupil and cornea D) Suspensory ligaments E) Rods and cones

54)

The area of greatest visual acuity is the_________blank. A) lens B) fovea centralis C) optic disc D) posterior chamber E) blind spot

Version 1

16


55)

Blood vessels enter the eye and nerve processes exit the eye at the_________blank. A) optic disc B) macula lutea C) sensory retina D) fovea centralis E) pupil

56)

The optic disc A) is located in the vascular tunic. B) is the site of greatest visual acuity. C) is also called the macula lutea. D) is on the anterior surface of the eye. E) contains no photoreceptor cells.

57) The only place in the body where blood vessels can be viewed directly is the_________blank. A) retina B) optic chiasm C) sclera D) cornea E) conjunctiva

58)

The anterior and posterior chambers of the eye are separated by the_________blank.

Version 1

17


A) lens B) retina C) cornea D) iris E) optic disc

59)

The_________blank separates the posterior chamber from the vitreous chamber. A) iris B) choroid C) lens D) sclera

60)

Which of the following functions is carried out by both aqueous and vitreous humor? A) Cleanses the eye B) Nourishment of the eye C) Refraction of light rays D) Generation of a visual image E) Controls the amount of light entering the eye

61)

Vitreous humor A) is produced on a daily basis. B) is less viscous than aqueous humor. C) does not contribute to intraocular pressure. D) helps to hold the lens and retina in place. E) is located in theanterior chamber.

Version 1

18


62)

Glaucoma can result from A) inhibition of the circulation of aqueous humor. B) damage to the suspensory ligament. C) a decrease in the number of cones. D) opacity of the lens. E) increased amounts of vitreous humor.

63)

The lens A) is biconcave. B) focuses light on the retina. C) floats in the vitreous humor. D) is attached to the retina by suspensory ligaments. E) is normally opaque.

64)

Which of the following is correctly matched? A) Sclera – ciliary body B) Iris – sphincter pupillae C) Retina – canal of Schlemm D) Vitreous humor – anterior chamber E) Aqueous humor – vitreous chamber

65)

Light refracts as it passes through the

Version 1

19


A) vitreous humor, sclera, and iris. B) lens, aqueous humor, and sclera. C) cornea, retina, and vitreous humor. D) lens, cornea, and humors of the eye. E) sclera, iris, and retina.

66)

For distant vision, A) the lens is more spherical. B) the suspensory ligaments relax. C) the ciliary muscles are relaxed. D) light is refracted more by the lens than by the humors. E) the lens is thickened.

67)

To focus on objects closer than 20 feet, A) the lens must become flatter. B) the cornea must move inward. C) the ciliary muscles must contract. D) the suspensory ligaments increase tension on the lens. E) the retina must bend.

68) Amanda has no visual impairments, but has noticed that in order to see clearly she must hold books farther from her face in order to read. What is happening to Amanda's vision?

Version 1

20


A) Her lens is becoming more rigid with age. B) Her lens is becoming more opaque with age. C) Her lens is becoming more convex with age. D) Her vitreous humor is becoming thicker with age. E) Her lens is becoming more flexible with age.

69)

When you try to focus on the tip of your nose, A) the pupils dilate. B) the ciliary muscles relax. C) the lens becomes more spherical. D) the tension on the suspensory ligament increases. E) the lens becomes flatter.

70)

As an object moves closer to the eye, A) the lens flattens. B) the eyes rotate medially. C) the ciliary muscles relax. D) the diameter of the pupil increases. E) the eye blinks.

71)

The main factor affecting depth of focus is_________blank. A) convergence B) accommodation C) the shape of the lens D) the size of the lens E) the size of the pupil

Version 1

21


72)

Albinism in which there is an absence of melanin pigment would affect the individual's A) color perception. B) visual acuity and prevent scattering of light inside the eye. C) protection of the optic nerves from damage. D) ability to remove wastes from the eye. E) total vision, as it always results in blindness.

73)

Which of the following is NOT a feature of the retina? A) Ganglion cells B) Photoreceptors C) Optic chiasm D) Optic disc E) Fovea centralis

74)

Rhodopsin is found in the_________blank. A) rods B) cones C) choroid D) pigmented retina E) amacrine cells

75)

Night blindness could be caused by

Version 1

22


A) a lack of cones. B) a lack of iodopsin. C) a lack of rhodopsin. D) too much vitamin A in the diet. E) a lack of vitamin C in the diet.

76)

Rods, a type of photoreceptor cell, respond to light (stimulus) by A) depolarizing. B) repolarizing. C) hypopolarizing. D) hyperpolarizing. E) opening Na+ channels in the plasma membrane.

77)

When rhodopsin is exposed to light, A) more rhodopsin is formed. B) retinal separates from opsin. C) the cones generate action potentials. D) free retinal is converted to vitamin A. E) retinal becomes more attached to opsin.

78)

What is activated when light causes 11- cis-retinal to convert to all- trans-retinal? A) Opsin B) Transducin C) ATP D) Glutamate

Version 1

23


79)

Light and dark adaptation involve A) pupillary reflexes. B) variations in rod and cone function. C) changes in the amount of available rhodopsin. D) All of the choices are correct.

80)

Color vision A) is a function of cone cells. B) is most acute in dim light. C) is interpreted in the cerebellum. D) depends on the amount of available rhodopsin. E) is the interaction between rods and cones.

81)

To which colors are the three different kinds of cones sensitive? A) Blue, red, and yellow B) Red, blue, and green C) Red, violet, and yellow D) Violet, green, and blue E) Orange, indigo, and violet

82)

Humans are able to distinguish several million shades of color because

Version 1

24


A) humans have large retinas. B) humans have binocular vision. C) they have many different types of cone cells. D) different proportions of cone cells respond to each wavelength of light. E) humans have more cones than rods.

83)

Which of the following statements concerning vision is false?

A) Rods cannot detect color. B) The visual pigment of cones is iodopsin. C) Most of the optic tract axons terminate in the lateral geniculate nucleus of the thalamus. D) Association neurons in the inner retinal layers modify signals of rods and cones. E) Most of the optic tract axons terminate in the medial geniculate nucleus of the thalamus.

84)

The photoreceptor cells are located A) on the surface of the retina. B) in the ganglionic layer of the retina. C) in the photoreceptive layer of the retina. D) in the choroid layer of the retina. E) in the pigment cell layer of the retina.

85)

The correct pathway for impulses leaving the retina is

Version 1

25


A) photoreceptors, ganglion cells, bipolar cells, and optic nerve. B) photoreceptors, bipolar cells, ganglion cells, and optic nerve. C) photoreceptors, bipolar cells, optic nerve, and ganglion cells. D) photoreceptors, ganglion cells, optic nerve, and bipolar cells. E) ganglion cells, bipolar cells, photoreceptors, and optic nerve.

86)

Arrange the following events detailing the visual pathway in correct sequence:

(1) Retinal cells generate action potential (2) Person becomes aware of the information obtained by CNS (3) Visual cortex translates action potential (4) Bright light is shone into the eye (5) Optic nerve conducts action potential to CNS A) 4, 5, 1, 3, 2 B) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5 C) 4, 1, 5, 3, 2 D) 4, 2, 1, 5, 3 E) 4, 3, 5, 2, 1

87) Damage to the left side of the brain near the visual cortex could result in which of the following visual changes? A) Loss of temporal visual fields from both eyes B) Loss of nasal visual fields from both eyes C) Loss of right visual fields from both eyes D) Loss of left visual fields from both eyes E) None of the choices are correct.

88)

A person loses all vision in their left eye. One possible cause could be damage to the

Version 1

26


A) optic chiasma. B) left optic tract. C) optic nerve in the left eye. D) right lateral geniculate nucleus. E) right visual cortex in the occipital lobe.

89)

Which of the following situations would have the greatest effect on depth perception? A) Having a deficiency of vitamin D B) Having conjunctivitis C) The amount of pupillary dilation D) Losing one eye in an accident E) The local climate where one lives

90) The age-associated changes that result in loss of accommodation of the eyes is called_________blank. A) myopia B) hyperopia C) presbyopia D) retinopia E) astigmatism

91) Which part of the eye is referred to in the statement "Don't fire until you see the whites of their eyes"?

Version 1

27


A) Conjunctiva B) Choroid C) Retina D) Sclera E) Pupil

92)

Which of the following statements is NOT true of hyperopia? A) Corrected by "minus" lenses B) Close objects are fuzzy C) Eyeball is too short D) Corrected by convex lenses E) Image focused behind the retina

93)

Which auditory ossicle is attached to the tympanic membrane? A) Labyrinth B) Incus C) Malleus D) Stapes E) Oval window

94)

Damage to the vestibulocochlear nerve would result in some loss of_________blank. A) hearing and balance B) hearing and taste C) smell D) taste E) hearing and sight

Version 1

28


95) The sensation of hearing occurs when sensory impulses from the ears are transmitted to the auditory cortex in the_________blank lobe from the_________blank nerve. A) occipital; trochlear B) occipital; vestibulocochlear C) temporal; trochlear D) temporal; vestibulocochlear E) parietal; abducens

96)

Which portion of the ear contains the sensory receptors for hearing and balance? A) External ear B) Middle ear C) Inner ear D) Auditory tube E) Tympanic membrane

97)

The external ear terminates at the_________blank. A) pinna B) oval window C) tympanic membrane D) internal auditory meatus E) ossicles

98)

The auditory tube

Version 1

29


A) amplifies sound waves. B) helps maintain balance. C) carries sound to the eardrum. D) carries sound to the inner ear. E) equalizes air pressure between the middle ear and outside air.

99) Rapid changes in altitude can rupture the tympanic membrane. Symptoms that may occur include A) dizziness. B) lightheadedness. C) feeling of a "full" ear. D) ringing in the ears. E) hearingimpairment.

100)

The malleus, incus, and stapes A) are parts of the cochlea. B) are located in the inner ear. C) are surrounded by endolymph. D) transmit vibrations from the tympanic membrane to the oval window. E) are surrounded by fluid.

101)

Sensory receptors for balance are found in the_________blank.

Version 1

30


A) pinna B) cochlea C) auditory ossicles D) semicircular canals E) auditory tube

102)

Which of the following sequences is correct? A) Oval window, vestibule, scala vestibuli B) Round window, helicotrema, scala tympani C) Bony labyrinth, round window, basilar membrane D) Tympanic membrane, vestibular membrane, basilar membrane E) Vestibular membrane, basilar membrane, auditory membrane

103)

Which of the following statements concerning the inner ear is true? A) The cochlear duct is filled with perilymph. B) The bony core of the cochlea is called the modiolus. C) The footplate of the incus fits into the round window. D) The vestibule is one of the regions of the organ of corti. E) The spiral organ is found in the semicircular canals.

104)

Which of the following is part of the spiral organ (organ of Corti)? A) Modiolus B) Vestibule C) Tectorial membrane D) Scala tympani E) Chorda tympani

Version 1

31


105)

Which of the following is a part of the bony labyrinth? A) Malleus B) Vestibule C) Cochlear duct D) Tympanic membrane E) Ossicles

106)

The sensory cells for hearing are located in the_________blank. A) spiral organ (organ of Corti) B) oval window C) middle ear D) vestibule E) semicircular canals

107)

What connects the stereocilia in a hair bundle? A) Calcium channels B) Tip links C) Spiral ligaments D) Outer hair cells

108)

As a stereocilium bends, the tip link pulls_________blank gates open.

Version 1

32


A) Na+ B) Ca2+ C) Cl− D) K+

109)

Which of the following definitions best describes the timbre of sounds? A) Loudness B) Amplitude C) Wave frequency D) Resonance quality E) Pitch

110)

The direction from which a sound is coming can be determined by the A) volume of the sound. B) frequency of sound waves. C) amplitude of the sound waves. D) differences in the time that sound waves take to reach each ear. E) timbre of sounds.

111) Arrange the following structures in the order in which they vibrate when a sound wave enters the ear. (1) Auditory ossicles (2) Endolymph (3) Oval window (4) Perilymph (5) Tympanic membrane

Version 1

33


A) 5, 1, 3, 4, 2 B) 5, 1, 4, 3, 2 C) 3, 1, 5, 2, 4 D) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4 E) 5, 3, 4, 1, 2

112)

The attenuation reflex A) amplifies loud noises. B) enhances low frequency sounds. C) prevents damage to delicate ear structures. D) involves the scala vestibuli and the scala tympani. E) vibrates the tympanic membrane.

113)

The round window A) reflects sound waves. B) vibrates the basilar membrane. C) allows for compression of the organ of Corti. D) acts as a mechanical release for waves within the cochlea. E) increases the pressure of the perilymph.

114) Arrange the following list of membranes in correct sequence in which they function during the process of hearing. (1) Tectorial membrane (2) Vestibular membrane (3) Tympanic membrane (4) Basilar membrane

Version 1

34


A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 3, 4, 1, 2 C) 3, 2, 4, 1 D) 2, 4, 3, 1 E) 4, 3, 2, 1

115) Arrange the following structures in the order in which they would vibrate as a result of the tympanic membrane vibrating. (1) Oval window (2) Vestibular membrane and endolymph (3) Auditory ossicles (4) Basilar membrane (5) Perilymph A) 3, 5, 2, 4, 1 B) 1, 2, 5, 3, 4 C) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 D) 3, 1, 5, 2, 4 E) 3, 2, 4, 5, 1

116)

Cochlear neurons are stimulated by A) vibrating the oval window. B) vibrations of the tectorial membrane. C) bending microvilli or stereocilia on the hair cells. D) movement of the otoliths in the endolymph. E) turning the spiral organ.

117) Auditory impulses are transmitted by the_________blank portion of the vestibulocochlear nerve. Version 1

35


A) spiral B) cochlear C) vestibular D) ossicular E) tympanic

118)

More sound volume is perceived when A) sound wave amplitude increases. B) action potentials from hair cells are blocked. C) sound wave amplitude decreases. D) sound wave frequency decreases. E) sound wave frequency increases.

119)

The superior olivary nucleus A) generates the endocochlear potential. B) receives impulses from the vestibular nerve. C) helps localize high-pitched tones near the apex of the basilar membrane. D) sends efferent impulses that inhibit all hair cells not vibrating maximally. E) stimulates additional hair cells.

120)

Arrange the following parts of the neuronal pathway for hearing in the correct sequence.

(1) Inferior colliculus (2) Medial geniculate nucleus (3) Superior olivary nucleus (4) Auditory cortex (5) Cochlear nucleus

Version 1

36


A) 4, 5, 3, 1, 2 B) 5, 3, 1, 2, 4 C) 1, 2, 3, 5, 4 D) 5, 2, 1, 3, 4 E) 5, 4, 1, 3, 2

121)

The utricle and saccule are involved in A) static balance. B) kinetic balance. C) hearing low intensity sounds. D) hearing high intensity sounds. E) evaluating movements of the head.

122)

The position of the head with respect to gravity is determined by the A) shift in fluid in the semicircular canals. B) movements of otoliths in response to gravity. C) movements of perilymph in the vestibular chamber. D) impulses transmitted from the macula of the semicircular canals. E) stimulation of the cochlear portion of the nerve.

123) Otoliths can break off and float inside the inner ear. What might happen if the otoliths settle on top of the hair cells?

Version 1

37


A) Sounds may be amplified. B) Deafness could occur. C) Understanding of language may be impaired. D) Dizziness and inability to maintain balance may occur. E) None of the choices are correct.

124)

The semicircular canals A) are parallel to each other. B) can detect movement in only one direction. C) have a base called a papilla. D) contain cupulaethat respond to gravity. E) allow a person to detect movement in all directions.

125) Neurons synapsing on the hair cells of the maculae and the crista ampullaris have cell bodies in the_________blank. A) superior colliculus B) vestibular ganglion C) superior olivary nucleus D) medial geniculate nucleus E) cochlear ganglion

126) Damage to the vestibular branch of the vestibulocochlear nerve would result in loss of_________blank.

Version 1

38


A) taste B) sight C) hearing D) balance E) smell

127)

A ringing in the ears is called_________blank. A) tinnitus B) trachoma C) nystagmus D) mydriasis E) otitis media

128) Mechanical deficiency in transmission of sound waves to the spiral organ is_________blank. A) Meniere disease B) otosclerosis C) conduction hearing loss D) sensorineural hearing loss E) motion sickness

129) Oscillation of the eyes during the tracking of something in motion is called_________blank.

Version 1

39


A) nystagmus B) vertigo C) scotoma D) ptosis E) otitis media

130)

Which of the following is NOT an effect of aging on sense organs? A) A large loss in the ability to detect odors B) Decrease in sense of taste C) Loss of lens flexibility in the eye D) Decline in visual acuity and color perception E) Decreased ability to localize sound

131)

Olfaction is the sense of_________blank. A) balance B) hearing C) vision D) smell E) taste

132)

Olfactory adaptation occurs when odorant receptors become_________blank. A) saturated B) destroyed

Version 1

40


133)

What is a tastant?

A) A substance dissolved in saliva that causes taste cells to depolarize. B) A cell found within a taste bud that depolarizes when stimulated. C) A structure found within the inner ear that translates vibration into sound. D) A supporting cell in the olfactory epithelium that connects the sensations of taste and olfaction.

134) The taste of salts results when_________blank diffuses through channels leading to depolarization of the taste cell. Similarly, sour is tasted when_________blank lead(s) to the depolarization of taste cells. A) H+, G protein mechanism B) Na+, H+ C) Na+, amino acids D) umami, H+

135)

How does the avascular cornea acquire oxygen? A) Oxygen diffuses from the atmosphere to the cornea. B) Oxygen diffuses from the capillaries in the iris to the cornea. C) The ciliary body provides oxygen to the cornea. D) Lysozyme in tears releases oxygen to nourish the cornea.

136) The point where light rays cross after passing through a concave lens is referred to as the_________blank.

Version 1

41


A) focal point B) depth of focus C) far point of vision D) near point of vision

137) In normal near vision, light is refracted_________blank than in distant vision; thus the lens is_________blank. A) more; rounded B) more; flattened C) less; rounded D) less; flattened

138)

What is the near point of vision? A) The closest point at which an object can be held and seen without appearing blurred B) The point at which a viewed image is not inverted on the retina C) The region of the macula in which the rods and cones are most concentrated D) The region of the electromagnetic spectrum which can be detected by the rods and

cones

139)

Identify the type of hair cells of the spiral organ that are responsible for hearing. A) Inner hair cells B) Outer hair cells C) Both "inner hair cells and "outer hair cells" are correct.

Version 1

42


140)

What is the function of the inner hair cells? A) The inner hair cells are responsible for hearing. B) The inner hair cells regulate the tension of the basilar membrane. C) The inner hair cells protect the external auditory canal. D) The inner hair cells detect chemicals in saliva; they are responsible for our ability to

taste.

141) You can smell the fragrance of your deodorant when you just put it on, but after a little while the smell fades. What explains this phenomenon? A) The sensory projection of olfaction B) The projection pathway of olfaction C) The tonic nature of olfaction D) The phasic nature of olfaction E) The fast adaptation of the olfactory cortex to the smell of your deodorant

142)

In a taste bud, which cell produces a receptor potential? A) Taste hairs B) Sensory nervefibers C) Supportingcells D) Basal cells E) Taste cells

143)

What do pheromones stimulate?

Version 1

43


A) Hair cells B) Supportingcells C) Taste cells D) Olfactorycells E) Olfactoryglands

144) Which structure allows upper respiratory infections to spread from the throat to the middle ear? A) Oval window B) Cochlear duct C) External auditory canal D) Auditory tube

145) Each upward movement of the basilar membrane causes the stereocilia of the inner hair cells to bend, opening _________blank gates. A) K+ B) Na+ C) Ca2+ D) Cl− E) Mg2+

146) A 100 dB sound (loud) of 150 Hz (low pitch) would cause which of the following to occur?

Version 1

44


A) The tectorial membrane to vibrate slightly near the apex. B) The tectorial membrane to vibrate vigorously near the base. C) The basilar membrane to vibrate slightly near the base. D) The basilar membrane to vibrate vigorously near the apex.

147) When you spin while sitting in a swivel chair with your eyes closed, you can sense this movement by means of your_________blank. A) cochlea B) saccule C) semicircularducts D) utricle E) spiral organ

148)

When you travel in an elevator, what senses when the elevator is moving? A) The inner haircells of the basilar membrane B) The outer haircells of the basilar membrane C) The hair cells ofthe tectorial membrane D) The hair cells of the crista ampullaris of the semicircular ducts E) The hair cells of the otolithic membrane of the vestibule

149)

What is the crista ampullaris associated with? A) Static equilibriumwhen standing still B) Staticacceleration in linear acceleration C) Dynamicequilibrium in angular acceleration D) Hearing high-pitchsounds E) Vision related tocolor

Version 1

45


150) Glaucoma is a state of elevated pressure within the eye that occurs when the_________blank is obstructed so the aqueous humor is not reabsorbed as fast as it is secreted. A) scleral venoussinus B) posteriorchamber C) anteriorchamber D) lacrimalpunctum E) tarsal glandopening

151)

Adjustment to close-range vision involves all of the following except A) activity of the extrinsic eye muscles. B) change in the curvature of the lens. C) constriction of the pupil. D) ciliary muscle activity. E) light adaptation.

152)

Which of the following correctly describes the vestibular projection pathway to the brain? A) Vestibular nerve - vestibulocochlear nerve - vestibular nuclei - thalamus - cerebral

cortex B) Vestibulocochlear nerve - vestibular nerve - vestibular nuclei - thalamus - cerebral cortex C) Vestibular nerve - vestibulocochlear nerve - thalamus - vestibular nuclei - cerebral cortex D) Vestibulocochlear nerve - vestibular nerve - thalamus - vestibular nuclei - cerebral cortex

153)

Which of the following does not contribute to the sense of equilibrium?

Version 1

46


A) Otolithicmembrane B) Semicircularcanals C) Saccule D) Utricle E) Vallatepapillae

154)

Which of the following statements is true concerning substances that have a sour taste?

A) Substances that taste sour have a low pH. B) Substance that taste sour are almost always proteins. C) Substance that taste sour have high concentrations of H+. D) Both "Substances that taste sour have a low pH" and "Substance that taste sour have high concentrations of H+" are correct.

155) Mary was involved in an accident that resulted in severe damage to several of her facial bones. As a result, her olfactory organ was damaged as well. Which of the following may be a side effect of her injury? A) Mary will most likely notice a dramatic decrease in her ability to taste. B) Mary will most likely have an increase in her ability to taste to compensate for her lack of olfaction. C) Mary will most likely develop tinnitus as a result to damage of the olfactory pathway. D) None of the choices are correct.

156) Damage to which of the following bones would most likely affect a person's olfactory perception?

Version 1

47


A) Ethmoid B) Lacrimal C) Maxilla D) Mandible

157) Megan thinks she has a great new way to help her remember her anatomy notes. She wears a certain perfume only when she studies for the exam and the day of the exam. What is Megan attempting to stimulate in this exercise? A) The secondary olfactory areas of the brain B) The insula C) The Broca area D) The primary sensory area

158)

Lynn has an obstruction in her left lacrimal canaliculi. A result of this is that A) Lynn appears to be constantly crying but only from her left eye. B) Lynn's lacrimal glands decrease secretion. C) Lynn's pupils appear dilated continuously. D) Lynn has developed glaucoma.

159) Which of the following is not a condition that would be considered sensorineural hearing loss? A) Loss of flexibility of the joint between the incus and the stapes B) Degeneration of the hair cells near the base of the spiral organ C) Lesion of the vestibulocochlear nerve D) All of the choices are conditions considered to be sensorineural hearing loss.

Version 1

48


160) Matthew has taken a "mental health day" from work. At this moment, the level or neurotransmitter released by the photoreceptors in his eyes is at maximum. What is Matthew likely doing right now? A) Matthew is sound asleep in a very dark room. B) Matthew is at the beach enjoying a bright sunny day. C) Matthew is in a quiet bookstore reading the newest issue of his favorite magazine.

161) Jessica is sitting in a cafe and excess lacrimal fluid is spilling over her lower palpebrae. This means that Jessica A) is crying. B) has a runny nose. C) is drooling. D) has an middle ear infection.

162) If a physician applies eye drops that inhibit muscle fibers controlled by the parasympathetic division, you would expect A) the patient's pupil to constrict. B) the patient's pupil to dilate. C) no change in the size of the pupil.

163)

Ricky's lenses are very round and his pupils are constricted. Ricky is most likely

Version 1

49


A) reading a book. B) watching a movie at the theater. C) watching an eagle fly. D) reading slides in a lecture hall from the back of the audience.

164) Nicholas is prone to sinus infections. Lately his mother has noticed he doesn't seem to hear her when she is standing behind him. Which of the following best explains Nicholas's condition? A) Fluid associated with Nicholas's infection is inhibiting movement of the auditory ossicles, resulting in conductive hearing loss. B) Bacteria from the sinus infection have disrupted normal action potential propagation, causing damage to the spiral organ. C) Nicholas's sinus infection is compressing nerves that transmit action potentials from the ear to the brain. D) Nicholas's sinus infection would not affect his hearing, and he is just ignoring his mother.

165) Sara is color blind. Her classmates don't believe her and say that color blindness can only occur in males. Which of the following would explain Sara's inheritance of color blindness best to her classmates? A) Sara is homozygous recessive for color blindness, inheriting the mutant alleles from her father and her mother. B) Sara is heterozygous for color blindness, inheriting one mutant copy of the gene from her father. C) Sara is color blind because she inherited a recessive allele from her mother and a normal allele from her father.

Version 1

50


166) Absence of which of the following papillae would have the greatest effect on a person's sense of taste? A) Foliate B) Filiform C) Fungiform D) Vallate

167) Suppose there was a drug that could dramatically decrease mucus secretion. Which of the following may be a side effect of this drug? A) Decreased mucus secretion would also decrease a person's ability to smell due to less fluid associated with the olfactory organ. B) Decreased mucus secretion would enhance a person's ability to smell due to less of a barrier between the odors and the olfactory organ. C) Decreased mucus secretion would enhance a person's sense of taste due to the lack of mucus blocking access to the taste receptors. D) Decreased mucus secretion would not affect a person's special senses.

168) Dr. Clark has been lecturing for 3 hours and her ears are beginning to "pop." Which of the following best explains her condition? A) Inflammation of her pharynx is blocking airflow through her auditory tubes, resulting in uneven pressure across her tympanic membranes. B) Inflammation of her larynx is blocking airflow through her external auditory canal, resulting in lack of pressure equilibrium across her oval window. C) Inflammation in her middle ear is causing fluid to build up in the external auditory canal, leading to sudden movement of her tympanic membrane. D) Inflammation of the inner ear is causing fluid to compress the oval window, leading to the popping noise.

Version 1

51


169) Rachel has a lesion on cranial nerve IX. Which of the following would you expect Rachel to experience? A) Partial loss of the sense of taste B) Complete loss of the sense of smell C) Complete loss of the sense of taste D) Partial loss of the sense of smell

170) A person who has damage to the basilar membrane nearest the oval window would likely not be able to hear A) the tweeting of small birds. B) the tuba in a marching band. C) the warning siren of a freight train. D) the baritone of a quartet.

171)

Match the structure associated with the eye with the appropriate description.

A. The angle where the eyelids join B. The space between the two eyelids C. Another name for the eyelids D. The membrane that covers the inner surface of the eyelids E. The membrane that covers the anterior sclera of the eye

171.1)

Palpebrae

171.2)

Palpebral fissure

Version 1

52


172)

171.3)

Canthi

171.4)

Palpebral conjunctiva

171.5)

Bulbar conjunctiva

Match the structure of the eye with the appropriate description.

A. Photoreceptor cells that function in black and white vision B. Photoreceptor cells that function in color vision C. The opening in the iris D. The innermost tunic of the eye E. A pigmented contractile structure

172.1)

Iris

172.2)

Pupil

172.3)

Retina

Version 1

53


173)

172.4)

Rods

172.5)

Cones

Match the eye structure with the appropriate description.

A. Blood vessels enter and the optic nerve exits here B. A small yellow spot near the center of the posterior retina C. The portion of the retina with the greatest visual acuity D. A jelly-like substance in the posterior cavity of the eye E. The fluid that fills the anterior cavity of the eye

173.1)

Macula

173.2)

Fovea centralis

173.3)

Optic disc

173.4)

Aqueous humor

173.5)

Vitreous humor

Version 1

54


174)

Match the term associated with vision with the appropriate description.

A. The area that can be seen with the eyes open B. Opening in the orbit through which the optic nerve passes C. The cerebral area that integrates messages from retina D. Area where medial ganglion cell axons cross over E. The route of the ganglionic axons beyond the chiasma

174.1)

Optic foramen

174.2)

Optic chiasma

174.3)

Visual field

174.4)

Optic tract

174.5)

Visual cortex

Version 1

55


175)

Match the description of the disease or disorder of the eye with its correct name.

A. Difficulty seeing distant objects B. A type of refractory error C. Clouding of the lens of the eye D. Increased intraocular pressure that can lead to loss of vision E. Loss of acute central vision

176)

175.1)

Cataract

175.2)

Macular degeneration

175.3)

Myopia

175.4)

Astigmatism

175.5)

Glaucoma

Match the structure of the ear with the appropriate description.

A. Eardrum B. Part of the ear that contains the organ of hearing C. Includes the pinna and external auditory canal D. Fleshy portion of the external ear E. Air-filled space within the temporal bone

Version 1

56


177)

176.1)

External ear

176.2)

Middle ear

176.3)

Inner ear

176.4)

Auricle

176.5)

Tympanic membrane

Match the structure associated with hearing with the appropriate description.

A. Organ of hearing B. Passageway from the outside to the eardrum C. Interconnecting tunnels in the temporal bone D. Tiny bones in the middle ear E. Connecting chambers of inner ear filled with endolymph

177.1)

Version 1

External auditory canal

57


178)

177.2)

Auditory ossicles

177.3)

Bony labyrinth

177.4)

Membranous labyrinth

177.5)

Organ of Corti

Match the description with the most appropriate ear structure.

A. Structures that produce earwax B. Fluid in the membranous labyrinth C. Fluid between the membranous and bony labyrinth D. Ossicles connect this structure to eardrum E. Connects the middle ear to the pharynx

178.1)

Endolymph

178.2)

Perilymph

178.3)

Ceruminous glands

Version 1

58


178.4)

Auditory tube

178.5)

Oval window

179) True or False? The photoreceptors in the photoreceptor layer of the retina face the vitreous chamber. ⊚ ⊚

true false

180) Damage to the chorda tympani in the right ear could result in loss of taste on the right anterior two-thirds of the tongue. ⊚ ⊚

181)

true false

True or False? Olfactory adaptation occurs when odorant receptors become saturated. ⊚ true ⊚ false

182) True or False? Binocular vision gives one depth perception, which is the ability to distinguish between near and far objects. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

59


183) True or False? The membranous labyrinth is located within the bony labyrinth of the inner ear. ⊚ ⊚

184)

true false

True or False? A solution that has a high pH is likely to also have a very sour taste. ⊚ ⊚

true false

185) True or False? Disarticulation of the malleus and incus would result in sensorineural hearing loss. ⊚ ⊚

true false

186) True or False? Damage to filiform papillae would disrupt a person's sense of taste for sweet substances. ⊚ ⊚

true false

187) True or False? Damage to the glossopharyngeal nerve will result is complete loss of the sense of taste. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

60


188) True or False? If the basilar membrane were damaged near its apex, the person would have difficulty hearing the high pitch piccolo solo in a marching band performance. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

61


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 15_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, D] 2) [A, B, D] 3) [B, C, D] 4) D 5) A 6) C 7) D 8) A 9) A 10) A 11) C 12) C 13) D 14) E 15) A 16) A 17) C 18) B 19) E 20) C 21) B 22) D 23) A 24) B 25) A 26) D Version 1

62


27) B 28) C 29) A 30) C 31) B 32) D 33) B 34) C 35) D 36) A 37) C 38) D 39) B 40) B 41) A 42) D 43) B 44) C 45) A 46) D 47) B 48) A 49) C 50) A 51) C 52) B 53) E 54) B 55) A 56) E Version 1

63


57) A 58) D 59) C 60) C 61) D 62) A 63) B 64) B 65) D 66) C 67) C 68) A 69) C 70) B 71) E 72) B 73) C 74) A 75) C 76) D 77) B 78) B 79) D 80) A 81) B 82) D 83) E 84) C 85) B 86) C Version 1

64


87) C 88) C 89) D 90) C 91) D 92) A 93) C 94) A 95) D 96) C 97) C 98) E 99) E 100) D 101) D 102) A 103) B 104) C 105) B 106) A 107) B 108) D 109) D 110) D 111) A 112) C 113) D 114) C 115) D 116) C Version 1

65


117) B 118) A 119) D 120) B 121) A 122) B 123) D 124) E 125) B 126) D 127) A 128) C 129) A 130) A 131) D 132) A 133) A 134) B 135) A 136) A 137) A 138) A 139) A 140) A 141) D 142) E 143) D 144) D 145) A 146) D Version 1

66


147) C 148) E 149) C 150) A 151) E 152) A 153) E 154) D 155) A 156) A 157) A 158) A 159) A 160) A 161) A 162) A 163) A 164) A 165) A 166) A 167) A 168) A 169) A 170) A 171) Section Break 171.1) C 171.2) B 171.3) A 171.4) D 171.5) E Version 1

67


172) Section Break 172.1) E 172.2) C 172.3) D 172.4) A 172.5) B 173) Section Break 173.1) B 173.2) C 173.3) A 173.4) E 173.5) D 174) Section Break 174.1) B 174.2) D 174.3) A 174.4) E 174.5) C 175) Section Break 175.1) C 175.2) E 175.3) A 175.4) B 175.5) D 176) Section Break 176.1) C 176.2) E 176.3) B 176.4) D 176.5) A Version 1

68


177) Section Break 177.1) B 177.2) D 177.3) C 177.4) E 177.5) A 178) Section Break 178.1) B 178.2) C 178.3) A 178.4) E 178.5) D 179) FALSE 180) TRUE 181) TRUE 182) TRUE 183) TRUE 184) FALSE 185) FALSE 186) FALSE 187) FALSE 188) FALSE

Version 1

69


CHAPTER 16 1)

The thoracolumbar division is another name for the_________blank division of the ANS.

2)

The parasympathetic division of the ANS is also called the_________blank division.

3)

Cholinergic neurons secrete_________blank.

4)

A neuron that secretes norepinephrine would be a/an_________blank neuron.

5)

The celiac ganglion is one of the three main_________blank ganglia.

6) Axons from preganglionic neurons of the parasympathetic division synapse with_________blank ganglia.

7)

Which of the following is NOT an effector controlled by the autonomic nervous system? A) Cardiac muscle B) Glands C) Skeletal muscle D) Smooth muscle in blood vessels E) Smooth muscle in the digestive system

Version 1

1


8)

Compared to a somatic reflex, an autonomic reflex utilizes A) one motor neuron plus cardiac and smooth muscle and glands as effectors. B) one motor neuron plus skeletal muscles as effectors. C) two motor neurons plus cardiac and smooth muscle and glands as effectors. D) two motor neurons plus skeletal muscles as effectors. E) three motor neurons plus skeletal muscles as effectors.

9)

Which of the following statements applies to the autonomic nervous system (ANS)? A) The ANS innervates skeletal muscle. B) ANS functions are consciously controlled. C) The ANS controls unconscious movement of skeletal muscles. D) The receptor molecules of the ANS may be muscarinic, nicotinic, or adrenergic. E) A single neuron from the spinal cord carries action potentials to effector organs in the

ANS.

10)

Which type of nerve would cause a blood vessel to constrict? A) Sensory B) Afferent C) Autonomic D) Somatic motor E) Cranial

11) Which of the organs listed below is not directly innervated by the autonomic nervous system?

Version 1

2


A) Heart B) Sweat gland C) Arrector pili of hair follicle D) Pectoralis major E) Salivary gland

12)

Efferent neurons of the A) somatic motor nerves innervate smooth muscle. B) ANS innervate skeletal muscle. C) somatic motor nerves connect skeletal muscles to the chain ganglia of the spinal cord. D) ANS utilize one neuron to connect the CNS to the effector organ. E) ANS utilize two neurons in series to connect the CNS to the effector.

13)

Arrange the following in correct sequence:

(1) Autonomic ganglia and ganglionic synapse (2) Synapse with target tissues (3) Preganglionic neuron (4) Postganglionic neuron A) 2, 3, 4, 1 B) 1, 3, 2, 4 C) 3, 1, 4, 2 D) 4, 1, 3, 2 E) 4, 3, 1, 2

14)

In the sympathetic division of the ANS,

Version 1

3


A) an important characteristic is convergence of neurons. B) preganglionic fibers are generally longer than postganglionic fibers. C) the preganglionic cell body is located in the lateral horn of the spinal cord. D) a single preganglionic fiber usually synapses with a single postganglionic fiber. E) preganglionic fibers emerge from the cervical portion of the spinal cord.

15) Preganglionic fibers from the thoracic and lumbar segments of the spinal cord are part of the_________blank division of the ANS. A) central B) sympathetic C) somatic motor D) parasympathetic E) ganglionic

16)

The parasympathetic nervous system is characterized by A) the absence of preganglionic fibers. B) the absence of postganglionic axons. C) short postganglionic axons near the organs they innervate. D) short preganglionic axons near the spinal cord. E) long postganglionic axons.

17)

Where is the enteric nervous system located? A) Brain B) Heart C) Digestive tract D) Skin

Version 1

4


18)

Which of the following is NOT a type of enteric neuron? A) Enteric interneuron B) Enteric sensory neuron C) Enteric bipolar neuron D) Enteric motor neuron

19)

The sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions of the ANS differ in the A) length of the preganglionic and postganglionic axons. B) location of the preganglionic cell bodies. C) position of the ganglia where preganglionic and postganglionic neurons synapse. D) All of the choices are correct.

20)

Sympathetic fibers leave the spinal cord in the_________blank. A) cranial and sacral regions B) lumbar and sacral regions C) cranial and thoracic regions D) thoracic and lumbar regions E) cervical and sacral regions

21)

Chain ganglia are part of the_________blank.

Version 1

5


A) central nervous system B) sympathetic branch of the ANS C) somatic motor branch of the ANS D) parasympathetic branch of the ANS E) spinal cord

22) The short connection between a spinal nerve and a sympathetic chain ganglion through which preganglionic neurons pass is called the_________blank. A) white ramus communicans B) gray ramus communicans C) splanchnic nerve D) terminal ganglia E) pink ramus communicans

23)

Axons exit the sympathetic chain ganglia by all of the following except A) spinal nerves. B) cranial nerves. C) splanchnic nerves. D) sympathetic nerves. E) nerves that innervate the adrenal medulla.

24)

Sympathetic preganglionic axons

Version 1

6


A) can synapse in terminal ganglia. B) must synapse in parasympathetic ganglia. C) can synapse with cells in the adrenal cortex. D) can synapse in the dorsal root ganglion. E) can synapse in either chain or collateral ganglia.

25) Consider the following situation: Sympathetic preganglionic axons enter a sympathetic chain ganglia. In order for these axons to reach collateral ganglia, they must now travel through A) a splanchnic nerve. B) a sympathetic nerve. C) a gray ramus communicans. D) a white ramus communicans. E) a dorsal root ganglion.

26) Sympathetic stimulation of the postganglionic cells of the adrenal medulla causes the release of_________blank. A) acetylcholine and epinephrine B) norepinephrine and acetylcholine C) epinephrine and norepinephrine D) cortisol E) aldosterone

27)

Parasympathetic ganglia are called_________blank ganglia.

Version 1

7


A) pelvic B) chain C) collateral D) terminal E) dorsal

28)

The vagus nerve carries parasympathetic impulses to the_________blank. A) salivary glands B) lacrimal glands C) smooth muscle of the eyes D) thoracic and abdominal viscera E) thyroid gland

29) Parasympathetic preganglionic axons from the sacral region of the spinal cord course through_________blank nerves that innervate the_________blank. A) splanchnic; urinary bladder and adrenal glands B) pelvic; lower colon and reproductive glands C) sacral; lower colon and urinary bladder D) lumbar; stomach and intestines E) coccygeal; anus and vagina

30)

Which of the following nerves has parasympathetic axons?

Version 1

8


A) Facial B) Trigeminal C) Hypoglossal D) Spinal accessory E) Abducens

31)

Which of the following cranial nerves does NOT carry parasympathetic fibers? A) Glossopharyngeal B) Vagus C) Facial D) Hypoglossal E) Oculomotor

32)

Which of the following is NOT a means of parasympathetic innervation of effectors? A) Spinal nerves B) Abdominal nerve plexuses C) Pelvic splanchnic nerves and pelvic nerve plexuses D) Cranial nerves to the head and neck E) Vagus nerve and thoracic nerve plexuses

33) How does distribution of sympathetic nerves differ from the distribution of parasympathetic nerves?

Version 1

9


A) Only the sympathetic division serves the head and neck. B) Onlyparasympathetic nerves innervate the thoracic region. C) Sympathetic fibersinnervate the abdominal cavity, while parasympathetic fibers innervate thepelvic region. D) Spinal nervescontain sympathetic fibers, while cranial nerves contain parasympatheticfibers.

34)

Which of the following neurons is most likely to be adrenergic? A) Preganglionic sympathetic B) Preganglionic parasympathetic C) Postganglionic sympathetic D) Postganglionic parasympathetic E) Postganglionic somatic motor

35) The membranes of all postganglionic neurons in autonomic ganglia have_________blank. A) somatotrophic receptors B) muscarinic receptors C) adrenergic receptors D) nicotinic receptors E) macrotinic receptors

36)

Effector cells that respond to acetylcholine released from postganglionic neurons have

Version 1

10


A) somatotrophic receptors. B) muscarinic receptors. C) adrenergic receptors. D) nicotinic receptors. E) macrotinic receptors.

37)

When acetylcholine binds with nicotinic receptors, the response is_________blank. A) inhibitory B) excitatory C) either excitatory or inhibitory D) both excitatory and inhibitory E) neither excitatory nor inhibitory

38)

If acetylcholine binds to muscarinic receptors, A) Na+channels open. B) Ca2+channels open. C) adrenaline is released. D) G proteins mediate the cell's response. E) the response is neither excitatory nor inhibitory.

39)

The two classes of adrenergic receptors are A) alpha and beta. B) splanchnic and terminal. C) muscarinic and nicotinic. D) nicotinic and cholinergic. E) muscarinic and terminal.

Version 1

11


40)

Adrenergic receptors A) can be activated by the release of epinephrine. B) have two structural forms—muscarinic and nicotinic. C) when activated stimulate skeletal muscles to contract. D) can be found in both the sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions. E) are activated by the release of acetylcholine.

41)

When norepinephrine binds to adrenergic receptors, A) Na+channels open. B) Ca2+channels open. C) adrenaline is released. D) G proteins mediate the cell's response. E) Na+channels are closed.

42)

When acetylcholine binds to autonomic muscarinic receptors,_________blank. A) heart rate increases B) voluntary movements occur C) intestinal motility increases D) intestinal motility decreases E) intestinal motility stops

43)

Sympathomimetic agents activate

Version 1

12


A) nicotinic receptors. B) muscarinic receptors. C) adrenergic receptors. D) somatotrophic receptors. E) cholinergic receptors.

44) Atropine causes the pupil of the eye to dilate by blocking the effect of muscarinic receptors. This means atropine is a/an A) ganglionic blocking agent. B) beta-adrenergic blocking agent. C) alpha-adrenergic blocking agent. D) parasympathetic blocking agent. E) parasympathomimetic agents.

45) Which of the following drugs would be the best choice to use in chronic asthma to dilate the bronchioles? A) A nicotinic agent B) A muscarinic agent C) Alpha-adrenergic blocking agents D) Beta-adrenergic stimulating agents E) Ganglionic blocking agents

46)

Beta-blockers (beta-adrenergic blocking agents) are frequently used to

Version 1

13


A) cause vasoconstriction. B) block muscarinic receptors. C) dilate the pupils of the eye. D) prevent increases in heart rate. E) prevent decreases in heart rate.

47)

Which of the following is NOT a sympathetic effect on the body? A) Increased coagulation B) Relaxation of ciliary muscle for far vision C) Constriction of the pupil D) Decreased insulin secretion

48)

Which effector has no innervation by parasympathetic nerves? A) Eye B) Pancreas C) Heart D) Blood vessels

49)

Which of the following is NOT an effect of parasympathetic action? A) Increased tear production B) Increased motility of the intestines C) Increased metabolism D) Increased gastric secretion

Version 1

14


50)

Autonomic reflexes A) are impossible. B) are integrated somewhere in the CNS. C) have efferent input and afferent output. D) are an example of positive feedback. E) are harmful.

51)

Autonomic reflexes might be integrated in the A) medulla oblongata. B) spinal cord. C) hypothalamus. D) All of the choices are correct.

52)

Which part of the CNS integrates thoughts and emotions to produce ANS responses? A) Cerebrum B) Cerebellum C) Midbrain D) Hypothalamus

53)

Which part of the brain is in overall control of the ANS? A) Medulla oblongata B) Hypothalamus C) Thalamus D) Cerebrum

Version 1

15


54)

Which type of reflex operates independently of the CNS? A) Distal reflex B) Voluntary reflex C) Local reflex D) Conscious reflex

55)

Which of the following occurs when the parasympathetic system is stimulated? A) Increased blood pressure B) Increased motility of the digestive tract C) Increased metabolism D) Increased heart rate E) Decreased motility of the digestive tract

56)

Which of the following statements is false?

A) Both divisions of the ANS can produce stimulatory effects. B) Both divisions cooperate to achieve normal reproductive function. C) Structures receiving dual innervation by the ANS are regulated equally by both divisions. D) The sympathetic division has more influence under conditions of physical activity than does the parasympathetic division. E) Dual innervation of organs by both divisions of the ANS is not universal.

57)

Which of the following statements is true?

Version 1

16


A) The sympatheticdivision diverges more than the parasympathetic division. B) Increased parasympathetic activity is consistent with increased physical activity. C) One division of the ANS is always stimulatory, and the other is always inhibitory. D) Structures receiving both dual autonomic innervation are regulated equally by both divisions. E) There is dual innervation of all organs.

58) John sees Martha; the pupils of his eyes dilate. It is "love at first sight." What division(s) of the ANS is/are involved? A) Sympathetic division B) Parasympathetic division C) Somatic motor division D) Both "Sympathetic division" and "Parasympathetic division" are correct.

59) Stimulation by the autonomic nervous system results in increased insulin secretion from the pancreas during and after a meal. Which of the following are most likely to be true? A) Increased insulin secretion is due to parasympathetic stimulation. B) Acetylcholine agonists will stimulate insulin secretion. C) Increased insulin secretion is due to sympathetic stimulation. D) Increased insulin secretion is due to adrenergic agonists. E) Both "Increased insulin secretion is due to parasympathetic stimulation" and "Acetylcholine agonists will stimulate insulin secretion" are correct.

60)

When a person consumes a substantial amount of nicotine, the response_________blank.

Version 1

17


A) increases parasympathetic responses B) increases sympathetic responses C) decreases parasympathetic responses D) decreases sympathetic responses E) Both "increases parasympathetic responses" and "increases sympathetic responses" are correct

61) Acetylcholine will cause the pupil of the eye to constrict. A drug acts on receptors for acetylcholine to cause the pupils of the eye to dilate. Nicotine does not bind to receptors in smooth muscle cells of the iris. Therefore, the drug which causes the pupils to dilate is a_________blank. A) nicotinic blocking agent B) muscarinic blocking agent C) a nicotinic agent D) a muscarinic agent E) an adrenergic agent

62) The_________blank division of the ANS functions mainly to prepare the body for energy-expending, stressful situations. A) craniosacral B) parasympathetic C) somatic D) sympathetic E) sensory

63) The_________blank division of the ANS functions mainly under ordinary, restful conditions.

Version 1

18


A) parasympathetic B) somatic C) sympathetic D) thoracolumbar E) sensory

64) The two divisions of the ANS have antagonistic effects on each of the following EXCEPT A) the diameter of the blood vessels in skeletal muscles B) the diameter of bronchioles in the lungs C) gastrointestinal peristalsis D) heart rate E) the eye

65)

Which of the following is NOT a parasympathetic effect? A) Constriction of the pupils of the eye B) Contraction of the urinary bladder C) Decreased heart rate D) Dilation of the bronchioles in the lungs E) Increased gastric secretions

66)

Which of the following is a sympathetic effect?

Version 1

19


A) Constriction of the pupils of the eyes B) Constriction of the bronchioles in the lungs C) Contraction of the urinary bladder D) Increased heart rate E) Increased gastric secretions

67) The component of the autonomic reflex arc that detects a change in stimulus is the_________blank. A) receptor B) sensory neuron C) Integration center D) motor neuron E) ganglion

68) Which of the following is not an example of how the autonomic nervous system (ANS) maintains homeostasis? A) Adjustment of muscle tone to maintain balance B) Alteration of heart rate to regulate blood pressure C) Stimulation of glucose release from the liver D) All of the choices are correct.

69) Sally has just heard a strange noise in her basement. Which of the following is an example of normal autonomic nervous system function during this type of situation?

Version 1

20


A) Sally's heart rate increases preparing for possible activity. B) Sally's heart rate decreases to allow her to hear the noise better. C) Sally's breathing becomes slower to allow for better gas exchange. D) Sally's muscle tone increases as she becomes paralyzed with fear.

70) Damage to the pulmonary plexus that result in breathing rates that are normal or increased, but never decreased below normal indicates A) the damage is most likely of the parasympathetic fibers. B) the damage is most likely to the sympathetic fibers. C) the damage is most likely to the sensory fibers.

71)

Due to dual innervation of the heart,

A) heart rate can increase under sympathetic regulation or decrease under parasympathetic regulation, meeting the demands of the body. B) heart rate can increase due to sympathetic regulation and voluntarily through cerebral activity. C) heart rate can decrease due to parasympathetic regulation and voluntarily through cerebral activity. D) the autonomic nervous system and somatic motor system control heart function.

72)

Which of the following represents an accurate analogy of dual innervation?

A) An HVAC system that warms a cool room or cools a hot room B) A remote control that can increase and decrease the volume of a television C) The water tank refilling when a toilet has been flushed D) Both "An HVAC system that warms a cool room or cools a hot room" and "A remote control that can increase and decrease the volume of a television" are correct.

Version 1

21


73)

Which of the following represents a local reflex? A) Motility of the digestive tract in response to stretch of the wall of the digestive tract B) Secretion of digestive enzymes under the control of the vagus nerve C) Parasympathetic stimulation causes the gallbladder to release bile D) All of the choices are correct.

74) Consider the following condition: pupils dilated, digestive motility decreased, salivary gland activity decreased. Which of the following scenarios matches this condition of the person involved? A) A motorist just avoided running over a small child playing in the road B) A mother is walking along the lake with her two children, who are behaving wonderfully today C) A student is relaxing in the cafeteria after a fairly easy day D) Both "A mother is walking along the lake with her two children, who are behaving wonderfully today" and "A student is relaxing in the cafeteria after a fairly easy day" are correct.

75)

Damage to a_________blank would result in lack of sympathetic control of the heart. A) sympathetic nerve B) spinal nerve C) cranial nerve D) splanchnic nerve

76) Which type of nerve would be damaged if sympathetic innervation of the adrenal medulla was disrupted?

Version 1

22


A) Splanchnic B) Sympathetic C) Spinal D) Cranial

77)

77.1) This figure compares the organization of the somatic motor system and the autonomic nervous system. Identify structure "A" on the above diagram. A) Autonomic ganglion B) Somatic motor neuron C) Effector organ (smooth muscle of GI tract) D) Postganglionic neuron E) Preganglionic neuron

77.2) This figure compares the organization of the somatic motor system and the autonomic nervous system. Identify structure "B" on the above diagram.

Version 1

23


A) Autonomic ganglion B) Somatic motor neuron C) Effector organ (smooth muscle of GI tract) D) Postganglionic neuron E) Preganglionic neuron

77.3) This figure compares the organization of the somatic motor system and the autonomic nervous system. Identify structure "C" on the above diagram. A) Autonomic ganglion B) Somatic motor neuron C) Effector organ (smooth muscle of GI tract) D) Postganglionic neuron E) Preganglionic neuron

77.4) This figure compares the organization of the somatic motor system and the autonomic nervous system. Identify structure "D" on the above diagram. A) Autonomic ganglion B) Somatic motor neuron C) Effector organ (smooth muscle of GI tract) D) Postganglionic neuron E) Preganglionic neuron

77.5) This figure compares the organization of the somatic motor system and the autonomic nervous system. Identify structure "E" on the above diagram.

Version 1

24


A) Autonomic ganglion B) Somatic motor neuron C) Effector organ (smooth muscle of GI tract) D) Postganglionic neuron E) Preganglionic neuron

Version 1

25


78)

78.1)

Version 1

The figure illustrates the parasympathetic division. What does "A" represent?

26


A) Preganglionic neurons B) Pelvic splanchnic nerves C) Cranial nerves D) Postganglionic neurons E) Terminal ganglia

78.2)

The figure illustrates the parasympathetic division. What does "B" represent?

A) Preganglionic neurons B) Pelvic splanchnic nerves C) Cranial nerves D) Postganglionic neurons E) Terminal ganglia

78.3)

The figure illustrates the parasympathetic division. What does "C" represent?

A) Preganglionic neurons B) Pelvic splanchnic nerves C) Cranial nerves D) Postganglionic neurons E) Terminal ganglia

78.4)

The figure illustrates the parasympathetic division. What does "D" represent?

A) Preganglionic neurons B) Pelvic splanchnic nerves C) Cranial nerves D) Postganglionic neurons E) Terminal ganglia

Version 1

27


78.5)

The figure illustrates the parasympathetic division. What does "E" represent?

A) Preganglionic neurons B) Pelvic nerves C) Cranial nerves D) Postganglionic neurons E) Terminal ganglia

Version 1

28


79)

Version 1

29


79.1) The figure illustrates the autonomic reflexes and the heart. What does "A" represent? A) Sympathetic nerve B) Increase in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors C) Glossopharyngeal nerve D) Decrease in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors E) Vagus nerve

79.2) The figure illustrates the autonomic reflexes and the heart. What does "B" represent? A) Sympathetic nerve B) Increase in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors C) Glossopharyngeal nerve D) Decrease in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors E) Vagus nerve

79.3) The figure illustrates the autonomic reflexes and the heart. What does "C" represent? A) Sympathetic nerve B) Increase in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors C) Glossopharyngeal nerve D) Decrease in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors E) Vagus nerve

79.4) The figure illustrates the autonomic reflexes and the heart. What does "D" represent?

Version 1

30


A) Sympathetic nerve B) Increase in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors C) Glossopharyngeal nerve D) Decrease in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors E) Vagus nerve

79.5) The figure illustrates the autonomic reflexes and the heart. What does "E" represent? A) Sympathetic nerve B) Increase in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors C) Glossopharyngeal nerve D) Decrease in blood pressure detected by carotid baroreceptors E) Vagus nerve

80)

Consider the two statements and use the following key to choose your answer.

80.1) (1) Rate of muscle contraction when beta adrenergic receptors of the heart are stimulated (2) Rate of muscle contraction when beta adrenergic receptors of intestinal muscle are stimulated A) First item is greater than the second item. B) First item is less than the second item. C) Both items are equal or nearly equal.

Version 1

31


80.2) (1) The frequency of sympathetic impulses to the heart when blood pressure increases (2) The frequency of sympathetic impulses to the heart when blood pressure decrease A) First item is greater than the second item. B) First item is less than the second item. C) Both items are equal or nearly equal.

80.3) (1) The number of sympathetic impulses produced when a person is angry (2) The number of sympathetic impulses produced when a person is relaxed A) First item is greater than the second item. B) First item is less than the second item. C) Both items are equal or nearly equal.

80.4) (1) The number of sympathetic neurons that innervate sweat glands (2) The number of parasympathetic neurons that innervate sweat glands A) First item is greater than the second item. B) First item is less than the second item. C) Both items are equal or nearly equal.

81)

Match the characteristic with the correct division of the nervous system.

81.1)

Version 1

Acetylcholine is a neurotransmitter substance

32


A) Somatic motor nervous system B) Autonomic nervous system C) Both somatic and autonomic nervous systems D) Neither somatic nor autonomic nervous system

81.2)

Target tissues may be stimulated or inhibited

A) Somatic motor nervous system B) Autonomic nervous system C) Both somatic and autonomic nervous systems D) Neither somatic nor autonomic nervous system

81.3)

Receptor molecules may be muscarinic or adrenergic

A) Somatic motor nervous system B) Autonomic nervous system C) Both somatic and autonomic nervous systems D) Neither somatic nor autonomic nervous system

81.4)

All axons are myelinated

A) Somatic motor nervous system B) Autonomic nervous system C) Both somatic and autonomic nervous systems D) Neither somatic nor autonomic nervous system

81.5) Version 1

Controls conscious movement

33


A) Somatic motor nervous system B) Autonomic nervous system C) Both somatic and autonomic nervous systems D) Neither somatic nor autonomic nervous system

81.6)

Neuron cell bodies are in the cerebral cortex

A) Somatic motor nervous system B) Autonomic nervous system C) Both somatic and autonomic nervous systems D) Neither somatic nor autonomic nervous system

82) Match the phrase to either the sympathetic or parasympathetic division of the autonomic nervous system.

82.1)

Effects more localized

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.2)

Effects are more general

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

Version 1

34


82.3)

Increases activity of GI tract

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.4)

Can produce widespread sweating

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.5)

Has greater influence during physical activity

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.6)

Effects are short-lived

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.7)

Inhibits heart rate but stimulates contraction of urinary bladder

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

Version 1

35


82.8)

Provides more extensive innervation of digestive tract

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.9)

Stimulation of this system often activates many effectors at the same time

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.10)

Release of epinephrine and norepinephrine

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.11)

Craniosacral division

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.12)

Thoracolumbar division

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

Version 1

36


82.13)

Fight-or-flight response

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.14)

Functions at rest

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

82.15)

Provides innervation to blood vessels in skeletal muscles

A) Sympathetic B) Parasympathetic

83) The enteric nervous system can monitor and control digestive functions independently of the CNS. ⊚ ⊚

true false

84) True or False? Sympathetic effects are always stimulatory, while parasympathetic effects are always inhibitory. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

37


85) True or False? Damage to the sympathetic fibers of the cardiac plexus would result in a heart rate that is faster than normal. ⊚ ⊚

86)

true false

True or False? Stimulation along the vagus nerve may cause a dramatic drop in heart rate. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

38


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 16_13e_ VanPutte 1) sympathetic 2) craniosacral 3) acetylcholine 4) adrenergic 5) collateral 6) terminal 7) C 8) C 9) D 10) C 11) D 12) E 13) C 14) C 15) B 16) C 17) C 18) C 19) D 20) D 21) B 22) A 23) B 24) E 25) A 26) C Version 1

39


27) D 28) D 29) B 30) A 31) D 32) A 33) D 34) C 35) D 36) B 37) B 38) D 39) A 40) A 41) D 42) C 43) C 44) D 45) D 46) D 47) C 48) D 49) C 50) B 51) D 52) D 53) B 54) C 55) B 56) C Version 1

40


57) A 58) A 59) E 60) E 61) B 62) D 63) A 64) A 65) D 66) D 67) A 68) A 69) A 70) A 71) A 72) D 73) A 74) A 75) A 76) A 77) Section Break 77.1) B 77.2) E 77.3) D 77.4) A 77.5) C 78) Section Break 78.1) C 78.2) D 78.3) E Version 1

41


78.4) A 78.5) B 79) Section Break 79.1) C 79.2) E 79.3) B 79.4) D 79.5) A 80) Section Break 80.1) A 80.2) B 80.3) A 80.4) A 81) Section Break 81.1) C 81.2) B 81.3) B 81.4) A 81.5) A 81.6) A 82) Section Break 82.1) B 82.2) A 82.3) B 82.4) A 82.5) A 82.6) B 82.7) B 82.8) B 82.9) A Version 1

42


82.10) A 82.11) B 82.12) A 82.13) A 82.14) B 82.15) A 83) TRUE 84) FALSE 85) FALSE 86) TRUE

Version 1

43


CHAPTER 17 1) Hormone A has entered the cell and binds to a nuclear receptor, while hormone B binds to a membrane receptor on the outside of the cell. Which statement is TRUE? (Check all that apply.) A) Hormone A is in the lipid-soluble category. B) Hormone B is in the lipid-soluble category. C) Hormone B will stimulate the activation of a G protein. D) Hormone A will cause the formation of cAMP.

2)

Hormones act on specific tissues called_________blank tissues.

3) _________blank chemical signals are released by cells and affect other cell types locally without being transported in blood.

4) Increasing levels of thyroid hormones decrease TSH levels. This is an example of_________blank feedback.

5) The length of time needed to eliminate half of a dose of a hormone is called its_________blank.

6)

The endocrine system

Version 1

1


A) releases neurotransmitters into ducts. B) secretes chemicals that reach their targets through the bloodstream. C) communicates via frequency-modulated signals. D) contains organs called exocrine glands. E) is isolated from the nervous system.

7)

Which type of chemical messenger stimulates the cell that originally secreted it? A) Paracrine B) Neurotransmitter C) Autocrine D) Endocrine

8)

Which type of chemical messenger will act locally on nearby cells? A) Paracrine B) Neurotransmitter C) Autocrine D) Endocrine

9)

Which type of chemical messenger is released from neurons to activate an adjacent cell? A) Paracrine B) Neurotransmitter C) Autocrine D) Endocrine

Version 1

2


10)

What is it about a cell that identifies it as a target cell for a hormone? A) The presence of a receptor specific for that hormone B) Its location near the gland that secretes that hormone C) The ability of the target cell to perform a specific function D) Its ability to inactivate the hormone E) The size of the target cell

11)

What do all hormones have in common? A) They are made from amino acids. B) They are bound to transport molecules in the blood. C) They bind to andinteract with a receptor on or in the target cell. D) They use the second messenger mechanism to control the target cell. E) They are all lipid-soluble.

12)

Which of the following statements about the endocrine system is NOT true? A) The hypothalamusis important to both the nervous and endocrine systems. B) Both the nervousand endocrine systems may utilize the same chemical molecule. C) Some neuronssecrete hormones. D) Both the nervousand endocrine systems respond quickly and are active for a long

time.

13) In general, the response of target cells to endocrine stimulation is_________blank than their response to nervous stimulation.

Version 1

3


A) faster and briefer B) slower and more prolonged C) more accurate D) more restricted to a small area of the body E) more intense

14)

Hormones are intercellular chemical signals that A) are secreted into the external environment where they act. B) affect only non-hormone producing organs or tissues. C) help coordinategrowth, development and reproduction. D) operate primarily by positive feedback.

15) Most endocrine glands communicate with their target tissues using_________blank signals. A) frequency-modulated B) amplitude-modulated C) pitch-modulated D) resonance-modulated

16) An intercellular chemical signal that is produced by neurons but functions like a hormone would be called a_________blank. A) neuropathogen B) neurotransmitter C) neurocrine D) neuropeptide E) neurosynthesizer

Version 1

4


17) Given the following list of organic molecules, which includes hormones? 1) Nucleic acid derivatives 2) Polypeptides 3) Steroids 4) Proteins A) 1, 3, 4 B) 1, 2, 3 C) 2, 3, 4 D) 1, 2, 3, 4 E) 1, 2, 4

18)

Which chemical type of hormone has a longer half-life? A) Lipid-soluble B) Protein C) Water-soluble D) Amino acid derivative

19) Which chemical class of hormone is more likely to need a binding protein for transport in the blood? A) Water-soluble B) Amino acid derivative C) Protein D) Lipid-soluble

20)

Members of which group of hormones are made from cholesterol?

Version 1

5


A) Amino acid derivatives B) Peptides C) Proteins D) Steroids

21) Lipid-soluble hormones can be more easily excreted once they have water-soluble molecules added to their structure in a process called_________blank. A) saponification B) amplitude-modulation C) conjugation D) protein-binding

22) Which of the following statements regarding hormone transport and distribution is FALSE? A) Only free hormones can diffuse through capillary walls and bind to target tissues. B) Hormones can be transported free in the plasma or bound to plasma proteins. C) Plasma protein concentration has no influence on free hormone concentration. D) Hormones bind only to certain types of plasma proteins. E) All of the statements are true.

23)

The half-life of a hormone allows one to determine A) the rate of hormone secretion. B) the identity of a hormone. C) the rate at which hormones are eliminated from the body. D) the rate of action of a hormone. E) the rate of travel through the blood to a target.

Version 1

6


24)

Hormones with short half-lives A) are usually lipid-soluble. B) are maintained at relatively constant levels. C) have concentrations that increase slowly. D) regulate activities of delayed onset and long duration. E) regulate activities of rapid onset and short duration.

25)

Once a lipid-soluble hormone is conjugated in the liver A) its half-life is increased. B) it can be morequickly eliminated from the body. C) it can be stored for later use. D) it is actively transported into cells. E) it is more slowlyeliminated from the body.

26)

How do hormones and target cells recognize one another? A) By signs B) By the location of the target cells C) By the presence of specific receptor molecules on or in the target cells D) By the function of the target cells E) By the location of the hormones

27)

How do most water-soluble hormones travel in the bloodstream?

Version 1

7


A) Attached to proteins B) Attached to carbohydrates C) Attached to amino acids D) As free hormones

28) Which pattern of hormone secretion, exemplified by thyroid hormones, remains relatively constant over long periods of time? A) Acute hormone secretion B) Episodic hormone secretion C) Chronic hormone secretion D) Long-term hormone secretion

29) Which pattern of hormone secretion, often observed in steroid reproductive hormones, will fluctuate over a monthly cycle? A) Acute hormone secretion B) Episodic hormone secretion C) Long-term hormone secretion D) Chronic hormone secretion

30) Which pattern of hormone secretion, represented by epinephrine, can have dramatic changes in its concentration and circulating levels? A) Chronic hormone secretion B) Long-term hormone secretion C) Episodic hormone secretion D) Acute hormone secretion

Version 1

8


31)

In general, lipid-soluble hormones exhibit which type(s) of hormone secretion pattern(s)? A) Chronic hormone secretion B) Chronic and acute hormone secretion C) Acute and episodic hormone secretion D) Episodic hormone secretion E) Chronic and episodic hormone secretion

32) do.

Cortisol, a lipid-soluble hormone is released into the blood. Predict what cortisol might

A) Cortisol will dissolve in the blood as free hormone. B) Cortisol needs fenestrated capillaries to move out of the blood stream. C) Cortisol will readily diffuses through capillary wall. D) Cortisol will be rapidly degraded by proteases in the bloodstream. E) Cortisol may have carbohydrates attached to give a longer half-life.

33)

Hormonal secretion can be regulated by A) the action of a substance other than a hormone. B) the nervous system. C) other hormones. D) All of the choices are correct. E) None of the choices are correct.

34) Secretion of one hormone by the action of another hormone is control by_________blank stimuli.

Version 1

9


A) hormonal B) neural C) humoral D) visceral

35) Parathyroid hormone is released when blood calcium levels decrease. This is an example of control by_________blank stimuli. A) hormonal B) neural C) humoral D) visceral

36)

Most hormones are regulated by_________blank mechanisms. A) negative-feedback B) neural-feedback C) positive-feedback D) hormonal-feedback

37) In some forms of diabetes, an insensitivity to insulin seems to be present. This insensitivity could be the result of_________blank. A) up-regulation B) over-regulation C) down-regulation D) a lack of regulation E) modulation

Version 1

10


38)

Up-regulation A) results in a decrease in the number of receptor sites in the target cell. B) produces an increase in the sensitivity of the target cell to the hormone. C) is found in target cells that maintain a constant level of receptors. D) produces insensitivity to the hormone in the target tissue. E) moves the receptors up on the membrane.

39) Hormone receptor molecules may be_________blank in order to change the target cell's sensitivity to a given hormone. A) increased in number B) decreased in number C) chemically altered D) All the choices are correct.

40)

Receptors for most water-soluble hormones are located A) in the cytoplasm of their target cells. B) on the plasma membrane of their target cells. C) in the lysosomes of their target cells. D) on the nuclear membrane of their target cells. E) on the endoplasmic reticulum of their target cells.

41)

Receptors for most lipid-soluble hormones are located

Version 1

11


A) in the cytoplasm of their target cells. B) on the plasma membrane of their target cells. C) in the lysosomes of their target cells. D) on the nuclearmembrane of their target cells. E) in the nucleus orcytoplasm of their target cells.

42) Which of the following is a regulatory protein associated with membrane-bound receptor molecules? A) ATP B) Calcium C) M protein D) G protein E) DNA

43) A water-soluble hormone binds to its receptor on the plasma membrane. Arrange the events that follow in correct sequence. (1) Alpha subunit-GTP complex alters cell activity (2) GTP binds to the alpha subunit replacing GDP (3) G-protein subunits separate from the receptor (4) Alpha subunit separates from other two subunits (5) G-protein subunits bind to the receptor A) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 B) 4, 2, 1, 3, 5 C) 5, 2, 1, 4, 3 D) 5, 4, 2, 1, 3 E) 3, 4, 1, 2, 5

44)

The role of cAMP when it acts as an intracellular mediator in cells is to

Version 1

12


A) bind to and activate protein kinase. B) directly activate genes in the nucleus to produce mRNA by binding to DNA. C) directly activate structural enzymes in the cytoplasm of the target cell. D) catalyze a cascade reaction that ultimately activates genes on the DNA. E) control levels of calcium in the cell.

45)

When a hormone binds to a membrane–bound receptor, A) membrane channels are destroyed. B) cyclic GMP might be produced to act as an intracellular mediator. C) the nucleus is phosphorylated to prevent G-protein activation. D) messenger RNA is formed. E) cellular DNA is altered.

46)

When a hormone binds to a membrane–bound receptor and activates G proteins, A) ion channelscould be opened. B) IP3 may be activated. C) cyclic AMP production may be increased. D) DAG may beactivated. E) All of the choices are correct.

47)

Phosphodiesterase functions A) as a membrane-bound receptor molecule. B) to inactivate cyclic AMP. C) to attach phosphate groups to enzymes. D) to combine GTP with cyclic AMP. E) activates cGMP.

Version 1

13


48)

Arrange the following events in proper sequence:

(1) The activating hormone interacts with a membrane-bound receptor. (2) Cyclic AMP causes the cell to carry out a function characteristic for that specific hormone. (3) Adenylyl cyclase catalyzes the transformation of ATP to cyclic AMP. (4) Adenylyl cyclase is activated. A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 1, 4, 3, 2 C) 3, 4, 2, 1 D) 1, 3, 2, 4 E) 1, 3, 4, 2

49)

Which of the following events occurs last? A) IP3(inositol triphosphate) is produced. B) Epinephrine combines with membrane-bound receptor on smooth muscle cell. C) Calmodulin binds to the enzyme that phosphorylates myosin and cross-bridges form. D) IP3stimulates Ca2+ release from theendoplasmic reticulum. E) Ca2+ binds with calmodulin.

50) When a few intracellular mediator molecules activate several enzymes, and each of these activated enzymes activate still other enzymes, the hormone has initiated __________. A) a cascade effect B) a double loop effect C) a protein kinase effect D) a cyclic effect E) a negative feedback cycle

Version 1

14


51)

Which of the following occurs when a hormone binds to a nuclear receptor? A) Activation of cyclic AMP B) Activation of mRNA synthesis C) Increased lipid synthesis by ribosomes D) Opens membrane channels E) Alters membrane permeability

52)

Steroid hormones A) bind to membrane receptors. B) diffuse easily through the plasma membrane. C) act by activating cAMP. D) are inactivated by phosphodiesterase. E) are water soluble.

53) Considering the following events in the nuclear receptor model, identify which of these events occurs in the nucleus. (1) Hormone receptor complex binds to DNA. (2) Messenger RNA directs synthesis of specific proteins. (3) Hormone binds to receptors in the nucleus (sometimes in the cytoplasm). (4) Messenger RNA synthesis is activated. (5) Synthesized proteins produce the response of the cell. A) 1, 3, 5 B) 1, 3, 4 C) 1, 2, 3 D) 3, 4, 5 E) All events occur in the nucleus.

Version 1

15


54) Which intracellular mediator is directly activated by the binding of a water-soluble hormone to a membrane receptor? A) cGMP B) cAMP C) Calmodulin D) Phospholipase C

55)

Which type of hormone-receptor action allows insulin to move glucose into cells? A) Activation of cGMP B) Activation of adenylate cyclase C) Direct alteration of intracellular enzymes D) Phosphorylation of intracellular proteins

56) The release of chemicals from an endocrine or exocrine gland is referred to as_________blank. A) absorption B) diffusion C) filtration D) secretion

57) All of the following chemical messengers may be listed in multiple functional classes except _________blank.

Version 1

16


A) eicosanoids B) epinephrine C) prostaglandins D) acetylcholine

58)

All of the following are characteristics of hormones except A) hormones alter activity in target cells. B) hormones interact specifically with receptors. C) hormones are stable in blood until arrival at target cells. D) hormones interact with any cells in contact with bloodstream.

59) All of the following are reasons why some hormones need assistance to travel in the blood e xcept A) they are small enough to be easily digested by blood enzymes. B) they are easily filtered from the blood into the kidney tubules. C) they have low solubility in blood plasma due to their chemical nature. D) they cannot dissolve in the blood because they are water-soluble.

60) Blood chemistry changes are examples of _________blank stimuli, whereas sympathetic nervous system impulses are examples of _________blank stimuli for hormone release. A) neural; humoral B) positive; negative C) negative; positive D) humoral; neural

Version 1

17


61) Sympathetic neurons can serve as _________blank stimuli for hormone release from certain endocrine organs. A) autocrine B) humoral C) paracrine D) neural

62) In _________blank, a cell increases the number of hormone receptors and becomes more sensitive to the hormone. A) amplification B) positive feedback C) down-regulation D) up-regulation

63) A chemical produced in a cell that activates specific processes in response to a hormone interaction with a membrane-bound receptor is referred to as a/an _________blank. A) hormone response element B) transcription factor C) messenger RNA D) intracellular mediator

64)

All of the following are water-soluble hormones except _________blank. A) growth hormone B) insulin C) thyrotropin-releasing hormone D) thyroid-stimulating hormone E) thyroid hormone

Version 1

18


65) Secretion of the hormones _________blank and _________blank exemplify the pattern of chronic hormone secretion. A) epinephrine; norepinephrine B) insulin; glucagon C) calcitonin; PTH D) estrogen; progesterone E) thyrotropin; thyroxine

66) Increased testosterone levels reduce the secretion of gonadotropin-releasing hormone from the anterior pituitary. This is an example of A) inhibition of hormone release by humoral stimuli. B) inhibition of hormone release by neural stimuli. C) inhibition of hormone release by external stimuli. D) inhibition of hormonal release by environmental stimuli. E) inhibition of hormone release by hormonal stimuli.

67) Emily is in labor with her first child. The amplitude-modulated system would show her oxytocin levels _________blank. A) to have a weak signal B) to have a moderate signal C) to have a strong signal D) too weak to measure

68) Thyroid hormones (TH) normally travel in the blood both free and bound to TH-binding proteins. What would you expect to see in the blood work of a patient who had a deficiency of TH-binding protein?

Version 1

19


A) Normal free TH levels and low bound TH levels B) Low free TH levels and low bound TH levels C) Low free TH levels and normal bound TH levels D) Normal free TH levels and normal bound TH levels

69) After a meal, blood glucose levels rise and stimulate the release of insulin. Of which type of stimulation is this an example? A) Humoral B) Neural C) Hormonal D) Hypothalamic

70) David has been feeling tired lately, and after having blood work completed, it shows elevated TSH, low iodine, and low thyroid hormone levels. Predict the possible cause from the choices below. A) David could possibly have a thyroid tumor. B) David may have iodine deficiency that is causing his thyroid to produce too little thyroid hormone. C) David could have a pituitary gland tumor. D) Too little information is given to determine the cause.

71)

Predict which hormone would produce longer lasting effects. A) Hormone A, which activates a G protein B) Hormone B, which binds to a nuclear receptor C) Hormone C, which stimulates the formation of a second messenger D) Hormone D, which activates adenylate cyclase

Version 1

20


72) Changes in blood calcium levels affect the secretion of both PTH and calcitonin. PTH increases blood calcium levels but calcitonin decreases blood calcium levels. Calcium is therefore an humoral inhibitor of_________blank. A) calcitonin B) PTH C) both PTH and calcitonin

73)

Which of the following would be an example of neural inhibition of hormonal secretion?

A) Increased sympathetic activity leads to a decrease in insulin production. B) Increased parasympathetic activity leads to an increase in insulin secretion. C) Hypothalamic regulatory hormones increase anterior pituitary secretion. D) A decrease in calcium levels in the blood stimulates the release of PTH from the parathyroid glands.

74)

Which of the following is not a shared characteristic of endocrine and exocrine glands? A) Secretions are released through ducts onto an epithelial surface B) Manufacture substances that are released from cells of the gland C) Composed of epithelial tissue D) None of the choices are correct.

75)

Which of the following illustrates acute hormone secretion most accurately?

Version 1

21


A) Blood levels of hormone A are maintained constantly but increase regularly around meal times. B) Blood levels of hormone B are maintained at constant levels at all times with very small deviations throughout a 24-hour period. C) Blood levels of hormone C are relatively constant but will increase dramatically under some stressful situations but not as much under other stressful situations.

76)

Which of the following hormones is most likely to bind to intracellular receptors? A) Growth hormone (GH), a complex protein B) Insulin, a large peptide hormone C) Aldosterone, a cholesterol-based hormone

77) Hormone A is a large protein composed of several polypeptides. Hormone B is a small fatty acid derivative. Which of the following statement correctly predicts the way these hormones interact with their target cells? A) Hormone A would bind to a membrane-bound receptor, while hormone B would bind to an intracellular receptor. B) Hormone A would bind to an intracellular receptor, while hormone B would bind to a membrane-bound receptor. C) Hormone A and hormone B would bind to membrane-bound receptors. D) Hormone A and hormone B would bind to intracellular receptors.

Version 1

22


78)

Match the chemical signal with the appropriate description.

A. Chemicals produced by neurons that function as hormones B. Chemicals that act locally on nearby cells C. Chemical secreted by presynaptic terminal D. Influences same cell type from which it is secreted E. Chemical secreted into blood by specialized cells; travels some distance to target tissues

79)

78.1)

Neuropeptide

78.2)

Autocrine

78.3)

Endocrine

78.4)

Paracrine

78.5)

Neurotransmitter

Match the description with the type of receptor model.

A. Nuclear receptor model B. Membrane-bound receptor model

Version 1

23


79.1)

Used by most lipid-soluble hormones

79.2)

Intracellular mediator

79.3)

G-protein

79.4)

Receptor molecule interacts with DNA

79.5)

Cyclic AMP or cyclic GMP involved

79.6)

Generally observe a latent period

79.7)

Messenger RNA synthesis regulated

79.8)

Membrane channels may be opened or closed

Version 1

24


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 17_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, C] 2) target 3) Paracrine 4) negative 5) half-life 6) B 7) C 8) A 9) B 10) A 11) C 12) D 13) B 14) C 15) B 16) D 17) C 18) A 19) D 20) D 21) C 22) C 23) C 24) E 25) B 26) C Version 1

25


27) D 28) C 29) B 30) D 31) E 32) C 33) D 34) A 35) C 36) A 37) C 38) B 39) D 40) B 41) E 42) D 43) A 44) A 45) B 46) E 47) B 48) B 49) C 50) A 51) B 52) B 53) B 54) A 55) D 56) D Version 1

26


57) D 58) D 59) D 60) D 61) D 62) D 63) D 64) E 65) E 66) E 67) C 68) A 69) A 70) B 71) B 72) A 73) A 74) A 75) C 76) C 77) A 78) Section Break 78.1) A 78.2) D 78.3) E 78.4) B 78.5) c 79) Section Break 79.1) a 79.2) B Version 1

27


79.3) B 79.4) A 79.5) B 79.6) A 79.7) A 79.8) B

Version 1

28


CHAPTER 18 1)

The_________blank pituitary is a neural extension of the hypothalamus.

2)

Another name for the anterior pituitary is the_________blank.

3) The hypothalamohypophysial portal system extends from the hypothalamus to the_________blank.

4)

Glucagon is synthesized by the_________blank cells of the pancreas.

5)

Which of the following is NOT a regulatory function of the endocrine system? A) Regulates waterbalance by controlling the solute concentration of the blood. B) Regulates skeletalmuscle contraction strength. C) Regulates satiationand the breakdown of food into individual nutrients. D) Regulates the rateof metabolism. E) Regulates the levels of nutrients, such as glucose in the blood.

6)

Identify the function for which the endocrine system is NOT responsible.

Version 1

1


A) Regulates the rate of metabolism B) Controls development and functions of the reproductive system C) Regulates equilibrium and balance from the inner ear D) Prepares the body for physical activity and stress E) Regulates heart rate and blood pressure

7)

The hypothalamus A) rests in the sella turcica. B) is also called the neurohypophysis. C) is located inferior to the pituitary gland. D) regulates the secretory activity of the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland. E) is located superior to the thalamus.

8) The connecting stalk between the hypothalamus and the pituitary gland is the_________blank. A) tectum B) cerebral peduncle C) hippocampus D) infundibulum

9)

The embryonic origin of the posterior pituitary gland is A) epitheliumfrom the oral cavity. B) nervoustissue from the area of the hypothalamus. C) an outpocket ofthe nasal cavity. D) glandular tissuefrom the cerebrum.

Version 1

2


10)

The embryonic origin of the anterior pituitary gland is A) epitheliumfrom the oral cavity. B) nervoustissue from the area of the hypothalamus. C) an outpocket ofthe nasal cavity. D) glandular tissuefrom the cerebrum.

11)

The two functional portions of the pituitary gland are the_________blank. A) infundibulum and neurohypophysis B) pars nervosa and pars tuberalis C) neurohypophysis and adenohypophysis D) adenohypophysis and infundibulum E) infundibulum and hypothalamohypophysial portal system

12)

The posterior pituitary A) has a direct connection with neurons of the hypothalamus. B) is controlled by releasing hormones produced in the hypothalamus. C) produces hormones that regulate other endocrine glands. D) stores lipotropins. E) is not related to fluid balance in the body.

13)

The hypothalamohypophysial portal system carries hormones from the_________blank.

Version 1

3


A) anterior pituitary to the hypothalamus B) posterior pituitary to the hypothalamus C) hypothalamus to the anterior pituitary D) hypothalamus to the posterior pituitary E) anterior pituitary to posterior pituitary

14)

The hypothalamohypophysial tract carries A) neurohormones fromthe hypothalamus to the anterior pituitary. B) neurohormones fromthe hypothalamus to the posterior pituitary. C) neurons from thehypothalamus to the anterior pituitary. D) neurons from thehypothalamus to the posterior pituitary. E) neurons from theanterior pituitary to posterior pituitary.

15)

The hypothalamohypophysial tract connects the hypothalamus to the_________blank. A) anterior pituitary B) posterior pituitary C) adenohypophysis D) infundibulum

16)

Hormone secretion by the anterior pituitary is controlled by A) hormones of the thalamus. B) neurohormones of the hypothalamus. C) itself (anterior pituitary) because it is the master gland of the body. D) the overall rate of metabolism. E) neurons from the hypothalamus.

Version 1

4


17)

A function of the hypothalamohypophysial tract is to A) move ADH from the hypothalamus to the anterior pituitary. B) move releasing hormones from the hypothalamus to the posterior pituitary. C) carry action potentials to the posterior pituitary, causing the release of oxytocin. D) cause the release of insulin from the anterior pituitary. E) form a vascular connection from the hypothalamus to the posterior pituitary.

18)

Arrange the following in the sequence in which releasing hormones travel through them.

(1) Secondary capillary network (2) Primary capillary network (3) Hypothalamohypophysial portal vessels A) 1, 2, 3 B) 3, 2, 1 C) 2, 3, 1 D) 3, 1, 2 E) 2, 1, 3

19)

Releasing hormones A) travel throughaxons to the posterior pituitary. B) increase anteriorpituitary secretion. C) cause action potentials to be generated by anterior pituitary cells. D) decrease secretions of the anterior pituitary.

20) Hormones are released from the posterior pituitary when posterior pituitary cells are stimulated by

Version 1

5


A) hypothalamic releasing hormones. B) hormones from the anterior pituitary. C) action potentialsfrom hypothalamic neurosecretory neurons. D) the primary capillary network. E) the sympathetic nervous system.

21) ADH (antidiuretic hormone) is also called vasopressin because at high concentrations it causes A) increased urine output. B) constriction of blood vessels. C) increased potassium secretion by the kidneys. D) decreased sodium retention by the kidneys. E) dilation of blood vessels.

22)

ADH (antidiuretic hormone) is secreted in response to A) overhydration. B) increased volume of the body fluids. C) increased osmotic pressure of the body fluids. D) high blood pressure. E) increased blood volume.

23)

An increase in ADH (antidiuretic hormone) secretion will cause A) the intestines toabsorb more water. B) the kidney tubulesto retain more water. C) a person to drinkmore water. D) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

6


24)

A decrease in blood volume will result in A) decreased bloodpressure. B) increased ADH(antidiuretic hormone) secretion. C) decreased urinevolume. D) All of the choices are correct.

25)

Which hormone is sometimes given to women to induce labor? A) Glucagon B) Prolactin C) Progesterone D) Oxytocin E) Estrogen

26)

What role does oxytocin play in lactation? A) Ejection of milk B) Production of milk C) Storage of milk D) Stop production of milk

27)

Which of the following hormones is synthesized by the hypothalamus?

Version 1

7


A) ADH (antidiuretichormone) B) MSH (melanocytestimulating hormone) C) TSH (thyroidstimulating hormone) D) ACTH(adrenocorticotropic hormone) E) T3 and T4

28)

If fluid intake increases dramatically over a short time frame, A) ADH (antidiuretichormone) secretion increases. B) ADH secretion decreases. C) there is no effect on ADH secretion. D) ADH secretion stops. E) None of the choices are correct.

29)

ADH (antidiuretic hormone) secretion will increase when A) blood osmolality increases. B) blood pressure increases. C) blood volume increases. D) blood pressuredecreases. E) Both "blood osmolality increases" and "blood pressure decreases" are correct.

30) A person working outside in the hot sun can perspire a great deal. This increase in perspiration results in an increase in water loss from the body. Increased water loss causes the blood osmolality to increase. This increased osmolality is "sensed" by the_________blank.

Version 1

8


A) kidneys B) osmoreceptors C) cerebral cortex D) anterior pituitary E) baroreceptors

31)

Urine volume_________blank when ADH (antidiuretic hormone) secretion decreases. A) increases B) decreases C) is not affected D) declines E) None of the choices are correct.

32)

ADH (antidiuretic hormone) A) is produced by cells of the anterior pituitary. B) is stored and released from the posterior pituitary. C) has the uterus as its primary target. D) travels on axons to its target tissue. E) travels in the blood from the hypothalamus to the posterior pituitary.

33)

Oxytocin is responsible for A) preventingrelease of insulin from the pancreas. B) preventing the formation of goiters. C) milk production by the mammary glands. D) regulating blood calcium levels. E) causing contractions of uterine smooth muscle during labor.

Version 1

9


34)

Oxytocin release is stimulated by_________blank. A) nursing a baby B) increased blood pressure C) increased urine output D) a hypothalamic-releasing hormone E) increased blood osmolality

35)

Which of the following hormones is secreted by the anterior pituitary? A) ADH (antidiuretichormone) B) TRH(thyrotropin-releasing hormone) C) CRH(corticotropin-releasing hormone) D) FSH(follicle-stimulating hormone) E) Oxytocin

36)

Anterior pituitary hormones A) are all proteins or glycoproteins. B) are transported in the hypothalamohypophysial portal system. C) bind to intracellular receptor molecules. D) have a half-life of hours. E) are released as a direct result of action potentials.

37) ADH (antidiuretic hormone) is synthesized by the_________blank, while TSH (thyroidstimulating hormone) is synthesized by the_________blank.

Version 1

10


A) kidney; thyroid B) posterior pituitary; thyroid C) hypothalamus; anterior pituitary D) kidney; anterior pituitary E) posterior pituitary; hypothalamus

38)

Which gland is located in the sella turcica? A) Thymus B) Adrenal C) Pineal D) Hypothalamus E) Pituitary (hypophysis)

39)

Growth hormone A) increases amino acid uptake in cells. B) decreases the use of lipids as an energy source. C) decreases the synthesis and storage of glycogen. D) increases the use of glucose for energy. E) facilitates the uptake of glucose by cells.

40)

Which of the following will inhibit the secretion of growth hormone? A) Growth hormone-releasing hormone (GHRH) B) Growth hormone-inhibiting hormone (GHIH) C) Somatomedins D) A posterior pituitary-inhibiting hormone E) T3 and T4

Version 1

11


41)

If GH (growth hormone) secretion is deficient in a newborn, the child will A) develop acromegaly as an adult. B) mature sexually at an earlier age. C) be in constant danger of dehydration. D) probably experience reduced bone growth. E) probably experience increased bone growth.

42)

Chronic hypersecretion of growth hormone as a child would result in_________blank. A) pituitary dwarfism B) acromegaly C) myxedema D) gigantism

43)

Which of the following is NOT a description of acromegaly? A) Enlargement of feet, hands and face B) Chronic hypoglycemia C) No height increase D) Broad nose and enlarged tongue

44)

Which of the following hormones promotes the breakdown of fatty acids?

Version 1

12


A) Lipotropins B) Somatotropins C) Gonadotropins D) Thyrotropins

45)

Which of the following stimulates the development of follicles in the ovary? A) ADH B) Prolactin C) FSH D) ACTH E) LH

46) During a race, a long-distance runner twisted his ankle. He finished the race without feeling any pain in his ankle. This lack of the perception of pain could be the result of an increase in_________blank. A) gonadotropins B) lipotropins C) somatotropins D) epinephrine E) beta endorphins

47)

Which hormone is required for ovulation and formation of the corpus luteum?

Version 1

13


A) FSH(follicle-stimulating hormone) B) LH (luteinizinghormone) C) TSH(thyroid-stimulating hormone) D) Prolactin E) MSH (melanocyte-stimulating hormone)

48) Synthesis of progesterone in the ovary and testosterone in the testis is stimulated by_________blank. A) LH (luteinizing hormone) B) MSH (melanocyte-stimulating hormone) C) TSH (thyroid-stimulating hormone) D) ACTH (adrenocorticotropic hormone) E) FSH (follicle-stimulating hormone)

49)

Removal of the anterior pituitary would affect the functioning of the_________blank. A) thyroid gland B) pancreas islets in the pancreas C) parathyroid gland D) adrenal medulla E) kidney

50)

Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) regulates the release of_________blank.

Version 1

14


A) prolactin and oxytocin B) follicle-stimulating hormone and luteinizing hormone C) estrogen and testosterone D) progesterone and prolactin E) thyrotropin-releasing hormone and thyroid-stimulating hormone

51)

Osmoreceptor cells in the hypothalamus are involved in the secretion of_________blank. A) GH (growth hormone) B) aldosterone C) ADH (antidiuretic hormone) D) ACTH (adrenocorticotropic hormone) E) PTH (parathyroid hormone)

52) Hypersecretion of which of the following hormones causes increased metabolic rate, sensitivity to heat, weight loss, and exophthalmos? A) PTH (parathyroid hormone) B) Estrogen C) Cortisol D) Thyroid hormone E) GH (growth hormone)

53)

Which of the following would apply to the description of a thyroid follicle?

Version 1

15


A) Walls contain a single layer of parafollicular cells B) Center is called the isthmus C) Stores thyroid hormone D) Small capillary networks E) Spheres with walls of a single layer of cuboidal epithelial cells

54)

Which of the following ions is necessary for thyroid hormone production? A) K+ B) Ca2+ C) I− D) Na+ E) Cl−

55) T3 and T4 are stored in the lumen of thyroid follicles as part of the_________blank molecule. A) thyrotropin B) thyroid-stimulating hormone C) thyroxine-binding protein D) thyroglobulin E) calcitonin

56)

In the blood,

Version 1

16


A) most T3 and T4 molecules are found bound to thyroxine-binding globulin (TBG). B) T3 and T4 are rapidly metabolized. C) T3 is converted into T4. D) T3 but not T4 is bound to TSH. E) most thyroid hormones are transported in a free form.

57)

Which of the following events occurs last? A) Enzymes break down thyroglobulin to release T3 and T4. B) T3 and T4 are stored within thyroid follicles. C) Iodide is bound to tyrosine molecules of thyroglobulin. D) Thyroglobulin is taken into thyroid cells by endocytosis. E) Iodide is actively transported into thyroid follicle cells.

58)

Thyroid hormone interacts with its target tissue by A) using the intracellular mediator system. B) binding to a membrane bound receptor. C) increasing I- uptake in the target cells. D) releasing thyroglobulin. E) binding to receptor molecules in the nucleus.

59)

John Smith works outdoors in the winter at a ski resort. His thyroid hormone levels are A) lower in the winter to conserve body heat. B) higher in the winter to increase body temperature. C) lowered in the summer after his job to decrease body temperature. D) increased in the summer after his job to increase body temperature. E) unaffected by his job.

Version 1

17


60)

Increased metabolic activity and weight loss are associated with A) lack of iodine in the diet. B) hyperthyroidism. C) too little TSH. D) cretinism. E) hypothyroidism.

61) Which of the following characteristics is associated with hyposecretion of thyroid hormones? A) Weight gain B) Exophthalmos C) Warm, flushed skin D) Increased heart rate E) Weight loss

62)

Which of the following is involved in the regulation of thyroid hormone levels? A) Thyroglobulin in thyroid follicles B) Thyroid-stimulating hormone from the anterior pituitary C) Positive feedback mechanisms D) PTH (parathyroid hormone) levels E) Blood Ca2+ levels

63)

Which of the following is a target tissue for PTH (parathyroid hormone)?

Version 1

18


A) Thyroid B) Blood C) Pancreas D) Kidney E) Stomach

64)

The rate of secretion of parathyroid hormone increases when A) serum Ca2+ levels increase. B) serum Ca2+ levels decrease. C) serum levels of TSH decrease. D) serum levels of TSH increase. E) serum levels of Na+ levels increase.

65)

Which of the following is NOT an action of parathyroid hormone? A) Decreases the release of phosphate from bone B) Stimulates osteoclast activity resulting in the release of Ca2+ C) Stimulates increased reabsorption of Ca2+ in the kidneys D) Stimulates absorption of Ca2+ from the small intestine E) Increases enzymatic formation of active vitamin D

66)

Parathyroid hormone (PTH) A) tends to inhibitosteoclasts. B) decreases blood Ca2+ levels. C) allows the kidneys to retain Ca2+. D) increases Ca2+ excretion by the intestine. E) stimulates kidneys to excrete Ca2+.

Version 1

19


67)

Overall, PTH (parathyroid hormone)_________blank blood phosphate levels. A) increases B) decreases C) elevates D) enhances E) has no effect on

68)

In hypocalcemia, A) incidence of bone fractures increases. B) muscular weakness is common. C) cardiac arrhythmias occur. D) constipation becomes a problem. E) the nervous system becomes depressed.

69) Julie was diagnosed with an aggressive tumor of the thyroid. Surgery was performed to remove the thyroid. However, post-operatively, Julie's blood Ca2+ levels began declining to lifethreatening levels. This decline is most likely due to A) thyroid hormone replacement therapy after the surgery. B) damage to the anterior pituitary during surgery. C) accidental removal of the parathyroid glands during surgery. D) improper laboratory handling of blood samples. E) post-traumatic stress disorder.

70)

The endocrine glands located on top of the kidneys are the_________blank glands.

Version 1

20


A) thyroid B) vestibular C) adrenal D) parathyroid E) renal

71)

Which of these hormones is NOT secreted by the adrenal cortex? A) Cortisol B) Norepinephrine C) Androgens D) Aldosterone E) Glucocorticoids

72)

The adrenal medulla A) plays a role inthe adaptation of the body for physical activity. B) decreases its secretions during stress. C) has acetylcholineas its major secretory product. D) is stimulated by the parasympathetic nervous system. E) is the outer layer of the adrenal glands.

73)

Which of the following statements about epinephrine is true? A) The effects of epinephrine are long-lasting (days to weeks). B) Epinephrine increases blood pressure. C) Epinephrine decreases heart rate. D) Epinephrine increases GI tract activity. E) Epinephrine is a chemical of the parasympathetic nervous system.

Version 1

21


74)

An injection of epinephrine would A) increase heart rate, increase blood pressure, and increase gastric tract motility. B) decrease heart rate, decrease blood pressure, and increase gastric tract motility. C) increase heart rate, increase blood pressure, and decrease gastric tract motility. D) decrease heart rate, decrease gastric motility, and increase blood pressure. E) have no effect on the heart or the GI tract.

75) The primary stimulus for release of adrenal medullary hormones comes from_________blank. A) the kidneys B) aldosterone C) the anterior pituitary D) the parasympathetic nervous system E) the sympathetic nervous system

76) The major secretory products of the zona glomerulosa of the adrenal cortex are_________blank. A) glucocorticoids B) mineralocorticoids C) androgens D) catecholamines E) cortisol and ADH

77) A tumor in the adrenal cortex causes excessively high levels of aldosterone. The high aldosterone levels cause_________blank.

Version 1

22


A) hyponatremia B) acidosis C) hypokalemia D) hypocalcemia E) hyperkalemia

78)

The zona fasciculata of the adrenal glands secretes the hormone_________blank. A) androstenedione B) aldosterone C) cortisol D) epinephrine E) ADH

79)

The glucocorticoids A) stimulate gluconeogenesis. B) increase the inflammatory response. C) supplement the sex hormones from the gonads. D) decrease synthesis of glycogen. E) stimulate glycogenolysis.

80)

Which of the following will decrease glucocorticoid secretion by the adrenal cortex? A) Hypoglycemia and stress B) Increased CRH production C) Increased plasma levels of cortisol D) Increased plasma levels of ACTH E) Decreased plasma levels of cortisol

Version 1

23


81) Which of the following situations might be the result of hypersecretion of glucocorticoids? A) Weight loss B) Hypoglycemia C) Depression of the immune response D) Increased plasma levels of ACTH E) Proteins and lipids are unused

82) If both ACTH (adrenocorticotropic hormone) and cortisol levels increase, which of the following would occur? A) ACTH production is increased even more by positive feedback. B) High cortisol levels will begin to cause ACTH levels to decline. C) High ACTH levels will begin to cause cortisol levels to decline. D) Aldosterone levels will increase. E) None of the choices are correct.

83)

Adrenal androgens A) are produced in the adrenal medulla. B) stimulate growth of pubic hair in females. C) reduce the inflammatory response. D) cause reabsorption of K+ by the kidney. E) decrease the sex drive.

84) Which condition would likely have the following symptoms: polyuria, acidosis, hyponatremia, and tetany of skeletal muscles?

Version 1

24


A) Hyposecretion of glucocorticoids B) Hypersecretion of mineralocorticoids C) Hyposecretion of androgens D) Hyposecretion of mineralocorticoids

85) Which condition may be the cause of hyperglycemia, depressed immune system, and redistribution of adipose tissue from limbs to the face, neck, and abdomen? A) Addisondisease B) Hypersecretion of mineralocorticoids C) Hyposecretion of cortisol D) Cushingsyndrome

86)

Which of the following glands is both an endocrine gland and an exocrine gland? A) Thyroid gland B) Adrenal gland C) Pancreas D) Parathyroid gland E) Pituitary gland

87)

A function of insulin is to A) increase the uptake of glucose by its target tissues. B) decrease the uptake of amino acids by its target tissues. C) increase glycogen breakdown in the liver and skeletal muscle. D) increase breakdown of lipids. E) increase gluconeogenesis.

Version 1

25


88)

High blood glucose levels cause an increased secretion of_________blank. A) insulin B) calcitonin C) erythropoietin D) glucagon E) growth hormone

89)

Which of the following is NOT a type of cell found in the pancreas? A) Acinar cells B) Gamma cells C) Delta cells D) Alpha cells E) Beta cells

90)

Which pancreatic cells is correctly matched to its secretion? A) Beta cells - digestive enzymes B) Acini cells - somatostatin C) Alpha cells - glucagon D) Delta cells - insulin

91)

Which of the following statements concerning the pancreas is true?

Version 1

26


A) Most of the hormones produced by the pancreas flow into the pancreatic duct. B) Both glucagon and insulin are produced in the pancreatic islets. C) The pancreas is located above the liver. D) The endocrine portion of the gland is called the zona reticularis. E) Alpha and beta cells are associated with the acini.

92)

When blood sugar levels decrease, A) insulin and glucagon secretion increase. B) insulin and glucagon secretion decrease. C) insulin secretion increases; glucagon secretion decreases. D) insulin secretion decreases; glucagon secretion increases. E) there is no change in insulin or glucagon levels.

93) Insulin is necessary for the satiety center to detect the presence of glucose in extracellular fluid. When insulin levels are low A) the person feels "full" or satisfied. B) the person is intensely hungry. C) the person is thirsty. D) the person is sleepy. E) there is no effect on hunger or satiety feelings.

94) Which of the following occurs when insulin molecules bind to their receptors on target cells?

Version 1

27


A) Increased mRNA synthesis in the target cells B) Minimal uptake of glucose by target cells C) Phosphorylation of proteins in the plasma membrane in the target cells D) Increased numbers of active transport molecules for glucose E) Both "Phosphorylation of proteins in the plasma membrane in the target cells" and "Increased numbers of active transport molecules for glucose" are correct.

95)

Glucagon primarily influences cells of the_________blank. A) brain B) liver C) kidneys D) smooth muscle E) pancreas

96)

In gluconeogenesis, A) glucose is used for energy. B) glycogen is broken down to glucose. C) glucose is formed from amino acids. D) glycogen is synthesized from excess glucose. E) glucose is formed from fatty acids.

97)

Which of the following would NOT affect blood glucose levels?

Version 1

28


A) Fat content of a meal B) Gastrointestinal hormones C) Breakdown of glycogen D) Autonomic nervous system E) Protein content of a meal

98)

Increased insulin secretion immediately following a meal will result in increased A) lipid catabolism. B) glycogenolysis. C) gluconeogenesis. D) glycogen synthesis. E) release of glucose into the circulatory system.

99) Which of the following helps to keep blood nutrients at normal levels six to eight hours after a meal? A) Parasympathetic stimulation of the pancreas B) Breakdown of glycogen in the liver releasing glucose C) Increased production of insulin by the pancreas D) Increased glucose uptake by cells E) Glycogen synthesis

100) A person with insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) forgets to take their insulin. This causes_________blank.

Version 1

29


A) alkalosis B) hypoglycemia C) decreased urine production D) decreased appetite E) hyperglycemia

101) from

During exercise, the energy necessary to sustain skeletal muscle cell contraction comes

A) increased insulin production. B) increased epinephrine and glucagon release. C) decreased sympathetic nervous system activity. D) storing glucose as glycogen. E) conservation of glucose.

102)

Insulin shock occurs when there is A) damage to pancreatic beta cells. B) too much glucagon available. C) a rapid fall inthe blood sugar level. D) overstimulation of alpha cells. E) not enough glucagon available.

103) Which of the following is NOT an effect of dropping blood glucose levels, 1-2 hours after a meal?

Version 1

30


A) Increased sympathetic stimulation causes insulin secretion to decrease. B) Decreasing blood nutrient levels cause increased growth hormone secretion. C) Decreasing blood nutrient levels cause increased cortisol secretion. D) Increasing parasympathetic stimulation causes increased glucagon secretion.

104)

Which gland does NOT produce reproductive hormones? A) Ovaries B) Testes C) Placenta D) Thyroid E) Pituitary gland

105)

The main hormone of the male reproductive system is_________blank. A) luteinizing hormone B) testosterone C) progesterone D) follicle-stimulating hormone

106)

What is/are the function(s) of inhibin? A) Inhibits secretion of FSH from the anterior pituitary gland B) Inhibits secretion of luteinizing hormone from the anterior pituitary gland C) Inhibits secretion of estrogen from the ovaries D) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

31


107)

Secretions of the pineal gland A) include vasopressin. B) may be involved with development of the immune system. C) may inhibit reproductive functions. D) increase the release of GnRH from the hypothalamus. E) decrease the tendency to sleep.

108)

The amount of melatonin secreted by the pineal gland is regulated by A) the stress response. B) blood glucose levels. C) a person's individual metabolic rate. D) the amount of sleep a person gets. E) the photoperiod (the daily amount of daylight).

109)

What is the function of thymosin? A) Regulates metabolism B) Development and maturation of the immune system C) Regulates sleep cycles D) Development and maturation of the adrenal glands

110)

Which of the following is NOT an example of an autocrine chemical messenger? A) Prostacyclins B) Thromboxanes C) Leukotrienes D) Endorphins

Version 1

32


111)

Which of the following are NOT an endogenously produced analgesics? A) Interleukin-2 B) Enkephalins C) Dynorphins D) Endorphins

112)

Which endocrine gland secretions do not appear to decrease as one ages? A) Melatonin B) Growth hormone C) Thyroid hormones D) Parathyroid hormone

113) Thromboxane is a chemical mediator released by platelets. Thromboxane promotes the aggregation of platelets which results in platelet plug formation during hemostasis. Thromboxane would therefore be classified as a/an_________blank. A) neurotransmitter B) paracrine chemical messenger C) endorphin D) enkephalin E) autocrine chemical messenger

114) All of the following are regulatory functions of the endocrine system except _________blank.

Version 1

33


A) labor contractions B) development of tissues C) immune functions D) metabolic rate E) thermoregulation

115)

All of the following are characteristics of the pituitary gland except A) rests in the sphenoid bone. B) secretes several major hormones. C) influences the secretion of other endocrine glands. D) is regulated by the hypothalamus. E) located superior to the hypothalamus.

116)

The posterior pituitary secretes _________blank. A) chiasmatic hormones B) tropic hormones C) transcriptional hormones D) interstitial hormones E) neurohormones

117)

Which of the following is NOT a function of LH? A) Stimulates ovulation B) Stimulates the synthesis of testosterone C) Support for sperm cell production D) Stimulates secretion of progesterone E) Stimulates contraction of the uterus

Version 1

34


118)

The major thyroid hormone that interacts with target cells is _________blank. A) calcitonin B) thyroxine C) tetraiodothyronine D) T3 E) T4

119)

Which of the following statements best describes the actions of thyroid hormones?

A) These hormones interact with intracellular receptors altering protein synthesis. B) Thyroid hormones bind to molecules of the cytoskeleton in the cell cytoplasm. C) Thyroid hormones bind to epithelial plasma membranes that line the intestine. D) Both "These hormones interact with intracellular receptors altering protein synthesis." and "Thyroid hormones bind to epithelial plasma membranes that line the intestine" are correct.

120)

All of the following tissues are targeted by PTH, except _________blank. A) bone B) the kidneys C) muscle

121) All of the following conditions may result in the release of adrenal medullary hormones, except _________blank.

Version 1

35


A) stress B) low blood glucose C) exercise D) injury E) consuming a large meal

122)

All of the following classes of hormones are secreted by the adrenal cortex except A) mineralocorticoids. B) glucocorticoids. C) androgens. D) steroid hormones. E) water-soluble peptides.

123)

The major target tissues of insulin include all of the following, except _________blank. A) adipose tissue B) liver C) skeletal muscle D) brain

124) If insulin secretion is too low or its receptors are insensitive, all of the following effects are seen, except A) high blood glucose levels. B) polyuria. C) increased uptake of glucose to cells. D) increased thirst. E) polyphagia.

Version 1

36


125)

Indicate which pair of hormones act antagonistically to one another. A) Estrogen and LH B) T3 and T4 C) Melatonin and calcitonin D) Testosterone and FSH E) Insulin and glucagon

126)

Which of the following statements best describes relaxin?

A) Relaxin is produced by the parathyroid glands and triggers the release of calcium from the bones. B) Relaxin is produced by the testes and stimulates secretion of the reproductive glands. C) Relaxin is produced by the adrenal cortex and maintains normal metabolism. D) Relaxin is produced by the ovaries and increases the flexibility of connective tissue.

127) In addition to testosterone and estrogen, reproductive organs (testes and ovaries) also produce the hormone _________blank, which decreases the production of FSH. A) relaxin B) thyroxine C) insulin D) parathyroid hormone E) inhibin

128)

The target tissue for melatonin is the _________blank.

Version 1

37


A) gonads B) anterior pituitary C) posterior pituitary D) liver E) hypothalamus

129) Which of the following statements describes the effect of hormones secreted by the thymus gland? A) These hormones stimulate growth. B) These hormones lower blood Ca2+ levels. C) These hormones increase blood Ca2+ levels. D) These hormones increase blood glucose levels. E) These hormones stimulate the development of the immune system.

130)

Compounds released from cells that influence the same cell are called _________blank. A) paracrine chemical messengers B) steroidal hormones C) neuropeptides D) tropic hormones E) autocrine chemical messengers

131) Which of the following are released by damaged tissues and function as intercellular autocrine or paracrine signals? A) Aldosterone B) Epinephrine C) Erythropoietin D) Norepinephrine E) Prostaglandins

Version 1

38


132) All of the following are changes due to age-related decreases in endocrine secretions, except A) decrease in muscle mass. B) decrease in bone mass. C) change in sleeping patterns. D) increased susceptibility to infection. E) inability to regulate blood glucose levels.

133) A physician is reviewing the chart of a patient with multiple medical issues. She is convinced it is due to the hypersecretion of a particular endocrine gland. Which of the following will she need to know to verify the diagnosis? A) Normal blood levels of the hormone B) Target tissues and mechanism of action on the target tissues C) Gland secreting the particular hormone D) All of the choices are correct.

134) A_________blank hormone stimulates the secretion of other hormones from the target tissues. A) tropic B) inhibitory C) releasing D) lipid derivative

135) All of the following are examples of tropic hormones secreted by the anterior pituitary except

Version 1

39


A) prolactin, which stimulates milk production by the mammary glands. B) ACTH, which stimulates cortisol secretion by the adrenal cortex. C) TSH, which stimulates thyroid hormone secretion by the thyroid gland. D) All of the choices are examples of tropic hormones.

136)

Cells responsible for the secretion of calcitonin are located A) between the follicles and among the cells that make up the follicle of the thyroid

gland. B) within thyroid follicles. C) on the posterior surface of the thyroid gland. D) None of the choices are correct.

137) Sully has lost his way while hiking. The temperature has dropped and he is beginning to feel a bit anxious. Which of the following hormone levels do you expect to increase under these conditions? A) TRH B) TSH C) Thyroid hormones D) All of the choices are correct.

138) Imagine that you are able to monitor specific cell activity in the body. If you detected a dramatic decrease in osteoclast activity, which of the following characteristics would also be detectable?

Version 1

40


A) Increased calcitonin levels in the blood B) Increased PTH levels in the blood C) Decreased calcitonin levels in the blood D) Decreased PTH levels in the blood

139)

The adrenal cortex A) is derived from mesoderm. B) is derived from neural crest cells. C) is considered part of the sympathetic division of the autonomic nervous system. D) secretes epinephrine.

140)

Hypersecretion of inhibin would result in A) decreased FSH secretion and disruption of normal reproductive cycles. B) decreased LH secretion and the absence of spermatogenesis in males. C) increased FSH secretion and the overproduction of ovarian follicles. D) increased LH secretion and the overproduction of ovarian follicles.

141) Nancy is 8 months pregnant. Her physician mentioned that the placental LH-like hormone levels had decreased. Should Nancy be concerned?

Version 1

41


A) No; the secretion of an LH-like substance by the placenta is important in the first trimester, and Nancy's pregnancy is beyond the first trimester. B) Yes; the secretion of an LH-like substance by the placenta throughout the pregnancy is necessary to maintain the pregnancy. C) No; the placenta doesn't normally secrete an LH-like substance at any time during pregnancy. D) Yes; a drop in the secretion of an LH-like substance this late in the pregnancy will disrupt normal embryonic development.

142) In Alaska, the longest day of summer is over 20 hours. Predict how this would affect melatonin secretion. A) Melatonin secretion would decrease due to the extended length of time an individual is exposed to sunlight. B) Melatonin secretion would increase due to the extended length of time an individual is exposed to sunlight.

143)

Read the two statements and use the following key to answer them.

A. The first item is greater than the second item. B. The first item is less than the second item. C. The first item is equal or nearly equal to the second item.

143.1) (1) Amount of water reabsorbed by the kidney when ADH is present (2) Amount of water reabsorbed by the kidney when ADH is absent

143.2) (1) Level of ACTH during stress (2) Level of ACTH during relaxation

Version 1

42


143.3) (1) Metabolic rate if thyroid hormones are under secreted (2) Metabolic rate if thyroid hormones are over secreted

143.4) (1) Blood Ca2+ levels if parathyroid secretion decreases (2) Blood Ca2+ levels if parathyroid hormone secretion increases

143.5) (1) Amount of K+ excreted by the kidney if aldosterone secretion is high (2) Amount of K+ excreted by the kidney if aldosterone secretion is low

144)

Match the hormone with its appropriate function.

A. Stimulates synthesis of thyroid hormones B. Increases adrenal cortex secretions C. Development of immune system D. Milk production E. Decreases blood Ca2+ levels

144.1)

Calcitonin

144.2)

TSH

144.3)

ACTH

Version 1

43


145)

144.4)

Prolactin

144.5)

Thymosin

Match the endocrine gland with the hormone it secretes.

A. Glucagon B. Progesterone C. Cortisol D. T3 E. Prolactin

145.1)

Thyroid

145.2)

Pancreas

145.3)

Adrenal cortex

145.4)

Anterior pituitary

Version 1

44


145.5)

146)

Ovary

Match the cell type with the hormone produced by that cell type.

A. Mineralocorticoids B. PTH C. Insulin D. ADH E. T3

146.1)

Beta cells

146.2)

Follicular cells of thyroid

146.3)

Zona glomerulosa cells

146.4)

Cells of parathyroid gland

146.5)

Neurosecretory cells

Version 1

45


147)

Match the pathological condition with its cause.

A. Decreased amounts of thyroid hormone B. Increased amounts of thyroid hormone C. Abnormally low levels of aldosterone and cortisol D. Increased levels of growth hormone in adults E. Lack of ADH

147.1)

Diabetes insipidus

147.2)

Cretinism

147.3)

Graves disease

147.4)

Acromegaly

147.5)

Addison disease

148) Use the following information concerning thyroid hormone secretion to determine the best answer. Normal serum levels for T3, T4, and TSH are as follows: T3

90 to 230 ng/dl

T4

5 to 13.5 mcg/dl

Version 1

46


TSH

15 mIU/L T3

T4

TSH

Patient A

550 ng/dl

30 mcg/dl

30 mIU/L

Patient B

400 ng/dl

20 mcg/dl

10 mIU/L

Patient C

40 ng/dl

3 mcg/dl

3 mIU/L

Patient D

50 ng/dl

3 mcg/dl

30 mIU/L

148.1) Based on these laboratory results, which patient is most likely to have the following pathological condition: destructive tumor of anterior pituitary that destroys TSH secreting cells?

148.2) Based on these laboratory results, which patient is most likely to have the following pathological condition: proliferative tumor of anterior pituitary cells that produce TSH?

148.3) Based on these laboratory results, which patient is most likely to have the following pathological condition: goiter due to iodine deficiency?

148.4) Based on these laboratory results, which patient is most likely to have the following pathological condition: Graves disease?

Version 1

47


149)

Match the hormone with the best description.

A. Aids in spermatogenesis B. Inhibits FSH secretion C. Menstrual cycle D. Increases flexibility of connective tissue

149.1)

Estrogen

149.2)

Inhibin

149.3)

Testosterone

149.4)

Progesterone

149.5)

Relaxin

150) The endocrine system is a system of ductless glands that secrete their products into the interstitial fluid. ⊚ true ⊚ false

151)

Tetraiodothyronine is also commonly referred to as thyroxine.

Version 1

48


⊚ ⊚

152)

true false

True or False? Calcitonin reduces blood calcium levels. ⊚ ⊚

true false

153) True or False? Parathyroid glands are composed of spherical follicles similar to the thyroid gland. ⊚ ⊚

true false

154) True or False? Decreased insulin secretion during sustained activity allows skeletal muscle cells to take up extra glucose to maintain necessary ATP levels. ⊚ ⊚

true false

155) True or False? During the last trimester, the placenta secretes a hormone similar to LH that is necessary for maintenance of pregnancy. ⊚ ⊚

true false

156) True or False? Autocrine chemical messengers affect cells in close proximity to the secreting cell and paracrine chemical messengers affect cells that are located a greater distance from the secreting cell. ⊚ ⊚ Version 1

true false 49


Version 1

50


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 18_13e_ VanPutte 1) posterior 2) adenohypophysis 3) anterior pituitary 4) alpha 5) B 6) C 7) D 8) D 9) B 10) A 11) C 12) A 13) C 14) D 15) B 16) B 17) C 18) C 19) B 20) C 21) B 22) C 23) B 24) D 25) D 26) A Version 1

51


27) A 28) B 29) E 30) B 31) A 32) B 33) E 34) A 35) D 36) A 37) C 38) E 39) A 40) B 41) D 42) D 43) B 44) A 45) C 46) E 47) B 48) A 49) A 50) B 51) C 52) D 53) E 54) C 55) D 56) A Version 1

52


57) A 58) E 59) B 60) B 61) A 62) B 63) D 64) B 65) A 66) C 67) B 68) C 69) C 70) C 71) B 72) A 73) B 74) C 75) E 76) B 77) C 78) C 79) A 80) C 81) C 82) B 83) B 84) D 85) D 86) C Version 1

53


87) A 88) A 89) B 90) C 91) B 92) D 93) B 94) E 95) B 96) C 97) A 98) D 99) B 100) E 101) B 102) C 103) D 104) D 105) B 106) A 107) C 108) E 109) B 110) D 111) A 112) D 113) E 114) E 115) E 116) A Version 1

54


117) E 118) D 119) A 120) C 121) E 122) E 123) D 124) C 125) E 126) D 127) E 128) E 129) E 130) E 131) E 132) E 133) D 134) A 135) A 136) A 137) A 138) A 139) A 140) A 141) A 142) A 143) Section Break 143.1) A 143.2) A 143.3) B Version 1

55


143.4) B 143.5) A 144) Section Break 144.1) E 144.2) A 144.3) B 144.4) D 144.5) C 145) Section Break 145.1) D 145.2) A 145.3) C 145.4) E 145.5) B 146) Section Break 146.1) C 146.2) E 146.3) A 146.4) B 146.5) D 147) Section Break 147.1) E 147.2) A 147.3) b 147.4) D 147.5) C 148) Section Break 148.1) Patient C 148.2) Patient A 148.3) Patient D Version 1

56


148.4) Patient B 149) Section Break 149.1) C 149.2) B 149.3) A 149.4) C 149.5) D 150) TRUE 151) TRUE 152) TRUE 153) FALSE 154) FALSE 155) FALSE 156) FALSE

Version 1

57


CHAPTER 19 1)

Blood is classified as a type of __________ tissue.

2)

The majority of carbon dioxide is transported in the blood as __________.

3)

When oxygen binds with hemoglobin, the molecule is called __________.

4)

An immature erythrocyte is called a __________.

5) Low blood oxygen levels stimulate erythrocyte production by increasing the formation of __________ by the kidneys.

6)

Which of the following functions is associated with the blood? A) Delivery of O2 to tissue cells B) Transport of digestive enzymes to the small intestine C) Maintenance of DNA content of egg cells D) Transport of neurotransmitters across synapses E) Electrical stimulation of the heart

7) A white blood cell engulfing a bacterium is an example of blood functioning in __________.

Version 1

1


A) protection B) communication C) maintenance D) transportation

8)

Which type of material is NOT transported by the blood? A) Blood gases B) Nutrients C) Lactate D) Neurotransmitters E) Hormones

9)

If a blood buffer is absent, which function of the blood would be compromised? A) Maintenance of body temperature B) Regulation of pH C) Clot formation D) Transport of ions E) Protection against foreign substances

10)

Plasma is __________ while formed elements are __________. A) a blood gas; blood clots B) the liquid portion of blood; the cells C) lacking in protein; regulators of blood osmolality D) the cellular portion of blood; acellular components E) mostly protein; the matrix

Version 1

2


11)

Blood is a type of __________tissue. A) epithelial B) glandular C) connective D) areolar

12)

Plasma accounts for __________ of total blood volume. A) 50% B) 90% C) 75% D) 55%

13)

Which of the following is the most abundant of the plasma proteins? A) Albumin B) Globulins C) Fibrinogen D) Immunoglobulins E) Hemoglobin

14)

Plasma

Version 1

3


A) is one of the formed elements. B) is the liquid matrix of the blood. C) transports waste products but not nutrients. D) accounts for less than half of the blood volume. E) is serum plus formed elements.

15)

Functions of plasma proteins include A) body temperature regulation. B) regulation of osmotic pressure. C) transportation of O2 and CO2. D) serving as a source of energy for metabolism.

16) The plasma component that forms fibrin, the insoluble protein, in a blood clot is __________. A) Na+ B) albumin C) globulin D) fibrinogen E) fibrinolysis

17)

Which of the following is NOT true of plasma? A) Plasma is about91% water. B) Plasma is acolloid. C) Plasma volume canchange drastically. D) The color ofplasma is yellow.

Version 1

4


18)

Which plasma protein is correctly matched to its function? A) Fibrinogen – transport of fatty acids B) Albumin – helps to fight infection C) Globulin – transport and immunity D) Globulin – blood clotting

19)

The only formed elements that possess a nucleus when mature are the __________. A) thrombocytes B) erythrocytes C) leukocytes D) platelets E) RBCs

20)

Hemocytoblasts A) are specialized cells. B) are found in yellow bone marrow. C) form branches of trees. D) are abundant in the plasma. E) give rise to allformed elements in the blood.

21)

Which of the following is (are) associated with decreased hematopoiesis?

Version 1

5


A) Hemorrhage B) Vitamin B12 deficiency C) Iron deficiency anemia D) Restricted blood flow to the kidney E) Both "Vitamin B12 deficiency" and "Iron deficiency anemia" are correct.

22)

Neutrophils are derived from a population of intermediate cells called __________. A) lymphoblasts B) proerythroblasts C) myeloblasts D) megakaryoblasts E) monoblasts

23)

Red blood cells will develop from __________. A) proerythroblasts B) monoblasts C) myeloblasts D) megakaryoblasts E) lymphoblasts

24)

Which of the following phrases isleast likely to be used in describing erythrocytes? A) Biconcave cells B) Cells can change shape C) Cytoplasm contains hemoglobin D) Nucleus is centrally located E) Main role is transporting blood gases

Version 1

6


25)

Mature erythrocytes A) have a centrally located nucleus. B) are actually just cellular fragments. C) contain hemoglobin in their cytoplasm. D) mature from cells called megakaryocytes. E) do not contain protein.

26)

Hemoglobin A) gives white blood cells their color. B) transports O2 in the blood. C) is normally found in both the plasma and erythrocytes. D) catalyzes the reaction that forms carbonic acid. E) is only used once then decomposed.

27)

An increase in hemoglobin increases A) the ability of the blood to carry O2 to various tissues. B) the quantity of plasma protein available for blood clotting. C) the leukocyte count. D) the body's immune response. E) the osmotic pressure of the blood.

28) How much O2 is generally transported in combination with hemoglobin in red blood cells?

Version 1

7


A) 1.5% B) 7% C) 70% D) 98.5%

29)

Which of the following is NOT a method of CO2 transport in the blood? A) Combined with hemoglobin B) Dissolved in the plasma C) As bicarbonate ions in the plasma D) Held in the depression of a red blood cell

30)

What may be affected if the enzyme carbonic anhydrase was not made in the body? A) Conversion of hemoglobin to oxyhemoglobin B) Conversion of CO2 to bicarbonate ion C) Transport of O2 by hemoglobin D) Hemolysis of red blood cells

31)

Each hemoglobin molecule A) has one heme group. B) contains two polypeptide chains. C) transports four oxygen molecules. D) has two iron atoms and two globin chains. E) transports one oxygen molecule.

Version 1

8


32)

Which of the following is NOT a form of hemoglobin found in the developing human? A) Adult B) Embryonic C) Adolescent D) Fetal

33)

The combination of hemoglobin and carbon dioxide is __________. A) carboxyhemoglobin B) oxyhemoglobin C) deoxyhemoglobin D) carbaminohemoglobin

34)

Which gas, also carried by a hemoglobin, may help regulate blood pressure? A) Carbon monoxide B) Carbon dioxide C) Nitrogen D) Nitric oxide

35)

The oxygenated form of hemoglobin is called __________. A) oxyhemoglobin B) deoxyhemoglobin C) carboxyhemoglobin D) carbaminohemoglobin E) loaded hemoglobin

Version 1

9


36)

Iron A) is needed to produce hemoglobin. B) is a plasma coagulation factor. C) is the binding site for carbon dioxide on the hemoglobin molecule. D) prevents carbon monoxide from binding to hemoglobin. E) interferes with the normal function of hemoglobin.

37)

Which of the following cell types is an immature red blood cell? A) Erythrocyte B) Reticulocyte C) Thrombocyte D) Monocyte E) Leukocyte

38)

Which of the following is required for erythropoiesis? A) Iron B) Vitamin B12 C) Folate D) Vitamin K E) All of the choices are correct.

39)

Which of the following would lead to increased erythropoiesis?

Version 1

10


A) Increased environmental O2 levels B) Increased erythropoietin levels C) Increased blood pH D) Increased blood pressure E) Increased CO2 levels

40) Mr. Smith moved from a low altitude to a high altitude and experienced an increase in RBCs. Which of the following caused this increase? A) The lower temperature present at higher altitudes B) The lower O2 concentration seen at higher altitudes C) The increased metabolic rate seen at higher altitudes D) The increased CO2 retention that occurs at high altitudes E) Increased exercise

41)

Erythropoietin A) is secreted by the kidney. B) inhibits the production of erythrocytes. C) is produced in response to increased blood pressure. D) is found both in the plasma and inside red blood cells. E) is produced by the red bone marrow.

42)

When defective erythrocytes are broken down,

Version 1

11


A) they are removed from the blood by the lungs. B) bilirubin is formed from the breakdown of hemoglobin. C) their heme groupsare converted into amino acids. D) their iron is excreted into the small intestine. E) their components cannot be recycled.

43)

Which of the following events occurs when erythrocytes are destroyed? A) Urine output increases. B) Iron is secreted into the bile. C) Heme is transported by transferrin to the liver. D) The globin portion of the molecule is broken down into amino acids. E) Bile is manufactured by the gallbladder.

44)

Which of the following formed elements do not have chromosomes? A) Erythrocytes B) Reticulocytes C) Erythroblasts D) Both "Erythrocytes" and "Reticulocytes" are correct. E) All the choices are correct.

45)

Bilirubin A) is found in white blood cells. B) may be reused in erythropoiesis. C) is formed from the globin groups of hemoglobin. D) is made from bile. E) may build up in the circulation and cause jaundice.

Version 1

12


46) Randolf was suffering from severe hepatitis. His skin appeared to be jaundiced. That color change was due to A) increased heme in his circulatory system. B) increased globin in his circulatory system. C) increased bilirubin in his circulatory system. D) decreased rate of globin breakdown. E) All the choices are correct.

47) In adults, red blood cells are made in one place, spend most of their lifespan in another, and most are finally destroyed in yet another place. Which choice lists these locations in the correct chronological order? A) Bone marrow; blood vessels; spleen B) Bone marrow; spleen; blood vessels C) Spleen; blood vessels; spleen D) Blood vessels; spleen; bone marrow E) Spleen; blood vessels; bone marrow

48)

Which blood component is NOT correctly matched with its function? A) Erythrocytes – transport oxygen B) Leukocytes – protect against disease C) Platelets – phagocytize bacteria D) Plasma proteins – maintain blood osmotic pressure; involved in clotting E) Monocytes – become macrophages

49)

The mutation that leads to sickle cell anemia is located on chromosome __________.

Version 1

13


A) 3 B) 11 C) 14 D) 21

50)

Which of the following is NOT a consequence of sickle-cell anemia? A) Red blood cellstake on the sickle shape when oxygen levels are low. B) Sickle-shaped redblood cells can become lodged in capillaries. C) Tissue damage fromdecreased blood supply. D) Sickle-shaped redblood cells are less likely to rupture.

51)

Which of the following statements regarding leukocytes is TRUE? A) Leukocytes have no nucleus. B) Leukocytes play arole in oxygen transport. C) Leukocytes are the largest of the formed elements. D) Leukocytes are only fragments of cells. E) There is only one kind of leukocyte.

52)

Which of the following is an agranulocyte? A) Eosinophil B) Basophil C) Neutrophil D) Monocyte E) Erythrocyte

Version 1

14


53)

The most numerous of the leukocytes is the __________. A) neutrophil B) basophil C) eosinophil D) lymphocyte E) monocyte

54)

Lymphocytes A) are the largest of the leukocytes. B) migrate to lymphatic tissue. C) produce histamine. D) release heparin. E) are phagocytic.

55) The ability of white blood cells to leave the circulation and enter tissues is called __________. A) chemotaxis B) diapedesis C) margination D) intrusion E) exocytosis

56) When a person develops a sore throat, white blood cells are drawn to the area of infection by a process called ___________.

Version 1

15


A) chemotaxis B) diapedesis C) margination D) ameboid movement E) attraction

57)

A person with an increased eosinophil count might be suffering from __________. A) a parasitic worm infection B) a viral infection C) an acute bacterial infection D) a chronic bacterial infection E) a head cold

58)

Macrophages are derived from __________. A) neutrophils B) lymphocytes C) monocytes D) basophils E) eosinophils

59)

Which of the following cell types isincorrectly matched with its description?

Version 1

16


A) Neutrophils – most numerous WBCs B) Basophils – release histamine C) Lymphocytes – become macrophages D) Monocytes – largest of the WBCs E) Eosinophils – attack worm parasites

60)

Which white blood cells function primarily as phagocytotic cells? A) Monocytes and lymphocytes B) Basophils and neutrophils C) Eosinophils and monocytes D) Neutrophils and monocytes

61)

Platelets A) are also known as thrombocytes. B) are actually fragments of cells. C) play a role in preventing blood loss. D) can become sticky when exposed to connective tissue E) All of the choices are correct.

62)

Which of the following is a stage of hemostasis? A) Coagulation B) Erythropoiesis C) Platelet formation D) Vascular dilation E) Agglutination

Version 1

17


63)

During platelet plug formation, A) platelets stick to the exposed collagen fibers of injured vessels. B) thrombin is released from endothelial cells. C) vitamin K production increases. D) platelets multiply.

64) The nervous system and certain chemicals can cause the constriction of a blood vessel. This is known as ___________. A) platelet adhesion B) vascular spasm C) hemostasis D) coagulation

65)

In the platelet release reaction, A) factor XII is activated. B) ADP and thromboxanes stimulate other platelets to become activated. C) activated platelets are connected by fibrinogen. D) prostaglandin production is inhibited. E) platelets convert to fibrin.

66) Which protein forms a bridge between exposed vessel wall collagen and platelet surface receptors?

Version 1

18


A) Thromboxanes B) von Willebrand factor C) Endothelin D) Fibrinogen

67)

Aspirin inhibits platelet plug formation by A) blocking the binding of platelets to collagen. B) interfering with the synthesis of prostaglandins. C) blocking the effects of serotonin. D) making the platelet surface less sticky. E) stimulating the release of heparin.

68)

When a blood vessel is damaged, which of the following events occurs last? A) Collagen is exposed. B) Platelets adhere to collagen. C) Platelets are activated. D) Platelets begin to stick to each other and form a plug. E) von Willebrand factor is produced.

69) A deficiency of which of the following intermediate cells would result in a marked increase in the clotting time of blood? A) Lymphoblast B) Megakaryoblast C) Monoblast D) Myeloblast E) Proerythroblast

Version 1

19


70)

Which of the following events is one of the three main stages of coagulation? A) Conversion of fibrinogen to fibrin B) Platelet aggregation C) Conversion of thrombin to prothrombin D) Platelet plug formation E) Calcium release

71)

In the extrinsic pathway, damaged tissues release __________. A) activated factor V B) calcium C) factor VII D) thromboplastin (tissue factor III) E) factor XII

72) The cascade of events in the intrinsic pathway can be set into motion when __________ comes into contact with collagen. A) factor III B) factor VII C) factor X D) factor XII E) calcium

Version 1

20


73)

Arrange the following events of coagulation in proper sequence.

(1) Prothrombin → thrombin (2) Fibrinogen → fibrin (3) Activation of factor XII (4) Formation of prothrombinase A) 4, 3, 1, 2 B) 2, 4, 3, 1 C) 3, 4, 1, 2 D) 3, 2, 4, 1 E) 1, 2, 3, 4

74)

Which ion is necessary for the coagulation process? A) Na+ B) K+ C) Mg2+ D) Ca2+

75) Choose the arrangement that lists the chemicals in the order in which they would be used for coagulation. (1) Thrombin (2) Fibrinogen (3) Prothrombinase (4) Activated factor XII A) 3, 2, 4, 1 B) 4, 3, 2, 1 C) 4, 3, 1, 2 D) 3, 4, 1, 2 E) 3, 1, 4, 2

Version 1

21


76)

Coumadin (Warfarin) A) is a potentanticoagulant. B) is produced by eosinophils. C) blocks the action of factor X. D) dissolves blood clots. E) promotes coagulation.

77)

An increased amount of heparin in the blood might A) speed up the clotting process. B) slow down the clotting process. C) stop the clotting process. D) enhance the clotting process. E) have no effect on the clotting process.

78)

The function of plasmin is to A) hydrolyze fibrin. B) activate factor XII. C) promote platelet plug formation. D) control osmotic pressure of the blood. E) promote the formation of plasma.

79)

Healing after clot formation involves

Version 1

22


A) clot retraction. B) repair of the damaged blood vessel by connective tissue cells. C) clot dissolution. D) serum being squeezed out of the clot. E) All of the choices are correct.

80)

Fibrinolysis is responsible for A) activation of the intrinsic pathway of coagulation. B) activation of the extrinsic pathway of coagulation. C) clot retraction. D) clot dissolution. E) clot consolidation.

81)

A blood clot attached to a blood vessel wall is called a(n) __________. A) thrombus B) embolus C) prostacyclin D) hemorrhage E) anticoagulant

82)

Which vitamin is necessary to produce many clotting factors in the liver? A) Vitamin C B) Vitamin K C) Vitamin D D) Vitamin B3

Version 1

23


83)

When the antigens on erythrocytes bind with antibodies in the plasma, A) agglutination of erythrocytes occurs. B) hemolysis of leukocytes may occur. C) the antibodies dissolve. D) the blood group changes. E) coagulation occurs.

84)

Agglutination of red blood cells means A) they rupture. B) they form a clot. C) they clump together. D) they lose their nucleus. E) they bump into each other.

85)

Type AB blood A) has no antigens on the red cells. B) has O antigens on the red cells. C) has both A and B antigens on the red cells. D) has both A and B antibodies on the red cells. E) has both A and B antibodies in the plasma.

86)

A person with type O blood should receive a blood transfusion from a donor with

Version 1

24


A) type A blood. B) type B blood. C) type O blood. D) type AB blood. E) any type ofblood.

87)

A person with type B blood A) has antigen A. B) has anti-Aantibodies . C) will have a transfusion reaction if given type B blood. D) has anti-Bantibodies. E) can receive type A blood.

88)

When a person is transfused with the wrong blood type, A) the white cells clot. B) hemorrhaging occurs. C) fibrinogen is activated. D) the erythrocytes agglutinate. E) they bleed to death.

89)

Which blood type is considered the universal recipient? A) Type A B) Type B C) Type AB D) Type O

Version 1

25


90)

Which type of gene expression occurs when a person has type AB blood? A) Homozygous dominant B) Homozygous recessive C) Incomplete dominance D) Codominance

91)

RhoGam injections are given to A) desensitize the fetus. B) activate fetal Rh antigens. C) protect the father. D) prevent sensitization of the mother. E) change the mother's blood type.

92)

The hematocrit is A) an estimate of blood flow/hour. B) the number of WBCs per mm3. C) the amount of hemoglobin by weight in the blood. D) the percentage of RBCs in a given volume of blood. E) the number of RBCs in the body.

93)

Why would a person have anti-Rh antibodies present in their blood?

Version 1

26


A) They areRh-positive and were exposed to Rh-negative blood. B) An Rh-negativewoman is carrying an Rh-positive fetus. C) An Rh-positivewoman is carrying an Rh-negative fetus. D) A person cannot have anti-Rh antibodies in their blood.

94)

Hemolytic disease of the newborn (HDN) occurs when A) an Rh-positivewoman is carrying an Rh-positive fetus. B) an Rh-positivewoman is carrying an Rh-negative fetus. C) an Rh-negativewoman is carrying an Rh-negative fetus. D) an Rh-negativewoman is carrying an Rh-positive fetus.

95)

In which of the following situations might Rh incompatibility develop? A) Mother is Rh negative; fetus is Rh negative B) Mother is Rh positive; father is Rh positive C) Mother is Rh negative; fetus is Rh positive D) Mother is Rh positive; fetus is Rh negative E) Mother is Rh positive; fetus is Rh positive

96)

In hemolytic disease of the newborn, A) antibodies from the mother cross the placenta and affect the fetus. B) hemolysis of white blood cells may occur. C) fibrin is hydrolyzed. D) the mother frequently dies during childbirth. E) antibodies from the fetus cross the placenta and affect the mother.

Version 1

27


97)

Which of the following is mismatched? A) Blood typing – determines ABO and Rh blood groups of a blood sample B) Blood crossmatch – donor and recipient blood cells are mixed together C) Complete blood count – includes RBC and WBC counts D) Differential count – determines the percent of each kind of leukocyte in the blood E) Hematocrit – percentage of total blood volume composed of RBCs

98) For a person whose hematocrit is 45%, in which choice below are the components of blood correctly ranked in order of decreasing percent volume? A) WBCs, plasma, RBCs B) RBCs, WBCs, plasma C) Plasma, RBCs, WBCs D) Plasma, WBCs, RBCs E) WBCs, RBCs, plasma

99)

The condition characterized by overproduction of erythrocytes is called __________. A) anemia B) leukemia C) hemophilia D) thalassemia E) erythrocytosis

100)

Which of the following conditions is mismatched with its description?

Version 1

28


A) Aplastic anemia – bone marrow fails to produce erythrocytes B) Hemolytic anemia – increased destruction of erythrocytes C) Pernicious anemia – loss of blood from the body D) Iron deficiency anemia – lack of iron absorption for erythropoiesis E) Hemorrhagic anemia – loss of blood from the body

101)

If a young boy is diagnosed with hemophilia, he would have A) a disorder of theclotting process. B) an infection of the blood. C) an increasederythrocyte count. D) a type of cancer affecting white blood cells. E) an antigen-antibody reaction.

102)

When large quantities of blood are lost, erythrocytes must be replaced to restore A) the body's ability to fight infection. B) oxygen-carrying capacity. C) thrombin levels. D) normal blood pH. E) iron levels.

103) An adult patient is brought into the emergency room of a local hospital. The EMTs report the patient lost about 300 cc (cubic centimeters or milliliters) of blood. Is this life-threatening?

Version 1

29


A) Yes; 300 cc represents about 1/3 of the blood's volume. B) Yes; 300 cc represents about 1/6 of the body's total blood volume of 2 liters. C) No; most adults have more than 7 liters of blood, so a loss of 300 cc would not be lifethreatening. D) No; most adults have 4-6 liters of blood, so a loss of 300 cc would not be lifethreatening.

104) All of the following describe ways that blood helps maintain homeostasis, except __________. A) stabilizing body fluids B) transporting carbon dioxide C) limiting the spread of pathogens D) transporting nutrients E) secretion of neuropeptides

105)

The globulins are important plasma proteins that functions primarily in __________. A) gas transport B) pH control C) hormonal regulation D) thermoregulation E) immunity

106) All of the following are potential locations for hematopoiesis in the embryo and fetus, except

Version 1

30


A) the spleen. B) the lymph nodes. C) the yolk sac. D) the red bone marrow. E) the placenta.

107)

The smallest leukocytes are the __________ and the largest are the __________. A) basophils; neutrophils B) eosinophils; monocytes C) lymphocytes; neutrophils D) neutrophils; monocytes E) lymphocytes; monocytes

108) During platelet plug formation, platelets release ___________ and endothelial cells release __________, which lead to vasoconstriction. A) endothelin; thromboxane B) erythropoietin; thromboxane C) thromboxane; histamine D) histamine; heparin E) thromboxane; endothelin

109)

Which of the following accurately describes thromboplastin? A) A compound released by healed tissues that initiates clot dissolution B) A compound that keeps platelets from sticking to the endothelium C) A precursor to prothrombin D) A compound released by damaged tissue that initiates the intrinsic clotting pathway E) A compound released by damaged tissue that initiates the extrinsic clotting pathway

Version 1

31


110) A severely dehydrated patient begins to experience the formation of random blood clots. Why is this happening? A) Dehydration collapses the capillaries and exposes collagen, which triggers the extrinsic mechanism of coagulation. B) Dehydration stimulates vasospasms, which in turn lead to clot formation. C) Dehydration leads to a concentration of clotting factors, which triggers the extrinsic mechanism of coagulation. D) Dehydration leads to a concentration of clotting factors, which triggers the intrinsic mechanism of coagulation.

111) Mike has blood type A. He needs blood; however, blood type A is not available. The next best choice would be blood type __________. A) AB B) B C) O

112)

All of the following could be learned from a blood chemistry test except A) blood urea nitrogen. B) bilirubin levels. C) elevated glucose levels. D) elevated cholesterol levels. E) heart rate and blood pressure.

113)

Which of the following descriptions of a blood sample is most accurate?

Version 1

32


A) Most of the cells that can be identified are red blood cells, with much fewer white blood cells. B) The ratio of red blood cells to white blood cells would be about 1:1. C) White blood cells, usually much smaller than red blood cells, are represented in much lower numbers than platelets. D) Platelets are usually present in higher numbers than red blood cells, but lower numbers than white blood cells.

114)

How would a decrease in the number of megakaryocytes affect blood composition?

A) A decrease in megakaryocytes would decrease the number of platelets in the blood. B) A decrease in the number of megakaryocytes would decrease the number of immunoglobulins in the blood. C) A decrease in the number of megakaryocytes would decrease the number of leukocytes in the blood. D) A decrease in the number of megakaryocytes would decrease the number of fibrinogens in the blood.

115) Ginger had her blood analyzed and was informed that both anti-B and anti-D antibodies were present. Which of the following statements accurately explains her test results? A) Ginger has type A− blood, but has never been exposed to either the B nor D antigens. B) Ginger has type A− blood and has been exposed to the D antigen at some time in her life. C) Ginger is type B+ and has not been exposed to the B nor the D antigens. D) Ginger is most likely O− and though she has been exposed to the B and D antigen, she has not been exposed to the A antigen.

Version 1

33


116)

Read the two statements and use the following key to choose the best answer.

A. The first item is greater than the second item. B. The first item is less than the second item. C. The first item is equal or nearly equal to the second item.

116.1) (1) The affinity of adult hemoglobin for oxygen (2) The affinity of fetal hemoglobin for oxygen

116.2) (1) The number of erythrocytes in a milliliter sample of blood (2) The number of leukocytes in a milliliter sample of blood

116.3) (1) The rate of erythropoiesis when erythropoietin is present (2) The rate of erythropoiesis when erythropoietin is absent

117)

Match the component of blood plasma with the appropriate description.

A. The suspending medium for blood components B. The most abundant plasma protein C. A protein that functions in clotting D. A plasma protein that is involved in immunity E. Involved in osmosis, membrane potentials, and acid-base balance

117.1)

Albumin

117.2)

Globulin

Version 1

34


118)

117.3)

Fibrinogen

117.4)

Water

117.5)

Ions

Match the substance necessary for clotting with its particular role.

A. A mixture of lipoproteins released from injured tissue B. Converts prothrombin to thrombin C. The insoluble protein that forms the network of the clot D. Needed by the liver to produce prothrombin E. Fibrin-stabilizing factor

118.1)

Prothrombinase

118.2)

Vitamin K

118.3)

Factor XIII

Version 1

35


119)

118.4)

Fibrin

118.5)

Tissue factor

Consider the following chart of laboratory test results of four patients:

Patient A Patient B Patient C Patient D

Red Cell Count

Hemoglobin

Hematocrit

White Cell Count

Platelet Count

10 million/mm3 4.8 million/mm3 3.2 million/mm3 5.1 million/mm3

20g 15 g 8.2g 14.2g

64% 45% 34% 48%

7,000/mm3 7,500/mm3 6,500/mm3 15,200/mm3

300,000/mm3 150,000/mm3 350,000/mm3 300,000/mm3

119.1)

Which of the patients has anemia?

119.2)

Which of the patients has some type of infection?

119.3)

Which of the patients has polycythemia vera?

119.4)

Which of the patients has thrombocytopenia?

Version 1

36


120)

Match the function with the most appropriate category.

A. Agglutination B. Coagulation C. Immune function D. Blood Grouping E. Diagnostic Blood Test

120.1)

Erythrocytes clumping together

120.2)

Monocytes become macrophages

120.3)

Determining antigens on RBCs

120.4)

Making a differential WBC count

120.5)

Process initiated by platelets

120.6)

The last stage of hemostasis

120.7)

A antigens and anti-B antibodies

Version 1

37


120.8)

Fibrinogen converts to fibrin

120.9)

Determining blood chemistry

120.10) Exposure to antigens leads to development of antibodies

121)

Rupture of a red blood cell is called hematopoiesis. ⊚ ⊚

true false

122) True or False? The rate of erythropoiesis when erythropoietin is present is greater than the rate of erythropoiesis when erythropoietin is absent. ⊚ true ⊚ false

123) True or False? The affinity of adult hemoglobin for oxygen is greater than the affinity of fetal hemoglobin for oxygen. ⊚ true ⊚ false

124) True or False? The number of erythrocytes in a milliliter sample of blood is the same as the number of leukocytes in a milliliter sample of blood.

Version 1

38


⊚ ⊚

true false

125) True or False? The biconcave structure of an erythrocyte is shaped to better accommodate the crystalline structure of hemoglobin. ⊚ ⊚

true false

126) True or False? Normocytes are red blood cells with a diameter of approximately 7.5 micrometers. ⊚ true ⊚ false

127) True or False? If an average female lost 10% of her blood volume, she would have lost around 0.5 L of blood. ⊚ ⊚

128)

True or False? Aspirin affects coagulation by disrupting the activity of thrombin. ⊚ ⊚

129) A+.

true false

true false

True or False? An individual that has both anti-A antibodies and anti-D antibodies is type ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

39


Version 1

40


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 19_13e_ VanPutte 1) connective 2) bicarbonate ions 3) oxyhemoglobin 4) reticulocyte 5) erythropoietin 6) A 7) A 8) D 9) B 10) B 11) C 12) D 13) A 14) B 15) B 16) D 17) C 18) C 19) C 20) E 21) E 22) C 23) A 24) D 25) C 26) B Version 1

41


27) A 28) D 29) D 30) B 31) C 32) C 33) D 34) D 35) A 36) A 37) B 38) D 39) B 40) B 41) A 42) B 43) D 44) D 45) E 46) C 47) A 48) C 49) B 50) D 51) C 52) D 53) A 54) B 55) B 56) A Version 1

42


57) A 58) C 59) C 60) D 61) E 62) A 63) A 64) B 65) B 66) B 67) B 68) D 69) B 70) A 71) D 72) D 73) C 74) D 75) C 76) A 77) B 78) A 79) E 80) D 81) A 82) B 83) A 84) C 85) C 86) C Version 1

43


87) B 88) D 89) C 90) D 91) D 92) D 93) B 94) D 95) C 96) A 97) B 98) C 99) E 100) C 101) A 102) B 103) D 104) E 105) E 106) E 107) E 108) E 109) E 110) D 111) C 112) E 113) A 114) A 115) B 116) Section Break Version 1

44


116.1) B 116.2) A 116.3) A 117) Section Break 117.1) B 117.2) D 117.3) C 117.4) A 117.5) E 118) Section Break 118.1) B 118.2) D 118.3) E 118.4) C 118.5) A 119) Section Break 119.1) Patient C 119.2) Patient D 119.3) Patient A 119.4) Patient B 120) Section Break 120.1) A 120.2) C 120.3) D 120.4) E 120.5) B 120.6) B 120.7) D 120.8) B 120.9) E Version 1

45


120.10) C 121) FALSE 122) TRUE 123) FALSE 124) FALSE 125) FALSE 126) TRUE 127) TRUE 128) FALSE 129) FALSE

Version 1

46


CHAPTER 20 1) The right side of the heart receives blood from the body and pumps through the _________ circulation to the lungs. A) hepatic B) pulmonary C) peripheral D) systemic

2) The delivery of oxygen and nutrients to the tissues of the body is accomplished through the ________ circulation. A) hepatic B) pulmonary C) peripheral D) systemic

3)

Which of the following is NOT a function of the heart? A) Providing a location for gas exchange between oxygen and carbon dioxide B) Regulating blood supply to tissues depending on need C) Generating blood pressure through contraction D) Routing blood to either the pulmonary circulation or the systemic circulation

4)

Which of the following is NOT true about the heart?

Version 1

1


A) The heart is aboutthe size of a closed fist. B) The heart islocated in the mediastinum. C) The apex of theheart is directed superiorly and to the left. D) Knowing theheart's position is important for effective CPR.

5)

The heart A) is a four-chambered muscular pump. B) is posterior to the trachea. C) is lined with an epithelial layer called the epicardium. D) lies mostly to the right of the midline of the sternum. E) has a superior apex and an inferior base.

6)

The pericardial sac is lined with A) fibrous pericardium. B) parietal pericardium. C) visceral pericardium. D) myocardium. E) epicardium.

7)

The epicardium A) covers the surface of the heart. B) lines the walls of the ventricles. C) is known as the fibrous pericardium. D) attaches inferiorly to the diaphragm. E) is also called endocardium.

Version 1

2


8) A serious condition in which a large amount of fluid accumulates in the pericardial cavity and puts pressure on the heart is __________. A) endocarditis B) pericarditis C) a myocardial infarction D) cardiac tamponade

9) Ezra is admitted to the cardiac unit with a diagnosis of endocarditis. When Ezra asks the nurse where the infection is located, the nurse replies that the infection is in A) the outer layer of the heart wall. B) the inner lining of the heart. C) a membranous sac that encloses the heart. D) the muscular layer of the heart. E) the lining of the mediastinum.

10)

Another name for the visceral pericardium is the __________. A) endocardium B) epicardium C) isocardium D) myocardium E) visocardium

11)

Which of the following terms is mismatched with its description?

Version 1

3


A) Endocardium - covers the inner surfaces of the heart B) Myocardium - cardiac muscle C) Trabeculae carneae - found on the interior walls of ventricles D) Pectinate muscles - muscles that close valves E) Chordae tendineae - connective tissue strings that connect to cusps of valves

12)

A stab wound into the heart can result in cardiac tamponade. This means that A) blood enters the pleural cavity. B) the heart is compressed by blood in the pericardial sac. C) the electrical conduction system of the heart is damaged. D) the left coronary artery has been damaged or cut. E) the heart has lost all of its blood.

13)

Which of the following layers forms the bulk of the heart wall? A) Epicardium B) Pericardium C) Endocardium D) Myocardium E) Visceral pericardium

14)

The function of the pericardial fluid is to A) reduce friction between the pericardial membranes. B) lubricate the heart valves. C) replace any blood that is lost. D) provide oxygen and nutrients to the endocardium. E) stimulate the heart.

Version 1

4


15)

Blood vessels enter and exit from the __________ of the heart. A) apex B) base C) auricles D) trigone E) inferior aspect

16)

Blood in the pulmonary veins returns to the A) right atrium. B) left atrium. C) right ventricle. D) left ventricle. E) coronary sinus.

17)

The great cardiac vein and middle cardiac vein empty into a venous cavity called the A) pulmonary vein. B) inferior vena cava. C) superior vena cava. D) coronary sinus. E) coronary artery.

18)

All cardiac veins empty into the _________, which then empties into the _______.

Version 1

5


A) coronary sinus; left atrium B) coronary sinus; right atrium C) great cardiac vein; right atrium D) great cardiac vein; superior vena cava E) inferior vena cava; left atrium

19) Occlusion of which of the following would primarily damage the posterior wall of the heart? A) Circumflex artery B) Pulmonary artery C) Right marginal artery D) Coronary sinus artery E) Right coronary artery

20)

Which of the following statements about coronary vessels is true? A) The left coronary artery is a branch of the left pulmonary vein. B) The coronary sinus returns blood to the left atrium. C) The coronary arteries arise from the pulmonary trunk. D) The great cardiacvein collects blood from the left anterior surface of the heart. E) The pulmonary arteries carry blood to the left atrium.

21)

A direct connection between arteries is called a/an __________. A) auricle B) sulcus C) sinus D) anastamosis

Version 1

6


22) Coronary artery disease can diminish myocardial blood flow resulting in the death of myocardial cells. This condition is known as a myocardial __________. A) attack B) angina C) necrosis D) cirrhosis E) infarction

23) The procedure whereby a small balloon is placed into a partially occluded coronary artery and then inflated to increase blood flow through the artery is called a/an __________. A) angioplasty B) coronary bypass C) urokinase injection D) tissue plasminogen activation E) angiogram

24)

Angina pectoris is chest pain caused by reduced A) stimulation of the myocardium. B) blood supply to cardiac muscle. C) fluid in the pericardial sac. D) contractility of the heart. E) action potentials from SA node.

25) Which of the following is NOT an enzyme given to someone experiencing a myocardial infarction to break up blood clots?

Version 1

7


A) Streptokinase B) Tissue plasminogen activator (t-Pa) C) Nitroglycerin D) Urokinase

26)

Which of the following is NOT a major opening into the right atrium? A) Pulmonary vein B) Inferior vena cava C) Superior vena cava D) Coronary sinus

27)

The right atrium receives blood from A) the lungs and theheart. B) the heart. C) the body and theheart. D) the lungs and thebody.

28)

What is the foramen ovale?

A) An opening between the right and left atria in the embryo and fetus B) An opening between the right and left ventricles in the embryo and fetus C) An oval hole in the pericardium in the embryo and fetus D) An opening between the pulmonary trunk and aorta in the embryo and fetus

29)

What vessel exits the left ventricle?

Version 1

8


A) Pulmonary trunk B) Pulmonary vein C) Aorta D) Pulmonary artery

30)

The AV valve that is located on the same side of the heart as the origin of the aorta is the A) bicuspid or mitral valve. B) tricuspid valve. C) aortic semilunar valve. D) pulmonary semilunar valve. E) coronary sinus valve.

31)

The valve located between the right ventricle and the pulmonary trunk is the A) aortic semilunar valve. B) pulmonary semilunar valve. C) tricuspid valve. D) mitral valve. E) bicuspid valve.

32)

Contraction of the papillary muscles would A) eject blood from the ventricles. B) prevent the AV valves from protruding into the atria. C) close the semilunar valves. D) cause the atria to eject their contents into the ventricles. E) open the semilunar valves.

Version 1

9


33)

The chordae tendineae A) connect the atria to the ventricles. B) are found in the interventricular septum. C) are part of the conducting system of the heart. D) connect the cusps of the AV valves to the papillary muscles. E) are a part of the myocardium.

34)

Blood in the superior vena cava will enter the __________. A) aorta B) right atrium C) pulmonary trunk D) pulmonary arteries E) pulmonary veins

35)

Which vessels empty blood into the left atrium? A) Aorta B) Right atrium C) Pulmonary trunk D) Pulmonary arteries E) Pulmonary veins

36)

Which blood vessel carries blood away from the left ventricle?

Version 1

10


A) Aorta B) Right atrium C) Pulmonary trunk D) Pulmonary arteries E) Pulmonary veins

37)

From the right ventricle, blood flows directly into the __________. A) aorta B) right atrium C) pulmonary trunk D) pulmonary arteries E) pulmonary veins

38)

Which vessels transport blood to the right and left lungs? A) Aorta B) Right atrium C) Pulmonary trunk D) Pulmonary arteries E) Pulmonary veins

39)

An incompetent pulmonary semilunar valve could result in less blood reaching the A) lungs. B) heart muscle. C) right ventricle. D) aorta. E) right atrium.

Version 1

11


40) Which of the following heart chambers iscorrectly associated with the blood vessel that enters or leaves it? A) Right atrium – pulmonary veins B) Left atrium – aorta C) Right ventricle – pulmonary trunk D) Left ventricle – superior vena cava and inferior vena cava E) Right atrium – aorta

41)

Which of the following is a function of the heart skeleton? A) Provides electrical insulation between the atria and ventricles B) Supplies support and reinforcement for the valves C) Provides a rigid site for cardiac muscle attachment D) All of thechoices are functions of the heart skeleton.

42)

Cardiac muscle cells A) have smooth ER but no T tubules. B) form the heart valves. C) are maintained by an extensive capillary network. D) develop a significant oxygen deficit during systole. E) do not contain actin and myosin like skeletal muscle fibers.

43)

Which of the following phrases would apply to cardiac muscle cells?

Version 1

12


A) Organized in parallel columns or bundles B) Contain actin but no myosin C) Develop a significant oxygen deficit during systole D) Multinucleated like skeletal muscle fibers E) Possess special cell-to-cell contacts called intercalated discs

44) Action potentials pass from one cardiac muscle cell to another through areas of low electrical resistance called A) gap junctions. B) fibrous heart rings. C) electromagnetic discs. D) sarcolemma sclerotic plaques. E) tight junctions.

45)

The "pacemaker" of the heart is the A) right bundle branch. B) left bundle branch. C) AV node. D) SA node. E) PM node.

46)

Which of the following sequences for the conducting system is correct?

Version 1

13


A) AV node, AV bundle, SA node, Purkinje fibers, bundle branches B) Purkinje fibers, bundle branches, AV node, AV bundle, SA node C) SA node, AV node, AV bundle, bundle branches, Purkinje fibers D) SA node, AV bundle, AV node, bundle branches, Purkinje fibers E) AV node, SA node, bundle branches, AV bundle, Purkinje fibers

47)

What is the importance of the delay in the action potential in the AV node?

A) It allows theaction potential to reach both ventricles at the same time. B) It allows anaction potential to reach the left atrium so both atria contract together. C) It allows an action potential to reach the left atrium so both atria contract together, before the ventricles contract. D) It allows time for the atria to fill with blood.

48)

Energy for contraction of cardiac muscle cells comes primarily from A) aerobic respiration in the mitochondria. B) anaerobic respiration in the cytosol. C) glycolysis in the cytosol. D) ATP that is stored while the heart is not contracting. E) creatine phosphate.

49)

The cardiac electrical impulse normally begins spontaneously in the SA node because

Version 1

14


A) of the superior location of the SA node in the right atrium. B) the SA node is the only area of the heart capable of spontaneous depolarization. C) of the rich sympathetic innervation of the SA node. D) this area producesaction potentials more rapidly than any other portion of the conductionsystem. E) of action potentials from the cardioregulatory center.

50)

Which of the following will depolarize immediately after the AV node depolarizes? A) The AV bundle B) Purkinje fibers C) Atrial myocardium D) Bundle branches in the ventricular septum E) The SA node

51)

Ventricular contraction begins at the A) AV bundle. B) apex of the heart. C) base of the heart. D) superior portion of the interventricular septum. E) top of the ventricles.

52)

The action potentials are slowed at the AV node to allow the

Version 1

15


A) ventricles to repolarize. B) ventricles to completely empty of blood. C) pacemaker to reset for the next beat. D) atria to complete their contraction. E) atria to begin their contraction.

53) The spontaneous opening of Na+ channels marks the beginning of __________ of a cardiac muscle cell. A) depolarization B) repolarization C) hyperpolarization D) isopolarization E) afterpolarization

54)

The plateau phase seen during the action potential of a cardiac muscle cell is due to the A) sodium-potassium pump. B) opening of Na+ channels. C) continuing to have open Ca2+ channels. D) closure of Cl− channels. E) closing of Ca2+ channels.

55)

When a pacemaker potential in the SA node reaches threshold,

Version 1

16


A) the permeability to K+ increases. B) many voltage-gatedCa2+ channels open. C) voltage-gatedCa2+ channels close. D) resting membrane potential has been restored. E) permeability of the cell does not change.

56)

If the SA node is nonfunctional, which of the following is most likely to occur? A) The heart will go into asystole (stop). B) Tachycardia will develop. C) Another portion of the heart will become the pacemaker. D) The heart will go into defibrillation. E) The heart will be desensitized.

57)

Which of the following events occurs first? A) Threshold B) Depolarization C) Early repolarization D) Final repolarization E) Pacemaker potential

58)

Calcium channel blockers are frequently used to A) increase the heart rate. B) treat tachycardia or other arrhythmias. C) speed up conduction of impulses through the AV node. D) slow the closing of K+ channels. E) treat bradycardia and low blood pressure.

Version 1

17


59)

Depolarization of a cardiac muscle cell occurs as the result of A) a decrease in the permeability of the plasma membrane to Na+. B) the opening of voltage-gated Na+ channels and voltage-gated Ca2+ channels. C) the closure of voltage-gated Ca2+ channels. D) the opening of voltage-gated K+ channels. E) the closure of the voltage-gated Na+ channels.

60)

When comparing cardiac muscle cells and skeletal muscle cells, A) the rate of action potential propagation is faster in cardiac muscle. B) both possess intercalated discs. C) only skeletal muscle has a plateau phase in its contraction cycle. D) action potentials are conducted from cell to cell only in cardiac muscle. E) both are voluntary.

61) What action is most responsible for the resting membrane potential in cardiac muscle cells? A) Movement of K+ through voltage-gated K+ channels B) Movement of Na+ through open Na+ channels C) Movement of Ca2+ through voltage-gated Ca2+ channels. D) Closing of Na+ and K+ voltage-gated channels

62) Which of the following pairs concerning action potentials in cardiac muscle is mismatched?

Version 1

18


A) Opening of Na+ channels - depolarization B) Closing of Ca2+ channels - plateau phase C) Opening of K+ channels - rapid repolarization D) Closure of Na+ channels - early repolarization E) Opening of Ca2+ channels - plateau phase

63) Which of the following would result from a reduced function of the Na+ channels in the SA node? A) Depolarization would be delayed. B) The heart rate would decrease. C) Repolarization would not occur. D) The plateau phase would be shorter. E) Depolarization would be delayed, and the heart rate would decrease.

64) Which of the following areas of the conduction system would produce spontaneous action potentials most frequently if the SA node were not functioning? A) AV bundle B) Purkinje fibers C) AV node D) Bundle branch E) The pacemaker

65)

The long refractory period observed in cardiac muscle

Version 1

19


A) prolongs depolarization of the cardiac muscle. B) prevents tetanic contractions of the cardiac muscle. C) ensures that the heart has adequate time to contract. D) prevents the heart rate from slowing down. E) prevents an increase in heart rate.

66) The period of time in which cardiac muscle cells are insensitive to further stimulation is called the A) absolute refractory period. B) hyperpolarization period. C) AV period. D) SA period. E) ectopic focus.

67)

If cardiac muscle cells are unable to repolarize, this would cause

A) cardiac output to increase. B) no harm. These cells can spontaneously depolarize anyway. C) the heart rate to decrease. It might cause cardiac arrest. D) an increased demand on mitochondria to produce more ATP. E) tachycardia.

68)

In a normal electrocardiogram, the

Version 1

20


A) P wave results from repolarization of the atria. B) QRS complex results from ventricular depolarization. C) P wave occurs after the QRS complex but before the T wave. D) T wave represents depolarization of the atria. E) repolarization of the atria is clearly visible.

69)

The P wave of an electrocardiogram indicates A) atrial depolarization. B) atrial repolarization. C) ventricular depolarization. D) ventricular repolarization. E) threshold.

70) Of the types of damage resulting from a myocardial infarction, which is most likely to cause the greatest increase in the Q-T interval? A) Infarction in the AV node B) Left bundle branch block C) Infarction affecting the SA node D) Tachycardia E) Ectopic focus

71)

What event(s) occur during the QRS complex of an electrocardiogram? A) Depolarization of the atria B) Repolarization of the ventricles C) Depolarization of the atria and repolarization of the ventricles D) Depolarization of the ventricles and repolarization of the atria

Version 1

21


72) What abnormal heart rhythm could be caused by an elevated body temperature, excessive sympathetic stimulation, or toxic conditions? A) Bradycardia B) Atrial fibrillation C) Second-degree AV node block D) Tachycardia

73)

Which cardiac arrhythmia will have no QRS complex as a symptom? A) Atrial fibrillation B) Ventricular fibrillation C) Bradycardia D) Premature ventricular contractions

74)

Variations in respiratory rate is a symptom of A) sinus arrhythmia. B) ventricular tachycardia. C) SA nodeblock. D) paroxysmal atrialtachycardia

75)

Contraction of the ventricles is referred to as ventricular __________.

Version 1

22


A) systole B) diastole C) fibrillation D) ischemia E) depolarization

76)

During the cardiac cycle, A) the right atrium and the right ventricle contract simultaneously. B) the two atria relax while the two ventricles contract. C) the left atrium contracts before the right atrium. D) all four chambers of the heart contract at the same time. E) all four chambers of the heart are in systole at the same time.

77) Which statement accurately descibes a condition of the heart chambers during the cardiac cycle? A) The right atrium and the right ventricle contract simultaneously. B) The left atrium contracts before the right atrium. C) All four chambers of the heart contract at the same time. D) All four chambers of the heart are in diastole at the same time.

78)

The period of isovolumetric contraction is immediately followed by

Version 1

23


A) the period of ejection. B) AV node depolarization. C) passive ventricular filling. D) atrial contraction. E) isovolumetricrelaxation.

79)

When left atrial pressure exceeds left ventricular pressure, A) left ventricular ejection begins. B) aortic blood pressure begins to rise. C) the bicuspid (mitral) valve opens. D) ventricular volume decreases. E) the tricuspid valve opens.

80)

Blood does not enter or leave the ventricles during the period called A) ejection. B) rapid filling. C) atrial systole. D) isovolumetriccontraction. E) active and passive filling.

81)

During the ejection phase of the cardiac cycle, blood exits the left ventricle through the A) aorta. B) coronary sinus. C) pulmonary vein. D) superior vena cava. E) pulmonary trunk.

Version 1

24


82) Pressure in the right ventricle must exceed pressure in the __________ before the right ventricle can eject blood. A) superior vena cava B) coronary sinus C) pulmonary trunk D) aorta E) pulmonary veins

83)

The chamber of the heart that endures the highest pressure is the A) right atrium. B) left atrium. C) right ventricle. D) left ventricle. E) coronary sinus.

84)

The tricuspid valve is closed A) during active filling of the ventricles. B) when the mitral valve is open. C) while the atria are contracting. D) during ejection. E) during passive filling of the ventricles.

85)

As soon as left ventricular pressure exceeds the pressure in the aorta, the

Version 1

25


A) AV valves open. B) aortic semilunar valve opens. C) atria pump blood into the ventricles. D) ventricles pump blood into the atria. E) pulmonary semilunar valve closes.

86)

During the isovolumetric contraction period of the cardiac cycle, A) AV and semilunar valves are closed. B) the atria are contracted. C) ventricular volume increases. D) blood is pumped into the large arteries. E) pressure in the ventricles decreases.

87)

When ventricular pressure exceeds atrial pressure, the A) ejection occurs. B) atria pump blood into the ventricles. C) ventricle is in diastole. D) blood is pumped into the atrium. E) AV valves close.

88)

What occurs during the time between the first heart sound and the second heart sound? A) Ventricular systole B) Ventricular diastole C) Ventricular filling D) Atrial systole E) The P wave of the ECG

Version 1

26


89)

Concerning heart sounds, which of the following is correct? A) The first heart sound occurs at the beginning of ventricular systole. B) The second heart sound is heard when the AV valves are closing. C) The first heart sound is the sound of the semilunar valves closing. D) The second heart sound occurs when blood flows into the superior vena cava. E) The first heart sound occurs at the beginning of ventricular diastole.

90)

The first and second heart sounds are most directly related to A) pulse pressure in the aorta. B) the contraction of the atria. C) vibrations that occur when the valves close. D) contraction of the papillary muscles. E) the flow of the blood.

91)

Which of the following statements concerning the cardiac cycle is true? A) Blood enters the right and left atria only during diastole. B) Most ventricular filling occurs before the atria contract. C) During ventricular systole, the AV valves open. D) The semilunar valves remain closed throughout ventricular systole. E) Most of end-diastolic volume comes from active filling.

92)

Regurgitation of blood flow through the aortic semilunar valve would give rise to

Version 1

27


A) the first heart sound. B) the second heart sound. C) a heart murmur. D) an extra heart beat. E) end-systolic volume.

93)

An incompetent mitral valve may cause blood to back up into the A) aorta. B) left atrium. C) left ventricle. D) coronary circulation. E) right atrium.

94)

The volume of blood pumped during each cardiac cycle is the A) stroke volume. B) cardiac output. C) cardiac reserve. D) end-systolic volume. E) end-diastolic volume.

95)

The product of the stroke volume times the heart rate is known as the A) end-diastolic volume. B) end-systolic volume. C) cardiac output. D) cardiac reserve. E) venous return.

Version 1

28


96)

End-diastolic volume minus end-systolic volume is equal to A) cardiac output. B) cardiac reserve. C) pulse volume. D) venous return. E) stroke volume.

97)

Mean arterial pressure is A) cardiac output times peripheral resistance. B) end-diastolic volume minus end-systolic volume. C) maximum cardiac output minus cardiac output when at rest. D) heart rate times stroke volume. E) stroke volume times peripheral resistance.

98)

The dicrotic notch in the aortic pressure curve is due to the A) increase in intraventricular pressure during ejection. B) backflow of blood toward the ventricles. C) closure of the left AV valve. D) elasticity of the arterial wall. E) closure of the semilunar valves.

99)

Afterload is

Version 1

29


A) the name given to an increase in end-diastolic volume. B) the arterial pressure that the ventricles must overcome to eject blood. C) the amount cardiac output must increase during exercise. D) another name for venous return. E) the extent to which ventricular walls are stretched.

100)

Which of the following statements regarding intrinsic regulation of the heart is true? A) Stretching the SA node will decrease generation of action potentials in the node. B) Decreased venous return increases cardiac output. C) The heart's pumping effectiveness is greatly influenced by small changes in afterload. D) If cardiac muscle cells are slightly stretched, they have a stronger contraction force. E) If cardiac muscle cells are slightly stretched, they have a weaker contraction force.

101)

Within normal limits, an increase in preload leads to A) an increase in cardiac output and force of left ventricular contraction. B) a decrease in cardiac output and force of left ventricular contraction. C) an increase in cardiac output and a decrease in the force of left ventricular contraction. D) a decrease in cardiac output and an increase in the force of left ventricular contraction. E) a decrease in stroke volume and heart rate.

102)

The relationship between preload and stroke volume is known as A) extrinsicregulation. B) cardiacreserve. C) Starling Law ofthe heart. D) minutevolume.

Version 1

30


103)

Stimulation of the heart via the sympathetic nerves would A) decrease heart rate. B) decrease stroke volume. C) increase the force of ventricular contraction. D) increase end-systolic volume. E) not affect heart rate and force of contraction.

104) If the heart receives more sympathetic stimulation than parasympathetic stimulation, the heart will A) increase its rate and force of contraction. B) contract with greater force but at a slower rate. C) decrease both its rate and force of contraction. D) contract with less force but at a faster rate. E) decrease rate, but increase force of contraction.

105)

Increased vagal stimulation would cause A) the heart rate to decrease. B) the heart rate to increase. C) force of contraction to increase. D) stroke volume to increase. E) no change in heart rate, stroke volume, or force of contraction.

106)

Which of the following factors would cause an increase in heart rate?

Version 1

31


A) Increased parasympathetic stimulation B) Stimulation of baroreceptors in the aorta C) Increased epinephrine release from the adrenal medulla D) Increased production of atrial natriuretic factor E) Stimulation through the vagus nerve

107) The baroreceptor reflex would cause which of the following events to occur if the reflex was caused by an increase in blood pressure? A) Increased parasympathetic stimulation of the heart B) Increased heart rate C) Increased cardiac output D) Increased force of contraction E) Increased sympathetic stimulation of the heart

108)

Baroreceptor reflexes A) are triggered by increased blood osmolality. B) correct changes in blood pH. C) do not impact the activity of the heart. D) are of minor importance in humans. E) can change heart rate.

109) In a physiology lab, the students designed an experiment to illustrate how the heart responds to changes in blood pressure. Everyone relaxed and then did a headstand. Which of the following observations are consistent with the change in the function of their hearts?

Version 1

32


A) Increased heart rate B) Decreased heart rate C) Increased stroke volume D) Decreased stroke volume E) Both decreased heart rate and increased stroke volume

110)

Which of the following will increase the heart rate? A) A rise in pH B) An increase in the level of carbon dioxide in the blood C) An increase in the level of blood oxygen D) An increase in blood pressure E) A decrease in the level of carbon dioxide in the blood

111)

The cardioregulatory center of the brain is located in the A) hypothalamus. B) medulla oblongata. C) cerebellum. D) cerebrum. E) diencephalons.

112)

Chemoreceptors sensitive to blood carbon dioxide levels are primarily located in the A) medulla oblongata. B) carotid arteries. C) right atrium. D) left ventricle. E) jugular veins.

Version 1

33


113)

Chemoreceptors sensitive to blood oxygen levels are primarily located in the A) medulla oblongata. B) carotid arteries. C) right atrium. D) left ventricle. E) jugular veins.

114)

An increase in extracellular Ca2+ generally increases A) the heart rate. B) the force of contraction. C) autonomic stimulation of the heart. D) Na+ channel opening. E) the frequency of the action potentials.

115)

Excess K+ in cardiac tissue causes A) an increased heart rate. B) a rapid repolarization of cardiac cells. C) a decrease in the frequency of action potentials in the conduction system. D) an increase in stroke volume. E) an increase in the frequency of action potentials.

116)

Lowered extracellular K+ levels will lower the heart rate because

Version 1

34


A) the resting membrane potential is hyperpolarized. B) ectopic action potentials occur. C) action potential amplitude declines. D) more Na+ channels open. E) it blocks Ca2+ channels.

117)

Why is body temperature sometimes reduced during heart surgery? A) To slow respiration B) To increase heart rate C) To decrease heart rate D) To increase the oxygen content of blood

118)

Aortic stenosis results from A) a hole in the interatrial septum. B) a weakening of heart muscle. C) a narrowed opening through the aortic valve. D) low oxygen levels. E) leakage from the AV valves.

119)

Which of the following might increase the risk for cardiovascular disease? A) Stopping smoking B) Exercise C) Maintaining normal cholesterol levels D) Chronic stress E) High-fiber diet

Version 1

35


120) Fred was admitted to the cardiac unit with chest pains. No arrhythmias and no large changes in the heart rate were observable. Blood samples taken over the next few days showed no increase in enzymes, such as creatine phosphokinase. A possible treatment of the condition is A) beta adrenergic blocking agents. B) nitroglycerin. C) calcium channel blocking agents. D) aspirin. E) exercise.

121) During hemorrhagic shock in which blood pressure is decreased, which of the regulatory mechanisms is most important is increasing cardiac output to help maintain blood pressure? A) Increased sympathetic stimulation of the heart B) Increase venous return C) Increase in parasympathetic stimulation of the heart D) Increase vagal stimulation of the heart E) Increase in the amplitude of the heart sounds

122) Why is it important to use an antibiotic other than ampicillin in the treatment of bacterial pneumonia? A) Because antibiotics such as ampicillin destroy the cell walls of cardiac muscle cells. B) Because antibiotics such as ampicillin cause the cells lining blood vessels to endocytose bacteria and deposit them in cardiac muscle tissue. C) Because antibiotics such as ampicillin are not effective in the treatment of bacterial pneumonia. D) Because antibiotics such as ampicillin destroy the cell walls of bacteria which cause a toxin to be released that will destroy cardiac muscle cells.

Version 1

36


123)

All of the following are functions of the heart, except _____________________. A) generating blood pressure B) separating pulmonary and systemic circulations C) moving blood in one direction D) adjusting blood supply, depending on tissue needs E) adjusting blood gas levels, depending on tissue needs

124)

The adult heart averages ___________ grams. A) 100-200 B) 50-100 C) 250-300 D) 400-500

125)

A knowledge of heart location would NOT be important for which of the following? A) Blood pressure readings B) Stethoscope positioning C) Electrocardiogram D) Cardiopulmonary resucitation

126) The inner lining of the pericardial cavity is the ____________ pericardium, whereas the outer part of the heart wall is called the epicardium or the _______________ pericardium. A) fibrous; parietal B) visceral; fibrous C) parietal; visceral D) visceral; parietal E) fibrous; visceral

Version 1

37


127)

What must occur during exercise to ensure adequate oxygen delivery to cardiac muscle? A) An increased oxygen release to cardiac muscle B) A decreased oxygen content to skeletal muscle C) Decreased heart rate D) Increased coronary blood flow

128) All of the following characteristics of the sarcoplasmic reticulum in cardiac muscle cells are true except A) it is more irregular than that in skeletal muscle fibers. B) it is in close association with the transverse tubules. C) it is involved in the storage and release of Ca2+. D) it has enlarged terminal cisternae like skeletal muscle fibers.

129) Identify the structures that contribute to the slow onset of contraction and prolonged contraction phase in cardiac muscle tissue. A) Desmosomes B) Gap junctions C) Intercalated discs D) T-tubules E) Terminal cisternae

130)

Calcium-induced calcium release occurs when

Version 1

38


A) Ca2+ from the sarcoplasmic reticulum stimulates the movement of Ca2+ into the cell through the plasma membrane. B) Ca2+ is released from both the sarcoplasmic reticulum and the cardiac muscle cell. C) the eflux of Ca2+ from the cell results in depolarization. D) Ca2+ entering through the plasma membrane stimulates release of Ca2+ from the sarcoplasmic reticulum.

131) The ion primarily responsible for depolarization in pacemaker cells is __________, whereas the ion primarily responsible for this in other cardiac cells is __________. A) Na+; Ca2+ B) Ca2+; Na+ C) K+; Na+ D) Ca2+; K+

132)

Where is blood moving during the period of ejection? A) Ventricles to atria B) Ventricles to great vessels C) Atria to ventricles D) Atria to great vessels E) Great vessels to ventricles

133)

Under resting conditions, the normal stroke volume is approximately ___________. A) 55 mL B) 70 mL C) 110 mL D) 125 mL E) 180 mL

Version 1

39


134) All of the following cardiac measurements will increase during exercise except __________. A) end-diastolic volume B) end-systolic volume C) stroke volume D) cardiac output

135) Small changes in __________ will have a large impact on the heart's pumping effectiveness, while large changes in __________ do not impact the effectiveness much. A) afterload; preload B) preload; afterload C) contractility; preload D) afterload; contractility E) contractility; afterload

136) The peripheral chemoreceptors that respond to oxygen levels of the blood and regulate heart activity are located in A) the left ventricle. B) the infundibulum of the hypothalamus. C) structures near the carotids and aortic arch. D) the medulla oblongata. E) the right ventricle.

137) All of the following structural changes found in the heart occur with the normal aging process, except

Version 1

40


A) hypertrophy of the left ventricle. B) decreased elasticity of large vessels. C) decreased valve flexibility. D) increased elasticity of large vessels. E) atrophy of conduction cells.

138) Diagnostic tests done on a patient show that many coronary arteries, including the left main coronary artery are severely narrowed. Which of the following is the best course of action to treat this patient? A) Angiogram B) Angioplasty C) Coronary bypass surgery D) Electrocardiogram E) Urokinase injections

139)

Oxygen-poor blood passes through the _________. A) right AV(tricuspid) and pulmonary valves B) right AV(tricuspid) valve only C) left AV (mitral)and aortic valves D) left AV (mitral)valve only E) pulmonary andaortic valves

140)

Opening and closing of the heart valves is caused by _________.

Version 1

41


A) breathing B) gravity C) valvescontracting and relaxing D) osmoticgradients E) pressuregradients

141)

The __________ carry blood toward the lungs. A) pulmonary arteriesand veins B) pulmonary trunkand arteries C) pulmonary trunkand veins D) superior andinferior venae cavae E) aorta andpulmonary arteries

142)

Which of the following blood vessels receives blood directly from the right ventricle? A) Pulmonarytrunk B) Ascendingaorta C) Superior venacava D) Inferior venacava E) Right pulmonaryvein

143) Obstruction of the ___________ will cause a more severe myocardial infarction (MI) than the obstruction of any of the others.

Version 1

42


A) left marginal vein B) left coronary artery (LCA) C) posterior interventricular vein D) anterior interventricular branch E) circumflex branch

144)

Which of the following is a feature shared by cardiac muscle and skeletal muscle? A) Muscle fiberstriations B) Dependence uponnervous stimulation C) Communicationvia electrical (gap) junctions D) Intercalateddiscs E) Autorhythmicity

145) When sodium channels are fully open, the membrane of the ventricular cardiac muscle cells _________. A) sharplyhyperpolarizes B) sharplyrepolarizes C) sharplydepolarizes D) plateaus E) has no response

146)

Atrial systole begins __________.

Version 1

43


A) immediatelybefore the P wave B) immediately afterthe P wave C) during the Qwave D) during the S-Tsegment E) immediately afterthe T wave

147) The long plateau in the action potential observed in cardiac muscle cells is probably related with __________ staying longer in the cytoplasm. A) Na+ B) K+ C) Ca2+ D) Cl− E) Na+, K+, and Ca2+

148)

The long absolute refractory period of cardiac muscle cells A) ensures a short twitch. B) prevents tetanus. C) makes the heart prone to arrhythmias. D) prevents the occurrence of ectopic focuses. E) causes the pacemaker potential.

149) An extended period of time between the P wave and the QRS complex may indicate which of the following?

Version 1

44


A) The signal istaking too long to get to the AV node. B) The signal istraveling too quickly to the AV node. C) Ventricular contraction is taking longer than usual. D) Ventricularcontraction is faster than usual. E) The atria are notcontracting.

150) In a normal ECG, the deflection that is generated by ventricular repolarization is called the __________. A) R wave B) QRS wave C) P wave D) S wave E) T wave

151) Mitral valve prolapse causes blood to leak back into the __________ when the ventricles contract. A) left atrium B) right atrium C) aorta D) pulmonary trunk E) pulmonary arteries

152)

During isovolumetric contraction, the pressure in the ventricles __________.

Version 1

45


A) falls rapidly B) rises rapidly C) remainsconstant D) rises and thenfalls E) falls and thenrises

153) Mitral valve prolapse (MVP) generates a murmur associated with the __________ heart sound that occurs when the __________. A) lubb (S1); atria contract B) dupp (S2); atria relax C) lubb (S1); ventricles contract D) dupp (S2); ventricles relax E) lubb (S1); ventricles relax

154) When the aortic semilunar valve closes and blood bounces off of it, it produces the __________ heart sound that is ultimately related to when the __________. A) lubb (S1); atria contract B) dupp (S2); atria relax C) lubb (S1); ventricles contract D) dupp (S2); ventricles relax E) lubb (S1); ventricles relax

155)

Most of the ventricle filling occurs __________.

Version 1

46


A) during atrialsystole B) when the AV valveis closed C) duringventricular systole D) during atrialdiastole E) duringisovolumetric contraction

156)

Stroke volume is increased by __________. A) high arterialblood pressure B) negativeinotropic agents C) increased venousreturn D) increasedafterload E) dehydration

157)

After entering the right atrium, the furthest a red blood cell can travel is the _________. A) rightventricle B) pulmonarytrunk C) superior venacava D) ascendingaorta E) left atrium

158) Assume that the left ventricle of a child's heart has an EDV=90mL, and ESV=60mL, and a cardiac output of 2,400 mL/min. His SV is __________ mL/beat, and his HR is __________ bpm.

Version 1

47


A) 30; 80 B) 40; 60 C) 80; 30 D) 150; 16 E) 16; 150

159) The heart skeleton is fibrous connective tissue that acts as an electrical barrier between the atria and ventricles. If this structure was not functional, which of the following conditions might occur? A) Increase in pericadial fluid in the pericardial space B) Occlusion of the coronary arteries C) Spread of ectopic stimuli from the atria to the ventricles D) Blood flow from the right atrium to the left atrium

160)

Which of the following situations would lead to a decrease in MAP? A) Participation in a spinning class B) Participation in a 3-mile fun run C) Practicing silent meditation for 20 minutes D) All of the choices would lead to a decrease in MAP.

161) A red blood cell that is flowing through the aorta would pass through __________ heart valves before reaching the left ventricle. A) one B) two C) three D) four

Version 1

48


162) Which of the following factors would be altered as a result of cardiac tamponade (fluid accumulation in the pericadial cavity)? A) Preload B) Stroke volume C) End-diastolic volume D) All of the choices are correct.

163) Which of the following statements accurately describes the pattern of ventricular contraction? A) The ventricles contract from the base toward the apex moving blood into the great arteries located inferior to the ventricles. B) The ventricles contract from the apex toward the base moving blood into the great arteries located inferior to the ventricles. C) The ventricles contract from the apex toward the base moving blood into the great arteries located superior to the ventricles. D) The ventricles contract from the base toward the apex moving blood into the great arteries located superior to the ventricles.

164) Which statement correctly identifies the phase of the cardiac cycle that occurs when the pressure in the ventricles is lower than the pressure in the great arteries but greater than the pressure in the atria? A) Passive ventricular filling B) Period of ejection C) Period of isovolumetric contraction D) Active ventricular filling

Version 1

49


165)

A reduction in extracellular Ca2+ levels would lead to

A) increased force of cardiac muscle contraction due to increased interactions between actin and myosin. B) decreased force of cardiac muscle contraction due to a lack of release of Ca2+ from the sarcoplasmic reticulum. C) heart block due to depolarization of the sarcolemma. D) heart block due to hyperpolarization of the sarcolemma.

166) The __________ valve guards the entrance to the __________, which carries __________ blood to the lungs. A) bicuspid; aorta; oxygenated B) mitral; pulmonary trunk; oxygenated C) pulmonary semilunar; pulmonary trunk; deoxygenated D) aortic; aorta; deoxygenated

167)

Another name for the visceral pericardium is the __________. A) endocardium B) epicardium C) isocardium D) myocardium E) visocardium

168)

A stab wound into the heart can result in cardiac tamponade. This means that

Version 1

50


A) blood enters the pleural cavity. B) the heart is compressed by blood in the pericardial sac. C) the electrical conduction system of the heart is damaged. D) the left coronary artery has been damaged or cut. E) the heart has lost all of its blood.

169)

What is the foramen ovale? A) An opening between the right and left atria in the embryo and fetus B) An opening between the right and left ventricles in the embryo and fetus C) An oval hole in the pericardium in the embryo and fetus D) An opening between the pulmonary trunk and aorta in the embryo and fetus

170)

When comparing cardiac muscle cells and skeletal muscle cells, A) the rate of action potential propagation is faster in cardiac muscle. B) both possess intercalated discs. C) only skeletal muscle has a plateau phase in its contraction cycle. D) action potentials are conducted from cell to cell only in cardiac muscle. E) both are voluntary.

171)

The long refractory period observed in cardiac muscle A) prolongs depolarization of the cardiac muscle. B) prevents tetanic contractions of the cardiac muscle. C) ensures that the heart has adequate time to contract. D) prevents the heart rate from slowing down. E) prevents an increase in heart rate.

Version 1

51


172)

If cardiac muscle cells are unable to repolarize, this would cause A) cardiac output to increase. B) no harm. These cells can spontaneously depolarize anyway. C) the heart rate to decrease. It might cause cardiac arrest. D) an increased demand on mitochondria to produce more ATP. E) tachycardia.

173)

The period of isovolumetric contraction is immediately followed by A) the period of ejection. B) AV node depolarization. C) passive ventricular filling. D) atrial contraction. E) isovolumetricrelaxation.

174) Blood flow through the coronary blood vessels decreases during myocardial contraction and increases during myocardial relaxation. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

52


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 20_13e_ VanPutte 1) B 2) D 3) A 4) C 5) A 6) B 7) A 8) D 9) B 10) B 11) D 12) B 13) D 14) A 15) B 16) B 17) D 18) B 19) A 20) D 21) D 22) E 23) A 24) B 25) C 26) A Version 1

53


27) C 28) A 29) C 30) A 31) B 32) B 33) D 34) B 35) E 36) A 37) C 38) D 39) A 40) C 41) D 42) C 43) E 44) A 45) D 46) C 47) C 48) A 49) D 50) A 51) B 52) D 53) A 54) C 55) B 56) C Version 1

54


57) E 58) B 59) B 60) D 61) A 62) B 63) E 64) C 65) B 66) A 67) C 68) B 69) A 70) B 71) D 72) D 73) B 74) A 75) A 76) B 77) D 78) A 79) C 80) D 81) A 82) C 83) D 84) D 85) B 86) A Version 1

55


87) E 88) A 89) A 90) C 91) B 92) C 93) B 94) A 95) C 96) E 97) A 98) B 99) B 100) D 101) A 102) C 103) C 104) A 105) A 106) C 107) A 108) E 109) E 110) B 111) B 112) A 113) B 114) B 115) C 116) A Version 1

56


117) C 118) C 119) D 120) B 121) A 122) D 123) E 124) C 125) A 126) C 127) D 128) D 129) D 130) D 131) B 132) B 133) B 134) B 135) B 136) C 137) D 138) B 139) A 140) E 141) B 142) A 143) B 144) A 145) C 146) B Version 1

57


147) C 148) B 149) A 150) E 151) A 152) B 153) C 154) D 155) D 156) C 157) C 158) A 159) C 160) C 161) C 162) D 163) C 164) C 165) B 166) C 167) B 168) B 169) A 170) D 171) B 172) C 173) A 174) TRUE

Version 1

58


CHAPTER 21 1) Most of the exchange of nutrients and waste products that occurs between the blood and interstitial spaces occurs across the walls of the __________.

2)

The innermost layer of a blood vessel wall is the tunica __________.

3)

The __________ arteries branch from the ascending aorta.

4)

The pelvic area is supplied with blood from the __________ arteries.

5)

__________ is a measure of the force exerted by blood against the blood vessel walls.

6) The viscosity of blood is influenced largely by __________, which is the percentage of the total blood volume composed of red blood cells.

7)

The maintenance of blood flow by tissues is called __________.

8) In the following sequence, fill in the missing blood vessel. Abdominal aorta; __________; splenic artery

Version 1

1


9) Fill in the missing blood vessel. Hepatic vein; __________; right atrium

10) Fill in the missing vein. External jugular vein; __________; superior vena cava

11) Fill in the missing artery. Femoral artery; __________; posterior tibial artery

12) Fill in the missing blood vessel. Aortic arch; __________; left axillary artery

13) Fill in the missing blood vessel. Innominate artery; __________; right external carotid artery

14) Fill in the missing blood vessel. Vertebral artery; __________; posterior cerebral artery

15)

Systemic blood vessels transport blood

Version 1

2


A) from the left ventricle through the body to the left atrium. B) from the left ventricle through the body to the right atrium. C) from the right ventricle through the body to the left atrium. D) from the right ventricle through the body to the right atrium. E) from the left ventricle to the lungs.

16)

Blood is moved through the vascular system by A) valves in the wall of the blood vessels. B) peristalsis caused by smooth muscle in the blood vessel walls. C) pressure gradients created by the heart. D) osmotic pressure. E) viscosity of the blood.

17)

Which function does the circulatory system share with the heart? A) Directs blood flow to tissues B) Exchanges nutrients and wastes with cells C) Transports hormones to all areas of the body D) Regulates blood pressure

18) What is the order of the blood vessels that a red blood cell would pass through as the blood leaves the heart, travels to a tissue, and then returns to the heart? A) Arteriole, artery, capillary, vein, venule B) Capillary, arteriole, artery, vein, venule C) Artery, arteriole, capillary, venule, vein D) Vein, capillary, artery, arteriole, venule E) Artery, venule, capillary, arteriole, vein

Version 1

3


19) Which of the following enhances the exchange between capillary walls and the interstitial spaces? A) The thinness of the capillary wall B) Minimal branching in the capillary bed C) Increased blood velocity through the capillaries D) The high pressure in the interstitial spaces E) The stratification of the capillary wall

20)

The lining of a capillary is called the __________. A) endothelium B) adventitia C) pericapillary layer D) thoroughfare layer E) tunica adventitia

21) The exchange of nutrients and gases between the blood and tissue cells is the primary function of __________. A) veins B) arteries C) arterioles D) capillaries E) venules

22)

Which of the following is NOT a pericapillary cell found in capillaries?

Version 1

4


A) Macrophages B) Neurons C) Undifferentiated smooth muscle cells D) Fibroblasts

23)

Continuous capillaries

A) have many thin areas called fenestrae. B) are freely permeable to large molecules such as hormones. C) have a wall where the endothelial cells fit very tightly together. D) are more permeable than fenestrated capillaries but not as permeable as sinusoidal capillaries. E) are characterized by continuous pores.

24)

Which of the following organs would be most likely to contain fenestrated capillaries? A) Spleen B) Kidney C) Bone marrow D) Muscle E) Pancreas

25)

Which type of capillaries have large fenestrae and are found in endocrine glands? A) Sinusoidal capillaries B) Continuous capillaries C) Fenestrated capillaries D) Sinusoids

Version 1

5


26)

Which type of capillary has the largest diameter? A) Sinusoids B) Continuous capillaries C) Sinusoidal capillaries D) Venous sinuses E) Fenestrated capillaries

27)

Capillary walls serve as effective permeability barriers for __________. A) oxygen and carbon dioxide B) electrolytes C) glucose D) proteins E) small water-soluble molecules

28)

Precapillary sphincters A) serve as valves in veins. B) are found in the tunica media. C) carry blood under high pressure. D) control the blood flow into capillary beds. E) are voluntary structures.

29)

Which statement about arteries and veins is CORRECT?

Version 1

6


A) For an artery and vein of the same diameter, the vein would have a thicker wall. B) Veins contain valves and arteries do not. C) Blood pressure is lower in arteries than in veins. D) When empty, an artery is more likely to be collapsed (flattened) than a vein. E) Both arteries and veins are under pressure.

30)

Which kind of vessel provides a bypass for a capillary bed? A) Sinusoid B) Portal vein C) Thoroughfare channel D) Vasa vasorum E) Metarteriole

31)

Which statement about precapillary sphincters is CORRECT?

A) They contract when oxygen levels in the tissue are low. B) They can close off the capillaries by contracting. C) They are openings that allow large molecules and blood cells to leave the capillary. D) When the precapillary sphincters are open, blood flows only through the thoroughfare channels. E) They are voluntary.

32)

In a capillary bed, relaxation of the precapillary sphincter

Version 1

7


A) causes more blood flow through thoroughfare channels. B) causes less blood to flow through capillaries. C) occurs when the tissue in the area does not need more oxygen. D) is voluntary. E) occurs when the tissue in the area needs more oxygen.

33) A direct connection between an arteriole and a venule without an intervening capillary bed is a/an __________. A) venous sinus B) arteriovenous anastomosis C) metarteriole D) arterial capillary

34)

Which of the following structures helps to regulate body temperature? A) Glomus B) Tunic C) Fenestrae D) Metarteriole

35)

Which layer of an artery wall contains endothelium? A) Tunica intima B) Tunica media C) Tunica adventitia D) Tunica elastica E) Tunica intermedia

Version 1

8


36) Which of the following functions is associated with vessels that carry blood directly from arterioles to veins without passing through capillaries? A) Thermoregulation B) Nutrient supply to tissues C) Removal of metabolic waste products from tissues D) Oxygen supply to tissues E) pH regulation

37) Arteries can constrict or dilate as needed because of the smooth muscle found in the __________. A) tunica intima B) tunica media C) tunica adventitia D) tunica externa E) tunica interna

38)

Which of the following statements concerning blood vessel walls is true? A) The tunica intima is the innermost layer of a blood vessel wall. B) The tunica media is found in all blood vessels except veins. C) The tunica adventitia is composed of smooth muscle and endothelium. D) Capillaries have both a tunica intima and a tunica media. E) Vessel diameter is controlled primarily by the tunica intima.

39)

The blood vessels that are under the greatest pressure are the __________.

Version 1

9


A) arterioles B) capillaries C) elastic arteries D) veins E) venules

40)

Which of the following best describes arteries? A) Strong, rigid vessels that carry blood under high pressure B) Thin, elastic vessels that transport blood under low pressure C) Elastic vessels that connect arterioles and venules D) Fragile vessels that are prone to rupture E) Strong, elastic vessels that carry blood under high pressure

41)

Distributing arteries A) contain a lot of elastic tissue. B) contain a thick tunica media. C) are strong, rigid vessels. D) transport blood from arterioles to capillaries. E) do not contain smooth muscle in their walls.

42)

From the heart to body tissues, which of the following sequences of vessels is correct? A) Muscular artery, arteriole, elastic artery, capillary B) Arteriole, muscular artery, elastic artery, capillary C) Elastic artery, muscular artery, arteriole, capillary D) Elastic artery, arteriole, muscular artery, capillary E) Distributing artery, muscular artery, medium artery, capillary

Version 1

10


43) Valves similar to the semilunar valves of the heart are found in medium and large __________. A) arteries B) arterioles C) capillaries D) venules E) veins

44)

When contrasting arteries and veins, which of the following statements is true? A) Veins have thicker walls than arteries. B) Arteries have a thicker tunica media than veins. C) Veins have a tunica media, while arteries do not. D) Arteries have valves, but veins do not. E) Arteries have smooth muscle in their walls, but veins do not.

45)

Veins A) carry blood away from the heart. B) carry blood under very high pressure. C) may contain valves and are lined with endothelium. D) are described as strong, rigid vessels that always carry oxygenated blood. E) have thick, many layered walls.

46)

The structure of a capillary wall differs from that of a vein or artery because

Version 1

11


A) the capillary wall has only two tunics. B) capillaries have more smooth muscle. C) capillary walls have only endothelium and a basement membrane. D) capillaries can constrict or dilate. E) capillaries are impermeable to all substances.

47)

The vasa vasorum A) are incompetent valves in the large veins. B) are special capillaries that supply nutrients to the walls of arteries and veins. C) are the blood vessels that supply blood to the vas deferens. D) are blood vessels that directly connect arteries to veins. E) supply blood to skeletal muscle.

48)

Which type of veins connect two primary capillary networks? A) Portal veins B) Venous sinuses C) Venules D) Vaso vasorum

49) Sympathetic nerve fibers that innervate blood vessel walls are found primarily in the __________. A) tunica intima B) tunica media C) tunica adventitia D) tunica externa E) tunica interna

Version 1

12


50)

Arteriosclerosis is characterized by

A) a thickening of the tunica adventitia. B) increased elasticity of the tunica media. C) decreased resistance to blood flow. D) an enlargement of the lumen of the vessel. E) Both "thickening of the tunica intima" and "loss of elasticity in the tunica media" are correct.

51)

Atherosclerosis is the A) hypertrophy ofthe tunica intima. B) stretching ofarterial walls. C) inflammation ofveins. D) deposition ofplaques in arterial walls.

52)

In the pulmonary circulation, the __________ carry blood to the lungs. A) carotid sinuses B) pulmonary arteries C) coronary arteries D) superior vena cava and inferior vena cava E) aorta

53)

Systemic circulation

Version 1

13


A) carries blood from the right ventricle to the lungs. B) includes all arteries, but the veins are part of the pulmonary circulation pathway. C) includes the aorta and all of its branches. D) ends in the capillaries of the toes. E) includes blood flow to the body, but not the brain.

54)

The first blood vessels that branch from the ascending aorta are the __________. A) coronary arteries B) brachiocephalic arteries C) common carotid arteries D) subclavian arteries E) pulmonary arteries

55)

Which of the following arteries branches directly from the aortic arch? A) Brachiocephalic artery B) Coronary artery C) Pulmonary artery D) Right subclavian artery E) Right common carotid artery

56) A thrombus in the first branch (not including coronary arteries) off of the aortic arch might affect the flow of blood to which of the following structures?

Version 1

14


A) Right arm B) Right side of the brain C) Left side of the brain D) Left arm E) Both "right arm" and "right side of the brain" are correct.

57) A thrombus in the second branch (not including coronary arteries) off of the aortic arch would affect the flow of blood to the A) left side of the head and neck. B) myocardium of the heart. C) right side of the head and neck and right upper extremity. D) left upper extremity. E) right arm.

58)

Which of the following arteries is part of a circulatory pathway to the brain? A) Radial artery B) Cephalic artery C) Internal carotid artery D) External jugular vein E) Axillary artery

59) Which artery is missing in the following sequence? Tracing the blood from the heart to the right hand, blood leaves the heart, passes through the ascending aorta, aortic arch, right subclavian artery, axillary and brachial arteries, either the radial or ulnar arteries and palmar arches to arrive at the hand.

Version 1

15


A) Cephalic B) Jugular C) Brachiocephalic D) Right common carotid E) Left subclavian artery

60)

Which of the following arteries is not part of the cerebral arterial circle (circle of Willis)? A) Anterior communicating artery B) Posterior cerebellar artery C) Posterior communicating artery D) Anterior cerebral artery E) Internal carotid artery

61)

The three major arteries of the upper limb that form a continuum are the __________. A) brachial, radial, and ulnar arteries B) brachial, axillary, and radial arteries C) subclavian, axillary, and radial arteries D) subclavian, axillary, and brachial arteries E) cephalic, basilic, and brachial arteries

62) Which of the following thoracic organs is supplied by a parietal branch of the thoracic aorta?

Version 1

16


A) Heart B) Lungs C) Esophagus D) Intercostal muscles E) Thymus gland

63)

Which of the following blood vessels supplies blood to the diaphragm? A) Axillary artery B) Intercostal artery C) Superior phrenic artery D) Inferior mesenteric artery E) Gastric artery

64)

Which of the following arteries sends branches to the stomach and liver? A) Celiac artery B) Superior mesenteric artery C) Inferior mesenteric artery D) Renal artery E) Splenic artery

65)

Which artery supplies the small intestine, cecum, ascending colon, and transverse colon? A) Inferior phrenic artery B) Lumbar artery C) Superior mesenteric artery D) Inferior mesenteric artery

Version 1

17


66)

The kidneys are supplied by the __________ arteries. A) renal B) suprarenal C) lumbar D) inferior mesenteric

67)

The abdominal aorta divides at L5 to form the two __________ arteries. A) inferior mesenteric B) common iliac C) superior mesenteric D) femoral E) renal

68)

The visceral branches of the internal iliac arteries supply blood to the A) external genitalia. B) urinary bladder, rectum, and reproductive organs. C) lower leg. D) anterior abdominalwall. E) lumbar and glutealmuscles.

69)

The posterior tibial artery is a continuation of the __________ artery.

Version 1

18


A) popliteal B) femoral C) iliac D) peroneal E) fibular

70)

The anterior tibial artery becomes the __________ artery. A) posterior tibial B) dorsalis pedis C) femoral D) plantar E) fibular

71) One of the best ways to determine the adequacy of peripheral circulation is to check the pedal pulses. To check the pedal pulse, you would check the pulse in the __________. A) ankle B) wrist C) groin D) neck E) foot

72) An obstruction in the inferior vena cava would hamper the return of blood from which of the following areas of the body?

Version 1

19


A) Head and neck B) Upper extremities C) Lungs D) Abdomen, pelvis, and lower limbs E) Heart

73)

Veins that return blood directly to the heart include the __________. A) brachiocephalic vein B) superior vena cava C) portal vein D) azygos vein E) pulmonary arteries

74)

The venous sinuses in the cranial cavity drain blood into the __________ vein. A) cephalic B) internal jugular C) internal carotid D) brachiocephalic

75)

The internal jugular veins join the subclavian veins to form the __________. A) superior vena cava B) axillary veins C) brachiocephalic veins D) azygos veins E) external jugular veins

Version 1

20


76)

A vein responsible for draining blood from the upper limb is the __________ vein. A) azygos B) portal C) cephalic D) peroneal E) common iliac

77)

Which of the following veins is NOT involved in draining blood from the arm? A) Brachial vein B) Basilic vein C) Cephalic vein D) Median cubital vein

78)

Which vessel is often used to draw blood from a patient? A) Radial vein B) Brachial artery C) Median cubital vein D) Cephalic vein

79)

Which of the following veins is a superficial vein?

Version 1

21


A) Brachial vein B) Basilic vein C) Radial vein D) Subclavian vein E) Ulnar vein

80)

The longest vein in the body is the __________. A) superior vena cava B) inferior vena cava C) hepatic portal vein D) great saphenous vein E) femoral vein

81) Which vein drains blood from the left side of the thorax and esophagus into the azygous vein? A) Hemiazygos vein B) Left azygos vein C) Internal thoracic vein D) Accessory hemiazygos vein

82)

The azygos vein drains blood from the __________ into the superior vena cava. A) head B) upper arm C) kidneys D) thorax E) abdominal wall

Version 1

22


83)

Blood from the posterior abdominal wall drains into the __________. A) hepatic portal vein B) inferior vena cava C) ascending lumbar veins D) mesenteric vein E) hepatic vein

84)

The hepatic portal vein is formed by the union of the splenic vein and the __________. A) superior mesenteric vein B) inferior mesenteric vein C) hepatic vein D) renal vein E) gastric vein

85)

Which of the following are components of the hepatic portal system? A) Azygos vein B) Inferior vena cava C) Gastric vein D) Inferior mesenteric vein E) Both "Gastric vein" and "Inferior mesenteric vein" are correct.

86)

The hepatic portal system

Version 1

23


A) begins and ends with capillary beds. B) transportsnutrients from the digestive tract to the liver. C) allows the liverto detoxify substances entering the body through the digestive tract. D) has no pumping mechanism between the capillary beds. E) All of the choices are correct.

87) The __________ begins with capillaries in the abdominal viscera and ends with capillaries in the liver. A) superior mesenteric system B) celiac system C) hepatic portal system D) hepatic vein E) splenic system

88)

Which of the following sequences is correct? A) External iliac vein, internal iliac vein, common iliac vein B) Liver sinusoid, central vein, hepatic vein C) Superior vena cava, azygos vein, posterior intercostal vein D) Fibular vein, femoral vein, popliteal vein E) Hepatic vein, hepatic portal system, inferior vena cava

89)

As the popliteal vein ascends the leg, it becomes the __________ vein.

Version 1

24


A) peroneal B) saphenous C) common iliac D) femoral E) deep femoral

90)

The velocity of blood flow inside a blood vessel A) is equal to the blood pressure. B) is faster in the center of the blood vessel. C) is most rapid at a bend or turn in the vessel. D) increases along the walls of the blood vessel. E) is more rapid along the sides of the vessel.

91)

Which of the following statements about laminar blood flow is true? A) The innermost layer of blood moves at the lowest velocity. B) Laminar blood flow occurs when blood flows past an area of constriction. C) The outermost layer of blood experiences the greatest resistance to flow. D) In laminar blood flow, the rapid rate of blood flow exceeds critical velocity. E) It makes lots of different noises.

92)

Blood pressure is the A) product of the stroke volume times heart rate. B) number of layers of blood in laminar flow models. C) measure of force blood exerts against blood vessel walls. D) viscosity of the blood and resistance to blood flow. E) measure of the volume of the blood.

Version 1

25


93)

The auscultatory method of measuring blood pressure

A) relies on the insertion of a cannula into the vessel in which pressure is being measured. B) monitors the oscillations in the blood vessel during changes in pressure. C) involves an electronic transducer attached to a mercury manometer. D) relies on hearingKorotkoff sounds through a stethoscope. E) relies on hearing the sounds made by laminar flow of the blood.

94)

A blood pressure reading of 120/80 would A) indicate a diastolic pressure of 120 mm Hg. B) have Korotkoff sounds at pressures above 120 mm Hg. C) indicate asystolic pressure of 120 mm Hg. D) indicate a systolic pressure of 80 mm Hg.

95) When measuring blood pressure with a sphygmomanometer, which of the following best describes when blood flow in the brachial artery is turbulent? A) While the left ventricle is contracting B) When pressure in the blood pressure cuff is greater than systolic but less than the diastolic pressure C) When pressure in the blood pressure cuff is greater than the diastolic pressure D) When pressure in the blood pressure cuff is less than the diastolic pressure E) When pressure in the brachial artery is greater than in the blood pressure cuff and greater than the diastolic pressure

96)

Which of the following would increase resistance to blood flow?

Version 1

26


A) A decrease in the length of the vessel B) A decrease in the number of red blood cells C) A decrease in blood viscosity D) A decrease in the radius of the vessel E) A decreased hematocrit

97)

Resistance in the cardiovascular system A) tends to increase if blood viscosity increases. B) tends to decrease as the diameter of blood vessels decreases. C) dramatically increases blood flow through the circulatory system. D) is directly related to flow (↑ R → ↑ Flow). E) does not occur. If it did, blood would not circulate in the blood vessels.

98)

According to Poiseuille's law, A) blood flow is not related to resistance. B) pH of the blood influences flow. C) viscosity of the blood is not related to flow. D) if resistance increases, flow increases. E) if resistance increases, flow decreases.

99)

As viscosity of the blood increases, A) the pressure required to force it to flow increases. B) the pressure required to force it to flow decreases. C) the fluid becomes thinner. D) the hematocrit decreases. E) the flow does not change.

Version 1

27


100)

According to Poiseuille's law, a small decrease in the diameter of a vessel will A) dramaticallydecrease blood flow. B) slightly decreaseblood flow. C) not affect bloodflow. D) slightly increaseblood flow. E) dramaticallyincrease blood flow.

101) When the blood pressure of a vessel drops below the critical closing pressure for that vessel, A) there is hypertension. B) there is an increase in blood flow. C) there is an increase in peripheral resistance. D) the vessel collapses. E) the vessel expands.

102) According to the Laplace's law, as the diameter of a blood vessel increases, the force applied to the wall of that vessel __________. A) increases B) decreases C) increases, then decreases D) remains the same E) None of the choices are correct.

103)

The greater the compliance the

Version 1

28


A) greater the resistance generated in the vessel. B) more easily the vessel wall stretches. C) longer the blood vessel will measure. D) higher the blood pressure will be. E) less the elasticity of the vessel.

104)

Which type of vessel has the greatest compliance? A) Arteries B) Veins C) Arterioles D) Capillaries

105)

Which of the following acts as a storage area for blood? A) Aorta B) Veins C) Capillaries D) Arterioles E) Arteries

106)

In the aorta, A) the blood pressure and blood velocity are both high. B) the velocity of blood flow is high, but blood pressure is low. C) the resistance to blood flow is high, but velocity of blood flow is low. D) the resistance to blood flow and the blood pressure are both low. E) velocity is diminished because the total cross-sectional area is small.

Version 1

29


107)

Resistance to blood flow is greatest in __________. A) arteries B) arterioles C) venules D) veins E) capillaries

108)

Capillaries have the slowest velocity because A) the totalcross-sectional area is the smallest. B) the resistance isthe greatest. C) the totalcross-sectional area is the largest. D) their diametersare the smallest.

109) Arteriosclerosis results in decreased compliance, which in turn causes the pulse pressure to __________. A) increase B) decrease C) increase, then decrease D) decrease, then increase E) remain the same

110)

In which type of blood vessels is the blood pressure the lowest?

Version 1

30


A) Capillaries B) Arteries C) Venae cavae D) Veins E) Arterioles

111) If someone has a blood pressure reading of 110/70 mm Hg, their pulse pressure would be __________ mm Hg. A) 110 B) 70 C) 40 D) 180 E) 90

112)

What creates the pulse? A) The diastole of the ventricles B) Ejection of blood from the left ventricle into the aorta C) The compliance of the arteries D) Constriction of the arterioles

113)

Which of the following is NOT a major point where the pulse can be monitored? A) Common carotid artery B) Facial artery C) Popliteal artery D) Ulnar artery

Version 1

31


114)

What is the most important means by which capillary exchange occurs? A) Exocytosis B) Diffusion C) ATP poweredpumps D) Facilitated diffusion

115)

When blood pressure is greater than the blood colloid osmotic pressure, there is A) a net movement of fluid into the capillary. B) a net movement of fluid out of the capillary. C) less lymph formed. D) a decrease in the volume of the interstitial fluid. E) a decreased likelihood of edema.

116)

A force that causes the movement of fluid out of the capillary is A) blood pressure. B) positive interstitial pressure. C) blood colloid osmotic pressure. D) critical closing pressure. E) lymph pressure.

117)

A force that attracts fluid into the capillary from the tissue spaces is

Version 1

32


A) blood pressure. B) negative interstitial pressure. C) blood colloid osmotic pressure. D) venous pressure. E) active transport.

118)

Edema can occur when there is A) an increase in the amount of plasma proteins. B) a decrease in capillary permeability to proteins. C) a decrease in blood pressure. D) a blockage of the lymphatics. E) an increase in blood colloid osmotic pressure.

119)

Which of the following is LESS likely to result in edema? A) Increase in capillary permeability B) Reduced plasma colloid osmotic pressure C) Blockage of veins D) Increased mean arterial pressure E) Loss of protein molecules in urine through the kidneys

120)

In which of the following clinical situations would you expect edema? A) Shock (which is accompanied by low blood pressure) B) Burns (which result in increased capillary permeability to plasma proteins) C) Dehydration (which results in low blood pressure) D) Vomiting (which leads to a decreased plasma volume) E) Diarrhea (which leads to a decreased blood volume)

Version 1

33


121)

In capillary exchange, which of the following statements is true?

A) Most fluid that leaves the arterial end of a capillary reenters the venous end of a capillary. B) Interstitial fluid normally has a higher osmotic pressure than plasma. C) Constriction of the precapillary sphincter will increase blood pressure in the capillary. D) Interstitial protein concentration is normally higher than plasma protein concentration. E) Most fluid that leaves the arterial end of a capillary enters the lymphatic system.

122)

Which of the following factors assists in the return of venous blood to the heart?

(1) Arterial dilation (2) Valves in the veins (3) Sympathetic stimulation (4) Compression of veins by muscular movements A) 1 and 2 B) 1, 2, 3 C) 1, 2, 3, 4 D) 2, 3, 4 E) 1, 3, 4

123)

Increased venous tone will A) relax the veins. B) help return blood to the heart. C) allow blood to pool in the veins. D) stabilize blood velocity in the veins. E) dilate the veins.

Version 1

34


124) Which of the following happens when a person stands in one place for a long period of time? A) Gravity causes an increased accumulation of blood in the veins in the feet and legs. B) Blood pressure rises in the venules of the feet. C) Without muscular movement, the pressure at the venous end of the capillaries increases. D) Edema may occur in the lower extremities. E) All of the choices are correct.

125)

Which of the following would lead to relaxation of the precapillary sphincter? A) Decreased tissue metabolism B) Decreased O2 levels in tissue cells served by the capillary C) Decreased CO2 concentration in the capillary bed D) Decreased lactate production by cells in the capillary bed E) Decreased nitric acid levels

126)

Vasomotor tone can be increased by A) taking a nap. B) emotional excitement. C) soaking in a warm bathtub. D) an increase in body temperature. E) relaxing with a cup of tea.

127)

Which of the following statements regarding regulation of local blood flow is true?

Version 1

35


A) Increased metabolic rate in a tissue increases capillary blood flow into the tissue. B) Blood flow through capillaries is continuous. C) Contraction of precapillary sphincters will increase blood flow to a capillary bed. D) Increased levels of CO2 increase the contraction of precapillary sphincters. E) Tissue need for O2 and amino acids will cause precapillary sphincters to contract.

128) Which of the following is NOT a vasodilator substance produced in the extracellular fluid? A) ATP B) Lactate C) ADP D) CO2

129)

Where is the vasomotor center located? A) Pons and medulla oblongata B) Pons and midbrain C) Cerebrum and medulla oblongata D) Medulla oblongata

130)

Which of the following events would cause a decrease in mean arterial blood pressure? A) An increase in ADH production B) Release of atrial natriuretic factor C) Constriction of blood vessels in the skin D) Activation of the renin-angiotensin mechanism E) An increase in aldosterone production

Version 1

36


131) When blood pressure increases, a number of events occur that return blood pressure to normal. Which of the following is one of the events that occurs after an increase in blood pressure? A) Baroreceptors are stimulated. B) Action potential frequency to the cardioregulatory center of brain decreases. C) Sympathetic stimulation of the heart increases. D) Heart rate increases. E) An increase in number of action potentials in the cardiac nerve

132)

Epinephrine A) increases the heart rate but decreases the stroke volume. B) causes vasodilation of coronary blood vessels. C) causes vasoconstriction of blood vessels in skeletal muscle. D) decreases red blood cell count. E) decreases the force of contraction.

133) When there is a drop in blood pressure, the body reacts immediately by way of the __________. A) baroreceptor mechanism B) chemoreceptor mechanism C) CNS ischemic mechanism D) stress-relaxation mechanism E) adrenal medullary mechanism

Version 1

37


134) A famous tag-team wrestler has a famous "sleeper hold" that he uses on his opponents. Using only a single digit on each hand, he presses on his opponent's neck until his opponent passes out. What are the structures on which he is pressing and what is the effect? A) Subclavian arteries; blood flow to brain is stopped B) Carotid chemoreceptors; blood pressure increases C) Baroreceptors in carotid sinus; peripheral vasodilation and decreased heart rate D) Vertebral arteries; blood flow to brain is increased E) Jugular vein; blood flow back to heart is decreased

135)

Increased pressure in the aortic arch will activate the aortic arch reflex and cause A) a decrease in the frequency of action potentials from the aortic baroreceptors. B) increased parasympathetic stimulation of the heart. C) vasoconstriction of peripheral vessels increasing the blood pressure. D) increased ADH secretion. E) increased sympathetic stimulation of the heart.

136)

When a person rises quickly from a lying position, there is

A) an increase in the frequency of action potentials produced by the baroreceptors. B) an increase in vasomotor sympathetic stimulation to the blood vessels causing vasoconstriction. C) reflexive slowing of the heart. D) an increase of parasympathetic stimulation of the heart. E) a decrease in heart rate and stroke volume.

137)

Peripheral chemoreceptors

Version 1

38


A) are located in the aortic and carotid bodies. B) are sensitive to small changes in O2 levels in the blood. C) monitor blood pressure. D) are not sensitive to CO2 or H+ levels. E) are not sensitive to changes in pH of the blood.

138)

The chemoreceptor reflexes help maintain homeostasis A) under normal conditions. B) when CO2 levels increase. C) when stimulated by changes in blood osmotic pressure. D) when epinephrine levels increase. E) when H+ concentrations decrease.

139)

The central nervous system ischemic response A) is triggered by an increase in blood flow to the vasomotor center. B) plays an important role in controlling blood pressure under emergency conditions. C) is stimulated by a rise in O2. D) is inhibited by a rise in the level of H+. E) plays an important role in regulating blood pressure under normal conditions.

140)

Which of the following hormones does NOT influence blood pressure? A) ADH B) Epinephrine C) Atrial natriuretic hormone D) Aldosterone E) Growth hormone

Version 1

39


141)

Which of the following is NOT involved in short-term regulation of blood pressure? A) Baroreceptor reflex B) Adrenal medullary mechanism C) Alteration in blood volume D) Chemoreceptor mechanism

142)

Which of the following is NOT a long-term regulator of blood pressure? A) Renin-angiotensin-aldosterone mechanism B) ADH mechanism C) Stress-relaxation response D) Oxygen tension response

143)

Angiotensin II A) causes vasoconstriction. B) stimulates the adrenal cortex to release ADH. C) is released in response to high blood pressure. D) is responsible for increasing urine output. E) stimulates peripheral vasodilation.

144)

Which of the following would occur as a result of increased renin release by the kidneys?

Version 1

40


A) An increase in vasodilator secretion B) An increase in urine output C) An increase in blood volume D) A decrease in aldosterone E) A decrease in blood pressure

145) Which of the following chemical substances, when released into the blood, would cause blood pressure to decrease? A) Angiotensin II (active angiotensin) B) Aldosterone C) ADH D) Vasopressin E) Atrial natriuretic hormone

146)

In which of the following would you detect a weak pulse? A) Hypertension B) Hemorrhagic shock C) Fluid excess D) Increased stroke volume E) A healthy young person

147)

Hormones from the adrenal medulla

Version 1

41


A) are released in response to parasympathetic stimulation. B) cause vasodilation in blood vessels of the skin. C) decrease the heart rate. D) cause an increase in stroke volume. E) are released in response to vagal stimulation.

148)

In response to circulatory shock, A) the body decreases ADH secretion. B) the renin-angiotensin mechanism is activated. C) atrial natriuretic factor is released. D) the vasomotor center is inhibited. E) the baroreceptors and chemoreceptors are inactivated.

149) If a person develops high blood pressure, one of the compensatory mechanisms that comes into play is the fluid shift mechanism. This mechanism causes A) water to shift from inside cells into the extracellular fluid. B) water to shift from the capillaries into the interstitial spaces. C) water to shift from the interstitial space into the capillaries. D) increased filtration in the kidney, thereby increasing urine output. E) water to stay inside the capillaries.

150)

Atrial natriuretic hormone

Version 1

42


A) is released in response to elevated atrial pressure. B) stimulates the release of ADH. C) decreases urine production. D) stimulates release of aldosterone. E) increases blood volume.

151) Art, 75 years old, has advanced arteriosclerosis and is suffering from a number of manifestations associated with arteriosclerosis. Over the past several years he has developed hypertension and he is beginning to show signs of renal failure. Which of the following are consistent with his condition? A) Increased resistance to blood flow B) Increased renin secretion from the kidneys C) Increased aldosterone secretion from the adrenal cortex D) Increased angiotensinogen formation E) All of the choices are correct.

152)

All of the following are functions of the circulatory system, except A) carries blood. B) regulates blood pressure. C) transports nutrients. D) directs blood flow to tissues. E) excretes waste products.

153) When comparing veins and arteries of the same diameter, which of the following statements is not true?

Version 1

43


A) Veins have thinner walls. B) Veins have valves. C) Veins have fewer smooth muscle fibers. D) Veins have a larger lumen. E) Veins have more elastic tissue.

154)

Select the statement that best describes the pulmonary circulation.

A) System of blood vessels that carries blood from the heart to the lungs and back to the right atrium of the heart B) System of blood vessels that a carries blood from the heart to the rest of the body C) Microscopic blood vessels that allow for the exchange of nutrients in the tissues D) System of blood vessels that carries blood from the right ventricle of the heart to the lungs and back to the left atrium of the heart

155) What do the left common carotid, brachiocephalic artery, and left subclavian all have in common? A) They all are found in the abdominal cavity. B) They all carry blood to the head. C) They are all coronary vessels. D) They all branch from the aortic arch.

156)

The vertebral arteries arise from the __________. A) thyrocervical arteries B) right and left common carotid arteries C) costocervical arteries D) right and left subclavian arteries

Version 1

44


157) Blood flow into the deep and superficial palmar arches originates from the __________ and __________ arteries. A) humeral circumflex; deep brachial B) superficial palmar arch; digital C) brachial; subclavian D) axillary; subclavian E) radial; ulnar

158)

Which of the following are the three unpaired arteries arising from the abdominal aorta? A) Renal artery, hepatic artery, and common iliac artery B) Lumbar artery, celiac trunk, and gonadal artery C) Hepatic artery, lumbar artery, and common iliac artery D) Superior mesenteric artery, inferior mesenteric artery, and gonadal artery E) Celiac trunk, superior mesenteric artery, and inferior mesenteric artery

159) The superficial vessels typically seen in the hand and forearm are tributaries of the __________ and __________ veins. A) subclavian; axillary B) axillary; brachial C) brachial; cephalic D) basilica; brachial E) cephalic; basilic

160)

The __________ vein connects the basilic vein and cephalic vein.

Version 1

45


A) axillary B) subclavian C) brachial D) median antebrachial E) median cubital

161) Venous drainage from the posterior thoracic wall enters the superior vena cava via the __________ vein. A) subclavian B) internal thoracic C) accessory hemiazygos D) hemiazygos E) azygos

162) Why does nutrient-rich blood of the hepatic portal vein pass first through the liver before this blood is returned to the heart? A) This allows the liver to add more waste products to the blood. B) The liver needs more nourishment than other tissues; hence nutrients first pass through the liver. C) This allows the liver to add more nutrients to the blood. D) This allows the liver to store or modify the nutrients.

163) The vein that ascends along the medial side of the lower limb to the femoral vein is the __________ saphenous vein, and the vein that ascends along the posterior aspect of the leg to the popliteal vein is the __________ saphenous vein.

Version 1

46


A) small; great B) internal; external C) external; internal D) great; small

164)

When vasodilation doubles the vessel diameter, what is the change in resistance? A) Reduced by half B) Doubles (twice the original value) C) Reduced by 1/4th of the original value D) Reduced to 1/16th of the original value

165) The greatest resistance to blood flow and therefore the greatest drop in pressure occurs as blood passes through the __________. A) venules B) large arteries C) large veins D) arterioles

166) Which of the following best describes the relationship between pulse pressure, aging, and compliance? A) With increasing age, compliance increases and pulse pressure increases. B) With increasing age, compliance decreases and pulse pressure decreases. C) With increasing age, compliance decreases and pulse pressure is unaffected. D) With increasing age, compliance decreases and pulse pressure increases.

Version 1

47


167) Which of the following best explains the drop in blood pressure that occurs when one goes from lying down to standing up? A) The heart rate decreases. This is due to the baroreceptor reflex reducing sympathetic output to the SA node. B) An increase in afterload causes a drop in stroke volume, cardiac output, and blood pressure. C) An increase in preload causes a drop in stroke volume, cardiac output, and blood pressure. D) Venous compliance allows blood to pool in the legs, decreasing venous return. This causes a drop in cardiac output and blood pressure.

168)

The vasomotor center A) regulates the expansion of elastic arteries. B) controls the contraction and relaxation of precapillary sphincter muscles. C) increases the strength of heart muscle contraction under low O2 conditions. D) sends low frequency action potentials to blood vessels to maintain tone.

169) Considering the distribution of sympathetic and parasympathetic fibers in the peripheral nervous system, damage to which of the following nerves would have the greatest impact on blood vessel walls? A) Thoracic nerves B) Pelvic nerves C) Cranial nerves D) Both "Pelvic nerves" and "Cranial nerves" are correct.

170)

Mean arterial pressure

Version 1

48


A) is proportional to cardiac output times peripheral resistance. B) is the difference between stroke volume and cardiac output. C) is not affected by peripheral resistance. D) is equal to the systolic pressure minus diastolic pressure.

171) A patient was administered drugs to reduce her heart rate. Which of the following conditions was she likely to have experienced, and what other factor could be altered to enhance the current treatment? A) The patient most likely has hypertension, and stimulation of vasodilation would also help lower her blood pressure. B) The patient most likely has hypertension, and stimulation of vasoconstriction would also help lower her blood pressure. C) The patient most likely has low blood pressure, and stimulation of vasodilation would also help increase her blood pressure. D) The patient most likely has low blood pressure, and stimulation of vasoconstriction would also help increase her blood pressure.

172) Case study: Dale was back home after spending the day at a picnic, where he ate some "spoiled" potato salad. He developed severe abdominal pain and cramps, vomiting, and diarrhea. After about ten to twelve episodes of watery diarrhea, Dale became so pale and weak, he could hardly walk. His wife took him to the hospital, where he was diagnosed with severe dehydration (decreased plasma volume). Dalw was suffering from shock.

The body has several mechanisms that can come into play to try to maintain blood pressure and blood flow when a person goes into shock.

172.1)

Version 1

Which of the following would occur as a person goes into shock?

49


A) Baroreceptors are stimulated. B) Chemoreceptors are depressed. C) Renin release is inhibited. D) Parasympathetic stimulation is increased. E) Sympathetic stimulation is decreased.

172.2)

Urine output usually decreases when a person is in shock. This is the result of

A) decreased ADH secretion. B) increased renin secretion. C) increased secretion of atrial natriuretic factor. D) decreased vasoconstriction due to the stress relaxation response. E) decreased aldosterone secretion.

172.3) Compensatory shock is characterized by a narrowed pulse pressure. Which of the following blood pressure readings is an example of a narrowed pulse pressure? A) 99/40 B) 70/20 C) 92/64 D) 82/40 E) 100/50

173)

Use the following key to choose the most correct answer.

A. The first item is greater than the second item. B. The first item is less than the second item. C. The first item is equal or nearly equal to the second item.

Version 1

50


173.1) (1) Systolic pressure; (2) Diastolic pressure

173.2) (1) Velocity of blood flow in the arterioles (2) Velocity of blood flow in the aorta

173.3) (1) Velocity of blood flow when cross-sectional area increases (2) Velocity of blood flow when cross-sectional area decreases

173.4) (1) Blood pressure in the aorta; (2) Blood pressure in the superior vena cava

173.5) (1) Plasma volume when ADH levels increase (2) Plasma volume when ADH levels decrease

174)

Match the term with the appropriate description.

A. A bulge (a weak spot) in the artery wall B. Degenerative changes in arteries C. An overstretching of the veins of the lower extremities D. Inflammation of the veins E. Small vessels that supply nutrients to large arteries

Version 1

51


175)

174.1)

Varicose veins

174.2)

Phlebitis

174.3)

Arteriosclerosis

174.4)

Aneurysm

174.5)

Vasa vasorum

Match the structure with the appropriate description.

A. Formed when the right and left vertebral arteries unite B. Supplies blood to the face, nose, and mouth C. Terminates by forming the middle cerebral arteries D. Supplies blood to the arm and shoulder regions E. Sense organs that monitor blood pressure

175.1)

Version 1

Subclavian artery

52


176)

175.2)

Carotid sinuses

175.3)

External carotid artery

175.4)

Internal carotid artery

175.5)

Basilar artery

Match the vessel with the appropriate description.

A. Supplies blood to the frontal lobes of the brain B. A circle of arteries at the base of the brain C. Supplies large portions of the lateral cerebral cortex D. Supplies the posterior portion of the cerebrum E. Formed by the bifurcation of the abdominal aorta

176.1)

Common iliac artery

176.2)

Posterior cerebral artery

176.3)

Middle cerebral artery

Version 1

53


177)

176.4)

Cerebral arterial circle

176.5)

Anterior cerebral artery

Match the term with the appropriate description.

A. Dead tissue B. A floating clot C. Sudden decreased blood supply to a part of the brain D. A stationary clot E. A localized area of dead cells resulting from ischemia

177.1)

Stroke

177.2)

Infarct

177.3)

Necrotic tissue

177.4)

Thrombosis

Version 1

54


177.5)

178)

Embolism

Match the artery with the appropriate description.

A. Supplies blood to the diaphragm B. Supplies blood to the esophagus C. Supplies blood to the thoracic wall D. Supplies blood to the pancreas and small intestine E. Supplies blood to the stomach, liver, and spleen

178.1)

Thoracic visceral artery

178.2)

Thoracic parietal artery

178.3)

Celiac trunk

178.4)

Superior mesenteric artery

178.5)

Superior phrenic artery

Version 1

55


179)

Match the vessel with the appropriate description.

A. Supplies blood to the pelvic area B. Formed by the bifurcation of the abdominal aorta C. The continuation of the femoral artery D. Extends from the common iliac artery to the thigh E. Continuation of the external iliac artery into the thigh

180)

179.1)

Common iliac artery

179.2)

External iliac artery

179.3)

Internal iliac artery

179.4)

Femoral artery

179.5)

Popliteal artery

Match the vein with the appropriate description.

A. Drains blood from the arm B. Superficial vein of the head and neck C. The posterior intercostal veins join this vein on the right side of the body D. Deep vein that drains blood from the cranial vault E. Formed by the union of the internal jugular and the subclavian veins

Version 1

56


181)

180.1)

External jugular vein

180.2)

Internal jugular vein

180.3)

Subclavian vein

180.4)

Brachiocephalic vein

180.5)

Azygos vein

Match the term with the best description.

A. Simple squamous epithelium of capillaries B. Drain capillary networks C. Regulate blood flow into capillaries D. Do not have fenestrae E. Bypass capillary beds

181.1)

Version 1

Precapillary sphincters

57


182)

181.2)

Endothelium

181.3)

Continuous capillaries

181.4)

Thoroughfare channels

181.5)

Venules

For the following, match the term with the best description.

A. A characteristic of aging arteries B. Produced by turbulent blood flow C. Blood flow is directly proportional to pressure differences and inversely proportional to resistance D. As pressure in a vessel decreases, the force holding it open decreases, and the vessel tends to collapse E. A characteristic of the venous system

182.1)

Korotkoff sounds

182.2)

Poiseuille's law

182.3)

Laplace's law

Version 1

58


182.4)

Vascular compliance

182.5)

Arteriosclerosis

183) True or False? The distribution of blood volume in veins are arteries is very close to equal. ⊚ ⊚

184)

true false

True or False? Cardiac output is equal to stroke volume times heart rate. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

59


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 21_13e_ VanPutte 1) capillaries 2) intima 3) coronary 4) internal iliac 5) Blood pressure 6) hematocrit 7) autoregulation 8) celiac artery 9) inferior vena cava 10) brachiocephalic vein 11) popliteal artery 12) left subclavian artery 13) right common carotid artery 14) basilar artery 15) B 16) C 17) D 18) C 19) A 20) A 21) D 22) B 23) C 24) B 25) A 26) D Version 1

60


27) D 28) D 29) B 30) C 31) B 32) E 33) B 34) A 35) A 36) A 37) B 38) A 39) C 40) E 41) B 42) C 43) E 44) B 45) C 46) C 47) B 48) A 49) B 50) E 51) D 52) B 53) C 54) A 55) A 56) E Version 1

61


57) A 58) C 59) C 60) B 61) D 62) D 63) C 64) A 65) C 66) A 67) B 68) B 69) A 70) B 71) E 72) D 73) B 74) B 75) C 76) C 77) D 78) C 79) B 80) D 81) A 82) D 83) C 84) A 85) E 86) E Version 1

62


87) C 88) B 89) D 90) B 91) C 92) C 93) D 94) C 95) E 96) D 97) A 98) E 99) A 100) A 101) D 102) A 103) B 104) B 105) B 106) A 107) B 108) C 109) A 110) C 111) C 112) B 113) D 114) B 115) B 116) A Version 1

63


117) C 118) D 119) D 120) B 121) A 122) D 123) B 124) E 125) B 126) B 127) A 128) A 129) A 130) B 131) A 132) B 133) A 134) C 135) B 136) B 137) A 138) B 139) B 140) E 141) C 142) D 143) A 144) C 145) E 146) B Version 1

64


147) D 148) B 149) B 150) A 151) E 152) E 153) E 154) D 155) D 156) D 157) E 158) E 159) E 160) E 161) E 162) D 163) D 164) D 165) D 166) D 167) D 168) D 169) A 170) A 171) A 172) Section Break 172.1) A 172.2) B 172.3) C 173) Section Break Version 1

65


173.1) A 173.2) B 173.3) B 173.4) A 173.5) A 174) Section Break 174.1) C 174.2) D 174.3) B 174.4) A 174.5) E 175) Section Break 175.1) D 175.2) E 175.3) B 175.4) C 175.5) A 176) Section Break 176.1) E 176.2) D 176.3) C 176.4) B 176.5) A 177) Section Break 177.1) C 177.2) E 177.3) A 177.4) D 177.5) B 178) Section Break Version 1

66


178.1) B 178.2) C 178.3) E 178.4) D 178.5) A 179) Section Break 179.1) B 179.2) D 179.3) A 179.4) E 179.5) C 180) Section Break 180.1) B 180.2) D 180.3) A 180.4) E 180.5) C 181) Section Break 181.1) C 181.2) A 181.3) D 181.4) E 181.5) B 182) Section Break 182.1) B 182.2) C 182.3) D 182.4) E 182.5) A 183) FALSE Version 1

67


184) TRUE

Version 1

68


CHAPTER 22 1)

The lymphatic system is involved in A) lipid absorption from the digestive tract. B) transporting lymph from the intestines to the liver. C) maintenance of pH in the tissues. D) production of erythrocytes. E) protein metabolism.

2)

The lymphatic system plays a role in maintaining fluid balance within the body by A) adding lymph to GI tract secretions. B) returning interstitial fluid to the blood. C) transporting lymph from tissues to the liver. D) carrying excess fluid to the kidneys to be excreted. E) actively absorbing fluid from the blood.

3)

Which of the following is NOT a function of the lymphatic system? A) Defending from infection caused by microorganisms and other foreign substances B) Aiding in erythropoiesis of red blood cells C) Maintaining fluid balance by returning excess interstitial fluid to the blood D) Absorbing and transporting lipids from the digestive tract

4)

What is the purpose of lacteals?

Version 1

1


A) Drain blood from the spleen B) Absorb fluid from capillary beds C) Absorb lipids from the digestive tract D) Absorb solutes from interstitial spaces

5)

Lymph containing a high lipid content is called __________. A) chyle B) chyme C) lacteal D) interstitial fluid

6)

The lymphatic system differs from the cardiovascular system in that A) the lymphatic system only carries fluid away from tissues. B) the lymphatic vessels have their own "pump" to assist flow. C) lymph capillaries do not contain any fluid. D) lymph capillaries allow free movement of fluid in and out of the capillaries. E) lymph circulates fluids and cardiovascular does not.

7)

In which of the following tissues will you find lymph capillaries? A) Epidermis B) Cornea C) Bone marrow D) Central nervous system E) Dermis

Version 1

2


8)

Structurally, lymph vessels are most similar to __________. A) veins B) arteries C) arterioles D) capillaries E) venules

9)

How do lymphatic capillaries differ from blood capillaries?

A) Lymphaticcapillaries do not have a basement membrane. B) Simple squamousepithelial cells of lymphatics overlap with loose attachments. C) Lymphaticcapillaries are more permeable than blood capillaries. D) Lymphaticcapillary epithelium act as one-way valves preventing movement of fluid backinto interstitial spaces. E) All of the choices are correct.

10) Which structural feature of lymphatic vessels is responsible to forward movement of lymph? A) Overlapping endothelial cells B) Valves C) No basement membrane D) Thin walls

11)

Lymph movement is assisted by

Version 1

3


A) contraction of skeletal muscle. B) contraction of smooth muscle in lymph vessel. C) pressure changes in the thorax during respiration. D) compression of lymphatic vessels. E) All of the choices are correct.

12) A woman has her right breast and right axillary lymph nodes removed. Which of the following might occur? A) Cisterna chyli flow increases. B) The thoracic duct would be severed. C) Right lymphatic duct drainage decreases causing edema in the right arm. D) Lymph drainage would be affected in her left arm. E) Lymph drainage would be affected in both legs.

13)

The right lymphatic duct drains lymph from the A) abdomen. B) upper part of the body. C) right arm, rightchest, and right side of head. D) right side of thebody. E) left arm, leftchest, and left side of head.

14)

The thoracic duct drains lymph into the __________.

Version 1

4


A) left subclavian vein B) right subclavian vein C) right internal jugular vein D) left brachiocephalic vein E) left subclavian artery

15)

Which of the following organs does NOT contain lymphatic tissue? A) Liver B) Spleen C) Lingual tonsils D) Thymus E) Pharyngeal tonsils

16)

Lymphatic tissue contains an interlaced network of reticular fibers that functions to A) produce lymphocytes. B) produce capsules around lymph nodes. C) attack microorganisms. D) line the walls of lymphatic vessels. E) trap microorganisms.

17) Nonencapsulated lymphatic tissue called MALT includes all of the following except __________. A) tonsils B) Peyer patches C) lymph nodes D) diffuse lymphatic tissue

Version 1

5


18)

Peyer patches are lymphatic nodules found in the __________. A) lymph nodes B) spleen and tonsils C) appendix and tonsils D) small intestine and appendix

19)

Lymph nodules are A) small, bean-shaped structures. B) the site of erythrocyte production. C) located in the loose connective tissue of the various tracts of the body. D) composed of an outer cortex and inner medulla. E) connected together in a series.

20)

Adenoids are enlarged __________. A) lingual tonsils B) pharyngeal tonsils C) palatine tonsils D) cervical lymph nodes E) axillary lymph nodes

21)

Tonsils

Version 1

6


A) increase in size in adults. B) are located in both the oral and abdominal cavities. C) provide protectionagainst bacteria entering the oral and nasal cavities. D) contain red pulp and white pulp. E) are not functional in children.

22)

The palatine tonsils A) interfere with breathing when enlarged. B) are located at the junction of the oral cavity and pharynx. C) are located superior to the palate. D) are really lymph nodes in disguise. E) are located in the nasopharynx.

23)

Bean-shaped lymphatic organs found along lymphatic vessels are called __________. A) lymph nodes B) medullary cords C) cisterna chyli D) trabeculae E) lymph nodules

24)

Lymph nodes are surrounded by a dense connective tissue called the __________. A) cortex B) capsule C) reticulum D) trabeculae E) basement membrane

Version 1

7


25) Bacteria and debris are actively removed from the lymph by __________ in the sinuses of lymph nodes. A) trabecular cells B) germinal cells C) macrophages D) lymphocytes E) plasma cells

26)

Germinal centers are the sites of A) increased blood flow to the lymph nodes. B) fluid production. C) increased flow of lymph from infected tissues. D) entrance of lymph into lymph nodes. E) proliferation of lymphocytes in the lymph nodes.

27)

Lymph exits a lymph node via the __________. A) efferent lymphatic vessels B) afferent lymphatic vessels C) cortical sinuses D) trabeculae E) lymphatic duct

28)

Lymph is filtered by the __________.

Version 1

8


A) tonsils B) spleen C) lymph nodes D) thymus

29)

The spleen A) filters damaged red blood cells from the blood. B) changes undifferentiated lymphocytes into competent lymphocytes. C) is necessary for life. It can't be removed without causing death. D) produces several different hormones with unknown function. E) has additional digestive functions.

30)

The white pulp of the spleen A) containslymphocytes that can stimulate an immune response. B) filters lymph asit flows through the spleen. C) destroysdefective red blood cells. D) All of the choices are correct.

31)

Which of the following statements accurately describes the thymus gland? A) The thymus gland lacks a capsule. B) The thymus gland contains many reticular fibers. C) The thymus gland decreases in size after age 60. D) Lymphocytes are found only in the medulla of the thymus gland. E) The thymus increases in size with aging.

Version 1

9


32)

What is the function of thymosin? A) Destroys damaged red blood cells B) Destroys damaged white blood cells C) Activates lymphocytes in lymph nodes D) Maturation of T-cells

33)

When innate immunity is activated, A) each exposure is very specific. B) previous exposures are remembered. C) each exposure produces the same response. D) each exposure increases the strength of the immune response. E) the second exposure does not produce a response.

34)

Which of the following is true of adaptive immunity? A) It is present atbirth. B) Previous encounters with the foreign substance does not change theresponse. C) The secondresponse is faster and stronger than the first response. D) Responses aregeneral, not specific.

35)

Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of adaptive immunity?

Version 1

10


A) It hasmemory. B) You are born withit. C) It hasspecificity. D) Acquired throughout your lifetime

36)

Which of the following would be classified as an innate physical barrier? A) Activation of complement B) Phagocytosis of invading organisms C) Washing action of tears and saliva D) Inflammation E) Release of histamine

37)

Complement proteins A) can form holes in the plasma membrane of target cells. B) are on the surface of macrophages. C) are hormones found in the blood. D) may cause the release of interferon. E) do not attract neutrophils, monocytes, macrophages, or eosinophils.

38) Which of the following most accurately describes how foreign substances can activate complement?

Version 1

11


A) Antibodies can bind to foreign antigens and activate complement through the classical pathway. B) Foreign substances can bind to spontaneously activated C3 and stabilize it. C) Foreign proteins bind to C1 and activate it. D) Foreign proteins are phagocytized by macrophages and directly activate complement. E) Both "Antibodies can bind to foreign antigens and activate complement through the classical pathway" and "Foreign substances can bind to spontaneously activated C3 and stabilize it" are correct.

39)

Which of the following is NOT a mechanism of complement action? A) Produces cytokines B) Opsonization C) Attracts other immune cells to the site of infection D) Forms a MAC that leads to cell lysis

40)

A surface chemical that prevents microbial growth is __________. A) histamine B) leukotriene C) sebum D) kinin E) interferon

41)

A protein that helps to protect the body against viral infections is __________.

Version 1

12


A) complement B) interferon C) lysozyme D) histamine E) kinin

42)

Interferon A) directly attacks viruses. B) protects cells that have been invaded by viruses. C) increases vascular permeability. D) is not produced by most cells. E) is a protein that interferes with virus production and infection.

43)

Interferon production is stimulated by __________. A) a viral infection B) the complement cascade C) antigen-presenting cells D) degranulation of basophils E) inflammation

44)

Which of the following would be an example of chemotaxis?

A) A white blood cell moves toward an injury site due to the release of certain chemicals by injured cells. B) Platelets are attracted to the rough surface of damaged blood vessels. C) Red blood cells move due to pressure gradients generated by the heart. D) A white blood cell can move into and out of blood vessels.

Version 1

13


45)

Lysozyme is A) an enzyme found in body fluids that destroys certain bacteria. B) a type of antibody that attracts a phagocyte. C) a cytokine produced by T cells. D) an antigen. E) a bacteria.

46)

The two major types of phagocytic cells are __________ and __________. A) neutrophils; monocytes B) neutrophils; macrophages C) monocytes; macrophages D) lymphocytes; monocytes E) eosinophils; T cells

47)

Which of the following statements concerning neutrophils and macrophages is false? A) They both exhibit chemotaxis. B) They both move by amoeboid motion. C) Both are capable of phagocytosis. D) Both release histamine when activated. E) Both can squeeze between cells.

48)

Macrophages

Version 1

14


A) are derived from basophils. B) reduce the inflammatory response. C) are responsible for most phagocytic activity in the late stages of an infection. D) produce cytokines that aid in the destruction of antigens. E) are the first at the site of infection.

49)

Histamine and leukotrienes are released from __________. A) basophils and mast cells B) eosinophils and basophils C) neutrophils and lymphocytes D) macrophages and microphages E) phagocytes

50) A patient's blood analyses indicated an increase in the number of eosinophils. Which of the following is the most likely cause? A) Viral infection B) Parasitic worm infection C) Bacterial infection D) Tumor cells

51) Which of the following is usually the first cell type to leave the blood and enter infected tissues?

Version 1

15


A) Eosinophil B) Lymphocyte C) Monocyte D) Natural killer cell E) Neutrophil

52)

Natural Killer (NK) cells A) are a type of macrophage. B) are a type of plasma cell. C) secrete enzymesthat kill tumor or virus-infected cells. D) are derived from B cells. E) promote inflammation.

53)

The inflammatory response A) prevents the spread of an infection. B) stimulates erythrocytes to leave the blood. C) delays healing of damaged tissues. D) depresses immunity. E) is harmful and should be immediately reversed.

54)

The redness and heat seen in an inflamed area are the result of A) vasoconstriction. B) increased blood flow to the area. C) phagocyte mobilization. D) production of interferon. E) a reddish substance released by erythrocytes.

Version 1

16


55)

During the inflammatory response, __________. A) vasoconstriction occurs B) chemical mediators are released C) vascular permeability is decreased D) neutrophil production is depressed E) blood flow is reduced

56)

Which of the following is NOT a key sign of inflammation? A) Jaundice B) Pain C) Swelling D) Redness E) Heat

57) Which of the following substances causes increased capillary permeability, chemotaxis, and vasodilation? A) Histamine B) Prostaglandins C) Leukotrienes D) Complement E) Cytokines

58)

In systemic inflammation, pyrogens __________.

Version 1

17


A) decrease phagocytosis B) decrease vasodilation C) increase neutrophil production D) stimulate fever production E) are chemotactic factors

59)

Circulatory changes that occur in inflammation include A) increased viscosity of the blood. B) decreased vascular permeability. C) increased vascular permeability. D) decreased blood flow to the area. E) vasoconstriction.

60)

Adaptive immunity is stimulated by __________. A) antigens B) histamines C) antibodies D) complement E) plasma proteins

61)

Transplanted tissues and organs that contain __________ are rejected by the body. A) self-antigens B) foreign antigens C) foreign antibodies D) self-antibodies E) plasma proteins

Version 1

18


62) __________ are part of cell-mediated immunity while __________ are part of antibodymediated immunity. A) B cells; NK cells B) Antibodies; antigens C) T cells; B cells D) Macrophages; antibodies E) Neutrophils; monocytes

63)

A small molecule that can cause an allergic reaction is a/an __________. A) T cell B) B cell C) antibody D) hapten

64)

__________ determines which B-cell is cloned in an antibody-mediated response. A) The antibody B) The antigen C) A macrophage D) Complement E) A neutrophil

65)

Which of the following is a subpopulation of T cells?

Version 1

19


A) Cytotoxic B) Antigenic C) Cytokinetic D) Basophilic E) Antitoxic

66)

The effects of cell-mediated immunity are the result of activities of __________. A) B cells B) cytotoxic T cells C) macrophages D) dendritic cells E) helper T cells

67)

The thymus is where __________ mature and become functional immune cells. A) pre-T cells B) pre-B cells C) macrophages D) null cells E) C cells

68) The process of eliminating those lymphocytes that react or respond against self-antigens is called __________.

Version 1

20


A) phagocytosis B) inflammation C) negative selection D) activation of complement E) natural selection

69)

Positive selection of lymphocytes refers to the A) processing of an antigen by a macrophage. B) proliferation of natural killer cells. C) production of antigen-specific antibodies. D) survival of pre-B and pre-T cells that are capable of an immune response. E) replication of memory cells.

70)

Primary lymphatic organs include the __________. A) tonsils and spleen B) thymus and lymph nodes C) red bone marrow and thymus D) red bone marrow and lymph nodes

71)

Which of the following is NOT a secondary lymphatic organ? A) Spleen B) Lymph node C) Lymphatic nodule D) Thymus gland

Version 1

21


72)

Which areas of an antigen are recognized by lymphocytes so that the cells can respond? A) Major histocompatibility complexes B) Antigenic determinants C) T-cell receptors D) Epitopes E) Both "Antigenic determinants" and "Epitopes" are correct.

73)

The MHC (major histocompatibility complex) class molecules A) are only found on B cells. B) are found in the nucleus of cells. C) allow the immune system to respond to antigens inside cells. D) are lipoproteins on cell surfaces. E) do not attach to plasma membranes.

74)

Different T-cell receptors can respond to different antigens because of different A) variable regions in the structure of the receptors. B) epitopes in the receptor's structure. C) selection processes. D) complement binding sites in the receptors. E) antigenic determinants.

75)

Lymphocyte activation can occur in several ways. However, in all cases

Version 1

22


A) lymphocytes must recognize an antigen. B) helper T cells are activated first and they then stimulate other cells. C) antigen-presenting cells process the antigen and present it to the lymphocytes. D) cytokines released by the antigen stimulate the lymphocyte response. E) antigens must be able to recognize the lymphocytes.

76) The MHC class I antigen complex displays a foreign antigen on the cell surface. This prompts the immune system to destroy A) B cell clones. B) extracellular antigens. C) the displaying cell. D) mature red blood cells. E) the virus inside the cell, but not the cell.

77)

MHC class II molecules are found on __________. A) neutrophils, monocytes, and macrophages B) dendritic cells, B cells, and helper T cells C) monocytes, helper T cells, and neutrophils D) B cells, macrophages, and dendritic cells E) B cells, C cells, and D cells

78) Cells that process antigen and present antigens to other immune cells are called __________ cells.

Version 1

23


A) plasma B) antigen-presenting C) B receptor D) T suppressor

79) Frequently, several different signals or molecules are needed in order to produce an immune response by a B cell or T cell. The second signal in this process is called ___________. A) opsonization B) copresentation C) complement activation D) antigen processing E) costimulation

80)

Which of the following cytokines is mismatched? A) Perforin – makes a hole in target cell membranes B) Alpha interferon – prevents viral replication C) Lymphotoxin – costimulator of T cells D) Interleukin 4 – plays a role in allergic reactions E) TNF – activates macrophages and promotes fever

81)

T helper cells possess a glycoprotein called CD4. This molecule binds to __________.

Version 1

24


A) MHC class I molecules B) MHC class II molecules C) MHC-CD8 antigens D) MHC-CD28 antigens E) Interleukin-1 receptor

82) Which of the following might occur after a helper T cell is presented with a processed antigen and costimulated? A) Helper T cells destroy the presenting cell. B) Helper T cells produce antibodies. C) Helper T cells release interleukins that stimulate B cells to clone. D) Helper T cells stop division. E) Helper T cells lyse.

83)

Lymphocyte proliferation begins by increasing the number of __________. A) macrophages B) B cells C) T suppressor cells D) helper T cells E) cytotoxic T cells

84) Once cytotoxic T cells are produced, which of the following is/are consistent with their ability to attack intracellular viruses?

Version 1

25


A) Most nucleated cells process antigens through the MHC class I mechanisms. B) Viral antigens are processed by the MHC class I mechanism and are presented to the cell surface. C) Cytotoxic T cells bind to MHC class I processed antigens. D) Cytotoxic T cells bound to the MHC class I processed antigens release lymphokines. E) All of the choices are correct.

85)

Tolerance is a state of __________. A) hypersensitivity B) transplant rejection C) unresponsiveness to antigens D) responding to self-antigens E) non-recognition of antigens

86)

Tolerance to antigens is induced by __________. A) blocking costimulation B) stimulating interleukin 2 production C) preventing suppressor T cell proliferation D) promoting the release of cytokines E) stimulating helper T cell division

87)

Antibodies are produced by

Version 1

26


A) cytotoxic T cells stimulated by helper T cells. B) helper T cells stimulated by various cytokines. C) B cells that differentiate to form plasma cells. D) natural killer cells as they lyse cancer cells. E) the red bone marrow.

88)

Antibodies A) play a large role in cell-mediated immunity. B) are produced by both T and B cells. C) are composed of four light and four heavy polypeptide chains. D) are not specific, but act generally. E) have a variable region that binds to a specific antigenic determinant.

89) The immunoglobulin that is often the first antibody produced in response to an antigen is __________. A) IgD B) IgA C) IgM D) IgE E) IgG

90)

Antibody functions include

Version 1

27


A) activating antigens. B) initiating inflammation and enhancing phagocytosis. C) stimulating proteins production by T helper cells. D) participating in costimulation. E) enhancing memory.

91)

Which of the following is correctly matched? A) IgA – found in saliva and tears B) IgD – can cross the placenta C) IgG – first to challenge the antigen D) IgM – antigen-binding receptor on B cells E) IgE – transfusion reactions

92)

Antibodies secreted in breast milk A) are IgG antibodies. B) are IgA antibodies. C) provide natural active adaptive immunity. D) include the cytokine interleukin 2. E) promote inflammation.

93)

As a result of opsonization,

Version 1

28


A) holes are produced in target cell membranes. B) organ transplant rejection occurs. C) antigens are more susceptible to phagocytosis. D) antigens clump together. E) inflammation, chemotaxis, and lysis occur.

94)

B-cells A) are a subset of T cells. B) when activated become plasma cells and produce antibodies. C) are responsible for forming all the body's memory cells. D) suppress the activity of T cells. E) mature in the thymus.

95) Several days after an initial contact with an antigen, antibody blood levels increases. This is a __________. A) primer response B) primary response C) precipitating response D) principle response E) cascade response

96)

The secondary or memory response

Version 1

29


A) occurs after theprimary response has activated NK cells. B) provides better protection than the primary response. C) is less effective in antibody production. D) produces different antibodies than those produced in the primary immune response. E) does not protect the body after the first exposure.

97)

The type of cell responsible for the secondary response is a __________. A) mast cell B) macrophage C) memory cell D) red blood cell E) monocyte

98) In the cell-mediated immune response, T cells secrete __________, which activate additional components of the immune system. A) antibodies B) complement C) collagen D) cytokines E) histamine

99)

Which is the proper order of events in cell-mediated immunity?

(1) Cloning of cytotoxic T cells and memory T cells (2) Antigen presented to T lymphocyte (3) Activation of T lymphocytes (4) Cytotoxic T cells attack target cells

Version 1

30


A) 2, 3, 4, 1 B) 1, 4, 2, 3 C) 2, 3, 1, 4 D) 3, 2, 4, 1 E) 1, 2, 3, 4,

100)

Cytotoxic T cells A) produce antibodies for general circulation. B) attach to the surface of cells, causing them to lyse. C) cause precipitation of antigens. D) have IgG antibodies on their cell membranes. E) are destroyed after contact killing.

101)

Cell-mediated immunity would be least effective against __________. A) tumor cells B) virally infected cells C) intracellular bacteria D) extracellular antigens E) intracellular parasites

102) Artificially stimulating the proliferation of cytotoxic T cells to destroy cancer cells is an example of __________.

Version 1

31


A) immunotherapy B) immunocompetence C) tolerance D) passive artificial acquired immunity E) passive natural acquired immunity

103)

The HIV virus infects __________. A) B cells B) cytotoxic T cells C) suppressor T cells D) helper T cells E) monocytes

104) A traditional method of providing temporary immunity for a person who is suspected of being infected with rabies (usually due to an animal bite) is classified as __________. A) active natural immunity B) active artificial immunity C) passive natural immunity D) passive artificial immunity E) passive active immunity

105)

Active natural immunity occurs when

Version 1

32


A) antibodies pass from a pregnant mother to her fetus. B) antibodies are injected into a host. C) an individual develops a disease. D) a person is vaccinated. E) antibodies are passed in breast milk.

106) Transfusing a person with plasma proteins from a person or an animal that has been actively immunized against a specific antigen provides __________ immunity. A) active B) passive C) no D) auto E) natural

107) If you receive an immunization for hepatitis B and produce antibodies against the hepatitis B virus, you have developed what type of adaptive immunity? A) Active natural immunity B) Active artificial immunity C) Passive natural immunity D) Passive artificial immunity E) Active passive immunity

108) The type of adaptive immunity that provides immediate protection against disease when there is no time for the person to develop their own immunity is called __________ immunity.

Version 1

33


A) active natural B) active artificial C) passive innate D) passive artificial E) active immediate

109) A child is born with a congenital disease that results in total loss of B cells. Which of the following would be a consequence of this immunodeficiency? A) No lymphokine production B) Lack of antibody formation C) Nonfunctioning complement system D) Inability to form any type of memory cell E) No antigens on the cells

110)

An abnormal, exaggerated response of the immune system is called __________. A) immunization B) an innate immune response C) hypersensitivity D) excess immunity E) tolerance

111)

In immunodeficiency diseases,

Version 1

34


A) the immune system fails to distinguish between self-antigens and foreign antigens. B) inadequate B and/or T cell formation may occur. C) IgE mediates a localized reaction. D) serum sickness results. E) immune surveillance occurs.

112)

Which of the following is NOT an aging effect of the lymphatic system and immunity? A) Fluid removal bythe lymphatic capillaries is reduced. B) Fewer antibodiesare produced. C) Onset ofautoimmune diseases is unchanged. D) T cell numbers remain constant, but they are less functional.

113) Which of the following is not an example of interaction between cell mediated immunity and innate immunity? A) Macrophage of innate immunity present antigens to helper T cells. B) Cytokines secreted by helper T cells stimulate inflammation. C) Cytokines secreted by helper T cells stimulate phagocytosis. D) Macrophages of innate immunity present antigens to cytotoxic T cells.

114)

All of the followng are components of lymph, except A) water. B) ions. C) nutrients. D) hormones. E) red blood cells.

Version 1

35


115)

Mucosal associated lymphatic tissues (MALT) are

A) aggregates of macrophages located in the intestines. B) clusters of splenocytes located in the lamina propria of mucous membranes. C) clumps of mucous lining the lumen of the gastrointestinal tract. D) aggregates of lymphatic tissue scattered throughout the lamina propria of mucous membranes.

116)

Which of the following best describes the structure of lymphatic capillary walls? A) Thin-walled, with tightly joined squamous cells B) Thin-walled, with tightly joined cuboidal cells C) Thick-walled, with overlapping squamous cells D) Thick-walled, with tightly joined squamous cells E) Thin-walled, with overlapping squamous cells

117) Defense mechanisms that respond at the same speed and efficiency upon repeated exposure are classified as __________ immunity and defense mechanisms that increase in speed and strength upon repeated exposure are classified as __________ immunity. A) innate; non-specific B) adaptive; innate C) specific; innate D) innate; adaptive

118) Activation of the complement cascade via the alternative pathway involves the spontaneous activation of the complement protein _____________.

Version 1

36


A) C1 B) C2 C) C4 D) C5 E) C3

119)

Which of the following is not a sign nor symptom of local inflammation? A) Redness B) Edema C) Heat D) Pain E) Hemorrhage

120) During the development of lymphocytes, some pre-T and pre-B cells survive and develop into cells capable of an immune response; this is referred to as __________ selection. However, some cells are suppressed from responding to self antigens; this is referred to as __________ selection. A) negative; positive B) neutral; negative C) negative; neutral D) neutral; positive E) positive; negative

121) An MHC class II/antigen complex on the surface of an antigen-presenting cell (APC) binds to a T-cell receptor. What results from this interaction?

Version 1

37


A) Other immune cells are inhibited. B) The antigen is phagocytized by the T cell. C) The T cell responds by directly destroying the APC. D) Other immune cells are stimulated to respond to the antigen.

122) Lymphocytes with a CD8 glycoprotein on their surface are called __________ cells and lymphocytes with a CD4 glycoprotein on their surface are called __________ cells. A) cytotoxic T; B B) B; cytotoxic T C) B; helper T D) helper T; cytotoxic T E) cytotoxic T; helper

123) Why is a cell-mediated immune response more effective against intracellular microorganisms (such as viruses) than an antibody-mediated response? A) Cell-mediated (vs. antibody-mediated) response results in activation of many more immune cells, so it is more effective at destroying antigens. B) Intracellular microorganisms are too large for antibodies to be effective against. C) Intracellular microorganisms are too small for antibodies to be effective against. D) Cell-mediated response results in destruction of cells containing the intracellular microorganism; antibodies can not enter cells.

124) An individual develops a cold from a co-worker. This is an example of __________ immunity. A) active artificial B) passive natural C) passive artificial D) active natural

Version 1

38


125) Treatments of disease that include the alteration of immune functions are called __________. A) hypersensitivity B) passive immunity C) active immunity D) adaptive immunity E) immunotherapy

126) __________ are the largest of the lymphatic vessels, and they empty into the __________. A) Lymphatic trunks; collecting ducts B) Lymphatic trunks; subclavian arteries C) Lymphatic trunks; subclavian veins D) Collecting ducts; subclavian veins E) Collecting ducts; subclavian arteries

127)

Which of the following does not belong in the same immunity class as the others? A) Macrophages B) Natural killercells C) Inflammation D) Antibodies E) Interferon and thecomplement system

128) __________ lacks the capacity to remember a pathogen or react differently to it in the future, whereas __________ utilizes memory cells to adapt to a given pathogen and ward it off more easily in the future.

Version 1

39


A) Innate immunity; cytotoxicity B) Adaptive immunity; innate immunity C) A natural killer cell; a macrophage D) Innate immunity; adaptive immunity

129)

Which of these cellular agents does not participate in inflammation? A) Cytotoxic Tcells B) Macrophage C) Eosinophils D) Neutrophils E) Endothelialcells

130)

One characteristic of the immune response is specificity. This means that A) immunity starts in defined organs in the body. B) immunity starts in specialized tissues in the body. C) immunity is carried on by a specific group of cells of the immune system. D) immunity is directed against a particular pathogen. E) immunity is carried on by a specific group of tissues of the immune system.

131) Gabrielle was scheduled to have her first set of vaccinations yesterday. Which type of immunity did she acquire? A) Natural active B) Artificial active C) Natural passive D) Artificial passive E) Innate

Version 1

40


132)

The serum used for emergency treatment of snakebites stimulates __________ immunity. A) artificialpassive B) artificialactive C) natural passive D) natural active

133)

Helper T cells do not __________. A) secrete cytokines that stimulate clonal selection of B cells. B) secrete cytokines that stimulate clonal selection of cytotoxic T cells. C) secrete cytokines that stimulate macrophage activity. D) secrete inflammatory chemicals. E) secrete fever-producing chemicals.

134)

__________ participate in both innate immunity and the immune response. A) Memory T cells B) B cells C) Natural killer (NK) cells D) Helper T cells E) Cytotoxic T cells

135)

Cytotoxic T cells are like natural killer (NK) cells because they both __________.

Version 1

41


A) secreteinterferons B) secrete perforins C) participate in theimmune response D) participate in innate immunity E) secrete tumornecrosis factor (TNF)

136)

Which is the correct sequence of events in the humoral immune response?

A) Antigenrecognition → antigen presentation → differentiation → clonal selection →attack B) Antigenrecognition → antigen presentation → clonal selection → differentiation →attack C) Antigenpresentation → antigen recognition → clonal selection → differentiation →attack D) Antigenpresentation → antigen recognition → clonal selection → attackdifferentiation E) Antigenrecognition → differentiation → antigen presentation → clonal selection →attack

137)

Which of the following is part of the lymphatic system? A) Tonsils B) Thyroid gland C) Arteries D) Kidneys

138)

Which of the following statements concerning immunity is correct?

Version 1

42


A) Adaptive immunity responses to pathogens improves over time due to generation of memory, which includes an increase in the number of lymphocytes that respond faster than during the original infection. B) Adaptive immunity demonstrates memory, meaning each lymphocyte responds to a particular pathogen, but responds similarly with each infection. C) Adaptive immunity demonstrates specificity, which means that lymphocytes only destroy viruses and ignore all other types of pathogens. D) All of the choices are correct.

139) Jared received a donor kidney. After the first week, it became apparent that Jared's body was rejecting the organ. This is due to A) a lack of a match between Jared's immune cells and the MHC class I molecules on the cells of the donor kidney. B) Jared's lack of helper T cells that prevent the lymphatic tissue of the donated kidney damaging the donated kidney. C) an autoimmune disease that is destroying healthy tissue.

140) Dr. Clark has developed a new treatment that stimulates the innate immunity to be more sensitive to cancer cells. Which of the following cells would most likely be stimulated by this new drug? A) NK cells B) B lymphocytes C) Cytotoxic T cells D) Interferons

141) Kerri purchased a new plant that she thought was just perfect. Unfortunately, she developed a rash after handling the plant. The rash is most likely the result of

Version 1

43


A) haptens derived from the plant combining with skin molecules and then stimulating an immune response. B) haptens binding directly to helper T cells and stimulating an immune response. C) haptens damaging blood vessels in the skin, resulting in increased permeability of these blood vessels. D) haptens interacting with existing antibodies and destroying Kerri's adaptive immunity.

142)

If the lymphatic vessels of the digestive tract were damaged, we would expect A) a decrease in the absorption of lipids from the small intestine. B) a decrease in the absorption of carbohydrates from the small intestines. C) a decrease in the absorption of amino acids from the small intestine. D) no affect because lymphatic vessels are scarce in the digestive tract.

143) A molecule produced by cells of the right arm moves into a nearby lymphatic vessel. This molecule will eventually enter the bloodstream by passing through the __________ into the __________. A) right lymphatic trunk; right subclavian vein B) thoracic duct; superior vena cava C) thoracic duct; right subclavian vein D) right lymphatic trunk; superior vena cava

144) Lymph from which of the following area of the body will pass through the thoracic duct before entering the bloodstream?

Version 1

44


A) Right hip B) Right ring finger C) Right shoulder D) None of the choices are correct.

145) Inflammation of the inguinal lymph nodes is an indication of possible infection in the __________. A) lower limb B) reproductive organs C) abdomen D) upper limb

146)

A sharp blow to the __________ could result in rupture of the spleen. A) left hypochondriac region B) left iliac region C) epigastric region D) umbilical region

147) A patient was shown to have high interferon levels. This would be an indicator of what type of infection? A) Viral infection B) Bacterial infection C) Parasitic worm infection D) None of the choices are correct.

Version 1

45


148) Considering the mechanisms of innate immunity, which of the following pairs is accurately matched? A) Neutrophils – increase in number in response to bacterial infections B) Interferons – assist antibodies in the destruction of pathogens C) Complement – slow the spread of viral infections D) Eosinophil – recognize abnormal cells, such as cancer cells

149) A mutation occurs in a gene that is important to the production of MHC Class II molecules. Which of the following statements accurately describes the ramifications of such a mutation? A) Such a mutation will hinder antibody production due to the lack of interaction between B lymphocytes and helper T cells. B) Such a mutation inhibits cytotoxic T cell function since these cells will not be able to interact with other cells of the body. C) There will not be a negative impact because the mutation affects a rare class of MHC molecules that are only functional later in life. D) Such a mutation will alter the ability of NK cells to detect tumor cells in the body.

150) A cell has engulfed a substance from the extracellular material and has migrated to a lymph node to interact with a helper T cell. Which of the following statements best describes this cell?

Version 1

46


A) This is an antigen-presenting cell that interacts with the helper T cell through an MHC class II molecule. B) This is an antigen-presenting cell that interacts with the helper T cell through an MHC class I molecule. C) This is a cytotoxic T cell that interacts with the helper T cell through an MHC class II molecule. D) This is a cytotoxic T cell that interacts with the helper T cell through an MHC class I molecule.

151) A cell has experienced a mutation that results in uncontrolled cell division. Which of the following types of defense cell would most likely interact with the mutated cell and how? A) This is a cytotoxic T cell that interacts with the mutated cell through an MHC class I molecule. B) This is a cytotoxic T cell that interacts with the mutated cell through an MHC class II molecule. C) This is an antigen-presenting cell that interacts with the mutated cell through an MHC class I molecule. D) This is an antigen-presenting cell that interacts with the mutated cell through an MHC class II molecule.

152) A body fluid has been collected and IgA antibodies have been detected. Which of the following statements is correct in regard to the fluid? A) The body fluid is most likely saliva due to the presence of IgA antibodies. B) The body fluid is most likely lymph that contain B lymphocytes because IgA antibodies are most often attached to B lymphocytes. C) The body fluid is most likely blood because IgA antibodies are only found in blood.

Version 1

47


153) During a recent Ebola outbreak, clinicians attempted to collect "blood products" to help those infected with the virus fight the infection. Which of the following best relates this treatment to adaptive immunity? A) The clinicians were hoping to use artificial passive immunity by introducing antibodies from those that survived the infection to individuals that were currently infected. B) The clinicians were hoping to use artificial active immunity by introducing antigens from those that survived the infection to individuals that were currently infected. C) The clinicians were hoping to use natural passive immunity by introducing antibodies from those that survived the infection to individuals that were currently infected. D) The clinicians were hoping to use natural active immunity by introducing antibodies from those that survived the infection to individuals that were currently infected.

154)

Match the term with the appropriate description.

A. Lipids that cause smooth muscle relaxation and vasodilation B. Lymph nodules aggregated in the small intestinal wall C. Rounded epithelial structures found in the medulla of thymus D. Areas of a lymph node where lymphocytes divide E. A chemical released from mast cells that causes vasodilation

154.1)

Peyer's patches

154.2)

Thymic corpuscles

154.3)

Germinal centers

Version 1

48


155)

154.4)

Histamine

154.5)

Prostaglandins

Match the type of cell with its function.

A. First cell to enter infected tissue B. Will become macrophage in tissue C. Lyses tumor and virus-infected cells D. Cell that increases in number during a parasitic infection E. Nonmotile cells in connective tissue that promote inflammation

155.1)

Monocyte

155.2)

Mast cell

155.3)

Natural killer cell

155.4)

Eosinophil

155.5)

Neutrophil

Version 1

49


156)

Match the appropriate characteristic with the type of immunity.

A. Innate immunity B. Antibody-mediated immunity C. Cell-mediated immunity D. Both antibody-mediated and cell-mediated immunity E. Innate immunity, antibody-mediated immunity, and cell-mediated immunity

156.1)

Lymphocytes provide this type of immunity

156.2)

Cells mature in thymus gland

156.3)

Antibodies produced

156.4)

B cells

156.5)

Provide protection against extracellular antigens

156.6)

Organ rejection

Version 1

50


156.7)

Memory cells

156.8)

Tears and saliva

156.9) Ability to resist damage from foreign substances such as microorganisms and harmful chemicals

156.10) Origin of cells is red bone marrow

156.11) Histamine produced

156.12) Neutrophils and macrophages

156.13) Cytokines produced

156.14) Protection against intracellular antigens

156.15) Mediated by T cells

Version 1

51


157)

Match the cell of adaptive immunity with its function.

A. Quick and responsive to antigen, remembers previous exposure B. After activitaion, differentiates to become plasma cell or memory B cell C. Produces antibodies D. Destroys cells by lysis or by production of cytokines E. Activates B and effector T cells

157.1)

Cytotoxic T cell

157.2)

Plasma cell

157.3)

B cell

157.4)

Helper T cell

157.5)

Memory T cell

158) The periarterial lymphatic sheath and the lymphatic nodules are part of the red pulp of the spleen. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

52


159)

As one ages, the effectiveness of adaptive immunity decreases. ⊚ true ⊚ false

160)

The lymphatic system is involved in circulation, immunity, and nutrient absorption. ⊚ ⊚

true false

161) True or False? The organs of the lymphatic system include lymph nodes, the spleen, and the thyroid gland. ⊚ ⊚

true false

162) True or False? Valves in lymphatic vessels allow substances to enter the vessel but reduce the ability for the substance from exiting the vessel. ⊚ ⊚

true false

163) True or False? Inflammation of the lingual tonsil blocks air flow through the auditory tube, disrupting pressure equalization in the middle ear. ⊚ ⊚

true false

164) True or False? Edema of the inguinal region results from removal of popliteal lymph nodes. Version 1

53


⊚ ⊚

165)

true false

True or False? Basophils are the only white blood cells that stimulate inflammation. ⊚ ⊚

true false

166) True or False? Cytotoxic T cells can respond only to cells that display abnormal MHC Class II molecules. ⊚ ⊚

true false

167) True or False? The introduction of antibodies from another source will stimulate the production of antibodies by the body. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

54


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 22_13e_ VanPutte 1) A 2) B 3) B 4) C 5) A 6) A 7) E 8) A 9) E 10) B 11) E 12) C 13) C 14) A 15) A 16) E 17) C 18) D 19) C 20) B 21) C 22) B 23) A 24) B 25) C 26) E Version 1

55


27) A 28) C 29) A 30) A 31) C 32) D 33) C 34) C 35) B 36) C 37) A 38) E 39) A 40) C 41) B 42) E 43) A 44) A 45) A 46) B 47) D 48) C 49) A 50) B 51) E 52) C 53) A 54) B 55) B 56) A Version 1

56


57) A 58) D 59) C 60) A 61) B 62) C 63) D 64) B 65) A 66) B 67) A 68) C 69) D 70) C 71) D 72) E 73) C 74) A 75) A 76) C 77) D 78) B 79) E 80) C 81) B 82) C 83) D 84) E 85) C 86) A Version 1

57


87) C 88) E 89) C 90) B 91) A 92) B 93) C 94) B 95) B 96) B 97) C 98) D 99) C 100) B 101) D 102) A 103) D 104) D 105) C 106) B 107) B 108) D 109) B 110) C 111) B 112) A 113) D 114) E 115) D 116) E Version 1

58


117) D 118) E 119) E 120) E 121) D 122) E 123) D 124) D 125) E 126) D 127) D 128) D 129) A 130) D 131) B 132) A 133) E 134) D 135) B 136) B 137) A 138) A 139) A 140) A 141) A 142) A 143) A 144) A 145) A 146) A Version 1

59


147) A 148) A 149) A 150) A 151) A 152) A 153) A 154) Section Break 154.1) B 154.2) C 154.3) D 154.4) E 154.5) A 155) Section Break 155.1) B 155.2) E 155.3) C 155.4) D 155.5) A 156) Section Break 156.1) D 156.2) C 156.3) B 156.4) B 156.5) B 156.6) C 156.7) D 156.8) A 156.9) E 156.10) E Version 1

60


156.11) A 156.12) A 156.13) C 156.14) C 156.15) B 157) Section Break 157.1) D 157.2) C 157.3) B 157.4) E 157.5) A 158) FALSE 159) TRUE 160) TRUE 161) FALSE 162) FALSE 163) FALSE 164) FALSE 165) FALSE 166) FALSE 167) FALSE

Version 1

61


CHAPTER 23 1) Which of the following are mechanisms to prevent food from entering the larynx? (Check all that apply.) A) Contraction of the thyroid cartilage, pinching closed the larynx B) Movement of the tongue over the inlet to the larynx C) Closure of the glottis D) Tipping of epiglottis over glottis

2) The composition of alveolar air differs from atmospheric air. Indicate all of the factors that account for this difference. A) Nitrogen does not enter alveoli B) Difference in overall (total) pressure C) Presence of water vapor D) Gas exchange adds CO2 E) Gas exchange removes O2

3)

The posterior wall of the trachea contains smooth muscle called the __________ muscle.

4)

The __________ zone extends from the trachea to the terminal bronchioles.

5)

Gas exchange between the air and the blood takes place in the __________.

6)

The thyroid cartilage is part of the __________.

Version 1

1


7)

Contraction of the __________ muscles will elevate the ribs and move the sternum.

8)

__________ is the volume of air inspired during a normal inspiration.

9) The part of the respiratory system where gas exchange does not occur is called __________ space.

10)

Ventilation refers to the A) movement of air into and out of the lungs. B) gas exchange between the blood and the tissues. C) transportation of oxygen and carbon dioxide in the blood. D) gas exchange between the air in the lungs and the blood. E) respiration at the cellular level.

11)

Systemic (internal) respiration refers to A) atmospheric air coming into the lungs. B) gas exchange between the lungs and the blood. C) gas exchange in the atmosphere. D) gas exchange between the blood and body tissues. E) cellular respiration.

Version 1

2


12)

Pulmonary (external) respiration refers to A) atmospheric air coming into the lungs. B) gas exchange between the lungs and the blood. C) gas exchange in the atmosphere. D) gas exchange between the blood and body tissues. E) cellular respiration.

13)

A protective function of the respiratory system would be A) altering blood pHby changing blood CO2 levels. B) olfaction bydrawing molecules into the nasal cavity. C) producing ACEwhich helps regulate blood pressure. D) preventingmicroorganisms from entering the body.

14)

Which of the following is NOT a function of the respiratory system? A) Olfaction B) Taste C) Production of chemical mediators D) Voice production E) Regulation of blood pH

15)

Which of the following is NOT a process of respiration?

Version 1

3


A) Voice production B) Systemic respiration C) Ventilation D) Pulmonary respiration E) Transport of blood gases in the blood

16)

Which of the following is part of the upper respiratory tract? A) Lungs B) Pharynx C) Trachea D) Bronchi E) Bronchioles

17)

The nasal septum A) divides the nose into superior and inferior chambers. B) forms the floor of the nasal cavity. C) is the opening of the nose to the outside environment. D) is the part of the nose responsible for the sense of smell. E) divides the nose into right and left chambers.

18)

Which of the following functions is associated with the nose?

Version 1

4


A) Initiating the cough reflex B) Systemic respiration C) Warming inhaled air D) Producing mucus to trap debris from the air E) Both "Warming inhaled air" and "Producing mucus to trap debris from the air" are correct.

19)

Which of the following structures opens directly into the nasal cavity? A) Paranasal sinuses B) Auditory tubes C) Lacrimal glands D) Fauces E) Epiglottis

20) Whenever people cry, their nose runs. This is because the __________ drain tears into the nose. A) nasolacrimal ducts B) paranasal sinuses C) lacrimal glands D) Wharton's ducts E) auditory tube

21)

The olfactory epithelium responsible for the sense of smell is located in the __________.

Version 1

5


A) floor of the nasal cavity B) wall of the nasal septum C) lining of the nasopharynx D) cavity of the paranasal sinuses E) roof of the nasal cavity

22) A molecule of air enters the nose through the external nares. Which of the following is the correct pathway to the trachea? A) Nasal cavity, larynx, pharynx, trachea B) Oral cavity, nasal cavity, larynx, pharynx, trachea C) Nasopharynx, nasal cavity, laryngopharynx, trachea D) Nasal cavity, pharynx, larynx, trachea E) Nasal cavity, trachea, larynx, pharynx

23) Which of the following is NOT a function of the pseudostratified ciliated columnar epithelium of the nasal cavity? A) Traps dirt and removes it from the air B) Moisturizes the air C) Exchanges O2 and CO2 D) Warms the air

24)

Which of the following describes the function of the nasal conchae? A) Increases turbulence in the airflow B) Olfaction C) Increases surface area for cleaning, warming, and moisturizing the air D) Increases turbulence and surface area for cleaning, warming, and moisturizing the air

Version 1

6


25)

Which of the following is a passageway for both air and food? A) Trachea B) Larynx C) Pharynx D) Bronchus E) Esophagus

26) The portion of the pharynx that extends from the internal nares to the level of the uvula is the __________. A) glottis B) nasopharynx C) oropharynx D) laryngopharynx E) glottopharynx

27)

The auditory tubes open into the __________. A) fauces B) oropharynx C) nasopharynx D) laryngopharynx E) nasal cavity

28)

The largest of the laryngeal cartilages is __________.

Version 1

7


A) epiglottis B) thyroid cartilage C) cricoid cartilage D) corniculate cartilage E) cuneiform cartilage

29)

The ring of cartilage that forms the base of the larynx is the __________. A) epiglottis B) thyroid cartilage C) cricoid cartilage D) arytenoid cartilage E) cuneiform cartilage

30)

Which of the following statements concerning the larynx is correct? A) The larynx contains four unpaired cartilages. B) When the glottis closes, air is prevented from leaving the lungs. C) Unlike other portions of the larynx, the epiglottis consists of some bony tissue. D) The inferior laryngeal cartilage is the thyroid cartilage. E) The epiglottis is also called "Adam's apple".

31)

During swallowing, the opening into the larynx is covered by the __________. A) epiglottis B) thyroid cartilage C) cricoid cartilage D) arytenoid cartilage E) the "Adam's apple"

Version 1

8


32) Which of the following laryngeal cartilages are paired? (1) Epiglottis (2) Thyroid cartilage (3) Corniculate cartilage (4) Arytenoid cartilage (5) Cuneiform cartilage (6) Cricoid cartilage A) 1, 2, 6 B) 3, 5, 6 C) 2, 4, 5 D) 3, 4, 5 E) 2, 3, 4

33) When these ligaments or folds come together, they prevent food from entering the lower respiratory tract. A) Vocal folds B) Vestibular folds C) Cricothyroid ligaments D) Epiglottic folds E) Both "Vocal folds" and "Vestibular folds" are correct.

34)

When air passes through the glottis, which structures vibrate to produce sound? A) Thyroid folds B) Ventricular folds C) Epiglottal cords D) Cricohyoid folds E) Vocal folds (cords)

Version 1

9


35)

The pitch of the sound produced by the vocal folds is controlled by the A) frequency of the vibrations. B) amplitude of the vibrations. C) thickness of the thyroid cartilage. D) size of the glottis. E) force of air moving past them.

36)

The trachea A) is located in the pleural cavity. B) has "C" shaped cartilages that form its anterior and lateral sides. C) is lined with keratinized squamous epithelium. D) bifurcates to form the bronchioles. E) collapses when not in use.

37)

The respiratory zone of the tracheobronchial tree includes which of the following? A) Trachea B) Alveoli C) Primary bronchi D) Larynx E) Tertiary bronchi

38)

Each lobe of each lung is supplied by a __________.

Version 1

10


A) primary bronchus B) secondary bronchus C) tertiary bronchus D) bronchiole E) segmental bronchus

39)

Of the following structures, the largest in diameter is the __________. A) primary bronchus B) secondary bronchus C) respiratory bronchiole D) trachea E) tertiary bronchus

40) Arrange the following structures in the order air passes through them during inhalation. (1) Alveolar ducts (2) Alveolus (3) Respiratory bronchiole (4) Terminal bronchiole A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 2, 1, 3, 4 C) 4, 3, 1, 2 D) 3, 2, 1, 4 E) 4, 3, 2, 1

41) When people aspirate liquids or food into their lungs, the liquid or food most commonly enters the right lung rather than the left lung. This is because the right primary bronchus is __________ than the left primary bronchus.

Version 1

11


A) longer B) thinner C) more vertical D) less ciliated E) shorter

42)

The diameter of bronchioles can change because their walls contain __________. A) smooth muscle B) skeletal muscle C) fibrous cartilage D) hyaline cartilage E) elastic cartilage

43)

From largest to smallest, the correct sequence for the following passageways is A) bronchi, bronchioles, respiratory bronchioles, terminal bronchioles, alveoli. B) bronchioles, terminal bronchioles, respiratory bronchioles, bronchi, alveoli. C) alveoli, bronchioles, terminal bronchioles, respiratory bronchioles, bronchi. D) bronchi, bronchioles, terminal bronchioles, respiratory bronchioles, alveoli. E) terminal bronchioles, respiratory bronchioles, bronchi, bronchioles, alveoli.

44)

Gas exchange between the air in the lungs and the blood takes place in the __________. A) alveoli B) primary bronchi C) terminal bronchioles D) trachea E) respiratory bronchi

Version 1

12


45)

Constriction of smooth muscle in the bronchioles A) occurs during periods of exercise. B) restricts the flow of air into the lungs. C) decreases ciliary action. D) increases airflow out of the lungs. E) does not affect airflow.

46)

What is the function of the ciliated epithelium of the tracheobronchial tree? A) To cause coughing B) A mucus-cilia escalator C) Move dirt toward the alveoli D) All of the choices are correct.

47)

The walls of the alveoli A) are composed of simple squamous epithelium. B) contain several layers of smooth muscle. C) contain goblet cells. D) are surrounded by cartilage. E) are ciliated.

48) A person has severe damage or disease in the upper area of their right lung. Surgery is necessary. The doctor would need to remove

Version 1

13


A) the entire right lung. B) the superior lobe of the right lung. C) the apical bronchopulmonary segment of the right lung. D) only the damaged area of the apical bronchopulmonary segment. E) the apical, anterior, and posterior segments of the superior lobe.

49)

Which of the following statements regarding the lungs is correct? A) The left lung is larger than the right lung. B) The left lung contains two lobes, while the right lung contains three lobes. C) The left lung has more bronchopulmonary segments than the right lung. D) Only the right lung has a hilum. E) The left lung contains three lobes, while the right lung contains two lobes.

50)

Which type of cell makes up about 90% of the alveolar surface? A) Ciliated simple squamous epithelial cells B) Type Ipneumocytes C) Type IIpneumocytes D) Macrophages

51)

Which type of alveolar cells produce surfactant? A) Ciliated simple cuboidal epithelial cells B) Type Ipneumocytes C) Type IIpneumocytes D) Macrophages

Version 1

14


52)

What occurs at the respiratory membrane? A) Mucus removes debris. B) Gas exchange between the air and blood takes place. C) Macrophages accumulate to remove debris. D) Gas exchange between the blood and tissues takes place.

53)

Which of the following is NOT part of the respiratory membrane? A) Simple squamous epithelium of the alveolus and its basement membrane B) Interstitial space C) Pulmonary capillary simple squamous epithelium and its basement membrane D) Thick layer of mucus lining the alveolus

54) Which of the following muscles increases the volume of the thorax during a normal inhalation? (1) Diaphragm (2) External intercostals (3) Internal intercostals (4) Rectus abdominis A) 1, 2 B) 1, 3 C) 2, 3 D) 2, 4 E) 3, 4

Version 1

15


55) Contraction of the __________ will increase the superior-inferior dimension of the thoracic cavity. A) rectus abdominis B) internal intercostals C) diaphragm D) external intercostals E) sternocleidomastoid

56)

Expiration during quiet breathing A) is an active process. B) requires more muscle contractions than inspiration. C) is due to contraction of the diaphragm and elevation of the ribs. D) occurs when the diaphragm and external intercostal muscles relax. E) is not affected by the elastic properties of the lungs.

57)

Which of the following statements concerning the lungs and the pleura is true? A) Each lung is suspended in a separate pleural cavity. B) Parietal pleura covers the surface of each lung. C) The space between the visceral and parietal pleurae is called the mediastinum. D) The pleural fluid assists in gas exchange. E) The pleural membranes adhere, but cannot slide past each other.

58)

The serous membranes that surround the lungs are called the __________ membranes.

Version 1

16


A) mucous B) synovial C) pleural D) peritoneal E) pulmonary

59)

Oxygenated blood is carried to the tissues of the lungs via the __________. A) pulmonary veins B) bronchial arteries C) pulmonary artery D) abdominal aorta E) pleural arteries

60)

The lungs have A) one blood flow route and one lymphatic supply. B) two blood flow routes and one lymphatic supply. C) one blood flow route and two lymphatic supplies. D) two blood flow routes and two lymphatic supplies. E) three blood flow routes and one lymphatic supply.

61)

When the inspiratory muscles contract, A) thoracic volume increases. B) pleural pressure increases. C) the alveolar pressure increases. D) expiration occurs. E) thoracic volume decreases.

Version 1

17


62)

Which of the following statements concerning thoracic volume is true? A) As thoracic volume increases, alveolar pressure (Palv) increases. B) In expiration, the thoracic volume increases. C) Constriction of bronchioles assists breathing. D) As alveolar volume increases, alveolar pressure (Palv) decreases. E) Pressure is directly proportional to volume.

63)

For air to flow into or out of the lungs, there must be A) a volume gradient established between the atmosphere and the alveoli. B) a temperature gradient between the atmosphere and the alveoli. C) a pressure gradient established between the atmosphere and the alveoli. D) a diffusion gradient between the atmosphere and the alveoli. E) None of the choices are correct.

64)

During expiration, the alveolar pressure must be A) greater than atmospheric pressure. B) less than atmospheric pressure. C) equal to atmospheric pressure. D) greater than pleural pressure. E) None of these choices is correct.

65)

Surfactant facilitates alveolar ventilation by

Version 1

18


A) decreasing the surface tension between water molecules on the lining of the alveoli. B) decreasing thoracic compliance. C) attracting water to the alveolar surface. D) increasing the surface area for gas exchange. E) increasing the surface tension between fluid and the alveoli.

66) During inspiration, contraction of the diaphragm causes the volume of Mr. Jones' thoracic cavity to increase and the pleural pressure to decrease. The pressure in his alveoli (Palv) will A) decrease below atmospheric pressure (PB), causing air to move out of his lungs. B) become greater than atmospheric pressure (PB), causing air to move into his lungs. C) decrease below atmospheric pressure (PB), causing air to move into his lungs. D) become greater than atmospheric pressure (PB), causing air to move out of his lungs. E) does not change.

67)

Which of the following factors keeps the alveoli expanded? A) A pneumothorax B) Negative pleural pressure C) Alveolar pressure being equal to atmospheric pressure D) A reduction in surfactant E) Negative intra-alveolar pressure

68)

Air in the pleural cavity is called

Version 1

19


A) emphysema. B) respiratory distress syndrome. C) a pneumothorax. D) pneumonia. E) forced expiration.

69)

Which law explains that an increase in volume causes a decrease in pressure? A) Henry's Law B) Dalton's Law C) Charles Law D) Boyle's Law

70)

Which law explains why a gas will move from one area to another area? A) Dalton's Law B) Henry's Law C) Charles Law D) Boyle's Law

71)

Which factors are responsible for the decrease in the volume of the alveoli? A) Compliance and lung recoil B) Lung recoil and surface tension of water C) Compliance and surface tension of water D) Perfusion and lung recoil

Version 1

20


72)

In which of the following situations is compliance greatest? A) Collapse of the alveoli B) Airway obstruction C) Emphysema D) Pulmonary fibrosis E) Pulmonary edema

73)

Which of the following individuals will have the highest vital capacity? A) A well-trained athlete (male or female) B) A middle-aged, short female C) An 80-year-old male D) A young, obese male E) An adult female

74) Marcus exhales normally; then, using forced expiration, he exhales as much air as possible. The volume of air still remaining in his lungs is called __________. A) expiratory reserve volume B) tidal volume C) inspiratory reserve volume D) vital capacity E) residual volume

75)

The volume of air available for gas exchange per minute is called the __________.

Version 1

21


A) vital capacity B) alveolar ventilation C) minute respiratory volume D) functional residual capacity E) respiratory rate

76)

Physiological dead air space is anatomic dead space plus A) the residual volume. B) the volume of any alveoli where gas exchange is diminished. C) the volume of blood flowing to the lungs. D) the respiration rate. E) tidal volume.

77) Calculate the alveolar ventilation if the tidal volume is 500 ml, the respiratory rate is 12/minute, and the anatomical dead space is 100 ml. A) 1200 ml B) 1800 ml C) 4800 ml D) 6000 ml E) 7200 ml

78)

The volume of air inspired or expired with each breath is the __________. A) residual volume B) inspiratory reserve volume C) tidal volume D) expiratory reserve volume

Version 1

22


79) What is the volume of air that can be forcibly expired after expiration of the tidal volume? A) Residual volume B) Inspiratory reserve volume C) Vital capacity D) Expiratory reserve volume

80) Paul is getting ready to blow up a pool float because he can't find the air pump. He takes a big breath in after exhaling normally. The air he takes in is the __________. A) inspiratory reserve volume B) vital capacity C) inspiratory capacity D) tidal volume

81) If the total pressure of a mixture of gases was 760 mm Hg and its composition is 20% oxygen, 0.04% carbon dioxide, 75% nitrogen, and 5% water vapor, then the partial pressure of oxygen would be __________. A) 740 mm Hg B) 20 mm Hg C) 148 mm Hg D) 152 mm Hg E) 200 mm Hg

82) Oxygen and carbon dioxide are exchanged across the respiratory membrane by the process of __________.

Version 1

23


A) active transport B) diffusion C) filtration D) osmosis E) cotransport

83) Which of the following increases the rate of gas exchange across the respiratory membrane? A) Increased fluid in the alveoli B) Increased thickness of the respiratory membrane C) Increased surface area of the respiratory membrane D) Increased connective tissue in the alveolar wall E) Decreased surface area of the respiratory membrane

84)

Which of the following respiratory membrane layers is closest to air in the alveolus? A) Alveolar epithelium B) Alveolar basement membrane C) Capillary basement membrane D) Capillary endothelium E) Alveolar fluid (with surfactant)

85) Which of the following is NOT a factor that influences the rate of gas diffusion through the respiratory membrane?

Version 1

24


A) The partial pressure gradient of the gases B) The thickness of the respiratory membrane C) The diffusion coefficient of the gases D) The temperature of the gases E) The surface area of the membrane

86)

Pulmonary edema will cause the rate of gas diffusion to __________. A) increase B) decrease C) remain the same

87) Carbon dioxide is more soluble in water than is oxygen. Which gas has the higher rate of diffusion? A) Carbon dioxide B) Oxygen C) Both will have the same rate of diffusion.

88) A decrease in the surface area of the respiratory membrane will cause the diffusion rate to __________. A) increase B) decrease C) remain unchanged

89) Which of the following will cause a decrease in the surface area of the respiratory membrane? Version 1

25


A) emphysema B) tuberculosis C) pneumonia D) All of thechoices will reduce surface area of the respiratory membrane

90)

Normally, the partial pressure of oxygen gas is higher in the __________. A) blood of the pulmonary capillaries B) bronchioles C) alveoli D) venous blood

91) Which of the following results in an increase in shunted blood (blood not completely oxygenated)? A) Exercise B) Pulmonary edema C) Increased heart rate D) Increased respiration rate E) None of the choices are correct.

92)

As the result of an asthmatic attack, A) ventilation exceeds the ability of blood to pick up oxygen. B) ventilation is inadequate to oxygenate blood. C) pulmonary blood flow is reduced while ventilation remains normal. D) the surface area available for gas exchange increases. E) bronchioles dilate.

Version 1

26


93)

Arrange the following in order from highest to lowest PO2.

(1) PO2 of pulmonary veins (2) PO2 of pulmonary artery (3) PO2 of alveolar air A) 1, 2, 3 B) 2, 1, 3 C) 2, 3, 1 D) 3, 1, 2 E) 3, 2, 1

94)

Oxygen diffusion from the alveolus to the pulmonary capillary occurs because A) alveolar PO2 isgreater than capillary PO2. B) oxygen diffuses faster than carbon dioxide. C) alveolar PCO2 isgreater than capillary PCO2. D) alveolar PO2 isless than capillary PCO2. E) carbon dioxide diffuses faster than oxygen.

95)

In which of the following sequences does PO2 progressively decrease? A) Body tissue, arterial blood, alveolar air B) Body tissue, alveolar air, arterial blood C) Blood in aorta, atmospheric air, body tissues D) Atmospheric air, blood in aorta, body tissues E) Body tissue, aorta, alveolar air

96)

Oxygen is transported in the blood

Version 1

27


A) bound to hemoglobin. B) bound to albumin. C) dissolved in the plasma. D) as part of the bicarbonate ion. E) dissolved in theplasma and bound to hemoglobin.

97)

During exercise, the oxygen-hemoglobin dissociation curve A) shifts to the right. B) shifts to the left. C) doesn't shift.

98)

The Bohr effect refers to the A) mechanism involved in diffusion of nitrogen into the blood. B) physical laws governing the solubility of gases in fluids. C) effect of pH on the oxygen-hemoglobin dissociation curve. D) chemical equilibrium between carbonic acid and bicarbonate in the blood. E) effect of temperature on the oxygen-hemoglobin dissociation curve.

99)

Most O2 is carried in the blood __________; but most CO2 is __________. A) dissolved in plasma; associated with salt or acid B) bound tohemoglobin; associated with bicarbonate ions in the plasma C) combined with albumin; associated with carbonic acid D) bound to hemoglobin; bound to albumin E) bound to plasma proteins; carried as CO2

Version 1

28


100) Mr. Jones has a blood pH of 7.00 and a temperature of 100.5°F. His oxygen-hemoglobin dissociation curve would A) shift to the right, causing more O2 to be released to his cells. B) shift to the left, allowing less O2 to be released to his cells. C) show no change, allowing the O2 concentration to remain stable.

101)

When 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate (BPG) levels increase, hemoglobin A) releases less O2 to tissues. B) releases more CO2 to tissues. C) releases more O2 to tissues. D) releases less CO2 to tissues. E) None of the choices are correct.

102)

How does an increase in body temperature affect the oxyhemoglobin-dissociation curve? A) It causes a shift to the left. B) It causes a shift to the right. C) There is no effect. D) None of the choices are correct.

103)

Hemoglobin that has oxygen attached is called __________.

Version 1

29


A) hemoglobin-oxygen complex B) carbaminohemoglobin C) oxyhemoglobin D) deoxyhemoglobin E) globoxygen

104) As acidity increases, how does this affect the affinity of hemoglobin for the oxygen it carries? A) Oxyhemoglobin affinity decreases. B) Oxyhemoglobin affinity increases. C) Oxyhemoglobin affinity remains the same. D) Hemoglobin loses its affinity for oxygen. E) None of the choices are correct.

105)

How does carbon monoxide affect red blood cells (RBCs)? A) It causes them to shrivel. B) The hemoglobin within the RBC bind to carbon monoxide. C) The hemoglobin rejects carbon monoxide. D) The RBCs clump together. E) The carbon monoxide converts to carbon dioxide.

106)

Why is transfused blood discarded after about 6 weeks of storage? A) It cannot bind to oxygen anymore. B) It becomes toothick. C) The BPG levels aretoo low for adequate release of oxygen to tissues. D) The percent oxygensaturation is too low.

Version 1

30


107)

Why is fetal hemoglobin very efficient at picking up oxygen?

A) The BPG levels aremuch higher than in maternal hemoglobin. B) The fetaloxygen-dissociation curve is to the right of the maternal oxygendissociationcurve. C) The concentrationof fetal hemoglobin is 10% greater than the concentration of maternalhemoglobin. D) The fetaloxygen-dissociation curve is to the left of the maternal oxygendissociationcurve.

108)

Most CO2 is transported in the blood A) in the form of bicarbonate ions. B) bound tohemoglobin. C) dissolved in the plasma. D) by the leukocytes. E) in the form of carbonic acid.

109)

Hemoglobin that has released its O2 A) loses its affinity for O2. B) will dissolve in the plasma. C) will bind more readily to CO2. D) is broken down to heme and globin and excreted. E) will bind more readily to O2.

110)

The chloride shift refers to the

Version 1

31


A) effect of Cl− on the O2 dissociation curve. B) exchange of Cl− for bicarbonate ions across the red blood cell membrane. C) exchange of Cl− for CO2 across alveolar cell membranes. D) effect of Cl− on H+ diffusion from red blood cells. E) exchange of Cl− for hemoglobin across the red blood cell membrane.

111)

Which of the following events in the chloride shift occurs last? A) Carbon dioxide diffuses into a red blood cell. B) Carbonic acid dissociates to form bicarbonate and H+. C) Bicarbonate ions diffuse into the plasma. D) CO2 and H2O → H2CO3 E) Carbonic acid dissociates to form water and CO2.

112)

Which of the following molecules acts as a buffer during the chloride shift? A) CO2 B) Hemoglobin C) Carbonic anhydrase D) Water E) Bicarbonate ion

113)

The Haldane effect means that A) as hemoglobinreleases CO2, the ability to pick up O2 increases. B) as hemoglobinreleases bicarbonate ions, the ability to pick up chloride ions increases. C) as hemoglobinreleases O2, the ability to pick up CO2 increases. D) as hemoglobinreleases O2, the ability to pick up CO2 decreases.

Version 1

32


114) If there is an accumulation of acidic products in the plasma, one would expect __________. A) an increase in respiration rate B) a decrease in respiration rate C) no influence on respiration rate D) an increase in residual volume E) apnea

115) Direct stimulation of neurons within the dorsal respiratory group would cause an increase in the frequency of action potential in the A) glossopharyngeal nerve that innervates the pharyngeal muscles. B) phrenic nerve that innervates the diaphragm. C) vagus nerve that innervates the smooth muscle of the bronchioles. D) intercostal nerves to internal intercostals muscles. E) intercostal nerves to external intercostals muscles.

116) Which of the following statements concerning the dorsal and ventral respiratory groups is false? A) They are located in the reticular activating system. B) There is cross communication between these two groups. C) These groups establish the basic rate and depth of breathing. D) These groups increase the number of action potentials to the respiratory muscles during inspiration. E) Two dorsal and two ventral respiratory groups make up the medullary respiratory center.

Version 1

33


117)

The ventral respiratory group A) is located in the pons. B) stimulates the intercostal and abdominal muscles. C) is part of the pontine respiratory group. D) is active only in exhalation. E) stimulates the diaphragm.

118)

The pontine respiratory neurons A) are located in the medulla oblongata in the brain. B) are active only during inspiration. C) are active only during expiration. D) play a role in switching between inspiration and expiration. E) is essential for respiratory rhythm.

119)

Rhythmicity of breathing involves A) conscious effort and control. B) stimulation of inspiration. Expiration is automatic. C) pontinerespiratory group as a necessary part. D) a set pattern of inspiration—expiration that is always the same. E) the pre-Bötzinger complex of the ventral respiratory group.

120)

A baby holding its breath will

Version 1

34


A) be termed a "blue baby". B) have brain cells damaged because of low blood oxygen levels. C) suffer heart damage because of increased pressure in the aorta. D) automatically start to breathe when the CO2 levels in the blood reach a high enough value. E) automatically start to breathe when oxygen levels decrease slightly.

121)

The chemosensitive area of the brain is located in the __________. A) pons B) cerebral peduncles C) cerebellum D) hypothalamus E) medulla oblongata

122) Mr. Smith hypoventilates and retains too much CO2. Which of the following receptors is stimulated by an increase in CO2? A) Irritant receptors B) Pressure receptors C) Osmoreceptors D) Peripheral chemoreceptors E) Baroreceptors

123)

When CO2 levels in the blood increase, the

Version 1

35


A) condition is called hypocapnia. B) pH of the blood increases. C) blood becomes more acidic. D) number of hydrogen ions in the blood decreases. E) blood becomes more alkaline.

124) After hyperventilating for several minutes, a person may develop short periods of apnea because A) blood pH would drop and inhibit inspiration. B) oxygen in the lungs has not had time to diffuse into the blood. C) the level of oxygen has increased and inhibits the inspiratory center. D) the level of CO2 decreases below the level necessary to stimulate the inspiratory center. E) blood pH will rise and stimulate expiration.

125)

Blood O2 levels A) are more important than CO2 levels in the regulation of respiration. B) need to change only slightly to cause a change in respiration rate. C) within the normal PO2 range have little effect on regulation of respiration. D) in venous blood and arterial blood are about the same. E) never change enough to influence respiration.

126)

The major regulator of respiration is the plasma concentration of __________.

Version 1

36


A) oxygen B) carbon dioxide C) water vapor D) nitrogen E) chloride

127)

A greater than normal amount of CO2 in the blood is called ___________. A) hypercapnia B) hypoxia C) hyperdioxemia D) hypodioxemia

128)

The Hering-Breuer reflex A) causes erratic respirations. B) helps prevent overinflation of the lungs. C) has its sensory components in the sympathetic nerves. D) is a normal response to increased O2 content in the blood. E) limits how much air a person can expire.

129)

During exercise, ventilation initially increases due to A) increased blood CO2 levels, stimulating baroreceptors. B) decreased blood O2 levels, stimulating chemoreceptors. C) decreased blood pH levels, stimulating baroreceptors. D) limb movements that stimulate the respiratory center. E) abrupt changes in metabolism or blood gases.

Version 1

37


130) The highest level of exercise that can be performed without causing a significant change in blood pH is called the __________. A) Hering-Breuer reflex B) aerobic threshold C) anaerobic threshold D) lactate tolerance level

131)

Which of the following is NOT a respiratory adaptation to exercise training? A) Vital capacity increases B) Tidal volume at maximal exercise will increase C) Increased minute ventilation after training D) After training, respiratory rate at rest is lower

132)

Which of the following is mismatched? A) Bronchitis – inflammation of the bronchi B) Emphysema – destruction of the alveolar walls C) Pulmonary fibrosis – loss of elastic recoil in the lung D) Cystic fibrosis – replacement of lung tissue with fibrous connective tissue E) Smokers – chronic obstructive pulmonary disease

133) A patient has severe pneumonia, which has thickened the respiratory membrane. Despite oxygen therapy, he still has rapid respiration and feels as if he is not getting enough air. This is because

Version 1

38


A) the O2 increases the stimulation of the carotid and aortic bodies. B) the O2 stimulates the respiratory center to increase the respiratory rate. C) his blood pH increased and stimulated an increase in his respiratory rate. D) even though he is receiving enough O2, CO2 and H+ accumulate in his blood and cause the respiratory rate to continue to increase. E) O2 cannot diffuse across the thickened membrane.

134)

Which of the following is an effect of aging on the respiratory system? A) Vital capacity is unchanged. B) Minute ventilation rates increase. C) Residual volume increases. D) Gas exchange in the lungs remains unchanged.

135) One of the functions of the respiratory system is to alter the levels of carbon dioxide in the blood; thus regulating __________. A) blood glucose levels B) O2 levels C) blood pressure D) blood volume E) blood pH

136)

The nasal vestibule is located in the __________ portion of the nasal cavity. A) posterior B) exterior C) upper D) external E) anterior

Version 1

39


137)

Which of the paired cartilages of the larynx articulate with the cricoid cartilage? A) Thyroid B) Corniculate C) Cuneiform D) Epiglottis E) Arytenoid

138) As air moves down through the tracheobronchial tree, the FIRST segment that will contain alveoli will be __________. A) terminal bronchioles B) alveolar duct C) alveolar sac D) bronchioles E) respiratory bronchioles

139)

The largest division of each lung are __________, which are divided into __________. A) lobules; segments B) segments; lobules C) lobes; lobules D) segments; lobes E) lobes; segments

140) Two opposing mechanisms determine alveolar expansion: __________ leads to alveolar expansion, while __________ opposes alveolar expansion.

Version 1

40


A) lung recoil; positive pleural pressure B) positive pleural pressure; lung recoil C) lung recoil; negative pleural pressure D) negative pleural pressure; lung recoil

141) With a respiratory rate of 12 breaths per minute and a tidal volume of 500mL, what would the minute ventilation be? A) 500 mL per minute B) 41.6 mL per minute C) 600 mL per minute D) 60 liters per minute E) 6 liters per minute

142) Why is the PO2 of the blood leaving pulmonary capillaries 104 mm Hg, but the blood leaving the lungs to enter the left atrium is 95 mm Hg? A) Some O2 diffuses out of the blood as it travels through the pulmonary veins. B) Some O2 is incorporated into bicarbonate ion, removing it from solution and reducing PO2. C) Some CO2 in the alveoli is mixed with oxygenated blood from alveolar circulation. D) Deoxygenated blood from bronchial circulation is mixed with blood from oxygenated alveolar circulation.

143)

Hyperventilation __________ plasma CO2 levels which __________ plasma pH. A) decreases; decreases B) increases; decreases C) increases; increases D) decreases; increases

Version 1

41


144) If you exercise with enough intensity that the blood pH is changed, you have exceeded the __________. A) aerobic threshold B) acidity point C) base point D) pH threshold E) anaerobic threshold

145) Indicate the statement that describes respiratory function in a highly trained athlete at maximal exercise. A) Unchanged minute ventilation; increased respiratory rate; decreased vital capacity B) Increased residual volume; increased respiratory rate; decreased alveolar ventilation C) Increased tidal volume; unchanged minute ventilation; unchanged alveolar ventilation D) Increased minute ventilation; increased alveolar ventilation; unchanged tidal volume E) Increased tidal volume; increased minute ventilation; increased alveolar ventilation

146)

All of the following are changes seen in the respiratory system with aging, except A) decreased vital capacity. B) decreased maximum minute ventilation. C) increased dead space. D) decreased inspiratory reserve volume. E) decreased lung compliance.

147)

Which of the following is not part of the thoracic wall?

Version 1

42


A) Diaphragm B) Sternum C) Ribs D) Thoracic vertebrae

148)

Which of the following statements concerning the pleura is correct?

A) The pleural fluid between the the parietal pleura and visceral pleura ensure that as the thorax expands, the lungs expand as well. B) The parietal pleura separates from the visceral pleura as the thorax expands. C) The fluid secreted by the pleural membranes compresses the lungs causing them to collapse. D) All of the choices are correct.

149)

Which of the following situations would decrease the oxygenation of fetal blood? A) A decrease in fetal hemoglobin B) A decrease in maternal hemoglobin C) An increase in fetal hemoglobin D) A decrease in binding affinity of maternal hemoglobin

150)

Use the following key to determine the best answer.

A. First item is greater than the second item. B. First item is less than the second item. C. First item is equal or nearly equal to the second item.

Version 1

43


150.1) (1) Alveolar pressure during inspiration (2) Alveolar pressure during expiration

150.2) (1) PO2 in alveolar air (2) PO2 in venous blood

150.3) (1) PO2 of arterial blood (2) PO2 of intracellular fluid

151) Match the term with the appropriate description. Answer with the letter preceding the description. A. The floor of the nasal cavity B. Superior portion of pharynx C. A soft process that extends inferiorly from the posterior edge of the soft palate D. The opening of the nasal cavity into the pharynx E. External openings of the nasal cavity

151.1)

External nares

151.2)

Internal nares

151.3)

Hard palate

Version 1

44


152)

151.4)

Nasopharynx

151.5)

Uvula

Match the term with the appropriate description or definition.

A. Sum of the inspiratory reserve, expiratory reserve, tidal, and residual volumes B. Volume of air inspired during a normal inspiration C. Volume of air remaining in lungs after the most forceful expiration D. Sum of the expiratory reserve, inspiratory reserve, and tidal volumes E. The amount of air that can be forcefully expired after expiration of the normal tidal volume

152.1)

Expiratory reserve volume

152.2)

Tidal volume

152.3)

Residual volume

152.4)

Vital capacity

Version 1

45


152.5)

153)

Total lung capacity

Use the table to determine the best answer.

Patient A

Patient B

Patient C

Patient D

Respiration Rate

34

8

14

36

Blood pH

7.32

7.25

7.40

7.52

PCO2

52

60

40

22

PO2

84

72

98

110

Tidal Volume

375 ml

400 ml

500 ml

600 ml

153.1)

Which of the patients above does not have any abnormal respiratory values?

153.2)

Which of the patients above is suffering from emphysema?

153.3) Which of the patients above might have a depression of the respiratory center due to drugs?

153.4)

Version 1

Which of the patients above has a severe case of "test anxiety"?

46


154)

Match the disorder of the respiratory system with the best description.

A. Destruction of the alveolar walls B. Inflammation of the bronchi C. Inherited disease that affects secretory cells lining the lungs D. Replacement of lung tissue with fibrous connective tissue E. Infant stops breathing during sleep

155)

154.1)

Pulmonary fibrosis

154.2)

Emphysema

154.3)

Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS)

154.4)

Cystic fibrosis

Use the following two choices.

A. Oxygen-hemoglobin dissociation curve shifts to the right B. Oxygen-hemoglobin dissociation curve shifts to the left

155.1)

Version 1

Decrease blood pH

47


155.2)

Decrease in CO2

155.3)

Decrease in body temperature

155.4)

Increase in body temperature

155.5)

Increase in pH

156) True or False? Contraction of respiratory muscles are responsible for the movement of air out of the lungs in quiet expiration. ⊚ ⊚

true false

157) True or False? Increasing ventilation will increase the PO2 and decrease the PCO2, which promotes gas exchange. ⊚ ⊚

158)

true false

True or False? It is possible to consciously control the rate and depth of respiration. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

48


159)

Apnea is the slowing of respiration as occurs during sleep. ⊚ ⊚

true false

160) True or False? Muscles of the thoracic wall are important for changing thoracic volume during expiration only. ⊚ ⊚

true false

161) True or False? Increased blood flow to alveoli is a common factor that disrupts normal ventilation-perfusion coupling. ⊚ ⊚

true false

162) True or False? Hering-Breuer reflex is important in adults to regulate the basic rhythm of breathing. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

49


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 23_13e_ VanPutte 1) [C, D] 2) [C, D, E] 3) trachealis 4) conducting 5) alveoli 6) larynx 7) external intercostal 8) Tidal volume 9) dead 10) A 11) D 12) B 13) D 14) B 15) A 16) B 17) E 18) E 19) A 20) A 21) E 22) D 23) C 24) D 25) C 26) B Version 1

50


27) C 28) B 29) C 30) B 31) A 32) D 33) E 34) E 35) A 36) B 37) B 38) B 39) D 40) C 41) C 42) A 43) D 44) A 45) B 46) B 47) A 48) C 49) B 50) B 51) C 52) B 53) D 54) A 55) C 56) D Version 1

51


57) A 58) C 59) B 60) D 61) A 62) D 63) C 64) A 65) A 66) C 67) B 68) C 69) D 70) A 71) B 72) C 73) A 74) E 75) B 76) B 77) C 78) C 79) D 80) C 81) D 82) B 83) C 84) E 85) D 86) B Version 1

52


87) A 88) B 89) A 90) C 91) B 92) B 93) D 94) A 95) D 96) E 97) A 98) C 99) B 100) A 101) C 102) B 103) C 104) A 105) B 106) C 107) D 108) A 109) C 110) B 111) C 112) B 113) C 114) A 115) B 116) A Version 1

53


117) B 118) D 119) E 120) D 121) E 122) D 123) C 124) D 125) C 126) B 127) A 128) B 129) D 130) C 131) C 132) D 133) D 134) C 135) E 136) E 137) E 138) E 139) E 140) D 141) E 142) D 143) D 144) E 145) E 146) E Version 1

54


147) A 148) A 149) A 150) Section Break 150.1) B 150.2) A 150.3) A 151) Section Break 151.1) E 151.2) D 151.3) A 151.4) b 151.5) C 152) Section Break 152.1) E 152.2) B 152.3) C 152.4) D 152.5) A 153) Section Break 153.1) Patient C 153.2) Patient A 153.3) Patient B 153.4) Patient D 154) Section Break 154.1) D 154.2) A 154.3) E 154.4) C 155) Section Break Version 1

55


155.1) A 155.2) B 155.3) B 155.4) A 155.5) B 156) FALSE 157) TRUE 158) TRUE 159) FALSE 160) FALSE 161) FALSE 162) FALSE

Version 1

56


CHAPTER 24 1)

Which of the following is an accessory organ of the digestive tract? A) Pharynx B) Stomach C) Liver D) Large intestine

2)

Which of the following is NOT an accessory organ of the digestive tract? A) Esophagus B) Salivary glands C) Pancreas D) Gallbladder

3)

Which is the correct order of the regions of the digestive tract from superior to inferior? A) Pharynx, esophagus, large intestine, small intestine B) Oral cavity, stomach, small intestine, large intestine C) Stomach, esophagus, large intestine, small intestine D) Anus, large intestine, stomach, esophagus

4)

Which of the following organs is part of the digestive tract?

Version 1

1


A) Salivary gland B) Liver C) Gallbladder D) Stomach E) Pancreas

5)

Which of the following is a function of the digestive system? A) Cellular respiration B) Food selection C) Elimination of undigested food D) Regulation of blood pH E) Integration and coordination of other systems

6)

__________ is the movement of food through the digestive tract. A) Propulsion B) Segmentation C) Mixing D) Mastication

7)

Which of the following is NOT a type of propulsion in the digestive tract? A) Peristalsis B) Mass movement C) Deglutition D) Segmental contraction

Version 1

2


8)

A mixing contraction in the small intestine is called __________. A) peristalsis B) segmental contraction C) deglutition D) mass movement

9) The movement of molecules out of the digestive tract into circulation or the lymphatic system is __________. A) secretion B) peristalsis C) chemical digestion D) absorption

10)

Which digestive activity is NOT correctly matched to its location? A) Killing microorganisms with lysozyme – stomach B) Digestion of carbohydrates – mouth C) Absorption of nutrients – small intestine D) Production of mucus – esophagus

11)

Which of the following is NOT a function of the stomach? A) Storage B) Protein digestion C) Absorption of aspirin D) Segmental contractions

Version 1

3


12)

Which of the following is NOT a function of the small intestine? A) Mastication of food B) Absorption of nutrients C) Complete digestion of food D) Mixing by segmental contractions

13)

Arrange the following in proper sequence as they occur first in the body.

(1) Digestion (2) Elimination (3) Ingestion (4) Absorption A) 3, 4, 2, 1 B) 1, 4, 3, 2 C) 4, 1, 2, 3 D) 3, 4, 1, 2 E) 3, 1, 4, 2

14)

Diffusion and active transport are likely to be important in A) mastication of food. B) absorption of food. C) elimination of undigested food. D) propulsion of food through the digestive tract. E) mixing of food.

15)

Which of the following occurs in the large intestine?

Version 1

4


A) Chemical digestion B) Mass movements C) Mastication D) Mixing waves E) Neutralization

16) In order to remove a tumor in the muscular tunic of the stomach, a surgeon must cut through the __________. A) lamina propria B) submucosa C) serosa D) mucosa E) lamina propria

17)

The muscularis layer in the wall of the digestive tract is

A) skeletal muscle throughout the tract, especially in the large intestine. B) the layer of the digestive tract wall that contains capillaries. C) in direct contact with the food that is consumed. D) composed of a layer of circular smooth muscle fibers and a layer of longitudinal smooth muscle fibers. E) connective tissue and the peritoneum.

18)

The enteric plexus

Version 1

5


A) is found in the mucosa. B) consists of the myenteric plexus and the celiac plexus. C) contains sympathetic neurons and fibers. D) controls movement and secretion of the digestive tract. E) is a valve in the GI tract.

19)

Which layer of the digestive tract is in direct contact with ingested food? A) Mucosa B) Muscularis C) Submucosa D) Serosa

20)

Which of the following is correctly matched? A) Mucosa – controls peristalsis B) Serosa – contains an extensive supply of nerves and blood vessels C) Submucosa – lamina propria D) Serosa – increased surface area E) Muscularis – responsible for peristalsis

21)

The myenteric plexus is found in the __________ of the digestive tract wall. A) mucosa B) serosa C) submucosa D) muscularis E) adventitia

Version 1

6


22)

The enteric plexus

A) is found in the mucosa. B) consists of the myenteric plexus and the celiac plexus. C) helps control movement and secretions of the digestive tract. D) contains parasympathetic neurons. E) Both "Helps control movement and secretions of the digestive tract" and "Contains parasympathetic neurons" are correct

23)

Beginning at the lumen, the sequence of layers of the digestive tract wall is A) submucosa, mucosa, serous membrane, muscularis. B) muscularis, lamina propria, submucosa, mucosa. C) mucosa, submucosa, muscularis, serosa. D) peritoneum, submucosa, mucosa, lamina propria. E) submucosa, mucosa, adventitia, muscularis.

24)

What is the function of interstitial cells of the myenteric plexus? A) Chemoreceptors that detect the chemical composition of food B) Production of mucus for lubrication and protection C) Pacemaker cells that promote rhythmic contractions of the smooth muscle D) Release of enzymes for chemical digestion

25)

Secretions that are added as food moves through the GI tract assist in

Version 1

7


A) liquefying and digesting the food. B) vitamin A and D production and storage. C) distribution of nutrients throughout the body. D) insulin production. E) bile production.

26)

What is the function of enteric sensory neurons?

A) Detect changes in chemical composition of digestive tract contents B) Stimulate or inhibit smooth muscle contraction in the digestive tract C) Stimulate or inhibit glandular secretion in the digestive tract D) Detect stretch of the digestive tract wall E) Both "Detect changes in chemical composition of digestive tract contents" and "Detect stretch of the digestive tract wall" are correct.

27)

Parasympathetic nerves extend to the digestive tract through the __________ nerve. A) gastric B) cardiac C) vagus D) accessory

28)

Which disease is caused by the absence of enteric neurons in the distal large intestine? A) Hirschsprung disease B) Multiple endocrine neoplasia type 2 C) Spastic colon D) Gastroenteritis

Version 1

8


29)

What are the two major neurotransmitters of the enteric nervous system? A) Epinephrine and serotonin B) Epinephrine and norepinephrine C) Acetylcholine and epinephrine D) Norepinephrine and acetylcholine

30) The role of acetylcholine in the digestive tract is to __________, while the role of norepinephrine is to __________. A) stimulate; stimulate B) stimulate; inhibit C) inhibit; inhibit D) inhibit; stimulate

31)

What is the role of serotonin in the digestive tract? A) Decrease nausea B) Stimulate motility C) Hormone release D) Inhibit motility

32)

The abdominal cavity is lined with __________.

Version 1

9


A) the omental bursa B) mesenteries C) the greater omentum D) parietal peritoneum E) superficial fascia

33)

Which of the following organs is retroperitoneal? A) Pancreas B) Ascending colon C) Duodenum D) Descending colon E) All of the choices are correct.

34) Abdominal organs that lie against the body wall and have no mesenteries are said to be __________. A) retroperitoneal B) antiperitoneal C) falciperitoneal D) hyperperitoneal E) mesoperitoneal

35)

A large amount of adipose tissue accumulates in the __________.

Version 1

10


A) greater omentum B) lesser omentum C) coronary ligament D) sigmoid mesocolon E) visceral peritoneum

36) A man had a gunshot wound in his abdomen. The bullet passed through his anterior body and lodged inside the transverse colon. Which layers did the bullet pass through to arrive at the location? (1) Parietal peritoneum (2) Visceral peritoneum A) 1, 2 B) 1, 2, 1, 2 C) 1, 2, 2, 1 D) 1, 2, 2, 2 E) 2, 1, 1, 1

37)

Which of the following attaches the liver to the anterior abdominal wall? A) Greater omentum B) Lesser omentum C) Transverse mesocolon D) Falciform ligament E) Round ligament

38)

The oral cavity

Version 1

11


A) opens into the nasopharynx. B) directly connects with the esophagus. C) contains the parotid salivary glands. D) has boundaries that include the lips, palate, and cheeks. E) is lined with cuboidal epithelium.

39)

The lips, cheek, and tongue all aid in __________. A) speech and swallowing B) mastication, speech, and swallowing C) mastication and swallowing D) mastication and sense of taste E) deglutition and peristalsis

40)

The tongue A) secretes saliva. B) plays a major role in swallowing. C) contains a lot of connective and lymphatic tissues. D) is attached to the hard palate. E) functions in deglutition apnea.

41)

Which of the following is associated with the tongue? A) Uvula B) Constrictor muscles C) Papillae and taste buds D) Periodontal ligament E) Fauces

Version 1

12


42)

What muscle forms the lips? A) Buccinator muscle B) Orbicularis oculi muscle C) Orbicularis oris muscle D) Labial frenulum muscle

43)

What muscle forms the cheek? A) Buccinator B) Orbicularis oculi C) Orbicularis oris D) Zygomaticus

44)

Which of the following would inhibit normal movements of the tongue? A) Swollen lips B) Lingual frenulum extending to tip of tongue C) Decrease in number of taste buds D) Loss of all teeth E) Swollen tonsils

45)

Lipid-soluble drugs placed under the tongue

Version 1

13


A) are more easily swallowed. B) can be detected by taste buds. C) are quickly dissolved and absorbed. D) are then easy to chew. E) are not readily absorbed.

46)

A swollen uvula might interfere with which of the following? A) Mastication B) Deglutition and breathing C) Chemical digestion D) Olfaction

47)

What is the function of the intrinsic muscles of the tongue? A) Sticking the tongue out B) Moving the tongue side to side C) Changing the tongue shape during swallowing D) Retracting the tongue

48)

Which of the following is NOT a necessary function of the tongue? A) Swallowing B) Chewing C) Taste D) Speech

49)

Which of the following pairs describing structures of teeth is mismatched?

Version 1

14


A) Crown – enamel B) Root – root canal C) Alveoli – periodontal ligament D) Pulp cavity – cementum E) Apical foramen – blood supply

50)

Teeth in adults A) are replaced by osteoblast activity if they are extracted. B) are distributed so that there is one canine tooth in each half jaw. C) are all of the same type—molars. D) are composed of living cells called enamel cells. E) do not play a role in speech.

51)

The __________ helps hold a tooth in its socket. A) crown B) pulp cavity C) periodontal ligament D) dental arch E) alveoli

52)

Inflammation of the gums is called __________. A) dental caries B) pyorrhea C) halitosis D) gingivitis

Version 1

15


53)

Which of the following is NOT a muscle of mastication? A) Temporalis B) Masseter C) Medial and lateral pterygoids D) Buccinator

54)

Saliva A) is produced only when there is food in the mouth. B) increases ulceration in the mouth. C) is responsible for peristalsis in the mouth. D) moistens food and begins starch digestion in the mouth. E) does not prevent bacterial infection in the mouth.

55) The salivary glands that open into the oral cavity beside the frenulum of the tongue are the __________ glands. A) parotid B) sublingual C) submandibular D) labial E) lacrimal

56)

The salivary glands located just anterior to the ear are the __________ glands.

Version 1

16


A) parotid B) submandibular C) buccal D) labial E) sublingual

57)

Which of the following components of saliva is mismatched with its function? A) Mucin – lubricant B) Lysozyme – antibacterial properties C) Bicarbonate – neutralizes acid D) IgA – prevents infection E) Salivary amylase – begins protein digestion

58) The digestive functions performed by saliva and salivary amylase respectively are __________. A) flushing and protein digestion B) swallowing and lipid digestion C) peristalsis and polysaccharide digestion D) moistening and starch digestion E) None of the choices are correct.

59)

Salivary gland secretion is primarily controlled by the

Version 1

17


A) facial and glossopharyngeal nerves. B) vagus nerve. C) taste centers of the medulla. D) intercostal nerves. E) trigeminal nerve.

60)

How much saliva is generally produced each day? A) ½ - 1 L B) 1 - 1½ L C) 2 - 3 L D) 4 - 5 L

61)

Mastication A) increases the surface area of food particles. B) decreases the efficiency of digestion. C) occurs in both the mouth and stomach. D) is never under voluntary control. E) decreases the surface area of food particles.

62)

Which part of the pharynx is NOT involved with food transport? A) Nasopharynx B) Oropharynx C) Laryngopharynx

Version 1

18


63)

Food is prevented from entering the nasal cavity during swallowing by the __________. A) epiglottis B) palatine tonsils C) tongue D) soft palate E) hard palate

64) The epiglottis covers the opening into the larynx during the __________ phase of swallowing. A) voluntary B) pharyngeal C) esophageal D) gastric E) oral

65)

Which structure moves food from the pharynx to the stomach? A) Larynx B) Laryngopharynx C) Esophagus D) Epiglottis

66) How does the muscularis layer of the esophagus differ from the rest of the digestive tract?

Version 1

19


A) It is all skeletal muscle. B) The superior part is skeletal muscle. C) The inferior part is skeletal muscle. D) It has alternating smooth and skeletal muscle sections.

67) Why does the superior part of the esophagus contain skeletal muscle instead of smooth muscle? A) The first phaseof swallowing is under involuntary control. B) The second phaseof swallowing is under voluntary control. C) The first phaseof swallowing is under voluntary control. D) The second phaseof swallowing is under involuntary control.

68)

Which of the following is the correct order for the phases of deglutition? A) Pharyngeal, voluntary, esophageal B) Esophageal, pharyngeal, voluntary C) Voluntary, pharyngeal, esophageal D) Voluntary, esophageal, pharyngeal

69)

Which of the following statements regarding swallowing is true? A) The voluntary phase begins in the pharynx. B) In the pharyngeal phase, food is moved through the pharynx. C) The uvula rises during the esophageal phase. D) Peristalsis occurs in all phases of swallowing. E) Breathing occurs during swallowing.

Version 1

20


70)

What moves the bolus during the esophageal phase of deglutition? A) Pharyngeal constriction B) Peristalsis C) The tongue D) Segmentation

71)

What prevents the bolus from entering the larynx during deglutition? A) Epiglottis B) Uvula C) Tongue D) Upper esophageal sphincter

72) Which of the following might happen if a person begins laughing while swallowing a liquid? A) Laryngeal constriction forces liquid through the pharynx. B) Relaxation of the soft palate allows liquid to enter the nasal cavity. C) The tongue might be swallowed. D) Nothing; swallowing will be normal. E) Peristalsis will not begin.

73) The portion of the digestive tract that receives food directly from the oral cavity is the __________.

Version 1

21


A) nasopharynx B) oropharynx C) laryngopharynx D) esophagus E) larynx

74)

The esophagus A) extends from the fauces to the stomach. B) has cartilage in its walls to keep it from collapsing. C) produces two enzymes that digest proteins. D) has upper and lower sphincters to regulate movement of food. E) has thin walls of connective tissue.

75)

Which of the following cell types of the stomach is correctly matched with its function? A) Mucous cells – produce intrinsic factor B) Parietal cells – produce hydrochloric acid C) Chief cells – produce mucus D) Endocrine cells – produce enzymes E) Chief cells – produce hormones

76)

Which of the following regions of the stomach is correctly matched with its description?

Version 1

22


A) Body - portion closest to the esophagus B) Pylorus - the most inferior portion of the stomach C) Fundus - opening from the stomach into the duodenum D) Cardiac region - the largest portion of the stomach E) Pyloric opening - opening from the esophagus

77) Inflammation of the stomach mucosa in the area superior to the pyloric sphincter is most appropriately referred to as __________. A) esophagitis B) a duodenal ulcer C) a hiatal hernia D) gastric ulcer E) indigestion

78)

Reflux of gastric contents into the esophagus occurs because of A) relaxation of the cardiac sphincter. B) contraction of the pyloric sphincter. C) spasms of the submucosal layer of the stomach wall. D) increased hydrochloric acid production by the parietal cells. E) increased amounts of mucus produced by the stomach.

79)

Inability of the pyloric sphincter to open would prevent

Version 1

23


A) food from entering the stomach. B) stomach acid from being released. C) digestive enzymes from being released. D) food from entering the small intestine. E) the making of chyme.

80)

Which of the following are secreted by the stomach? A) Amylase and lipase B) Pepsinogen and intrinsic factor C) Bile and lipase D) Trypsin and amylase E) Bicarbonate and secretin

81)

Which of the following represents a mismatch in stomach wall structure? A) Muscularis - two layers; both circular B) Rugae - folds of mucosa and submucosa C) Mucosa - gastric glands D) Gastric pits - open onto surface of stomach mucosa E) Lining - simple columnar epithelium

82)

Why doesn't the stomach digest itself? A) The stomach wall lacks proteins so enzymes won't attack it. B) The digestive enzymes in the stomach aren't efficient enough. C) The stomach lining is too tough to be digested. D) The stomach wall is protected by large amounts of mucus. E) The stomach is protected by HCl.

Version 1

24


83)

Intrinsic factor A) increases gastric motility. B) causes the release of stomach acid. C) facilitates the absorption of vitamin B12. D) protects the stomach lining from the effects of stomach acid. E) stimulates the synthesis of DNA.

84)

Which of the following events occurs because of the low pH of the stomach? A) Activation of salivary amylase B) Enhanced carbohydrate digestion C) Proper environment for functioning of pepsin D) Protein synthesis E) Lipid digestion

85)

The formation of HCl in the stomach involves the A) active transport of H+ from parietal cells into the lumen of the stomach. B) exchange of Na+ for H+ in the transport process. C) active transport of Cl− from parietal cells into the lumen of the stomach. D) exchange of Na+ and bicarbonate ions. E) the combination of CO2 and water.

Version 1

25


86) Assume we could alter the conditions in the duodenum. Which of the following would be consistent with inserting a large volume of highly acidic chyme which contained a large amount of fat? (1) Decreased gastric acid secretion (2) Increased bile production (3) Increased pancreatic bicarbonate production and pancreatic enzyme secretion (4) Increased secretin and cholecystokinin A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 1, 2, 3 C) 2, 3, 4 D) 1, 3, 4 E) 1, 2, 4

87)

Pepsinogen A) is secreted by parietal cells. B) is activated by salivary amylase in swallowed food. C) is packaged in zymogen granules. D) operates optimally at a pH of 5 or more. E) helps to form peptide bonds.

88) Anticipation of eating food causes an increase in secretion of gastric juice. This phase of gastric secretion is called the __________ phase. A) cephalic B) gastric C) intestinal D) pancreatic E) conscious

Version 1

26


89)

The gastric phase of gastric secretion A) decreases the release of gastrin in the stomach. B) is triggered by taste, sight, thought, or smell of food. C) is mediated by impulses on sympathetic nerves. D) leads to the greatest volume of gastric secretion. E) leads to the least volume of gastric secretion.

90) The distention of the stomach by food is the primary stimulus to begin the __________ phase of gastric secretion. A) cephalic B) gastric C) intestinal D) cystic E) hepatic

91)

The intestinal phase of gastric secretion A) is controlled by the entrance of acidic chyme into the duodenum. B) leads to increased gastric secretion if duodenal pH falls below 2. C) only stimulates gastric secretion. D) will decrease gastric secretion when gastrin is released by the duodenum. E) is controlled by the entrance of alkaline material into the small intestines.

92)

Which of the following would inhibit both gastric secretion and gastric motility?

Version 1

27


A) Vagal stimulation B) Chewing and swallowing food C) Cholecystokinin (CCK) D) Gastrin E) Large amounts of fiber in the diet

93)

Which of the following would stimulate gastric secretion? A) Acidic chyme in duodenum B) Secretin C) Gastrin D) Cholecystokinin E) Pepsin

94)

Fatty acids and certain lipids in the duodenum initiate the release of __________. A) secretin and gastrin B) cholecystokinin (CCK) C) gastrin and histamine D) somatostatin and CCK E) insulin and glucagon

95)

The enterogastric reflex can be triggered by A) distention of the duodenal wall. B) the presence of food in the stomach. C) increased pH in the duodenum. D) the cerebral cortex. E) the hormone secretin.

Version 1

28


96) Food in the stomach is squeezed and mixed with gastric juices, forming a semiliquid called __________. A) bolusin B) chyme C) bile D) phlegm E) feces

97)

The pyloric pump A) mixes stomach contents for digestion. B) causes hunger contractions. C) moves chyme through a partially closed pyloric opening. D) causes rugae to flatten. E) opens the pyloric sphincter completely.

98)

Duodenal gland secretion prevents A) digestive enzyme release. B) release of bile from the liver. C) irritation of the duodenal mucosa by acidic chyme and digestive enzymes. D) the release of insulin. E) peristalsis.

99)

Gastritis, peptic ulcers, and gastric cancer can all be caused by

Version 1

29


A) Helicobacter pylori, a bacterium. B) increased secretion of gastric bicarbonate. C) pH of the stomach contents continuously greater than 4. D) increased mucus production by the neck cells. E) None of the choices are correct.

100)

Enzymes secreted by the small intestine include __________. A) disaccharidases B) secretin C) cholecystokinin D) bile E) histamine

101)

The villi, microvilli, and plicae circularis function to A) liberate hormones. B) promote peristalsis. C) produce bile. D) increase surface area for absorption. E) stimulate chemical digestion.

102)

The hepatopancreatic ampulla is formed by the union of the A) pancreatic duct with the lacteals. B) greater duodenal papilla with the lesser duodenal papilla. C) common bile duct and pancreatic duct. D) cystic duct and interlobular duct. E) hepatic ducts and cystic ducts.

Version 1

30


103)

Which layer of the small intestine wall contains cells with microvilli? A) Submucosa B) Mucosa C) Muscularis D) Serosa E) Adventitia

104)

Which portion of the small intestine is most distal from the pylorus of the stomach? A) Jejunum B) Duodenum C) Ileum D) Common bile duct E) Hepatopancreatic ampulla

105)

Which of the following cell types is correctly matched with its function? A) Endocrine cells – produce mucus B) Absorptive cells – produce digestive enzymes C) Granular cells – absorb nutrients D) Goblet cells – produce hormones E) Granular cells – produce granules

106)

Blockage of the ileocecal valve would prevent

Version 1

31


A) pancreatic juice from entering the duodenum. B) bile from entering the duodenum. C) lymph from entering the jejunum. D) chyme from entering the ileum. E) chyme from entering the large intestine.

107)

What is found in an intestinal villus? A) Brush border B) Digestive enzymes C) Blood capillaries and a lacteal D) Peyer patches and alacteal

108)

Where does the majority of nutrient absorption occur? A) The stomach and duodenum B) The duodenum and ileum C) The jejunum and duodenum D) The ileum and jejunum

109)

What is the purpose of segmental contractions of the small intestine? A) Propelling the chyme forward B) Mixing of intestinal contents C) Moving intestinal contents into the colon D) Stretching the intestinal wall

Version 1

32


110)

Which of the following will stimulate intestinal motility? A) Distension of the intestinal wall B) Low pH C) Presence of amino acids D) All of the choices are correct.

111)

The gallbladder __________. A) produces bile B) is attached to the pancreas C) stores bile D) produces secretin E) breaks down red blood cells

112)

The pancreatic islets __________. A) are found in the wall of the stomach B) excrete mucus C) produce digestive enzymes D) are exocrine glands E) are endocrine glands

113)

Which of the following statements regarding the pancreas is true?

Version 1

33


A) The head of the pancreas lies in the curvature of the ileum. B) The pancreatic duct carries both enzymes and hormones. C) The pancreatic acinar cells secrete digestive enzymes. D) The pancreas assists the stomach in the absorption of digested food. E) The pancreas digests sugar.

114)

Bile would flow directly from the A) gallbladder into the hepatic duct. B) hepatic ducts into the common hepatic duct. C) bile canaliculus into the cystic duct. D) common bile duct into the gallbladder. E) cystic duct into the hepatic ducts.

115) Arrange the ducts in the order that bile would pass through them when moving from the bile canaliculi to the small intestine without being stored in the gallbladder. (1) Common bile duct (2) Common hepatic duct (3) Cystic duct (4) Left and right hepatic ducts A) 3, 4, 2 B) 3, 2, 1 C) 4, 2, 1 D) 4, 1, 2 E) 1, 4, 2

116)

The liver

Version 1

34


A) has two major lobes—caudate and quadrate. B) is located on the superior surface of the diaphragm. C) is not vascular. D) is located in the left upper quadrant of the abdomen. E) consists of two major lobes and two minor lobes.

117)

Nutrient-rich blood from the digestive tract comes to the liver by way of the __________. A) hepatic artery B) hepatic portal vein C) hepatic vein D) inferior vena cava E) celiac trunk

118)

Which of the following is a function of the hepatocytes? A) Produce digestive enzymes B) Synthesize hormones C) Produce hydrochloric acid D) Synthesize bile E) Regulate pH

119) An organ is described as follows: cords of cells radiating outward from a central vein with sinusoids between the cords of cells. The organ having this histological structure is the __________.

Version 1

35


A) pancreas B) spleen C) liver D) stomach E) gallbladder

120)

The hepatic sinusoids A) transport bile. B) have phagocytic cells in their lining. C) are part of the portal triad. D) connect to the gallbladder. E) do not have a function.

121)

Bile is produced by cells of the __________. A) duodenum B) liver C) gallbladder D) pancreas E) hepatopancreatic ampulla

122)

Damage to the liver would hamper digestion of __________. A) carbohydrates B) lipids C) proteins D) disaccharides E) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

36


123)

The liver A) produces secretions that help neutralize stomach acids and emulsify fats. B) produces several digestive enzymes. C) stores vitamin C. D) receives oxygenated blood from the portal vein. E) can not synthesize new molecules.

124)

Bile secretion is A) performed continuously by the liver. B) is stimulated by sympathetic nerves. C) is stimulated by decreased amounts of bile salts. D) stimulated by increased vitamin B12 storage. E) controlled by the gallbladder.

125)

Bile A) digests proteins in the small intestine. B) emulsifies fats in the small intestine. C) is made by the gallbladder and stored by the liver. D) activates trypsin in the small intestine. E) activates the pancreas.

126)

Functions of the liver include __________.

Version 1

37


A) production of many blood proteins B) interconversion of nutrients C) detoxification of harmful chemicals D) bile production E) All of the choices are correct

127)

Hepatocytes A) phagocytize cells. B) form phospholipids and hydroxylate vitamin D. C) convert ammonia to urea. D) remove sugar from the blood and store it as glycogen. E) All of the choices are correct.

128)

Which of the following is NOT part of a portal triad? A) Hepatic artery B) Hepatic duct C) Hepatic portal vein D) Central vein

129)

Where does bile enter the duodenum? A) Cystic duct B) Hepatopancreatic ampulla C) Hepatic duct D) Duodenal ampulla

Version 1

38


130)

What connects the gallbladder to the common bile duct? A) Hepatic duct B) Gallbladder duct C) Cystic duct D) Portal duct

131)

What is the function of the gallbladder? A) Produce bile B) Store bicarbonate C) Add pigment to bile D) Store and concentrate bile

132)

What is the main stimulus for bile secretion from the gallbladder? A) Cholecystokinin (CCK) B) Vagal stimulation C) Secretin D) Large amounts of protein in the chyme

133)

Which of the following structures has both endocrine and exocrine tissue?

Version 1

39


A) Colon B) Liver C) Pancreas D) Gallbladder E) Spleen

134)

Arrange the following structures in order from the small intestine to the rectum.

(1) Ascending colon (2) Descending colon (3) Sigmoid colon (4) Transverse colon A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 1, 4, 2, 3 C) 2, 3, 1, 4 D) 2, 4, 1, 3 E) 1, 4, 3, 2

135)

Which of the following is located closest to the rectum? A) Ascending colon B) Descending colon C) Transverse colon D) Sigmoid colon E) Cecum

136) A blockage in the colon where the ascending colon turns to become the transverse colon would occur at the __________.

Version 1

40


A) ileocecal valve B) hepatic flexure C) splenic flexure D) cardiac sphincter E) gastric flexure

137) The longitudinal layer of smooth muscle in the large intestinal wall forms three bands called the __________. A) teniae coli B) haustra C) coli longitudini D) omental appendages E) rugae

138)

The major secretion of the large intestine is __________. A) bile B) hormones C) mucus D) vitamins E) bacteria

139)

The anal canal

Version 1

41


A) begins at the sigmoid colon and ends at the rectum. B) has an internal sphincter composed of smooth muscle. C) contains many goblet cells. D) contains tubular glands called crypts. E) has an external sphincter composed of smooth muscle.

140)

Which of the following apply to the small intestine? A) Secretions from the liver and pancreas enter this organ. B) Segmentation contractions occur in this organ. C) Both digestion and absorption occur in this organ. D) Mixing and propulsion of chyme. E) All of the choices are correct.

141)

Cholecystokinin is produced by endocrine cells of the __________. A) stomach B) small intestine C) pancreas D) large intestine E) liver

142)

Which of the following is mismatched?

Version 1

42


A) Segmental contractions – mix intestinal contents B) Peristaltic contractions – propel intestinal contents along G.I. tract C) Sympathetic nerve fibers – increase intestinal motility D) Distention of intestinal wall – increases intestinal motility E) Parasympathetic nerve fibers – stimulate secretion of pancreatic juices

143)

Which of the following statements applies to the ileocecal sphincter? A) Cecal distention enhances relaxation of this sphincter. B) Closure of this sphincter inhibits absorption in the small intestine. C) Peristaltic contractions reaching this sphincter cause it to relax. D) This sphincter is usually relaxed. E) This sphincter stays contracted.

144)

The gallbladder contracts in response to the hormone __________. A) secretin B) cholecystokinin (CCK) C) gastrin D) somatostatin E) insulin

145) When chyme enters the duodenum, __________ is released and stimulates the pancreas to secrete bicarbonates.

Version 1

43


A) gastrin B) secretin C) insulin D) cholecystokinin E) glucagon

146) The digestive juice that contains enzymes capable of digesting all major food groups is __________. A) gastric juice B) biliary juice C) salivary juice D) pancreatic juice E) hepatic juice

147)

Which of the following enzymes is found in inactive form in pancreatic juice? A) Bile B) Trypsin C) Sucrase D) Pepsin E) Lipase

148)

Which of the following enzymes is mismatched with its substrate?

Version 1

44


A) Pepsin – protein B) Amylase – starch C) Trypsin – nucleic acids D) Lipase – fat E) Deoxyribonucleases – DNA

149)

Enterokinase __________. A) is a hormone B) triggers the release of bile from the gallbladder C) activates trypsinogen D) increases duodenal motility E) digests proteins

150)

Trypsin can activate A) pepsinogen. B) chymotrypsinogen. C) angiotensinogen. D) endopeptidase. E) lipase.

151)

A proteolytic enzyme secreted by the pancreas is __________.

Version 1

45


A) ribonuclease B) chymotrypsin C) amylase D) enterogastrone E) pancreatic lipase

152)

Which of the following statements concerning cholecystokinin is correct? A) Cholecystokininstimulates relaxation of the gallbladder. B) Cholecystokinin stimulates secretion of mucus by the gastric glands. C) Cholecystokininstimulates the pancreas to release an enzyme-rich solution. D) Cholecystokinin stimulates the intestine to secrete trypsin. E) Cholecystokinin stimulates gastric secretions.

153)

The mucosa of the colon A) contains many mucus-secreting goblet cells. B) exchanges Na+ for Cl−. C) actively secretes Na+ and Cl−. D) produces enzymes that complete lipid digestion. E) consists of stratified columnar epithelium.

154)

One of the major functions of the large intestine is to A) produce vitamin C. B) regulate the release of bile. C) break down hemoglobin to release bilirubin. D) convert chyme to feces.

Version 1

46


155)

Feces consist of __________. A) water B) undigestible food C) bacteria D) sloughed-off epithelial cells E) All of the answers are correct

156)

Gastrocolic reflexes are reflexes that A) empty the stomach. B) release gastric secretions into the stomach. C) cause mass movements of the colon when food is present in the stomach. D) lead to mass movements of the colon in response to food in the duodenum. E) stop movement in the colon.

157)

Strong peristaltic contractions in the large intestine are called __________. A) segmental contractions B) churning contractions C) mass movements D) rectal propulsions E) defecation

158)

The defecation reflex

Version 1

47


A) is stimulated by distention of the rectum. B) inhibits further peristalsis in the rectum and lower colon. C) constricts the internal anal sphincter. D) lasts several hours. E) None of the choices are correct.

159)

Which of the following does NOT illustrate digestion? A) Polysaccharides → disaccharides B) Fat → fatty acids and glycerol C) CO2 and H2O → carbohydrates D) Protein → amino acids E) Disaccharides → monosaccharides

160)

Enzymes for the digestion of disaccharides are produced in the __________. A) mouth B) stomach C) pancreas D) small intestine E) liver

161)

Insulin increases the rate of __________ transport into cells.

Version 1

48


A) sucrose B) fructose C) glucose D) galactose E) lactose

162)

Enzymes that digest carbohydrates include __________. A) peptidases B) amylase, maltase, and sucrase C) lipase D) maltase and lipase E) trypsin and chymotrypsin

163)

Monosaccharides A) are emulsified before absorption. B) are absorbed into lacteals. C) use a symportprocess in their absorption. D) need vitamin C to be absorbed. E) cannot be absorbed.

164) If the thoracic duct were tied off, which of the following classes of nutrients would not enter the circulatory system at their normal rate?

Version 1

49


A) Amino acids B) Glucose C) Lipids D) Disaccharides E) Monosaccharides

165)

Emulsification A) converts small lipid droplets into larger droplets. B) occurs in the gallbladder. C) chemically digests lipids. D) increases surface area for lipid digestion. E) involves enzymes.

166)

Small droplets of digested lipids surrounded by bile salts are called __________. A) chylomicrons B) micelles C) monoglycerides D) diglycerides E) lacteals

167)

Chylomicrons A) are synthesized in intestinal epithelial cells. B) enter capillaries in the small intestine. C) help emulsify fats. D) are a rich source of carbohydrate. E) are synthesized in the lumen of the small intestines.

Version 1

50


168)

Arrange the following events involving lipids in the correct order.

(1) Absorption of lipids (2) Emulsification (3) Micelle formation (4) Digestion of lipids A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 3, 4, 2, 1 C) 4, 1, 2, 3 D) 2, 4, 1, 3 E) 2, 4, 3, 1

169) In comparison to a low-density lipoprotein (LDL), a high density lipoprotein (HDL) contains __________. A) less lipid B) less protein C) more cholesterol D) more carbohydrate E) more amino acids

170)

Which of the following lipoproteins contains the highest percentage of cholesterol? A) LDL B) HDL C) VLDL D) Chylomicron E) CDL

Version 1

51


171)

LDLs are taken into a cell by the process of __________. A) simple diffusion B) osmosis C) receptor mediated endocytosis D) HDL carrier molecules E) facilitated diffusion

172) A cell needs a receptor in order to absorb LDLs. A disease that interferes with the functioning of these LDL receptors would A) increase serum cholesterol levels. B) decrease serum cholesterol levels. C) halt endocytosis. D) promote endocytosis. E) have no effect on serum cholesterol or endocytosis.

173)

Which of the following enzymes digests protein? A) Bile B) Pepsin C) Isomaltose D) Sucrase E) Lipase

Version 1

52


174)

Arrange the following in order from largest to smallest.

(1) Dipeptide (2) Protein (3) Amino acid (4) Polypeptide A) 3, 1, 4, 2 B) 4, 1, 2, 3 C) 2, 4, 1, 3 D) 1, 2, 3, 4 E) 2, 4, 3, 1

175)

Which of the following is an end product of protein digestion? A) Glucose B) Amino acids C) LDL molecules D) Micelles E) Nucleic acids

176)

Which of the following statements concerning proteins is true? A) Peptidases are made in the large intestine. B) Intestinal epithelial cells absorb more dipeptides and tripeptides than single amino

acids. C) The hepatic artery transports amino acids from the small intestine to the liver. D) Amino acids leave intestinal epithelial cells and enter the lacteals. E) Protein digestion starts in the duodenum.

177)

When intestinal chyme is highly concentrated,

Version 1

53


A) water moves by osmosis into the lumen of the small intestine. B) water moves by osmosis from the intestinal lumen into the blood. C) water moves by endocytosis from intestinal lumen into interstitial spaces. D) water moves by exocytosis from interstitial spaces into the stomach. E) water does not move.

178) How are ions such as sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate transported from the intestinal lumen? A) Passive transport B) Osmosis C) Diffusion D) Active transport

179)

Which of the following are effects of aging on the digestive system? A) Blood supply decreases B) More likely to develop ulcerations and cancers C) Enamel on teeth becomes thinner D) All of the choices are correct.

180) Segmental contractions are mixing contractions that occur predominantly in the __________. A) oral cavity B) large intestine C) esophagus D) stomach E) small intestine

Version 1

54


181)

The enteric plexus is composed of the __________ and the __________. A) submucosal plexus; myenteric plexus B) submucosal plexus; colonic plexus C) myenteric plexus; pancreatic portal D) submucosal plexus; pancreatic portal E) colonic plexus; pancreatic plexus

182)

The major types of enteric neurons include all of the following, except A) neurons that detect changes in chemical composition. B) neurons that stimulate or inhibit smooth muscle contractions. C) neurons that connect sensory and motor neurons. D) neurons that suppress epithelial secretions.

183)

What is ascites? A) The excess accumulation of fluid in the abdomen B) The increased absorption of water from the chyme in the colon C) The increased secretion of digestive enzymes due to nervous stimulation D) The rapid elimination of feces due to toxin production

184)

Which of the following is not a substance found in saliva?

Version 1

55


A) Hydrochloric acid B) Bicarbonate ion C) Amylase D) Mucin E) Lysozymes

185) The hepatic lobule is a __________ -sided structure with a/an __________ triad at each corner and a central vein located in the center of each lobule. A) 6; portal B) 5; portal C) 6; venous D) 5; arterial E) 6; arterial

186)

What is the function of bicarbonate when it is secreted by the large intestine? A) It increases the pH of the feces, which are acidic because of bacterial secretions. B) It aids in the digestion of proteins. C) It decreases the pH of feces, which are alkaline because of bacterial secretions. D) It aids in the digestion of cellulose.

187)

The chemical digestion of the disaccharides occurs in the __________. A) small intestine B) large intestine C) mouth D) stomach E) esophagus

Version 1

56


188)

The enterogastric reflex serves to __________. A) relax the stomachin preparation for swallowed food B) stimulate acid andenzyme secretion when food enters the stomach C) stimulateintestinal motility when there is food in the stomach D) inhibit gastricmotility when there is chyme in the small intestine E) relax theileocecal valve when chyme is on its way to the colon

189)

The __________ synthesizes bile acids by metabolizing __________. A) duodenum; neutral fats B) ileum; bilirubin C) gallbladder; cholesterol D) pancreas; bile salts E) liver; cholesterol

190)

Which of the following enzymes functions at the lowest pH? A) Salivaryamylase B) Pancreaticamylase C) Pepsin D) Trypsin E) Dipeptidase

191)

Contact digestion takes place in/at the __________.

Version 1

57


A) gastric pits B) surface of the gastric mucosa C) intestinal crypts D) brush border of the small intestine E) cytoplasm in the cells of the small intestine

192) Which of the following is not associated with the large absorptive surface of the small intestine? 0-2013 A) Circular folds (plicae circulares) B) Intestinal length C) Microvilli D) Villi E) Rugae

193)

The enzyme(s) called __________ break(s) down the substrate called __________. A) lactase;glucose B) peptidases;proteins C) lipases;micelles D) lactose;lactase E) nucleases;nucleotides

194) Amino acids and monosaccharides are absorbed in the __________, and fatty acids are absorbed in the __________.

Version 1

58


A) small intestine; large intestine B) small intestine; liver C) stomach; small intestine D) stomach; large intestine E) small intestine;small intestine

195) Sammy is a 67-year-old man that has the following digestive issues: GERD, peptic ulcers, and diarrhea. Which of the following is least likely to be a consequence of Sammy's age? A) Diarrhea B) GERD C) Peptic ulcer D) Both "GERD" and "peptic ulcer" are correct.

196) Harrison loves to entertain his classmates with his strange talents. His newest "trick" is to roll his tongue into a tube shape. Which muscles are important for Harrison to perform this trick? A) Intrinsic muscles of the tongue B) Extrinsic muscles of the tongue C) Buccinator D) Both "Intrinsic muscles of the tongue" and "Buccinator" are correct.

197) Oliver received a blow to the left side of his head, just anterior to his ear. Which of the following digestive structures was likely affected? A) Parotid salivary gland B) Submandibular salivary gland C) Pharynx D) Sublingual salivary gland

Version 1

59


198) Nancy has several dental caries on the visible surface of one of her molars. The caries have eroded through to the pulp cavity. Which of the following accurately lists the layers affected by the caries? A) Dentin, enamel, cementum B) Enamel, dentin C) Cementum, dentin D) Enamel only

199) If gases are released as digestion of food begins in the stomach, where is it most likely to accumulate? A) Body B) Fundus C) Pyloric D) Both "Fundus" and "Pyloric" are correct.

200) Celiac disease causes degeneration of the villi of the small intestine. What is a likely effect of this degeneration? A) Decrease in absorption due to reduced surface area B) Increased permeability of the lining of the digestive tract, allowing more material to move into the blood C) Lack of lipid absorption as the villi are important for lipid absorption D) None of the choices are correct.

201) George has to have his gallbladder removed. His friend told him he can no longer eat fats because he will no longer produce bile. Is this an accurate description of George's future diet?

Version 1

60


A) No; the gallbladder only stores the bile that is produced by the liver. B) No; bile is involved in protein digestion only. C) Yes; the gallbladder is the organ that produces bile. D) Yes; bile must first be stored in the gallbladder before it is functional.

202) A gallstone has completely blocked flow of bile into the small intestine. Where is the stone most likely lodged? A) Common bile duct B) Cystic duct C) Hepatic duct D) Pancreatic duct

203)

Defecation following a meal is usually the result of

A) mass movements stimulated by the gastrocolic and duodenocolic reflexes moving feces towards the rectum. B) segmentation movements stimulated by the duodenocolic reflexes. C) peristalsis in the small intestine initiated by entry of chyme into the duodenum.

204)

Which of the following statements concerning digestion in the stomach is not true?

A) Salivary amylase will eventually be inactivated in the stomach, halting carbohydrate digestion. B) Gastric lipase is produced in large volumes, allowing for high levels of lipid digestion. C) Proteins are digested by HCl only. D) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

61


205)

Use the key to choose the best answer.

A. First item is greater than the second item. B. First item is less than the second item. C. First item is equal or nearly equal to the second item.

205.1) (1) pH in the stomach during digestion (2) pH in the duodenum during digestion

205.2) (1) Number of villi in small intestine (2) Number of villi in large intestine

205.3) (1) Amount of bicarbonate in the aqueous component of pancreatic juice (2) Amount of bicarbonate in the enzymatic portion of pancreatic juice

206)

Match the secretion with the correct cell type.

A. Endocrine cells B. Hepatocyte C. Parietal cells D. Acinar cells E. Goblet cells

206.1)

Version 1

Hydrochloric acid

62


207)

206.2)

Bile

206.3)

Gastrin

206.4)

Trypsin

206.5)

Mucus

Match the function with its appropriate description.

A. Movement of molecules from digestive tract into blood B. Chewing of food C. Muscular contractions that propel food D. Removal of undigested wastes from body E. Breakdown of organic molecules with digestive enzymes

207.1)

Mastication

207.2)

Peristalsis

Version 1

63


208)

207.3)

Elimination

207.4)

Chemical digestion

207.5)

Absorption

Match the cell type with its function.

A. Produce hormones B. Produce mucus C. May protect intestinal epithelium D. Synthesize bile E. Produce digestive enzymes

208.1)

Absorptive cells

208.2)

Goblet cells

208.3)

Granular cells

208.4)

Endocrine cells

Version 1

64


208.5)

209)

Hepatocytes

Match the mesentery or membrane with its appropriate description.

A. Mesentery of the small intestine B. Serous membrane that covers organs C. Attaches the liver to the diaphragm D. Connects lesser curvature of stomach to the liver E. Mesentery of the colon

209.1)

Lesser omentum

209.2)

Transverse mesocolon

209.3)

Coronary ligament

209.4)

Mesentery proper

209.5)

Visceral peritoneum

Version 1

65


210)

Match the enzyme or hormone with the organ that produces it.

A. Salivary glands B. Stomach C. Liver D. Small intestine E. Pancreas

210.1)

Gastric lipase

210.2)

Trypsin

210.3)

Pepsinogen

210.4)

Lactase

210.5)

Salivary amylase

210.6)

Carboxypeptidase

210.7)

Peptidases

Version 1

66


210.8)

Secretin

210.9)

Cholecystokinin (CCK)

210.10) Disaccharidase

211)

Match the enzyme with the products of its digestive activity.

A. Glucose and galactose B. Amino acids C. Fatty acids and glycerol D. Maltose and isomaltose E. Polysaccharides and disaccharides

211.1)

Pancreatic lipase

211.2)

Salivary amylase

211.3)

Lactase

Version 1

67


211.4)

Pancreatic amylase

211.5)

Carboxypeptidase

212) True or False? The enteric nervous system acts independently of the CNS to control local reflexes in the digestive tract. ⊚ ⊚

true false

213) True or False? Serum cholesterol levels are solely dependent on a person's dietary intake of cholesterol. ⊚ ⊚

true false

214) True or False? Most of the water that enters that digestive tract is removed by the body in urine. ⊚ ⊚

true false

215) True or False? Cholecystokinin and the glossopharyngeal nerve stimulate the release of bile into the small intestine. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

68


216) True or False? Without a properly functioning large intestine a person will have chronic diarrhea. ⊚ ⊚

true false

217) True or False? During mastication, food molecules are digested as the teeth break chemical bonds. ⊚ ⊚

true false

218) True or False? A cracker will "melt in your mouth" because of the action of lingual lipase. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

69


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 24_13e_ VanPutte 1) C 2) A 3) B 4) D 5) C 6) A 7) D 8) B 9) D 10) A 11) D 12) A 13) E 14) B 15) B 16) C 17) D 18) D 19) A 20) E 21) D 22) E 23) C 24) C 25) A 26) E Version 1

70


27) C 28) A 29) D 30) B 31) B 32) D 33) E 34) A 35) A 36) D 37) D 38) D 39) B 40) B 41) C 42) C 43) A 44) B 45) C 46) B 47) C 48) D 49) D 50) B 51) C 52) D 53) D 54) D 55) C 56) A Version 1

71


57) E 58) D 59) A 60) B 61) A 62) A 63) D 64) B 65) C 66) B 67) C 68) C 69) B 70) B 71) A 72) B 73) B 74) D 75) B 76) B 77) D 78) A 79) D 80) B 81) A 82) D 83) C 84) C 85) A 86) A Version 1

72


87) C 88) A 89) D 90) B 91) A 92) C 93) C 94) B 95) A 96) B 97) C 98) C 99) A 100) A 101) D 102) C 103) B 104) C 105) B 106) E 107) C 108) C 109) B 110) A 111) C 112) E 113) C 114) B 115) C 116) E Version 1

73


117) B 118) D 119) C 120) B 121) B 122) B 123) A 124) A 125) B 126) E 127) E 128) D 129) B 130) C 131) D 132) A 133) C 134) B 135) D 136) B 137) A 138) C 139) B 140) E 141) B 142) C 143) C 144) B 145) B 146) D Version 1

74


147) B 148) C 149) C 150) B 151) B 152) C 153) A 154) D 155) E 156) C 157) C 158) A 159) C 160) D 161) C 162) B 163) C 164) C 165) D 166) B 167) A 168) E 169) A 170) A 171) C 172) A 173) B 174) C 175) B 176) B Version 1

75


177) A 178) D 179) D 180) E 181) A 182) D 183) A 184) A 185) A 186) A 187) A 188) D 189) E 190) C 191) D 192) E 193) B 194) E 195) A 196) A 197) A 198) B 199) B 200) A 201) A 202) A 203) A 204) A 205) Section Break 205.1) B Version 1

76


205.2) A 205.3) A 206) Section Break 206.1) C 206.2) B 206.3) A 206.4) D 206.5) E 207) Section Break 207.1) B 207.2) C 207.3) D 207.4) E 207.5) A 208) Section Break 208.1) E 208.2) B 208.3) C 208.4) A 208.5) D 209) Section Break 209.1) D 209.2) E 209.3) C 209.4) A 209.5) B 210) Section Break 210.1) B 210.2) E 210.3) B Version 1

77


210.4) D 210.5) A 210.6) E 210.7) D 210.8) D 210.9) D 210.10) D 211) Section Break 211.1) C 211.2) E 211.3) A 211.4) D 211.5) B 212) TRUE 213) FALSE 214) FALSE 215) FALSE 216) TRUE 217) FALSE 218) FALSE

Version 1

78


CHAPTER 25 1)

Which of the following are events of the absorptive state? (Check all that apply.) A) Triglycerides stored in adipose tissue B) Glucose converted to glycogen C) Lipids and proteins used for fuel D) Synthesis of proteins E) Glycogenolysis

2) __________ are chemicals that are taken into the body and used to produce energy or provide building blocks for new molecules.

3)

In the process called __________, glucose is broken down to two pyruvate molecules.

4) Catabolism within cells liberates energy, which is then captured and used to phosphorylate ADP to form __________.

5)

The formation of lipids from excess glucose is called __________.

6)

The chemical formation of ATP is coupled to a diffusion force in __________.

7)

When glucose enters a cell, it is phosphorylated to form __________.

Version 1

1


8)

Nutrition includes the study of A) the nutrients in foods. B) the body's utilization of nutrients. C) how nutrients play a role in your body's health. D) digestion, absorption, and transportation of nutrients. E) All of these choices are correct.

9)

Which of the following are energy nutrients? A) Carbohydrates, proteins, and lipids B) Proteins, water, and minerals C) Lipids, minerals, and vitamins D) Vitamins, lipids, and carbohydrates E) Water, minerals, and vitamins

10)

Essential nutrients A) are important in the diet but not necessary for life. B) are the only nutrients required by the body. C) cannot be made in sufficient quantities by the body. D) are needed to make food taste good. E) are manufactured by the body.

11)

What is the measurement of the energy content of food?

Version 1

2


A) Grams B) Calories C) BTUs D) Joules

12)

The MyPlate icon suggests that A) you eat as many sweets as you want. B) your diet should contain a variety of foods, with a large portion being vegetables. C) meats are the most important part of your diet. D) milk and cheese should be the main part of your diet. E) you should only eat one or two vegetables per day.

13)

A kilocalorie (kcal) is a measure of the A) protein content of food. B) acidity of food. C) fat content of food. D) energy content of food. E) heat content of food.

14) One gram of carbohydrate, one gram of lipid, and one gram of protein yield __________, __________, and __________ kilocalories respectively. A) 4, 4, 4 B) 9, 9, 9 C) 4, 9, 4 D) 4, 9, 9 E) 9, 9, 4

Version 1

3


15)

Starches and sugars are examples of __________. A) carbohydrates B) lipids C) proteins D) vitamins E) minerals

16)

Complex carbohydrates include A) glucose and fructose. B) maltose and sucrose. C) starch, glycogen, and cellulose. D) cellulose and glucose. E) glucose and lactose.

17)

Which of the following statements concerning carbohydrates is true? A) The primary role of carbohydrates is to serve as an energy source. B) Carbohydrates include sugars, starches, and amino acids. C) Maltose is a complex carbohydrate. D) Sucrose is the primary source of energy for most cells. E) Most carbohydrates come from animal products.

18)

Carbohydrates are absorbed into the blood as __________.

Version 1

4


A) disaccharides B) monosaccharides C) oligosaccharides D) polysaccharides E) glycoproteins

19)

The primary source of energy for most cells is __________. A) sucrose B) fructose C) glucose D) maltose E) lactose

20)

The most common monosaccharides in the diet are __________ and __________. A) glucose; fructose B) galactose; fructose C) glucose; glycerol D) glycogen; glucose E) lactose; maltose

21)

Excess glucose in animals is stored as __________. A) starch B) sucrose C) glycogen D) galactose E) cellulose

Version 1

5


22)

Which of the following organs can store glycogen? A) Spleen and pancreas B) Kidney and adrenal gland C) Large and small intestines D) Liver and muscles E) Stomach and pancreas

23)

Which of the following statements regarding cellulose is true? A) Cellulose can be digested by human digestive enzymes. B) Cellulose provides fiber or "roughage." C) Cellulose is another name for glucose. D) Cellulose is one of the units of a sucrose molecule. E) Cellulose is a source of energy.

24)

If your daily diet is deficient in carbohydrates, the result might be A) obesity. B) increased subcutaneous fat. C) decrease of muscle mass. D) constipation. E) sensation of thirst.

25) A compound composed of three fatty acids attached to a glycerol molecule would be a __________.

Version 1

6


A) monoglyceride B) diglyceride C) triglyceride D) phospholipid E) cholesterol

26) If the fatty acid portion of a fat molecule has ten double covalent bonds, the fat is said to be __________. A) hydrogenated B) polyunsaturated C) monounsaturated D) saturated E) disaturated

27)

Olive and peanut oils are both examples of __________. A) solid fats B) polyunsaturated fats C) monounsaturated fats D) fatty acids E) hydrogenated

28)

Polyunsaturated vegetable oils can be changed from liquids to solids by A) adding more unsaturated fatty acids to the molecules. B) removing the glycerol portion of the molecules. C) decreasing the number of double covalent bonds in their fatty acids. D) removing hydrogens from the molecules.

Version 1

7


29)

Phospholipids A) are found in plasma membranes. B) are used as an energy source by cells. C) can be modified to form cholesterol. D) are involved in the process of inflammation. E) are found inside organelles.

30)

About 95% of the lipids in the human diet are __________. A) cholesterol derivatives B) lecithins C) triglycerides D) starches and other complex polysaccharides E) phospholipids

31)

Cholesterol A) must be obtained from plants. B) can be manufactured by most tissues. C) is a hormone. D) is necessary for blood clotting. E) has no constructive function in the body.

32) A student's dietary intake includes 100 grams of fat and a total of 2000 kilocalories. What percentage of the total kilocalories in this student's diet comes from fat?

Version 1

8


A) 10% B) 20% C) 37% D) 45% E) 50%

33) Excess triglycerides are stored in adipose tissue. Which of the following is a function of adipose tissue? A) To assist the body in temperature homeostasis B) Padding and protection C) Energy storage D) Insulation E) All of the choices are correct.

34)

Which of the following is an essential fatty acid? A) Lecithin B) Linoleic acid C) Stearic acid D) Butyric acid E) Hydrochloric acid

35)

Eicosanoids are involved in __________.

Version 1

9


A) inflammation B) blood clotting C) tissue repair D) smooth muscle contraction E) All of the choices are correct.

36)

An essential amino acid A) can be formed from lipids in the body. B) can be synthesized by the body if there is enough nitrogen. C) must be made from glucose. D) must be supplied in the diet. E) cannot be converted to nonessential amino acids.

37)

Proteins regulate the acid-base balance of the blood by __________. A) acting as buffers B) releasing nitrogen C) transporting iron D) binding Na+ E) removing CO2 from the blood

38)

Which of the following recommendations regarding daily requirements is correct? A) Fats should account for 45% of total caloric intake. B) Carbohydrate intake should be around 500 grams daily. C) Proteinconsumption should be 10-35% of total kilocalorie intake. D) Cholesterol intake should be about 300 milligrams per day. E) Proteinconsumption should be about 45% of total kilocalorie intake.

Version 1

10


39)

A food that contains all nine essential amino acids is called a/an __________ protein. A) plasma B) incomplete C) complete D) intracellular E) adequate

40)

Which of the following is an example of an incomplete protein food? A) Eggs B) Meat C) Milk D) Leafy green vegetables E) Cheese

41)

Proteins that function in immunity include __________. A) enzymes B) antibodies C) hormones D) collagens E) fibrin

42)

Functions of proteins include

Version 1

11


A) providing structural strength in connective tissue. B) serving as a part of the cholesterol molecule. C) serving as the primary energy source of cells. D) transport of nitrogen gas in the blood. E) padding and insulation.

43)

Which of the following is an example of a water-soluble vitamin? A) vitamin A B) vitamin C C) vitamin D D) vitamin K E) vitamin E

44)

Which of the following individuals is most likely to be in a negative nitrogen balance? A) A healthy pregnant woman B) A 10-year-old child C) An adult woman with adequate protein intake D) An elderly homeless man E) A healthy adult man who exercises

45)

Fat soluble vitamins can be toxic in large doses because they A) do not dissolve in water. B) can be stored and accumulate in body tissues. C) are rapidly excreted. D) release free radicals. E) are flushed out of the body.

Version 1

12


46) Excessive bleeding due to slowed blood clotting is a symptom of vitamin __________ deficiency. A) A B) D C) E D) K E) C

47)

Vitamin E and vitamin C A) both release free radicals. B) are needed in RBC production. C) are both antioxidants. D) are formed from provitamins. E) are required for blood clotting.

48)

Which of the following vitamins is mismatched with its function? A) Vitamin D – bone growth B) Vitamin A – rhodopsin synthesis C) Folate – synthesis of clotting factors D) Vitamin C – collagen synthesis E) Vitamin B12 – red blood cell production

49)

What would happen to a vitamin if its chemical structure is destroyed by catabolism?

Version 1

13


A) It could be recycled. B) It would become nonfunctional. C) It becomes a provitamin. D) It becomes a coenzyme. E) Nothing; this is normal.

50)

Minerals A) are organic nutrients. B) can be manufactured by the body if the diet does not supply enough. C) can serve as buffers and components of enzymes. D) are found in high concentrations in refined cereals and breads. E) are not necessary for normal metabolic function.

51)

Which of the following minerals is important in acid-base balance? A) Calcium B) Chlorine C) Iron D) Manganese E) Sodium

52)

Which of the following minerals is part of the hemoglobin molecule? A) Calcium B) Iodine C) Iron D) Zinc E) Fluorine

Version 1

14


53)

Which of the following minerals is mismatched with its function? A) Calcium – bone formation B) Zinc – hemoglobin synthesis C) Potassium – muscle and nerve function D) Cobalt – erythrocyte production E) Selenium – component of many enzymes

54) The Daily Values appearing on food labels are based on a __________ kilocalorie reference diet. A) 1200 B) 1500 C) 2000 D) 2500

55)

The sum of all chemical reactions that occur in the body is known as __________. A) absorption B) metabolism C) digestion D) catabolism E) anabolism

56)

Which of the following statements concerning metabolic reactions is true?

Version 1

15


A) Catabolic reactions are synthesis reactions. B) Anabolic reactions are involved in the production of proteins from amino acids. C) The energy derived from anabolism is used to drive catabolism. D) Anabolic reactions release energy. E) Catabolic reactions consume energy.

57) The digestion of complex carbohydrates into monosaccharides is an example of __________. A) anabolism B) synthesis C) absorption D) catabolism

58)

The production of protein by cells is an example of __________. A) anabolism B) catabolism C) glycolysis D) phosphorylation E) decomposition

59)

The energy currency of the cell is a molecule called __________. A) glucose B) pyruvate C) fat D) ADP E) ATP

Version 1

16


60)

In which of these cells would you expect the ATP concentration to be the highest? A) Active cells B) Resting cells C) Exhausted cells D) Dead cells

61)

Which type of reactions are involved in ATP production? A) Single replacement reactions B) Combustion reactions C) Oxidation-reduction reactions D) Neutralization reactions

62)

Which atom is a major player in the production of energy from nutrient molecules? A) Carbon B) Oxygen C) Hydrogen D) Nitrogen

63)

Glycolysis is best defined as the breakdown of

Version 1

17


A) glucose to carbon dioxide and water. B) glucose to two molecules of pyruvate. C) pyruvate to carbon dioxide and water. D) glycogen to glucose-6-phosphate. E) glucose to glycogen.

64)

Which of the following steps in glycolysis occurs last? A) Oxidation of glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate B) Production of ATP from phosphoenolpyruvic acid C) Phosphorylation of glucose to form glucose-6-phosphate D) Cleavage of fructose 1, 6 diphosphate E) Input of 2 ATP molecules

65)

In glycolysis, A) NAD+ is reduced to form NADH. B) more energy is used than produced. C) glucose is formed as an end product. D) glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate is used as an enzyme. E) oxygen must be present for it to start.

66) When glucose is metabolized in the absence of oxygen, one of the end products is __________.

Version 1

18


A) pyruvate B) ketone bodies C) lactate D) citric acid E) nitric acid

67)

One difference between anaerobic and aerobic respiration is that

A) anaerobic respiration utilizes the citric acid cycle, but aerobic respiration does not. B) aerobic respiration produces more ATP than anaerobic respiration. C) anaerobic respiration takes place inside cells, while aerobic respiration takes place in the extracellular fluid. D) aerobic respiration does not require oxygen. E) aerobic respiration takes place after anaerobic respiration.

68) A series of metabolic reactions in the liver that converts lactate into glucose is called __________. A) the electron transport system B) the Cori cycle C) the citric acid cycle D) beta oxidation E) sugar cleavage

69) What is the net yield of ATP and NADH produced by glycolysis of one glucose molecule?

Version 1

19


A) 2 ATP and 1NADH B) 4 ATP and 4NADH C) 2 ATP and 2 NADH D) 1 ATP and 2NADH

70)

Where does glycolysis take place? A) In the inner compartment of the mitochondrion B) On the surface of the mitochondrion C) In the cytoplasm of the cell D) Along the cristae of the mitochondrion

71)

The citric acid cycle begins by combining A) carbon dioxide and water to form carbonic acid. B) pyruvate and acetic acid to form acetoacetic acid. C) pyruvate and carbon dioxide to form lactate. D) oxaloacetic acid and acetyl-CoA to form citric acid. E) pyruvate and citric acid.

72)

Which of the following is the correct sequence? A) Acetyl-CoA formation, glycolysis, electron-transport chain, citric acid cycle B) Acetyl-CoA formation, citric acid cycle, electron transport chain, glycolysis C) Citric acid cycle, glycolysis, acetyl-CoA formation, electron transport chain D) Glycolysis, acetyl-CoA formation, citric acid cycle, electron transport chain E) Glycolysis, citric acid cycle, acetyl-CoA formation, electron transport chain

Version 1

20


73)

Which of the following statements about the citric acid cycle is false? A) The process occurs in the mitochondria. B) The major end product of the cycle is lactate. C) At several steps, NADH molecules are formed. D) Carbon dioxide is produced at several steps in the cycle. E) Two ATP areformed in the cycle from one glucose.

74)

The result of five turns of the citric acid cycle would be A) 5 ATP, 5 NADH, 5 FADH2, 5 carbon dioxide. B) 5 ATP, 15 NADH, 5 FADH2, 10 carbon dioxide. C) 10 ATP, 30 NADH, 10 FADH2, 20 carbon dioxide. D) 10 ATP, 10 NADH, 5 FADH2, 10 carbon dioxide. E) 15 ATP, 15 NADH, 15 FADH2, 15 carbon dioxide

75)

The mitochondrion is the site of __________. A) glycolysis B) the citric acid cycle C) electron-transport chain D) lactate formation E) Both "the citric acid cycle" and "the electron-transport chain" are correct.

76)

Activity at the electron transport chain

Version 1

21


A) results in the formation of ATP. B) converts acetate to ketone bodies. C) converts glucose to fatty acids. D) converts fatty acids to glucose. E) removes a phosphate from ATP.

77) If oxygen is present, what is the net yield of ATP produced by the oxidation of one molecule of glucose? A) 4 B) 18 C) 22 D) 36 E) 40

78) A molecule that moves electrons from the citric acid cycle to the electron transport chain is __________. A) pyruvate B) CO2 C) ADP D) NADH E) H2O

79) Each NADH molecule fed into the electron transport chain produces approximately __________ ATPs.

Version 1

22


A) 2 B) 3 C) 4 D) 5 E) 6

80)

Which of the following statements concerning the electron-transport chain is true? A) Hydrogen ions arepumped across the plasma membrane. B) Electrons pass from one electron carrier to another in the electron transport chain. C) Water serves as the final electron acceptor. D) Chemiosmosis forms carbon dioxide. E) The chemiosmosis model refers to movement of water.

81) The name of the process that couples the movement of hydrogen ions across the inner mitochondrial membrane to ATP production is __________. A) the citric acid cycle B) the glycolytic pathway C) chemiosmosis D) Cori cycle E) hydrosmotic model

82)

Which of the following events at the electron-transport chain occurs last?

Version 1

23


A) Hydrogen ions diffuse into inner mitochondrial compartment. B) Hydrogen ions are moved from inner to outer mitochondrial compartment. C) The movement of hydrogen ions through special channels is coupled to ATP production. D) A hydrogen ion concentration gradient is established. E) NADH transfer electrons to the electron-transport chain.

83) How many ATP are made from each FADH2 that transfers electrons to the electron transport chain? A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D) 4

84)

What is the final electron acceptor of the electron transport chain? A) Water B) NADH C) Oxygen D) Carbon dioxide

85)

The body's main energy storage molecules are __________. A) sugars B) proteins C) lipids D) vitamins E) carbohydrates

Version 1

24


86) Which of the following is the correct sequence of events that occurs when fatty acids are used to generate ATP? A) Beta oxidation, electron transport chain, deamination. B) Electron transport chain, beta oxidation, glycolysis. C) Beta oxidation, citric acid cycle, electron transport chain. D) Glycolysis, beta oxidation, citric acid cycle. E) Citric acid cycle, glycolysis, beta oxidation.

87)

Beta oxidation results in the formation of __________. A) pyruvate B) acetyl CoA C) carbon monoxide D) oxaloacetate E) ketone bodies

88)

Acetyl CoA A) can enter the electron transport system directly. B) is a by product of glycolysis. C) might be used in ketogenesis. D) is needed to start oxidative deamination. E) is converted to pyruvate.

89)

The formation of triglycerides is called __________.

Version 1

25


A) glycogenesis B) lipogenesis C) gluconeogenesis D) ketogenesis E) beta-oxidation

90)

Fatty acids are catabolized in a process called __________. A) glycolysis B) lipogenesis C) beta oxidation D) gluconeogenesis E) ketogenesis

91) The presence of ketone bodies in the urine indicates increased metabolism of __________. A) amino acids B) lactate C) fatty acids D) nucleic acids E) citric acids

92) Tim has been on a low-fat, no carbohydrate diet for two months. Which of the following would you expect to find in large quantities in his urine?

Version 1

26


A) Glucose B) Lactate C) Pyruvate D) Ketone bodies E) Proteins

93)

Amino acids can be used as a source of energy A) by converting them into nucleic acids. B) by subjecting them to oxidative deamination. C) in the process of transamination. D) by converting them to ethanol. E) and can be stored in the body.

94)

Transamination A) results in free fatty acids. B) requires glucose. C) can be used to synthesize essential amino acids. D) involves removingan amine group from an amino acid. E) directly producesurea.

95)

Oxidative deamination is a chemical process in which A) protein is synthesized. B) amino acids are buffered in the kidney. C) the amine group is removed from an amino acid. D) fatty acids are broken down to yield acetyl CoA. E) glutamic acid is produced.

Version 1

27


96) When the amine (NH2) group is stripped off of an amino acid, this amine group is converted to __________. A) lactate B) glucose C) ammonia D) glycerol E) urea

97)

Arrange the following steps of protein metabolism in correct sequence.

1. Ammonia is converted to urea in the liver. 2. Oxidative deamination of an amino acid. 3. Urea is eliminated by the kidney. 4. Ammonia and keto acids are formed. A) 1, 3, 4, 2 B) 2, 4, 1, 3 C) 3, 1, 4, 2 D) 4, 1, 3, 2 E) 2, 3, 1, 4

98)

Which amino acid is usually formed from the transamination of another amino acid? A) Serine B) Glycine C) Aspartic acid D) Glutamic acid

Version 1

28


99)

What is the glutamic acid made from transamination used for? A) It enters thecitric acid cycle. B) It is used tomake other nonessential amino acids. C) It is used to produce ATP. D) None of the choices are correct.

100)

Which of the following is/are possible uses of amino acids in energy production? A) Forming a ketoacid that can enter the citric acid cycle B) Forming intermediate molecules of carbohydrate metabolism C) Forming NADH that enters the electron-transport chain D) All of the choices are correct.

101)

Which process prepares glutamic acid for use in energy production? A) Transamination B) Oxidative deamination C) Protein synthesis D) Ketogenesis

102)

The formation of glycogen from glucose is called __________. A) glycolysis B) glycogenesis C) glycogenolysis D) gluconeogenesis E) glucogenesis

Version 1

29


103)

The process that uses amino acids and glycerol to form glucose is __________. A) ketogenesis B) glycogenesis C) lipogenesis D) gluconeogenesis E) glycolysis

104) Glucose, amino acids, and fatty acids can be metabolized within the cell to liberate __________. A) oxygen B) energy C) carbon dioxide D) hydrogen E) nitrogen

105) There is a need for glucose in the body. Which of the following reactions will yield glucose directly? A) Beta oxidation B) Glycogenolysis C) Glycolysis D) Deamination E) Glucogenesis

106) Why is it important that glucose be converted to glucose-6-phosphate once glucose enters a cell?

Version 1

30


A) This form is easier for cells to metabolize. B) Glucose can't diffuse out of the cell if it is in this form. C) The cells can easily excrete this molecule. D) It becomes a long-term storage molecule for glucose. E) It can now cross the plasma membrane.

107)

Which of the following events takes place during the absorptive state? A) Protein is converted into glucose in the process of deamination. B) Glucose is converted into energy, glycogen, or lipids. C) Ketones are produced from fatty acids. D) Lipids are converted into glucose via beta oxidation. E) Glycogen is converted to glucose.

108)

The absorptive state A) occursimmediately to about 4 hours after meals. B) is when glycogenolysis usually occurs. C) has gluconeogenesis as one of its main events. D) occurs in the large intestine. E) occurs just before breakfast.

109) Arrange the following events so that they indicate a possible metabolic sequence the body might use to interconvert a protein to a lipid. 1. Glycerol and three fatty acids combine to form triglycerides. 2. Fatty acids are formed from acetyl CoA. 3. Protein is digested to release amino acids. 4. Amino acids are converted to acetyl CoA.

Version 1

31


A) 2, 3, 4, 1 B) 3, 4, 2, 1 C) 4, 2, 3, 1 D) 2, 4, 3, 1 E) 4, 3, 2, 1

110)

During the postabsorptive state, the first source of glucose is __________. A) lipids. B) sugars. C) glycogen. D) amino acids. E) carbohydrates.

111)

The events that occur in the postabsorptive state collectively __________. A) decrease lipid metabolism B) maintain blood glucose levels C) interconvert proteins to lipids D) assure adequate lipogenesis E) maintain protein levels

112)

Which of the following is least likely to occur late in the postabsorptive state? A) Hydrolysis of triglycerides B) Use of acetyl-CoA and ketones for energy C) Formation of glycogen D) Use of proteins as an energy source E) Reduced removal of glucose from the blood

Version 1

32


113)

Metabolic rate is the total amount of A) glucose absorbed by the small intestine each hour. B) heat produced by body cells in an hour. C) energy produced and used by the body per unit of time. D) carbon dioxide exhaled per unit of time. E) kilocalories consumed.

114) If a person cuts their daily caloric intake by 500 Kcal, how long will it take to lose 1 pound? A) 5 days B) 1 week C) 10 days D) 2 weeks E) 12 days

115)

The BMR (basal metabolic rate) can increase A) during fasting. B) during pregnancy. C) as a result of decreased thyroid hormone production. D) while restinginstead of studying for a test. E) during dieting.

116)

The energy cost for assimilation of food is called __________.

Version 1

33


A) the thermic effect of food B) the basal metabolic rate C) the caloric intake D) homeothermy E) free energy

117)

Which of the following will increase metabolic rate? A) Exercise B) Fasting C) Malnutrition D) Reduced caloric intake E) Dieting

118)

Which of the following groups has the highest basal metabolic rate? A) Older individuals B) Young, active males C) Middle age females D) Young, active female E) They all have the same rates.

119)

If energy intake is greater than energy output, an individual will tend to A) gain weight. B) lose weight. C) neither gain nor lose weight.

Version 1

34


120)

Total energy expenditure is estimated from A) basal metabolic rate. B) thermic effect of food. C) physical activity. D) All of the choices are correct

121) Which of the following events would occur when the environmental temperature is considerably lower than body temperature? A) Sweating B) Vasoconstriction of the blood vessels of the skin C) Increased heat loss through the skin D) Decreased muscular activity to maintain heat E) Vasodilation of the blood vessels of the skin

122)

The portion of the brain that regulates body temperature is the __________. A) cerebral cortex B) hypothalamus C) medulla oblongata D) pons E) hypophysis

123)

If an increase in blood temperature were detected, one would probably observe

Version 1

35


A) increased sweat production. B) vasoconstriction of peripheral blood vessels. C) increased muscular activity. D) shivering. E) decreased sweat production.

124)

Which of the following is an example of convection? A) Infrared radiation B) Sweating C) Exposure of the body to cold air D) Warming a chair by sitting in it E) Losing water to the air

125)

Which class of nutrients do we require the least of? A) Vitamins B) Water C) Carbohydrates D) Lipids E) Proteins

126) Small dietary organic compounds that are necessary for metabolism are called __________.

Version 1

36


A) vitamins B) minerals C) water D) lipids E) proteins

127)

Which of the following is an example of catabolism? A) Glycolysis B) Synthesis of ATP C) Production of hormones D) Maintaining cell structure E) Protein synthesis

128)

When is NAD+ reduced to form NADH in glycolysis? A) After cleavage of sugar B) First step of the process C) Right before the cleavage step D) Right before conversion to pyruvic acid

129) During the steps of glycolysis, ______ ATPs, ______ NADHs, and ______ molecules of pyruvate are produced. A) 4; 2; 2 B) 6; 4; 2 C) 3; 4; 5 D) 2; 4; 6 E) 4; 6; 8

Version 1

37


130) In the first step of the citric acid cycle, __________ acid combines with acetyl-CoA to produce citric acid. A) oxaloacetic B) pyruvic C) lactic D) alpha ketoglutaric E) ketoglutaric

131) Each complex in the electron transport chain collectively acts as a __________ pump that removes H+ from the mitochondrial matrix and pumps it into the space between the inner and outer mitochondrial membranes. A) proton B) electron C) neutron D) sodium-potassium E) calcium

132) The yield of ATP in aerobic respiration is usually lower than the theoretical 36 molecules due to all of the following, except A) production of lactate. B) cost to shuttle NADH into the mitochondrion. C) getting ATP out of the mitochondrion. D) different yields per NADH molecule.

133) With uncontrolled diabetes mellitus, the increased lipid metabolism will cause an increase in _________ formation. Version 1

38


A) ketone bodies B) carbohydrates C) fatty acids D) oxygen E) ATP

134)

The transformation of acetyl-CoA to free fatty acids is a process called __________. A) lipogenesis B) ketogenesis C) cellular respiration D) glucogenesis E) fermentation

135)

Which of the following does NOT contribute to basal metabolism? A) Exercise programs B) Muscle tone C) Heart contractions D) Thermoregulation E) Plasma membrane transport

136) If air temperature is higher than skin temperature, __________ becomes a means of heat loss through evaporation.

Version 1

39


A) sweating B) shivering C) fever D) chills E) vasoconstriction

137)

Which of the following are macronutrients? A) Sodium, potassium, calcium, chloride, and phosphorous B) Nucleic acids, carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins C) Sodium, potassium, carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins D) Carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and water E) Carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins, but not water

138) Carbohydrates function as structural components in all of the following except __________. A) glycolipids B) glycoproteins C) nucleic acids D) amino acids E) ATP

139)

Which of the following is not a function of proteins in the body?

Version 1

40


A) Musclecontraction B) Transport ofblood lipids C) Maintaining bloodviscosity and osmolarity D) Catalyzingenzymatic reactions E) Serving ascofactors for enzymes

140)

Where is most protein in the body found? A) In the skeletalsystem B) In the muscularsystem C) In the thecardiovascular system D) In theintegumentary system E) In the lymphaticsystem

141)

Which of the following is a product of glycolysis? A) Glucose B) Carbon dioxide C) Lactate D) Pyruvate E) Acetyl-CoA

142)

Which of the following is true concerning oxygen in regards to aerobic respiration? A) It transportselectrons to the mitochondrion. B) It directlytransfers electrons and protons to NAD+ andFAD. C) It directlyreceives electrons and protons from NAD+ andFAD. D) It is the onlysubstrate of aerobic respiration. E) It is the finalelectron acceptor in aerobic respiration.

Version 1

41


143)

What is the synthesis of glucose from amino acids called? A) Glycogenesis B) Glycogenolysis C) Glycolysis D) Gluconeogenesis E) Glycogencatabolism

144)

Which of the following is a final product of aerobic respiration? A) Carbon dioxide B) Pyruvate C) Lactate D) Glucose E) Oxygen

145)

What process produces most of the NADH that contributes to ATP synthesis in the cell? A) Glycolysis B) The citric acidcycle C) Anaerobicfermentation D) The mitochondrialproton pumps E) The electrontransfer from FADH2

146)

Which of the following compounds yields the most ATP per molecule?

Version 1

42


A) Glucose B) Pyruvate C) Acetyl-CoA D) Lactate E) Glycogen

147) The inner membrane of a mitochondrion contains the protein __________, which harnesses the energy created by H+ flow to produce ATP by a process called __________. A) enzyme complex; reduction B) ATP synthase; oxidation C) enzyme complex; proton pumping D) ATP synthase; the chemiosmotic mechanism E) cytochrome c; reduction

148)

Most of the lipids in the body are stored in what form? A) LDL B) HDL C) Cholesterol D) Triglycerides E) Fatty acids

149) Which of the following does not explain why people on weight-loss diets often lose weight quickly at first, but then more slowly over time?

Version 1

43


A) Water is lost quickly but other weight is harder to lose. B) The initial weight loss is mostly fat. C) As a diet progresses, the body produces more fat even with the same caloric intake. D) The body lowers its metabolic rate when it loses weight. E) Will power often weakens as the diet progresses.

150)

During periods of fasting, why is fat said to have a protein-sparing effect? A) The body oxidizes its spare protein before it depletes its fat reserves. B) The body metabolizes fats and proteins through the same metabolic pathways. C) The body must have an adequate fat intake in order to absorb and metabolize proteins. D) The body must have an adequate protein intake in order to absorb and metabolize fats. E) The body does not oxidize its proteins unless it has consumed its fat reserves first.

151)

Shivering warms the body because it increases the rate of what? A) Radiation B) Conduction C) ATPhydrolysis D) Vasodilation E) Glycolysis

152) A cell that metabolizes 4 molecules of glucose would complete __________ rounds of the citric acid cycle and produce __________ CO2 molecules. A) 4; 24 B) 8; 24 C) 4; 32 D) 8; 32

Version 1

44


153) Francis has a wound on his left arm that is not healing. His physician has diagnosed him with vitamin deficiency. Which vitamin should Francis increase in his diet? A) Vitamin C B) Vitamin B1 C) Vitamin E D) Vitamin D

154)

Match the function or term with the appropriate organic molecule.

A. Carbohydrates B. Lipids C. Proteins D. Nucleic acids

154.1)

Primary energy source

154.2)

Vitamins A, E, D, K

154.3)

Enzymes

154.4)

Padding and insulation

Version 1

45


154.5)

Hemoglobin

154.6)

Cellulose

154.7)

Adipose tissue

154.8)

Structural component of plasma membrane

154.9)

Antibodies

154.10) Functional component of plasma membrane

154.11) Actin and myosin

154.12) Glycogen

154.13) Steroids

Version 1

46


154.14) Collagen

154.15) DNA and RNA

155)

Use the following key to choose the best answer.

A. The first item is greater than the second item. B. The first item is less than the second item. C. The first item is equal or nearly equal to the second item.

155.1) (1) Number of ATPs produced in aerobic respiration (2) Number of ATPs produced in anaerobic respiration

155.2) (1) Basal metabolic rate for a female (2) Basal metabolic rate for a male

155.3) (1) Heat loss wearing a hat (2) Heat loss without a hat

Version 1

47


156)

Match the vitamin with its function in the body.

A. Required for the synthesis of clotting factors (prothrombin) B. Is a component of the coenzyme FAD C. Promotes calcium and phosphorus use D. Involved in amino acid metabolism E. Primary constituent of coenzyme A

157)

156.1)

Riboflavin

156.2)

Pantothenic acid

156.3)

Pyridoxine (B6)

156.4)

Vitamin D

156.5)

Vitamin K

Match the vitamin with its associated disease.

A. Scurvy B. Night blindness C. Beriberi D. Pellagra E. Pernicious anemia

Version 1

48


158)

157.1)

Vitamin A

157.2)

Thiamin

157.3)

Niacin

157.4)

Vitamin C

157.5)

Vitamin B12

Match the mineral with its function.

A. Functions in carbon dioxide metabolism and transport, also needed for protein metabolism B. Component of hemoglobin C. A constituent of coenzymes; needed for bone formation and proper function of nerve and muscle D. Needed for the production of thyroxine E. Component of nucleic acids and ATP; used in bone formation

158.1)

Version 1

Iodine

49


158.2)

Iron

158.3)

Magnesium

158.4)

Phosphorus

158.5)

Zinc

159) True or False? The body synthesizes nonessential amino acids in a process called oxidative deamination. ⊚ ⊚

true false

160) True or False? Both glycogenesis and gluconeogenesis are examples of catabolic reactions. ⊚ ⊚

true false

161) True or False? MyPlate was established by the USDA to help remind consumers of how to build a healthful meal.

Version 1

50


⊚ ⊚

true false

162) True or False? Theoretically, 7 NADH molecules provide enough energy to produce 28 molecules of ATP at the electron-transport chain. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

51


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 25_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, B, D] 2) Nutrients 3) glycolysis 4) ATP 5) lipogenesis 6) chemiosmosis 7) glucose-6-phosphate 8) E 9) A 10) C 11) B 12) B 13) D 14) C 15) A 16) C 17) A 18) B 19) C 20) A 21) C 22) D 23) B 24) C 25) C 26) B Version 1

52


27) C 28) C 29) A 30) C 31) B 32) D 33) E 34) B 35) E 36) D 37) A 38) C 39) C 40) D 41) B 42) A 43) B 44) D 45) B 46) D 47) C 48) C 49) B 50) C 51) B 52) C 53) B 54) C 55) B 56) B Version 1

53


57) D 58) A 59) E 60) B 61) C 62) C 63) B 64) B 65) A 66) C 67) B 68) B 69) C 70) C 71) D 72) D 73) B 74) B 75) E 76) A 77) D 78) D 79) B 80) B 81) C 82) C 83) B 84) C 85) C 86) C Version 1

54


87) B 88) C 89) B 90) C 91) C 92) D 93) B 94) D 95) C 96) C 97) B 98) D 99) B 100) D 101) B 102) B 103) D 104) B 105) B 106) B 107) B 108) A 109) B 110) C 111) B 112) C 113) C 114) B 115) B 116) A Version 1

55


117) A 118) B 119) A 120) D 121) B 122) B 123) A 124) C 125) A 126) A 127) A 128) A 129) A 130) A 131) A 132) A 133) A 134) A 135) A 136) A 137) D 138) D 139) E 140) B 141) D 142) E 143) D 144) A 145) B 146) E Version 1

56


147) D 148) D 149) B 150) E 151) C 152) B 153) A 154) Section Break 154.1) A 154.2) B 154.3) C 154.4) B 154.5) C 154.6) A 154.7) B 154.8) B 154.9) C 154.10) C 154.11) C 154.12) A 154.13) B 154.14) C 154.15) D 155) Section Break 155.1) A 155.2) B 155.3) B 156) Section Break 156.1) B 156.2) E Version 1

57


156.3) D 156.4) C 156.5) A 157) Section Break 157.1) B 157.2) C 157.3) D 157.4) A 157.5) E 158) Section Break 158.1) D 158.2) B 158.3) C 158.4) E 158.5) A 159) FALSE 160) FALSE 161) TRUE 162) FALSE

Version 1

58


CHAPTER 26 1)

What is/are the main excretory organ(s) of the body? A) Skin B) Lungs C) Intestines D) Kidneys

2)

The kidney functions in A) preventing blood loss. B) white blood cell production. C) synthesis of vitamin E. D) excretion ofmetabolic wastes. E) production of the hormone aldosterone.

3)

Which of the following functions would not be performed by the kidney? A) Urine storage B) Excretion of waste C) Maintenance of fluid balance D) Regulate synthesis of vitamin D E) Regulate synthesis of RBCs

4)

Urine is carried from the kidneys to the urinary bladder by the __________.

Version 1

1


A) urethra B) ureter C) calyces D) renal columns E) renal tubules

5)

Arrange the following structures in correct sequence for urine flow.

(1) Ureter (2) Renal pelvis (3) Calyx (4) Urinary bladder (5) Urethra A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 B) 3, 2, 1, 4, 5 C) 2, 4, 5, 3, 1 D) 3, 4, 1, 2, 5 E) 1, 3, 2, 4, 5

6)

The kidney is protected from mechanical shock by __________. A) the hilum B) renal fascia C) adipose tissue D) renal capsule E) renal cortex

7)

Blood vessels, nerves, and the ureter enter and leave the kidney at the __________.

Version 1

2


A) hilum B) renal fascia C) renal pelvis D) renal capsule E) renal pyramid

8)

The ureter expands into the substance of the kidney as the __________. A) hilum B) renal pelvis C) renal capsule D) renal pyramid E) renal corpuscle

9) The portion of the kidney that is composed of cone-shaped renal pyramids is called the __________. A) cortex B) medulla C) pelvis D) calyx E) columns

10)

Cortical tissue located between the pyramids is called the __________.

Version 1

3


A) calyx tissue B) renal papillae C) renal columns D) medullary rays E) renal corpuscles

11)

The tip of each renal pyramid is called a __________. A) nephron B) renal papilla C) renal column D) medullary ray

12)

The renal papillae extend into the __________. A) cortex B) renal columns C) minor calyces D) major calyces

13)

The structural and functional units of the kidney are called __________. A) nephrons B) renal papillae C) renal pyramids D) renal columns E) renal tubes

Version 1

4


14)

The juxtamedullary nephrons A) have long loops of Henle. B) are found next to the renal capsule. C) comprise 85% of all nephrons. D) have their renal corpuscles located in the medulla. E) have short loops of Henle.

15)

Which of the following is NOT part of a nephron? A) Loop of Henle B) Collecting duct C) Renal corpuscle D) Proximal convoluted tubule E) Distal convoluted tubule

16)

The network of capillaries that is located in Bowman capsule is called the __________. A) vasa recta B) glomerulus C) peritubular capillary D) proximal convoluted capillary E) efferent arteriole

17)

The renal corpuscle consists of

Version 1

5


A) the renal pelvis and the renal tubules. B) the glomerulus and Bowman's capsule. C) Bowman's capsule and the renal pelvis. D) the proximal convoluted tubule and the glomerulus. E) afferent and efferent arteriole.

18)

Which of the following structures is a capillary? A) Glomerulus B) Loop of Henle C) Collecting duct D) Bowman capsule E) Proximal convoluted tubule

19)

The visceral layer of Bowman capsule A) is part of the filtration membrane. B) is called endothelium. C) contains podocytes. D) Both "is part of the filtration membrane" and "is called endothelium" are correct. E) Both "is part of the filtration membrane" and "contains podocytes" are correct.

20)

Which of the following layers of the filtration membrane is closest to the plasma? A) Podocytes B) Macula densa C) Glomerular endothelium D) The basement membrane E) Parietal layer of Bowman capsule

Version 1

6


21)

The inner layer of Bowman capsule consists of specialized cells called __________. A) nephrons B) podocytes C) nephrocytes D) juxtamedullary cells E) macula densa

22)

The pores of the endothelial cells of the glomerular capillaries are called __________. A) fenestrae B) gap junctions C) filtration slits D) macula densa E) membrane channels

23)

Filtration slits is the name given to the A) points where the afferent arterioles enter the renal corpuscle. B) openings between the endothelial cells of the glomerular capillaries. C) gaps between the podocyte processes in the visceral layer of Bowman capsule. D) basement membrane of the glomerular endothelium. E) active transport channels.

24) An obstruction in the afferent arteriole would reduce the flow of blood into the __________.

Version 1

7


A) glomerulus B) renal artery C) macula densa D) efferent arteriole E) arcuate artery

25)

The filtration membrane consists of the A) capillary epithelium, podocytes, and macula densa. B) podocytes, basement membrane, and macula densa. C) basement membrane, capillary epithelium, and macula densa. D) parietal layer and visceral layer. E) podocytes, capillary endothelium, and basement membrane.

26)

Choose the term that does not belong with the others. A) Glomerulus B) Macula densa C) Juxtaglomerular cells D) Juxtaglomerular apparatus E) Afferent arteriole

27)

The juxtaglomerular apparatus is composed of A) juxtaglomerular cells and the macula densa. B) podocytes and juxtaglomerular cells. C) the macula densa and the filtration membrane. D) juxtaglomerular cells and the filtration membrane. E) glomerulus and Bowman capsule.

Version 1

8


28)

The portion of the nephron that empties into the collecting duct is the __________. A) glomerulus B) ascending loop of Henle C) distal convoluted tubule D) proximal convoluted tubule E) descending loop of Henle

29)

The renal corpuscle connects to the __________. A) loop of Henle B) collecting duct C) distal convoluted tubule D) renal convoluted tubule E) proximal convoluted tubule

30)

Which of the following is between the proximal and distal convoluted tubules? A) The glomerulus B) The loop of Henle C) The distal convoluted tubule D) The proximal convoluted tubule E) Collecting duct

31)

Urine drains from the nephron into the calyces through the __________.

Version 1

9


A) loop of Henle B) collecting duct C) distal convoluted tubule D) proximal convoluted tubule E) Bowman capsule

32)

Arrange the following in the sequence in which filtrate moves through them.

(1) Loop of Henle (2) Bowman capsule (3) Distal convoluted tubule (4) Proximal convoluted tubule A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 4, 2, 1, 3 C) 2, 4, 3, 1 D) 2, 4, 1, 3 E) 3, 4, 1, 2

33)

Which type of cells form the proximal convoluted tubule? A) Simple cuboidal epithelium with microvilli B) Stratified squamous epithelium C) Pseudostratified ciliated columnar epithelium D) Simple columnar cells with microvilli and cilia

34)

Choose the one that does not belong.

Version 1

10


A) Loop of Henle B) Glomerulus C) Distal convoluted tubule D) Proximal convoluted tubule E) Bowman capsule

35)

One feature of renal blood circulation that makes it unique is that A) there is a double set of venules. B) blood flows from arterioles into venules. C) blood flows from venules into arterioles. D) each nephron has at least two capillary networks. E) the nephron is only associated with the glomerulus.

36)

The vasa recta is a specialized portion of the __________. A) glomerulus B) afferent arteriole C) efferent arteriole D) peritubular capillary E) interlobular artery

37)

Which of these vessels gives rise to the peritubular capillary? A) Glomerulus B) Arcuate artery C) Efferent arteriole D) Interlobular artery E) Afferent arteriole

Version 1

11


38)

Trace the path of a red blood cell from the renal artery to the glomerulus.

(1) Interlobar artery (2) Interlobular artery (3) Segmental artery (4) Arcuate artery (5) Afferent arteriole

A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 B) 1, 4, 2, 3, 5 C) 3, 1, 4, 2, 5 D) 2, 1, 3, 5, 4 E) 1, 4, 3, 2

39)

The urinary bladder A) stores urine until it is voided. B) empties to the exterior via the ureters. C) contains a muscle called the trigone. D) is superior to the kidney. E) filters urine.

40) Skeletal muscle that surrounds the urethra as it extends through the pelvic floor forms the __________. A) trigone B) lamina propria C) external urinary sphincter D) internal urinary sphincter E) involuntary portion of bladder control

Version 1

12


41)

Urine formation involves A) filtration of the plasma. B) reabsorption fromthe filtrate. C) secretion into the filtrate. D) All of the choices are correct.

42)

Formation of filtrate depends on a __________ gradient. A) pressure B) concentration C) volume D) temperature E) osmotic

43)

The active transport of substances into the filtrate is called tubular __________. A) filtration B) reabsorption C) secretion D) elimination E) excretion

44)

The part of the cardiac output that passes through the kidneys is the __________.

Version 1

13


A) renal fraction B) filtration fraction C) clearance fraction D) glomerular flow rate E) cardiac fraction

45)

The amount of filtrate produced per minute is called the __________. A) renal fraction B) filtration fraction C) glomerular filtration rate D) clearance fraction E) renal rate

46) At the rate of 125 ml of filtrate/minute, estimate the amount of filtrate formed in 24 hours. A) 45 liters B) 90 liters C) 125 liters D) 180 liters E) 200 liters

47)

What percent of filtrate becomes urine?

Version 1

14


A) Less than 1% B) 5% C) 10% D) 80% E) 90%

48)

Plasma contains a much greater concentration of __________ than the glomerular filtrate. A) urea B) water C) protein D) sodium ions E) glucose

49)

Passage of proteins into Bowman capsule is prevented by A) the size of the capillary pores. B) the size of the filtration slits in the podocytes. C) the size of the proteins. D) All of the choices are correct.

50) In glomerulonephritis, the permeability of the filtration membrane increases, allowing proteins to cross the membrane. Which of the following would you expect to observe? A) Increase in filtration volume B) Anuria – no urine production C) Necrosis of the renal corpuscle D) Low protein levels in the filtrate E) No change in the filtrate

Version 1

15


51)

Decreased blood colloid osmotic pressure affects renal function by A) increasing net filtration pressure. B) increasing capsular pressure. C) increasing glomerular capillary pressure. D) increasing blood pressure in the afferent arteriole. E) None of the choices are correct.

52)

The movement of fluid into Bowman capsule is opposed by __________. A) filtration pressure B) capsular hydrostatic pressure C) glomerular capillary pressure D) osmotic pressure of the medulla of the kidney E) blood pressure

53) If the following hypothetical conditions exist in the nephron, calculate the net filtration pressure. Glomerular capillary pressure = 80 mmHg Blood colloid osmotic pressure = 20 mmHg Capsular hydrostatic pressure = 10 mmHg A) 110 mmHg B) 90 mmHg C) 50 mmHg D) 30 mmHg E) 20 mmHg

Version 1

16


54) Which of the following pressures tends to force fluid from the glomerulus through the filtration membrane into Bowman capsule? A) Tubular pressure B) Capsular pressure C) Colloid osmotic pressure D) Glomerular capillary pressure E) None of the choices are correct.

55)

Which of the following events would increase filtration pressure? A) Increase in capsular pressure B) Constriction of the efferent arteriole C) Increase in colloid osmotic pressure D) Decrease in renal blood flow E) Dilation of the efferent arteriole

56) In the myogenic mechanism of autoregulation, what is the response to an increase in blood pressure in the afferent arteriole? A) Constriction of the glomerulus B) Dilation of the afferent arteriole C) Dilation of the efferent arteriole D) Constriction of the afferent arteriole

57)

What is the effect of intense sympathetic stimulation on the GFR?

Version 1

17


A) GFR increases B) GFR decreases C) GFR is notaffected D) GFR increases,then decreases

58)

When Na+ is actively transported from tubular cells to the interstitial fluid, A) no energy is needed. B) glucose and amino acids are countertransported at the same time. C) Na+ concentration gradient is established between the tubule lumen and tubule cell. D) water is countertransported by carrier molecules. E) water is secreted.

59)

Substances that are cotransported into proximal convoluted tubule cells include A) urea with water. B) K+ with amino acids. C) amino acids with bicarbonate ions. D) glucose molecules with Na+. E) Cl− with K+.

60)

Most water is reabsorbed from the filtrate in the __________. A) proximal convoluted tubule B) descending loop of Henle C) ascending loop of Henle D) distal convoluted tubule E) collecting duct

Version 1

18


61)

The proximal convoluted tubule is A) lined with epithelial cells that lack microvilli. B) the site of glucose and amino acid reabsorption. C) permeable to water if ADH is present. D) impermeable to water. E) the site of water secretion.

62)

Arrange the following in correct order.

(1) Cotransport molecule binds to Na+ and glucose (2) Establish Na+ concentration gradient between tubular cells and tubular lumen (3) Sodium and glucose moved into tubular cell (4) Active transport of Na+ from tubular cells to interstitial area A) 2, 1, 3, 4 B) 4, 2, 1, 3 C) 1, 3, 4, 2 D) 2, 4, 1, 3 E) 1, 2, 3, 4

63) Glucose is usually completely reabsorbed from the filtrate by the time the filtrate has reached the A) tip of the loop of Henle. B) end of the collecting duct. C) end of the distal convoluted tubule. D) end of the proximal convoluted tubule. E) beginning of the proximal convoluted tubule.

Version 1

19


64)

Water reabsorption by the renal tubules uses __________. A) active transport B) cotransport C) solvent drag D) osmosis E) None of the choices are correct.

65)

In the ascending limb of the loop of Henle, A) water can easily enter or leave. B) K+ and Cl− are cotransported with Na+ across the apical membrane. C) Ca2+ are actively transported across the basal membrane. D) K+ is concentrated in the filtrate. E) the filtrate does not change.

66) Once inside the cells of the ascending limb, K+ and Cl− cross the basal membrane into the interstitial fluid by the process of __________. A) facilitated diffusion B) cotransport C) counter transport D) active transport E) simple diffusion

67) Which of the following ions are cotransported across the wall of the proximal convoluted tubule, distal convoluted tubule, and the ascending limb of the loop of Henle?

Version 1

20


A) sodium and bicarbonate B) potassium and phosphate C) sodium and chloride D) bicarbonate and potassium E) potassium and chloride

68)

The collecting ducts and distal convoluted tubules A) reabsorb glucose. B) collect filtrate from Bowman capsule. C) actively transport Na+ but not Cl−. D) vary in their permeability to water relative to the amounts of ADH present. E) do not alter their permeability to water.

69)

The collecting duct becomes more permeable to water when A) colloid osmotic pressure increases. B) ADH production increases. C) plasma osmolality decreases. D) aldosterone production decreases. E) ADH production decreases.

70)

As ADH production declines, A) glomerular filtration increases. B) K+ reabsorption increases. C) reabsorption of water increases. D) the urine volume increases. E) the blood volume increases.

Version 1

21


71)

When ADH binds to receptor sites on distal convoluted tubule cells, A) filtrate volume increases. B) filtrate osmolality decreases. C) K+ is secreted from the cells. D) the distal convoluted tubule is less permeable to water. E) the distal convoluted tubule is more permeable to water.

72)

Urea is

A) secreted into the filtrate by cells of the distal convoluted tubule. B) diffuse out of the collecting ducts into the interstitial fluid of the medulla and then diffuse into the descending loop of Henle. C) completely reabsorbed by the nephron. D) actively transported into the filtrate by cells of the collecting duct. E) None of the choices are correct.

73)

Hydrogen ions are secreted into the filtrate by A) both the proximal and distal convoluted tubules. B) both the collecting duct and Bowman capsule. C) both the loop of Henle and the distal convoluted tubule. D) both the proximal convoluted tubule and the loop of Henle. E) loop of Henle only.

74) Which of the following are most likely to be actively secreted into the distal convoluted tubule?

Version 1

22


A) K+ B) Cl− C) Bicarbonate ions D) Amino acids E) Na+

75)

Potassium ions enter the lumen of the __________ by the process of active transport. A) proximal convoluted tubule B) renal corpuscle C) loop of Henle D) distal convoluted tubule E) collecting duct

76)

In the sodium-hydrogen antiport system, A) both Na+ and H+ are transported into the tubular lumen. B) both Na+ and H+ are transported into the tubular cell. C) Na+ are transported into the cell; H+ are transported out of the cell. D) Na+ are transported into the tubular lumen; H+ are transported into the cell. E) Na+ are transported out of the cell; H+ are transported into the cell.

77)

Tubular secretion occurs in which of the following structures? A) Glomerulus B) Urethra C) Renal pelvis D) Distal convoluted tubule E) Collecting duct

Version 1

23


78)

Tubular reabsorption and tubular secretion differ in that

A) tubular secretion is a passive process; tubular reabsorption uses active transport. B) tubular secretion adds materials to the filtrate; tubular reabsorption removes materials from the filtrate. C) tubular reabsorption increases urine volume; tubular secretion decreases urine volume. D) tubular reabsorption occurs in Bowman capsule; tubular secretion occurs in the peritubular capillary. E) tubular secretion moves materials from the filtrate into the blood; tubular reabsorption moves materials from the blood into the filtrate.

79)

Which of the following statements is true? A) Most filtrate (99%) is eliminated as urine. B) Normal filtrate contains a large amount of protein. C) Reabsorption of water in the filtrate may be hormonally controlled. D) Sodium ions are secreted into the filtrate of the proximal convoluted tubule. E) Hormones play a minor role in fluid homeostasis.

80)

The ability of the kidney to concentrate urine depends on A) proximal convoluted tubule reabsorption. B) a high medullary concentration gradient. C) osmosis. D) rapid removal of filtrate. E) a low medullary concentration gradient.

81)

The vasa recta

Version 1

24


A) supplies blood to the glomerulus. B) alters the cortical solute gradient. C) collects excess water and solutes from the medullary interstitial fluid. D) collects water and solutes reabsorbed from the proximal convoluted tubule. E) surrounds thecollecting duct.

82)

The countercurrent multiplier system

A) is found in the collecting duct. B) is assisted by hormones. C) has fluid flowing in parallel tubes in opposite directions. D) maintains the solute concentration of the medullary interstitial fluid. E) Both "has fluid flowing in parallel tubes in opposite directions" and "maintains the solute concentration of the medullary interstitial fluid" is correct.

83)

A countercurrent mechanism is in A) the afferent and efferent arterioles. B) the glomerulus and Bowman capsule. C) the proximal and distal convoluted tubules. D) the loop of Henle only. E) both the loop of Henle and the vasa recta.

84)

In which of the following locations is filtrate osmolality highest?

Version 1

25


A) End of proximal convoluted tubule B) Tip of the loop of Henle C) End of distal convoluted tubule D) Beginning of distal convoluted tubule E) Descending loop of Henle

85)

Which of the following helps maintain a high solute concentration in the kidney medulla? A) High urea concentration in medulla B) Active transport of solutes from ascending limb C) The vasa recta D) Functions of the loop of Henle E) All of the choices are correct.

86)

Which of the following would help maintain the medullary concentration gradient? A) Movement of urea from the distal convoluted tubule to the proximal convoluted

tubule B) Urea movement from the collecting duct to medullary interstitial fluid C) Movement of water from the ascending limb into the medullary interstitial fluid D) Active transport of Na+ and Cl− from the medullary interstitial fluid into the collecting duct E) Urea movement into the collecting duct

Version 1

26


87) Starting from the collecting duct, indicate the order in which urea molecules move to maintain the medullary concentration gradient. (1) Ascending limb (2) Distal convoluted tubule (3) Interstitial fluid (4) Collecting duct (5) Descending limb A) 2, 5, 1, 4, 3 B) 1, 3, 5, 2, 4 C) 3, 5, 1, 2, 4 D) 4, 2, 1, 3, 5 E) 4, 3, 5, 1, 2

88) true?

Which of the following statements concerning solute movement in the loop of Henle is

A) Only Na+ diffuses from the descending limb. B) Solutes are actively transported from the ascending limb. C) Na+ and Cl− ions are actively transported into the vasa recta. D) The osmolality of the descending limb decreases as filtrate moves through. E) Water moves by osmosis out of the ascending loop.

89) Which structure removes excess water and solutes from the kidney's medullary interstitial fluid? A) Distal convoluted tubule B) Collecting duct C) Loop of Henle D) Vasa recta E) Proximal convoluted tubule

Version 1

27


90)

The kidney dialysis machine is an example of a mechanical __________ system. A) active transport B) countercurrent C) cotransport D) sorting

91) By the time filtrate reaches the tip of the loop of Henle, __________ of the filtrate volume has been reabsorbed. A) 65% B) 75% C) 80% D) 95% E) 100%

92)

The filtrate that drips from the renal papillae into the calyces A) has a higher concentration of waste products (urea) than the original filtrate. B) may have lost up to 99% of its original volume. C) is called urine. D) All of the choices are correct.

93) Filtrate reabsorption that occurs regardless of the concentration and volume of urine produced is referred to as __________.

Version 1

28


A) active B) obligatory C) facultative D) countercurrent E) nonessential

94)

Urine concentration and volume depend on water reabsorption in the __________. A) proximal convoluted tubule B) descending loop of Henle C) ascending loop of Henle D) distal convoluted tubule only E) distal convoluted tubule and collecting ducts

95) Some lung cancers secrete large amounts of ADH. This causes increased water reabsorption in the __________. A) proximal convoluted tubule B) loop of Henle C) distal convoluted tubule and collecting ducts D) calyces E) urethra

96) Which of the following situations increases the number of action potentials to the supraoptic region of the hypothalamus?

Version 1

29


A) Increased blood velocity B) Decreased renin production C) Increased plasma osmolality D) Decreased aldosterone secretion E) Decreased plasma osmolality

97)

Decreased ADH levels results in a urine high in __________. A) K+ B) water content C) glucose content D) bicarbonate content E) H+

98)

Diabetes insipidus is the result of decreased __________ production. A) ADH B) insulin C) aldosterone D) angiotensin II E) glucagon

99)

Removal of the posterior pituitary will immediately cause A) a decrease in urine volume. B) an increase in urine volume. C) no change in urine volume.

Version 1

30


100) A 15% increase in blood pressure would result in which of the following changes in ADH secretion? A) Increased secretion B) Decreased secretion C) No change in secretion

101)

The juxtaglomerular apparatus secretes __________. A) renin B) ADH C) oxytocin D) aldosterone E) angiotensin

102)

Renin converts A) angiotensin I to angiotensin II. B) angiotensin II to angiotensin I. C) angiotensinogen to angiotensin I. D) angiotensin II to angiotensin III. E) angiotensinogen to angiotensin II.

103)

The kidneys produce renin when

Version 1

31


A) the urine becomes acidic. B) the peritubular capillaries dilate. C) the blood pressure in the afferent arteriole decreases. D) sodium chloride concentration in the distal convoluted tubule increases. E) the blood pressure in the afferent arteriole increases.

104)

Angiotensin II A) is a potent vasodilator. B) stimulates aldosterone secretion. C) is formed from angiotensin I by the action of renin. D) acts on the collecting ducts to increase reabsorption of water. E) decreases blood pressure.

105)

Which of the following is NOT an action of angiotensin II? A) Vasoconstriction of arterioles B) Increases thirst C) Increases ADH secretion D) Decreases peripheral resistance E) Increases aldosterone secretion

106)

Increased aldosterone causes increased __________. A) urine volume B) Na+ secretion C) K+ secretion D) reabsorption of H+ E) filtrate formation

Version 1

32


107)

Aldosterone targets cells in the __________. A) proximal convoluted tubule B) loop of Henle C) distal convoluted tubule D) glomerulus E) collecting duct

108)

Aldosterone exerts its effect on the kidney tubules by A) increasing tubular renin production. B) increasing tubular permeability. C) increasing osmosis into the tubule cells. D) increasing the synthesis of the transport proteins for Na+. E) decreasing tubular permeability.

109) Lasix is a drug that blocks the reabsorption of Na+ in the ascending loop of Henle. The result of giving this drug would be A) increased urine output. B) decreased aldosterone production. C) decreased osmolality of the filtrate. D) increased osmolality of the urine. E) decreased urine volume.

110)

Consumption of alcohol increases urine production by

Version 1

33


A) decreasing the blood pressure. B) causing retention of Na+. C) inhibiting the release of ADH from the posterior pituitary. D) stimulating the release of aldosterone from the adrenals. E) stimulating the release of ADH from the posterior pituitary.

111)

ADH increases the permeability of the distal convoluted tubules and collecting ducts by A) incorporatingaquaporin-3 channels into the apical membrane. B) increasing the number of Na+ − transport proteins in the membranes. C) incorporatingaquaporin-2 channels into the apical membrane. D) decreasing the number of aquaporin-4 channels in the apical membrane.

112)

Atrial natriuretic hormone A) promotes the secretion of ADH. B) is secreted by the posterior pituitary. C) causes the formation of concentrated urine. D) is secreted when atrial blood pressure increases. E) is secreted when atrial blood pressure decreases.

113)

Autoregulation in the kidney involves changes in the degree of __________. A) constriction of afferent arterioles B) sympathetic stimulation C) aldosterone secretion D) ADH secretion E) None of the choices are correct

Version 1

34


114)

Intense sympathetic stimulation of the kidney A) is necessary for normal kidney metabolism. B) causes the release of epinephrine from the kidney. C) decreases renal flow. D) increases filtration rate. E) does not alter filtration rate.

115) If extracellular fluid osmolality is 385 mOsm/kg, the kidneys will increase reabsorption of __________. A) urea B) water C) Na+ D) K+ E) Cl−

116)

Blood loss that occurs during surgery will stimulate cells in the A) efferent arteriole. B) wall of the right atrium. C) proprioceptors. D) juxtaglomerular apparatus. E) None of the choices are correct.

Version 1

35


117)

Put the following in the correct order after the blood pressure increases.

(1) Decreased sympathetic stimulation (2) Increase in glomerulus filtration rate (3) Increase in arterial blood pressure (4) Increase in urine production (5) Afferent arterioles dilate A) 1, 3, 5, 2, 4 B) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4 C) 2, 3, 5, 1, 4 D) 3, 1, 5, 2, 4 E) 3, 2, 5, 4, 1

118) When macula densa cells experience increased Na+ concentration in the filtrate, they respond by A) increasing afferent arteriole constriction. B) decreasing urine production. C) decreasing renin secretion. D) increasing aldosterone secretion. E) increasing renin secretion

119)

Decreased blood pressure in the afferent arterioles results in A) increased renin secretion. B) decreased ADH secretion. C) suppression of thirst. D) stimulation of the parasympathetic nervous system. E) decreased renin secretion.

Version 1

36


120)

Stretch receptors in the atria are responsible for the secretion of __________. A) ADH B) renin C) aldosterone D) atrial natriuretic hormone E) angiotensin

121)

Increased secretion of atrial natriuretic hormone results in A) increased thirst. B) increased urine output. C) increased blood pressure. D) increased osmolality of the extracellular fluid. E) decreased urine output.

122) A substance that is useful for determining the plasma clearance rate of the kidney is __________. A) ADH B) glucose C) inulin D) protein E) ammonia

123)

To calculate plasma clearance of any substance, it is necessary to know the

Version 1

37


A) quantity of urine produced per minute. B) concentration of the cleared substance in the urine. C) concentration of the cleared substance in the blood. D) All of the choices are correct.

124)

A substance used to calculate plasma clearance must A) pass freely through the filtration membrane of the renal corpuscle. B) be readily reabsorbed. C) be either a protein or a polysaccharide. D) be secreted into the nephron. E) be produced in the kidney.

125)

Decreased plasma clearance can indicate __________. A) hypertension B) renal failure C) decreased ADH secretion D) decreased aldosterone secretion E) normal fluid balance

126) Drug companies use which of the following to help them calculate the duration of action of a medication? A) Plasma clearance B) Plasma osmolarity C) Tubular maximum D) Renal plasma flow E) Glomerular filtration rate

Version 1

38


127) Renal blood flow per minute can be calculated if you know the clearance calculation for __________ as well as the person's hematocrit. A) ADH B) PAH C) insulin D) aldosterone E) glucose

128)

Tubular load refers to the amount of a given substance that A) is present in the blood as it enters the afferent arteriole of the nephron. B) passes through the filtration membrane into the nephron each minute. C) can be actively reabsorbed from the filtrate. D) can be secreted into the filtrate. E) None of the choices are correct.

129)

When the tubular maximum for a substance is exceeded, A) more of the substance is reabsorbed. B) more of the substance is actively secreted. C) less of the substance is filtered in the renal corpuscle. D) the excess goes into the blood. E) the excess remainsin the urine.

130) If the tubular maximum for a particular amino acid is 200 mg/100 ml and the concentration of that amino acid in the blood is 100 mg/100 ml, the amino acid

Version 1

39


A) will be actively secreted into the filtrate. B) will be completely reabsorbed by the tubule cells. C) will appear in the urine. D) will not appear in the urine. E) None of the choices are correct.

131)

Diuretics that inhibit Na+ reabsorption are called __________. A) xanthines B) osmotic diuretics C) thiazide diuretics D) carbonic anhydrase inhibitors E) ADH inhibitors

132)

Urea and mannitol are examples of which of the following types of diuretics? A) Osmotic diuretics B) Thiazide diuretics C) Potassium-sparing diuretics D) Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors E) ADH inhibitors

133) Diuretics that work by reducing H+ secretion and the reabsorption of HCO3- ions are classified as ___________.

Version 1

40


A) xanthines B) osmotic diuretics C) thiazide diuretics D) carbonic anhydrase inhibitors E) potassium-sparing diuretics

134)

Urine flows through the ureters to the bladder as the result of __________. A) gravity B) a pressure gradient C) a concentration gradient D) peristaltic contractions E) osmotic gradient

135)

Where do the ureters enter the urinary bladder? A) The anterosuperior surface B) The anteroinferior surface C) The posteromedial surface D) The posterolateral surface

136)

Which part of the urinary bladder expands very little during bladder filling? A) The fundus B) The trigone C) The neck D) Transitional epithelium

Version 1

41


137)

Which muscle is responsible for contraction of the urinary bladder during micturition? A) Trigone B) Internal urinary sphincter C) Micturition muscle D) Detrusor muscle

138) Which type of tissue is responsible for the expansion of the urinary bladder during filling? A) Transitional epithelium B) Stratified squamous epithelium C) Pseudostratified columnar epithelium D) Stratified columnar epithelium

139)

Why is the external urinary sphincter under conscious control? A) It is made ofsmooth muscle. B) It is part of thedetrusor muscle. C) It is made ofskeletal muscle. D) It is made ofadventitia.

140) How much urine would be in the urinary bladder to increase the pressure to an uncomfortable point?

Version 1

42


A) 100 mL B) 300 mL C) 400 mL D) 500 mL

141)

Voluntary micturition A) involves higher brain centers. B) involves control of the internal sphincter. C) is a reflex action. D) is common in infants. E) involves control of smooth muscle.

142)

Which of the following statements concerning the micturition reflex is false? A) The micturition reflex is initiated by stretching the bladder wall. B) Afferent signals are conducted to the sacral segments of the spinal cord by the pelvic

nerves. C) Efferent signals are sent to the bladder by sympathetic fibers in the pelvic nerve. D) The micturition reflex usually produces a series of contractions of the urinary bladder. E) The micturition reflex is modified by centers in the pons and cerebrum.

143) With aging, a loss of inhibitory action potentials to the sacral region of the spinal cord results in

Version 1

43


A) increased bladder capacity. B) voluntary micturition. C) continuous dribbling of urine. D) uncontrollable micturition. E) lack of control of internal sphincter.

144)

In glomerulonephritis, proteins, and white blood cells enter the filtrate resulting in A) increased reabsorption of water. B) increased reabsorption of Na+. C) increased secretion of Na+. D) increased urine output. E) decreased urine output.

145)

Which of the following conditions is characterized by inflammation of the renal medulla? A) Pyelonephritis B) Acute glomerulonephritis C) Chronic glomerulonephritis D) Acute renal failure E) Chronic renal failure

146)

Which of the following is NOT an effect of aging on the kidneys? A) Decrease in kidney size B) Loss of nephrons C) Decreased response to hormonal control of urine volume D) A marked decrease in the ability to maintain homeostasis

Version 1

44


147)

Effects of aging on the kidneys include all of the following, except A) an increased ability to eliminate uric acid and creatine from the blood. B) a gradual decrease in the size of the kidneys. C) a gradual decrease in blood flow through the kidneys. D) a loss of general function. E) a decline in absorption and secretion.

148) In order to regulate the pH of extracellular fluid, the kidneys are able to adjust the excretion of __________. A) H+ B) Ca2+ C) Na+ D) Mg2+ E) K+

149) The kidneys are located behind the ____________ membrane on the posterior side of the _______________ wall. A) peritoneal; abdominal B) peritoneal; pelvic C) renal; abdominal D) renal; pelvic E) pleural; pelvic

150)

Renal papillae drain into __________.

Version 1

45


A) minor calyces B) major calyces C) the renal pelvis D) renal columns E) the ureter

151)

All of the following are located in the renal cortex, except A) collecting ducts. B) renal corpuscles. C) proximal convoluted tubules. D) distal convoluted tubules. E) afferent arteriole.

152) What are the arteries which diverge from the interlobar arteries near the base of the renal pyramid? A) Arcuate B) Peritubular C) Segmental D) Renal E) Interlobular

153) All of the following are major processes essential to urine production, except __________.

Version 1

46


A) micturition B) filtration C) tubular secretion D) tubular reabsorption

154)

What is tubular reabsorption? A) The process where the nephron returns water and some filtered molecules to the

blood. B) The reabsorption of blood cells in the nephron into the body. C) The passage of water and ions into the filtrate during filtration in the nephron. D) The absorption of proteins into the filtrate which later becomes urine. E) The transport additional solutes from the blood into the filtrate by tubule cells.

155) Smooth muscle cells in the walls of the afferent and efferent arterioles dilate or constrict as needed in response to changes in blood pressure. This process of autoregulation is called the __________. A) myogenic mechanism B) tubular secretion C) tubuloglomerular feedback D) glomerular filtration E) tubular reabsorption

156)

Which of the following pairs of structures are the most similar in function?

Version 1

47


A) Distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct. B) Proximal convoluted tubule and distal convoluted tubule. C) Distal convoluted tubule and ascending limb of the loop of Henle. D) Ascending limb and descending limb of the loop of Henle.

157)

The mechanism for concentration of urine is called the __________ mechanism. A) countercurrent B) filtration C) secretion D) reabsorption E) concentration

158)

Urine is prevented from flowing back into the ureters from the bladder by __________. A) compression of the ureteral openings B) the external urethral sphincter C) the internal urethral sphincter D) the ureteral sphincters E) ureteral valves

159)

The micturition reflex is initiated by the A) stretching of the walls of the urinary bladder. B) stretching of the walls of the ureters. C) relaxation of the walls of the urinary bladder. D) constriction of the external urinary sphincter. E) relaxation of the external urinary sphincter.

Version 1

48


160) A patient enters a hospital after a motorcycle accident. He complains of mid-back pain. X-rays reveal both rib and pelvic fractures. His emergency room examination includes urinalysis. Which of the following findings from the urinalysis would most likely suggest trauma to the kidneys from the accident, but not to the urinary bladder? A) Pyuria B) Hematuria C) Albuminuria D) Uremia E) Phenylketonuria

161)

Glucose and amino acids are reabsorbed from the glomerular filtrate by the __________. A) renalcorpuscle B) proximalconvoluted tubule C) distal convolutedtubule D) glomerularcapillaries E) collectingduct

162)

Which of the following would reduce the glomerular filtration rate? A) Vasoconstrictionof the efferent arteriole B) A drop in colloid osmotic pressure C) Vasodilation ofthe afferent arteriole D) Vasoconstrictionof the afferent arteriole E) An increase in osmotic pressure in the Bowman capsule

163)

Which of the following is not reabsorbed by the proximal convoluted tubule?

Version 1

49


A) Potassium B) Sodiumchloride C) Hydrogen ions D) Urea E) Water

164) Total saturation of protein transporters for a given solute in the renal tubules would result in __________. A) reabsorption ofall the solute B) a renal clearanceof zero C) a net filtrationpressure of 1.0 D) appearance ofthat solute in the urine E) absence of thatsolute from the urine

165) Which renal structure is responsible for producing hypertonic urine by reabsorbing water while allowing metabolic wastes and NaCl to pass through? A) Glomerulus B) Proximalconvoluted tubule C) Distal convolutedtubule D) Collectingduct E) Nephron loop

166) Which of the following induces renin secretion, constricts afferent arterioles, and reduces GFR and urine volume?

Version 1

50


A) Aldosterone B) Antidiuretic hormone C) Parathyroidhormone D) Norepinephrine E) AngiotensinII

167) Assuming all other values are normal, calculate the net filtration pressure in a patient with a drop in capsular hydrostatic pressure to 8 mmHg. A) 10 mm Hg out B) 20 mm Hg out C) 30 mm Hg out D) 40 mm Hg out E) 50 mm Hg out

168) A hospital patient produces 4 mL/min of urine with a urea concentration of 8 mg/mL. Venous blood draw reveals urea concentration of 0.4 mg/mL. What is the percentage of cleared urea from glomerular filtrate? A) 40% B) 56% C) 64% D) 72% E) 80%

169) rate?

Which two substances are most useful for determining a patient's glomerular filtration

Version 1

51


A) Insulin andglucose B) Inulin andcreatinine C) Sodium andwater D) Albumin andinulin E) Insulin andurea

170) True or False? The filtration membrane prevents blood cells and proteins from entering the Bowman capsule on the basis of size and protein type. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

52


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 26_13e_ VanPutte 1) D 2) D 3) A 4) B 5) B 6) C 7) A 8) B 9) B 10) C 11) B 12) C 13) A 14) A 15) B 16) B 17) B 18) A 19) E 20) C 21) B 22) A 23) C 24) A 25) E 26) A Version 1

53


27) A 28) C 29) E 30) B 31) B 32) D 33) A 34) B 35) D 36) D 37) C 38) C 39) A 40) C 41) D 42) A 43) C 44) A 45) C 46) D 47) A 48) C 49) D 50) A 51) A 52) B 53) C 54) D 55) B 56) D Version 1

54


57) B 58) C 59) D 60) A 61) B 62) B 63) D 64) D 65) B 66) A 67) C 68) D 69) B 70) D 71) E 72) B 73) A 74) A 75) D 76) C 77) D 78) B 79) C 80) B 81) C 82) E 83) E 84) B 85) E 86) B Version 1

55


87) E 88) B 89) D 90) B 91) C 92) D 93) B 94) E 95) C 96) C 97) B 98) A 99) B 100) B 101) A 102) C 103) C 104) B 105) D 106) C 107) C 108) D 109) A 110) C 111) C 112) D 113) A 114) C 115) B 116) D Version 1

56


117) D 118) C 119) A 120) D 121) B 122) C 123) D 124) A 125) B 126) A 127) B 128) B 129) E 130) B 131) C 132) A 133) D 134) D 135) D 136) B 137) D 138) A 139) C 140) D 141) A 142) C 143) D 144) D 145) A 146) D Version 1

57


147) A 148) A 149) A 150) A 151) A 152) A 153) A 154) A 155) A 156) A 157) A 158) A 159) A 160) C 161) B 162) D 163) C 164) D 165) D 166) D 167) B 168) C 169) B 170) FALSE

Version 1

58


CHAPTER 27 1)

Which of the following are sources of water intake? (Check all that apply.) A) Cellular metabolism B) Ingestion C) Perspiration D) Respiratory intake E) Osmosis

2)

Which organ(s) play(s) a role in the excretion of Na+? (Check all that apply.) A) Skin B) Kidneys C) Lungs D) Liver

3)

What roles does phosphate play in the body? A) It is found in the salts of bone and teeth. B) It is an important component of several macromolecules. C) It affects neuromuscular activity. D) It is part of an important intracellular buffer system. E) It affects the action of the sodium-potassium pump.

4)

Which of the following fluid compartments contains the largest volume of water?

Version 1

1


A) Plasma B) Interstitial compartment C) Intracellular compartment D) Extracellular compartment E) Lymph

5)

Which of the following fluid compartments contains the smallest volume of water? A) Plasma B) Interstitial compartment C) Intracellular compartment D) Extracellular compartment E) Cytoplasm

6)

Synovial fluid is a part of which of the following fluid compartments? A) Plasma B) Interstitial C) Intracellular D) Extracellular E) Cytoplasm

7) Which of the following individuals would have the largest percentage of their body weight as water?

Version 1

2


A) A 7-month-old female B) A lean 35-year-old male athlete C) A chunky 52-year-old male athlete D) A healthy 88-year-old male E) An adult female marathon runner

8)

Which of the following people would be most severely affected by prolonged vomiting? A) 3-year-old male B) 15-year-old male C) 35-year-old male D) 35-year-old female E) 50-year-old male

9)

Extracellular fluid has a __________. A) higher protein content than intracellular fluid B) higher K+ content than intracellular fluid C) higher Na+ content than intracellular fluid D) higher Mg2+ content than intracellular fluid E) higher number of large organic molecules than intracellular fluid

10)

The predominant intracellular cation is __________. A) K+ B) Na+ C) Ca2+ D) Mg2+ E) Cl−

Version 1

3


11)

The predominant extracellular cation is __________. A) bicarbonate B) Na+ C) Cl− D) K+ E) H+

12) The distribution of Na+ and K+ between intracellular and extracellular compartments is __________. A) K+ mainly intracellular; Na+ mainly in extracellular B) Na+ mainly intracellular; K+ mainly in extracellular C) little of either intracellular but large amounts of both extracellular D) equal amounts of both ions, in both intracellular and extracellular fluids E) None of the choices are correct.

13) One difference between the plasma and interstitial fluid is that the plasma has significantly more __________ than interstitial fluid. A) protein B) bicarbonate C) Cl− D) water volume E) H+

14)

Serum electrolyte concentrations are most often expressed as __________.

Version 1

4


A) mg % B) mmHg C) mg/dl D) mEq/L E) None of the choices are correct.

15)

The predominant extracellular anion is __________. A) protein B) phosphate C) bicarbonate D) Cl− E) Na+

16)

Where is the highest concentration of bicarbonate ion found? A) Plasma B) Intracellular fluid C) Interstitial fluid D) Lymph

17)

Water moves back and forth across the plasma membrane by the process of __________. A) osmosis B) filtration C) facilitated diffusion D) active transport E) endocytosis

Version 1

5


18) The cation that plays a major role in determining the osmotic pressure of the plasma is __________. A) Na+ B) K+ C) Cl− D) phosphate E) H+

19)

The major route of excretion for Na+ (under normal conditions) is the __________. A) skin B) kidney C) GI tract D) adrenal cortex E) sweat

20)

When aldosterone is absent, Na+ reabsorption in the nephron is __________. A) greatly increased B) greatly decreased C) unchanged

21) As the rate of sweat production increases, the amount of Na+ lost in the urine __________.

Version 1

6


A) increases B) decreases C) remains the same

22) Receptors sensitive to changes in the osmolality of extracellular fluid are the __________. A) baroreceptors B) chemoreceptors C) osmoreceptors D) pressoreceptors E) proprioreceptors

23)

Renin is released by the __________. A) lungs B) kidney C) spleen D) liver E) pancreas

24)

Which of the following events occurslast? A) Release of renin by the kidney B) Release of aldosterone by the adrenal cortex C) Sodium ion reabsorption by the kidney tubules D) Angiotensinogen → angiotensin I E) Angiotensin I → angiotensin II

Version 1

7


25)

The primary regulator of plasma Na+ concentration is __________. A) renin B) aldosterone C) antidiuretic hormone (ADH) D) atrial natriuretic hormone E) insulin

26) Which of the following is most likely to happen to a group of students who relax by drinking a pitcher of their favorite beverage? A) An increase in urine volume B) An increase in urine osmolality C) An increase in ADH production D) Increased aldosterone secretion E) A decrease in urine volume

27)

Antidiuretic hormone (ADH) A) increases plasma osmolality. B) is secreted by the anterior pituitary. C) increases water reabsorption in the kidneys. D) causes the production of a large volume of urine. E) increases urine volume.

28)

A decrease in plasma osmolality would increase __________.

Version 1

8


A) ADH production B) plasma Na+ levels C) renin production D) urine production E) thirst

29)

The stimulus for secretion of atrial natriuretic hormone is increased __________. A) blood osmolality B) aldosterone production C) blood pressure in atria of heart D) blood pressure in the kidneys' afferent arterioles E) blood pressure in the ventricles of the heart.

30)

Which of the following is NOT a principle sensor for thirst regulation? A) Osmoreceptors in the hypothalamus B) Arterial baroreceptors C) Juxtaglomerular apparatus D) Mouth mucosa

31) Loss of water through diffusion and evaporation from the skin is called __________ and is important in ____________ control. A) insensibleperspiration; blood volume B) insensibleperspiration; heat loss C) sensible perspiration; blood volume D) sensibleperspiration; temperature

Version 1

9


32) Elevated blood pressure under resting conditions results in increased urinary output because A) baroreceptors signal the hypothalamus to increase ADH secretion. B) elevated blood pressure stimulates renin secretion. C) the amount of angiotensin II formed is increased. D) aldosterone levels increase. E) baroreceptors signal the hypothalamus to decrease ADH secretion.

33) You've been working outside in the hot sun and are dripping wet with sweat. Your fluid intake has been minimal as you have been too busy to stop and get a drink. You would expect A) your blood osmolality to be low. B) an increase in the production of urine. C) aldosterone levels to decrease. D) ADH levels to increase. E) ADH levels to decrease.

34)

Increased ADH secretion could be stimulated by which of the following situations? A) Increased renal blood flow B) Increased blood osmolality C) Increased atrial natriuretic hormone production D) Increased blood pressure E) Decreased blood osmolality

35)

Atrial natriuretic hormone increases __________.

Version 1

10


A) urine volume. B) ADH secretion. C) aldosterone secretion. D) the reabsorption of Na+. E) blood volume.

36) Which characteristic of the plasma membrane is responsible for maintaining the difference between intracellular and extracellular fluid? A) Presence of channels in the membrane B) Presence of lipids in the membrane C) Being selectively permeable D) High Na+ concentration inside the cell

37)

Which of the following would be expected to cause hyponatremia? A) High intake of Na+ B) Increased aldosterone production C) Increased urine output D) Decreased aldosterone production E) Decreased ADH production

38)

Oversecretion of aldosterone causes __________. A) hyperkalemia B) hypercalcemia C) hypernatremia D) increased urine volume E) hyponatremia

Version 1

11


39)

Chloride ions A) are cations. B) are found only inside cells. C) are part of the DNA molecule. D) are regulated withNa+. E) are not found in extracellular fluid.

40)

Decreased extracellular K+ levels cause A) cells to become more excitable. B) hyperpolarization of plasma membranes. C) more action potentials to be generated. D) increased permeability of plasma membranes. E) hypopolarization of plasma membranes.

41)

Which of the following statements concerning K+ is false? A) An increase in the extracellular K+ concentration leads to depolarization. B) Potassium ions are secreted into the nephron by the distal convoluted tubule. C) When aldosterone levels are high, K+ secretion is low. D) Aldosterone secretion is stimulated by high blood levels of K+. E) None of the choices are false.

42)

Potassium levels in the body are regulated by __________.

Version 1

12


A) ADH B) PTH C) calcitonin D) aldosterone E) insulin

43)

Oversecretion of aldosterone causes A) decreased secretion of Ca2+ by the kidney. B) increased secretion of K+ by the kidney. C) decreased reabsorption of Na+ by the kidney. D) increased reabsorption of phosphate ions by the kidney. E) decreased secretion of K+ by the kidney.

44)

Aldosterone secretion may be stimulated by __________. A) ADH B) elevated K+ levels C) excess water intake D) elevated Na+ levels E) low K+ levels

45)

The most common cause of hyperkalemia is __________. A) vomiting B) increased dietary intake C) increased urinary output D) cellular injury or death E) diarrhea

Version 1

13


46) Which of the following will the body begin to do in order to compensate for hyperkalemia? A) Vasoconstriction of blood vessels B) Increase ADH secretion C) Decrease aldosterone secretion D) Increase the release of atrial natriuretic hormone E) Increase aldosterone secretion

47)

Hyperkalemia is defined as A) excess excitability of kalems. B) reduction of plasma Ca2+ level. C) increase in plasma K+ level. D) increase in plasma Na+ level. E) decrease in plasma K+ level.

48)

Which of the following is correctly matched? A) Alkalosis – hypokalemia B) Cell destruction – hypokalemia C) Increased secretion of aldosterone – hyperkalemia D) Overuse of diuretics – hyperkalemia E) Acidosis – hypokalemia

49)

Most of the Ca2+ in the body is in the __________.

Version 1

14


A) bones B) plasma C) kidneys D) GI tract E) extracellular fluid

50)

In hypocalcemia, A) depolarization is prevented. B) PTH production is reduced. C) blood Ca2+ levels are increased. D) neuromuscular excitability increases. E) neuromuscular excitability decreases.

51)

Calcium balance is influenced by A) ADH and parathyroid hormone levels. B) ADH and aldosterone levels. C) parathyroid hormone and vitamin D levels. D) aldosterone and parathyroid hormone levels. E) insulin and glucagon.

52)

Calcium's roles in the body include A) bone health. B) muscle contraction. C) blood clotting. D) action potentials in heart muscle. E) All of the choices are correct.

Version 1

15


53)

An increase in parathyroid hormone levels results in A) increased rate of bone resorption. B) increased rate of vitamin D degradation. C) increased concentration of K+ in the urine. D) increased rate of Ca2+ excretion by the kidneys. E) decreased levels of blood Ca2+.

54)

Adequate Ca2+ absorption from the GI tract depends on A) serum K+ levels. B) serum calcitonin levels. C) adequate amounts of vitamin D. D) the osmolality of the extracellular fluid. E) adequate amounts of vitamin C.

55) Stimulus for the secretion of parathyroid hormone is a decrease in serum __________ levels. A) K+ B) Ca2+ C) calcitonin D) phosphate E) Na+

56)

Parathyroid hormone affects the __________.

Version 1

16


A) bones, heart, and blood B) kidney, liver, and spleen C) intestine, kidneys, and bone D) liver, stomach, and small intestine E) stomach, pancreas, and bone

57)

What is the main role of Mg2+ in the body? A) Muscle contraction B) Nerve impulse C) Blood clotting D) Cofactors for intracellular enzymes

58)

The main regulator of serum phosphate levels is a transport process in the __________. A) liver B) kidneys C) pancreas D) small intestine E) large intestine

59) A major complication of thyroid surgery is the accidental damaging or removal of the parathyroid glands. This damage or removal of the parathyroid glands can result in A) increased Na2+ retention. B) increased plasma volume. C) decreased plasma Ca2+. D) delayed healing. E) increased plasma Ca2+.

Version 1

17


60)

Calcitonin A) promotes the absorption of Ca2+ from the gastrointestinal tract. B) promotes osteoclast activity in the bones. C) reduces Ca2+ excretion by the kidneys. D) reduces extracellular Ca2+ ion levels. E) increases blood Ca2+ levels.

61)

Increased osmolality of the extracellular fluid A) increases thirst. B) inhibits ADH. C) increases renin secretion. D) increases aldosterone secretion. E) decreases thirst.

62)

The sensation of thirst results from A) an increase in the plasma volume. B) hypertension (increased blood pressure). C) stimulation of osmoreceptor cells in the hypothalamus. D) a decrease in the osmolality of the extracellular fluid. E) stimulation of baroreceptors.

63)

Angiotensin II increases blood volume by stimulating

Version 1

18


A) thirst. B) vasodilatation. C) water movement into the cells. D) renal excretion of Na+. E) ADH production.

64)

Under normal conditions, most water loss from the body is through the __________. A) skin B) kidneys C) lungs D) GI tract E) sweat

65)

Which of the following is an example of water conservation by the body? A) Diarrhea B) Perspiration C) Decreased water intake D) Decreased urine volume E) Increased urine volume

66)

Sensible perspiration A) contains only water. B) is water lost through simple evaporation. C) is secreted by the sweat glands. D) is invisible on the skin. E) is secreted by salivary glands.

Version 1

19


67)

Loss of a large volume of sweat will A) decrease the hematocrit. B) decrease ADH production. C) increase the blood pressure. D) increase the osmolality of body fluids. E) decrease the osmolality of body fluids.

68)

In which of the following situations does one see large volumes of dilute urine produced? A) ADH levels decrease. B) Renin levels increase. C) Aldosterone levels increase. D) Parathyroid hormone levels decrease. E) ADH levels increase.

69)

A person working in the hot sun loses the greatest amount of water from the __________. A) lungs B) urine C) mouth D) skin E) GI tract

70)

pH

Version 1

20


A) increases with acidity. B) is measured on a scale of 0 to 10. C) is a measure of the H+ concentration. D) reflects Na+ content of body fluids. E) is not related to amounts of CO2 in the body.

71)

Which of the following substances releases H+ into a solution? A) Acids B) Bases C) Salts D) Glucose E) Water

72) Chemicals that function to minimize changes in the pH of body fluids are called __________. A) buffers B) inhibitors C) accelerators D) activators E) stabilizers

73)

If the H+ concentration in the blood increases, bicarbonate ions act as buffers by

Version 1

21


A) removing excess H+ from the plasma. B) releasing H+ into the plasma. C) dissociating into H+ and CO3−. D) combining with Cl−. E) combining with hemoglobin.

74)

Which of the following is NOT a buffer system of the body? A) Bicarbonate buffer system B) Phosphate buffer system C) Protein buffer system D) NaCl buffer system E) Hemoglobin buffer

75)

Body fluid pH will rise dramatically when A) Na+ is excreted by the kidney. B) large amounts of bicarbonate are ingested. C) carbonic acid is formed. D) the respiratory rate decreases. E) CO2 levels increase.

76)

As a result of hyperventilation, A) the body pH decreases. B) the plasma PCO2 level decreases. C) the kidney will increase the rate of H+ excretion. D) more bicarbonate ions are added to the plasma. E) the plasma PCO2 level increases.

Version 1

22


77) An increase in blood CO2 levels is followed by a/an __________ in H+ ions and a/an __________ in blood pH. A) decrease; decrease B) decrease; increase C) increase; increase D) increase; decrease E) increase; no change

78)

Which of the following does not belong with the others? A) Acidosis B) pH increases C) H+ concentration increases D) Carbonic acid levels increase E) pH decreases

79) Wilma's plasma pH is 7.2. Which of the following indicates that the body is attempting to compensate and return the body pH to normal? A) An increase in respiration rate B) A decrease in respiration rate C) No change in respiration rate

80)

In renal compensation of acidosis,

Version 1

23


A) H+ secretion decreases; bicarbonate excretion increases. B) H+ secretion decreases; bicarbonate reabsorption increases. C) H+ secretion increases; bicarbonate reabsorption increases. D) H+ secretion increases; bicarbonate excretion increases. E) H+ secretion decreases; bicarbonate excretion decreases.

81)

Which of the following can play a role in buffering the pH of urine? A) Ammonia B) Bicarbonate ions C) Phosphate ions D) All of the choices are correct.

82)

The normal pH for blood plasma is __________. A) 7.00 B) 7.25 - 7.35 C) 7.35 - 7.45 D) 7.45 - 7.55 E) 6.80 - 7.20

83)

Once alkalosis has occurred, which of the following would you expect to happen? A) Increased respiratory rate B) A plasma pH less than 7.40 C) Retention of H+ by the kidney D) Increased renal reabsorption of bicarbonate ions E) Secretion of H+ by the kidney

Version 1

24


84)

Hyposecretion of aldosterone would lead to A) increased secretion of H+. B) decreased secretion of H+. C) no change in secretion of H+.

85) When normal buffer mechanisms are overwhelmed by excessive numbers of H+, which of the following will result? A) Acidosis B) Alkalosis C) Neither of these

86) A falling blood pH and a rising concentration of CO2 due to emphysema, indicate __________. A) metabolic acidosis B) metabolic alkalosis C) respiratory acidosis D) respiratory alkalosis E) None of the choices are correct.

87)

Ingesting large amounts of sodium bicarbonate can lead to __________.

Version 1

25


A) metabolic acidosis B) metabolic alkalosis C) respiratory acidosis D) respiratory alkalosis E) None of the choices are correct.

88)

Respiratory alkalosis can occur as a result of __________. A) asphyxia B) asthma C) severe emphysema D) hyperventilation E) hypoventilation

89)

Prolonged vomiting of stomach contents will result in __________. A) metabolic acidosis B) metabolic alkalosis C) respiratory acidosis D) respiratory alkalosis E) None of the choices are correct.

Version 1

26


90) Robert has an enteropathogenic E. coli infection resulting in severe diarrhea for 2 days. This could produce which of the following: (1) Acidosis (2) Alkalosis (3) Increased respiration (4) Decreased respiration (5) Increased ADH secretion (6) Increased renin secretion (7) Increased urine concentration A) 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 B) 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 C) 1, 3, 6 D) 2, 4, 5, 7 E) 1, 4, 5, 7

91) Acetazolamide (Diamox) is a diuretic that functions by blocking the activity of carbonic anhydrase inside kidney tubule cells. This slows the formation of carbonic acid, which slows H+ the formation in the cells and Na+ reabsorption at the tubule. This results in the diuretic effect. Select from the following list the possible side-effects of Azetazolamide. (1) Acidosis (2) Reduced movement of bicarbonate ion into the plasma (3) An alkaline urine is produced (4) Respiration increases A) 1, 4 B) 2, 3 C) 1, 2, 3 D) 2, 3, 4 E) 1, 2, 3, 4

92)

Edema results when the amount of ___________ fluid increases.

Version 1

27


A) interstitial B) intracellular C) plasma D) cerebrospinal E) synovial

93) Wetting the oral mucosa and stretching the digestive tract will cause ____________ in thirst sensations. A) a temporary interruption B) a tremendous increase C) an increase in blood osmolarity and an increase D) an increase in blood osmolarity and a decrease

94) An increase in the osmolarity of the extracellular fluid will trigger a/an ___________ in the secretion of ADH and a/an ____________ in thirst. A) increase; increase B) increase; decrease C) decrease; decrease D) decrease; increase

95)

Which cell structure regulates the composition of the intracellular fluid? A) Plasma membrane B) Cell wall C) Endoplasmic reticulum D) Ribosomes E) Nucleus

Version 1

28


96)

Sodium homeostasis leads to the homeostasis of __________. A) chloride B) hydrogen C) calcium D) potassium E) magnesium

97)

Which hormone regulates K+ levels, and how does it work? A) Aldosterone; increases secretion of K+ B) Aldosterone; increases reabsorption of K+ C) ADH; increases secretion of K+ D) ADH; increases reabsorption of K+ E) ANH; increases reabsorption of K+

98) Parathyroid hormone increases the activity of __________ in bone and increases the rate 2+ of Ca __________ in the kidney tubules. A) osteoclast; reabsorption B) osteoblast; reabsorption C) osteocyte; reabsorption D) osteocyte; secretion E) osteoblast; secretion

99) Name the ion that commonly serves as a cofactor for intracellular enzymes, such as the sodium-potassium pump.

Version 1

29


A) Magnesium B) Calcium C) Hydrogen D) Carbonate E) Phosphate

100) Slight deviations from the normal concentration of __________ can shut down metabolic pathways as well as alter the structure and function of other macromolecules. A) H+ B) K+ C) Na+ D) phosphate E) glucose

101)

Which of the following is not a function of the carbonic acid/bicarbonate system? A) Regulation of the pH of the intracellular environment. B) Regulating pH changes of the blood during exercise. C) Regulation of blood pH during elevated fat metabolism. D) Regulation of blood pH in coordination with the respiratory system. E) Regulation of blood pH in coordination with the kidneys.

102)

When blood pH decreases, which of the following occurs to correct the imbalance?

Version 1

30


A) The respiratory center increases the breathing rate. B) The respiratory center decreases the breathing rate. C) Less CO2 is expelled from the lungs. D) More CO2 is expelled from the lungs. E) The carbonic acid/bicarbonate equation is driven to the right.

103)

Decreased extracellular K+ levels cause A) cells to become more excitable. B) hyperpolarization of plasma membranes. C) more action potentials to be generated. D) increased permeability of plasma membranes. E) hypopolarization of plasma membranes.

104)

A force that causes the movement of fluid out of the capillary is __________. A) blood pressure B) positive interstitial pressure C) blood colloid osmotic pressure D) critical closing pressure E) lymph pressure

105)

Edema can occur when there is A) an increase in the amount of plasma proteins. B) a decrease in capillary permeability to proteins. C) a decrease in blood pressure. D) a blockage of the lymphatics. E) an increase in blood colloid osmotic pressure.

Version 1

31


106)

Case study:

You have just admitted Mary Roberts, a 70-year-old woman, to the hospital for GI bleeding. Her blood pressure is 130/80, pulse 80/min and irregular, respirations 18/min, and temperature 99.2. Mrs. Roberts denies pain at this time, although she appears anxious and very pale. Her medical history includes lung cancer that was diagnosed two weeks ago, peptic ulcer disease with reflux esophagitis, and "fluid retention." Admission lab work shows a plasma Na+ of 152 mEq/L and K+ of 2.8 mEq/L.

106.1) Which of the following regulatory mechanisms would be stimulated as a result of the increased osmolality that results from a Na+ level of 152 mEq/L? A) Increased urine output B) An increased release of ADH C) An increase in renin production D) An increase in the secretion of aldosterone E) A decreased release of ADH

106.2)

The increase in extracellular osmolality would cause

A) water to move out of the cells. B) water to move into the cells. C) no change in the net movement of water into or out of the cells.

106.3) The K+ level of 2.8 mEq/L indicates hypokalemia. Low plasma K+ levels will cause __________.

Version 1

32


A) thirst B) muscle weakness C) increased body temperature D) tremors, tetany, and convulsions E) paralysis

107) True or False? The composition of extracellular fluid has little affect on intracellular fluid amounts. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

33


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 27_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, B] 2) [A, B] 3) [A, B, D] 4) C 5) A 6) D 7) A 8) A 9) C 10) A 11) B 12) A 13) A 14) D 15) D 16) C 17) A 18) A 19) B 20) B 21) B 22) C 23) B 24) C 25) C 26) A Version 1

34


27) C 28) D 29) C 30) D 31) B 32) E 33) D 34) B 35) A 36) C 37) D 38) C 39) D 40) B 41) C 42) D 43) B 44) B 45) D 46) E 47) C 48) A 49) A 50) D 51) C 52) E 53) A 54) C 55) B 56) C Version 1

35


57) D 58) B 59) C 60) D 61) A 62) C 63) A 64) B 65) D 66) C 67) D 68) A 69) D 70) C 71) A 72) A 73) A 74) D 75) B 76) B 77) D 78) B 79) A 80) C 81) D 82) C 83) C 84) B 85) A 86) C Version 1

36


87) B 88) D 89) B 90) A 91) E 92) A 93) A 94) A 95) A 96) A 97) A 98) A 99) A 100) A 101) A 102) A 103) B 104) A 105) D 106) Section Break 106.1) B 106.2) A 106.3) B 107) FALSE

Version 1

37


CHAPTER 28 1) Which of the following are functions that occur in both the male and female reproductive systems? (Check all that apply.) A) Gamete production B) Production of hormones C) Nourish the developing gametes D) Nourish and protect the developing embryo/fetus.

2) Which of the following events during cell division creates genetic variation amongst the gametes? (Check all that apply.) A) Random assortment of chromosomes along the equatorial plane B) Genetic exchange between chromatids of homologous chromosomes C) Crossing over D) Genetic exchange between chromatids of replicated chromosomes

3) Which function of the reproductive system is solely a function of the female reproductive system? A) Production of reproductive hormones B) Fertilization C) Production of gametes D) Development and nourishment of a new individual

4)

What are the female gametes?

Version 1

1


A) Oocytes B) Ovaries C) Sperm cells D) Uterus

5)

The location of the testes and epididymides in the scrotum A) allows more room for other organs in the abdominal cavity. B) keeps these organs close to the penis. C) provides a temperature that is suitable for normal sperm cell development. D) keeps them isolated from the accessory glands of the system. E) helps to protect them.

6)

Contraction of the cremaster and dartos muscles A) causes the epididymis to shrink. B) increases during exercise. C) pull the testes closer to the body. D) is responsible for ejaculation. E) causes the penis to become erect.

7)

Which of the following structures is located within the perineum? A) Dartos muscle B) Seminal vesicles C) Femoral triangle D) Urogenital triangle E) Navel

Version 1

2


8)

Sperm cells are produced in the __________. A) rete testis B) efferent ductules C) seminiferous tubules D) vas deferens

9)

The thick white capsule that covers each testes is called the __________. A) raphe B) tunica adventitia C) tunica albuginea D) Leydig capsule E) tunica alba

10)

Which of the following hormones is produced by the testis? A) Testosterone B) Interstitial cell-stimulating hormone (ICSH) C) Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) D) Follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) E) Luteinizing hormone (LH)

11)

The interstitial cells or Leydig cells

Version 1

3


A) produce sperm cells. B) form the wall of the rete testis. C) cover the testis with a white tunic. D) secrete seminal fluid. E) secrete testosterone.

12)

The opening in the abdominal wall through which the testes descend is the __________. A) spermatic cord B) gubernaculum C) inguinal canal D) process vaginalis E) perineal opening

13)

Male infants can be born with an undescended testis. This means that the testis A) lacks hormonal cells. B) covers the top of the scrotum. C) has lost its blood supply. D) remains in the abdominopelvic cavity. E) has not properly formed.

14)

The sustentacular cells A) mature to form sperm cells. B) produce testosterone. C) provide nourishment for development of sperm cells. D) cover and protect most of the testes. E) produce seminal fluid.

Version 1

4


15)

The blood-testis barrier A) feedssustentacular cells. B) keeps blood from engorging the testis. C) is formed by the primary spermatocytes. D) isolates sperm cells from the immune system. E) nourishes the developing spermatozoa.

16) Which of the following substances found in sustentacular cells may be the active hormones that promote sperm cell formation? A) IgA and IgG B) Sustentaculum and gubernaculum C) Dihydrotestosterone and estrogen D) Androgen-binding protein and testosterone E) Estrogen and progesterone

17)

Which of the following cell types is formed at the end of the first meiotic division? A) Spermatid B) Spermatogonia C) Primary spermatocyte D) Secondary spermatocyte E) Sperm cell

18)

Which of the following cell types is diploid?

Version 1

5


A) Spermatid B) Sperm cell C) Primary spermatocyte D) Secondary spermatocyte

19)

Which process converts a spermatid to a mature sperm cell? A) Spermatogenesis B) Cryptorchidism C) Gubernaculum D) Spermiogenesis

20)

Which structure contains enzymes needed by a sperm cell to penetrate an oocyte? A) Acrosome B) Gubernaculum C) Sustentacular cells D) Androgen-binding protein

21)

Which of the following structures would be found in the spermatic cord? A) Epididymis B) Ductus deferens C) Seminal vesicle D) Ejaculatory duct E) Interstitial cells

Version 1

6


22)

Which portion of the sperm cell is most involved with penetration of the oocyte? A) Nucleus B) Acrosome C) Midpiece D) Tail E) Centriole

23) Sperm cells are produced in the __________ and complete maturation in the __________. A) epididymis; testes B) ductus deferens; epididymis C) seminiferous tubules; prostate gland D) seminiferous tubules; epididymis E) seminiferous tubules; vas deferens

24) A primary spermatocyte is a diploid cell that gives rise to two secondary spermatocytes after the first meiotic division. The primary spermatocyte has __________ chromosomes. A) 92 B) 46 C) 23 D) 13 E) no

25)

Which of the following is mismatched?

Version 1

7


A) Ductus deferens - vas deferens B) Epididymis - site of sperm maturation C) Spermatic cord - passes through inguinal canal D) Stereocilia - forms sperm cell tails E) Midpiece - mitochondria

26)

Smooth muscle contractions help to propel sperm cells in the __________. A) rete testis B) ductus deferens C) seminal receptacle D) seminiferous tubule E) ejaculatory duct

27)

The duct from the seminal vesicle joins the ductus deferens to form the __________. A) prostatic urethra B) epididymis C) sperm cord D) ejaculatory duct E) spongy urethra

28) Arrange the following structures in the order sperm cells would pass through as they move from the seminiferous tubules to the urethra. (1) Ductus deferens (vas deferens) (2) Efferent ductules (3) Epididymis (4) Ejaculatory duct (5) Rete testis

Version 1

8


A) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4 B) 3, 2, 4, 1, 5 C) 3, 4, 2, 1, 5 D) 5, 2, 4, 3, 1 E) 5, 2, 3, 1, 4

29)

The ductus deferens A) stores sperm cells until ejaculation. B) travels through the bladder. C) ascends the abdominal cavity along the posterior side of the kidney. D) passes through the inguinal canal and enters the pelvic cavity. E) passes just beneath the skin to the penis.

30)

The male urethra A) has numerous mucous-secreting glands. B) extends through the length of the penis. C) is lined with ciliated cuboidal epithelium. D) extends from the prostate gland to the ductus deferens. E) is shorter than the female urethra.

31)

In males, both urine and male reproductive fluids travel through the __________. A) ureter B) urethra C) epididymis D) spermatic cord E) ductus deferens

Version 1

9


32)

The longest portion of the male urethra is the __________ urethra. A) prostatic B) membranous C) spongy D) ductile E) glans penis

33)

The penis consists of __________ columns of erectile tissue. A) two B) three C) four D) five E) six

34)

Which of the following male reproductive structures is mismatched with its description? A) Prepuce – skin that covers the glans penis B) Corpora cavernosa – forms the foreskin C) Glans penis – contains external urethral opening D) Corpus spongiosum – expands to form the glans penis E) Membranous urethra – between prostatic and spongy urethra

35)

Circumcision is the surgical removal of the __________.

Version 1

10


A) prepuce B) crus penis C) glans penis D) corpora cavernosa E) bulb of penis

36)

Erection of the penis occurs when A) the pubic bones move together. B) the bulbourethral muscles contract. C) lymphatic fluid accumulates in the glans penis. D) penile erectile tissue becomes engorged with blood. E) smooth muscle contraction occurs in ductus deferens.

37)

The spongy urethra is surrounded by the __________. A) corpus cavernosum B) prostate gland C) corpus spongiosum D) bulbourethral glands

38) Which of the following statements regarding glands of the male reproductive system is false?

Version 1

11


A) The seminal vesicles open into the membranous urethra. B) The prostate gland surrounds the prostatic urethra and ejaculatory ducts. C) The bulbourethral glands enter the spongy urethra at the base of the penis. D) The prostate gland contains smooth muscle partitions covered with columnar epithelium. E) The seminal vesicles are sac-shaped glands located next to the ampullae of the ductus deferentia.

39)

The accessory glands located near the membranous urethra are the __________. A) seminal vesicles B) inguinal glands C) bulbourethral glands D) seminal receptacles E) penal glands

40)

Semen is A) produced solely by the testis. B) a vaginal secretion needed to activate sperm cells. C) sperm cells plus the secretions of accessory glands. D) responsible for engorgement of erectile tissue of the penis. E) is composed only of sperm cells.

41)

Most of the seminal fluid is produced

Version 1

12


A) by the testes. B) by the seminal vesicles. C) by the prostate gland. D) by the bulbourethral glands. E) by the ejaculatory duct.

42)

Discharge of semen into the prostatic urethra is called __________. A) erection B) emission C) ejaculation D) ovulation E) ejection

43) The forceful expulsion of semen from the urethra caused by contraction of smooth muscle in the urethra and skeletal muscle surrounding the base of the penis is called __________. A) ejaculation B) neutralization C) physiological contracture D) emission E) orgasm

44)

Which of the following glands is correctly matched with its function?

Version 1

13


A) Seminal vesicles – provide nutrients for sperm cells B) Prostate – lubricates the penis during intercourse C) Bulbourethral glands – produce a thin, sweet fluid D) Testes – produce most of the semen E) Prostate – contributes most of the fluid

45) Given the following glands, choose the arrangement that represents the order in which the glands release their secretions to form semen. (1) Prostate gland (2) Bulbourethral glands (3) Seminal vesicles A) 1, 2, 3 B) 2, 1, 3 C) 3, 1, 2 D) 3, 2, 1 E) 2, 3, 2

46)

Which of the following substances found in semen is mismatched with its function? A) Fructose – nourishes sperm cells B) Mucus – lubricates urethra C) Fibrinogen – transient coagulation of semen D) Prostaglandins – cause urethral contractions E) Prostaglandins – cause uterine contractions

47)

Which of the following substances are found in the secretions of the prostate gland?

Version 1

14


A) Mucus and fibrinogen B) Fructose and mucus C) Fibrinolysin and clotting factors D) Prostaglandins and sperm cells E) Acid and mucus

48)

The secretions produced by the prostate gland A) are acidic. B) contain fructose. C) contain mucus. D) constitute about 30% of the semen. E) constitute about 90% of the semen.

49)

A pituitary tumor interferes with FSH secretion. How would this affect a male? A) He would develop a feminine body contour. B) He would not produce sperm cells. C) He would have an erection. D) There would be no effect as FSH is found only in females. E) He would produce too many sperm cells.

50)

Luteinizing hormone (LH) binds to interstitial (Leydig) cells and A) inhibits sustentacular cells. B) promotes sperm cell production by the interstitial cells. C) decreases testosterone production by the interstitial cells. D) stimulates GnRH levels to increase in the testes. E) increases testosterone production by the interstitial cells.

Version 1

15


51)

A lack of testosterone production before birth would A) inhibit normal development of male reproductive structures. B) inhibit anterior pituitary secretions. C) inhibit hypothalamus development. D) inhibit FSH secretion from the anterior pituitary. E) have no effect.

52) Once GnRH is released from the hypothalamus and enters the hypothalamohypophysial portal system, A) testosterone is released from the anterior pituitary. B) the interstitial cells produce inhibin. C) estrogen production increases. D) FSH and LH secretion will occur. E) it will inhibit FSH and LH secretion.

53) Which of the following hormones stimulates the synthesis of testosterone by the fetal testes? A) Human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) B) Follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) C) Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) D) Luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (LH-RH) E) Estrogen

54)

What is the active hormone in target tissues of testosterone such as the penis?

Version 1

16


A) Testosterone B) FSH C) ICSH D) Dihydrotestosterone

55)

The major factor controlling the onset of puberty in males is A) a decrease in GnRH levels. B) the production of testosterone by the testes. C) the ability of the pituitary to secrete FSH and LH. D) the hypothalamus becoming less sensitive to the inhibitory effects of androgens. E) None of the choices are correct.

56)

Which of the following statements concerning testosterone is true? A) It prevents hair loss in pattern baldness. B) It promotes atrophy of the larynx. C) It can lead to an increase in muscle mass. D) It causes the skin and hair to soften. E) It decreases metabolic rate in males.

57)

Which of the following effects on the body CANNOT be attributed to testosterone? A) Enlargement of male genitalia B) Growth of pubic, axillary, and facial hair C) Hypertrophy of the larynx D) Increased calcium excretion E) Rapid bone growth

Version 1

17


58) Which of the following hormones would decrease if an adult male were castrated (testes removed)? A) GnRH B) FSH C) LH D) Testosterone E) ADH

59)

Following ejaculation, a phase called resolution occurs. During resolution A) a second ejaculation occurs. B) a feeling of satisfaction occurs. C) erection of the penis is maintained. D) sperm cell production increases. E) orgasm occurs.

60)

Erection and ejaculation can be initiated by A) manual stimulation of the penis. B) contraction of smooth muscle. C) impulses from the cerebellum. D) increased blood levels of testosterone. E) increased levels of LH and FSH.

61)

Which of the following events occurs in an erection?

Version 1

18


A) Vasoconstriction of arteries leading to erectile tissue of penis B) Engorgement of erectile tissue of penis with blood C) Dilation of venules leading from erectile tissue of penis D) Relaxation of internal sphincter of urinary bladder E) Decrease of blood flow to the penis

62)

Impotence occurs when A) the erectile tissues of the penis fill with blood. B) semen accumulates in the urethra. C) an erection cannot be achieved or maintained. D) semen moves out of the urethra. E) sperm cell production decreases.

63)

Arrange the following events of the male sexual act in the correct sequence:

(1) Ejaculation (2) Emission (3) Erection A) 1, 2, 3 B) 3, 1, 2 C) 3, 2, 1 D) 1, 3, 2 E) 2, 3, 1

64)

Arrange the following events in correct sequence.

(1) Inflation and rigidity of erectile tissue (2) Arteries supplying blood to erectile tissue dilate (3) Blood fills erectile tissue sinusoids and compresses veins Version 1

19


A) 1, 2, 3 B) 2, 3, 1 C) 3, 2, 1 D) 2, 1, 3 E) 1, 3, 2

65)

Which of the following events in the male sex act occurs last and results in ejaculation? A) Peristaltic contractions of the ductus deferens B) Contractions of skeletal muscle at the base of the penis C) Constriction of the internal sphincter of the urinary bladder D) Release of secretions from the seminal vesicles and the prostate gland E) Semen accumulates in the prostatic urethra

66)

What is the role of NO (nitric oxide) in the male sexual act? A) Dilation of blood vessels in the penis B) Activation of a G protein C) Secretion of mucus D) Contraction of somatic muscles of the urogenital diaphragm

67) The ovaries and uterus are held in position within the pelvis by bands of tissue called __________. A) follicles B) muscles C) endometrium D) ligaments E) tendons

Version 1

20


68)

The ovary is attached to the superior margin of the uterus by the __________. A) mesovarium B) broad ligament C) ovarian ligament D) suspensory ligament E) round ligament

69)

The ovary is surrounded by a capsule of fibrous connective tissue called the __________. A) mesovarium B) tunica albuginea C) peritoneum D) medulla E) tunica alba

70) Of the two million primary oocytes in the ovaries at birth, only about __________ are ovulated. A) 40 B) 400 C) 2,000 D) 4,000 E) 400,000

71) A primary oocyte with a single layer of granulosa cells is most appropriately called a __________.

Version 1

21


A) primordial follicle B) secondary follicle C) mature follicle D) corpus luteum E) Graafian follicle

72)

A primary follicle contains A) vesicles. B) an antrum. C) several layers of granulosa cells. D) a mature ovum. E) the theca.

73)

As a secondary follicle enlarges, A) the granulosa cells are replaced with fluid. B) the secondary oocyte divides by mitosis. C) a theca or capsule is formed around it. D) the zona pellucida becomes thinner. E) the fluid within it is reduced.

74)

In a mature follicle, the oocyte lies in a mass of follicular cells called the __________. A) theca interna B) zona pellucida C) granulosa D) cumulus mass E) theca externa

Version 1

22


75) A follicle containing a secondary oocyte and a single fluid-filled antrum is called a __________ follicle. A) primary B) Graafian or mature C) secondary D) primordial E) tertiary

76)

The release of the secondary oocyte from the ovary is called __________. A) ovulation B) fertilization C) sporulation D) implantation E) oocyte release

77)

Which of the following is produced in the ovary and then leaves the ovary? A) Testosterone B) Corpus luteum C) Secondary oocyte D) FSH E) Menstrual blood

78)

The secondary oocyte completes the second meiotic division when

Version 1

23


A) the mature follicle ruptures. B) it is penetrated by a sperm cell. C) it is implanted in the uterus. D) it receives both estrogen and progesterone. E) ovulation occurs.

79)

Fertilization occurs when the A) oocyte ruptures from the ovary. B) oocyte is implanted in the uterus. C) sperm cell head enters the zygote. D) nuclei of thesecondary oocyte and the sperm cell unite. E) sperm cells enter the vagina.

80)

"Zygote" is the term used to describe the A) Graafian oocyte. B) primary oocyte. C) secondary oocyte. D) fertilized oocyte. E) sperm cell just before fertilization.

81)

Follicles in the ovary that are never ovulated A) undergo atresia. B) become the corpus albicans. C) form secondary follicles. D) undergo and complete meiosis in the ovary. E) proliferate.

Version 1

24


82)

The corpus luteum is a gland that

A) forms from a mature follicle after ovulation. B) secretes progesterone. C) degenerates into a zygote if pregnancy does not occur. D) releases the secondary oocyte. E) Both "forms from a mature follicle after ovulation" and "secretes mainly progesterone" are correct.

83)

Which of the following follicular stages is the last to appear? A) Corpus albicans B) Corpus luteum C) Primary follicle D) Mature follicle E) Graafian follicle

84)

Which of the following statements concerning the uterus is true? A) The inferior portion is the cervix. B) The isthmus separates the body and the fundus. C) The fundus forms the major portion of this organ. D) The uterine wall is composed of four layers. E) The cervical canal is in the superior portion of the uterus.

Version 1

25


85)

Trace the pathway of an egg as it passes through the uterine tube.

(1) Ampulla (2) Fimbriae (3) Infundibulum (4) Isthmus A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 2, 4, 1, 3 C) 3, 4, 1, 2 D) 2, 3, 1, 4 E) 3, 1,2, 4

86)

A Pap test is used to detect __________. A) pregnancy B) the time of ovulation C) cervical cancer D) a prolapsed uterus E) ovarian cancer

87)

The cervix is a portion of the __________. A) vagina B) external genitalia C) oviduct D) uterine tube E) uterus

88)

Which of the following statements concerning the uterine tube is true?

Version 1

26


A) The outer layer of the tube is formed by the ampulla. B) The oocyte is moved along the tube by peristaltic contractions of the muscular layer. C) The opening of the uterine tube is the mesosalpinx. D) The portion of the uterine tube closest to the uterus is the infundibulum. E) Fimbria are associated with the lining of the tube.

89)

The layer of the uterine wall that is shed during menstruation is the __________. A) perimetrium B) myometrium C) hymen D) endometrium E) vasometrium

90)

Which of the following pairs is correctly matched? A) Broad ligaments – help support the uterus B) Cervix – lined with rugae C) Basal layer – layer of endometrium closest to uterine cavity D) Perimetrium – muscular coat of uterus E) Endometrium – connective tissue layer

91)

Which of the following is a function of the vagina?

Version 1

27


A) Oocyte production B) Reception of penis during intercourse C) Site of fertilization D) Production of estrogen E) Female hormone secretion

92)

Which of the following portions of the vulva is most superior? A) Clitoris B) Mons pubis C) Vestibule D) Labia majora E) Labia minora

93)

Which of the following pairs is mismatched? A) Clitoris – erectile tissue B) Labia minora – unite anteriorly to form the prepuce C) Vestibular glands – maintain moistness of vestibule D) Mons pubis – vaginal orifice E) Pudendal cleft – space between labia majora

94)

Both the vagina and the urethra open into a space called the __________.

Version 1

28


A) urogenital sinus B) pudendal cleft C) vestibule D) prepuce E) mons pubis

95)

The secretory sacs of the mammary glands are known as the __________. A) follicles B) alveoli C) lactiferous ducts D) areolar glands E) vesicles

96) Under certain circumstances during childbirth, an episiotomy may be performed. In this surgical procedure the ___ is cut. A) vagina B) perineum C) labia majora D) labia minora E) mons pubis

97)

Which of the following statements concerning the female mammary glands is true?

Version 1

29


A) They are modified sweat glands. B) They are the organs of milk production. C) They may contain large amounts of adipose tissue. D) They are attachedto the pectoralis major muscle by Cooper ligaments. E) All of the choices are correct.

98)

Puberty in a female is characterized by A) adipose tissue deposition in the breasts and around the hips. B) increased muscle mass, especially in the hips. C) growth of facial hair. D) closure of the uterine tubes. E) growth of chest hair.

99)

Menarche refers to A) monthly ovulation. B) enlargement of the breasts. C) an increase in the sexual drive. D) the first episode of menstrual bleeding. E) the end of the menstrual cycle.

100) The average menstrual cycle is about __________ days long; ovulation occurs on about day __________.

Version 1

30


A) 30; 24 B) 28; 14 C) 24; 14 D) 20; 10 E) 32; 16

101)

The follicular phase of the ovarian cycle is characterized by A) ovulation. B) rapid development of ovarian follicles. C) formation of the corpus luteum. D) high progesterone levels. E) maturation of and secretion by uterine glands.

102) The uterine cycle can be divided into three continuous phases. Starting from the first day of the cycle, their consecutive order is A) menses, proliferative, secretory. B) menses, secretory, proliferative. C) secretory, menses, proliferative. D) proliferative, menses, secretory. E) secretory, proliferative, menses.

103)

One hormone responsible for initiating the development of follicles is __________.

Version 1

31


A) HCG B) progesterone C) FSH D) estrogen E) LH

104)

The LH surge initiates __________. A) menses B) ovulation C) fertilization D) the second trimester of pregnancy E) follicle development

105)

Which of the following events in the menstrual cycle occur at the same time? A) Maximal LH secretion and menstruation (menstrual flow) B) Early follicular development in the ovaries and maximum thickening of the uterus C) Ovulation and menstruation (menstrual flow) D) Uterine wall begins to thicken and increased estrogen production by the follicles E) Proliferation and secretion

106)

Shortly after ovulation, A) the granulosa cells become corpus luteum cells. B) estrogen increases but progesterone decreases. C) the level of LH rises even more than before ovulation. D) GnRH receptors upregulate. E) corpus luteum degenerates.

Version 1

32


107) The hypothalamic hormone that regulates both male and female reproductive cycles is __________. A) FSH B) ICSH C) GnRH D) LH E) oxytocin

108)

Which of the following events is caused by LH? A) Stimulation of theca interna cells to produce androgens B) Stimulation of granulosa cells to convert androgens to estradiol C) Increase LH receptors in granulosa cells D) Menses E) Oxytocin is released

109)

FSH A) stimulates theca interna cells to produce androgens. B) primarily effects granulosa cells. C) increases progesterone production. D) inhibits LH. E) stimulates the uterus.

110)

FSH can make the follicle cells more sensitive to LH by increasing __________.

Version 1

33


A) GnRH production B) GnRH receptors C) LH receptors D) theca cells E) estrogen receptors

111) The androgens produced by the theca interna cells are converted to estrogen by __________. A) corpus luteal cells B) FSH C) granulosa cells D) GnRH E) primary oocyte

112)

The gradual increase in estrogen secretion during the follicular phase is the result of A) declining FSH levels. B) granulosa cells converting androgens to estrogen. C) positive feedback on the anterior pituitary. D) an LH surge. E) luteal development.

113)

Which of the listed events occurs last?

Version 1

34


A) GnRH secretion is stimulated. B) FSH/LH positive-feedback loops produce a series of FSH/LH surges. C) Ovulation occurs. D) Estrogen produced by theca interna cells increases. E) FSH and LH levels increase.

114)

The hormone hCG is necessary to A) form the corpus luteum. B) cause the endometrium to proliferate. C) stimulate primary oocytes to divide. D) keep the corpus luteum from degenerating. E) destroy the corpus luteum.

115)

Which of the following events happens after ovulation? A) Progesterone production by follicles declines. B) A negative feedback effect on GnRH. C) LH and FSH levels continue to increase. D) GnRH receptors upregulate. E) A positive feedback effect on GnRH.

116)

Progesterone A) increases uterine tube motility. B) causes uterine muscle contractions. C) causes ovulation. D) causes cellular hypertrophy in the endometrium. E) causes cellular degeneration in the endometrium.

Version 1

35


117)

During the secretory phase of the uterine cycle, you would normally expect A) that the endometrium is just beginning development. B) to find a follicle that is ready to ovulate. C) the highest levels of progesterone that occur during the menstrual cycle. D) the spiral glands to first appear. E) the lowest levels of progesterone.

118)

Normally, menstruation occurs when A) blood levels of estrogen increase and progesterone levels decrease rapidly. B) blood levels of estrogen and progesterone increase rapidly. C) blood levels of FSH decrease rapidly. D) the corpus luteum secretes estrogen. E) blood levels of both female hormones decrease rapidly.

119)

Menstrual cramps are most commonly caused by A) increased FSH levels. B) increased estrogen secretion by the ovary. C) increased prostaglandin secretions. D) increased HCG hormone release. E) a decreased inflammatory response in the endometrium.

120)

Which of the following statements concerning the endometrium is false?

Version 1

36


A) Estrogen causes endometrial cells to proliferate. B) After ovulation, the endometrium becomes thicker. C) Rising progesterone levels cause the myometrium to contract. D) The uterine cycle makes the endometrium a hospitable environment for implantation. E) The endometrium receives the trophoblast.

121)

During the female sexual act, A) the clitoris becomes engorged with blood. B) vaginal mucoid secretions are reduced. C) vaginal, uterine, and perineal muscles relax. D) an orgasm always occurs to insure fertilization. E) an orgasm always occurs.

122)

Sexual drive in females A) is dependent on hormones. B) can be affected by psychological factors. C) is influenced by androgens that affect the hypothalamus. D) All of the choices are correct.

123) Assume a couple has just completed intercourse, and sperm cells have been deposited in the woman's reproductive tract. Trace the pathway of the sperm cells through the female reproductive tract to the point where fertilization will most likely occur. (1) Cervix (2) Uterine tube (3) Cavity of uterus (4) Vagina

Version 1

37


A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 4, 1, 3, 2 C) 4, 3, 1, 2 D) 4, 3, 2, 1 E) 1, 3, 2, 4

124)

The oocyte is viable for __________ hours following ovulation. A) 8 B) 12 C) 24 D) 36 E) 48

125) Sperm cells may remain viable in the female reproductive tract for as long as __________ hours. A) 24 B) 48 C) 72 D) 96 E) 144

126)

Fertilization can only occur

Version 1

38


A) if orgasms occur in both the male and female. B) when a sperm cell penetrates a secondary oocyte. C) when there is no menstrual flow. D) after oxytocin is released from the hypothalamus. E) on day 14 of the cycle.

127) Fertilization usually occurs in the __________, while fetal development occurs in the __________. A) uterus; vagina B) uterine tube; uterus C) uterine tube; fimbriae D) vagina; uterus E) ovary; uterus

128)

The corpus luteum A) degenerates into the corpus albicans if pregnancy does not occur. B) is absolutely necessary during the first three months of pregnancy. C) produces mostly progesterone, but also some estrogen. D) All of the choices are correct.

129)

The placenta produces both A) estrogen and progesterone. B) progesterone and prolactin. C) prolactin and FSH. D) androgens and estrogens. E) oxytocin and prolactin.

Version 1

39


130)

Which of the following hormones is detected by over-the-counter pregnancy kits? A) Progesterone B) Estrogen C) Prolactin D) Human chorionic gonadotropin E) Oxytocin

131)

Implantation A) occurs prior to fertilization. B) normally occurs in the uterus. C) assists sperm cell motility in the uterus. D) occurs in the vagina. E) occurs in the cervix.

132)

In an ectopic pregnancy, A) no fertilization occurs. B) implantation does not occur in the uterus. C) a fetus never develops. D) no placenta forms. E) implantation occurs in the uterus.

133)

The perimenopause refers to the

Version 1

40


A) cessation of menstruation. B) time from the onset of irregular menstrual cycles to cessation of those cycles. C) decrease in the sexual drive. D) inability to have sexual intercourse. E) PMS.

134) Hot flashes during perimenopause are thought to be the result of decreased __________ levels. A) LH B) FSH C) estrogen andprogesterone D) progesterone E) oxytocin

135) Which of the following is a contraceptive method that not only prevents fertilization but also provides protection against sexually transmitted diseases? A) Condom B) Oral contraceptives C) Spermicidal agents D) Diaphragm

136)

Which of the following can cause infertility in females?

Version 1

41


A) PMS B) Heavy, prolonged menses C) Blockage of the uterine tubes D) An increased libido E) Psychological factors

137)

Which of the following is NOT an age-related change in the male reproductive system? A) Increase in erectile dysfunction B) Prostatic hypertrophy C) Size and weight of testes decrease D) Decline of sperm cell production until no more sperm cells are produced

138)

Which of the following is NOT an age-related change of the female reproductive system? A) Dryness of the vagina B) Decreased estrogen and progesterone production C) Cessation of the menses D) Decreased incidence of breast cancer

139)

Sex cells are called __________. A) gametes B) spermatocytes C) oogonia D) zygotes E) chromosomes

Version 1

42


140)

Meiosis produces __________ in humans. A) sperm cells and oocytes B) somatic cells C) somatic cells and sex cells D) neurons E) muscle cells

141) A typical ejaculation results in the discharge of 2 to 5 mL of the fluid called ___________. A) semen B) sperm cells C) seminal vesicle secretions D) mucus E) prostatic secretions

142)

Which of the following is not a function of the reproductive system? A) Development and nourishment of a new individual B) Production ofgametes C) Creation ofantibodies D) Fertilization E) Production of reproductive hormones

143)

Centromeres divide in

Version 1

43


A) mitosis andmeiosis I. B) mitosis andmeiosis II. C) meiosis IIonly. D) meiosis I and meiosis II. E) mitosis, meiosis I, and meiosis II.

144) The exchange of genetic material between non-sister chromatids that may result in new gene combinations on the chromosomes is called ____________. A) crossing over B) synapsis C) duplication D) reduction division E) random assortment

145) The onset of puberty in females typically occurs between the ages of __________ and occurs __________ that in males. A) 14 and 18; earlierthan B) 13 and 16; laterthan C) 11 and 16; earlierthan D) 12 and 16; at thesame time as

146)

What is the cessation of menstruation referred to as? A) Menarche B) Menopause C) Climacteric D) Pubarche

Version 1

44


147) At the end of meiosis I, there are __________, whereas at the end of meiosis II, there is/are __________. A) two diploid cells; one diploid cell B) two diploid cells; one haploid cell C) two diploid cells; four haploid cells D) two haploid cells; four haploid cells E) two haploid cells; one diploid cell

148)

Which of the following is the most important role of meiosis in sexual reproduction? A) It reduces thesize of the gametes. B) It produces atleast one gamete that is mobile. C) It prevents thechromosome number from doubling in each generation. D) It ensures thateach daughter cell doubles the number of chromosomes. E) It changes thegenetic composition of each chromosome.

149)

A reduction division is one in which A) the chemicalreactions of oxidation and reduction take place. B) the daughter cellsreceive only half as many chromosomes as the parent cell had. C) one daughter cellis substantially reduced in size compared to the parent cell. D) the size ofchromosomes is reduced from double-stranded to single-stranded.

150)

Sister chromatids are pulled apart in

Version 1

45


A) prophase I. B) anaphase I. C) interphase. D) prophase II. E) anaphase II.

151) Which of the following is the correct pathway of sperm cells from their formation to ejaculation? A) Seminiferoustubule, epididymis, rete testis, urethra, ejaculatory duct, ductus deferens B) Seminiferoustubule, epididymis, rete testis, ejaculatory duct, ductus deferens, urethra C) Seminiferoustubule, epididymis, rete testis, ductus deferens, ejaculatory duct, urethra D) Seminiferoustubule, rete testis, epididymis, ductus deferens, ejaculatory duct, urethra E) Seminiferoustubule, rete testis, epididymis, ejaculatory duct, urethra, ductus deferens

152)

Which of the following is true regarding the blood-testis barrier? A) It prevents antibodies in the blood from getting to the reproductive cells. B) It prevents heatloss from the testes. C) It prevents bloodfrom getting to the testes. D) It maintainstestis temperature at 35°C. E) It maintainstestis temperature at 37°C.

153)

Men have only one __________.

Version 1

46


A) bulbourethralgland B) prostate C) ejaculatoryduct D) seminalvesicle E) corpuscavernosum

154)

Why would an enlarged prostate interfere with urination? A) It inhibits urine production. B) It develops calcified deposits that block the urethra. C) It produces thicker prostatic secretions that block the urethra. D) It inhibits the micturition reflex. E) It compresses the urethra.

155)

__________ stimulates the interstitial cells of the testes to secrete __________. A) Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH); LH B) Follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH); androgen-binding protein (ABP) C) Luteinizing hormone (LH); androgen-binding protein (ABP) D) Luteinizing hormone (LH); testosterone E) Luteinizing hormone (LH); estrogen

156)

__________ have 46 chromosomes, whereas __________ have 23. A) Spermatids; sperm cells B) Primary spermatocytes; spermatids C) Secondary spermatocytes; primary spermatocytes D) Spermatogonia; primary spermatocytes

Version 1

47


157)

Which of the following explains the neural mechanism of an erection? A) It is anautonomic reflex mediated predominantly by parasympathetic nerve fibers. B) It is anautonomic reflex mediated predominantly by sympathetic nerve fibers. C) It is a somaticreflex mediated predominantly by parasympathetic nerve fibers. D) It is a somaticreflex mediated predominantly by sympathetic nerve fibers. E) It is anexclusively voluntary action mediated by the cerebral cortex.

158)

Which stage of meiosis is an ovulated cell in? A) Prophase I B) Metaphase I C) Telophase I D) Telophase II E) Metaphase II

159)

In the adult ovary, more than 90% of the follicles are found as __________. A) Primaryfollicles B) Secondaryfollicles C) Tertiaryfollicles D) Graafianfollicles E) Primordialfollicles

160)

Which of these blood hormone levels reaches its maximum during the luteal phase?

Version 1

48


A) GnRH B) FSH C) LH D) Progesterone E) Estradiol

161) Which of the following statements does not correctly contrast the female and male reproductive systems? A) The male reproductive system produces and stores gametes, whereas the female reproductive system only stores gametes. B) The female reproductive system produces secretions to nourish the neonate; the male reproductive system does not. C) The male reproductive system produces gametes from puberty until death of the individual; the female reproductive system normally ceases gamete production during middle age. D) All of the statements are correct.

162)

When comparing oogenesis and spermatogenesis, which of the following is not true?

A) Both oogenesis and spermatogenesis produce four functional gametes. B) Oogenesis and spermatogenesis produce haploid gametes. C) The products of oogenesis and spermatogenesis have half the number of chromosomes as the parent cell. D) Oogenesis and spermatogenesis begin in the gonads (ovaries and testes).

163) If 5 reproductive cells divide by meiosis, the total number of gametes produced in a male would be __________. The total number of gametes produced in a female would be __________.

Version 1

49


A) 20; 5 B) 20; 10 C) 20; 20 D) 10; 5

164)

Which of the following statements is true about gametogenesis in humans?

A) Gametogenesis produces haploid cells. B) When considering one parent cell, spermatogenesis produces 4 functional gametes and oogenesis produces 2 functional gametes. C) Gametogenesis is continuous throughout an individual’s lifetime. D) Gametogenesis ceases to occur around middle age in both males and females.

165) Damage to the __________ would greatly reduce the amount of nutrient molecules provided to sperm cells. A) seminal vesicles B) bulbourethral glands C) prostate gland D) membranous urethra

166) If the __________ were blocked due to scarring or surgical procedure, the fertilization of the __________ would be prevented. A) uterine tube; secondary oocyte B) uterine tube; ovum C) uterus; primary oocyte D) uterus; ovum

Version 1

50


167)

True or False? Meiosis I is a reduction division. ⊚ true ⊚ false

168) True or False? The final products of the two meiotic divisions are four haploid daughter cells from an original diploid cell. ⊚ ⊚

true false

169) True or False? Only cells of the testes or ovaries undergo meiosis, which produces four haploid (n) cells with 23 chromosomes each. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

51


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 28_13e_ VanPutte 1) [A, B, C] 2) [A, B, C] 3) D 4) A 5) C 6) C 7) D 8) C 9) C 10) A 11) E 12) C 13) D 14) C 15) D 16) C 17) D 18) C 19) D 20) A 21) B 22) B 23) D 24) B 25) D 26) B Version 1

52


27) D 28) E 29) D 30) B 31) B 32) C 33) B 34) B 35) A 36) D 37) C 38) A 39) C 40) C 41) B 42) B 43) A 44) A 45) C 46) D 47) C 48) D 49) B 50) E 51) A 52) D 53) A 54) D 55) D 56) C Version 1

53


57) D 58) D 59) B 60) A 61) B 62) C 63) C 64) B 65) B 66) A 67) D 68) C 69) B 70) B 71) A 72) C 73) C 74) D 75) B 76) A 77) C 78) B 79) D 80) D 81) A 82) E 83) A 84) A 85) D 86) C Version 1

54


87) E 88) B 89) D 90) A 91) B 92) B 93) D 94) C 95) B 96) B 97) E 98) A 99) D 100) B 101) B 102) A 103) C 104) B 105) D 106) A 107) C 108) A 109) B 110) C 111) C 112) B 113) C 114) D 115) B 116) D Version 1

55


117) C 118) E 119) C 120) C 121) A 122) D 123) B 124) C 125) E 126) B 127) B 128) D 129) A 130) D 131) B 132) B 133) B 134) C 135) A 136) C 137) D 138) D 139) A 140) A 141) A 142) C 143) B 144) A 145) C 146) B Version 1

56


147) D 148) C 149) B 150) E 151) D 152) A 153) B 154) E 155) D 156) B 157) A 158) E 159) E 160) D 161) A 162) A 163) A 164) A 165) A 166) A 167) TRUE 168) TRUE 169) TRUE

Version 1

57


CHAPTER 29 1)

The period from conception until birth is the __________ period. A) prenatal B) germinal C) embryonic D) fetal E) conceptual

2) The prenatal period during which the major organ systems form is the __________ period. A) fetal B) germinal C) embryonic D) neonatal

3)

What event separates childhood from adolescence? A) Onset of puberty B) Infancy C) Formation of germ layers D) Beginning to walk

4) Germ layers form during the __________ period, while organ systems mature during the __________ period.

Version 1

1


A) embryonic; fetal B) prenatal; neonatal C) germinal; embryonic D) germinal; fetal E) fetal; germinal

5)

The clinical age of the unborn child is calculated from __________. A) ovulation B) conception C) the last menstrual period (LMP) D) fourteen days after the last menstrual period E) fourteen days before the last menstrual period

6)

Developmental events are calculated from A) ovulation. B) conception. C) the last menstrual period. D) fourteen days after the last menstrual period. E) fourteen days before the last menstrual period.

7)

Fusion of the male and female pronuclei A) results in an oocyte forming. B) restores the diploid number of chromosomes. C) occurs before ovulation. D) results in a haploid cell forming. E) results in a total of 23 chromosomes.

Version 1

2


8) Depolarization of the oocyte plasma membrane occurs when the first sperm attaches to the integrin α6β1. This is called the __________. A) slow block to polyspermy B) acrosomal reaction C) fast block to polyspermy D) fertilization E) spermiogenesis

9)

Fusion of the male and female pronuclei forms the __________. A) blastocyst B) morula C) zygote D) gastrula E) trophoblast

10)

If the zygote splits into two separate cells, __________. A) identical twins result B) fraternal twins result C) dizygotic twinning occurs D) both cells die E) paternal twins result

11)

If a woman ovulates two oocytes and both are fertilized,

Version 1

3


A) identical twins result. B) fraternal twins result. C) conjoined twins result. D) monozygotic twinning occurs. E) paternal twins result.

12) An embryonic cell that has the potential to develop into a wide range of tissues is called a/an __________ cell. A) differentiated B) multipotent C) pluripotent D) omnipotent E) totipotent

13) An embryonic cell that contains the potential to give rise to any tissue type is called a/an __________ cell. A) differentiated B) multipotent C) pluripotent D) omnipotent E) totipotent

14)

Once the embryonic mass has 12 or more cells, it is called a __________.

Version 1

4


A) morula B) gastrula C) blastula D) blastocyst E) trophoblast

15)

The single layer of cells that surrounds the blastocele is the __________. A) morula B) gastrula C) blastocyst D) trophoblast E) inner cell mass

16) When the embryonic mass of cells develops an internal cavity, the mass of cells is called a/an __________. A) zygote B) morula C) blastocyst D) embryonic disc E) trophoblast

17)

The inner cell mass of the blastocyst

Version 1

5


A) consists of yolk-filled storage cells. B) contains cells that will form the embryo. C) represents the future placenta. D) will form the zona pellucida. E) contains cells that are discarded.

18)

The placenta and membranes surrounding the embryo develop from the __________. A) morula B) blastocyst C) trophoblast D) inner cell mass E) blastocele

19) At the time of implantation, the human embryo is in a stage of development known as the __________. A) fetus B) zygote C) morula D) blastocyst E) ovum

20)

The placenta plays an important role in

Version 1

6


A) implantation. B) onset of lactation. C) beginning of parturition. D) provision of nutrients to the fetus. E) insulating the fetus.

21) The time period between fertilization and implantation is approximately __________ days. A) 5 B) 7 C) 10 D) 14 E) 21

22)

Which of the following statements about the syncytiotrophoblast is false? A) It forms the developing embryo. B) It is composed of a nondividing, multinucleated cell. C) It is nonantigenic, so that it triggers no immune response. D) It invades the maternal tissues that compose the endometrium of the uterus. E) It formslacunae.

23)

The cytotrophoblast

Version 1

7


A) forms the chorionic villi. B) replaces the syncytiotrophoblast. C) remains throughout development. D) forms branches that protrude into the amniotic cavity. E) is not an embryonic part of the placenta.

24)

The chorionic villi A) form from branches of the syncytiotrophoblast cords. B) increase surface area of the amniotic cavity. C) contribute to the formation of the placenta. D) are necessary for implantation to occur. E) are not part of the placental formation.

25)

Placenta previa occurs when A) a normally placedplacenta tears away from the uterine wall. B) the placenta isformed too early. C) implantation occurs close to the cervix. D) implantationoccurs in the fundus of the uterus.

26)

Where does implantation normally occur? A) In the fundus area of the uterus B) In the isthmus area of the uterine tube C) In the cervix area of the uterus D) In the infundibulum area of the uterine tube

Version 1

8


27)

The embryonic disk is initially composed of __________. A) ectoderm and hypoblast B) epiblast and mesoderm C) epiblast and hypoblast D) hypoblast and yolk sac E) epiblast and yolk sac

28) The embryonic membrane that completely encloses the embryo in a watery sac is the __________. A) yolk sac B) amnion C) allantois D) chorion E) ectodermal sac

29)

Gastrulation is the process of development that produces the __________. A) placenta B) embryonic disk C) germ layers D) rudimentary organs

30) Some epiblast cells migrate and emerge between the epiblast and endoderm as a new germ layer called the __________.

Version 1

9


A) yolk sac B) mesoglia C) notochord D) mesoderm E) primitive streak

31)

Through what structure do epiblast cells migrate to form the mesoderm? A) Lacunae B) Chorionic villi C) Hypoblast D) Primitive streak E) Blastocele

32)

Which of the following is derived from ectoderm? A) Lens of the eye B) Thymus gland C) Tonsils D) Urinary bladder E) Dermis of skin

33)

Which of the following is derived from endoderm? A) Brain B) Muscle C) Epidermis of the skin D) Mucosa of the digestive tract E) Cardiovascular system

Version 1

10


34)

Which of the following is formed from mesoderm? A) Autonomic neurons B) Dermis of the skin C) Adrenal medulla D) Teeth E) Tonsils

35) Damage to the mesoderm during embryological development would affect the formation of which of the following structures? A) Thyroid B) Brain C) Heart D) Teeth E) Urinary bladder

36)

Which of the following organ systems is derived from all three germ layers? A) Nervous B) Cardiovascular C) Endocrine D) Integumentary E) Skeletal

37)

Which germ layer is most muscle derived from?

Version 1

11


A) Ectoderm B) Mesoderm C) Endoderm

38)

Which germ layer is the thymus derived from? A) Ectoderm B) Mesoderm C) Endoderm

39)

Which germ layer is the epidermis derived from? A) Ectoderm B) Mesoderm C) Endoderm

40)

Which germ layer is covering of the exposed region of the tooth derived from? A) Ectoderm B) Mesoderm C) Endoderm

41) Which germ layer is the system responsible for moving substances around the body derived from?

Version 1

12


A) Ectoderm B) Mesoderm C) Endoderm

42)

Which germ layer is the urinary bladder derived from? A) Ectoderm B) Mesoderm C) Endoderm

43)

Which germ layer is the central nervous system components derived from? A) Ectoderm B) Mesoderm C) Endoderm

44)

Which germ layer are the bones (except facial) derived from? A) Ectoderm B) Mesoderm C) Endoderm

45)

Which germ layer are the tonsils derived from?

Version 1

13


A) Ectoderm B) Mesoderm C) Endoderm

46)

Arrange the following in the sequence in which they form in the embryo.

(1) Neural plate (2) Neural tube (3) Notochord (4) Primitive streak A) 1, 2, 3, 4 B) 1, 3, 2, 4 C) 4, 3, 1, 2 D) 4, 1, 3, 2 E) 3, 4, 1, 2

47) the

The embryo is most sensitive to outside influences that can cause malformations during

A) first two weeks after fertilization. B) third to the ninth weeks of development. C) ninth to the sixteenth weeks of development. D) twelfth to the twentieth weeks of development. E) twenty-first to twenty-sixth weeks of development.

48)

Which of the following is NOT a possible route for neural crest cells?

Version 1

14


A) Melanocytes B) Autonomic ganglion neurons C) Adrenal cortex D) Sensory ganglia E) Enteric nervous system neurons

49)

Cells of the neuroectoderm become all of the following EXCEPT the __________. A) brain B) spinal cord C) postganglionicautonomic neurons D) posteriorpituitary gland

50)

Somites give rise to __________. A) nerves B) blood C) glands D) muscles E) spinal cord

51)

Segments of mesoderm that will form muscles are __________. A) mesonephros B) mandibular processes C) neural tube D) secondary palate E) somites

Version 1

15


52) The oropharyngeal and cloacal membranes, when opened, allow the __________ to open to the outside. A) liver B) skin C) lungs D) digestivetract E) ears

53) Which of the following organs develops from evaginations along the early digestive tract? A) Heart B) Adrenal medulla C) Lungs D) Nasal cavity E) Kidneys

54)

The pleural and peritoneal cavities of the adult begin as part of the __________ cavity. A) cloacal B) somatomeric C) coelomic D) apical E) ventral

55)

The allantois enlarges to form the __________.

Version 1

16


A) kidney B) gonads C) ureter D) urinary bladder E) urethra

56)

Arm and legs buds appear at about 28 days from A) the coelom. B) apical ectodermalridges. C) somitomeres. D) neural crestcells.

57)

A cleft lip results when A) the two halves of the secondary palate do not fuse. B) the frontonasal and maxillary processes do not fuse. C) the lateral edges of the nasal placodes do not fuse with the maxillary processes. D) the maxillary processes do not fuse with the mandibular processes. E) None of the choices are correct.

58)

If the secondary palate does not fuse, the result is a __________. A) cleft palate B) cleft throat C) facial cleft D) cleft lip E) cleft tongue

Version 1

17


59)

Which of the following structures is NOT involved in the formation of the face? A) Apical ectodermal ridges B) Frontonasal process C) Maxillary processes D) Mandibular processes

60)

Which structure(s) form(s) the lower jaw? A) Mesonephros B) Mandibular processes C) Neural tube D) Secondary palate E) Somites

61)

Which structure(s) form(s) the roof of the mouth? A) Mesonephros B) Mandibular processes C) Neural tube D) Secondary palate E) Somites

62)

Organogenesis is generally completed by day __________ of development.

Version 1

18


A) 20 B) 30 C) 45 D) 60 E) 75

63) Which of the following statements concerning development of the integumentary system is true? A) The epidermis is derived from mesoderm. B) The melanocytes are derived from ectoderm. C) Nails, hair, and glands develop from the dermis. D) Sensory receptors in the skin are derived from the epidermis. E) Collagen fibers do not appear until after birth.

64) true?

Which of the following statements concerning musculoskeletal system development is

A) Skeletal muscles develop from crest cells. B) Myoblasts produce somites. C) The vertebral column develops from somite-derived mesoderm. D) Enlargement of muscles after birth is due to an increase in the number of muscle fibers. E) Ossification ends before birth.

65)

Failure of the neural tube to close in the region of the head results in __________.

Version 1

19


A) anencephaly B) ventricular enlargement C) cleft palate D) soft spots on the skull E) hydrocephaly

66)

The central cavity of the neural tube becomes the __________. A) cerebrum B) midbrain C) cranial cavity D) ventricles of the brain E) epidural space

67)

What is formed by closure of neural groove? A) Mesonephros B) Mandibular processes C) Neural tube D) Secondary palate E) Somites

68)

The eyes develop as evaginations from the __________. A) myelencephalon B) mesencephalon C) neural crest cells D) diencephalon E) telencephalon

Version 1

20


69)

The olfactory bulbs and nerves develop as an evagination from the __________. A) myelencephalon B) mesencephalon C) neural crest cells D) diencephalon E) telencephalon

70) Which of the following structures originates as an evagination from the floor of the pharynx, moves into the neck, and loses its connection with the pharynx? A) Pancreas B) Thyroid gland C) Adrenal medulla D) Adenohypophysis E) Parathyroid glands

71)

Which structure is formed by an evagination from the floor of the diencephalon? A) Anterior pituitary B) Posterior pituitary C) Thyroid gland D) Adrenal glands E) Pancreas

72)

Which gland is derived from both neural crest cells and mesoderm?

Version 1

21


A) Anterior pituitary B) Posterior pituitary C) Thyroid gland D) Adrenal glands E) Pancreas

73)

Which gland originates as two evaginations from the duodenum? A) Anterior pituitary B) Posterior pituitary C) Thyroid gland D) Adrenal glands E) Pancreas

74) Which structure develops from an evagination of the ectoderm in the roof of the embryonic oral cavity? A) Anterior pituitary B) Posterior pituitary C) Thyroid gland D) Adrenal glands E) Pancreas

75)

The embryonic heart

Version 1

22


A) develops from two endothelial tubes that fuse together. B) consists of four chambers. C) has two atria but only one ventricle. D) doesn't beat until just prior to birth. E) has no passages connecting right side to left side.

76)

The opening that connects the right and left atria in the fetal heart is the __________. A) interatrial septum B) septum primum C) septum secundum D) foramen ovale E) foramen rotundum

77) true?

Which of the following statements concerning the embryonic cardiovascular system is

A) The heart develops from four endothelial tubes. B) Blood vessels form from blood islands. C) An opening in the interatrial septum is called the sinus venosus. D) The bulbus cordis becomes the sinoatrial node (the adult pacemaker). E) There is an opening in the interventricular septum.

78)

The lungs develop from

Version 1

23


A) somitomeres. B) neural crest cells. C) an evagination from the foregut. D) an evagination from the floor of the diencephalon. E) an invagination from the hindgut.

79)

The adult kidney develops from the __________. A) pronephros B) metanephros C) mesonephros D) allantois E) neonephros

80)

The common junction of the digestive, urinary, and genital systems is the __________. A) cloaca B) coelom C) allantois D) hindgut E) anus

81)

Which of the following sequences is correct? A) Mesonephros, pronephros, metanephros B) Metanephros, pronephros, mesonephros C) Pronephros, mesonephros, metanephros D) Pronephros, metanephros, mesonephros E) Mesonephros, metanephros, pronephros

Version 1

24


82)

The first functional kidney is the __________. A) mesonephros B) pronephros C) allantois D) bulbus cordis E) urorectal septum

83)

The gonads appear as the __________. A) paramesonephrons B) urogenital folds C) labioscrotal swellings D) gonadal ridges E) gonadal grooves

84)

Cryptorchidism A) is the failure of the testes to descend into the scrotal sac. B) may be due to excessive amounts of testosterone in the fetus. C) has no effect on fertility. D) results in feminization of the male fetus. E) is the lack of testes.

85) If neither testosterone nor mullerian-inhibiting hormone is secreted during embryonic development,

Version 1

25


A) the paramesonephric duct system degenerates. B) the mesonephric duct system is stimulated. C) internally female reproductive structures form. D) the individual appears as a male. E) internally male reproductive structures form.

86) The male and female reproductive systems begin as an indifferent stage. If testosterone is present, which of the following occurs? A) The paramesonephric duct forms the vagina. B) The mesonephric ducts form the ductus deferens. C) The mesonephric ducts atrophy. D) The paramesonephric ducts enlarge to form the scrotum. E) The paramesonephric duct atrophies.

87)

In females, the genital tubercle becomes the __________. A) uterus B) ovary C) clitoris D) vagina E) labia

88) In males, the urogenital folds close over the urogenital opening and urethral groove to form the __________.

Version 1

26


A) scrotum B) testes C) vas deferens D) penis E) prostate gland

89) The testes leave the abdominal cavity and reach the scrotum by passing through the __________. A) urogenital opening B) inguinal canal C) cloaca D) urethra E) Wolffian ducts

90)

An embryo becomes a fetus about A) 14 days after fertilization. B) 30 days after fertilization. C) 60 days after fertilization. D) 3 months after fertilization. E) 6 months after fertilization.

91)

The major difference between an embryo and a fetus is that

Version 1

27


A) a fetus can survive outside the mother's womb but an embryo cannot. B) a fetus is smaller than an embryo. C) organ systems are developing in an embryo while all organs are present in a fetus. D) a fetus is a male child while an embryo is a female child. E) None of the choices are correct.

92)

Fine, soft hair that covers the fetus is called __________. A) lanugo B) fetal hair C) colostrum D) vernix caseosa E) primary hair

93)

The waxy coat of sloughed epithelial cells that covers the fetus is called __________. A) lanugo B) fetal hair C) colostrum D) vernix caseosa E) primary hair

94) The type of fetal monitoring that uses sound waves to visualize the developing fetus is a/an ___________.

Version 1

28


A) fetoscopy B) ultrasound C) amniocentesis D) chorionic villi sampling E) auscultation

95)

An infant born with a gestational age of 254 days would be considered __________. A) premature B) normal maturity C) postmature D) immature E) None of the choices are correct.

96) One of the major problems a premature infant may develop is respiratory distress syndrome. This occurs because in a premature infant, A) oxygen transport is impaired. B) surfactant isn't produced. C) the lungs are collapsed. D) there aren't enough red blood cells to carry oxygen. E) there is mixing of the arterial and venous blood.

97)

The birth process is called __________.

Version 1

29


A) micturition B) gastrulation C) organogenesis D) parturition E) expulsion

98)

The stage of labor in which the fetus is expelled is the __________ stage. A) first B) second C) third D) fourth E) fifth

99) Which of the following events near the end of pregnancy might indicate parturition is near? A) The cervix gradually constricts. B) The uterus begins regular contractions. C) The amniotic sac becomes edematous. D) The fetal heart rate increases to greater than 160 beats per minute. E) The cervix shrinks.

100)

Which of the following is correctly matched? A) First stage of labor – Fetus exits vagina B) Second stage of labor – ends with cervix dilation to maximum C) Third stage of labor – placenta expelled from uterus

Version 1

30


101)

Before parturition, A) the placenta secretes increased amounts of oxytocin. B) the uterus stretches, causing the release of ACTH from the adenohypophysis. C) there is an increase in the stimulatory effects of progesterone on the uterine muscle. D) prostaglandin synthesis is inhibited. E) fetal glucocorticoids decrease the production of progesterone by the placenta.

102)

Onset of labor may result from A) increased estrogen secretion by the placenta. B) increased glucocorticoid secretion by the mother. C) increased secretion of oxytocin by the fetus. D) increased progesterone secretion by the placenta. E) decreased prostaglandins.

103) Which of the following conditions might result in stress on a fetus that has nearly completed 9 months of fetal development? A) Placental growth greater than fetal growth B) Cramped quarters in the uterus C) Increased O2 supply to the fetus D) Excessive weight gain by the mother E) Hormone fluctuations

104)

Which of the following will cause contractions of uterine smooth muscle?

Version 1

31


A) Increasing levels of progesterone B) Decreasing levels of estrogen C) Decreasing levels of oxytocin D) Decreasing uterine stretch E) Increasing levels of oxytocin

105) When stretch receptors in the cervix are stimulated by the continually increasing pressure of the fetus, afferent neurons send impulses to the maternal hypothalamus resulting in A) increased estrogen production. B) increased oxytocin production. C) increased fetal CRH production. D) increased growth in the size of the placenta. E) decreased oxytocin production.

106) Which of the following fetal shunts connects the umbilical vein with the inferior vena cava? A) Ductus arteriosus B) Umbilical vein C) Umbilical artery D) Ductus venosus E) Foramen ovale

107) In fetal circulation, the blood containing the highest amount of oxygen is found in the __________.

Version 1

32


A) aorta B) umbilical vein C) ductus arteriosus D) umbilical arteries E) heart

108)

Which of the following fetal shunts bypasses the fetal lungs? A) Ductus arteriosus B) Ductus venosus C) Umbilical arteries D) Umbilical vein E) Ductus byosus

109)

The closed foramen ovale becomes the __________ after birth. A) fossa ovalis B) ligamentum ovale C) ligamentum venosum D) ligamentum arteriosum E) valves

110)

Which of the following pairs of terms and description is mismatched? A) Foramen ovale - ligamentum ovale B) Ductus arteriosus - ligamentum arteriosus C) Ductus venosus - ligamentum venosus D) Umbilical vein - ligamentum teres of the liver E) Umbilical arteries - cords of umbilical arteries

Version 1

33


111)

A patent ductus arteriosus means that the __________ did not close. A) intraatrial septum B) intraventricular septum C) connection between the pulmonary trunk and the aorta D) connection between the inferior vena cava and the abdominal aorta E) umbilical arteries and veins

112)

Which of the following statements concerning the digestive system of a newborn is true? A) The infant may lose 15% to 20% of his body weight in the first week. B) The pH of the stomach is nearly neutral, but increases in acidity after birth. C) The liver of the newborn is functionally mature. D) The ability to digest lactose does not occur until 48 hours after birth. E) All foods can be digested at birth.

113) The greenish discharge from the lower digestive tract shortly after birth is called __________. A) colostrum B) jaundice C) bile D) meconium E) prolactin

114)

An APGAR score of _____ is considered normal at 1 to 5 minutes after birth.

Version 1

34


A) 2 B) 5 C) 9 D) 12 E) 25

115)

APGAR scores are used to A) evaluate a newborn's weight. B) assess a newborn's physiological condition. C) measure a newborn's genetic state. D) determine the developmental age of the infant. E) measure the infant.

116)

Most congenital birth defects are caused by A) inherited traits. B) lack of oxygen to the fetus. C) viral infections during pregnancy. D) unknown causes. E) None of the choices are correct.

117) Alcohol ingestion by a pregnant woman can cause birth defects in her baby; in this respect, alcohol is a/an __________.

Version 1

35


A) carcinogen B) mutagen C) teratogen D) oncogene E) haptogen

118) The hormone(s) responsible for preparing the breasts for lactation during pregnancy is/are __________. A) estrogen B) progesterone C) oxytocin D) prolactin E) Both "estrogen" and "progesterone" are correct.

119)

The hormone responsible for milk production is __________. A) estrogen B) progesterone C) oxytocin D) prolactin E) FSH

120)

Which of the following is involved in stimulating milk letdown?

Version 1

36


A) Increased estrogen levels B) Increased progesterone levels C) Mechanical stimulation of the breasts that cause release of oxytocin D) Secretion of a small amount of milk E) None of the choices are correct.

121)

Colostrum differs from milk in that it contains __________. A) little fat B) no antibodies C) more protein D) more lactose E) more fat

122) An infant who has just started cooing and gurgling in response to smiles and attention from its parents is about __________ months old. A) two B) four C) six D) eight E) ten

123) Which of the following characterizes the developmental age of an eight-month-old infant?

Version 1

37


A) Sits without support B) Rolls from its back to its side C) Smiles in response to people's faces D) Pulls itself up to a standing position E) None of the choices are correct.

124)

Neonate is the term used to refer to a baby A) in the 24-48 hours preceding birth. B) in the 24-48 hours after birth. C) during the first month after birth. D) during the six months after birth. E) during the first year after birth.

125)

The earliest period of prenatal development is the _________ period. A) embryonic B) neonatal C) germinal D) infant E) fetal

126)

The onset of puberty is signaled by A) a growth spurt. B) emotional upheaval. C) attainment of full adult stature. D) the ability to obtain a drivers license. E) a halt to growth.

Version 1

38


127)

Muscle strength peaks in a/an __________. A) child B) adolescent C) young adult D) middle aged adult E) elderly adult

128)

Which of the following is NOT a change associated with aging? A) Loss of neurons B) Loss of skeletal and cardiac muscle tissue C) Decreased cross-linking of collagen D) Decreased ability of the lens in the eye to accommodate E) Arteriosclerosis

129) A clot or plaque which forms on the inside of blood vessel walls is called a/an __________. A) sclerosis B) arteriosus C) thrombus D) embolus E) plaque

130)

Increased lipid deposits in the tunica intima of large arteries is called __________.

Version 1

39


A) atherosclerosis B) arteriosclerosis C) a thrombus D) an embolus E) hardening of the arteries

131)

Decreased renal filtration that occurs with aging can be the result of A) increased respiratory effort. B) decreased cardiac output. C) increased fluid volume. D) decreased ADH secretion. E) decreased peripheral resistance.

132)

Premature aging is called __________. A) progeria B) lactation C) parturition D) Alzheimer disease E) dementia

133) Which of the following vitamins are thought to play a role in decreasing the physiological changes in aging?

Version 1

40


A) Vitamins A and B12 B) Vitamins A and B6 C) Vitamins E and C D) Vitamins A and D E) Vitamins A and K

134) Many gerontologists refer to walking as one of the most important anti-aging activities to prolong life. This is because a daily 30-minute walk A) increases blood pressure. B) improves circulation. C) promotes anaerobic metabolism. D) increases urine output. E) increases peripheral resistance.

135) Autoimmune diseases such as arthritis become more common as people get older. "Autoimmune" means that the immune system A) no longer produces antibodies. B) destroys the body's own tissues. C) is incapable of initiating phagocytosis. D) produces T cells but no B cells. E) protects itself.

136)

One reason for the increased incidence of cancer with aging is a decrease in __________.

Version 1

41


A) urine output B) cardiac output C) red blood cells D) functioning of T lymphocytes E) functioning neutrophils

137)

One component of brain death is defined as __________. A) loss of reflexes. B) lack of spontaneous movement. C) a flat electroencephalogram (EEG).

138)

The genotype WW is best described as __________. A) homozygous recessive B) homozygous dominant C) heterozygous dominant D) heterozygous recessive E) homorecessive

139) An organism's genetic makeup is its __________, while its physical appearance is its __________. A) chromotype; phenotype B) genotype; phenotype C) phenotype; genotype D) genotype; chromotype E) aminotype; prototype

Version 1

42


140) In humans, somatic cells have __________ chromosomes, while reproductive cells (gametes) have __________. A) 23; 46 B) 92; 46 C) 46; 23 D) 46; 69 E) 92; 23

141)

Which of the following genotypes will result in a male? A) XO B) XY C) XX D) XXX E) YY

142) A display of the chromosomes of a somatic cell during metaphase of mitosis is the __________. A) karyotype B) autosome C) homolog D) locus E) genome

143)

The specific location of a gene on a chromosome is its __________.

Version 1

43


A) homolog B) genotype C) phenotype D) allele E) locus

144)

Chromosome pairs are called __________. A) karyotypes B) genomes C) homologous pairs D) loci E) haploid

145) A different form of an allele at a particular locus that can have no effect to major effects on the phenotype is a/an __________. A) allelic variant B) mutated allele C) polymorphism D) All of the choices are correct.

146) When the dominant allele does not completely mask the effects of the recessive allele in the heterozygote, it is called __________.

Version 1

44


A) dominance B) polygenic dominance C) codominance D) incomplete dominance E) corecessive

147)

Type AB of the ABO blood group is an example of __________. A) complete dominance B) codominance C) incomplete dominance D) recessiveness E) polymorphism

148)

Which of the following is an example of incomplete dominance? A) Minor thalassemia B) Major thalassemia C) Beta thalassemia D) Polymorphism E) Type AB blood type

149)

A person's height, intelligence, eye color, and skin color are examples of __________. A) incomplete dominance B) complete dominance C) complete recessiveness D) codominance E) polygenic traits

Version 1

45


150)

Genes on the X chromosomes are __________. A) polygenic B) X-linked C) simple D) holandric E) Y-linked

151)

If an albino (aa) mates with a person homozygous for normal pigment (AA), A) there is a 50% probability that the child will have normal pigmentation. B) there is a 50% probability that the child will have albinism. C) there is a 100% probability that the child will have normal pigmentation. D) there is a 100% probability that the child will have albinism.

152)

The process of meiosis will __________ as the gametes are produced. A) reduce the chromosome number by 1/3 B) reduce the chromosome number by 1/2 C) double the chromosome number D) not change the chromosome number E) triple the chromosome number

153)

Which of the following chromosome anomalies can be found in either sex?

Version 1

46


A) Turner Syndrome (XO) B) Klinefelter Syndrome (XXY) C) Down Syndrome (Trisomy 21) D) Barker Syndrome E) All of the choices are correct.

154)

A mutation involving a single nucleotide is a __________ mutation. A) deletion B) duplication C) nondisjunction D) point E) aneuploidy

155)

A mistake during segregation of chromosomes is called __________. A) deletion B) duplication C) nondisjunction D) point mutation E) aneuploidy

156)

Down Syndrome is an example of an aneuploidy called __________. A) monosomy 21 B) trisomy 21 C) monosomy 23 D) trisomy 17 E) disomy 21

Version 1

47


157) __________ is an example of a recessive genetic disease that affects the formation of normal hemoglobin molecules. A) Albinism B) Sickle cell disease C) Hemophilia D) Down syndrome E) Achondroplasia

158)

Which genetic disorder is caused by having three chromosomes 21? A) Albinism B) Sickle cell disease C) Hemophilia D) Down syndrome E) Achondroplasia

159)

Which term means that both alleles are the same? A) Locus B) Diploid C) Homozygous D) Heterozygous E) Karyotype

160)

Which term means that a person posses two different alleles at a particular locus?

Version 1

48


A) Homologous B) Diploid C) Homozygous D) Heterozygous E) Karyotype

161)

Genes that are passed from male to male are called __________. A) structural genes B) autosomes C) genotypes D) polygenic E) y-linked

162)

The actual genetic constitution of an individual is the individual's __________. A) structural gene B) autosome C) genotype D) polygenic E) y-linked

163) Chromosomes that are NOT associated with sex determination are known as __________.

Version 1

49


A) structural genes B) autosomes C) genotypes D) polygenic E) y-linked

164) When more than one gene pair affects a particular trait expression, this is called __________. A) diploidy B) autosomal C) genotypic D) polygenic E) y-linked

165)

What is the acrosomal reaction? A) The formation of the acrosome in the epididymis B) The activation of enzymes for action on the surface of the oocyte C) The release of ADP from the mitochondria on the midpiece D) The release of prostatic fluid to produce the semen

166) The thickened area of the blastocyst from which the embryo develops is called the __________.

Version 1

50


A) inner cell mass B) trophoblast C) blastocele D) morula E) zygote

167)

The process of forming three germ layers from the embryonic disk is called __________. A) gastrulation B) differentiation C) fertilization D) meiosis E) implantation

168) As parturition nears, the levels of progesterone __________ and the levels of estrogen __________. A) decrease; increase B) increase; decrease C) decrease; decrease D) increase; increase

169) In some neonates, the foramen ovale does not close to form the fossa ovalis. This would be called a/an __________. A) mutation B) congenital disorder C) teratogen D) genetic anomaly

Version 1

51


170)

Pulling to a standing position is a typical milestone for which age? A) 6 weeks B) 6 months C) 12 weeks D) 12 months E) 18 weeks

171) What term describes the inheritance of a trait which in the heterozygote has an intermediate expression between either allele? A) Incomplete penetrance B) Incomplete dominance C) Complete dominance D) Codominance

172) A non-albino female who is a carrier for the albino allele (Aa), mates with an albino (aa) male. What is the probability that their child will be albino? A) 0% B) 25% C) 50% D) 75% E) 100%

173) The inclusion of __________ in a woman’s diet during the early stages of her pregnancy significantly reduces the risk for neural tube defects in her developing embryo.

Version 1

52


A) Vitamin E B) Vitamin D C) Vitamin A D) Folic acid E) Calcium

174) A __________ is a display of the chromosomes of a somatic cell during metaphase of mitosis. A) karyotype B) genome C) gamete D) locus

175)

Regarding fertilization, which of the following events happens first? A) The fast block topolyspermy B) The slow block topolyspermy C) The corticalreaction D) The acrosomalreaction

176)

The optimal "window of opportunity" to conceive a child is __________. A) a few days beforeovulation to less than a day after B) less than a daybefore ovulation to less than a day after C) a few days beforeovulation to a few days after D) a few days beforeovulation E) a few days afterovulation

Version 1

53


177)

By the end of 8 weeks, the individual is considered a fetus because A) all the primary germ layers are formed. B) the amniotic cavity has formed. C) all of the organ systems are present. D) the neural tube and yolk sac have formed. E) the mesoderm has formed.

178)

Which of the following major events of prenatal development happens first? A) The eyes are fully open. B) The body is covered with lanugo. C) Bone calcification begins. D) The central nervous system begins to form. E) Meconium accumulates in the intestines.

179)

During birth, an infant is normally stimulated to breathe by __________. A) CO2 accumulating in the baby's blood B) an increased O2 level in the baby's new environment C) prostaglandins D) surfactant E) being spanked bythe doctor

180) The most likely outcome of nondisjunction is the production of a gamete receiving __________.

Version 1

54


A) no chromosomes B) 46 chromosomes C) 44 chromosomes D) 23 chromosomes E) 22 chromosomes

181) Only autosomal trisomies involving chromosomes 13, 18, and 21 are survivable. Why would this be? A) These are relatively short chromosomes. B) These are relatively long chromosomes. C) These are relatively gene-poor chromosomes. D) These are redundant chromosomes. E) These chromosomes have no genes.

182)

Urine retention is a greater problem for elderly men than for elderly women because men A) can develop benign prostatic hyperplasia. B) have larger bladders. C) have weaker urinary sphincters. D) have narrower ureters. E) have fewer glomeruli.

183)

Which of the following is not a reason muscular weakness tends to develop in old age?

Version 1

55


A) Aged muscle hasless glycogen, myoglobin, and creatine phosphate. B) There are fewermotor neurons in the spinal cord. C) Aged muscle fibershave fewer myofibrils. D) There are fewerand smaller mitochondria in aged muscle. E) The muscle fibers of aged muscle no longer synthesize myosin.

184)

Older people may require lower drug doses than younger people because __________. A) their organs aremore sensitive to drugs B) they have lowerrates of renal clearance C) they do not absorbas much drug from the small intestine D) there is lesstissue mass to treat E) a lifetime ofmutations results in unpredictable drug reactions

185)

Which of the following systems shows the least overall decline due to aging? A) Muscularsystem B) Endocrinesystem C) Integumentarysystem D) Reproductivesystem E) Urinary system

186) Aging of the immune system makes older people more susceptible to cancer and infectious disease because of a decline in __________.

Version 1

56


A) alpha and betaglobulins B) red blood cellsand platelets C) complementproteins D) prothrombin andfibrinogen E) antigen-presentingcells and helper T cells

187)

Which of the following is not a known cause of congenital anomalies? A) Infectious diseasein the mother during pregnancy B) A geneticdisorder C) Exposure toteratogens during pregnancy D) Smoking duringlactation E) Smoking duringpregnancy

188) A patient was evaluated with the following results noted: lack of response to pain stimuli, inability to maintain breathing without medical intervention, isoelectric EEG. These results indicate __________. A) brain death B) minor damage to the cerebral cortex C) respiratory distress syndrome D) trisomy 18

189) Which of the following findings of Mendel's work are currently accepted as a valid explanation of genetic inheritance?

Version 1

57


A) Genes exist in pairs in an individual. B) Gene pairs separate during gamete formation. C) Gene pair segregation is relatively random during gamete formation. D) All of the choices are correct.

190) Mendel suggested that gene pairs segregate during gamete formation. This process occurs during __________ of meiosis. A) anaphase I B) anaphase II C) metaphase I D) metaphase II

191) Sally was a nice pink color when she was born. Her heart rate was high and her breathing was steady. However, she did not respond to plantar stimulation, though she did have some muscle movement. Her APGAR score would be __________. A) 7 B) 6 C) 5 D) 4

192) by

A patient's karyotype indicates a chromosome number of 45. This result is best explained

A) nondisjunction in either the sperm cell or oocyte. B) nondisjunction in both the sperm cell and oocyte. C) fertilization of a single oocyte by two sperm cells. D) a point mutation that caused one or more chromosomes to fuse.

Version 1

58


193) A female that is a carrier for X-linked color-blindness has a daughter with a male that is colorblind. What is the probability that the daughter is colorblind? A) 100% B) 50% C) 25% D) 0%

194) If a female who is a carrier for a genetic disorder has a child with a male who is also a carrier for the same disorder, the probability that their offspring will have the disorder is __________. A) 0% B) 25% C) 50% D) 100%

195)

True or False? The major organ systems develop during the germinal prenatal period. ⊚ true ⊚ false

196) True or False? A neonate who has a blue tint to her skin, has a pulse of less than 100 bpm, and has an irregular rate of breathing could score an APGAR score of 8. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

59


197) True or False? An individual that is type AB is not likely to be the parent of an individual that is type O. ⊚ ⊚

Version 1

true false

60


Answer Key Test name: Chapter 29_13e_ VanPutte 1) A 2) C 3) A 4) D 5) C 6) D 7) B 8) C 9) C 10) A 11) B 12) C 13) E 14) A 15) D 16) C 17) B 18) C 19) D 20) D 21) B 22) A 23) A 24) C 25) C 26) A Version 1

61


27) C 28) B 29) C 30) D 31) D 32) A 33) D 34) B 35) C 36) C 37) B 38) C 39) A 40) A 41) B 42) C 43) A 44) B 45) C 46) C 47) B 48) C 49) C 50) D 51) E 52) D 53) C 54) C 55) D 56) B Version 1

62


57) B 58) A 59) A 60) B 61) D 62) D 63) B 64) C 65) A 66) D 67) C 68) D 69) E 70) B 71) B 72) D 73) E 74) A 75) A 76) D 77) B 78) C 79) B 80) A 81) C 82) A 83) D 84) A 85) C 86) B Version 1

63


87) C 88) D 89) B 90) C 91) C 92) A 93) D 94) B 95) A 96) B 97) D 98) B 99) B 100) C 101) E 102) A 103) B 104) E 105) B 106) D 107) B 108) A 109) A 110) A 111) C 112) B 113) D 114) C 115) B 116) D Version 1

64


117) C 118) E 119) D 120) C 121) A 122) B 123) A 124) C 125) C 126) A 127) C 128) C 129) C 130) A 131) B 132) A 133) C 134) B 135) B 136) D 137) C 138) B 139) B 140) C 141) B 142) A 143) E 144) C 145) D 146) D Version 1

65


147) B 148) C 149) E 150) B 151) C 152) B 153) C 154) D 155) C 156) B 157) B 158) D 159) C 160) D 161) E 162) C 163) B 164) D 165) B 166) A 167) A 168) A 169) B 170) D 171) B 172) C 173) D 174) A 175) D 176) A Version 1

66


177) C 178) D 179) A 180) E 181) C 182) A 183) E 184) B 185) B 186) E 187) D 188) A 189) D 190) A 191) A 192) A 193) B 194) B 195) FALSE 196) FALSE 197) TRUE

Version 1

67


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.